sv4
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2011
Registration No. 333-      
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
 
Form S-4
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware
  3690   74-1339132
   (State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10022
(212) 906-8555
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Francis T. McCarron
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10022
(212) 906-8555
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
With a copy to:
 
Jeffrey D. Marell, Esq.
Raphael M. Russo, Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
(212) 373-3000
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
 
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:
 
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)  o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)  o
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                         
            Proposed Maximum
    Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of
    Amount to be
    Offering
    Aggregate
    Registration
Securities to be Registered     Registered     Price per Share     Offering Price(1)     Fee(2)
10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
    $350,000,000     100%     $350,000,000     $40,635
                         
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(2) The registration fee has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 28, 2011
 
PROSPECTUS
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
Exchange Offer for $350,000,000
10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
 
The Notes
 
  •  We are offering to issue $350,000,000 of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015, whose issuance is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the “exchange notes,” in exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015, which were issued on November 15, 2010 and which we refer to as the “initial notes.” The exchange notes will be issued under the existing indenture, which currently governs the initial notes, dated as of November 15, 2010.
 
  •  The exchange notes will mature on November 15, 2015. We will pay interest on the exchange notes on each May 15 and November 15, beginning on May 15, 2011.
 
  •  The exchange notes will be secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of our assets, including, without limitation, all equity interests of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. owned by us and related assets, all cash and investment securities owned by us, and all general intangibles owned by us. The exchange notes will be our senior secured obligations and will rank senior in right of payment to our future debt and other obligations that expressly provide for their subordination to the exchange notes, rank equally in right of payment to all of our existing and future unsubordinated debt, be effectively senior to all of our unsecured debt to the extent of the value of the collateral and be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of our subsidiaries, none of whom will initially guarantee the exchange notes.
 
Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
  •  It will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2011, unless we extend it.
 
  •  If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied, we will exchange all of our 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 issued on November 15, 2010, which we refer to as the “initial notes,” that are validly tendered and not withdrawn for exchange notes.
 
  •  You may withdraw your tender of initial notes at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
  •  The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your initial notes will be substantially identical to your initial notes except that, unlike your initial notes, the exchange notes will have no transfer restrictions or registration rights.
 
  •  The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your initial notes are new securities with no established market for trading.
 
Before participating in the exchange offer, please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” commencing on page 11.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
Broker-dealers who receive exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that they will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Broker-dealers who acquired the initial notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities may use the prospectus for the exchange offer, as supplemented or amended, in connection with resales of the exchange notes.
 
 
 
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2011.
 
 
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    11  
    27  
    29  
    31  
    32  
    33  
    47  
    49  
    58  
    61  
    63  
    64  
    68  
    70  
    72  
    80  
    119  
    126  
    126  
    127  
    127  
    F-1  
    A-1  
    B-1  
    C-1  
    D-1  
    E-1  
 EXHIBIT 4.1
 EXHIBIT 4.3
 EXHIBIT 4.4
 EXHIBIT 4.5
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-23.2
 EX-25.1
 EX-99.1
 EX-99.2


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
The following summary highlights basic information about us and the exchange offer. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more comprehensive understanding of our business and the offering, you should read this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and the historical and/or pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes to those statements of Harbinger Group Inc., Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and Spectrum Brands, Inc. Certain statements in this summary are forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus or the context requires otherwise, in this prospectus, “HGI,” “we,” “us” or “our” refers to Harbinger Group Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries. “Harbinger Capital” refers to Harbinger Capital Partners LLC. “Harbinger Parties” refers, collectively, to Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. “Russell Hobbs” refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries. “SB/RH Merger” means the business combination of Spectrum Brands (as defined below) and Russell Hobbs consummated on June 16, 2010 creating Spectrum Brands Holdings. “Spectrum Brands Holdings” refers only to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. “Spectrum Brands” refers to Spectrum Brands, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
The term “initial notes” refers to the 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 that were issued on November 15, 2010 in a private offering. The term “exchange notes” refers to the 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 offered with this prospectus. The term “notes” refers to the initial notes and the exchange notes, collectively.
 
In this prospectus, “on a pro forma basis,” unless otherwise stated, means the applicable information is presented on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition (as defined below) and the other adjustments related to Spectrum Brands Holdings referred to in the introduction to the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” and (ii) the issuance of the initial notes and the use of proceeds from such issuance. See “The Spectrum Brands Acquisition” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements,” elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Our Company
 
HGI is a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999 under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc. We had approximately $139.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (including U.S. Government Agency and Treasury securities), as of September 30, 2010. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “HRG”.
 
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership interest in the common stock of Omega Protein Corporation (“Omega”) in December 2006, we have held substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Since then, we have been actively looking for acquisition or investment opportunities with a principal focus on identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions of operating businesses. These efforts accelerated after the Harbinger Parties acquired 9.9 million shares, or approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009.
 
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions contemplated by the Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010 and amended on November 5, 2010 (as amended, the “Exchange Agreement”), by and between us and the Harbinger Parties, pursuant to which we issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately 27.8 million shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ common stock (the “Spectrum Brands Acquisition”). See “The Spectrum Brands Acquisition” for further information. Following the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we own approximately 54.4% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ common stock, with a current market value of approximately $928 million (as of January 14, 2011), and the Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock. On a pro forma basis including the proceeds


1


Table of Contents

of the initial notes, the combined value of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, excluding that of Spectrum Brands and net of current liabilities, was approximately $468 million at September 30, 2010.
 
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as a first step in the process. We have identified the following six sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities: consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecom, agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
 
In order to pursue our strategy, we will utilize the investment expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York. We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record of making successful investments across various industries. We believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will more closely match our principal investment strategy. In addition, our corporate structure provides additional options for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our common stock as a form of consideration.
 
Philip Falcone, who serves as our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, founded Harbinger Capital in 2001. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of professionals, including more than 20 investment professionals with expertise across various industries, including our targeted sectors.
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a global branded consumer products company with leading market positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries, pet supplies, home and garden control, electric shaving and grooming, electric personal care, portable lighting products and small household. Spectrum Brands Holdings is a leading worldwide marketer of alkaline, zinc carbon, hearing aid and rechargeable batteries, battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances, aquariums and aquatic health supplies, specialty pet supplies, insecticides, repellants and herbicides. Spectrum Brands Holdings enjoys strong name recognition in its markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for more than 80 years, and numerous other brands including Spectracide, Cutter, Tetra, Dingo and 8-in-1.
 
As of September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands Holdings’ products and operations were managed in four operating segments: (i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which consists of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ worldwide battery, shaving and grooming, personal care and portable lighting products businesses, (ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ worldwide pet supplies business, (iii) Home and Garden, which consists of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ lawn and garden and insect control businesses, and (iv) Small Appliances, which resulted from SB/RH Merger and consists of small electrical appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories.
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings sells its products in approximately 120 countries through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors, global online partners, internal e-commerce and original equipment manufacturers. Spectrum Brands Holdings’ products are sold in more than one million retail locations globally.
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings’ strategy is to provide quality and value to retailers and consumers worldwide. Most of its products are marketed on the basis of providing the same performance as its competitors for a lower price or better performance for the same price. Spectrum Brands Holdings’ goal is to provide the highest returns to its customers and retailers, and to offer superior merchandising and category management. Its promotional spending focus is on winning at the point of sale, rather than incurring significant advertising expenses. Spectrum Brands Holdings operates in several business categories in which it believes there are high


2


Table of Contents

barriers to entry and Spectrum Brands Holdings strives to achieve a low cost structure with a global shared services administrative structure, helping it to maintain attractive margins. This operating model, which Spectrum Brands Holdings refers to as the Spectrum value model, is what Spectrum Brands Holdings believes will drive returns for investors and customers.
 
Russell Hobbs, which was acquired by Spectrum Brands Holdings in the SB/RH Merger, is a leading marketer and distributor of a range of branded small household appliances, including small kitchen and home appliances, pet and pest products and personal care products. Spectrum Brands Holdings believes that the acquisition of Russell Hobbs will provide Spectrum Brands Holdings greater scale, a broader portfolio of brands and the ability to better leverage its distribution and customer network.
 
With the acquisition of Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands Holdings expanded its broad portfolio of well-recognized owned and licensed brand names to include, among others, George Foreman, Black & Decker, Russell Hobbs, Farberware, LitterMaid, Juiceman, Breadman and Toastmaster.
 
Russell Hobbs, formerly Salton, Inc. (“Salton”), was created through the merger of Salton and Applica Incorporated (“Applica”) in December 2007 (the “Salton-Applica Merger”). Since the Salton-Applica Merger, the Russell Hobbs management team has transformed the company by rationalizing the brand portfolio around its core brands, eliminating approximately 80 underperforming brands and over 1,000 stock keeping units.
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings’ common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “SPB”.
 
Corporate Structure
 
The following represents our current corporate structure.
 
(FLOW CHART)
 
 
Note: Zap.Com Corporation, a 98% owned subsidiary of HGI with no operations, is not reflected above.
 
Corporate Information
 
We are a Delaware corporation and the address of our principal executive office is 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022. Our telephone number is (212) 906-8555. Our website address is www.harbingergroupinc.com. Information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.


3


Table of Contents

Summary of the Exchange Offer
 
We are offering to issue $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our exchange notes in exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of our initial notes. In order to exchange your initial notes, you must properly tender them, and we must accept your tender. We will exchange all outstanding initial notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn.
 
Exchange Offer We will issue our exchange notes in exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of our initial notes.
 
Expiration Date The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2011 (the “expiration date”), unless we decide to extend it.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer We will complete the exchange offer only if:
 
• there is no change in the laws and regulations which would impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer,
 
• there is no change in the current interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) which permits resales of the exchange notes,
 
• there is no stop order issued by the SEC or any state securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement which includes this prospectus or the qualification of the indenture for the exchange notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose,
 
• there is no action or proceeding instituted or threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or body that would reasonably be expected to prohibit, prevent or otherwise impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer, and
 
• we obtain all the governmental approvals that we in our sole discretion deem necessary to complete the exchange offer.
 
Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes To participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal or its facsimile and transmit it, together with your initial notes to be exchanged and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange agent (the “exchange agent”), at its address indicated under “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent.” In the alternative, you can tender your initial notes by book-entry delivery following the procedures described in this prospectus. For more information on tendering your notes, please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes.”
 
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners If you are a beneficial owner of initial notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf.


4


Table of Contents

 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures If you wish to tender your initial notes and you cannot get the required documents to the exchange agent on time, you may tender your notes by using the guaranteed delivery procedures described under the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes — Guaranteed Delivery Procedure.”
 
Withdrawal Rights You may withdraw the tender of your initial notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. To withdraw, you must send a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent at its address indicated under “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent” before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.
 
Acceptance of Initial Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes If all the conditions to the completion of the exchange offer are satisfied, we will accept any and all initial notes that are properly tendered in the exchange offer on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We will return any initial note that we do not accept for exchange to you without expense promptly after the expiration date. We will deliver the exchange notes to you promptly after the expiration date and acceptance of your initial notes for exchange. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Acceptance of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes.”
 
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations Relating to the Exchange Offer Exchanging your initial notes for exchange notes will not be a taxable event to you for United States federal income tax purposes. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
Exchange Agent Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is serving as exchange agent in the exchange offer.
 
Fees and Expenses We will pay all expenses related to the exchange offer. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Fees and Expenses.”
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. We are making the exchange offer solely to satisfy certain of our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2010 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among HGI and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co., as representatives of the initial purchasers, entered into in connection with the offering of the initial notes.
 
Consequences to Holders Who Do Not Participate in the Exchange Offer If you do not participate in the exchange offer:
 
• except as set forth in the next paragraph, you will not necessarily be able to require us to register your initial notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),


5


Table of Contents

 
• you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer your initial notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act, and
 
• the trading market for your initial notes will become more limited to the extent other holders of initial notes participate in the exchange offer.
 
You will not be able to require us to register your initial notes under the Securities Act unless:
 
• because of any change in applicable law or in interpretations thereof by the SEC staff, HGI is not permitted to effect the exchange offer;
 
• the exchange offer is not consummated by the 310th day after the issue date of the initial notes (the “Issue Date”);
 
• any initial purchaser so requests with respect to initial notes held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
 
• any other holder is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offer or any holder (other than an exchanging broker-dealer) that participates in the exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable exchange notes on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such holder so requests.
 
In these cases, the Registration Rights Agreement requires us to file a registration statement for a continuous offering in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this paragraph. We do not currently anticipate that we will register under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer.
 
Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences.”
 
Resales It may be possible for you to resell the notes issued in the exchange offer without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, subject to the conditions described under “— Obligations of Broker-Dealers” below.
 
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer and resell the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, you must make the following representations:
 
• you are authorized to tender the initial notes and to acquire exchange notes, and that we will acquire good and unencumbered title to those initial notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by us,


6


Table of Contents

 
• the exchange notes acquired by you are being acquired in the ordinary course of business,
 
• you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes and are not participating in, and do not intend to participate in, the distribution of such exchange notes,
 
• you are not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of ours, or you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,
 
• if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes, and
 
• if you are a broker-dealer, initial notes to be exchanged were acquired by you as a result of market-making or other trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of such exchange notes.
 
Please refer to the sections of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Procedure for Tendering Initial Notes — Proper Execution and Delivery of Letters of Transmittal,” “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer — Some persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange notes” and “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Obligations of Broker-Dealers If you are a broker-dealer who receives exchange notes, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resales of the exchange notes. If you are a broker-dealer who acquired the initial notes as a result of market making or other trading activities, you may use the exchange offer prospectus as supplemented or amended, in connection with resales of the exchange notes. If you are a broker-dealer who acquired the initial notes directly from HGI in the initial offering and not as a result of market making and trading activities, you must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with resales of the exchange notes.
 
Summary of Terms of the Exchange Notes
 
The following is a summary of the terms of this offering. For a more complete description of the notes as well as the definitions of certain capitalized terms used below, see “Description of Notes” in this prospectus.
 
Issuer Harbinger Group Inc.
 
Exchange Notes $350 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. The forms and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the initial notes except that the issuance of the exchange notes is registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and the exchange notes will not be entitled to registration rights under our Registration Rights Agreement. The exchange notes will


7


Table of Contents

evidence the same debt as the initial notes, and both the initial notes and the exchange notes will be governed by the same indenture.
 
Maturity November 15, 2015.
 
Interest Interest will be payable in cash on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning May 15, 2011.
 
Optional Redemption On or after May 15, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the exchange notes at any time at the redemption prices set forth in “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.” In addition, prior to May 15, 2013, we may redeem the exchange notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the exchange notes plus a “make-whole” premium.
 
Before November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the exchange notes, with the proceeds of equity sales at a price of 110.625% of principal plus accrued interest, provided that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding after the redemption, as further described in “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
Change of Control Upon a change of control (as defined under “Description of Notes”), we will be required to make an offer to purchase the exchange notes. The purchase price will equal 101% of the principal amount of the exchange notes on the date of purchase plus accrued interest. We may not have sufficient funds available at the time of any change of control to make any required debt repayment (including repurchases of the exchange notes). See “Risk Factors — We may be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.”
 
Guarantors Any subsidiary that guarantees our debt will guarantee the exchange notes. You should not expect that any subsidiaries will guarantee the exchange notes.
 
Ranking The exchange notes will be our senior secured obligations and will:
 
• rank senior in right of payment to our future debt and other obligations that expressly provide for their subordination to the exchange notes;
 
• rank equally in right of payment to all of our existing and future unsubordinated debt and be effectively senior to all of our unsecured debt to the extent of the value of the collateral; and
 
• be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.
 
As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the offering of the initial notes, we had no debt other than the initial notes and the total liabilities of our Spectrum Brands subsidiary was approximately $2.8 billion, including trade payables.
 
Collateral Our obligations under the exchange notes and the indenture are secured by a first priority lien on all of our assets (except for


8


Table of Contents

certain “Excluded Property” as defined under “Description of Notes”), including, without limitation:
 
• all equity interests of Spectrum Brands Holdings owned by us and related assets;
 
• all cash and investment securities owned by us;
 
• all general intangibles owned by us; and
 
• any proceeds thereof (collectively, the “collateral”).
 
We will be able to incur additional debt in the future that could equally and ratably share in the collateral. The amount of such debt will be limited by the covenants described under “Description of Notes — Certain Covenants — Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock” and “Description of Notes — Certain Covenants — Limitation on Liens.” Under certain circumstances, the amount of such debt could be significant.
 
Original Issue Discount Because the initial notes were issued with original issue discount, the exchange notes should be treated as having been issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the exchange notes are so treated, then a United States Holder (as defined in “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) will, in addition to the stated interest on the exchange notes, be required to include such original issue discount in gross income as it accrues, in advance of the receipt of cash. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
Certain Covenants The indenture contains covenants, subject to specified exceptions, limiting our ability and, in certain cases, our subsidiaries’ ability to:
 
• incur additional indebtedness;
 
• create liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
 
• pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock;
 
• make certain restricted payments;
 
• sell assets;
 
• engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an arms’-length basis; or
 
• consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.
 
We will also be required to maintain compliance with certain financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral coverage ratios.
 
You should read “Description of Notes — Certain Covenants” for a description of these covenants.
 
Absence of a Public Market for the Exchange Notes The exchange notes are new securities with no established market for them. We cannot assure you that a market for these exchange notes will develop or that this market will be liquid. Please refer to


9


Table of Contents

the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Notes — An active public market may not develop for the notes, which may hinder your ability to liquidate your investment.”
 
Form of the Exchange Notes The exchange notes will be represented by one or more permanent global securities in registered form deposited on behalf of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as custodian. You will not receive exchange notes in certificated form unless one of the events described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Notes — Book Entry; Delivery and Form — Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes” occurs. Instead, beneficial interests in the exchange notes will be shown on, and transfers of these exchange notes will be effected only through, records maintained in book entry form by DTC with respect to its participants.
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding initial notes. We are making the exchange offer solely to satisfy our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement entered into in connection with the offering of the initial notes.
 
Risk Factors Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks and uncertainties. See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in any exchange notes.


10


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Before acquiring the exchange notes, you should carefully consider the risk factors discussed below. Risks related to our business and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are discussed below. Risks related to Spectrum Brands Holdings’ business are included in Annex A hereto. Any of these risk factors could materially and adversely affect our or Spectrum Brands Holdings’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Risks Related to the Notes
 
We are a holding company and we are dependent upon dividends or distributions from our operating subsidiaries to fund payments on the notes, and our ability to receive funds from our operating subsidiaries will be dependent upon the profitability of our operating subsidiaries and restrictions imposed by law and contracts.
 
We are a holding company that does not itself conduct any business operations. As a result, we will rely upon dividends and other payments from our operating subsidiaries, including Spectrum Brands Holdings and other future acquired businesses, to generate the funds necessary to meet our obligations under the notes. We will be entitled to our proportionate share of any such dividends. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and they will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payments. Spectrum Brands Holdings and its existing and future subsidiaries are expected to be highly leveraged and will be required to dedicate a significant amount of cash to their own debt service needs.
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a holding company with limited business operations of its own and its main asset is the capital stock of its subsidiaries, principally Spectrum Brands. Spectrum Brands’ $300 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility due 2014 (the “Spectrum Brands ABL Facility”), its $750 million senior secured term facility due 2016 (the “Spectrum Brands Term Loan”), the indenture governing its 9.50% senior secured notes due 2018 (the “Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes”), the indenture governing its 12% Notes due 2019 (the “Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes” and, collectively, the “Spectrum loan agreements”) and other agreements substantially limit or prohibit certain payments of dividends or other distributions to Spectrum Brands Holdings. Specifically, (i) each indenture of Spectrum Brands generally prohibits the payment of dividends to shareholders except out of a cumulative basket based on an amount equal to the excess of (a) 50% of the cumulative consolidated net income of Spectrum Brands plus (b) 100% of the aggregate cash proceeds from the sale of equity by Spectrum Brands (or less 100% of the net losses) plus (c) any repayments to Spectrum Brands of certain investments plus (d) in the case of the indenture governing the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes, $50 million, subject to certain other tests and certain exceptions and (ii) each credit facility of Spectrum Brands generally prohibits the payment of dividends to shareholders except out of a cumulative basket amount limited to $40 million per year. We expect that future debt of Spectrum Brands and Spectrum Brands Holdings will contain similar restrictions and we do not expect to receive dividends from Spectrum Brands Holdings in the near future.
 
The ability of our operating subsidiaries to make payments to us will also be subject to, among other things, the availability of profits or funds and requirements of applicable laws, including surplus, solvency and other limits imposed on the ability of companies to pay dividends.
 
The notes are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our subsidiaries and may be diluted by liens granted to secure future indebtedness.
 
The notes are our senior secured obligations, secured on a first-lien basis by a pledge of substantially all of our assets, including our equity interests in our directly held subsidiaries, initially consisting of Spectrum Brands Holdings, and all cash and investment securities owned by us. The notes are not, and are not expected to be, guaranteed by any of our current or future subsidiaries. As a result of our holding company structure, claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will generally have priority as to the assets of our subsidiaries over our claims and over claims of the holders of our indebtedness, including the notes. As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, the notes are structurally subordinated to $2.8 billion in total liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries.


11


Table of Contents

The creditors of our subsidiaries have direct claims on the subsidiaries and their assets and the claims of holders of the notes are “structurally subordinated” to any existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries. This means that the creditors of our subsidiaries have priority in their claims on the assets of the subsidiaries over our creditors, including the noteholders. All of our other consolidated liabilities, other than the notes, are obligations of our subsidiaries and are effectively senior to the notes.
 
As a result, upon any distribution to the creditors of any subsidiary in bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar proceedings, or following acceleration of our indebtedness or an event of default under such indebtedness, the lenders of the indebtedness of our subsidiaries will be entitled to be repaid in full from the proceeds of the assets securing such indebtedness, before any payment is made to holders of the notes from such proceeds. The indenture does not restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or grant liens secured by assets of our subsidiaries. Further, we may incur future indebtedness, some of which may be secured by liens on the collateral securing the notes, to the extent permitted by the indenture. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the notes. Holders of the notes will participate ratably with all holders of our senior secured indebtedness secured by the collateral, to the extent of the value of the collateral and potentially with all of our general creditors.
 
The ability of the collateral agent to foreclose on the equity of our subsidiaries may be limited.
 
The majority of the collateral for our obligations under the notes is a pledge of our equity interests in Spectrum Brands Holdings, and, in the future, other subsidiaries. If the collateral agent is required to exercise remedies and foreclose on the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings pledged as collateral, it will have the right to require Spectrum Brands Holdings to file and have declared effective a shelf registration statement permitting resales of such stock. However, Spectrum Brands Holdings may not be able to cause such shelf registration statement to become effective or stay effective. The collateral agent’s ability to sell Spectrum Brands Holdings stock without a registration statement may be limited pursuant to the securities laws, because such stock is “control” stock that was issued in a private placement, and the terms of the Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement”), by and among the Harbinger Parties and Spectrum Brands Holdings.
 
The right and ability of the collateral agent to foreclose upon the equity of our subsidiaries upon the occurrence of an event of default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against us or a subsidiary of ours prior to the collateral agent having foreclosed upon and sold the equity. Under applicable bankruptcy law, a secured creditor such as the collateral agent may be prohibited from foreclosing upon its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case or from disposing of security repossessed from such debtor without bankruptcy court approval, which may not be given.
 
Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code may preclude the secured party from obtaining relief from the automatic stay in order to foreclose upon the equity if the debtor provides “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term adequate protection varies according to circumstances, but it is generally intended to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral from any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or the disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case and may include, if approved by the court, cash payments or the granting of additional security. A bankruptcy court may determine that a secured creditor may not require compensation for a diminution in the value of its collateral if the value of the collateral exceeds the debt it secures.
 
In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the collateral agent could repossess or dispose of the collateral, the value of the collateral at the time of the bankruptcy filing, or whether or to what extent holders of the notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or diminution in the value of the collateral. The holders of the notes may receive in exchange for their claims a recovery that could be substantially less than the amount of their claims (potentially even nothing) and any such recovery could be in


12


Table of Contents

the form of cash, new debt instruments or some other security. Furthermore, in the event the bankruptcy court determines that the value of the collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes would have an “undersecured claim,” which means that they would have a secured claim to the extent of the value of the collateral and an unsecured claim for the difference. Applicable federal bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys’ fees for undersecured claims during the debtor’s bankruptcy case.
 
If any of our subsidiaries commenced, or had commenced against it, a bankruptcy proceeding (but we had not commenced a bankruptcy proceeding), the plan of reorganization of such subsidiary could result in the cancellation of our equity interests in such subsidiary and the issuance of the equity in the subsidiary to the creditors of such subsidiary in satisfaction of their claims. At any time, a majority of the assets of Spectrum Brands are pledged as collateral for the Spectrum loan agreements. In a bankruptcy or liquidation, noteholders will only receive value from the equity interests pledged to secure the notes after payment of all debt obligations of Spectrum Brands, Spectrum Brands Holdings and our other subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.
 
Foreclosure on the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings pledged as collateral would constitute a change of control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands’ debt.
 
If the collateral agent were to exercise remedies and foreclose on a sufficient amount of the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings pledged as collateral for the notes, the foreclosure could constitute a change of control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands’ debt. Under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility, a change of control is an event of default and, if a change of control were to occur, Spectrum Brands would be required to get an amendment to these agreements to avoid a default. If Spectrum Brands was unable to get such an amendment, the lenders could accelerate the maturity of each of the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility. In addition, under the indentures governing Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes and Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes, upon a change of control Spectrum Brands is required to offer to repurchase such notes from the holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest. If Spectrum Brands was unable to make the change of control offer, it would be an event of default under the indentures that could allow holders of such notes to accelerate the maturity of the notes. In the event the lenders under the Spectrum loan agreements or holders of Spectrum Brands’ notes exercised remedies in connection with a default, their claims to Spectrum Brands’ assets will have priority over any claims of the holders of the notes.
 
Perfection of security interests in some of the collateral may not occur and, as such, holders of the notes may lose the benefit of such security interests to the extent a default should occur prior to such perfection or if such security interest is perfected during the period immediately preceding our bankruptcy or insolvency or the bankruptcy or insolvency of any guarantor.
 
Under the terms of the indenture, if any collateral is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest, then, promptly after the acquisition of such collateral, we will be required to provide security over such collateral. However, perfection of such security interests may not occur immediately. If a default should occur prior to the perfection of such security interests, holders of the notes may not benefit from such security interests.
 
In addition, if perfection of such security interests were to occur during a period shortly preceding our bankruptcy or insolvency or the bankruptcy or insolvency of any guarantor, such security interests may be subject to categorization as a preference and holders of the notes may lose the benefit of such security interests. In addition, applicable law requires that a security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can only be properly perfected and its priority retained through certain actions undertaken by the secured party. The liens in the collateral securing the notes may not be perfected with respect to the claims of the notes if the collateral agent is not able to take the actions necessary to perfect any of these liens. The trustee or the collateral agent may not monitor, or we may not inform the trustee or the collateral agent of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and necessary action may not be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral. Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent has an obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection


13


Table of Contents

of any security interest in favor of the notes against third parties. Such failure may result in the loss of the security interest therein or the priority of the security interest in favor of the notes against third parties.
 
There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the notes under which the collateral securing the notes will be released automatically, without your consent or the consent of the trustee.
 
Under various circumstances, collateral securing the notes and guarantees, if any, will be released automatically, including:
 
  •  upon payment in full of the principal, interest and all other obligations on the notes or a discharge or defeasance thereof;
 
  •  with respect to collateral held by a guarantor (if any), upon the release of such guarantor from its guarantee; and
 
  •  a disposition of such collateral to any person other than to us or a guarantor in a transaction that is permitted by the indenture; provided that, except in the case of any disposition of cash equivalents in the ordinary course of business, upon such disposition and after giving effect thereto, no default shall have occurred and be continuing, and we would be in compliance with the covenants set forth under “Description of Notes — Certain Covenants — Maintenance of Liquidity,” and “Description of Notes — Maintenance of Collateral Coverage” (calculated as if the disposition date was a fiscal quarter-end).
 
See “Description of Notes — Security — Release of Liens.”
 
The value of collateral may not be sufficient to repay the notes in full.
 
The value of our collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on many factors. In particular, the equity interests of our subsidiaries that is pledged only has value to the extent that the assets of such subsidiaries are worth more than the liabilities of such subsidiaries (and, in a bankruptcy or liquidation, will only receive value after payment upon all such liabilities, including all debt of such subsidiaries). Consequently, liquidating the collateral may not produce proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due on the notes. The fair market value of the collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, prevailing interest rates, the ability to sell the collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a sale of the collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including the actual fair market value of the collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By its nature, the collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, we cannot assure you that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the collateral will be sufficient to pay our obligations under the notes. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any, realized by holders of the notes from the sale of collateral securing the notes and the obligations under the notes will rank equally in right of payment with all of our other unsecured senior debt and other unsubordinated obligations, including trade payables. To the extent that third parties establish liens on the collateral such third parties could have rights and remedies with respect to the assets subject to such liens that, if exercised, could adversely affect the value of the collateral or the ability of the collateral agent or the holders of the notes to realize or foreclose on the collateral. We may also issue additional notes as described above or otherwise incur obligations which would be secured by the collateral, the effect of which would be to increase the amount of debt secured equally and ratably by the collateral. The ability of the holders to realize on the collateral may also be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations in the event of a bankruptcy. See “— The ability of the collateral agent to foreclose on the equity of our subsidiaries may be limited” above.
 
We will in most cases have control over the collateral.
 
So long as no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing, and subject to certain terms and conditions, we will be entitled to exercise any voting and other consensual rights pertaining to all equity interests in our subsidiaries pledged pursuant to the security and pledge agreement and to remain in possession and retain exclusive control over the collateral (other than as set forth in the security and pledge agreement) and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon.


14


Table of Contents

Our significant indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations.
 
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, our total outstanding indebtedness (excluding the indebtedness of our subsidiaries) was $350 million and our subsidiaries had, on a pro forma basis, approximately $2.8 billion of indebtedness. Our significant indebtedness could have material consequences. For example, it could:
 
  •  make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and any other outstanding future debt obligations;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions or a downturn in our business;
 
  •  impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; and
 
  •  place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness.
 
Any of these risks could impact our ability to fund our operations or limit our ability to expand our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
 
Our ability to make payments on the notes will depend upon the future performance of our operating subsidiaries and the ability to generate cash flow in the future, which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from our operating subsidiaries, or that future borrowings will be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay the notes or to fund our other liquidity needs. If the cash flow from our operating subsidiaries is insufficient, we may take actions, such as delaying or reducing investments or acquisitions, attempting to restructure or refinance our indebtedness prior to maturity, selling assets or operations or seeking additional equity capital to supplement cash flow. Any or all of these actions may be insufficient to allow us to service the notes. Further, we may be unable to take any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
 
We may and our subsidiaries may incur substantially more indebtedness. This could exacerbate the risks associated with our leverage.
 
Subject to the limitations set forth in the indenture, we and our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness (including additional first-lien obligations) in the future. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes, the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share ratably with the holders of the notes in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us. If we incur additional secured indebtedness, the holders of such indebtedness will share equally and ratably in the collateral. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to holders of the notes. If new indebtedness is added to our current levels of indebtedness, the related risks that we now face, including our possible inability to service our debt, could intensify.
 
Covenants in the indenture limit, and other future debt agreements may limit, our ability to operate our business.
 
The indenture contains, and any of our other future debt agreements may contain, covenants imposing operating and financial restrictions on our business. The indenture requires us to satisfy certain financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral coverage ratios. If we fail to meet or satisfy any of these covenants (after applicable cure periods), we would be in default and noteholders (through the trustee or collateral agent, as applicable) could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable, enforce their


15


Table of Contents

interests in the collateral pledged and restrict our ability to make additional borrowings. These agreements may also contain cross-default provisions, so that if a default occurs under any one agreement, the lenders under the other agreements could also declare a default. The covenants and restrictions in the indenture, subject to specified exceptions, restrict our, and in certain cases, our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  create liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
 
  •  pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock;
 
  •  make certain restricted payments;
 
  •  sell assets;
 
  •  engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an arms’-length basis; or
 
  •  consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.
 
These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain financings or to engage in other business activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. See “Description of Notes.” These restrictions also may interfere with our ability to make payments on the notes.
 
We may be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.
 
Under the indenture, each holder of notes may require us to repurchase all of such holder’s notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if certain “change of control” events occur. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds when required under the indenture to make the required repurchase of the notes, especially because such events will likely be a change of control under our subsidiaries’ debt documents as well. If we fail to repurchase notes in that circumstance, we will be in default under the indenture. If we are required to repurchase a significant portion of the notes, we may require third party financing as such funds may otherwise only be available to us through a distribution by our subsidiaries to us. We cannot be sure that we would be able to obtain third party financing on acceptable terms, or at all, or obtain such funds through distributions from our subsidiaries.
 
An active public market may not develop for the notes, which may hinder your ability to liquidate your investment.
 
The notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market, and we do not intend to list them on any securities exchange or to seek approval for quotations through any automated quotation system. The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the notes, but the initial purchasers are not obligated to do so. The initial purchasers may discontinue any market making in the notes at any time, in their sole discretion. We therefore cannot assure you that:
 
  •  a liquid market for the notes will develop;
 
  •  you will be able to sell your notes; or
 
  •  you will receive any specific price upon any sale of the notes.
 
We also cannot assure you as to the level of liquidity of the trading market for the notes, if one does develop. If a public market for the notes does develop, the notes could trade at prices that may be higher or lower than their principal amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes and our financial performance. If no active trading market develops, you may not be able to resell your notes at their fair market value or at all.


16


Table of Contents

The exchange notes should be treated as issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue discount, the exchange notes should be treated as issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, U.S. Holders (as defined in “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) will be required to include such original issue discount in gross income (as ordinary income) for U.S. federal income tax purposes as it accrues, in accordance with a constant yield method based on a compounding of interest, before the receipt of cash payments attributable to this income and regardless of the U.S. Holder’s method of tax accounting. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, holders of the notes may receive a lesser amount for their claim than they would have been entitled to receive under the indenture.
 
If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the notes, the claim by any holder of the notes for the principal amount of the notes may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:
 
  •  the original issue price for the notes; and
 
  •  that portion of the original issue discount, if any, that does not constitute “unmatured interest” for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured interest. Accordingly, holders of the notes under these circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they would be entitled to under the terms of the indenture, even if sufficient funds are available.
 
Risks Related to the Exchange Offer
 
The issuance of the exchange notes may adversely affect the market for the initial notes.
 
To the extent the initial notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and tendered but unaccepted initial notes could be adversely affected. Because we anticipate that most holders of the initial notes will elect to exchange their initial notes for exchange notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale of exchange notes under the Securities Act, we anticipate that the liquidity of the market for any initial notes remaining after the completion of the exchange offer may be substantially limited. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences.”
 
Some persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange notes.
 
Based on interpretations of the Staff of the SEC contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1983), we believe that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances described in this prospectus under “Plan of Distribution,” you will remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer your exchange notes. In these cases, if you transfer any exchange note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you against, this liability.


17


Table of Contents

Risks Related to HGI
 
We may not be successful in identifying any additional suitable acquisition or investment opportunities.
 
The successful implementation of our business strategy depends on our ability to identify and consummate suitable acquisitions or other investment opportunities. However, to date we have only been able to identify a limited number of such opportunities. There is no assurance that we will be successful in identifying or consummating any additional suitable acquisitions and certain acquisition opportunities may be limited or prohibited by applicable regulatory regimes. Even if we do complete another acquisition or business combination, there is no assurance that it will be successful in enhancing our business or our financial condition. In addition, the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and other acquisitions could divert a substantial amount of our management time and may be difficult for us to integrate, which could adversely affect management’s ability to identify and consummate other investment opportunities. The failure to identify or successfully integrate future acquisitions and investment opportunities could have a material adverse affect on our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to service our debt.
 
Because we face significant competition for acquisition and investment opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business plan similar to ours, it may be difficult for us to fully execute our business strategy.
 
We expect to encounter intense competition for acquisition and investment opportunities from both strategic investors and other entities having a business objective similar to ours, such as private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), blank check companies, and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the type of businesses that we may intend to acquire. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources, or more local industry knowledge, or greater access to capital, than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. These factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully completing future acquisitions and investments.
 
In addition, while we believe that there are numerous target businesses that we could potentially acquire or invest in, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing acquisition and investment opportunities.
 
Future acquisitions or investments could involve unknown risks that could harm our business and adversely affect our financial condition.
 
We expect to become a diversified holding company with interests in a variety of industries and market sectors. The Spectrum Brands Acquisition and future acquisitions that we consummate will involve unknown risks, some of which will be particular to the industry in which the acquisition target operates. We may be unable to adequately address the financial, legal and operational risks raised by such acquisitions, especially if we are unfamiliar with the industry in which we invest. The realization of any unknown risks could prevent or limit us from realizing the projected benefits of the acquisitions, which could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, our financial condition, results of operations and the ability to service our debt, including the notes, will be subject to the specific risks applicable to any company in which we invest.
 
Changes in our investment portfolio will likely increase our risk of loss.
 
Because our investments in U.S. Government instruments continue to generate nominal returns, we are exploring alternatives (which could include the use of leverage) that could generate higher returns while we search for acquisition opportunities. Any such change in our investment portfolio will likely result in a higher risk of loss to us. The indenture does not generally limit the investments we are permitted to make.


18


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that our due diligence investigations will identify every matter that could have a material adverse effect on our company.
 
We intend to conduct extensive business, financial and legal due diligence in connection with the evaluation of future acquisition and investment opportunities. However, there can be no assurance that our due diligence investigations will identify every matter that could have a material adverse effect on the acquisition or investment target. Accordingly, there may be matters involving the business and operations of investment targets that we do not identify during our due diligence. To the extent we consummate any acquisition or investment and any of these issues arise, the business and operations of the investment target could be adversely affected, which in turn could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
 
We could consume resources in researching acquisition or investment targets that are not consummated, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or invest in another business.
 
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific acquisition or investment target and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and other advisors. If a decision is made not to consummate a specific business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific acquisition or investment target, we may fail to consummate the investment or acquisition for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which could adversely affect our financial position and our ability to consummate other acquisitions and investments.
 
We may be unable to obtain additional financing to consummate future investments or acquisitions or to fund the operations and growth of an investment or acquisition, which could compel us to restructure the transaction or abandon a particular investment or acquisition.
 
We will likely need to obtain additional financing in order to consummate future acquisitions and investment opportunities. We cannot assure you that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. This risk is exacerbated by the volatility the global credit markets have experienced over the past several years. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular investment or acquisition, we may be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon the investment or acquisition. In addition, if we consummate an acquisition or investment, the company we acquire or invest in may require additional financing to fund continuing operations and/or growth. The failure by such company to secure additional financing if required could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations of such business, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
Our investments in any future joint investment could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on a partner’s financial condition and disputes between us and our partners.
 
We may in the future co-invest with third parties through partnerships or joint investment in an investment or acquisition target or other entities. In such circumstances, we may not be in a position to exercise significant decision-making authority regarding a target business, partnership or other entity if we do not own a substantial majority of the equity interests of the target. These investments may involve risks not present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that partners might become insolvent or fail to fund their share of required capital contributions. In addition, partners may have economic or other business interests or goals that are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our policies or objectives. Such partners may also seek similar acquisition targets as us and we may be in competition with them for such business combination targets. Disputes between us and partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our costs and expenses and divert a substantial


19


Table of Contents

amount of our management’s time and effort away from our business. Consequently, actions by, or disputes with, partners might result in subjecting assets owned by the partnership to additional risk. We may also, in certain circumstances, be liable for the actions of our third-party partners. For example, in the future we may agree to guarantee indebtedness incurred by a partnership or other entity. Such a guarantee may be on a joint and several basis with our partner in which case we may be liable in the event such party defaults on its guaranty obligation.
 
There may be tax consequences associated with our acquisition, investment, holding and disposition of target companies and assets.
 
We may incur significant taxes in connection with effecting acquisitions or investments, holding, receiving payments from, and operating target companies and assets and disposing of target companies or their assets.
 
In addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make other significant investments in publicly traded companies. Changes in the market prices of the securities we own, particularly during times of volatility in security prices, can have a material impact on the value of our company portfolio.
 
In addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make other significant investments in publicly traded companies. We will either consolidate our investments and subsidiaries or report such investments under the equity method of accounting. Changes in the market prices of the publicly traded securities of these entities could have a material impact on an investor’s perception of the aggregate value of our company portfolio and on the value of the assets we can pledge to creditors for debt financing, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to incur additional debt or finance future acquisitions.
 
Our ability to dispose of equity interests we acquire may be limited by restrictive stockholder agreements and by the federal securities laws.
 
When we acquire less than 100% of the equity interests of a company, our investment may be illiquid and we may be subject to restrictive terms of agreements with other equityholders. For instance, our investment in Spectrum Brands Holdings is subject to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, which may adversely affect our flexibility in managing our investment in Spectrum Brands Holdings. In addition, the shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings we received in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are not registered under the Securities Act and are, and any other securities we acquire may be, restricted securities under the Securities Act and our ability to sell such securities could be limited to sales pursuant to: (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of those securities, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which, among other things, requires a specified holding period and limits the manner and volume of sales, or (iii) another applicable exemption under the Securities Act. The inability to efficiently sell restricted securities when desired or necessary may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and liquidity, which could adversely affect our ability to service our debt.
 
Any potential acquisition or investment in a foreign company or a company with significant foreign operations, such as Spectrum Brands Holdings, may subject us to additional risks.
 
If we acquire or invest in a foreign business or other companies with significant foreign operations, such as Spectrum Brands Holdings, we will be subject to risks inherent in business operations outside of the United States. These risks include, for example, currency fluctuations, complex foreign regulatory regimes, punitive tariffs, unstable local tax policies, trade embargoes, risks related to shipment of raw materials and finished goods across national borders, restrictions on the movement of funds across national borders and cultural and language differences. If realized, some of these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and liquidity, and can have an adverse effect on our ability to service our debt. For risks related to Spectrum Brands Holdings, see Annex A hereto.


20


Table of Contents

The Harbinger Parties hold a majority of our outstanding common stock and have interests which may conflict with interests of our other stockholders and holders of the notes. As a result of this ownership, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements.
 
The Harbinger Parties beneficially own shares of our outstanding common stock that collectively constitute more than 90% of our total voting power and, subject to the provisions of our organizational documents, the Harbinger Parties would be able to effect a short-form merger to acquire 100% of our common stock. Because of this, the Harbinger Parties exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs and have the power to determine all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including the election of directors, the removal of directors, and approval of significant corporate transactions such as amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, mergers and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Moreover, a majority of the members of our board of directors were nominated by and are affiliated with or are or were previously employed by the Harbinger Parties or their affiliates. The Harbinger Parties could cause corporate actions to be taken even if the interests of these entities conflict with or are not aligned with the interests of our other stockholders and holders of the notes.
 
Because of our ownership structure, described above, we qualify for, and rely upon, the “controlled company” exception to the board of directors and committee composition requirements under the rules of the NYSE (the “NYSE rules”). Pursuant to this exception, we are exempt from rules that would otherwise require that our board of directors be comprised of a majority of “independent directors” (as defined under the NYSE rules), and that any compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee be comprised solely of “independent directors,” so long as the Harbinger Parties continue to own more than 50% of our combined voting power.
 
We are dependent on certain key personnel and our affiliation with Harbinger Capital; business activities and other matters that affect Harbinger Capital could adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.
 
We are dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of Philip A. Falcone, Peter A. Jenson and Francis T. McCarron, our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Operating Officer and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, respectively. Mr. Falcone is the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Harbinger Capital and has significant influence over the acquisition opportunities HGI reviews. Mr. Falcone may be deemed to be an indirect beneficial owner of the shares of our common stock owned by the Harbinger Parties. Accordingly, Mr. Falcone may exert significant influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election or removal of directors and stockholder approval of acquisitions or other investment transactions. Mr. Jenson is the Chief Operating Officer of Harbinger Capital and of HGI. Mr. McCarron is currently our only permanent, full-time executive officer. Mr. McCarron is responsible for integrating our financial reporting with Spectrum Brands Holdings and any other businesses we acquire. The loss of Mr. Falcone, Mr. Jenson or Mr. McCarron or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results.
 
Under the terms of our management agreement with Harbinger Capital, Harbinger Capital assists us in identifying potential acquisitions. Mr. Falcone’s and Harbinger Capital’s reputation and access to acquisition candidates is therefore important to our strategy of identifying acquisition opportunities. While we expect that Mr. Falcone and other Harbinger Capital personnel will devote a portion of their time to our business, they are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time between our operations and their other commitments in their discretion.
 
Harbinger Capital and its affiliates have historically been involved in miscellaneous corporate litigation related to transactions or the protection and advancement of some of their investments, such as litigation over satisfaction of closing conditions or litigation related to proxy contests and tender offers. These actions arise from the investing activities of Harbinger Capital and its affiliates conducted in the ordinary course of their business and do not arise from any allegations of misconduct asserted by investors in the funds against the


21


Table of Contents

firm or its personnel. Currently, affiliates of Harbinger Capital are defendants in one such action filed by Nacco, Inc., concerning the acquisition by the Harbinger Parties of Applica, Inc., in November 2006.
 
In addition, Harbinger Capital and its affiliates routinely cooperate with governmental and regulatory examinations, information-gathering requests (including informal requests, subpoenas, and orders seeking documents, testimony, and other information), and investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal). Harbinger Capital and its affiliates are currently cooperating with investigations with respect to particular investments and trading in securities of particular issuers, including investigations by the Department of Justice and the SEC that appear to relate primarily to a loan made by Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., to Philip Falcone in October 2009. Harbinger Capital and/or its affiliates or investment funds are not currently parties to any litigation or formal enforcement proceeding brought by any governmental or regulatory authority.
 
If Mr. Falcone’s and Harbinger Capital’s other business interests or legal matters require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to those businesses or legal matters, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative effect on our ability to execute our business strategy. Moreover, their unrelated business activities or legal matters could present challenges which could not only affect the amount of business time that they are able to dedicate to our affairs, but also affect their ability to help us identify, acquire and integrate acquisition candidates.
 
Our officers, directors, stockholders and their respective affiliates may have a pecuniary interest in certain transactions in which we are involved, and may also compete with us.
 
We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such parties may have an interest in certain transactions such as strategic partnerships or joint ventures in which we are involved, and may also compete with us.
 
In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and acquisition opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our officers and directors may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
 
Our officers and directors may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are or may be affiliated. Due to our officers’ and directors’ existing affiliations with other entities, they may have fiduciary obligations to present potential business opportunities to those entities in addition to presenting them to us which could cause additional conflicts of interest. For instance, Messrs. Falcone and Jenson may be required to present investment opportunities to the Harbinger Parties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. To the extent that our officers and directors identify business combination opportunities that may be suitable for entities to which they have pre-existing fiduciary obligations, or are presented with such opportunities in their capacities as fiduciaries to such entities, they may be required to honor their pre-existing fiduciary obligations to such entities. Accordingly, they may not present business combination opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to such entities unless the other entities have declined to accept such opportunities.
 
We will need to increase the size of our organization, and may experience difficulties in managing growth.
 
At the parent company level, we do not have significant operating assets and have only 8 employees as of January 14, 2011. In connection with the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, and particularly if we proceed with other acquisitions or investments, we expect to require additional personnel and enhanced information technology systems. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of


22


Table of Contents

our management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate additional employees and implement enhanced informational technology systems. Our future financial performance and our ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively. Future growth will also increase our costs and expenses and limit our liquidity.
 
Agreements and transactions involving former subsidiaries may give rise to future claims that could materially adversely impact our capital resources.
 
Throughout our history, we have entered into numerous transactions relating to the sale, disposal or spinoff of partially and wholly owned subsidiaries. We may have continuing obligations pursuant to certain of these transactions, including obligations to indemnify other parties to agreements, and may be subject to risks resulting from these transactions. For example, in 2005, we were notified by Weatherford International Inc. (“Weatherford”) of a claim for reimbursement in connection with the investigation and cleanup of purported environmental contamination at two properties formerly owned by one of our non-operating subsidiaries. The claim was made under an indemnification provision given by us to Weatherford in a 1995 asset purchase agreement. There can be no assurance that we will avoid costs and expenses in excess of our reserves in connection with any continuing obligation. If we were to incur any such costs and expenses, our results of operations, financial position and liquidity could be materially adversely affected.
 
From time to time we may be subject to litigation for which we may be unable to accurately assess our level of exposure and which, if adversely determined, may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
We and our subsidiaries are or may become parties to legal proceedings that are considered to be either ordinary or routine litigation incidental to our or their current or prior businesses or not material to our consolidated financial position or liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will prevail in any litigation in which we or our subsidiaries may become involved, or that our or their insurance coverage will be adequate to cover any potential losses. To the extent that we or our subsidiaries sustain losses from any pending litigation which are not reserved or otherwise provided for or insured against, our business, results of operations, cash flows and/or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of our board of directors are named as defendants in a derivative action filed in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is financially unfair to HGI and its public stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
 
We may suffer adverse consequences if we are deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act and we may be required to incur significant costs to avoid investment company status and our activities may be restricted.
 
We hold substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents and investments in U.S. Government Agency and Treasury securities and in the common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings. In addition, we have not held, and do not hold, ourself out as an investment company. We have been conducting a good faith search for additional merger or acquisition candidates, and have repeatedly and publicly disclosed our intention to acquire additional businesses. We believe that we are not an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”). The Investment Company Act contains substantive legal requirements that regulate the manner in which investment companies are permitted to conduct their business activities. If the SEC or a court were to disagree with us, we could be required to register as an investment company. This would negatively affect our ability to consummate an acquisition of an operating company, subject us to disclosure and accounting guidance geared toward investment, rather than operating, companies; limit our ability to borrow money, issue options, issue multiple classes of stock and debt, and engage in transactions with affiliates; and require us to undertake significant costs and expenses to meet the disclosure and regulatory requirements to which we would be subject as a registered investment company.


23


Table of Contents

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exemption, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and that we do not own or acquire “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of the value of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Rule 3a-1 of the Investment Company Act provides an exemption from registration as an investment company if a company meets both an asset and an income test and is not otherwise primarily engaged in an investment company business by, among other things, holding itself out to the public as such or by taking controlling interests in companies with a view to realizing profits through subsequent sales of these interests. A company satisfies the asset test of Rule 3a-1 if it has no more than 45% of the value of its total assets (adjusted to exclude U.S. Government securities and cash) in the form of securities other than interests in majority-owned subsidiaries and companies which it primarily and actively controls. A company satisfies the income test of Rule 3a-1 if it has derived no more than 45% of its net income for its last four fiscal quarters combined from securities other than interests in majority owned subsidiaries and primarily controlled companies.
 
We may be subject to an additional tax as a personal holding company on future undistributed personal holding company income if we generate passive income in excess of operating expenses.
 
Section 541 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), subjects a corporation which is a “personal holding company” (“PHC”), as defined in the Code, to a 15% tax on “undistributed personal holding company income” in addition to the corporation’s normal income tax. Generally, undistributed personal holding company income is based on taxable income, subject to certain adjustments, most notably a deduction for federal income taxes and a modification of the usual net operating loss deduction. Personal holding company income (“PHC Income”) is comprised primarily of passive investment income plus, under certain circumstances, personal service income. A corporation generally is considered to be a PHC if (i) at least 60% of its adjusted ordinary gross income is PHC Income and (ii) more than 50% in value of its outstanding common stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (including, for this purpose, certain organizations and trusts) at any time during the last half of the taxable year.
 
We did not incur a PHC tax for the 2009 fiscal year, because we had a sufficiently large net operating loss for that fiscal year. We also had a net operating loss for the 2010 fiscal year. However, so long as the Harbinger Funds hold more than 50% in value of our outstanding common stock at any time during any future tax year, it is possible that we will be considered a PHC if at least 60% of our adjusted ordinary gross income consists of PHC Income as discussed above. Thus, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to this tax in the future, which, in turn, may materially adversely impact our financial position, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to make debt service payments on the notes. In addition, if we are subject to this tax during future periods, statutory tax rate increases could significantly increase tax expense and adversely affect operating results and cash flows. Specifically, the current 15% tax rate on undistributed PHC Income is scheduled to expire at the end of 2012, so that, absent a statutory change, the rate will revert back to the highest individual ordinary income rate of 39.6% for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012.
 
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting and to report on our assessment as to the effectiveness of these controls. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying these requirements or negative reports concerning our internal controls could adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement, particularly with respect to acquired businesses and businesses that we may acquire in the future. We cannot be certain that any remedial measures we take will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate internal controls over our financial reporting processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with


24


Table of Contents

an unqualified report regarding the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. Failure to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. In addition, failure to comply with our SEC reporting obligations may cause an event of default to occur under the indenture, or similar instruments governing any debt we incur in the future.
 
Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the period ended September 30, 2009 stated that we did not maintain effective controls over the application and monitoring of our accounting for income taxes. Specifically, we did not have controls designed and in place to ensure the accuracy and completeness of financial information provided by third party tax advisors used in accounting for income taxes and the determination of deferred income tax assets and the related income tax provision and the review and evaluation of the application of generally accepted accounting principles relating to accounting for income taxes. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2009. Accordingly, we determined that this control deficiency constituted a material weakness as of September 30, 2009. As of the period ended December 31, 2009, we concluded that our ongoing remediation efforts resulted in control enhancements which had operated for an adequate period of time to demonstrate operating effectiveness. Although we believe that this material weakness has been remediated, there can be no assurance that similar weaknesses will not occur in the future which could adversely affect our future results of operations or financial condition.
 
In addition, if we were to acquire a previously privately owned company, we may incur significant additional costs in order to ensure that after such acquisition we continue to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other public company requirements, which in turn would reduce our earnings and negatively affect our liquidity. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding adequacy of their internal controls and may not be otherwise set up for public company reporting. The development of an adequate financial reporting system and the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any business combination. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
 
Risks Related to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
 
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial costs associated with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, which will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for other corporate purposes, and our financial results and liquidity may be adversely affected.
 
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial costs in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. These costs will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available to us for acquisitions and investments and other corporate purposes. There is no assurance that the actual costs will not exceed our estimates. We may incur additional material charges reflecting additional costs associated with the our oversight of Spectrum Brands and the integration of our financial reporting in fiscal quarters subsequent to the quarter in which the Spectrum Brands Acquisition was consummated.
 
The pro forma financial statements presented are not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations.
 
The pro forma financial statements contained in this prospectus are presented for illustrative purposes only and may not be indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations. The pro forma financial statements have been derived from the historical financial statements of our company and Spectrum Brands Holdings, and many adjustments and assumptions have been made regarding Spectrum Brands Holdings (giving effect to the SB/RH Merger) and our company after giving effect to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. The information upon which these adjustments and assumptions have been made is preliminary,


25


Table of Contents

and these kinds of adjustments and assumptions are difficult to make with complete accuracy. Moreover, the pro forma financial statements do not reflect all costs that are expected to be incurred by us in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and by Spectrum Brands Holdings as a result of the SB/RH Merger. For example, the impact of any incremental costs incurred in integrating Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs and integrating our financial reporting requirements with Spectrum Brands is not reflected in the pro forma financial statements. As a result, the actual financial condition and results of operations of our company following the Spectrum Brands Acquisition may not be consistent with, or evident from, these pro forma financial statements.
 
The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial information may not prove to be accurate, and other factors may affect our future financial condition or results of operations. Any potential decline in our financial condition or results of operations could adversely affect our liquidity and ability to make interest or principal payments on the notes.
 
There can be no assurance that we have identified every matter that could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands Holdings or its subsidiaries.
 
Although we have conducted business, financial and legal due diligence in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, there can be no assurance that due diligence has identified every matter that could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands Holdings or its subsidiaries. Accordingly, there may be matters involving either Spectrum Brands Holdings or its subsidiaries and their respective operations that were not identified during our due diligence. Any of these matters could materially adversely affect our future financial condition.


26


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
We have made in this prospectus forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management and the management of Spectrum Brands Holdings. Generally, forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future actions, events or results of operations of our company. Forward-looking statements specifically include, without limitation, the information regarding: efficiencies/cost avoidance, cost savings, income and margins, growth, economies of scale, combined operations, the economy, future economic performance, conditions to, and the timetable for, completing the integration of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ financial reporting with ours, completing future acquisitions and dispositions, litigation, potential and contingent liabilities, management’s plans, business portfolios, changes in regulations and taxes.
 
Forward-looking statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “may,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “could,” “might,” or “continue” or the negative or other variations thereof or comparable terminology.
 
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and in Annex A, Risk Factors of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., could affect the future results of our company, and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements.
 
HGI
 
Important factors that could affect our future results, include, without limitation, the following:
 
  •  our inability to successfully identify additional suitable acquisition opportunities and future acquisitions potentially involving various risks;
 
  •  difficulty in fully executing our business strategy due to significant competition for acquisition and investment opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business plan similar to ours;
 
  •  various unknown risks and uncertainties that would result from future acquisitions;
 
  •  the inability to obtain additional financing to consummate future investments or acquisitions or to fund the operations and growth of an investment or acquisition, which could compel us to restructure the transaction or abandon a particular investment or acquisition;
 
  •  changes in the market prices of publicly traded equity interests that we may acquire, particularly during times of volatility in security prices, could impact the aggregate value of our company portfolio and equity;
 
  •  our ability to dispose of equity interests that we may acquire may be limited by restrictive stockholder agreements and by securities laws;
 
  •  our principal stockholders hold a majority of our outstanding common stock and have interests which may conflict with interests of our stockholders and holders of the notes, and as a result of this ownership, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements;
 
  •  our dependence on certain key personnel;
 
  •  our officers, directors, stockholders and their respective affiliates may have a pecuniary interest in certain transactions in which we are involved, and may also compete with us;
 
  •  changes in our investment portfolio will likely increase our risk of loss and subject us to additional risks;
 
  •  our ability to increase the size of our organization and manage our growth;


27


Table of Contents

 
  •  we may suffer adverse consequences if we are deemed an investment company and we may incur significant costs to avoid investment company status;
 
  •  we may be subject to an additional tax as a personal holding company on future undistributed personal holding company income if we generate passive income in excess of operating expenses;
 
  •  agreements and transactions involving former subsidiaries may give rise to future claims that could materially adversely impact our capital resources;
 
  •  our investments in any future joint investment could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on a partner’s financial condition and disputes between us and our partners;
 
  •  resources could be wasted in researching acquisition or investment targets that are not consummated;
 
  •  there may be tax consequences associated with our acquisition, holding and disposition of target companies and assets;
 
  •  litigation defense and settlement costs with respect to our prior businesses may be material;
 
  •  Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting and to report on our assessment as to the effectiveness of these controls. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying these requirements or negative reports concerning our internal controls could adversely affect our future results of operations;
 
  •  we may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition; and
 
  •  our ability to successfully integrate Spectrum Brands Holdings’ financial reporting with our financial reporting.
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings’ actual results or other outcomes from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements may be affected by a variety of important factors, including, without limitation, the following:
 
  •  the impact of Spectrum Brands’ substantial indebtedness on its business, financial condition and results of operations;
 
  •  the impact of restrictions in Spectrum Brands’ debt instruments on its ability to operate its business, finance its capital needs or pursue or expand business strategies;
 
  •  any failure to comply with financial covenants and other provisions and restrictions of Spectrum Brands’ debt instruments;
 
  •  Spectrum Brands’ ability to successfully integrate the business acquired in connection with the combination with Russell Hobbs and achieve the expected synergies from that integration at the expected costs;
 
  •  the impact of expenses resulting from the implementation of new business strategies, divestitures or current and proposed restructuring activities;
 
  •  the impact of fluctuations in commodity prices, costs or availability of raw materials or terms and conditions available from suppliers, including suppliers’ willingness to advance credit;
 
  •  interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations;
 
  •  the loss of, or a significant reduction in, sales to a significant retail customer(s);
 
  •  competitive promotional activity or spending by competitors or price reductions by competitors;


28


Table of Contents

 
  •  the introduction of new product features or technological developments by competitors and/or the development of new competitors or competitive brands;
 
  •  the effects of general economic conditions, including inflation, recession or fears of a recession, depression or fears of a depression, labor costs and stock market volatility or changes in trade, monetary or fiscal policies in the countries where Spectrum Brands does business;
 
  •  changes in consumer spending preferences and demand for Spectrum Brands’ products;
 
  •  Spectrum Brands’ ability to develop and successfully introduce new products, protect its intellectual property and avoid infringing the intellectual property of third parties;
 
  •  Spectrum Brands’ ability to successfully implement, achieve and sustain manufacturing and distribution cost efficiencies and improvements, and fully realize anticipated cost savings;
 
  •  the cost and effect of unanticipated legal, tax or regulatory proceedings or new laws or regulations (including environmental, public health and consumer protection regulations);
 
  •  public perception regarding the safety of Spectrum Brands’ products, including the potential for environmental liabilities, product liability claims, litigation and other claims;
 
  •  the impact of pending or threatened litigation;
 
  •  changes in accounting policies applicable to Spectrum Brands’ business;
 
  •  government regulations;
 
  •  the seasonal nature of sales of certain of Spectrum Brands’ products;
 
  •  the effects of climate change and unusual weather activity; and
 
  •  the effects of political or economic conditions, terrorist attacks, acts of war or other unrest in international markets.
 
We also caution the reader that undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We do not undertake any duty or responsibility to update any of these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect actual outcomes.
 
THE SPECTRUM BRANDS ACQUISITION
 
On June 16, 2010, Spectrum Brands Holdings completed the SB/RH Merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 9, 2010, as amended, by and among Spectrum Brands Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Battery Merger Corp. and Grill Merger Corp. (the “Merger Agreement”). As a result of the completion of the SB/RH Merger, Russell Hobbs became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, Spectrum Brands became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands Holdings and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands immediately prior to the consummation of the SB/RH Merger received shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock in exchange for their shares of Spectrum Brands common stock. Immediately prior to the SB/RH Merger, the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 40.6% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock and 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Russell Hobbs and had an outstanding term loan to Russell Hobbs. Upon the completion of the SB/RH Merger, the stockholders of Spectrum Brands (other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock and the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock. The Spectrum Brands common stock was delisted from the NYSE and shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock were listed on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “SPB”. Additional information about Russell Hobbs, a subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, can be found in HGI’s Definitive Information Statement filed by HGI with the SEC on November 5, 2010.


29


Table of Contents

On January 7, 2011, we completed the Spectrum Brands Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. As a result, the Harbinger Parties contributed 27,756,905 shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, or approximately 54.4% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, to us in exchange for 119,909,829 newly issued shares of our common stock. This exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00 was based on the respective volume weighted average trading prices of our common stock ($6.33) and Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock ($27.36) on the NYSE for the 30 trading days from and including July 2, 2010 to and including August 13, 2010, the day we received the Harbinger Parties’ proposal for the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
 
After the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock and the Harbinger Parties and Harbinger Capital together directly own approximately 12.7% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock.
 
Upon the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we became a party to the existing Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among the Harbinger Parties, Spectrum Brands Holdings, and Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. (the “Avenue Parties”). Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, we have certain demand and “piggy back” registration rights with respect to our shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock.
 
Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, we, the Harbinger Parties or the Avenue Parties may demand that Spectrum Brands Holdings register all or a portion of our or their respective shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock for sale under the Securities Act, so long as the anticipated aggregate offering price of the securities to be offered is (i) at least $30 million if registration is to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or a similar “long-form” registration or (ii) at least $5 million if registration is to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 or a similar “short-form” registration.
 
The Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement also provides that if Spectrum Brands Holdings decides to register shares of its common stock for its own account or the account of a stockholder other than us, the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the agreement), we, the Harbinger Parties or the Avenue Parties may require Spectrum Brands Holdings to include all or a portion of their shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock in the registration and, to the extent the registration is in connection with an underwritten public offering, to have such shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock included in the offering.
 
Following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we also became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement. Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, the parties agree that, among other things:
 
  •  Spectrum Brands Holdings will maintain (i) a special nominating committee of its board of directors (the “Special Nominating Committee”) consisting of three Independent Directors (as defined in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement), (ii) a nominating and corporate governance committee of its board of directors (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) and (iii) an Audit Committee in accordance with the NYSE rules;
 
  •  for so long as we (together with our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties) own 40% or more of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ outstanding voting securities, we will vote our shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock to effect the structure of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ board of directors described in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and to ensure that Spectrum Brands Holdings’ chief executive officer is elected to its board of directors;
 
  •  neither Spectrum Brands Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries will be permitted to pay any monitoring or similar fee to us or our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties;


30


Table of Contents

 
  •  we will not effect any transfer of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ equity securities to any person that would result in such person and its affiliates beneficially owning 40% or more of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ outstanding voting securities, unless (i) such person agrees to be bound by the terms of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, (ii) the transfer is pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of Spectrum Brands Holdings approved by Spectrum Brands Holdings’ board of directors and a majority of the members of the Special Nominating Committee, (iii) the transfer is otherwise specifically approved by Spectrum Brands Holdings’ board of directors and a majority of the Special Nominating Committee, or (iv) the transfer is of 5% or less of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ outstanding voting securities;
 
  •  before June 16, 2011, we will not (and we will not permit any of our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, to) make any public announcement with respect to, or submit a proposal for, or offer in respect of, a Going-Private Transaction (as defined in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement) of Spectrum Brands Holdings unless such action is specifically requested in writing by the board of directors of Spectrum Brands Holdings with the approval of a majority of the members of the Special Nominating Committee. In addition, under Spectrum Brands Holdings’ certificate of incorporation, no stockholder that (together with its affiliates) owns 40% or more of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings (the “40% Stockholder”) shall, or shall permit any of its affiliates or any group which such 40% Stockholder or any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by such 40% Stockholder is a member of, to engage in any transactions that would constitute a Going-Private Transaction, unless such transaction satisfies certain requirements;
 
  •  we will have certain inspection rights so long as we and our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, own, in the aggregate, at least 15% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings’ voting securities; and
 
  •  we will have certain rights to obtain Spectrum Brands’ information, at our expense, for so long as we own at least 10% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings’ voting securities.
 
The provisions of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement (other than with respect to information and investigation rights) will terminate on the date on which we and our affiliates (including the Harbinger Parties) no longer beneficially own 40% of outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings’ voting securities. The Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person or group owns 90% or more of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings.
 
In order to permit the collateral agent to exercise the remedies under the indenture and foreclose on the Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock pledged as collateral for the notes upon an event of default under the indenture, on January 7, 2011, simultaneously with the closing of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the collateral agent became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and will, subject to certain exceptions, become subject to all of its covenants, terms and conditions to the same extent as HGI prior to such event of default.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding initial notes. We are making this exchange solely to satisfy our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes, we will receive initial notes in like aggregate principal amount.
 
The gross proceeds from the offering of the initial notes were approximately $345 million. We used approximately $11 million of the proceeds to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the initial notes offering.


31


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2010:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and issuance of our common stock to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and (ii) the issuance of the initial notes and the use of proceeds from such issuance.
 
You should read this table together with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements,” “Use of Proceeds,” “The Spectrum Brands Acquisition” and our historical financial statements and related notes and the financial statements and related notes of each of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
    HGI As of
    Pro Forma As of
 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2010     2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 86.0     $ 590.4  
Short-term investments
    54.0       54.0  
                 
Debt:
               
HGI Debt:
               
Notes
          350.0  
Spectrum Brands Debt:
               
Spectrum Brands ABL Facility(1)
           
Foreign Credit Facilities and Other
          25.4  
Spectrum Brands Term Loan(2)
          750.0  
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes(3)
          750.0  
Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes(4)
          245.0  
Less: Original issuance discounts on debt
          (31.6 )
                 
Total debt
  $     $ 2,088.8  
                 
Total HGI stockholders’ equity
  $ 132.9     $ 702.2  
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 132.9     $ 2,791.0  
                 
 
 
(1) The Spectrum Brands ABL Facility provides for borrowings of up to $300 million from time to time, subject to a borrowing base formula. As of September 30, 2010, no loans and $37 million of letters of credit were outstanding under the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility and Spectrum Brands had the ability to borrow up to an additional $225 million, subject to satisfaction of customary borrowing conditions. The Spectrum Brands ABL Facility matures in June 2014.
 
(2) Consists of $750 million aggregate principal amount of borrowings under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan that was borrowed at a discount of approximately $15 million. This discount accretes and is included in interest expense as this facility matures. The Spectrum Brands Term Loan matures in June 2016.
 
(3) Consists of $750 million aggregate principal amount of the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes that were issued at a discount of approximately $10 million. This discount accretes and is included in interest expense as the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes mature. The Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes mature in June 2018.
 
(4) As of September 30, 2010, $245 million aggregate principal amount of the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes was outstanding (including notes issued as payment of interest in kind). Spectrum Brands may elect to pay interest under the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes in cash or as a payment in kind through the semi-annual interest period ended February 2011. The Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes mature in August 2019.


32


Table of Contents

 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, the date of our latest publicly available financial information, gives effect to (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as well as the effect of (ii) the SB/RH Merger, (iii) the emergence of Spectrum Brands from bankruptcy in August 2009 and the application of fresh-start accounting and (iv) the offering of the initial notes.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements shown below reflect historical financial information and have been prepared on the basis that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805: Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) as a transaction between entities under common control. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 805, the assets and liabilities transferred between entities under common control should be recorded by the receiving entity based on their carrying amounts (or at the historical cost basis of the parent, if these amounts differ). Although we issued shares of our common stock to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, for accounting purposes Spectrum Brands will be treated as the predecessor and receiving entity of HGI since Spectrum Brands was an operating business in prior periods, whereas HGI was not. As Spectrum Brands was determined to be the accounting acquirer in the SB/RH Merger, the financial statements of Spectrum Brands will be presented as our predecessor entity for periods preceding the SB/RH Merger. After the issuance of the shares of our common stock to the Harbinger Parties to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, our parent (the Harbinger Parties) owns approximately 93% of our outstanding common stock. Spectrum Brands, as the predecessor and under common ownership of the Harbinger Parties, will record HGI’s assets and liabilities at the Harbinger Parties’ basis as of the date that common control was first established (June 16, 2010). The carrying value of HGI’s assets and liabilities approximated the Harbinger Parties’ basis at that date.
 
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet at September 30, 2010 is presented on a basis to reflect (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (ii) the issuance of our common stock to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and (iii) the offering of the initial notes, as if each had occurred on September 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 is presented on a basis to reflect (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (ii) the issuance of our common stock to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (iii) the SB/RH Merger and (iv) the offering of the initial notes, as if each had occurred on January 1, 2009. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 is presented on a basis to reflect (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (ii) the issuance of our common stock to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (iii) the SB/RH Merger and (iv) the offering of the initial notes, as if each had occurred on January 1, 2009, and (v) the emergence of Spectrum Brands from bankruptcy in August 2009 and the application of fresh-start accounting, as if the emergence had occurred on October 1, 2008 (the beginning of Spectrum Brands’ fiscal year). Because of different fiscal year-ends, and in order to present results for comparable periods, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 combines the historical consolidated statement of operations of HGI for the year then ended with the derived historical results of operations of Russell Hobbs for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and the historical consolidated statement of operations of Spectrum Brands for its fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 combines the historical condensed consolidated statement of operations of HGI for the nine months then ended with the derived historical results of operations of Russell Hobbs for the six months ended March 31, 2010, the last quarter end reported by Russell Hobbs prior to the SB/RH Merger, and the derived historical results of operations of SB Holdings for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 (which include Russell Hobbs’ results of operations for the most recent three-month period ended September 30, 2010). Spectrum Brands’ historical consolidated statement of operations for the three-month period ended January 3, 2010 has been excluded from the interim results in order to present results comparable to HGI’s nine-month period ended September 30, 2010. The results of Russell Hobbs have been excluded for the stub period from June 16, 2010, the date of the SB/RH Merger, to July 4, 2010 for pro forma purposes, since comparable results are included in the derived historical results of operations of Russell Hobbs for the six-month period ended March 31, 2010. Pro forma adjustments are made in order to reflect the


33


Table of Contents

potential effect of the transactions on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations. As a result of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the financial statements of Spectrum Brands, as predecessor, will replace those of HGI for periods prior to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. Those financial statements will reflect the SB/RH Merger effective June 16, 2010. We do not present any pro forma annual periods prior to January 1, 2009 since these would be the same as Spectrum Brands’ historical financial statements as the predecessor to HGI.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were based on, and should be read in conjunction with:
 
  •  our historical unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus;
 
  •  our historical audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 included elsewhere in this prospectus; and
 
  •  Spectrum Brands Holdings’ historical audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Our historical consolidated financial information has been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements to give effect to pro forma events that are (1) directly attributable to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the SB/RH Merger, the emergence of Spectrum Brands from bankruptcy in August 2009 and the application of fresh-start accounting, and the offering of the initial notes, (2) factually supportable, and (3) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our results. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do not reflect any of HGI or Spectrum Brands Holdings’ managements’ expectations for revenue enhancements, cost savings from the combined company’s operating efficiencies, synergies or other restructurings, or the costs and related liabilities that would be incurred to achieve such revenue enhancements, cost savings from operating efficiencies, synergies or restructurings, which could result from the SB/RH Merger.
 
The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and assumptions that the managements of HGI and Spectrum Brands Holdings believe reasonably reflect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the SB/RH Merger, the emergence of Spectrum Brands from bankruptcy and the application of fresh-start accounting, and the offering of the initial notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent what our actual consolidated results of operations or the consolidated financial position would have been had the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and other identified events occurred on the date assumed, nor are they necessarily indicative of our future consolidated results of operations or financial position.


34


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
As of September 30, 2010
 
                                                 
    Historical     Pro Forma Adjustments        
          Spectrum
                         
    Harbinger
    Brands
                         
    Group Inc.
    Holdings
    Spectrum
                   
    September 30,
    September 30,
    Brands
          Initial Notes
    Pro Forma
 
    2010     2010     Acquisition     Note     Offering(9)     Combined  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 85,967     $ 170,614     $             $ 333,849     $ 590,430  
Short-term investments
    53,965                                 53,965  
Trade and other accounts receivable, net
          406,447                           406,447  
Inventories, net
          530,342                           530,342  
Deferred income taxes
          35,735                           35,735  
Assets held for sale
          12,452                           12,452  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    1,740       44,122                           45,862  
                                                 
Total current assets
    141,672       1,199,712                     333,849       1,675,233  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    143       201,164                           201,307  
Deferred charges and other
          46,352                           46,352  
Goodwill
          600,055                           600,055  
Intangible assets, net
          1,769,360                           1,769,360  
Other assets
    497       56,961                     11,206       68,664  
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 142,312     $ 3,873,604     $             $ 345,055     $ 4,360,971  
                                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                                               
Current portion of long-term debt
  $     $ 20,710     $             $     $ 20,710  
Accounts payable
    1,452       332,231                           333,683  
Accrued and other current liabilities
    3,786       309,831                           313,617  
                                                 
Total current liabilities
    5,238       662,772                           668,010  
Long-term debt
          1,723,057                     345,055       2,068,112  
Pension liability
    3,423       92,725                           96,148  
Non-current deferred income taxes
          277,843                           277,843  
Other liabilities
    684       70,828                           71,512  
                                                 
Total liabilities
    9,345       2,827,225                     345,055       3,181,625  
Commitments and contingencies
                                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                                               
Common stock
    193       514       685       (6c )           1,392  
Additional paid in capital
    132,727       1,316,461       (594,440 )     (6a,b,c )           854,748  
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
    10,243       (260,892 )     100,757       (6a,b )           (149,892 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (10,223 )     (7,497 )     13,642       (6a,b )           (4,078 )
Less treasury stock, at cost
          (2,207 )     2,207       (6c )            
                                                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    132,940       1,046,379       (477,149 )                   702,170  
Noncontrolling interest
    27             477,149       (6b )           477,176  
                                                 
Total equity
    132,967       1,046,379                           1,179,346  
                                                 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 142,312     $ 3,873,604     $             $ 345,055     $ 4,360,971  
                                                 


35


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
                                                                                           
    Historical     Pro Forma Adjustments        
                              Russell
                                     
    Harbinger
    Spectrum Brands Inc.     Hobbs,
                                     
    Group Inc.
    Successor
      Predecessor
          Inc.
                                     
    12 Months
    1 Month
      11 Months
    12 Months
    12 Months
    Spectrum
          SB/RH
                   
    Ended
    Ended
      Ended
    Ended
    Ended
    Brands
          Merger
                   
    December 31,
    September 30,
      August 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    Fresh
          Related &
          Initial Notes
    Pro Forma
 
    2009     2009       2009     2009     2009     Start     Note     Other     Note     Offering(9)     Combined  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
Net sales
  $     $ 219,888       $ 2,010,648     $ 2,230,536     $ 779,375     $             $             $     $ 3,009,911  
Cost of goods sold
          155,310         1,245,640       1,400,950       549,220       4,187       (5a,b )                         1,954,357  
Restructuring and related charges
          178         13,189       13,367                                               13,367  
                                                                                           
Gross profit
          64,400         751,819       816,219       230,155       (4,187 )                                 1,042,187  
Operating expenses:
                                                                                         
Selling
          39,136         363,106       402,242       117,406       335       (5b )                         519,983  
General and administrative
    6,290       20,578         145,235       165,813       39,531       19,743       (5b,c )     15,293       (6a,e,f,h )           246,670  
Research and development
          3,027         21,391       24,418       4,027       398       (5b )                         28,843  
Restructuring and related charges
          1,551         30,891       32,442       3,813                                         36,255  
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
                  34,391       34,391                                               34,391  
                                                                                           
Total operating expenses
    6,290       64,292         595,014       659,306       164,777       20,476               15,293                     866,142  
                                                                                           
Operating income (loss)
    (6,290 )     108         156,805       156,913       65,378       (24,663 )             (15,293 )                   176,045  
Interest (income) expense
    (229 )     16,962         172,940       189,902       44,657                     (55,534 )     (6d )     40,206       219,002  
Other (income) expense, net
    (1,280 )     (816 )       3,320       2,504       4,013                                         5,237  
                                                                                           
(Loss) income from continuing operations before reorganization items and income taxes
    (4,781 )     (16,038 )       (19,455 )     (35,493 )     16,708       (24,663 )             40,241               (40,206 )     (48,194 )
Reorganization items (expense) income, net
          (3,962 )       1,142,809       1,138,847             (1,138,847 )     (5d )                          
                                                                                           
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
    (4,781 )     (20,000 )       1,123,354       1,103,354       16,708       (1,163,510 )             40,241               (40,206 )     (48,194 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    8,566       51,193         22,611       73,804       17,998       (2,572 )     (5e )     (8,542 )     (6a,g )           89,254  
                                                                                           
(Loss) income from continuing operations
  $ (13,347 )   $ (71,193 )     $ 1,100,743     $ 1,029,550     $ (1,290 )   $ (1,160,938 )           $ 48,783               (40,206 )   $ (137,448 )
                                                                                           
Less: Loss from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (3 )                                             (42,553 )     (6b )           (42,556 )
                                                                                           
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to controlling interest
  $ (13,344 )   $ (71,193 )     $ 1,100,743     $ 1,029,550     $ (1,290 )   $ (1,160,938 )           $ 91,336             $ (40,206 )   $ (94,892 )
                                                                                           
Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share attributable to controlling interest
  $ (0.69 )                                                                             $ (0.68 )
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
    19,280                                                         119,910       (6c )             139,190  


36


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2010
 
                                                                 
    Historical     Pro Forma Adjustments        
                Russell
                               
                Hobbs, Inc.
    Elimination of
                         
                6 Month
    Russell Hobbs
    SB/RH
                   
          Spectrum
    Period Ended
    Duplicate
    Merger
                   
    Harbinger
    Brands
    March 31,
    Financial
    Related &
          Initial Notes
    Pro Forma
 
    Group Inc.     Holdings, Inc.     2010     Information(7)     Other     Note     Offering(9)     Combined  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net sales
  $     $ 1,975,071     $ 406,412     $ (35,755 )   $             $     $ 2,345,728  
Cost of goods sold
          1,232,624       275,668       (23,839 )     (2,164 )     (8b )           1,482,289  
Restructuring and related charges
          5,499                                       5,499  
                                                                 
Gross profit
          736,948       130,744       (11,916 )     2,164                     857,940  
Operating expenses:
                                                               
Selling
          355,524       60,906       (5,962 )                         410,468  
General and administrative
    14,876       156,193       21,616       (4,640 )     (168 )     (6a,e,f,h )           187,877  
Research and development
          24,568       4,217       (659 )                         28,126  
Acquisition and integration related charges
          38,452                   (34,675 )     (8a )           3,777  
Restructuring and related charges
          12,192       3,908                                 16,100  
                                                                 
Total operating expenses
    14,876       586,929       90,647       (11,261 )     (34,843 )                   646,348  
                                                                 
Operating income (loss)
    (14,876 )     150,019       40,097       (655 )     37,007                     211,592  
Interest (income) expense
    (156 )     227,533       11,556       (3,866 )     (98,824 )     (6d )     30,219       166,462  
Other (income) expense, net
    (351 )     11,654       6,423       923                           18,649  
                                                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
    (14,369 )     (89,168 )     22,118       2,288       135,831               (30,219 )     26,481  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (761 )     40,690       7,021       (214 )     767       (6a,g )           47,503  
                                                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations
  $ (13,608 )   $ (129,858 )   $ 15,097     $ 2,502     $ 135,064             $ (30,219 )   $ (21,022 )
                                                                 
Less: (Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (3 )                       10,435       (6b )           10,432  
                                                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to controlling interest
  $ (13,605 )   $ (129,858 )   $ 15,097     $ 2,502     $ 124,629             $ (30,219 )   $ (31,454 )
                                                                 
Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share attributable to controlling interest
  $ (0.70 )                                                   $ (0.23 )
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
    19,286                               119,910       (6c )             139,196  


37


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
(1)   CONFORMING PERIODS
 
HGI’s fiscal year-end was December 31 while Spectrum Brands Holdings’ fiscal year-end is September 30 and Russell Hobbs’ fiscal year-end was June 30. In order for the year end pro forma results to be comparable, the Russell Hobbs 12-month period ended December 31, 2009 was calculated as follows:
 
                                 
    Year
    Six Months
    Six Months
    Twelve Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2009     2008     2009  
    (A)     (B)     (C)     (D)=(A)+(B)-(C)  
 
Net sales
  $ 796,628     $ 459,521     $ 476,774     $ 779,375  
Cost of goods sold
    577,138       317,868       345,786       549,220  
                                 
Gross profit
    219,490       141,653       130,988       230,155  
Operating expenses:
                               
Selling
    128,195       59,116       69,905       117,406  
General and administrative
    43,760       25,090       29,319       39,531  
Research and development
    4,813       4,659       5,445       4,027  
Restructuring and related charges
    9,700       1,769       7,656       3,813  
                                 
Total operating expenses
    186,468       90,634       112,325       164,777  
                                 
Operating income
    33,022       51,019       18,663       65,378  
Interest expense
    50,221       19,894       25,458       44,657  
Other expense, net
    4,622       3,224       3,833       4,013  
                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
    (21,821 )     27,901       (10,628 )     16,708  
Income tax expense
    14,042       8,872       4,916       17,998  
                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations
  $ (35,863 )   $ 19,029     $ (15,544 )   $ (1,290 )
                                 


38


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
HGI’S latest reporting period is the third quarter for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, while Russell Hobbs’ last reporting period, prior to the SB/RH Merger, was its third quarter results for the nine-month period ended March 31, 2010 and Spectrum Brands Holdings’ latest reporting period is its fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 (which includes results of operations for Russell Hobbs for the three month-period ended September 30, 2010). In order for the unaudited interim pro forma results to be comparable, results of Russell Hobbs and SB Holdings must reflect only nine months. Because Russell Hobbs’ results of operations for the three months ended September 30, 2010 are included in Spectrum Brands Holdings’ historical statement of operations (post SB/RH Merger), Russell Hobbs’ historical financial information for the statement of operations covering the three-month period ended September 30, 2009 has been excluded, as follows:
 
                         
    Nine Months
    Three Months
    Six Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
 
    March 31,
    September 30,
    March 31,
 
    2010     2009     2010  
    (A)     (B)     (C)=(A)-(B)  
 
Net sales
  $ 617,281     $ 210,869     $ 406,412  
Cost of goods sold
    422,652       146,984       275,668  
                         
Gross profit
    194,629       63,885       130,744  
Operating expenses:
                       
Selling
    87,539       26,633       60,906  
General and administrative
    35,715       14,099       21,616  
Research and development
    6,513       2,296       4,217  
Restructuring and related charges
    4,665       757       3,908  
                         
Total operating expenses
    134,432       43,785       90,647  
                         
Operating income
    60,197       20,100       40,097  
Interest expense
    24,112       12,556       11,556  
Other expense (income), net
    5,702       (721 )     6,423  
                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    30,383       8,265       22,118  
Income tax expense
    11,375       4,354       7,021  
                         
Income from continuing operations
  $ 19,008     $ 3,911     $ 15,097  
                         
 
To derive Spectrum Brands Holdings’ results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands’ historical financial information for the statement of operations covering the three-month period ended January 3, 2010 has been excluded, as follows:
 
                         
    Spectrum Brands
          Spectrum Brands
 
    Holdings
    Spectrum Brands
    Holdings
 
    Fiscal Year
    Three Months
    Nine Months
 
    Ended September 30,
    Ended January 3,
    Ended September 30,
 
    2010     2010     2010  
    (A)     (B)     (C) = (A) - (B)  
 
Net sales
  $ 2,567,011     $ 591,940     $ 1,975,071  
Cost of goods sold
    1,638,451       405,827       1,232,624  
Restructuring and related charges
    7,150       1,651       5,499  
                         
Gross profit
    921,410       184,462       736,948  


39


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                         
    Spectrum Brands
          Spectrum Brands
 
    Holdings
    Spectrum Brands
    Holdings
 
    Fiscal Year
    Three Months
    Nine Months
 
    Ended September 30,
    Ended January 3,
    Ended September 30,
 
    2010     2010     2010  
    (A)     (B)     (C) = (A) - (B)  
 
Operating expenses:
                       
Selling
    466,813       111,289       355,524  
General and administrative
    199,386       43,193       156,193  
Research and development
    31,013       6,445       24,568  
Acquisition and integration related charges
    38,452             38,452  
Restructuring and related charges
    16,968       4,776       12,192  
                         
Total operating expenses
    752,632       165,703       586,929  
                         
Operating income
    168,778       18,759       150,019  
Interest expense
    277,015       49,482       227,533  
Other expense, net
    12,300       646       11,654  
                         
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items and income taxes
    (120,537 )     (31,369 )     (89,168 )
Reorganization items expense, net
    3,646       3,646        
                         
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (124,183 )     (35,015 )     (89,168 )
Income tax expense
    63,189       22,499       40,690  
                         
Loss from continuing operations
  $ (187,372 )   $ (57,514 )   $ (129,858 )
                         
 
(2)   BASIS OF PRO FORMA PRESENTATION
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been prepared using the historical consolidated financial statements of HGI, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands and Spectrum Brands Holdings. To derive the financial statements for Spectrum Brands Holdings, Spectrum Brands’ historical financial statements for the fourth calendar quarter of 2009 have been excluded. The historical financial statements for Russell Hobbs includes the fourth calendar quarter of 2009 in both the annual 2009 and interim 2010 unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements presented herein; the results of operations for Russell Hobbs for the three-month period ended September 30, 2010 are included in Spectrum Brands Holdings historical statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010. The predecessor of the historical financial statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings is Spectrum Brands. The Spectrum Brands Acquisition is accounted for as a merger among entities under common control with Spectrum Brands Holdings/Spectrum Brands as the predecessor and receiving entity of HGI.
 
(3)   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements of HGI do not assume any differences in accounting policies between HGI and Spectrum Brands Holdings. HGI will review the accounting policies of HGI and Spectrum Brands Holdings to ensure conformity of HGI’s accounting policies to those of Spectrum Brands Holdings (as predecessor) and, as a result of that review, HGI may identify differences between the accounting policies of these companies that, when conformed, could have a material impact on the combined financial statements. At this time, HGI is not aware of any differences that would have a material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

40


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(4)   ACQUISITION OF RUSSELL HOBBS BY SPECTRUM BRANDS IN SB/RH MERGER
 
Russell Hobbs was acquired by Spectrum Brands Holdings as a result of the SB/RH Merger on June 16, 2010. The consideration was in the form of newly-issued shares of common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings exchanged for all of the outstanding shares of common and preferred stock and certain debt of Russell Hobbs held by the Harbinger Parties. Inasmuch as Russell Hobbs was a private company and its common stock was not publicly traded, the closing market price of the Spectrum Brands common stock at June 15, 2010 was used to calculate the purchase price. The total purchase price of Russell Hobbs was approximately $597,579 determined as follows:
 
         
Spectrum Brands closing price per share on June 15, 2010
  $ 28.15  
Purchase price — Russell Hobbs allocation — 20,704 shares(1)(2)
  $ 575,203  
Cash payment to pay off Russell Hobbs’ North American credit facility
    22,376  
         
Total purchase price of Russell Hobbs
  $ 597,579  
         
 
 
(1) Number of shares calculated based upon conversion formula, as defined in the SB/RH Merger agreement, using balances as of June 16, 2010.
 
(2) The fair value of 271 shares of unvested restricted stock units as they relate to post combination services will be recorded as operating expense over the remaining service period and were assumed to have no fair value for the purchase price.
 
The total purchase price for Russell Hobbs was allocated to the preliminary net tangible and intangible assets of Russell Hobbs by Spectrum Brands Holdings based upon their preliminary fair values at June 16, 2010 and is reflected in Spectrum Brands Holdings’ historical consolidated statement of financial position as of September 30, 2010 as set forth below. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary net tangible assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon a valuation for which the estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to certain legal matters, amounts for income taxes including deferred tax accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating loss carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations, and the final allocation of goodwill. Spectrum Brands Holdings expects to continue to obtain information to assist it in determining the fair values of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date during the measurement period. The preliminary purchase price allocation for Russell Hobbs is as follows:
 
         
Current assets
  $ 307,809  
Property, plant and equipment
    15,150  
Intangible assets
    363,327  
Goodwill
    120,079  
Other assets
    15,752  
         
Total assets acquired
    822,117  
         
Current liabilities
    142,046  
Total debt
    18,970 (1)
Long-term liabilities
    63,522  
         
Total liabilities assumed
    224,538  
         
Net assets acquired
  $ 597,579  
         
 
 
(1) Represents indebtedness of Russell Hobbs assumed in the SB/RH Merger.


41


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(5)   PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENT — FRESH-START REPORTING
 
Spectrum Brands emerged from bankruptcy on August 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) and, in accordance with ASC 852, adopted fresh-start reporting since the reorganization value of the assets of Spectrum Brands immediately prior to the Effective Date (“Predecessor Company”) of the plan of reorganization was less than the total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, and the holders of the Predecessor Company’s voting shares immediately before the Effective Date received less than 50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity.
 
Spectrum Brands analyzed the transactions that occurred during the two-day period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective Date, and August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting date, and concluded that such transactions were not material individually or in the aggregate as such transactions represented less than one percent of the total net sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. As a result, Spectrum Brands determined that August 30, 2009 would be an appropriate fresh-start reporting date to coincide with Spectrum Brands’ normal financial period close for the month of August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, periods ended prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those of Spectrum Brands after the Effective Date (“Successor Company”).
 
These pro forma adjustments represent the fresh-start adjustments as if Spectrum Brands’ fresh-start reporting had occurred on October 1, 2008, the beginning of its fiscal year. The adjustments made are as follows:
 
a) An adjustment of $48,762 was recorded to adjust inventory to fair value. As a result of this increase in inventory, $16,319 was recorded as cost of goods sold within the Spectrum Brands consolidated statement of operations for the year ended September 30, 2009. This cost has been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations as this amount is considered non-recurring.
 
b) Spectrum Brands recorded an increase of $34,699 to adjust the net book value of property, plant and equipment to fair value giving consideration to their highest and best use. Key assumptions used in the valuation of Spectrum Brands’ property, plant and equipment were a combination of the cost and market approach, depending on whether market data was available. The step up in depreciation expense associated with this increase in book value was $21,723 for the period from October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009. This is reflected in the statement of operations as follows:
 
         
    Eleven Month Period
 
    Ended
 
    August 30, 2009
 
    Step-up Adjustment  
 
Cost of goods sold
  $ 20,506  
Selling
    335  
General and administrative
    484  
Research and development
    398  
         
Total
  $ 21,723  
         
 
c) Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets, which include trade names, trademarks and technology, were valued using a relief from royalty methodology. Customer relationships were valued using a multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible assets are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a portion are within control of Spectrum Brands’ management. The total fair value of indefinite and definite lived intangibles was $1,459,500 as of August 30, 2009. The incremental intangible amortization associated with the increase in indefinite lived intangible assets was $19,260 for the period from October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009.


42


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
d) In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy, Spectrum Brands incurred certain expenses and recorded certain income, gains and losses as Reorganization items expense (income), net. Since these items are directly attributable to Spectrum Brands’ emergence from bankruptcy and are not expected to have a continuing impact on the combined entity’s results, they have been eliminated from these pro forma financial statements. Reorganization items expense (income), net, for the eleven-month period ended August 30, 2009 and the one-month period ended September 30, 2009 are summarized as follows:
 
                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
    One Month
    Eleven Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
 
    September 30,
    August 30,
 
    2009     2009  
 
Legal and professional fees
  $ 3,962     $ 74,624  
Deferred financing costs
          10,668  
Provision for rejected leases
          6,020  
                 
Administrative related reorganization items
    3,962       91,312  
Gain on cancellation of debt
          (146,555 )
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
          (1,087,566 )
                 
Reorganization items expense (income), net
  $ 3,962     $ (1,142,809 )
                 
 
e) Spectrum Brands recorded a decrease of $2,572 of net tax expense for non-U.S. subsidiaries for the period from October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009. During all periods presented, Spectrum Brands had a full valuation allowance for all net U.S. deferred tax assets, exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles. Due to Spectrum Brands’ full valuation allowance position, any tax effect of the fresh-start pro forma adjustments for the U.S. parent and U.S. subsidiaries would be offset by an adjustment to the valuation allowance. As such, Spectrum Brands has recorded a zero tax effect for the pro forma adjustments related to the U.S. parent and U.S. subsidiaries.
 
(6)   PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS — OTHER
 
a) To effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, HGI issued its common stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for the controlling financial interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings. After this issuance of shares, the Harbinger Parties own approximately 93% of HGI’s outstanding common stock. Spectrum Brands as the receiving and predecessor entity and under common control of the Harbinger Parties will record HGI’s assets and liabilities at the Harbinger Parties’ basis as of the date common control was established. The carrying value of HGI’s assets and liabilities approximated the Harbinger Parties’ basis at the date that common control with Spectrum Brands Holdings was established (June 16, 2010). However, adjustments were made to income taxes and pension expense to reflect the effect of rolling back the Harbinger Parties’ basis in HGI to the January 1, 2009 assumed transaction date for purposes of the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of operations. This results in a decrease in General and administrative expense for pension expense in the amount of $881 and $689 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively. Similarly, the tax adjustment is as shown in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 included herein.
 
The financial statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings/Spectrum Brands, as predecessor, will replace those of HGI for periods prior to the date common control with Spectrum Brands Holdings was established (June 16, 2010) and, as such, these adjustments eliminate HGI’s historical retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive loss prior to that date as well as the subsequent amortization through September 30, 2010 of accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings (through HGI’s historical net loss for the period).


43


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
b) Adjustment reflects the noncontrolling interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings upon the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. HGI owns approximately 54.4% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, subsequent to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. The allocation to noncontrolling interest from the components of stockholders’ equity reflects 45.6% of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2010.
 
c) Adjustment reflects the 119,910 shares of HGI common stock issued as a result of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. The adjustment also reflects the elimination of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ historical capital structure.
 
d) The SB/RH Merger resulted in a substantial change to the Spectrum Brands Holdings’ debt structure, as further discussed in the notes to the Spectrum Brands Holdings historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The change in interest expense is $55,534 and $98,824 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The adjustment consists of the following:
 
                         
          Fiscal Year
    Nine Months
 
    Assumed
    Ended
    Ended
 
    Interest Rate     December 31, 2009     September 30, 2010  
 
$750,000 Term loan
    8.1 %   $ 60,750     $ 45,055  
$750,000 Senior secured notes
    9.5 %     71,250       52,646  
$231,161 Senior subordinated notes
    12.0 %     27,739       20,804  
$22,000 ABL revolving credit facility
    6.0 %     1,320       990  
Foreign debt, other obligations and capital leases
          4,243       7,207  
Amortization of debt issuance costs
          13,723       9,697  
                         
Total pro forma interest expense
            179,025       136,399  
Less: elimination of historical interest expense
            234,559       235,223  
                         
Pro forma adjustment
          $ (55,534 )   $ (98,824 )
                         
 
An assumed increase or decrease of 1/8 percent in the interest rate assumed above with respect to the $750,000 term loan and the $22,000 ABL revolving credit facility, which have variable interest rates, would impact total pro forma interest expense by $965 and $723 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively.
 
e) Adjustment reflects increased amortization expense associated with the fair value adjustment of Russell Hobbs’ intangible assets of $9,535 and $4,806 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The adjustment for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 reflects an adjustment to the Russell Hobbs historical six-month period ended March 31, 2010 only (the last reported period prior to the SB/RH Merger), as the Russell Hobbs acquisition is already reflected in the last three months of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ nine-month period ended September 30, 2010.
 
f) Adjustment reflects an increase in equity awards amortization of $7,622 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and a decrease in equity awards amortization of $3,534 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively, to reflect equity awards issued in connection with the SB/RH Merger which had vesting periods ranging from 1-12 months. As a result, assuming the transaction was completed on January 1, 2009, these awards would be fully vested in the period ended December 31, 2009. For purposes of this pro forma adjustment, fair value is assumed to be the average of the high and low price of Spectrum Brands’ common stock at June 16, 2010 of $28.24 per share, management’s most reliable determination of fair value.


44


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
g) As a result of Russell Hobbs’ and Spectrum Brands’ existing income tax loss carryforwards in the United States, for which full valuation allowances have been provided, no deferred income taxes have been established and no income tax has been provided in the pro forma adjustments related to the SB/RH Merger.
 
h) Adjustment reflects decreased depreciation expense associated with the fair value adjustment of Russell Hobbs’ property, plant and equipment of $983 and $751 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The adjustment for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 reflects an adjustment to the Russell Hobbs historical six-month period ended March 31, 2010 only (the last reported period prior to the SB/RH Merger), as the Russell Hobbs acquisition is already reflected in the last three months of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ nine-month period ended September 30, 2010. The adjustments have been recorded to General and administrative expense. Pro forma impacts to Cost of goods sold for depreciation associated with the fair value adjustment of Russell Hobbs’ equipment is considered immaterial.
 
(7)   PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENT — ELIMINATION OF DUPLICATE FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
This pro forma adjustment represents the elimination of the financial data from June 16, 2010 through July 4, 2010 of Russell Hobbs that is reflected in Spectrum Brands Holdings’ historical financial statements. These are considered duplicative because a full nine months of financial results for Russell Hobbs has been reflected in the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of operations for the interim period consisting of the six-month Russell Hobbs historical period ended March 31, 2010, prior to the SB/RH Merger, and the three month period ended September 30, 2010, subsequent to the SB/RH Merger, included in Spectrum Brands Holdings’ historical statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010.
 
(8)   NON-RECURRING COSTS
 
a) Spectrum Brands Holdings’ financial results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 include $34,675 of expenses related to the SB/RH Merger. These costs include severance and fees for legal, accounting, financial advisory, due diligence, tax, valuation, printing and other various services necessary to complete this transaction and were expensed as incurred. These costs have been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 as these amounts are considered non-recurring.
 
b) Spectrum Brands Holdings increased Russell Hobbs’ inventory by $2,504, to estimated fair value, upon completion of the SB/RH Merger. Cost of sales increased by this amount during the first inventory turn subsequent to the completion of the SB/RH Merger. $340 was recorded in the three months ended July 4, 2010 and has been eliminated as part of the “Elimination of duplicate financial information” adjustments discussed in Note (7) above. The remaining $2,164 was recorded in Spectrum Brands Holdings’ historical statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 which amount has been eliminated as a pro forma adjustment related to the SB/RH Merger. These costs have been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 as these amounts are considered non-recurring.
 
(9)   PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS RELATED TO THE INITIAL NOTES OFFERING
 
On November 15, 2010, HGI issued the initial notes in private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The issue price of the initial notes was 98.587% of par. The pro forma cash adjustment of $333,849 reflects the $345,055 proceeds from the offering (which is net of the original issue discount of $4,945), less debt issuance costs of $11,206.


45


Table of Contents

Harbinger Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The incremental interest expense related to the initial notes was calculated as follows
 
                 
    Year Ended
    Nine Months Ended
 
    December 31, 2009     September 30, 2010  
 
Interest expense on notes at 10.625%
  $ 37,187     $ 27,891  
Amortization of original issue discount on Notes
    790       653  
Amortization of debt issuance costs
    2,229       1,675  
                 
Pro forma adjustment
  $ 40,206     $ 30,219  
                 
 
As a result of HGI’s existing income tax loss carryforwards, for which valuation allowances have been provided, no income tax benefit has been reflected in the pro forma adjustments related to HGI.


46


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The following is selected historical financial information of HGI. Selected historical financial information of Spectrum Brands Holdings is included in Annex B hereto.
 
The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the dates presented. The selected financial information as of December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for each of the five fiscal years then ended has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The selected financial information as of September 30, 2010 and for the nine-month period then ended has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements which include, in the opinion of our management, all adjustments necessary to present fairly our results of operations and financial position for the periods and dates presented. All these adjustments are of a normal recurring nature except for the adjustments to income tax disclosed in note (1) below.
 
The financial information indicated may not be indicative of future performance. This financial information and other data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our respective audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes thereto, our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. All amounts are in thousands, except for per share amounts.
 
                                                         
    Nine Months
   
    Ended September 30,   Years Ended December 31,
    2010(1)   2009   2009(2)   2008   2007   2006(3)   2005(4)
    (Unaudited)                    
 
Income Statement Data:
                                                       
Revenues
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
Operating loss
    (14,876 )     (3,775 )     (6,290 )     (3,237 )     (3,388 )     (4,730 )     (5,517 )
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (13,605 )     (9,686 )     (13,344 )     (12 )     2,551       (273 )     (3,112 )
Loss from discontinued operations(5)
                                  (4,390 )     (6,064 )
Net (loss) income
    (13,608 )     (9,688 )     (13,347 )     (13 )     2,550       (4,664 )     (9,177 )
Net (loss) income attributable to HGI
    (13,605 )     (9,686 )     (13,344 )     (12 )     2,551       (4,663 )     (9,176 )
Net (loss) income per share — basic and diluted:
                                                       
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (0.70 )     (0.50 )     (0.69 )     (0.00 )     0.13       (0.01 )     (0.16 )
Loss from discontinued operations
                                  (0.23 )     (0.32 )
Net (loss) income
    (0.70 )     (0.50 )     (0.69 )     (0.00 )     0.13       (0.24 )     (0.48 )
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                                       
Total assets
    142,312       155,166       152,883       164,032       165,444       163,731       304,756  
Total equity
    132,967       149,587       145,797       158,847       162,133       159,302       231,621  
Other Data:
                                                       
Working capital(6)
    136,434       144,117     $ 141,947     $ 153,908     $ 154,275     $ 150,490     $ 155,503  
 
 
(1) During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, loss from continuing operations reflects a benefit from income taxes of $0.8 million which represents the restoration of deferred tax assets previously written off in connection with the change in control of our company in 2009, as discussed further in note (2) below, and a related reversal of accrued interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax assets relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are realizable to the extent we settle our uncertain tax positions for which we have previously recorded $0.8 million of reserves and related accrued interest and penalties.


47


Table of Contents

 
(2) The change in control of our company in year ended December 31, 2009 resulted in a change of ownership of our company under sections 382 and 383 of the Code. As a result, we wrote off approximately $7.4 million of net operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum tax credits. Additionally, as a result of cumulative losses in recent years, we increased our valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets by $2.8 million.
 
(3) During 2006, we sold our approximate 57% ownership interest in Omega Protein Corporation in two separate transactions for combined proceeds of $75.5 million. In conjunction with the sale, we recognized transaction related losses of $10.3 million ($7.2 million net of tax adjustments). Such amounts are included under loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
(4) During 2005, we sold our approximate 77% ownership interest in Safety Components International, Inc. for proceeds of $51.2 million. Accordingly, we recognized a loss on sale of $12.2 million ($9.9 million net of tax effects). Such amounts are included under loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
(5) Loss from discontinued operations includes transaction related losses as discussed in notes (3) and (4) and the operating results for Omega Protein Corporation for the periods ending December 31, 2006 and Safety Components International, Inc. for the period ending December 31, 2005.
 
(6) Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.


48


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following is HGI’s management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations. Management’s discussion and analysis of financial conditions and results of operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings is included in Annex C hereto.
 
The following is a discussion of our financial condition and results of operations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed above in “Risk Factors,” as well as those discussed in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999 under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc. (the “Reincorporation Merger”) We had approximately $139.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (including U.S. Government Agency and Treasury securities) as of September 30, 2010. Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “HRG”.
 
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership interest in the common stock of Omega in December 2006, we have held substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Since then, we have been actively looking for acquisition or investment opportunities with a principal focus on identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions of operating businesses. These efforts accelerated after the Harbinger Parties acquired 9.9 million shares, or approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009 (the “2009 Change of Control”).
 
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which we issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately 27.8 million shares of common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings. See “The Spectrum Brands Acquisition” for further information. Following the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we own approximately 54.4% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, with a current market value of approximately $928 million (as of January 14, 2011). The Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock.
 
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as a first step in the process. We have identified the following six sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities: consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecom, agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
 
In order to pursue our strategy, we will utilize the investment expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York. We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record of making successful investments across various industries. We believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will more closely match our principal investment strategy. In addition, our corporate structure provides additional options for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our common stock as a form of consideration.
 
Philip Falcone, who serves as our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, founded Harbinger Capital in 2001. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of professionals,


49


Table of Contents

including more than 20 investment professionals with expertise across various industries, including our targeted sectors.
 
Recent Developments
 
Initial Notes Offering
 
On November 15, 2010, we completed the initial notes offering, consisting of $350 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. The proceeds of the initial notes offering were placed into escrow pending the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. On January 7, 2011, following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the satisfaction of the other escrow release conditions, the proceeds of the initial notes offering were released from escrow.
 
Spectrum Brands Acquisition
 
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition was consummated on January 7, 2011. For more information regarding the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, see “The Spectrum Brands Acquisition” elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Results of Operations
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
 
Presented below is a table that summarizes our results of operations and compares the amount of the change between the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
                         
                Favorable/
 
    Nine Months Ended September 30,     (Unfavorable)
 
    2010     2009     Change  
 
Revenues
  $     $     $  
Cost of revenues
                 
                         
Gross profit
                 
Operating expenses:
                       
General and administrative
    14,876       3,775       (11,101 )
                         
Total operating expenses
    14,876       3,775       (11,101 )
                         
Operating loss
    (14,876 )     (3,775 )     (11,101 )
Other income:
                       
Interest income
    156       197       (41 )
Other, net
    351       1,246       (895 )
                         
      507       1,443       (936 )
                         
Loss before income taxes
    (14,369 )     (2,332 )     (12,037 )
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes
    761       (7,356 )     8,117  
                         
Net loss
    (13,608 )     (9,688 )     (3,920 )
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
    3       2       1  
                         
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc. 
  $ (13,605 )   $ (9,686 )   $ (3,919 )
                         
Net loss per common share — basic and diluted
  $ (0.70 )   $ (0.50 )   $ (0.20 )
                         
 
We reported a net loss of $13.6 million or $(0.70) per diluted share for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to a net loss of $9.7 million or $(0.50) per diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 reflected the write off of $8.2 million of deferred tax assets in connection with our change in controlling shareholders. The increase in our pre-tax loss principally resulted from an increase in professional fees associated with advisors retained


50


Table of Contents

to assist us in evaluating business acquisition opportunities and preparing related public company filings and, to a lesser extent, from additional employee and other costs related to relocating our corporate headquarters.
 
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our operating results:
 
Revenues.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had no revenues. We do not expect to recognize revenues until we acquire one or more operating businesses in the future.
 
Cost of revenues.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had no cost of revenues.
 
General and administrative expenses.  General and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional fees (including advisory services, legal and accounting fees), salaries and benefits, office rent, pension expense and insurance costs. General and administrative expenses increased $11.1 million to $14.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 from $3.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily a result of an increase in professional fees associated with advisors retained to assist us in evaluating business acquisition opportunities and preparing related public company filings and, to a lesser extent, increases in employee and other costs related to relocating our corporate headquarters to New York City. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we incurred $9.3 million, in professional fees related to potential acquisitions, including $4.3 million related to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, compared to insignificant amounts in the prior year comparable periods.
 
Interest income.  Interest income decreased $41,000 to $156,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 from $197,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Our interest income will continue to be negligible while our cash equivalents and investments are invested principally in U.S. Government instruments and the interest rates on those instruments remain insignificant.
 
Other, net.  Other income decreased $895,000 to $351,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 from $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Our other income is primarily related to settlements on legal claims relating to solvent schemes with insurers in various markets. The fluctuation in other income will vary as we reach settlements with these insurers.
 
Income taxes.  The effective tax benefit rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was 5%. The benefit from income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 principally represents the restoration in the 2010 first quarter of $732,000 of deferred tax assets previously written off in connection with the 2009 Change of Control and a related reversal of $35,000 of accrued interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax assets relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are realizable to the extent we settle our uncertain tax positions for which we had previously recorded $732,000 of reserves and $35,000 of related accrued interest and penalties. As a result, the final resolution of these uncertain tax positions will have no net effect on our future provision for (or benefit from) income taxes.
 
In the third quarter of 2009, we wrote off $8.2 million of deferred tax assets. This resulted from our ownership change that, pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, limits our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and alternative minimum tax credits.
 
Due to our cumulative losses in recent years, we determined that, as of September 30, 2010, a valuation allowance was still required for all of our deferred tax assets other than our refundable alternative minimum tax credits and the balance of deferred tax assets described above. Accordingly, we do not expect to record any future benefit from income taxes until it is more likely than not that some or all of our remaining net operating loss carryforwards will be realizable.


51


Table of Contents

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
 
Presented below is a table that summarizes our results of operations and compares the amount of the change between 2009 and 2008 (the “2009 Change”) and between 2008 and 2007 (the “2008 Change”).
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,     2009
    2008
 
    2009     2008     2007     Change     Change  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Revenues
  $     $     $     $     $  
Cost of revenues
                             
                                         
Gross profit
                             
Operating expenses:
                                       
General and administrative
    6,290       3,237       3,388       3,053       (151 )
                                         
Total operating expenses
    6,290       3,237       3,388       3,053       (151 )
                                         
Operating loss
    (6,290 )     (3,237 )     (3,388 )     (3,053 )     151  
Other income:
                                       
Interest income
    229       3,013       7,681       (2,784 )     (4,668 )
Other, net
    1,280       113       570       1,167       (457 )
                                         
      1,509       3,126       8,251       (1,617 )     (5,125 )
                                         
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (4,781 )     (111 )     4,863       (4,670 )     (4,974 )
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
    (8,566 )     98       (2,313 )     (8,664 )     2,411  
                                         
Net (loss) income
    (13,347 )     (13 )     2,550       (13,334 )     (2,563 )
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
    3       1       1       2        
                                         
Net (loss) income attributable to Harbinger Group Inc. 
  $ (13,344 )   $ (12 )   $ 2,551     $ (13,332 )   $ (2,563 )
                                         
Net (loss) income per common share — basic and diluted
  $ (0.69 )   $ 0.00     $ 0.13     $ (0.69 )   $ (0.13 )
                                         
 
2009 Compared to 2008
 
We reported a net loss of $13.3 million or $(0.69) per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a net loss of $12,000 or $0.00 per diluted share in 2008. The increase in net loss resulted from the write off of $7.4 million of net operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum tax credits resulting from the 2009 Change of Control which constituted a change of ownership under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Additionally, as a result of cumulative losses in recent years, we increased our valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets by $2.8 million during the fourth quarter of 2009. The increase in net loss also resulted from increases in professional fees and pension expenses and a decrease in interest income, all partially offset by the recognition of other income in 2009 related to former businesses of HGI.
 
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our operating results:
 
Revenues.  For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no revenues.
 
Cost of revenues.  For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no cost of revenues.
 
General and administrative expenses.  General and administrative expenses increased $3.1 million from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was primarily a result of increases in professional fees of $1.9 million, predominately arising from the 2009 Change of Control, the transition to a reconstituted board of directors, the Reincorporation Merger, and increased efforts in evaluating possible business acquisitions, and an increase of $0.9 million in actuarially determined pension expenses.


52


Table of Contents

Interest income.  Interest income decreased $2.8 million from $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, resulting from sustained lower interest rates on our cash equivalents and investments which are invested principally in U.S. Government instruments.
 
Other, net.  Other, net was $1.3 million and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. During 2009, we received a refund of excess collateral of $0.8 million from a rent-a-captive insurance arrangement which we entered into in 1993. As we had previously written off the balance of our excess collateral, the full amount of this refund was recorded as other income. We do not believe we have any material obligations under this arrangement and do not expect to receive any additional material reimbursements related to this program. Also during 2009, we received $0.3 million from settlement agreements entered into during 2009 in which we agreed to accept a payment in exchange for the termination of insurance coverage on certain non-operating subsidiaries.
 
Income taxes.  Despite a pretax loss of $4.8 million, we recorded a provision for income taxes of $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a benefit for income taxes of $0.1 million for the prior year. The change from a benefit to a provision resulted primarily from the write-off of $7.4 million of net operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum tax credits resulting from the 2009 Change of Control which constituted a change in ownership under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Additionally, as a result of our cumulative losses, we have determined that, as of December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance of approximately $2.8 million was required for deferred tax assets whose realization did not meet the more likely than not criteria.
 
2008 Compared to 2007
 
We reported a net loss of $12,000 or $0.00 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to net income of $2.6 million or $0.13 per diluted share in 2007. The change from net income to net loss resulted primarily from decreased interest income during 2008 compared to 2007.
 
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our operating results:
 
Revenues.  For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had no revenues.
 
Cost of revenues.  For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had no cost of revenues.
 
General and administrative expenses.  General and administrative expenses decreased $0.2 million from $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of decreases in professional fees and costs.
 
Interest income.  Interest income decreased $4.7 million from $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable to sustained lower interest rates on cash equivalents and investments during 2008 compared to 2007. In July 2008, due to market conditions and in an effort to preserve principal, we liquidated our U.S. Government Agency securities and purchased U.S. Treasury securities with the proceeds.
 
Other, net.  Other, net decreased $0.5 million from $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease resulted from higher levels of insurance and other recoveries recognized during 2007 compared to 2008.
 
Income taxes.  We recorded a benefit for income taxes of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to a provision for income taxes of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The change from a provision to a benefit for income taxes was attributable to the pretax loss in the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to pretax income in 2007. Additionally, the loss in 2008 resulted in no additional provision for a 15% tax on undistributed personal holding company income for the year ended December 31, 2008 as was required for 2007.


53


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Prior to the issuance of the notes, our liquidity needs have been primarily for professional fees (including advisory services, legal and accounting fees), salaries and benefits, office rent, pension expense and insurance costs. We may also utilize a significant portion of our cash, cash equivalents and investments to fund all or a portion of the cost of any future acquisitions.
 
The following table summarizes information about our contractual obligations (in thousands) as of September 30, 2010, as adjusted for the pro forma effect of the initial notes issued on November 15, 2010 (but not the Spectrum Brands Acquisition), and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods:
 
                                                 
    Payments Due by Period  
          Remainder of
          2012 and
    2014 and
    After
 
Contractual Obligations(1)
  Total     2010     2011     2013     2015     2015  
 
Pension liabilities(2)
  $ 3,527     $ 27     $ 98     $ 189     $ 168     $ 3,045  
Retirement agreement(3)
    431       28       113       226       64        
Operating lease obligations
    468       52       208       208              
                                                 
Total as of September 30, 2010
    4,426       107       419       623       232       3,045  
                                                 
Long-term debt issued November 15, 2010(4)
    350,000                         350,000        
Interest payments on long-term debt
    185,938             37,188       74,375       74,375        
                                                 
Pro forma contractual obligations
  $ 540,364     $ 107     $ 37,607     $ 74,998     $ 424,607     $ 3,045  
                                                 
 
 
(1) We also have $0.4 million of potential obligations related to uncertain tax positions for which the timing and amount of payment cannot be reasonably estimated due to the nature of the uncertainties. See Note 5 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
(2) For more information concerning pension liabilities, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
(3) Amounts in this category relate to a retirement agreement entered into in 1981 with a former executive officer of ours.
 
(4) Represents the initial notes, which were issued after September 30, 2010.
 
Our current source of liquidity is our cash, cash equivalents and investments, including the net proceeds of the notes issuance. Because we have historically limited our investments principally to U.S. Government instruments, we do not expect to earn significant interest income in the near term. In the future, we may expand our investment approach to include investments that will generate greater returns. We are exploring alternative investment opportunities for our cash while we search for acquisition opportunities.
 
We expect these cash, cash equivalents and investments to continue to be a source of liquidity except to the extent that they may be used to fund the acquisition of operating businesses or assets. As of September 30, 2010, our cash, cash equivalents and investments were $139.9 million compared to $151.9 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
Based on current levels of operations, we do not have any significant capital expenditure commitments and management believes that our consolidated cash, cash equivalents and investments on hand will be adequate to fund our operational and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. As described in “— Recent Developments — Initial Notes Offering”, the proceeds of the initial notes offering significantly enhanced our liquidity. Depending on the size and terms of future acquisitions of operating businesses or assets, we may also seek to raise additional capital through the issuance of equity and to incur additional debt. There is no assurance, however, that such capital will be available at the time, in the amounts necessary or with terms satisfactory to us.


54


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Throughout our history, we have entered into indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with our customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and in certain instances, when we sold businesses. Additionally, we have indemnified our directors and officers who are, or were, serving at our request in such capacities. Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is not precisely known due to the extensive history of our past operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these indemnifications have not been material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Further, we have no reason to believe that future costs to settle claims related to our former operations will have material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Summary of Cash Flows
 
The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flow information for the last three fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
       
    September 30,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
 
Cash (used in) provided by:
                                       
Operating activities
  $ (11,727 )   $ (1,416 )   $ (2,694 )   $ 389     $ 2,182  
Investing activities
    (30,242 )     (12,094 )     (12,068 )     3,054       180  
Financing activities
    4                          
                                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ (41,965 )   $ (13,510 )   $ (14,762 )   $ 3,443     $ 2,362  
                                         
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.
 
Cash used in operating activities was $11.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to cash used in operating activities of $1.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in usage of cash is primarily related to higher general and administrative expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.
 
Cash used in operating activities was $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash provided by operating activities of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The change from cash provided by operating activities to cash used in operating activities resulted principally from lower interest income and higher administrative expenses during 2009 compared to 2008.
 
Cash provided by operating activities was $0.4 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This decrease resulted principally from lower interest income during 2008 compared to 2007.
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities.
 
Variations in our net cash provided by (used in) investing activities are typically the result of the change in mix of cash, cash equivalents and investments during the period. All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents and all investments with original maturities of greater than three months are classified as either short- or long-term investments.
 
Cash used in investing activities was $30.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $12.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in cash used in investing activities resulted principally from additional purchases of short-term investments during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
 
Cash used in investing activities was $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash provided by investing activities of $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This change from


55


Table of Contents

cash provided by investing activities to cash used in investing activities resulted from additional purchases of investments during 2009 compared to 2008.
 
Cash provided by investing activities was $3.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This increase resulted from additional purchases and sales of short-term investments during 2008 compared to 2007.
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.
 
Cash provided by financing activities was $4,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 representing proceeds from stock options exercised. We had no cash flows from financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 or for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 or 2007.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
 
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no recent accounting pronouncements that have not yet been adopted that we believe may have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported therein. The following lists our current accounting policies involving significant management judgment and provides a brief description of these policies:
 
Litigation and environmental reserves.  The establishment of litigation and environmental reserves requires judgments concerning the ultimate outcome of pending claims against us and our subsidiaries. In applying judgment, management utilizes opinions and estimates obtained from outside legal counsel to apply the appropriate accounting for contingencies. Accordingly, estimated amounts relating to certain claims have met the criteria for the recognition of a liability. Other claims for which a liability has not been recognized are reviewed on an ongoing basis in accordance with accounting guidance. A liability is recognized for all associated legal costs as incurred. Liabilities for litigation settlements, environmental settlements, legal fees and changes in these estimated amounts may have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
If the actual cost of settling these matters, whether resulting from adverse judgments or otherwise, differs from the reserves totaling $0.3 million we have accrued as of September 30, 2010, that difference will be reflected in our results of operations when the matter is resolved or when our estimate of the cost changes.
 
Deferred income taxes.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date. Additionally, taxing jurisdictions could retroactively disagree with our tax treatment of certain items, and some historical transactions have income tax effects going forward. Accounting guidance require these future effects to be evaluated using current laws, rules and regulations, each of which can change at any time and in an unpredictable manner.
 
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall assessment of the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of our cumulative losses in recent years, we determined that, as of December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance


56


Table of Contents

was required for all of our deferred tax assets other than the refundable alternative minimum tax credits. Consequently, our valuation allowance, which related only to state net operating loss carryforward tax benefits in previous years, increased from $7,000 as of December 31, 2008 to $2.7 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
We also apply the accounting guidance for uncertain tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. It also provides information on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded in “(Provision) benefit for income taxes.” Our reserve for uncertain tax positions totaled $0.4 million as of September 30, 2010 and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Defined benefit plan assumptions.  We have two defined benefit plans, under which participants earn a retirement benefit based upon a formula set forth in each plan. We record income or expense related to these plans using actuarially determined amounts that are calculated using the accounting guidance for pensions. Key assumptions used in the actuarial valuations include the discount rate and the anticipated rate of return on plan assets. These rates are based on market interest rates, and therefore fluctuations in market interest rates could impact the amount of pension income or expense recorded for these plans. Despite our belief that our estimates are reasonable for these key actuarial assumptions, future actual results may differ from our estimates, and these differences could be material to our future financial statements.
 
The discount rate enables a company to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. We have little latitude in selecting this rate as it is based on a review of projected cash flows and on high-quality fixed income investments at the measurement date. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. The expected long-term rate of return reflects the average rate of earnings expected on funds invested or to be invested in the pension plans to provide for the benefits included in the pension liability. We establish the expected long-term rate of return at the beginning of each year based upon information available to us at that time, including the plan’s investment mix and the forecasted rates of return on these types of securities.
 
Differences in actual experience or changes in the assumptions may materially affect our financial position or results of operations. Actual results that differ from the actuarial assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, generally affect recognized expense and the recorded obligation in future periods. For example, due to significant adverse market conditions during 2008, our pension expense significantly increased during 2009 and 2010. A significant component of the increase was caused by the amortization of actuarial losses which reflects the increase in the accumulated differences in actual plan results compared to assumptions utilized in previous years.
 
We continually update and assess the facts and circumstances regarding these critical accounting matters and other significant accounting matters affecting estimates in our financial statements.


57


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Our Company
 
HGI is a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999 under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc. We had approximately $139.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (including U.S. Government Agency and Treasury securities), as of September 30, 2010. Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “HRG”.
 
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership interest in the common stock of Omega in December 2006, we have held substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Since then, we have been actively looking for acquisition or investment opportunities with a principal focus on identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions of operating businesses. These efforts accelerated after the Harbinger Parties acquired 9.9 million shares, or approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009.
 
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which we issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately 27.8 million shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ common stock. See “The Spectrum Brands Acquisition”. Following the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we own approximately 54.4% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings’ common stock, with a current market value of approximately $928 million (as of January 14, 2011), and the Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock. On a pro forma basis including the proceeds of the initial notes, the combined value of HGI’s cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, net of current liabilities, was approximately $468 million at September 30, 2010. For information about Spectrum Brands Holdings, see Annex D, Description of the Business of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
 
We are a holding company focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as a first step in the process. We have identified the following six sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities: consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecom, agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
 
In order to pursue our strategy, we will utilize the investment expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York. We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record of making successful investments across various industries. We believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will more closely match our principal investment strategy. In addition, our corporate structure provides additional options for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our common stock as a form of consideration.
 
Philip Falcone, who serves as our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, founded Harbinger Capital in 2001. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of professionals, including more than 20 investment professionals with expertise across various industries, including our targeted sectors.
 
Competition
 
In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having similar business objectives such as strategic investors, private equity groups and special purpose acquisition corporations. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience


58


Table of Contents

identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us, and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with many of these competitors. Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.
 
The Harbinger Parties and their affiliates include other vehicles that actively are seeking investment opportunities, and any one of those vehicles may at any time be seeking investment opportunities similar to those targeted by us. Our directors and officers who are affiliated with Harbinger may consider, among other things, asset type and investment time horizon in evaluating opportunities for us. In recognition of the potential conflicts that these persons and our other directors may have with respect to corporate opportunities, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors from time to time to assert or renounce our interests and expectancies in one or more specific industries. In accordance with this provision, our board of directors renounced our interests and expectancies in the wireless communications industry. However, a renunciation of interests and expectancies in specific industries does not preclude us from seeking business acquisitions in those industries. We have had discussions regarding potential investments in various industries, including wireless communications.
 
Employees
 
At January 14, 2011, we employed 8 persons. In the normal course of business, we use contract personnel to supplement our employee base to meet our business needs. We believe that our employee relations are generally satisfactory. We expect we will need to hire additional employees as a result of our ownership of a majority interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings and the increasing complexity of our business.
 
Legal and Environmental Matters Regarding Our Business
 
In 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (“Utica Mutual”) commenced an action against us in the Supreme Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York, seeking damages under a general agreement of indemnity entered into by us in the late 1970s. Based upon the information obtained to date, Utica Mutual is seeking damages due to payments it claims to have made under (i) a workers compensation bond and (ii) certain reclamation bonds which were issued to certain former subsidiaries and are alleged by Utica Mutual to be covered by the general agreement of indemnity. While the precise amount of Utica Mutual’s claim is unclear, it appears it is claiming approximately $0.5 million, including approximately $0.2 million relating to the workers compensation bond and approximately $0.3 million relating to reclamation bonds.
 
In 2005, we were notified by Weatherford of a claim for reimbursement of approximately $0.2 million in connection with the investigation and cleanup of purported environmental contamination at two properties formerly owned by a non-operating subsidiary of ours. The claim was made under an indemnification provision given by us to Weatherford in a 1995 asset purchase agreement and relates to alleged environmental contamination that purportedly existed on the properties prior to the date of the sale. Weatherford has also advised us that it anticipates that further remediation and cleanup may be required, although Weatherford has not provided any information regarding the cost of any such future clean up. We have challenged any responsibility to indemnify Weatherford. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claim, including that the alleged contamination occurred after the sale of the property, and we intend to vigorously defend against it.
 
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of our board of directors are named as defendants in a derivative action filed in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is financially unfair to HGI and its public stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
 
In addition to the matters described above, we are involved in other litigation and claims incidental to our current and prior businesses. These include pending cases in Mississippi and Louisiana state court and in a federal multi-district litigation alleging injury from exposure to asbestos on offshore drilling rigs and shipping vessels formerly owned or operated by our offshore drilling and bulk-shipping affiliates.


59


Table of Contents

We have aggregate reserves for our legal and environmental matters of approximately $0.3 million at both September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, which reserves relate primarily to the Utica Mutual and Weatherford claims described above. Although the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, some of these matters may be disposed of unfavorably to us and we continue to incur ongoing defense costs in connection with some of these matters. However, based on currently available information, including legal defenses available to us, and given the aforementioned reserves and related insurance coverage, we do not believe that the outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Properties
 
Our principal executive office is located at 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, where we lease approximately 2,350 square feet of office space.
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings
 
A description of the business of Spectrum Brands Holdings is included in Annex D hereto.


60


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of our directors and officers.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Philip A. Falcone
    47     Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Peter A. Jenson
    45     Chief Operating Officer and Director
Francis T. McCarron
    53     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Richard H. Hagerup
    58     Interim Chief Accounting Officer
Lap Wai Chan
    44     Director
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr. 
    39     Director
Keith M. Hladek
    35     Director
Thomas Hudgins
    70     Director
Robert V. Leffler, Jr. 
    65     Director
 
Philip A. Falcone, age 47, has served as a director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of HGI since July 2009. He is Chief Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer of Harbinger Capital, an affiliate of HGI, and is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Zap.Com. Mr. Falcone formed the predecessor of Harbinger Capital in 2001, and oversees its investment and business functions. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations. Prior to joining the predecessor of Harbinger Capital, Mr. Falcone served as Head of High Yield Trading for Barclays Capital. None of the companies Mr. Falcone worked with before joining the predecessor of Harbinger Capital is an affiliate of HGI. We elected Mr. Falcone as a director because of his extensive investment experience and his controlling relationship with our controlling stockholders. We elected Mr. Falcone as our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer because of his experience, and current position, as Chief Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer of Harbinger Capital.
 
Peter A. Jenson, age 45, has served as a director of HGI since July 2009. He is Chief Operating Officer of Harbinger Capital, an affiliate of HGI, and was elected Secretary of HGI and Zap.Com in July 2009. Mr. Jenson is responsible for all operational activities of the Harbinger Parties and their management companies, including trade operations, portfolio accounting, valuation, treasury and portfolio financing, legal and compliance, information technology, administration and human resources. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital in 2009, Mr. Jenson held similar senior executive positions where he was responsible for finance and administration activities at Citadel Investment Group, a global financial institution, and Constellation Commodity Group, an energy company. Mr. Jenson was also a Partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he was responsible for attestation and consulting activities across a broad spectrum of financial services clients, including commercial and international banks, trading organizations and investment companies. None of the companies Mr. Jenson worked with before joining Harbinger Capital is an affiliate of HGI. Mr. Jenson is a Chartered Accountant and a Certified Practising Accountant in Australia, as well as a Fellow of The Securities Institute in Australia. We elected Mr. Jenson as a director because of his expertise in operational activities, his knowledge of accounting and finance and his relationship with the Harbinger Parties, thereby providing the Board of Directors with important interaction with, and access to, our controlling stockholders.
 
Francis T. McCarron, age 53, has been the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of HGI since December 2009. Mr. McCarron also serves as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Zap.Com, a position he has held since December 2009. From 2001 to 2007, Mr. McCarron was the Chief Financial Officer of Triarc Companies, Inc. (“Triarc”), which was renamed Wendy’s/Arby’s Group, Inc. in 2008. During 2008, Mr. McCarron was a consultant for Triarc. During the time of Mr. McCarron’s employment, Triarc was a holding company that, through its principal subsidiary, Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc., was the franchisor of the Arby’s restaurant system. Triarc (now Wendy/Arby’s Group, Inc.) is not an affiliate of HGI.
 
Richard H. Hagerup, age 58, has been the Interim Chief Accounting Officer of HGI since December 2010. Mr. Hagerup also serves as Interim Chief Accounting Officer of Zap.Com, a position he has held since


61


Table of Contents

December 2010. Prior to being appointed as Interim Chief Accounting Officer of HGI, Mr. Hagerup served as HGI’s contract controller, a position he held from January 2010. From April 1980 to April 2008, Mr. Hagerup held various accounting and financial reporting positions with Triarc and its affiliates, last serving as Controller of Triarc. During the time of Mr. Hagerup’s employment, Triarc was a holding company listed on the NYSE that held controlling financial interests in various other companies including Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (the franchisor of the Arby’s restaurant system). Wendy/Arby’s Group, Inc. is not an affiliate of HGI.
 
Lap Wai Chan, age 44, has served as a director of HGI since October 2009. He is a consultant to MatlinPatterson Global Advisors (“MatlinPatterson”), a private equity firm focused on distressed control investments across a range of industries. From July 2002 to September 2009, Mr. Chan was a Managing Partner at MatlinPatterson. Prior to that, Mr. Chan was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse First Boston H.K. Ltd. (“Credit Suisse”). From March 2003 to December 2007, Mr. Chan served on the board of directors of Polymer Group, Inc. MatlinPatterson, Credit Suisse and Polymer Group, Inc. are not affiliates of HGI. We elected Mr. Chan as a director because of his extensive investment experience, particularly in Asia and Latin America, which strengthens the Board of Directors’ collective qualifications, skills and experience.
 
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr., age 39, has served as a director of HGI since July 2009. Mr. Clark is also a director of Zap.Com. Until January 2011, Mr. Clark was a Managing Director and Director of Investments of Harbinger Capital, a private equity fund and an affiliate of HGI, and is responsible for investments in metals, mining, industrials and retail companies, among other sectors. Mr. Clark served in that position since January 2006 and prior to that was a vice president from October 2002. Mr. Clark is in the process of launching BalanTrove Partners, a hedge fund. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital, from April 2001, Mr. Clark was a Distressed Debt and Special Situations Research Analyst at Satellite Asset Management, L.P. (“Satellite”), where he covered financially stressed and distressed industrial, cyclical and energy companies. He has actively participated in several financial restructurings in official and unofficial capacities as representative of holders of both secured and unsecured creditors. BalanTrove Partners and Satellite are not affiliates of HGI. Mr. Clark has completed Levels I and II of the Chartered Financial Analyst designation program. We elected Mr. Clark as a director because of his extensive investment experience in a broad range of industries.
 
Keith M. Hladek, age 35, has served as a director of HGI since October 2009. Mr. Hladek is also a director of Zap.Com. He is Chief Financial Officer of Harbinger Capital, an affiliate of HGI. Mr. Hladek is responsible for all accounting and operations of the Harbinger Funds and management companies, including portfolio accounting, valuation, settlement, custody, and administration of investments. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital in 2009, Mr. Hladek was Controller at Silver Point Capital, L.P., a distressed debt and credit-focused private investment firm, where he was responsible for accounting, operations and valuation for various funds and related financing vehicles. None of the companies Mr. Hladek worked with before joining Harbinger Capital is an affiliate of HGI. Mr. Hladek is a Certified Public Accountant in New York. We elected Mr. Hladek as a director because of his extensive accounting and operations experience and his relationship with the Harbinger Parties, thereby providing the Board of Directors with important interaction with, and access to, our controlling stockholders.
 
Thomas Hudgins, age 70, has served as a director of HGI since October 2009. He is a retired partner of Ernst & Young LLP (“E&Y”). From 1993 to 1998, he served as E&Y’s Managing Partner of its New York Office with over 1,200 audit and tax professionals and staff personnel. During his tenure at E&Y, Mr. Hudgins was the coordinating partner for a number of multinational companies, including American Express Company, American Standard Inc., Textron Inc., MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., and Morgan Stanley, as well as various mid-market and leveraged buy-out companies. As coordinating partner, he had the lead responsibility for the world-wide delivery of audit, tax and management consulting services to these clients. Mr. Hudgins also served on E&Y’s international executive committee for its global financial services practice. Mr. Hudgins serves as a member of the board of directors and chairman of the audit committee and member of the compensation committee of RHI Entertainment Inc. He previously served on the board of directors and as a member of various committees of Foamex International Inc. and Aurora Foods, Inc. E&Y, RHI Entertainment Inc., Foamex International Inc. and Aurora Foods, Inc. are not affiliates of HGI. We elected Mr. Hudgins


62


Table of Contents

because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital structures, which strengthens the Board of Directors’ collective qualifications, skills and experience.
 
Robert V. Leffler, Jr., age 65, has served as a director of HGI since May 1995. For more than the past six years, Mr. Leffler has owned and operated the Leffler Agency, an advertising and marketing/public relations firm based in Baltimore, Maryland and Tampa, Florida, which specializes in sports, rental real estate and broadcast television. The Leffler Agency is not an affiliate of HGI. We elected Mr. Leffler because we believe he provides a unique historical perspective to our long operating history in light of his service on our Board of Directors since 1995.
 
CERTAIN CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS
 
Controlled Company
 
The board of directors has determined that HGI is a “controlled company” for the purposes of Section 303A of the NYSE rules, as the Harbinger Parties control more than 50% of HGI’s voting power. A controlled company may elect not to comply with certain NYSE rules, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that a nominating/corporate governance committee be in place that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, and (3) the requirement that a compensation committee be in place that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. We currently avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exceptions. The board of directors has determined that it is appropriate not to have a nominating/corporate governance or compensation committee because of our relatively limited number of directors, our limited number of senior executives and our status as a “controlled company” under applicable NYSE rules.
 
Director Independence
 
The board of directors has determined that Messrs. Chan, Hudgins and Leffler are independent directors under the NYSE rules. Under the NYSE rules, no director qualifies as independent unless the board of directors affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with HGI. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning their background, employment and affiliations, including commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial relationships, the board of directors has determined that each of the independent directors named above has no material relationship with HGI, nor has any such person entered into any material transactions or arrangements with HGI or its subsidiaries, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with HGI, and is therefore independent under the NYSE rules.
 
As provided for under the NYSE rules, the board of directors has adopted categorical standards or guidelines to assist the board of directors in making its independence determinations with respect to each director. Under the NYSE rules, immaterial relationships that fall within the guidelines are not required to be disclosed in this prospectus.


63


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table discloses compensation for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 received by (i) Philip A. Falcone, our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Francis T. McCarron, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, who was appointed in December 2009, (iii) Richard H. Hagerup, our Interim Chief Accounting Officer, who was appointed in December 2010 and (iv) Leonard DiSalvo, our Vice President — Finance until May 31, 2010. These individuals are also referred to in this prospectus as our “named executive officers.”
 
                                                                         
                            Non-Qualified
       
                        Non-Equity
  Deferred
       
                Stock
  Option
  Incentive Plan
  Compensation
  All Other
   
Name and
      Salary
  Bonus
  Awards
  Awards
  Compensation
  Earnings
  Compensation
  Total
Principal Position
  Year   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)(1)   ($)   ($)
 
Philip A. Falcone,
    2010       (2)                                          
Chairman of the
    2009       (2)                                          
Board, President
and Chief Executive
Officer
                                                                       
Francis T. McCarron,
    2010       500,000       500,000 (3)                             9,800 (4)     1,009,800  
Executive Vice
    2009       15,070                   329,361 (5)                       344,431  
President and Chief
Financial Officer
                                                                       
Richard H. Hagerup,
    2010       20,000 (6)                                         20,000  
Interim Chief
Accounting Officer
                                                                       
Leonard DiSalvo,
    2010       111,557 (7)     (8)                             192,939 (9)     304,496  
Former Vice
    2009       245,000       63,000                         30,495       9,800 (4)     348,295  
President — Finance
                                                                       
 
 
(1) The HGI Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”) was frozen in 2005; accordingly, the amount of future pension benefits an employee will receive is fixed. Disclosed changes in pension value are caused by actuarial related changes in the present value of the named executive officer’s accumulated benefit. Actuarial assumptions such as age and the selected discount rate will cause an annual change in the actuarial pension value of an employee’s benefit but does not result in any change in the actual amount of future benefits an employee will receive.
 
(2) Mr. Falcone is an employee of an affiliate of the Harbinger Parties and he does not receive any compensation for his services as our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer.
 
(3) Mr. McCarron’s bonus is discretionary and has not yet been determined. Pursuant to Mr. McCarron’s employment agreement, he is guaranteed a minimum bonus amount of $500,000 for 2010. We expect that Mr. McCarron’s bonus will be determined by the date our year-end financial statements are completed in February 2011; we will disclose this amount in a Form 8-K filing under Item 5.02(f).
 
(4) Amounts represent HGI’s matching contribution under HGI’s 401(k) plan.
 
(5) In 2009, stock options were granted with a grant date fair value of $2.63 with the following assumptions used in the determination of fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected option term of six years, volatility of 32.6%, risk-free interest rate of 3.1% and no assumed dividend yield. No stock options were granted in 2008 or 2010.
 
(6) Excludes any compensation paid to Mr. Hagerup for consulting services he performed before he became our Interim Chief Accounting Officer in December 2010.
 
(7) Excludes any compensation paid to Mr. DiSalvo for consulting services he performed after his employment terminated on May 31, 2010.


64


Table of Contents

 
(8) For 2010, Mr. DiSalvo earned a bonus of $34,453, which was computed at a rate of 125% of his 2009 bonus. Pursuant to his severance agreement, in lieu of receiving this bonus, Mr. DiSalvo received a lump-sum severance payment of $184,453 (included as “All Other Compensation” in this table).
 
(9) Amount consists of $184,453 in severance payments and $8,486 for HGI’s matching contribution under HGI’s 401(k) plan.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
 
                                                                         
    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
                                                    Equity
 
                                                    Incentive
 
                                                    Plan
 
                                              Equity
    Awards:
 
                Equity
                            Incentive
    Market or
 
                Incentive
                            Plan
    Payout
 
                Plan
                            Awards:
    Value of
 
                Awards:
                      Market
    Number of
    Unearned
 
    Number of
    Number of
    Number of
                Number of
    Value of
    Shares,
    Shares,
 
    Securities
    Securities
    Securities
                Shares or
    Shares or
    Units or
    Units or
 
    Underlying
    Underlying
    Underlying
                Units of
    Units of
    Other
    Other
 
    Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Option
          Stock That
    Stock That
    Rights
    Rights That
 
    Options
    Options
    Unearned
    Exercise
    Option
    Have Not
    Have Not
    That Have
    Have Not
 
    (#)
    (#)
    Options
    Price
    Expiration
    Vested
    Vested
    Not Vested
    Vested
 
Name
  Exercisable     Unexercisable     (#)     ($)(1)     Date     (#)     ($)     (#)     ($)  
 
Philip A. Falcone
                                                     
Francis T. McCarron
    125,000 (2)                 7.01       12/23/2019                          
Richard H. Hagerup
                                                     
Leonard DiSalvo
    100,000 (3)                 2.775       11/30/2011 (4)                        
      160,000 (3)                 6.813       12/8/2013 (4)                        
 
 
(1) The exercise price of all equity awards is equal to the fair market value (closing trading price of our common stock) on the date of grant.
 
(2) Amounts vest in one-third increments annually from date of grant. Accordingly, (1) on December 24, 2010, options for 41,667 shares of common stock became exercisable; (2) on December 24, 2011, options for an additional 41,667 shares of common stock will become exercisable and (3) on December 24, 2012, options for an additional 41,666 shares of common stock will become exercisable.
 
(3) Amounts are fully vested as of the date of this prospectus.
 
(4) Pursuant to Mr. DiSalvo’s retention and consulting agreement, his termination of employment on May 31, 2010 was, solely with respect to his options, deemed to be effective August 31, 2010.
 
Determination of Compensation
 
We do not have a compensation committee because of the limited number of our senior executives and our status as a “controlled company” under applicable NYSE rules. Instead, the entire Board of Directors is responsible for determining compensation for our directors and executive officers. The Board of Directors may delegate the authority to recommend the amount or form of executive or director compensation to individual directors or executive officers, but the authority to approve the compensation rests with the entire Board of Directors. During our last completed fiscal year, the Board of Directors did not retain compensation consultants to determine or recommend the amount or form of executive or director compensation, but it may do so in the future if it deems it appropriate.
 
Elements of Post-Termination Compensation and Benefits
 
Pension Plan.  Benefits under our Pension Plan are based on employees’ years of service and compensation level. All of the costs of this plan are borne by us. The plan’s participants are 100% vested in the accrued benefit after five years of service.
 
In 2005, our Board of Directors authorized a freeze of the Pension Plan in accordance with ERISA rules and regulations so that new employees, after January 15, 2006, are not eligible to participate in the Pension


65


Table of Contents

Plan and further benefits no longer accrue for existing participants. Of our named executive officers, only Leonard DiSalvo was eligible to participate in this plan and he no longer accrues additional benefits.
 
401(k) Plan.  We maintain a 401(k) plan in which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to limitations. We make discretionary matching contributions of up to 4% of eligible compensation. Mr. Falcone does not participate in our 401(k) plan and Mr. Hagerup is not eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan. Mr. McCarron was not eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan in 2009. Our match for Mr. McCarron was $9,800 in 2010 and our match for Mr. DiSalvo was $9,800 in 2009 and $8,486 in 2010.
 
Senior Executive Health Plan.  During the second quarter of 2006, the Board of Directors established the HGI Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health Care Benefit Plan to provide health and medical benefits for certain of our former senior executive officers. These health insurance benefits are consistent with HGI’s existing benefits available to employees. Participation of individuals in this plan is determined by the Board of Directors. There are no current participants in this plan, although the Board of Directors may permit our current executive officers to participate following their retirement.
 
Deferred Compensation Arrangements.  We do not currently have any deferred compensation arrangements or plans.
 
Other.  We continue to provide benefits to the surviving spouse of former HGI Chairman, B. John Mackin, under the terms of a Consulting and Retirement Agreement dated August 27, 1981. Mr. Mackin retired as an employee of HGI in 1985. The agreement provides for health and dental benefits and annual retirement income of $112,500 to Mr. Mackin’s widow for the remainder of her life. This amount represents half of the $225,000 per annum that was paid to Mr. Mackin prior to his death in 2003.
 
Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers; Payments upon Termination and Change in Control
 
Philip A. Falcone, our Chief Executive Officer, Francis T. McCarron, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and Richard H. Hagerup, our Interim Chief Accounting Officer, are employees at will. Mr. Falcone was not or is not a party to an employment agreement with HGI. We have employment agreements with Mr. McCarron, and Mr. Hagerup. We have a consulting agreement with Leonard DiSalvo, our former Vice President — Finance. We also have indemnification agreements with Messrs. Falcone, McCarron and DiSalvo, pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify them to the fullest extent of the law. We expect to enter into a similar indemnification agreement with Mr. Hagerup.
 
Other than the termination payments payable to Messrs. McCarron, Hagerup and DiSalvo as described below, we are not obligated to make any payments or provide any benefits to our named executive officers upon the termination of employment, a change of control of HGI, or a change in the named executive officer’s responsibilities following a change of control.
 
Employment Agreement with Francis T. McCarron
 
Pursuant to our employment agreement with Mr. McCarron, dated as of December 24, 2009, Mr. McCarron’s annual base salary is $500,000 and, beginning January 1, 2010, he is eligible to earn an annual cash bonus targeted at 300% of his base salary upon the attainment of certain reasonable performance objectives to be set by, and in the sole discretion of, our Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, in consultation with Mr. McCarron. For 2010, Mr. McCarron was guaranteed a minimum annual bonus of $500,000. His annual bonus for 2010 has not been set.
 
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. McCarron was granted an initial non-qualified option to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock (the “Initial Option”) pursuant to our Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The Initial Option will vest in three substantially equal annual installments, subject to Mr. McCarron’s continued employment on each annual vesting date, and has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. For years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, Mr. McCarron will be eligible to receive an additional annual option or similar equity grant


66


Table of Contents

having a fair value targeted at between 25% and 50% of Mr. McCarron’s total annual compensation for the immediately preceding year, subject to the sole discretion of our Board of Directors (including the discretion to grant awards higher than the targeted amount).
 
If Mr. McCarron’s employment is terminated for any reason, he is entitled to his salary through his final date of active employment plus any accrued but unused vacation pay. He is also entitled to any benefits mandated under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) or required under the terms of HGI’s plans described above.
 
If Mr. McCarron’s employment was terminated by us without cause, or by him for Good Reason, as defined below, at any time on or prior to December 31, 2010, he was entitled to the continuation of his base salary until December 31, 2010 and his Initial Option to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock would have become fully vested. In addition, he would have been entitled to his annual bonus for 2010, in an amount equal to the greater of $500,000 or the bonus earned for the year based upon the actual attainment of the performance goals, as pro-rated for the number of days Mr. McCarron was employed in 2010. If the termination of employment occurs at any time after December 31, 2010, Mr. McCarron will be entitled to the continuation of his base salary for three months following such termination and full vesting of his Initial Option. He will also be entitled to his 2010 annual bonus to the extent not previously paid as of the date his employment terminates.
 
“Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without either Mr. McCarron’s express prior written consent or full cure by us within 30 days: (i) any material diminution in Mr. McCarron’s title, responsibilities or authorities, (ii) the assignment to him of duties that are materially inconsistent with his duties as the principal financial officer of HGI; (iii) any change in the reporting structure so that he reports to any person or entity other than Chief Executive Officer and/or the Board; (iv) the relocation of Mr. McCarron’s principal office, or principal place of employment, to a location that is outside the borough of Manhattan, New York; (v) a breach by HGI of any material terms of Mr. McCarron’s employment agreement; or (vi) any failure of HGI to obtain the assumption (in writing or by operation of law) of our obligations under his employment agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of our business or assets upon consummation of any merger, consolidation, sale, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction.
 
Employment Agreement with Richard H. Hagerup
 
As of December 1, 2010, we entered into a Temporary Employment Agreement with Mr. Hagerup pursuant to which we employ Mr. Hagerup as our Interim Chief Accounting Officer. Mr. Hagerup’s bi-weekly pay is $9,230.77. Mr. Hagerup’s employment is temporary and “at will” and may be terminated by Mr. Hagerup or HGI at any time for any reason or no reason whatsoever and without notice. As a temporary employee, Mr. Hagerup is not eligible to participate in any of HGI’s benefit plans. If HGI terminates Mr. Hagerup’s employment other than for “Cause,” as defined in his employment agreement, upon less than 30 days’ notice, HGI will continue to pay Mr. Hagerup’s salary through the 30-day period.
 
Retention and Consulting Agreement with Leonard DiSalvo
 
On January 22, 2010, we entered into a Retention and Consulting Agreement with Mr. DiSalvo pursuant to which Mr. DiSalvo continued to be employed by HGI through May 31, 2010, and was then entitled to the following retention payments: (i) a lump sum payment equal to $150,000; (ii) a pro-rated bonus for 2010 equal to $34,453; and (iii) three months of outplacement services.
 
Since June 1, 2010, Mr. DiSalvo has been providing certain consulting services to HGI. For each full month of service, Mr. DiSalvo is compensated $21,233.33, a rate equal to 1/12th of his annual base salary at the rate in effect on the date his employment terminated. In addition, Mr. DiSalvo had the right to (but did not) elect health care continuation coverage under COBRA and we would have paid his COBRA premiums during the consulting period at the same rate we pay health insurance premiums for our active employees. The consulting services continue for 12 months, except that Mr. DiSalvo may terminate the consulting period at any time upon 30 days’ prior written notice to us and we may terminate the consulting period at any time for


67


Table of Contents

cause. Mr. DiSalvo’s entitlement to the payments was also subject to his execution of a release in a form reasonably acceptable to us, which he executed in May 2010.
 
Mr. DiSalvo’s stock options continue to be subject to the terms of our 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan, except that for purposes of these options, Mr. DiSalvo’s employment was deemed to terminate on August 31, 2010.
 
Director Compensation
 
The following table shows for the fiscal year 2010 certain information with respect to the compensation of the current directors of HGI, excluding Philip A. Falcone, whose compensation is disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table above. There are no individuals who were directors at any time during 2010 but are not currently directors.
 
                                                         
    Fees Earned
          Non-Equity
  Nonqualified
       
    or Paid
  Stock
  Option
  Incentive Plan
  Deferred
  All Other
   
    in Cash
  Awards
  Awards
  Compensation
  Compensation
  Compensation
  Total
Name
  ($)(1)   ($)   ($)   ($)   Earnings   ($)   ($)
 
Lap W. Chan
    279,718 (2)                                   279,718  
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
                                         
Keith M. Hladek
                                         
Thomas Hudgins
    186,108 (3)                                   186,108  
Peter A. Jenson
                                         
Robert V. Leffler
    171,679 (3)                                   171,679  
 
 
(1) During 2010, directors who were not employees of HGI or of the Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate) were paid an annual retainer of $35,000 (on a quarterly basis), plus $1,000 per meeting for each standing committee of the Board of Directors on which a director served or $2,000 per meeting for each standing committee of the Board of Directors of which a director was Chairman. Those directors who also are employees of HGI or of the Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate) do not receive any compensation for their services as directors.
 
(2) In 2010, the Board of Directors formed a special committee to consider certain proposed acquisitions (the “Special Committee”). Mr. Chan acted as Chairman of the Special Committee and for this service, was paid a fee of $25,000 per calendar month during which the Special Committee was in existence, and a fee of $1,500 per meeting.
 
(3) For service on the Special Committee, Messrs. Hudgins and Leffler were paid a fee of $10,000 per calendar month during which the Special Committee was in existence, and a fee of $1,500 per meeting.
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and addressing conflicts of interests of directors and executive officers, as well as reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, and approving as the case may be, any transactions or courses of dealing with related parties that are required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K, which is the SEC’s disclosure rules for certain related party transactions.
 
Management Agreement
 
Effective March 1, 2010, we entered into a Management and Advisory Services Agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with Harbinger Capital, pursuant to which Harbinger Capital has agreed to provide us with advisory and consulting services, particularly with regard to identifying and evaluating investment opportunities. Harbinger Capital is an affiliate of the Harbinger Parties, which collectively hold approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Harbinger Capital is also the employer of Messrs. Falcone, Jenson and Hladek, who are our directors and, in the case of Messrs. Falcone and Jenson, our officers. We have agreed to reimburse Harbinger Capital for (i) its out-of-pocket expenses and its fully-loaded cost (based


68


Table of Contents

on budgeted compensation and overhead) of services provided by its legal and accounting personnel (but excluding such services as are incidental and ordinary course activities) and (ii) upon our completion of any transaction, Harbinger Capital’s out-of-pocket expenses and its fully-loaded cost (based on budgeted compensation and overhead) of services provided by its legal and accounting personnel (but not its investment banking personnel) relating to such transaction, to the extent not previously reimbursed by us. Requests by Harbinger Capital for reimbursement are subject to review by our Audit Committee, after review by our management. The Management Agreement has a three-year term, with automatic one-year extensions unless terminated by either party with 90 days’ notice. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we did not accrue any costs related to the Management Agreement.
 
Spectrum Brands Acquisition; Related Transactions
 
For a description of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and related transactions and the interests our directors and significant stockholders have in this transaction, see “The Spectrum Brands Acquisition” elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Registration Rights Agreement
 
In connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, HGI and the Harbinger Parties entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which, after the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Harbinger Parties will, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, have certain demand and so-called “piggy back” registration rights with respect to (i) any and all shares of HGI’s common stock owned after the date of the Registration Rights Agreement by the Harbinger Parties and their permitted transferees (irrespective of when acquired) and any shares of HGI’s common stock issuable or issued upon exercise, conversion or exchange of HGI’s other securities owned by the Harbinger Parties, and (ii) any of HGI securities issued in respect of the shares of HGI’s common stock issued or issuable to any of the Harbinger Parties with respect to the securities described in clause (i).
 
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, after the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition any of the Harbinger Parties may demand that HGI register all or a portion of such Harbinger Party’s shares of HGI’s common stock for sale under the Securities Act, so long as the anticipated aggregate offering price of the securities to be offered is (i) at least $30 million if registration is to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or any similar “long-form” registration or (ii) at least $5 million if registration is to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 or a similar “short-form” registration. Under the agreement, HGI is not obligated to effect more than three such “long-form” registrations in the aggregate for all of the Harbinger Parties.
 
The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that if HGI decides to register any shares of its common stock for its own account or the account of a stockholder other than the Harbinger Parties (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the agreement), the Harbinger Parties may require HGI to include all or a portion of their shares of HGI’s common stock in the registration and, to the extent the registration is in connection with an underwritten public offering, to have such shares included in the offering.
 
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions of Spectrum Brands Holdings
 
A description of certain relationships and related party transactions of Spectrum Brands Holdings is attached as Annex E hereto.


69


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
The table below shows the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by:
 
  •  each named executive officer,
 
  •  each director,
 
  •  each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock (the “5% stockholders”), and
 
  •  all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Determinations as to the identity of 5% stockholders and the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned, including shares which may be acquired by them within 60 days, is based upon filings with the SEC as indicated in the footnotes to the table below. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe, based on the information furnished or otherwise available to us, that each person or entity named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.
 
In computing the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of our common stock that are subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of January 20, 2011, are deemed outstanding. These shares of our common stock are not, however, deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Harbinger Group Inc., 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
 
                 
    Beneficial
    Percent of
 
Name and Address
  Ownership     Class  
 
5% Stockholders
               
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.(1)
    95,932,068       68.9 %
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.(2)
    21,493,161       15.4 %
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.(3)
    12,434,660       8.9 %
Our Directors and Executive Officers Serving at January 20, 2011
               
Lap W. Chan
           
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr. 
           
Leonard DiSalvo(4)
    260,000       *  
Philip A. Falcone(5)
    129,859,889       93.3 %
Keith M. Hladek(6)
           
Thomas Hudgins
           
Peter A. Jenson(6)
           
Robert V. Leffler, Jr.(7)
    8,000       *  
Francis T. McCarron
           
Richard H. Hagerup
           
All current directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)
    129,867,889       93.3 %
 
 
Indicates less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.
 
(1) Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed with the SEC on January 12, 2011, Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the “Master Fund”) is the beneficial owner of 95,932,068 shares of our common stock, which may also be deemed to be beneficially owned by Harbinger Capital, the investment manager of Master Fund; Harbinger Holdings, LLC (“Harbinger Holdings”), the managing member of Harbinger Capital, and Philip A. Falcone, the managing member of Harbinger Holdings and the


70


Table of Contents

portfolio manager of the Master Fund. The address of the Master Fund is c/o International Fund Services (Ireland) Limited, 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland.
 
(2) Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed with the SEC on January 12, 2011, Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. (the “Special Situations Fund”) is the beneficial owner of 21,493,161 shares of our common stock, which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations GP, LLC (“HCPSS”), the general partner of the Special Situations Fund, Harbinger Holdings, the managing member of HCPSS, and Mr. Falcone, the managing member of Harbinger Holdings and the portfolio manager of the Special Situations Fund. The address of the Special Situations Fund is 450 Park Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New York, 10022.
 
(3) Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2010, Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (the “Global Fund”) is the beneficial holder of 12,434,660 shares of our common stock, which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Harbinger Capital Partners II LP (“HCP II”), the investment manager of the Global Fund; Harbinger Capital Partners II GP LLC (“HCP II GP”), the general partner of HCP II, and Mr. Falcone, the managing member of HCP II GP and the portfolio manager of the Global Fund. The address of the Global Fund is c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KY1-1104.
 
(4) Represents 260,000 shares of our common stock issuable under options exercisable within 60 days of January 20, 2011.
 
(5) Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed with the SEC on January 12, 2011, Mr. Falcone, the managing member of Harbinger Holdings and HCP II GP and portfolio manager of each of the Master Fund, the Special Situations Fund and the Global Fund, may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own 129,859,889 shares of our common stock, constituting approximately 93.3% of our outstanding common stock, and has shared voting and dispositive power over all such shares. Mr. Falcone disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares reported in the Schedule 13D, except with respect to his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Falcone’s address is c/o Harbinger Holdings, LLC, 450 Park Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New York, 10022.
 
(6) The address of each beneficial owner is c/o Harbinger Capital Partners LLC, 450 Park Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
 
(7) Represents 8,000 shares of our common stock issuable under options exercisable within 60 days of January 20, 2011.


71


Table of Contents

 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
We are offering to exchange our exchange notes for a like aggregate principal amount of our initial notes.
 
The exchange notes that we propose to issue in the exchange offer will be substantially identical to our initial notes except that, unlike our initial notes, the exchange notes will have no transfer restrictions or registration rights. You should read the description of the exchange notes in the section in this prospectus entitled “Description of Notes.”
 
We reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any initial notes that remain outstanding following the expiration or termination of the exchange offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase initial notes in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, one or more additional tender or exchange offers or otherwise. The terms and prices of these purchases or offers could differ significantly from the terms of the exchange offer.
 
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination
 
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2011, unless we extend it in our reasonable discretion. The expiration date of the exchange offer will be at least 20 business days after the commencement of the exchange offer in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
 
We expressly reserve the right to delay acceptance of any initial notes, extend or terminate the exchange offer and not accept any initial notes that we have not previously accepted if any of the conditions described below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied or waived by us. We will notify the exchange agent of any delay, extension or termination of the exchange offer by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or by written notice. We will also notify the holders of the initial notes by a press release or other public announcement communicated before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date unless applicable laws require us to do otherwise.
 
We also expressly reserve the right to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. If we make any material change, we will promptly disclose this change in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of our initial notes of the change including providing public announcement or giving oral or written notice to these holders. A material change in the terms of the exchange offer could include a change in the timing of the exchange offer, a change in the exchange agent and other similar changes in the terms of the exchange offer. If we make any material change to the exchange offer, we will disclose this change by means of a post-effective amendment to the registration statement which includes this prospectus and will distribute an amended or supplemented prospectus to each registered holder of initial notes. In addition, we will extend the exchange offer for an additional five to ten business days as required by the Exchange Act, depending on the significance of the amendment, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during that period. We will promptly notify the exchange agent by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or written notice of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer.
 
Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes
 
Proper Execution and Delivery of Letters of Transmittal
 
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you must use one of the three alternative procedures described below:
 
(1) Regular delivery procedure:  Complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal. Have the signatures on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal. Mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile together with the certificates representing the initial notes being tendered and any other required documents to the exchange agent on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.


72


Table of Contents

(2) Book-entry delivery procedure:  Send a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of your initial notes, if this procedure is available, into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with the procedures for book-entry transfer described under “— Book-Entry Delivery Procedure” below, on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
(3) Guaranteed delivery procedure:  If time will not permit you to complete your tender by using the procedures described in (1) or (2) above before the expiration date and this procedure is available, comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described under “— Guaranteed Delivery Procedure” below.
 
The method of delivery of the initial notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use an overnight or hand-delivery service. If you choose the mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not send any letters of transmittal or initial notes to us. You must deliver all documents to the exchange agent at its address provided below. You may also request your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee to tender your initial notes on your behalf.
 
Only a holder of initial notes may tender initial notes in the exchange offer. A holder is any person in whose name initial notes are registered on our books or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.
 
If you are the beneficial owner of initial notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your notes, you must contact that registered holder promptly and instruct that registered holder to tender your notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender your initial notes on your own behalf, you must, before completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your initial notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register the ownership of these notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.
 
You must have any signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal guaranteed by:
 
(1) a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
 
(2) a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or
 
(3) an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, unless the initial notes are tendered:
 
(1) by a registered holder or by a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner, who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal and only if the exchange notes are being issued directly to this registered holder or deposited into this participant’s account at DTC, or
 
(2) for the account of a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act.
 
If the letter of transmittal or any bond powers are signed by:
 
(1) the recordholder(s) of the initial notes tendered: the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the initial notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
 
(2) a participant in DTC: the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of the initial notes.
 
(3) a person other than the registered holder of any initial notes: these initial notes must be endorsed or accompanied by bond powers and a proxy that authorize this person to tender the initial notes on


73


Table of Contents

behalf of the registered holder, in satisfactory form to us as determined in our sole discretion, in each case, as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the initial notes.
 
(4) trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity: these persons should so indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must also be submitted with the letter of transmittal.
 
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you must make the following representations:
 
(1) you are authorized to tender, sell, assign and transfer the initial notes tendered and to acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered initial notes, and that we will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by us,
 
(2) any exchange notes acquired by you pursuant to the exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business, whether or not you are the holder,
 
(3) you or any other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes, has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of such exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act and is not participating in, and does not intend to participate in, the distribution of such exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act,
 
(4) you or such other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes, is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of ours, or if you or such other person is an affiliate, you or such other person will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,
 
(5) if you are not a broker-dealer, you represent that you are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes, and
 
(6) if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for initial notes, you represent that the initial notes to be exchanged for the exchange notes were acquired by you as a result of market-making or other trading activities and acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of such exchange notes.
 
You must also warrant that the acceptance of any tendered initial notes by HGI and the issuance of exchange notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by HGI of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the initial notes.
 
To effectively tender notes through DTC, the financial institution that is a participant in DTC will electronically transmit its acceptance through the Automatic Tender Offer Program. DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and send an agent’s message to the exchange agent for its acceptance. An agent’s message is a message transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent stating that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering the notes that this participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce this agreement against this participant.
 
Book-Entry Delivery Procedure
 
Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s systems may make book-entry deliveries of initial notes by causing DTC to transfer these initial notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer. To effectively tender notes through DTC, the financial institution that is a participant in DTC will electronically transmit its acceptance through the Automatic Tender Offer Program. The DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and send an agent’s message to the exchange agent for its acceptance. An agent’s message is a message transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent stating that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering the notes that this participation


74


Table of Contents

has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce this agreement against this participant. The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account for the initial notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus.
 
A delivery of initial notes through a book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC will only be effective if an agent’s message or the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents is transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address indicated below under “— Exchange Agent” on or before the expiration date unless the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied with. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedure
 
If you are a registered holder of initial notes and desire to tender your notes, and (1) these notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit your notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis and an agent’s message delivered, you may still tender in the exchange offer if:
 
(1) you tender through a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act,
 
(2) on or before the expiration date, the exchange agent receives a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, and a notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, with your name and address as holder of the initial notes and the amount of notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made by that letter and notice and guaranteeing that within three NYSE trading days after the expiration date the certificates for all the initial notes tendered, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation with an agent’s message, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent, and
 
(3) the certificates for all your tendered initial notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation as the case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three NYSE trading days after the expiration date.
 
Acceptance of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes
 
Your tender of initial notes will constitute an agreement between you and us governed by the terms and conditions provided in this prospectus and in the related letter of transmittal.
 
We will be deemed to have received your tender as of the date when your duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by your initial notes tendered, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of these notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC with an agent’s message, or a notice of guaranteed delivery from an eligible institution is received by the exchange agent.
 
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tenders will be determined by us in our sole discretion. Our determination will be final and binding.
 
We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all initial notes not properly tendered or any initial notes which, if accepted, would, in our opinion or our counsel’s opinion, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any conditions of the exchange offer or irregularities or defects in tender as to particular notes with the exception of conditions to the exchange offer relating to the obligations of broker dealers, which we will not waive. If we waive a condition to the exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note holders. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in


75


Table of Contents

connection with tenders of initial notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine. None of us, the exchange agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of initial notes. None of us, the exchange agent or any other person will incur any liability for any failure to give notification of these defects or irregularities. Tenders of initial notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. The exchange agent will return without cost to their holders any initial notes that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived promptly following the expiration date.
 
If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied or waived on the expiration date, we will accept all initial notes properly tendered and will issue the exchange notes promptly thereafter. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” below. For purposes of the exchange offer, initial notes will be deemed to have been accepted as validly tendered for exchange when, as and if we give oral or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent.
 
We will issue the exchange notes in exchange for the initial notes tendered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery by an eligible institution only against delivery to the exchange agent of the letter of transmittal, the tendered initial notes and any other required documents, or the receipt by the exchange agent of a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of initial notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC with an agent’s message, in each case, in form satisfactory to us and the exchange agent.
 
If any tendered initial notes are not accepted for any reason provided by the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if initial notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged initial notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder, or, in the case of initial notes tendered by book-entry transfer procedures described above, will be credited to an account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
 
By tendering into the exchange offer, you will irrevocably appoint our designees as your attorney-in-fact and proxy with full power of substitution and resubstitution to the full extent of your rights on the notes tendered. This proxy will be considered coupled with an interest in the tendered notes. This appointment will be effective only when, and to the extent that, we accept your notes in the exchange offer. All prior proxies on these notes will then be revoked and you will not be entitled to give any subsequent proxy. Any proxy that you may give subsequently will not be deemed effective. Our designees will be empowered to exercise all voting and other rights of the holders as they may deem proper at any meeting of note holders or otherwise. The initial notes will be validly tendered only if we are able to exercise full voting rights on the notes, including voting at any meeting of the note holders, and full rights to consent to any action taken by the note holders.
 
Withdrawal of Tenders
 
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw tenders of initial notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
For a withdrawal to be effective, you must send a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date at the address provided below under “— Exchange Agent” and before acceptance of your tendered notes for exchange by us.
 
Any notice of withdrawal must:
 
(1) specify the name of the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn,
 
(2) identify the notes to be withdrawn, including, if applicable, the registration number or numbers and total principal amount of these notes,
 
(3) be signed by the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which these notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the trustee


76


Table of Contents

for the initial notes to register the transfer of these notes into the name of the person having made the original tender and withdrawing the tender,
 
(4) specify the name in which any of these initial notes are to be registered, if this name is different from that of the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn, and
 
(5) if applicable because the initial notes have been tendered through the book-entry procedure, specify the name and number of the participant’s account at DTC to be credited, if different than that of the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn.
 
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of all notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Initial notes that are withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange in the exchange offer.
 
The exchange agent will return without cost to their holders all initial notes that have been tendered for exchange and are not exchanged for any reason, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
 
You may retender properly withdrawn initial notes in the exchange offer by following one of the procedures described under “— Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes” above at any time on or before the expiration date.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
 
We will complete the exchange offer only if:
 
(1) there is no change in the laws and regulations which would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer,
 
(2) there is no change in the current interpretation of the staff of the SEC which permits resales of the exchange notes,
 
(3) there is no stop order issued by the SEC or any state securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement which includes this prospectus or the qualification of the indenture for the exchange notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose,
 
(4) there is no action or proceeding instituted or threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or body that would reasonably be expected to prohibit, prevent or otherwise impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer, and
 
(5) we obtain all the governmental approvals that we in our sole discretion deem necessary to complete the exchange offer.
 
These conditions are for our sole benefit. We may assert any one of these conditions regardless of the circumstances giving rise to it and may also waive any one of them, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, if we determine in our reasonable discretion that it has not been satisfied, subject to applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived before the expiration of the exchange offer. If we waive a condition to the exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note holders. Each of these rights will be deemed an ongoing right which we may assert at any time and from time to time.
 
If we determine that we may terminate the exchange offer because any of these conditions is not satisfied, we may:
 
(1) refuse to accept and return to their holders any initial notes that have been tendered,
 
(2) extend the exchange offer and retain all notes tendered before the expiration date, subject to the rights of the holders of these notes to withdraw their tenders, or


77


Table of Contents

(3) waive any condition that has not been satisfied and accept all properly tendered notes that have not been withdrawn or otherwise amend the terms of the exchange offer in any respect as provided under the section in this prospectus entitled “— Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination.”
 
Accounting Treatment
 
We will record the exchange notes at the same carrying value as the initial notes as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes. We will amortize the costs related to the issuance of the initial notes over the term of the initial notes and exchange notes and expense the costs of the exchange offer as incurred.
 
Exchange Agent
 
We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct all questions and requests for assistance on the procedures for tendering and all requests for additional copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent as follows:
 
By mail:
 
Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
PO Box 1517
Minneapolis, MN 55480
 
By hand/overnight delivery:
 
Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
Confirm by telephone: (800) 344-5128
 
Fees and Expenses
 
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders in the exchange offer, including fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and expenses.
 
We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. However, we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the exchange offer. We will also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for forwarding copies of the prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the initial notes and for handling or forwarding tenders for exchange to their customers.


78


Table of Contents

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of initial notes in accordance with the exchange offer. However, tendering holders will pay the amount of any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons, if:
 
(1) certificates representing exchange notes or initial notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the notes tendered,
 
(2) tendered initial notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal, or
 
(3) a transfer tax is payable for any reason other than the exchange of the initial notes in the exchange offer.
 
If you do not submit satisfactory evidence of the payment of any of these taxes or of any exemption from this payment with the letter of transmittal, we will bill you directly the amount of these transfer taxes.
 
Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences
 
The initial notes were not registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and you may not resell them, offer them for resale or otherwise transfer them unless they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your initial notes for exchange notes in accordance with the exchange offer, or if you do not properly tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer the initial notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act.
 
In addition, except as set forth in this paragraph, you will not be able to obligate us to register the initial notes under the Securities Act. You will not be able to require us to register your initial notes under the Securities Act unless:
 
(1) because of any change in applicable law or in interpretations thereof by the SEC Staff, HGI is not permitted to effect the exchange offer;
 
(2) the exchange offer is not consummated by the 310th day after the Issue Date;
 
(3) any initial purchaser so requests with respect to initial notes held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
 
(4) any other holder is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offer or any holder (other than an exchanging broker-dealer) that participates in the exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Notes on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such holder so requests,
 
in which case the Registration Rights Agreement requires us to file a registration statement for a continuous offer in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this sentence. We do not currently anticipate that we will register under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer.
 
Delivery of Prospectus
 
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for initial notes, where such initial notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”


79


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
 
In this Description of Notes, “HGI” refers only to Harbinger Group Inc., and any successor obligor on the notes, and not to any of its subsidiaries. You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under “— Certain Definitions.”
 
HGI issued the initial notes and will issue the exchange notes under the indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, between HGI and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “indenture”). The terms of the notes include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The term “notes” means all notes issued under the indenture, including the initial notes, the exchange notes and any additional notes.
 
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. You should read the indenture in its entirety. Copies of the indenture are available as described under “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
Basic Terms of Notes
 
The notes are
 
  •  senior secured obligations of HGI, that are secured by a first priority Lien (subject to certain exceptions and Permitted Liens) on the Collateral referred to below;
 
  •  ranked equally in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated Debt of HGI and effectively senior to all unsecured Debt of HGI to the extent of the value of the Collateral; and
 
  •  ranked senior in right of payment to all of HGI’s and the Guarantors’ future Debt that expressly provides for its subordination to the notes and the Note Guarantees.
 
Principal, Maturity and Interest
 
HGI issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of the notes in the initial notes offering. The notes will mature on November 15, 2015. Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate per annum set forth on the cover of this prospectus. HGI will pay interest on the notes semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15, 2011, to holders of record on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1. Interest on the notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
HGI will pay interest on overdue principal of the notes at a rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the rate per annum set forth on the cover of this prospectus and will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at such higher rate, in each case to the extent lawful. Additional interest is payable with respect to the notes in certain circumstances if HGI does not consummate the exchange offer (or shelf registration, if applicable) as further described under “— Registration Rights; Additional Interest.”
 
Additional Notes
 
Subject to the covenants described below, HGI may issue additional notes under the indenture in an unlimited principal amount having the same terms in all respects as the notes, or in all respects except with respect to interest paid or payable on or prior to the first interest payment date after the issuance of such notes. The notes and any additional notes would be treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture and will vote together as one class on all matters with respect to the notes. Additional notes cannot be issued under the same CUSIP number unless the additional notes and original notes are fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.


80


Table of Contents

Escrow Arrangements
 
Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, HGI deposited into an account (the “Account”) the proceeds of the initial notes offering, plus an incremental amount (either in cash or in the form of a letter of credit) sufficient to pay the issue price of the notes, together with Accrued Yield (as defined herein) and interest accrued on the notes from the Issue Date to, but excluding, April 7, 2011 (the day that is five business days after March 31, 2011), pledged to the trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, and invested in Cash Equivalents in which the trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the notes had a valid and perfected first-priority security interest. On January 7, 2011, following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the satisfaction of the other escrow release conditions, the proceeds of the initial notes offering and the other assets in the Account were released from escrow.
 
Guaranties
 
If any Subsidiary of HGI guarantees any Debt of HGI, such Subsidiary must provide a full and unconditional guaranty of the notes (a “Note Guaranty”).
 
Each Note Guaranty will be limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law. By virtue of this limitation, a Guarantor’s obligation under its Note Guaranty could be significantly less than amounts payable with respect to the notes, or a Guarantor may have effectively no obligation under its Note Guaranty.
 
The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate upon:
 
(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to HGI or a Subsidiary of HGI) permitted by the indenture,
 
(2) a Guarantor ceases to guarantee any Debt of HGI, or
 
(3) defeasance or discharge of the notes, as provided in “— Defeasance and Discharge”.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no Guarantors.
 
Ranking
 
The indebtedness evidenced by the notes will rank equal in right of payment with all future senior Debt of HGI, and will have the benefit of a first-priority security interest in the Collateral as described under “— Collateral”.
 
As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, HGI would have had no Debt other than the notes. Subject to the limits described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock” and “— Limitation on Liens”, HGI may incur additional Debt, some of which may be secured.
 
HGI is organized and intended to be operated as a holding company that will own Equity Interests of various operating companies, including, initially, Spectrum Equity Interests. It is not expected that future operating Subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. Claims of creditors of non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and creditors holding debt and guarantees issued by those Subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of those Subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of those Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of HGI, including holders of the notes, and holders of minority interests in such Subsidiaries will have ratable claims with claims of creditors of HGI. The notes therefore will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries of HGI. As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, the total liabilities of HGI’s Subsidiaries would have been approximately $2.8 billion, including trade payables. The indenture does not limit the incurrence of Debt (or other liabilities) and Disqualified Stock of Subsidiaries that are not guarantors. See “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock”.


81


Table of Contents

HGI’s ability to pay interest on the notes is dependent upon the receipt of dividends and other distributions from its Subsidiaries. The availability of distributions from its Subsidiaries will be subject to the satisfaction of various covenants and conditions contained in the applicable Subsidiary’s existing and future financing and organizational documents, as well as applicable law, rule and regulation. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Notes — We are a holding company and are dependent upon dividends or distributions from our operating subsidiaries to fund payments on the notes, and our ability to receive funds from our operating subsidiaries will be dependent upon the profitability of our operating subsidiaries and restrictions imposed by law and contracts.”
 
Security
 
General
 
HGI’s obligations under the notes and the indenture are secured by a first priority Lien on all assets of HGI (other than Excluded Property, and subject to certain Permitted Collateral Liens), including without limitation:
 
  •  all Equity Interests of Spectrum owned by HGI and related assets, including all general intangibles under contracts (including without limitation, the registration rights agreement) that HGI has with Spectrum;
 
  •  all cash and investment securities owned by HGI;
 
  •  all general intangibles owned by HGI; and
 
  •  any proceeds thereof (collectively, the “Collateral”).
 
HGI will be able to Incur additional Debt in the future that could equally and ratably share in the Collateral. The amount of such Debt will be limited by the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock” and “— Limitation on Liens.” Under certain circumstances, the amount of such Debt could be significant.
 
After-Acquired Property
 
If any property (other than Excluded Property) is acquired by HGI or a Guarantor that is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest under the Security Documents, any Excluded Property ceases to fit within the definition thereof, or a Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, then HGI or such Guarantor will, promptly after such property’s acquisition, such property ceasing to be Excluded Property or such Subsidiary becoming a Guarantor, provide security over such property (or, in the case of a new Guarantor, all of its assets (except any Excluded Property)) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) and deliver certain certificates to the Collateral Agent and opinions in respect thereof as specified in the indenture and the Security Documents.
 
Security Agreement
 
The security interests described above have been effected pursuant to a Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, by and among HGI and the Collateral Agent (the “Security and Pledge Agreement”). So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and subject to certain terms and conditions, HGI is entitled to exercise any voting and other consensual rights pertaining to all Equity Interests pledged pursuant to the Security and Pledge Agreement and to remain in possession and retain exclusive control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the Security and Pledge Agreement) and to collect, invest and dispose of any income or dividends thereon. The Security and Pledge Agreement, however, generally requires HGI to deliver to the Collateral Agent, and for the Collateral Agent to maintain in its control and possession, certificates evidencing pledges of Equity Interests or, in the case of Equity Interests that are uncertificated or held through a securities intermediary, control through registration of such interests in the name of the Collateral Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Security and Pledge Agreement provides that the Collateral Agent may, and upon the instructions of the


82


Table of Contents

Authorized Representatives (as set forth below under “— Collateral Trust Agreement”) shall, foreclose upon and sell the applicable Collateral and distribute the net proceeds of any such sale to the trustee and the holders of the notes and other Pari Passu Obligations, subject to applicable laws and applicable governmental requirements. Upon such event and until the relevant Event of Default is cured or waived, all of the rights of HGI or the applicable Guarantor to exercise voting or other consensual rights with respect to the Collateral shall cease, and all such rights shall become vested in the Collateral Agent, which, to the extent permitted by law, shall have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights.
 
The Security and Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Trust Agreement (as defined below) and the indenture provide that HGI and each Guarantor shall, at its sole expense, do all acts which may be reasonably necessary to confirm that the Collateral Agent holds, for the benefit of the holders of the notes and the trustee, duly created, enforceable and perfected first-priority Liens in the Collateral, subject to Permitted Collateral Liens. As necessary, or upon reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, HGI and each Guarantor shall, at its sole expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver such documents and instruments (including the filing of financing statements or amendments or continuations thereto) and take such other actions which may be necessary to assure, perfect, transfer and confirm the rights conveyed by the Security and Pledge Agreement and any other Security Documents, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 
The Security and Pledge Agreement also provides that, on the earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of a Default, (ii) such time as Spectrum becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under the Securities Act rules and regulations, and (iii) at any time that the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1, HGI will be required to exercise all of its contractual rights and use its commercially reasonable efforts to, as promptly as possible, cause Spectrum to file and become effective a shelf registration that shall be in form suitable for use by the Collateral Agent in connection with any disposition of Spectrum Equity Interests constituting part of the Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies, and to keep such shelf registration statement effective at all times until the earlier of the time (i) the notes are repaid in full or (ii) all Spectrum Equity Interests pledged as Collateral have been disposed of by the Collateral Agent.
 
Collateral Trust Agreement
 
General
 
On January 7, 2011, HGI (together with any Guarantors, the “Trustors”) and the Collateral Agent entered into the Collateral Trust Agreement (the “Collateral Trust Agreement”). The Collateral Trust Agreement sets forth the terms on which the Collateral Agent (directly or through co-trustees or agents) will accept, hold, administer, enforce and distribute the proceeds of all Liens on the Collateral held by it in trust for the benefit of holders of the notes, and all other Pari-Passu Obligations (as defined below). The agent or other representative of the holders of any series of future Debt (together with the trustee, the “Authorized Representatives”) intended to constitute Obligations secured equally and ratably by Liens on the Collateral (collectively, “Pari-Passu Obligations”) will be required to execute a joinder to the Collateral Trust Agreement in order to confirm the agreement of the applicable secured parties to be bound by the terms thereof.
 
Equal and Ratable Sharing of Collateral
 
Pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement, each Authorized Representative (on behalf of itself and each holder of Obligations that it represents) acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to the Security Documents, the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents shall for all purposes and at all times secure the Obligations in respect of the notes, the Note Guarantees, and any other Pari-Passu Obligations on an equal and ratable basis, to the extent such Liens have not been released in accordance with the terms of the indenture.
 
Enforcement of Liens; Voting
 
The Collateral Trust Agreement provides that if an event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under the indenture or any Pari-Passu Obligation, and if the Collateral Agent shall have received a written direction from Authorized Representatives that collectively represent at least a majority in principal amount of


83


Table of Contents

the Pari-Passu Obligations (each such representative acting at the direction of holders of the obligations so represented by it), unless inconsistent with applicable law, the Collateral Agent shall pursuant to such direction, institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by the Collateral Trust Agreement and each Security Document, including the exercise of any trust or power conferred on the Collateral Agent, or for the appointment of a receiver, or for the taking of any remedial action authorized by the Collateral Trust Agreement.
 
The right of the Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of the Collateral upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the indenture:
 
  •  in the case of Collateral securing Permitted Liens, is subject to applicable law and the terms of agreements governing those Permitted Liens;
 
  •  with respect to any Collateral, is subject to applicable law and is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against HGI or any of the Guarantors prior to the Collateral Agent having repossessed and disposed of the Collateral; and
 
  •  in the case of Equity Interests, is subject to applicable securities laws, which may require that any such sale be effected through a private placement (which could require such disposition to be made at a discount to prices that could be obtained in the public markets) or through an SEC registration.
 
Order of Application of Proceeds of Collateral
 
Any proceeds of any Collateral foreclosed upon or otherwise realized upon pursuant to the Security Documents will be applied in the following order:
 
  •  first, to the Collateral Agent to pay any costs and expenses due to the Collateral Agent in connection with the foreclosure or realization of such Collateral,
 
  •  second, to the trustee and each other Authorized Representative (if any), equally and ratably (in the same proportion that such unpaid Pari-Passu Obligations of the trustee or such other Authorized Representative, as applicable, bears to all unpaid Pari-Passu Obligations (on the relevant distribution date) for application to the payment in full of all outstanding Pari-Passu Obligations that are then due and payable to the secured parties (which shall then be applied or held by the trustee and each such other Authorized Representative in such order as may be provided in the applicable indenture or other instrument governing such Debt); and
 
  •  finally, in the case of any surplus, to HGI or the Guarantor that pledged such Collateral, or its successors or assigns.
 
Subject to the terms of applicable agreements, the application of proceeds provisions set forth immediately above are intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Pari-Passu Obligations, the trustee, each other present and future Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent.
 
Release of Liens
 
The Liens on the Collateral securing the notes and the Note Guarantees will be released:
 
(1) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other Obligations on the notes or satisfaction and discharge of the indenture or defeasance (including covenant defeasance of the notes);
 
(2) upon release of a Note Guarantee (with respect to the Liens securing such Note Guarantee granted by such Guarantor);
 
(3) in connection with any disposition of Collateral to any Person other than HGI or any Guarantor (but excluding any transaction subject to the covenant described under “— Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets”) that is permitted by the indenture (with respect to the Lien on such Collateral); provided that, except in the case of any disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business, upon such


84


Table of Contents

disposition and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and HGI would be in compliance with the covenants set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Maintenance of Liquidity,” and “— Maintenance of Collateral Coverage” (calculated as if the disposition date was a date on which such covenant is required to be tested under “— Maintenance of Collateral Coverage”);
 
(4) in whole or in part, with the consent of the holders of the requisite percentage of notes in accordance with the provisions described under the caption “— Amendments and Waivers,” including the release of all or substantially all of the Collateral if approved by holders of at least 75% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes; or
 
(5) with respect to assets that become Excluded Property.
 
Each of the releases described in clauses 1, 2, 3 and 5 shall be effected by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of appropriate notice of instruction, to the extent required, without the consent of holders or any action on the part of the trustee.
 
Upon compliance by HGI or any Guarantor, as the case may be, with the conditions precedent required by the indenture, the trustee or the Collateral Agent shall promptly cause to be released and re-conveyed to HGI or the Guarantor, as the case may be, the released Collateral.
 
To the extent applicable, HGI will comply with Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act relating to reports, but will not be subject to Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property and to the substitution therefor of any property to be pledged as collateral for the notes except to the extent required by law. Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer of HGI except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert. The most recent appraisals required pursuant to the definition of “Fair Market Value” shall be deemed sufficient for such purposes to the maximum extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, HGI and the Guarantors will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based on advice of outside counsel, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, certain no-action letters issued by the SEC have permitted an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act to contain provisions permitting the release of collateral from Liens under such indenture in the ordinary course of an issuer’s business without requiring the issuer to provide certificates and other documents under Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act. In addition, under interpretations provided by the SEC, to the extent that a release of a Lien is made without the need for consent by the noteholders or the trustee, the provisions of Section 314(d) may be inapplicable to the release. The indenture contains such provisions.
 
No Impairment of the Security Interests
 
Neither HGI nor any of the Guarantors will be permitted to take any action, or knowingly omit to take any action, which action or omission could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the perfection or priority of the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the trustee and the noteholders.
 
The indenture provides that any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of the indenture and the Security Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under the indenture, and that any engineer, appraiser or other expert may rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other provisions of the indenture with respect to such release have been complied with.
 
Certain Limitations on the Collateral
 
The value of the Collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on many factors. In particular, the Equity Interests that are pledged represent an equity interest in the pledged Subsidiaries, and only have value to the extent that the assets of such Subsidiaries are worth in excess of the liabilities of such Subsidiaries (and,


85


Table of Contents

in a bankruptcy or liquidation, will only receive value after payment upon all such liabilities, including all Debt of such Subsidiaries). Consequently, liquidating the Collateral may not produce proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due on the notes. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Notes — The value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay the notes in full”. In addition, enforcement of the Liens on the Collateral may be limited by applicable governmental requirements. The fair market value of the Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, prevailing interest rates, the ability to sell the Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including the actual fair market value of the Collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By its nature, some of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, we cannot assure you that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the Collateral will be sufficient to pay HGI’s Obligations under the notes. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any, realized by holders of the notes from the sale of Collateral securing the notes and the Obligations under the notes will rank equally in right of payment with all of HGI’s other unsecured senior debt and other unsubordinated obligations, including trade payables. To the extent that third parties establish Liens on the Collateral such third parties could have rights and remedies with respect to the assets subject to such Liens that, if exercised, could adversely affect the value of the Collateral or the ability of the Collateral Agent or the holders of the notes to realize or foreclose on the Collateral. HGI may also issue additional notes as described above or otherwise Incur Obligations which would be secured by the Collateral, the effect of which would be to increase the amount of Debt secured equally and ratably by the Collateral. The ability of the holders to realize on the Collateral may also be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations in the event of a bankruptcy. See “— Certain bankruptcy limitations.”
 
Certain Bankruptcy Limitations
 
In addition to the limitations described above, the right of the Collateral Agent to obtain possession, exercise control over or dispose of the Collateral during the existence of an Event of Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if HGI were to have become a debtor under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code prior to the Collateral Agent having exercised control over or disposed of the Collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is prohibited by the automatic stay from exercising control over or disposing of collateral taken from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such collateral) even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The term “adequate protection” is not defined in the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, but it includes making periodic cash payments, providing an additional or replacement Lien or granting other relief, in each case to the extent that the collateral decreases in value during the pendency of the bankruptcy case as a result of, among other things, the imposition of the automatic stay, the use, sale or lease of such collateral or any grant of a “priming lien” in connection with debtor-in-possession financing. The type of adequate protection provided to a secured creditor may vary according to circumstances. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, or whether or to what extent holders would be compensated for any delay in payment or decrease in value of the Collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection.”
 
Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior or pari passu Liens) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the Collateral and would hold unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor’s claim includes interest and any reasonable fees, costs or charges provided for under the agreement under which such claim arose if the claims are oversecured. In addition, if HGI were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among other things, may void certain prepetition transfers made by the entity that is the subject of the bankruptcy filing, including, without limitation, transfers held to be preferences or fraudulent conveyances.


86


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption
 
Except as set forth in this section, the notes are not redeemable at the option of HGI.
 
At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2013, HGI may redeem the notes at its option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date.
 
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any note on any redemption date, the greater of
 
(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such note; or
 
(ii) the excess of:
 
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such note at May 15, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing below), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such note through May 15, 2013 excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
 
(b) the principal amount of the note.
 
“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2013, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
 
At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2013, HGI may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
 
         
Date
  Price  
 
May 15, 2013
    105.313 %
November 15, 2013
    102.656 %
November 15, 2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
 
At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2013, HGI may redeem notes with the net cash proceeds received by HGI from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 110.625% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under the indenture (including additional notes), provided that
 
(1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 90 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering, and
 
(2) not less than 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter.
 
Selection and Notice
 
If fewer than all of the notes are being redeemed, the trustee will select the notes to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by any other method the trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate in accordance with DTC procedure, in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and higher integral multiples of $1,000. Upon surrender of any note redeemed in part, the holder will receive a new note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the surrendered note. Once notice of redemption is sent to the holders, notes called


87


Table of Contents

for redemption become due and payable at the redemption price on the redemption date, and, commencing on the redemption date, notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest.
 
No Sinking Fund
 
There will be no sinking fund payments for the notes.
 
Certain Covenants
 
The indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:
 
Maintenance of Liquidity
 
From the Issue Date and until the second semi-annual interest payment on the notes is made, HGI and the Guarantors shall maintain an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other than Liens under the Security Documents) in an amount equal to HGI’s obligations to pay interest on the notes and all other Debt of HGI and the Guarantors for the next twelve months. Thereafter, HGI and the Guarantors shall maintain an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other than Liens under the Security Documents) in an amount equal to HGI’s obligations to pay interest on the notes and all other Debt of HGI and the Guarantors for the next six months. In the case any such Debt bears interest at a floating rate, HGI may assume that the reference interest rate in effect on the applicable date of determination will be in effect for the remainder of such period.
 
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
 
(a) As of (i) the last day of each fiscal year and (ii) the last day of the second fiscal quarter of HGI, HGI shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.0 to 1.0; provided that, beginning at the time that the outstanding principal amount of Pari-Passu Obligations (including the principal amount of the notes) equals or exceeds $400.0 million and for so long as such amount equals or exceeds $400.0 million, HGI shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.5 to 1 as of such dates.
 
(b) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of HGI, HGI shall not permit the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.25 to 1.0.
 
(c) From and after the date, if any, that HGI or any Guarantor makes any Investment in LightSquared pursuant to clause (e)(A)(ii) under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” and so long as such Investment is still outstanding, HGI and the Guarantors shall not permit the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.0 to 1.0 at any time.
 
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock
 
(a) Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will Incur any Debt.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, HGI and, to the extent provided below, any Guarantor may Incur the following (“Permitted Debt”):
 
(1) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor constituting Pari-Passu Obligations for which the Authorized Representative of such Debt holders has executed a joinder to the Collateral Trust Agreement as described under the caption “— Security — Collateral Trust Agreement”; provided that, on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (i) the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding incurred under this clause (1), together with Debt Incurred under clause (4) (and any Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt incurred pursuant to such clauses that is a Pari-Passu Obligation), does not exceed $400.0 million and (ii) the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.25 to 1.0 or, to the extent that the Collateral Coverage Ratio is then required to be not less than 2.5 to 1.0 (including as a result of such incurrence of Debt) pursuant to the proviso set forth under clause (a) of “Maintenance of Collateral Coverage”, 2.5 to 1.0;


88


Table of Contents

(2) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor owed to HGI or any Guarantor so long as such Debt continues to be owed to HGI or any Guarantor;
 
(3) Subordinated Debt of HGI or any Guarantor; provided that (a) such Debt has a Stated Maturity after the Stated Maturity of the notes and (b) on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.0 to 1.0, calculated as if all Debt of HGI and the Guarantors outstanding at such time was included in clause (ii) of the definition of “Collateral Coverage Ratio”;
 
(4) Debt of HGI pursuant to the notes (other than additional notes) and Debt of any Guarantor pursuant to a Note Guaranty of the notes (including additional notes);
 
(5) Debt (“Permitted Refinancing Debt”) constituting an extension or renewal of, replacement of, or substitution for, or issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to repay, redeem, repurchase, refinance or refund, including by way of defeasance (all of the foregoing, for purposes of this clause, “refinance”) then outstanding Debt in an amount not to exceed the principal amount of the Debt so refinanced, plus premiums, fees and expenses; provided that
 
(A) in case the Debt to be refinanced is Subordinated Debt, the new Debt, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which it is outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the notes at least to the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the notes,
 
(B) the new Debt does not have a Stated Maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced, and the Average Life of the new Debt is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced, and
 
(C) Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11), (12) and (13) may not be refinanced pursuant to this clause;
 
(6) Hedging Agreements of HGI or any Guarantor entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of managing risks associated with the business of HGI or its Subsidiaries and not for speculation;
 
(7) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor with respect to (A) letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued in the ordinary course of business and not supporting other Debt, including letters of credit supporting performance, surety or appeal bonds, workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other Debt with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims and (B) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets;
 
(8) Debt of HGI outstanding on the Issue Date (and, for purposes of clause (5)(C), not otherwise constituting Permitted Debt);
 
(9) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor consisting of Guarantees of Debt of HGI or any Guarantor Incurred under any other clause of this covenant;
 
(10) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor Incurred on or after the Issue Date not otherwise permitted in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $10.0 million;
 
(11) Debt arising from endorsing instruments of deposit and from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Debt is extinguished within five business days of Incurrence;
 
(12) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor consisting of the financing of insurance premiums;


89


Table of Contents

(13) Contribution Debt; and
 
(14) Debt, which may include Capital Leases, Incurred on or after the Issue Date no later than 180 days after the date of purchase, or completion of construction or improvement of property, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement; provided that the principal amount of any Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause may not exceed (a) $1 million less (b) the aggregate outstanding amount of Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum amount that HGI or a Guarantor may Incur under this covenant. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt was Incurred; provided that if such Debt is Incurred to refinance other Debt denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of such Debt being refinanced. The principal amount of any Debt Incurred to refinance other Debt, if Incurred in a different currency from the Debt being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Debt is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
 
(d) In the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described in this covenant, HGI, in its sole discretion, will classify items of Debt and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Debt in one of such clauses and HGI will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Debt in more than one of the types of Debt described in this covenant, and may, at any time after such Incurrence (based on circumstances existing at such time), change the classification of an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) to any other type of Debt described in this covenant at any time. If any Contribution Debt is redesignated as Incurred under any provision other than clause (13) of paragraph (b), the related issuance of Equity Interests may be included in any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of “Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
(e) Neither HGI nor any Guarantor may Incur any Debt that is subordinated in right of payment to other Debt of HGI or the Guarantor unless such Debt is also subordinated in right of payment to the notes or the relevant Note Guaranty on substantially identical terms. This does not apply to distinctions between categories of Debt that exist by reason of any Liens or Guarantees securing or in favor of some but not all of such Debt.
 
Limitation on Restricted Payments
 
(a) HGI will not, and, to the extent within HGI’s control, will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (including any Guarantor) to, directly or indirectly (the payments and other actions described in the following clauses being collectively “Restricted Payments”):
 
  •  declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions paid in HGI’s Qualified Equity Interests) held by Persons other than HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
  •  purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of HGI or any direct or indirect parent of HGI held by Persons other than HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
  •  repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or make any payment on or with respect to, any Subordinated Debt of HGI or any Guarantor except a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or
 
  •  make any Investment in any direct or indirect parent of HGI;


90


Table of Contents

 
unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:
 
(1) no Default has occurred and is continuing,
 
(2) HGI could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under paragraph (b)(1) under “— Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock”, and
 
(3) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted Payments made on or after the Issue Date would not, subject to paragraph (c), exceed the sum of
 
(A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of the loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period, taken as one accounting period, beginning with the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date and ending on the last day of HGI’s most recently completed fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, plus
 
(B) subject to paragraph (c), the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by HGI (other than from a Subsidiary) after the Issue Date
 
(i) from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity Interests, including by way of issuance of its Disqualified Equity Interests or Debt to the extent since converted into Qualified Equity Interests of HGI, or
 
(ii) as a contribution to its common equity (but excluding any equity contribution consisting of Equity Interests of Spectrum or related assets contributed in connection with the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions).
 
The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in cash, will be deemed to be the fair market value of the relevant non-cash assets, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors.
 
(b) The foregoing will not prohibit:
 
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at the date of declaration, such payment would comply with paragraph (a);
 
(2) dividends or distributions by a Subsidiary payable, on a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to HGI, to all holders of any class of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary a majority of the voting power of which is held, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, by HGI;
 
(3) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Debt;
 
(4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of HGI or any direct or indirect parent in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of (i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or (ii) a contribution to the common equity capital of HGI;
 
(5) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt of HGI in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, (i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value) of Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or (ii) a contribution to the common equity capital of the Issuer;
 
(6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of HGI held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or pursuant to any agreement under which the Equity Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid therefor in any twelve-month period after the Issue Date does not exceed an aggregate amount of $5.0 million;


91


Table of Contents

(7) the repurchase of any Subordinated Debt at a purchase price not greater than (x) 101% of the principal amount thereof in the event of a change of control pursuant to a provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than “— Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” or (y) 100% of the principal amount thereof in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than “— Limitation on Asset Sales”, provided that, in each case, prior to the repurchase HGI has made an Offer to Purchase and repurchased all notes issued under the indenture that were validly tendered for payment in connection with the offer to purchase;
 
(8) Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted hereby in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million;
 
(9) (a) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if the Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise price thereof (or related withholding taxes) and (b) Restricted Payments by HGI to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Equity Interests of HGI in an aggregate amount under this clause (b) not to exceed $1.0 million;
 
(10) payment of dividends or distributions on Disqualified Equity Interests of HGI or any Guarantor and payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any Disqualified Equity Interest when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, to the extent that such Disqualified Equity Interest was permitted to be Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the indenture;
 
(11) in the case of any Subsidiary of HGI that, in the ordinary course of its business, makes Investments in private collective investment vehicles (including private collective investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted Holders), Investments by such Subsidiary in private collective investment vehicles owned or managed by Permitted Holders;
 
(12) Payments by HGI used to fund costs, expenses and fees related to (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as disclosed in the prospectus or (ii) future acquisitions if such costs, expenses and fees are reasonable and customary (as determined in good faith by HGI); and
 
(13) the payment of dividends on Qualified Equity Interests of up to 8.0% per annum of the greater of the gross proceeds received by HGI from any offering or sale of such Qualified Equity Interests after the Issue Date or the accreted value of such Equity Interests (provided that the aggregate amount of dividends paid on such Qualified Equity Interests shall not exceed the proceeds therefrom received by HGI after the Issue Date);
 
provided that, in the case of clauses (6), (7), (10) and (13), no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result thereof.
 
(c) Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests will be included under clause (3) of paragraph (a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in clause (4) or (5) of paragraph (b). Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to clauses (2) through (9), (11) and (12) will not be included in making the calculations under clause (3) of paragraph (a).
 
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1) through (13) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) f this covenant, HGI will be entitled to classify or re-classify (based on circumstances existing at the time of such re-classification) such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and such Restricted Payment will be treated as having been made pursuant to only such clause or clauses or the paragraph (a) of this covenant.
 
(e) HGI and the Guarantors will not directly or indirectly make any Investment in
 
(A) LightSquared; provided that HGI and any Guarantor may acquire Equity Interests in LightSquared (which Equity Interests in LightSquared shall be pledged as Collateral) (i) solely in exchange for


92


Table of Contents

Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or solely as a contribution to the common equity of HGI; or (ii) if, after giving effect to the Investment, the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0; or
 
(B) any Persons, the Equity Interests of which constitute Excluded Property of a type described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof; provided that HGI may make Investments in such Persons in an aggregate amount under this clause (B) not to exceed $15.0 million.
 
In the case of clause (B), such restriction shall no longer apply (and Investments made in such Person shall no longer count against the amount set forth in the proviso) if the Equity Interests of such Person cease to constitute Excluded Property and are pledged as Collateral.
 
Limitation on Liens
 
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens or, in the case of the Collateral, other than Permitted Collateral Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired.
 
Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
 
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property or asset unless HGI or the Guarantor would be entitled to
 
(1) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to “— Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock”, and
 
(2) create a Lien on such property or asset securing such Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the notes pursuant to “— Limitation on Liens”,
 
in which case, the corresponding Debt and Lien will be deemed Incurred pursuant to those provisions.
 
Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
 
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), HGI will not, and, to the extent within HGI’s control, will not permit any Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary to:
 
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any Equity Interests of the Subsidiary owned by HGI or any other Subsidiary;
 
(2)pay any Debt or other obligation owed to HGI or any other Subsidiary;
 
(3)make loans or advances to HGI or any other Subsidiary; or
 
(4)transfer any of its property or assets to HGI or any other Subsidiary.
 
(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to any encumbrances or restrictions:
 
(1) existing on the Issue Date in the indenture or any other agreements in effect on the Issue Date, and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the foregoing; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
 
(2) existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
 
(3) existing with respect to any Person, or to the property or assets of any Person, at the time the Person is acquired by HGI or any Subsidiary, which encumbrances or restrictions (i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property or assets of any other Person (other than Subsidiaries of such Person) and (ii) do not materially adversely affect the ability to make interest, principal and redemption payments on the notes and any extensions, renewals, replacements, or refinancings of any of the foregoing, provided the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing are, taken as a


93


Table of Contents

whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
 
(4) of the type described in clause (a)(4) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business (i) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or license or (ii) by virtue of any Lien on, or agreement to transfer, option or similar right (including any asset sale or stock sale agreement) with respect to any property or assets of, HGI or any Subsidiary;
 
(5) with respect to a Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, the Subsidiary that is permitted by “— Limitation on Asset Sales”;
 
(6) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any Subsidiary if the encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary for a financing of that type;
 
(7) required pursuant to the indenture;
 
(8) existing pursuant to customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar Person;
 
(9) consisting of restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(10) existing pursuant to purchase money and capital lease obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(11) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or other agreement to which HGI or any of its Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance solely of the property or assets of HGI or such Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of HGI or such Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Subsidiary.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock or other Preferred Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to HGI or any Subsidiary to other Debt Incurred by HGI or any such Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.
 
Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control
 
If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have the right to require HGI to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or a higher multiple of $1,000) of that holder’s notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, HGI will offer a payment (such payment, a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, HGI will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase notes on the date specified in such notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the indenture and described in such notice. HGI will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the


94


Table of Contents

indenture, HGI will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.
 
On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, HGI will, to the extent lawful:
 
(1) accept for payment all notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
 
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions thereof properly tendered; and
 
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the notes so accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions thereof being purchased by HGI.
 
The paying agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided that such new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000.
 
A Change of Control will generally constitute a change of control under Spectrum’s existing debt instruments, and any future credit agreements or other agreements to which HGI or any of its Subsidiaries becomes a party may provide that certain change of control events with respect to HGI would constitute a default under these agreements. HGI’s ability to pay cash to the holders following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by HGI’s then existing financial resources. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require HGI to purchase the notes could cause a default under other debt, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of the purchase on HGI. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make the required purchase of the notes. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Notes — We may be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.”
 
HGI will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by HGI and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given with respect to all the notes pursuant to the indenture as described above under the caption “— Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.
 
A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
 
The provisions under the indenture relative to HGI’s obligation to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes.
 
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of HGI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of the notes to require HGI to repurchase such notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of HGI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.
 
Limitation on Asset Sales
 
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will make any Asset Sale unless the following conditions are met:
 
(1) The Asset Sale is for fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.


95


Table of Contents

(2) At least 75% of the consideration consists of Cash Equivalents received at closing or Replacement Assets (provided such Replacement Assets or Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such Replacement Assets are pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents). For purposes of this clause (2):
 
(A) the assumption by the purchaser of Debt or other obligations (other than Subordinated Debt) of HGI or a Guarantor pursuant to a customary novation agreement,
 
(B) instruments or securities received from the purchaser that are promptly, but in any event within 120 days of the closing, converted by HGI to Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the Cash Equivalents actually so received and
 
(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by HGI or any Guarantor in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $10.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) (provided such assets or Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such assets are pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents)
 
shall be considered Cash Equivalents received at closing.
 
(3) Within 420 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds may be used to (a) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of an operating business, a majority of the Voting Stock of another Person that thereupon becomes a Subsidiary engaged in an operating business or to make other Investments in Persons other than Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business (collectively, “Replacement Assets”) or (b) to make a capital contribution to a Subsidiary, the proceeds of which are used by such Subsidiary to purchase an operating business, to make capital expenditures or otherwise acquire long-term assets that are to be used in an operating business (which assets or Voting Stock shall be pledged as Collateral) or to make other Investments in Persons other than Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business.
 
Following the entering into of a binding agreement with respect to an Asset Sale and prior to the consummation thereof, Cash Equivalents (whether or not actual Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale) used for the purposes described in this clause (3) that are designated as uses in accordance with this clause (3), and not previously or subsequently so designated in respect of any other Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds applied in accordance with this clause (3).
 
(4) The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied pursuant to clause (3) within 420 days of the Asset Sale constitute “Excess Proceeds”. Excess Proceeds of less than $2.0 million will be carried forward and accumulated; provided that until the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $20.0 million, all or any portion of such Excess Proceeds may be used or invested in the manner described in clause (3) above and such invested amount shall no longer be considered Excess Proceeds. When accumulated Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds such amount, HGI must, within 30 days, make an Offer to Purchase notes having a principal amount equal to
 
(A) accumulated Excess Proceeds, multiplied by
 
(B) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the notes and (y) the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the notes and all Pari-Passu Obligations secured by Liens on the Collateral and owed to anyone other than HGI, a Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder similarly required to be repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset Sale, rounded down to the nearest $1,000. The purchase price for the notes will be 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. If the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of the outstanding notes and notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, HGI will


96


Table of Contents

purchase notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis, by lot or any other method that the trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate with adjustments so that only notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount will be purchased. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase, Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero, and any Excess Proceeds remaining after consummation of the Offer to Purchase may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture.
 
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
 
(a) HGI will not, and, to the extent within HGI’s control, will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or arrangement including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service with any Affiliate of HGI or any Subsidiary (a “Related Party Transaction”), involving payments or consideration in excess of $1.0 million except upon fair and reasonable terms that taken as a whole are no less favorable to HGI or the Subsidiary than could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of HGI.
 
(b) Any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $5.0 million must first be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors who are disinterested in the subject matter of the transaction pursuant to a Board Resolution delivered to the trustee. Prior to entering into any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $15.0 million, HGI must in addition obtain and deliver to the trustee a favorable written opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal, or accounting firm as to the fairness of the transaction to HGI and its Subsidiaries from a financial point of view.
 
(c) The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to
 
(1) any transaction between HGI and any of its Subsidiaries or between Subsidiaries of HGI;
 
(2) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees and compensation to, and reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements and similar payments on behalf of, directors of HGI who are not employees of HGI;
 
(3) any Restricted Payments if permitted by “— Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
 
(4) transactions or payments, including the award of securities, pursuant to any employee, officer or director compensation or benefit plans or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, or approved by the Board of Directors;
 
(5) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in effect on the Issue Date, as amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as the terms of the amended, modified or new agreements, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to HGI and its Subsidiaries than those in effect on the date of the indenture;
 
(6) the entering into of a customary agreement providing registration rights to the direct or indirect stockholders of HGI and the performance of such agreements;
 
(7) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of HGI to any Person or any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by HGI or any Subsidiary is Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of HGI or any contribution to the capital of HGI;
 
(8) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement or any other transactions undertaken in good faith for the sole purpose of improving the tax efficiency of HGI and its Subsidiaries;
 
(9) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the indenture, (B) transactions with joint ventures entered into in ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm or (C) any management services or support agreement entered into on terms consistent with past


97


Table of Contents

practice and approved by a majority of HGI’s Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
 
(10) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of, the “Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets” covenant, or any merger, consolidation or reorganization of HGI with an Affiliate, solely for the purposes of reincorporating HGI in a new jurisdiction;
 
(11) (a) transactions between HGI or any of its Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more of its directors is also a director of HGI; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of HGI on any matter involving such other Person or (b) transactions entered into with any of HGI’s or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for shared services, facilities and/or employee arrangements entered into on commercially reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by HGI);
 
(12) Investments permitted pursuant to clause (11) of “— Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” on commercially reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by HGI);
 
(13) payments by HGI or any Subsidiary to any Affiliate for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are on arms’-length terms and are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
 
(14) any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder provides HGI and/or its Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be purchased from third-party providers, such as legal and accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory, corporate governance, insurance coverage and other services, which transaction is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
 
(15) the contribution of Equity Interests of Spectrum to HGI or any Subsidiary by a Permitted Holder; and
 
(16) the entering into of customary investment management contracts between a Permitted Holder and any Subsidiary of HGI that, in the ordinary course of its business, makes Investments in private collective investment vehicles (including private collective investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted Holders), which investment management contacts are entered into on commercially reasonable terms and approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith.
 
Financial Reports
 
(a) Whether or not HGI is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, HGI must provide the trustee and noteholders with, or electronically file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in those sections
 
(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if HGI were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to annual information only, a report thereon by HGI’s certified independent accountants, and
 
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if HGI were required to file such reports.
 
In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, HGI will, if the Commission will accept the filing, file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. In addition, HGI will make the information and reports available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.


98


Table of Contents

For so long as any of the notes remain outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144, HGI will furnish to the holders of the notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 
Reports to Trustee
 
HGI will deliver to the trustee:
 
(1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year a certificate stating that HGI has fulfilled its obligations under the indenture or, if there has been a Default, specifying the Default and its nature and status; and
 
(2) as soon as reasonably possible and in any event within 30 days after HGI becomes aware or should reasonably become aware of the occurrence of a Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the action which HGI proposes to take with respect thereto.
 
No Investment Company Registration
 
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will register, or be required to register, as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets
 
HGI
 
(a) HGI will not
 
  •  consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
 
  •  sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets as an entirety or substantially an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person or
 
  •  permit any Person to merge with or into HGI,
 
unless:
 
(1) either (x) HGI is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of HGI under the indenture and the notes and the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing;
 
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a pro forma basis, HGI or the resulting surviving or transferee Person would be in compliance with the covenants set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Maintenance of Liquidity,” and “— Certain Covenants — Maintenance of Collateral Coverage” (calculated as if the date of the transaction was a date on which such covenant is required to be tested under “— Maintenance of Collateral Coverage”); and
 
(4) HGI delivers to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the indenture;
 
provided, that clauses (2) and (3) do not apply (i) to the consolidation or merger of HGI with or into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary with or into HGI or (ii) if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of HGI, whose determination is evidenced by a Resolution of HGI’s Board of Directors, the sole purpose of the transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of HGI.
 
(b) HGI shall not lease all or substantially all of its assets, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions, to one or more other Persons.


99


Table of Contents

(c) The foregoing shall not apply to (i) any transfer of assets by HGI to any Guarantor, (ii) any transfer of assets among Guarantors or (iii) any transfer of assets by a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to (x) another Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (y) HGI or any Guarantor.
 
(d) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with these provisions, if HGI is not the continuing Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, HGI under the indenture and the notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as HGI in the indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a sale, conveyance, transfer or disposition of less than all its assets, HGI will be released from its obligations under the indenture and the notes.
 
Guarantors
 
No Guarantor may:
 
  •  consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
 
  •  sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or
 
  •  permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor
 
unless:
 
(A) the other Person is HGI or any Subsidiary that is Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or
 
(B) (1) either (x) the Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note Guaranty; and
 
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or
 
(C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to HGI or a Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the indenture.
 
Default and Remedies
 
Events of Default
 
An “Event of Default” occurs if
 
(1) HGI defaults in the payment of the principal of any note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to an Offer to Purchase);
 
(2) HGI defaults in the payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any note when the same becomes due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;
 
(3) HGI fails to make an Offer to Purchase and thereafter accept and pay for notes tendered when and as required pursuant to “— Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” or “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Asset Sales”, or HGI or any Guarantor fails to comply with “— Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets”;
 
(4) HGI defaults in the performance of or breaches the covenants set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Maintenance of Liquidity,” or “— Certain Covenants — Maintenance of Collateral Coverage” and such default or breach is not cured within (i) 45 days after the date of default under clause (a) of “— Certain Covenants — Maintenance of Collateral Coverage” or (ii) 15 days after the date of any default under “— Certain Covenants — Maintenance of Liquidity,” or clauses (b) or (c) of “— Certain


100


Table of Contents

Covenants — Maintenance of Collateral Coverage” (it being understood that the date of default in the case of covenants tested at the end of a fiscal period is the last day of such fiscal period);
 
(5) HGI defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of HGI in the indenture or under the notes and the default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice to HGI by the trustee or to HGI and the trustee by the holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the notes;
 
(6) the failure by HGI or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Debt by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $25.0 million;
 
(7) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money are rendered against HGI or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and are not paid or discharged, and there is a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $25.0 million (in excess of amounts which HGI’s insurance carriers have agreed to pay under applicable policies) during which a stay of enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;
 
(8) certain bankruptcy defaults occur with respect to HGI or any Significant Subsidiary;
 
(9) any Note Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance the terms of the indenture, or a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guaranty; or
 
(10) (a) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any portion of the Collateral (with a fair market value in excess of $25.0 million) intended to be covered thereby (to the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation or possession is required by the indenture or the Security Documents), (b) any of the Security Documents shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect (except for expiration in accordance with its terms or amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release in accordance with the terms of the indenture) or (c) the enforceability of the Liens created by the Security Documents shall be contested by HGI or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary.
 
Consequences of an Event of Default
 
If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default with respect to HGI, occurs and is continuing under the indenture, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding, by written notice to HGI (and to the trustee if the notice is given by the holders), may, and the trustee at the written request of such holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest on the notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal and interest will become immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with respect to HGI, the principal of and accrued interest on the notes then outstanding will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder.
 
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes by written notice to HGI and to the trustee may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if
 
(1) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes that have become due solely by the declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived, and
 
(2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
Except as otherwise provided in “— Consequences of an Event of Default” or “— Amendments and Waivers — Amendments with Consent of Holders,” the holders of a majority in principal amount of the


101


Table of Contents

outstanding notes may, by written notice to the trustee, waive an existing Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, the Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the notes because an Event of Default described in clause (6) under “Events of Default” has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the notes, have been cured or waived.
 
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee. However, the trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the indenture, that may involve the trustee in personal liability, or that the trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders of notes not joining in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from holders of notes.
 
A holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the indenture or the notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the indenture or the notes, unless:
 
(1) the holder has previously given to the trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
 
(2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes have made written request to the trustee to institute proceedings in respect of the Event of Default in its own name as trustee under the indenture;
 
(3) holders have offered to the trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the trustee against any costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such request;
 
(4) the trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
 
(5) during such 60-day period, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes have not given the trustee a direction that is inconsistent with such written request.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the right of a holder of a note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such dates, may not be impaired or affected without the consent of that holder.
 
If any Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to the trustee, the trustee will send notice of the Default to each holder within 90 days after it occurs, unless the Default has been cured; provided that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any note, the trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the holders.
 
No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders
 
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of HGI or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of HGI or such Guarantor under the notes, any Note Guaranty or the indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for


102


Table of Contents

issuance of the notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.
 
Amendments and Waivers
 
Amendments Without Consent of Holders
 
HGI and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture, the notes (and HGI, the trustee or the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement the Security Documents) without notice to or the consent of any noteholder
 
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the indenture or the notes;
 
(2) to comply with “— Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets”;
 
(3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment by a successor trustee;
 
(5) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes, provided that the uncertificated notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;
 
(6) to provide for any Guarantee of the notes, to secure the notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the notes when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the indenture;
 
(7) to provide for or confirm the issuance of additional notes;
 
(8) to make any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any holder;
 
(9) to conform any provision to this “Description of Notes”, as certified by an officers’ certificate; or
 
(10) to evidence the issuance of any Pari-Passu Obligations and secure such obligations with Liens on the Collateral.
 
Amendments With Consent of Holders.
 
(a) Except as otherwise provided in “— Default and Remedies — Consequences of a Default” or paragraph (b), HGI and the trustee may amend the indenture and the notes with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes may waive future compliance by HGI with any provision of the indenture or the notes. In addition, the trustee is authorized to permit the Collateral Agent to amend any Security Document with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
 
(1) reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated Maturity of any installment of principal of any note,
 
(2) reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any interest payment on any note,
 
(3) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any note or change the time of any mandatory redemption or, in respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any note may be redeemed,
 
(4) after the time an Offer to Purchase is required to have been made, reduce the purchase amount or purchase price, or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder,


103


Table of Contents

(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the note,
 
(6) impair the right of any holder of notes to receive any principal payment or interest payment on such holder’s notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment,
 
(7) make any change in the percentage of the principal amount of the notes required for amendments or waivers,
 
(8) modify or change any provision of the indenture affecting the ranking of the notes or any Note Guaranty in a manner adverse to the holders of the notes, or
 
(9) make any change in any Note Guaranty that would adversely affect the noteholders.
 
In addition, no amendment, supplement or waiver may release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of notes.
 
It is not necessary for noteholders to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but is sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof.
 
The indenture provides that, in determining whether the holders of the required principal amount of notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, notes owned by HGI, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with HGI or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only notes which a responsible officer of the trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. As a result, notes held by the Harbinger Parties will not be able to vote in respect of any direction, waiver or consent so long as the Harbinger Parties control HGI.
 
Defeasance and Discharge
 
HGI may discharge its obligations under the notes and the indenture by irrevocably depositing in trust with the trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay principal of and interest on the notes to maturity or redemption within one year, subject to meeting certain other conditions.
 
HGI may also elect to
 
(1) discharge most of its obligations in respect of the notes and the indenture, not including obligations related to the defeasance trust or to the replacement of notes or its obligations to the trustee (“legal defeasance”), or
 
(2) discharge its obligations under most of the covenants and under clause (3) of “— Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets — HGI” (and the events listed in clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), (9) and (10) under “— Default and Remedies — Events of Default” will no longer constitute Events of Default) (“covenant defeasance”) by irrevocably depositing in trust with the trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient, in the opinion of an independent firm of certified public accountants, to pay principal of and interest on the notes to maturity or redemption and by meeting certain other conditions, including delivery to the trustee of either a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel to the effect that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case. In the case of legal defeasance, such an opinion could not be given absent a change of law after the date of the indenture.
 
In the case of either discharge or defeasance, the Note Guaranties, if any, will terminate.


104


Table of Contents

Concerning the Trustee
 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the trustee under the indenture.
 
Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in the indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into the indenture against the trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee shall exercise those rights and powers vested in it by the indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. No provision of the indenture requires the trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties thereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or powers, unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
 
The indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the rights of the trustee, should it become a creditor of any obligor on the notes, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions with HGI and its Affiliates; provided that if it acquires any conflicting interest it must either eliminate the conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.
 
Book-Entry, Delivery and Form
 
Except as described below, we will initially issue the exchange notes in the form of one or more registered exchange notes in global form without coupons (the “global notes”). We will deposit each global note on the date of the closing of the exchange offer with, or on behalf of, DTC in New York, New York, and register the exchange notes in the name of DTC or its nominee, or will leave these notes in the custody of the trustee.
 
Depository Procedures
 
The following description of the operations and procedures of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream”) are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We take no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge you to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.
 
DTC has advised us that it is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between the Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests and transfers of ownership interests in each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded only on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants and not on the records of DTC.
 
DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established by it:
 
(1) upon deposit of the global notes, DTC will credit the accounts of the Participants designated by the initial purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the global notes; and
 
(2) ownership of these interests in the global notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interest in the global notes).


105


Table of Contents

Investors in the global notes who are Participants may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the global notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream) which are Participants. Investors in the global notes may also hold their interests therein through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants. Investors may also hold interests in the global notes through Participants in the DTC system other than Euroclear and Clearstream. Euroclear and Clearstream will hold interests in the global notes on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositories, which are Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as operator of Clearstream. All interests in a global note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global note to such Persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Participants, which in turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a global note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.
 
Except as described below, owners of interests in the global notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or “holders” thereof under the indenture for any purpose.
 
Payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, a global note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered holder under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, HGI and the trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including the global notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, none of HGI, the trustee or any of their respective agents has or will have any responsibility or liability for:
 
(1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interest in the global notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the global notes; or
 
(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.
 
DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the notes, including principal and interest, is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of the notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, which will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the trustee or us. Neither we nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of the Participants or the Indirect Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and we and the trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.
 
Transfers between the Participants will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
 
Cross-market transfers between the Participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by their respective depositaries; however, such cross-market


106


Table of Contents

transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.
 
DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the global notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the global notes for legended notes in certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its Participants.
 
Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such procedures at any time. None of HGI, the trustee and any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
 
Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes
 
A global note is exchangeable for certificated notes if:
 
(1) DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed by HGI within 90 days of the notice; or
 
(2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the trustee has received a request from the depositary.
 
In addition, beneficial interests in a global note may be exchanged for certificated notes upon prior written notice given to the trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the indenture. In all cases, certificated notes delivered in exchange for any global note or beneficial interests in global notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) and will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in “Notice to Investors,” unless that legend is not required by applicable law.
 
Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes
 
Certificated notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in any global note unless the transferor first delivers to the trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such notes. See “Notice to Investors.”
 
Same Day Settlement and Payment
 
HGI will make payments in respect of the notes represented by the global notes, including principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee. HGI will make all payments of principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, with respect to certificated notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the certificated notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder’s registered address. The notes represented by the global notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds, subject


107


Table of Contents

in all cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and its Participants. We expect that secondary trading in any certificated notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.
 
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a global note from a Participant will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised HGI that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a global note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a Participant will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.
 
Governing Law
 
The indenture, including any Note Guaranties, and the notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
 
Certain Definitions
 
“Accrued Yield” means an amount in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of notes that, together with the accrued interest to be paid in a Special Redemption, will provide the holder thereof with the yield to maturity on such note, calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and payable for the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date. “Yield to maturity” means the annual yield to maturity of the notes, calculated based on market convention and as reflected in the pricing term sheet for this offering.
 
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
“Asset Sale” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets by HGI or any Guarantor, including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction and including any sale by HGI or any Guarantor of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (each of the above referred to as a “disposition”), provided that the following are not included in the definition of “Asset Sale”:
 
(1) a disposition to HGI or a Guarantor, including the sale or issuance by HGI or any Guarantor of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to HGI or any Guarantor;
 
(2) the disposition by HGI or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of business of (i) Cash Equivalents and cash management investments, (ii) damaged, worn out or obsolete assets, (iii) rights granted to others pursuant to leases or licenses, or (iv) inventory and other assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business (it being understood that any Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary of HGI or any Guarantor and the assets of an operating business, unit, division or line of business shall not constitute inventory or other assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business);
 
 
(3) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
(4) a transaction covered by “— Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets— HGI”;
 
(5) a Restricted Payment permitted under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
 
(6) the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to “— Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock”;
 
(7) any disposition in a transaction or series of related transactions of assets with a fair market value of less than $5.0 million;


108


Table of Contents

(8) any disposition of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person from whom such Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;
 
(9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights pursuant to a settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;
 
(10) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other asset of HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
(11) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; and
 
(12) dispositions of marketable securities, other than shares of Spectrum common stock, constituting less than 5% of the Total Assets; provided that such disposition is at fair market value and the consideration consists of Cash Equivalents.
 
“Attributable Debt” means, in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, at the time of determination, the present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction determined in accordance with GAAP, of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction.
 
“Average Life” means, with respect to any Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or such redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Equity Interests and (y) the amount of such principal, or redemption or similar payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal, or redemption or similar payments.
 
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.
 
“Board of Directors” means:
 
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except with respect to the definition of Change of Control, any duly authorized committee thereof having the authority of the full board with respect to the determination to be made;
 
(2) with respect to a limited liability company, any managing member thereof or, if managed by managers, the board of managers thereof, or any duly authorized committee thereof having the authority of the full board with respect to the determination to be made;
 
(3) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
 
(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
 
“Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property which, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.
 
“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.


109


Table of Contents

“Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio” means, on any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the notes are secured by a first-priority Lien pursuant to the Security Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no prior Liens) consisting of Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such date.
 
“Cash Equivalents” means
 
(1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business;
 
(2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition;
 
(3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s;
 
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
 
(5) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and
 
(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1) through (5) above.
 
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 
(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of HGI and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;
 
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of HGI;
 
(3) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of HGI other than a Permitted Holder; provided that such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as one or more Permitted Holders shall Beneficially Own more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of HGI than such person or group;
 
(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of HGI are not Continuing Directors;
 
For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect holding company of HGI shall not itself be considered a Person for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above or a “person” or “group” for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above, provided that no “person” or “group” (other than the Permitted Holders or another such holding company) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such company, and a majority of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following it becoming the holding company of HGI is Beneficially Owned by the Persons who Beneficially Owned the voting power of the Voting Stock of HGI immediately prior to it becoming such holding company and (ii) a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.
 
“Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.


110


Table of Contents

“Collateral Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as the Collateral Agent, or any collateral agent appointed pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement.
 
“Collateral Coverage Ratio” means, at the date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the notes are secured by a first-priority Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the Security Agreements that is subject to no prior Lien) to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such date.
 
“Collateral Trust Agreement” means the collateral trust agreement dated as of the Issue Date among HGI, the Collateral Agent and the trustee, as amended from time to time.
 
“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of HGI and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income:
 
(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Guarantor, except that net income shall be included to the extent of the dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to HGI or any of the Guarantors by such Person during such period;
 
(2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;
 
(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to or associated with the extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Agreements;
 
(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
 
(5) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights;
 
(6) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption;
 
(7) any expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of Debt (including amortization or write offs of debt issuance or deferred financing costs, premiums and prepayment penalties), in each case, whether or not successful, including any such expenses or charges attributable to the issuance and sale of the notes and the consummation of the exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; and
 
(8) any expenses or reserves for liabilities to the extent that HGI or any Subsidiary is entitled to indemnification therefor under binding agreements; provided that any liabilities for which HGI or such Subsidiary is not actually indemnified shall reduce Consolidated Net Income in the period in which it is determined that HGI or such Subsidiary will not be indemnified.
 
“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of HGI who:
 
(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date or
 
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.


111


Table of Contents

“Contribution Debt” means Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests of HGI or any Guarantor with a Stated Maturity after the Stated Maturity of the notes in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference not greater than (i) half (in the case of Debt referred to in clause (1) below) and (ii) twice (in the case of unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests), the aggregate amount of cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or a capital contribution to the common equity of HGI; provided that:
 
(1) Contribution Debt may be secured by Liens on the Collateral (provided that no such Contribution Debt may be so secured unless, on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding and incurred under this clause (1), together with other Pari-Passu Obligations (including the notes) does not exceed $500.0 million and (y) HGI would be in compliance with the covenants set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Maintenance of Liquidity,” and “— Maintenance of Collateral Coverage” (calculated as if the Incurrence date was a date on which such covenant is required to be tested under “— Maintenance of Collateral Coverage”));
 
(2) such cash has not been used to make a Restricted Payment and shall thereafter be excluded from any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) under “Limitation on Restricted Payments” (it being understood that if any such Debt or Disqualified Stock Incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated as Incurred under any provision other than paragraph (b)(13) of the “Limitation on Debt” covenant, the related issuance of Equity Interests may be included in any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) in the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant); and
 
(3) such Contribution Debt (a) is Incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an officers’ certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.
 
Any cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or a capital contribution to the common equity of HGI may only be applied to incur secured Debt pursuant to clause (i) of the first paragraph above or unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to clause (ii) of such paragraph. For example, if HGI issues Qualified Equity Interests and receives $100 of cash proceeds, HGI may either incur $50 of secured Debt (subject to the conditions set forth in such clause (i)) or $200 of unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests, but may not incur $50 of secured Debt and $150 of unsecured Debt.
 
“Debt” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
 
(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
 
(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
 
(3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments, excluding obligations in respect of trade letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables;
 
(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services which would have been recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
(5) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases (other than the interest component thereof);
 
(6) all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent so Guaranteed;
 
(7) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person;
 
(8) all obligations of such Person under Hedging Agreements; and


112


Table of Contents

(9) all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person;
 
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt shall be deemed not to include (1) deferred or prepaid revenues or (2) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental entity.
 
The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be:
 
(A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;
 
(B) with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and (y) the amount of such Debt;
 
(C) with respect to any Debt issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt;
 
(D) with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the net amount payable if such Hedging Agreement terminated at that time due to default by such Person; and
 
(E) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.
 
“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means any non-cash consideration received by HGI or a Guarantor in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an officers’ certificate executed by an officer of HGI or such Guarantor at the time of such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be considered Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale when received).
 
“Disqualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests that by their terms or upon the happening of any event are:
 
(1) required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of the holder prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes for consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests, or
 
(2) convertible at the option of the holder into Disqualified Equity Interests or exchangeable for Debt;
 
provided that (i) only the portion of the Equity Interests which is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes shall be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests, (ii) if such Equity Interests are issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of HGI or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may be required to be repurchased by HGI in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability and (iii) Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes if those provisions:
 
(A) are no more favorable to the holders than “— Limitation on Asset Sales” and “— Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control”, and
 
(B) specifically state that repurchase or redemption pursuant thereto will not be required prior to HGI’s repurchase of the notes as required by the indenture. “Disqualified Stock” means Capital Stock constituting Disqualified Equity Interests.
 
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof.


113


Table of Contents

“Equity Interests” means all Capital Stock and all warrants or options with respect to, or other rights to purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into equity.
 
“Equity Offering” means a primary offering, whether by way of private placement or registered offering, after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of HGI other than an issuance registered on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor thereto or any issuance pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees.
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
“Excluded Property” means
 
(i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded from the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction;
 
(ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent (but only to the extent) required to prevent the Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;
 
(iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the attachments of security interest created hereby therein would violate any joint venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture or Subsidiary;
 
(iv) any rights of HGI or any Guarantor in any contract or license if under the terms thereof, or any applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable law, such prohibition cannot be waived;
 
(v) certain deposit accounts, the balance of which consists exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal, state, local and foreign employment taxes in such amounts as are required to be paid to the IRS or any other applicable governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of HGI or any Guarantor;
 
(vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine from time to time that the cost of obtaining a Lien thereon exceeds the benefits of obtaining such a Lien (it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to make any such determination);
 
(vii) any intent-to-use U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such application under applicable law;
 
(viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such time as HGI determines that such Equity Interests should be pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be irrevocable) to be made by an officers’ certificate delivered by HGI to the Collateral Agent; and
 
(ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed $1 million deposited for the purpose of securing, leases of office space, furniture or equipment;
 
provided however that “Excluded Property” shall not (i) apply to any contract or license to the extent the applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the UCC (including Sections 9-406 through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit, impair or otherwise affect Collateral Agent’s unconditional continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or interests of HGI or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to become due under any such contract or license (including any accounts).
 
“Fair Market Value” means:
 
(i) in the case of any Collateral that (a) is listed on a national securities exchange or (b) is actively traded in the over-the-counter-market and represents equity in a Person with a market capitalization of at


114


Table of Contents

least $500 million on each trading day in the preceding 60 day period prior to such date, the product of (a) (i)     the sum of the volume weighted average prices of a unit of such Collateral for each of the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to such date, divided by (ii) 20, multiplied by (b) the number of units pledged as Collateral;
 
(ii) in the case of any Collateral that is not so listed or actively traded (other than Cash Equivalents), the fair market value thereof (defined as the price that would be negotiated in an arms’-length transaction for cash between a willing buyer and willing seller, neither of which is acting under compulsion), as determined by a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal, accounting or valuation firm that is not an Affiliate of HGI; provided that (i) such written opinion may be based on a desktop appraisal conducted by such banking, appraisal, accounting or valuation firm for any date of determination that is not the end of the fiscal year for HGI and (ii) the fair market value thereof determined by such written opinion may be determined as of a date as early as 30 days prior to the end of the applicable fiscal period on which a covenant is required to be tested (the end of such period being referred to as the “Test Date”); and
 
(iii) in the case of Cash Equivalents, the face value thereof.
 
The “volume weighted average price” means the per share of common stock (or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than common stock) volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page for the ‘‘<equity> AQR” page corresponding to the “ticker” for such common stock or unit (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such trading day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of such common stock (or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than common stock) on such trading day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the trustee). The “volume weighted average price” will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.
 
In the case of any assets referenced in clause (ii) above tested on a date of determination other than in connection with a Test Date, for purposes of calculating compliance with a covenant, HGI will be permitted to rely on the value as determined by the written opinion given for the most recently completed Test Date.
 
For the avoidance of doubt:
 
(i) if HGI will be in compliance with an applicable covenant at a Test Date even if an asset constituting Collateral had no value, it shall not be required to obtain an appraisal of such Collateral (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to have no value for such purpose); and
 
(ii) if HGI will be in compliance with an applicable covenant at a Test Date if an asset constituting Collateral has a minimum specified value, an appraisal establishing that such Collateral is worth at least such minimum specified value shall be sufficient (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to have such minimum specified value for such purpose).
 
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
 
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date.
 
“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided


115


Table of Contents

that the term “Guarantee” does not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
 
“Guarantor” means each Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture providing for the guaranty of the payment of the notes, or any successor obligor under its Note Guaranty pursuant to “Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets”, in each case unless and until such Guarantor is released from its Note Guaranty pursuant to the indenture.
 
“Hedging Agreement” means (i) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in interest rates or (ii) any foreign exchange forward contract, currency swap agreement or other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
 
“Incur” and “Incurrence” means, with respect to any Debt or Capital Stock, to incur, create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt or Capital Stock. If any Person becomes a Guarantor on any date after the date of the indenture, the Debt and Capital Stock of such Person outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of “— Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock”, but will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of “— Limitation on Asset Sales”. The accrual of interest, accretion of original issue discount or payment of interest in kind or the accretion or payment in kind, accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests, will not be considered an Incurrence of Debt.
 
“Investment” means
 
(1) any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit to another Person,
 
(2) any capital contribution to another Person, by means of any transfer of cash or other property or in any other form,
 
(3) any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds, notes or other Debt, or other instruments or securities issued by another Person, including the receipt of any of the above as consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of services, or
 
(4) any Guarantee of any obligation of another Person.
 
“Issue Date” means the date on which the notes are originally issued under the indenture.
 
“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease).
 
“Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the notes are secured by a first-priority Lien pursuant to the Security Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no prior Lien) consisting of (a) shares of common stock of Spectrum and (b) Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such date.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
 
“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash (including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment obligations to the extent corresponding to, principal, but not interest, when received in the form of cash, and (ii) proceeds from the conversion of other consideration received when converted to cash), net of
 
(1) brokerage commissions, underwriting commissions and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, consultants and investment bankers;
 
(2) provisions for taxes as a result of such Asset Sale taking into account the consolidated results of operations of HGI and its Subsidiaries;
 
(3) payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale or (except in the case of Collateral) to repay Debt outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold;


116


Table of Contents

(4) appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction of the reserve other than by payments made and charged against the reserved amount to be deemed a receipt of cash; and
 
(5) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Debt) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or within 30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale.
 
“Note Guaranty” means the guaranty of the notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the indenture.
 
“Obligations” means, with respect to any Debt, all obligations (whether in existence on the Issue Date or arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect) for or in respect of principal (when due, upon acceleration, upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase pursuant to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursement and other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt, including all interest accrued or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding.
 
“Permitted Collateral Liens” means: (1) Liens on the Collateral to secure Obligations in respect of the notes (excluding any additional notes); (2) Liens on the Collateral that rank pari passu with or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the notes and that secure Obligations in respect of Debt (including any additional notes) Incurred pursuant to clause (1) or (13) of the definition of Permitted Debt; (3) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Debt (or successive Permitted Refinancing Debt) as a whole, or in part, of any Obligations secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (1) or (2) of this definition; and (4) Liens on the Collateral of the types described in clauses (4), (5), (6), (13), (14) and (15) of the definition of Permitted Liens.
 
“Permitted Holders” means
 
(1) each of Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd;
 
(2) any Affiliate of any Person specified in clause (1), other than another portfolio company thereof (which means a company actively engaged in providing goods and services to unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a “portfolio company”; or
 
(3) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in clauses (1) or (2).
 
 
“Permitted Liens” means
 
(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise permitted;
 
(2) Permitted Collateral Liens;
 
(3) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and not securing Debt;
 
(4) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, vendors’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
 
(5) Liens in respect of taxes and other governmental assessments and charges which are not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;


117


Table of Contents

(6) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business not securing Debt and not in the aggregate materially detracting from the value of the properties or their use in the operation of the business of HGI and the Guarantors;
 
(7) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Guarantor, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of HGI or any other Guarantor;
 
(8) Liens on property or the Equity Interests of any Person at the time HGI or any Guarantor acquires such property or Person, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into HGI or a Guarantor of such Person, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of HGI or any Guarantor;
 
(9) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of HGI or a Guarantor to HGI or a Guarantor;
 
(10) Liens securing Hedging Agreements so long as such Hedging Agreements relate to Debt for borrowed money that is, and is permitted to be under the indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Agreements;
 
(11) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses (1), (7), or (8) in connection with the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property and, except as contemplated by the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Debt”, the amount secured by such Lien is not increased; and
 
(12) other Liens (not on the Collateral) securing obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding $5.0 million;
 
(13) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or sublessor of any of its property, including intellectual property, in the ordinary course of business;
 
(14) Liens securing office leases and office furniture and equipment in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1 million; and
 
(15) Liens on property securing Debt permitted pursuant to clause (14) of “Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Equity Interests”.
 
“Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
 
“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all Capital Stock which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or otherwise, over another class of Capital Stock of such Person.
 
“Qualified Equity Interests” means all Equity Interests of a Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests.
 
“Qualified Stock” means all Capital Stock of a Person other than Disqualified Stock.
 
“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among HGI and the initial purchasers.
 
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its successors.
 
“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement whereby such Person enters into a lease of property previously transferred by such Person to the lessor.
 
“Security Documents” means (i) the Security and Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Collateral Trust Agreement and (iii) the security documents granting a security interest in any assets of any Person to secure the Obligations under the notes and the Note Guarantees, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.


118


Table of Contents

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries, that would , taken together, be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 (w)(1) or (2) of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Stated Maturity” means (i) with respect to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such Debt is due and payable or (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable as set forth in the documentation governing such Debt, not including any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior to the regularly scheduled date for payment.
 
“Subordinated Debt” means any Debt of HGI or any Guarantor which (i) is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or the Note Guaranty, as applicable, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect or (ii) is unsecured.
 
“Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof). Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of HGI.
 
“Total Assets” means the total assets of HGI and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of HGI.
 
“U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.
 
“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.
 
“Wholly Owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares) is owned by HGI and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (or a combination thereof).
 
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
Subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth herein (including Exhibit 8.1 hereto), this discussion is the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, our U.S. federal income tax counsel. The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the exchange of initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer and the ownership and disposition of exchange notes acquired by United States Holders and non-United States Holders (each as defined below and collectively referred to as “Holders”) pursuant to the exchange offer. This discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The discussion is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations issued thereunder (“Treasury Regulations”), rulings and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and judicial decisions in effect or in existence as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change at any time or to different interpretations. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Holder and the continued validity of this summary. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a Holder in light of such Holder’s particular circumstances (for example, United States Holders subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code) or to Holders subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, U.S. expatriates, partnerships or other pass-through entities, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations and persons holding the initial notes or exchange notes (collectively referred to as “notes”) as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” or conversion transaction within the meaning of Section 1258 of the Code or other integrated transaction within the meaning of Treasury


119


Table of Contents

Regulations Section 1.1275-6. Moreover, the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws, or U.S. federal gift and estate tax law is not discussed. The discussion deals only with notes held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
 
We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the exchange of initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer and ownership or disposition of the exchange notes acquired by Holders pursuant to the exchange offer or that any such position would not be sustained.
 
If an entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner (or other owner) will depend on the status of the partner (or other owner) and the activities of the entity. Such partner (or other owner) should consult its tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the entity purchasing, owning and disposing of the notes.
 
Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed below to their particular situations as well as the application of any state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift and estate tax laws.
 
United States Holders
 
This section applies to “United States Holders.” A United States Holder is a beneficial owner of notes that is:
 
  •  a citizen or resident alien of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
 
  •  a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or
 
  •  a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Exchange Offer
 
Exchanging an initial note for an exchange note will not be treated as a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, United States Holders will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note. The holding period for an exchange note will include the holding period for the initial note and the initial basis in an exchange note will be the same as the adjusted basis in the initial note.
 
Payments upon Optional Redemption, Change of Control or Other Circumstances
 
In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes, or to pay the full principal amount of some or all of the exchange notes before their stated maturity date. These features of the exchange notes may implicate the provisions of the Treasury Regulations governing “contingent payment debt instruments.” A debt instrument is not subject to these provisions, however, if, at the date of its issuance, there is only a “remote” chance that contingencies affecting the instrument’s yield to maturity will occur. We believe that the likelihood that we will be obligated to make payments in amounts or at times that affect the exchange notes’ yield to maturity is remote, and we do not intend to treat the exchange notes as contingent payment debt instruments. Our determination that these contingencies are remote is binding on a United States Holder unless such United States Holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable Treasury Regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a United States Holder might be required to accrue income on its exchange notes in excess of stated interest and original issue discount otherwise includible and to treat as ordinary income rather than as capital gain any income realized


120


Table of Contents

on the taxable disposition of an exchange note before the resolution of the contingencies. The remainder of this summary assumes that the exchange notes will not be subject to the Treasury Regulations governing contingent payment debt instruments.
 
Interest
 
Absent an election to the contrary (see “— Original Issue Discount — Election to treat all interest as original issue discount,” below), qualified stated interest (“QSI”) on the exchange notes will be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary income at the time it is received or accrued, in accordance with such United States Holder’s method of tax accounting. We expect the regular interest payments made on the exchange notes to be treated as QSI. An interest payment on a debt instrument is QSI if it is one of a series of stated interest payments on a debt instrument that are unconditionally payable at least annually at a single fixed rate, applied to the outstanding principal amount of the debt instrument.
 
Original Issue Discount
 
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes (“OID”), the exchange notes should be treated as having been issued with OID. The following is a summary of the OID rules and their application to the exchange notes.
 
A United States Holder will be required to include OID in gross income (as ordinary income) for U.S. federal income tax purposes as it accrues (regardless of its method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes), which may be in advance of receipt of the cash attributable to that income. OID accrues under the constant-yield method, based on a compounded yield to maturity, as described below. Accordingly, a United States Holder will be required to include in income increasingly greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods, unless the accrual periods vary in length (as described below).
 
The amount of OID a United States Holder must include in income each taxable year will equal the sum of the “daily portions” of the OID with respect to an exchange note for all days on which such holder owns the exchange note during the taxable year. A United States Holder determines the daily portions of OID by allocating to each day in an “accrual period” the pro rata portion of the OID that is allocable to that accrual period. The term “accrual period” means an interval of time with respect to which the accrual of OID is measured and which may vary in length over the term of an exchange note provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on either the first or last day of an accrual period.
 
The amount of OID allocable to an accrual period will be the excess, if any, of:
 
  •  the product of the “adjusted issue price” of the exchange note at the beginning of the accrual period and its “yield to maturity,” over
 
  •  the aggregate amount of any QSI allocable to the accrual period.
 
All of the stated interest on the exchange notes should constitute QSI. The adjusted issue price of an exchange note at the beginning of the first accrual period is its issue price, and, on any day thereafter, it is the sum of the issue price and the amount of OID previously included in gross income, reduced by the amount of any payment (other than a payment of QSI) previously made on the exchange note. If an interval between payments of QSI on an exchange note contains more than one accrual period, then, when a United States Holder determines the amount of OID allocable to an accrual period, such holder must allocate the amount of QSI payable at the end of the interval, including any QSI that is payable on the first day of the accrual period immediately following the interval, pro rata to each accrual period in the interval based on their relative lengths. In addition, a United States Holder must increase the adjusted issue price at the beginning of each accrual period in the interval by the amount of any QSI that has accrued prior to the first day of the accrual period but that is not payable until the end of the interval. If all accrual periods are of equal length except for a shorter initial and/or final accrual period, a United States Holder can compute the amount of OID allocable to the initial period using any reasonable method; however, the OID allocable to the final accrual period will


121


Table of Contents

always be the difference between the amount payable at maturity (other than a payment of QSI) and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period.
 
Election to treat all interest as original issue discount.  A United States Holder may elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on its exchange note using the constant-yield method described above, with the modifications described below.
 
If a United States Holder makes this election for its exchange note, then, when such holder applies the constant-yield method:
 
  •  the issue price of the exchange note will equal such holder’s initial basis in the exchange note,
 
  •  the issue date of the exchange note will be the date such holder acquired the initial note, and
 
  •  no payments on the exchange note will be treated as payments of QSI.
 
This election will apply only to the exchange note for which such election is made by a United States Holder; however, if the exchange note has bond premium (described below under “— Market Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium — Bond Premium”), a United States Holder will be deemed to have made an election to apply amortizable bond premium against interest for all debt instruments with amortizable bond premium (other than debt instruments the interest on which is excludible from gross income) that such holder holds at the beginning of the taxable year to which the election applies or any taxable year thereafter. Additionally, if a United States Holders makes this election for a market discount note, such holder will be treated as having made the election discussed below under “— Market Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium — Market Discount” to include market discount in income currently over the life of all debt instruments that you hold at the time of the election or acquire thereafter. A United States Holder may not revoke an election to apply the constant-yield method to all interest on an exchange note without the consent of the IRS.
 
Market Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium
 
Market Discount.  If a United States Holder purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount that is less than its “revised issue price,” the amount of the difference should be treated as market discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any market discount applicable to an initial note should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. The amount of any market discount will be treated as de minimis and disregarded if it is less than one-quarter of one percent of the revised issue price of the initial note, multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity. For this purpose, the “revised issue price” of an initial note equals the issue price of the initial note, increased by the amount of any OID previously accrued on the initial note (without regard to the amortization of any acquisition premium). Although the Code does not expressly so provide, the revised issue price of the initial note is decreased by the amount of any payments previously made on the initial note (other than payments of qualified stated interest). The rules described below do not apply to a United States Holder if such holder purchased an initial note that has de minimis market discount.
 
Under the market discount rules, a United States Holder is required to treat any principal payment on, or any gain on the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of, an exchange note as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount (on the initial note or the exchange note) that has not previously been included in income. If a United States Holder disposes of an exchange note in an otherwise nontaxable transaction (other than certain specified nonrecognition transactions), such holder will be required to include any accrued market discount as ordinary income as if such holder had sold the exchange note at its then fair market value. In addition, such holder may be required to defer, until the maturity of the exchange note or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction of a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry the initial note or the exchange note received in exchange therefor.
 
Market discount accrues ratably during the period from the date on which such holder acquired the initial note through the maturity date of the exchange note (for which the initial note was exchanged), unless such


122


Table of Contents

holder makes an irrevocable election to accrue market discount under a constant yield method. Such holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues (either ratably or under the constant-yield method), in which case the rule described above regarding deferral of interest deductions will not apply. If such holder elects to include market discount in income currently, such holder’s adjusted basis in an exchange note will be increased by any market discount included in income. An election to include market discount currently will apply to all market discount obligations acquired during or after the first taxable year in which the election is made, and the election may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a United States Holder makes the election described above in “— Original Issue Discount — Election to treat all interest as OID” for a market discount note, such holder would be treated as having made an election to include market discount in income currently under a constant yield method, as discussed in this paragraph.
 
Acquisition Premium.  If a United States Holder purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount that is less than or equal to the sum of all amounts (other than qualified stated interest) payable on the initial note after the purchase date but is greater than the adjusted issue price of such initial note, the excess is acquisition premium. Any acquisition premium applicable to an initial note should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. If such holder does not elect to include all interest income on the exchange notes in gross income under the constant yield method (see “— Original Issue Discount — Election to Treat All Interest as OID,” above), such holder’s accruals of OID will be reduced by a fraction equal to (i) the excess of such holder’s adjusted basis in the initial note immediately after the purchase over the adjusted issue price of the initial note, divided by (ii) the excess of the sum of all amounts payable (other than qualified stated interest) on the initial note after the purchase date over the adjusted issue price of the initial note.
 
Bond Premium.  If a United States Holder purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount in excess of its principal amount, the excess will be treated as bond premium. Any bond premium applicable to an initial note should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. Such holder may elect to amortize bond premium over the remaining term of the exchange note on a constant yield method. In such case, such holder will reduce the amount required to be included in income each year with respect to interest on such holder’s exchange note by the amount of amortizable bond premium allocable to that year. The election, once made, is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS and applies to all taxable bonds held during the taxable year for which the election is made or subsequently acquired. If such holder elected to amortize bond premium on an initial note, such election should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. If such holder does not make this election, such holder will be required to include in gross income the full amount of interest on the exchange note in accordance with such holder’s regular method of tax accounting, and will include the premium in such holder’s tax basis for the exchange note for purposes of computing the amount of such holder’s gain or loss recognized on the taxable disposition of the exchange note. United States Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the computation and amortization of any bond premium on the exchange note.
 
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
 
A United States Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of an exchange note equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized upon the disposition (less any portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be taxable as ordinary income to the extent not previously included in such holder’s income) and the United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the exchange note at the time of disposition. A United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in an exchange note will be the price such holder paid for the initial note, increased by any OID and market discount previously included in gross income and reduced (but not below zero) by amortized bond premium and payments, if any, such holder previously received other than QSI payments. This gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss (except to the extent of accrued interest not previously includible in income or to the extent the market discount rules require the recognition of ordinary income) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder has held the exchange note for more than one year. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be a short-term capital gain or loss. Long-term capital gains of noncorporate United States Holders,


123


Table of Contents

including individuals, may be taxed at lower rates than items of ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
 
Medicare Contribution Tax on Unearned Income
 
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on the lesser of the “net investment income” or the amount by which modified adjusted gross income exceeds a threshold amount, in either case, of United States Holders that are individuals, estates and trusts. Net investment income includes, among other things, interest income not derived from the conduct of a nonpassive trade or business. Payments of interest and accruals of OID on the exchange notes are expected to constitute net investment income.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
Information reporting requirements will apply to United States Holders that are not exempt recipients, such as corporations, with respect to certain payments of interest on the exchange notes, accruals of OID on the exchange notes and the proceeds of disposition (including a retirement or redemption of an exchange note). In addition, a United States Holder other than certain exempt recipients may be subject to “backup withholding” on the receipt of certain payments on the exchange notes if such holder:
 
  •  fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which for an individual is ordinarily his or her social security number,
 
  •  is notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding,
 
  •  fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified the United States Holder that it is subject to backup withholding, or
 
  •  otherwise fails to comply with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.
 
United States Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as long as they timely provide certain information to the IRS.
 
Non-United States Holders
 
This section applies to “non-United States Holders.” A non-United States Holder is a beneficial owner of notes that is not a United States Holder and that is an individual, corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), estate or trust.
 
Exchange Offer
 
Non-United States Holders should not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note in exchange for an initial note pursuant to the exchange offer.
 
Interest Payments
 
Subject to the discussion below concerning effectively connected income and backup withholding, interest paid to a non-United States Holder on an exchange note (which, for purposes of the non-United States Holder discussion, includes any accrued OID) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax, provided that such non-United States Holder meets the following requirements:
 
  •  Such holder does not own, actually or constructively, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, stock constituting 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote.
 
  •  Such holder is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a controlled foreign corporation related, directly or indirectly, to us through equity ownership.


124


Table of Contents

 
  •  Such holder is not a bank receiving interest on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business.
 
  •  Such holder provides a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its non-U.S. status.
 
The gross amount of payments of interest that do not qualify for the exception from withholding described above will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless (i) such holder provides a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable tax treaty, or (ii) such interest is effectively connected with such holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and such holder provides a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI.
 
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
 
Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, a non-United States Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of an exchange note unless:
 
  •  such holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case such holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or a lower applicable treaty rate) with respect to such gain (offset by certain U.S. source capital losses), or
 
  •  such gain is effectively connected with such holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, in which case such holder will be subject to tax as described below under “Effectively Connected Income.”
 
Any amounts in respect of accrued interest recognized on the sale or exchange of an exchange note will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, unless the sale or exchange is part of a plan the principal purpose of which is to avoid tax and the withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know of such plan.
 
Effectively Connected Income
 
If interest or gain from a disposition of the exchange notes is effectively connected with a non-United States Holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, such holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the interest or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if such holder were a United States Holder, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. The interest or gain in respect of the exchange notes would be exempt from U.S. withholding tax if such holder claims the exemption by providing a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI. In addition, if such holder is a foreign corporation, such holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax on its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments, at a rate of 30% unless reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
Unless certain exceptions apply, we must report to the IRS and to a non-United States Holder any payments to such holder in respect of payments of interest and accruals of OID during the taxable year. Under current U.S. federal income tax law, backup withholding tax will not apply to payments of interest by us or our paying agent on an exchange note to a non-United States Holder, if such holder provides us with a properly competed IRS Form W-8BEN, provided that we or our paying agent, as the case may be, do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person.
 
Payments pursuant to the sale, exchange or other disposition of exchange notes, made to or through a foreign office of a foreign broker, other than payments in respect of interest, will not be subject to information reporting and backup withholding; provided that information reporting may apply if the foreign broker has certain connections to the United States, unless the beneficial owner of the exchange note certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payments made to or


125


Table of Contents

through a foreign office of a U.S. broker will not be subject to backup withholding, but are subject to information reporting unless the beneficial owner of the exchange note certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payments to or through a U.S. office of a broker, however, are subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the beneficial owner of the exchange notes certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; any amounts withheld from a payment to a non-United States Holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Non-United States Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of withholding and backup withholding in their particular circumstance and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from withholding and backup withholding under current Treasury Regulations.
 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for initial notes acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and, therefore, must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales, offers to resell or other transfers of the exchange notes received by it in connection with the exchange offer. Accordingly, each such broker-dealer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for initial notes where such initial notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the expiration of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC in accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these reports, proxy statements and information may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information


126


Table of Contents

on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this web site is http://www.sec.gov.
 
Anyone who receives a copy of this prospectus may obtain a copy of the indenture without charge by writing to Harbinger Group Inc., Attn.: Chief Financial Officer, 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, will opine that the exchange notes are binding obligations of the registrant.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated balance sheets of HGI as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The consolidated statements of financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 (Successor Company), and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2010, the period August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009, and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company), the financial statement schedule II, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, have been included in this registration statement and prospectus in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
KPMG LLP’s reports refer to Spectrum Brands’ emergence from bankruptcy protection on August 28, 2009 and adoption of fresh start reporting on August 30, 2009, resulting in the Successor Company’s consolidated financial statements prior to August 30, 2009 not being comparable to its consolidated financial statements for periods on or after August 30, 2009. KPMG LLP’s reports also refer to the Successor Company’s change to the measurement date of accounting for pension and other post retirement on September 30, 2009.


127


 

 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
   
Page
 
A. HARBINGER GROUP INC. 
       
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
       
    F-13  
    F-14  
    F-15  
    F-16  
    F-17  
    F-18  
B. SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. 
       
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008
       
    F-35  
    F-37  
    F-38  
    F-39  
    F-41  
    F-43  


F-1


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009(A)  
    (Unaudited)        
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 85,967     $ 127,932  
Short-term investments
    53,965       15,952  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    1,740       530  
                 
Total current assets
    141,672       144,414  
Long-term investments
          8,039  
Property and equipment, net
    143       35  
Other assets
    497       395  
                 
Total assets
  $ 142,312     $ 152,883  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 1,452     $ 593  
Accrued and other current liabilities
    3,786       1,874  
                 
Total current liabilities
    5,238       2,467  
Pension liabilities
    3,423       3,519  
Other liabilities
    684       1,100  
                 
Total liabilities
    9,345       7,086  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock
    193       193  
Additional paid in capital
    132,727       132,638  
Retained earnings
    10,243       23,848  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (10,223 )     (10,912 )
                 
Total Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders’ equity
    132,940       145,767  
Noncontrolling interest
    27       30  
                 
Total equity
    132,967       145,797  
                 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 142,312     $ 152,883  
                 
 
 
(A) Derived and condensed from the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009.
 
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenues
  $     $  
Cost of revenues
           
                 
Gross profit
           
Operating expenses:
               
General and administrative
    14,876       3,775  
                 
Total operating expenses
    14,876       3,775  
                 
Operating loss
    (14,876 )     (3,775 )
Other income:
               
Interest income
    156       197  
Other, net
    351       1,246  
                 
      507       1,443  
                 
Loss before income taxes
    (14,369 )     (2,332 )
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes
    761       (7,356 )
                 
Net loss
    (13,608 )     (9,688 )
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
    3       2  
                 
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc. 
  $ (13,605 )   $ (9,686 )
                 
Net loss per common share — basic and diluted
  $ (0.70 )   $ (0.50 )
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
               
Basic
    19,286       19,278  
                 
Diluted
    19,286       19,278  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    (Unaudited)
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net loss
  $ (13,608 )   $ (9,688 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    26       4  
Stock-based compensation
    85        
Deferred income taxes
    148       7,336  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (1,326 )     (123 )
Accounts payable
    859       (29 )
Pension liabilities
    593       683  
Accrued and other current liabilities
    1,912       458  
Other liabilities
    (416 )     (57 )
                 
Net cash used in operating activities
    (11,727 )     (1,416 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Purchases of investments
    (124,514 )     (24,041 )
Maturities of investments
    94,538       11,989  
Capital expenditures
    (134 )     (42 )
Other investing activities
    (132 )      
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (30,242 )     (12,094 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Stock options exercised
    4        
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    4        
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (41,965 )     (13,510 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    127,932       142,694  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 85,967     $ 129,184  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
 
Note 1.   Basis of Presentation
 
The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared by Harbinger Group Inc. (which, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is referred to as the “Company”) pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of such information. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature except for the adjustments to income taxes disclosed in Note 5. Although the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading, certain information and footnote disclosures, including a description of significant accounting policies normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The year-end condensed balance sheet data was derived and condensed from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included in the Company’s 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2010. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results for any subsequent periods or the entire fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period financial information to conform to the current presentation. Specifically, the Company condensed “Non-trade receivables” into “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and condensed the change in “Other receivables” into the change in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
 
Note 2.   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury investments as held-to-maturity and, accordingly, their carrying amounts represent amortized cost, which is original cost adjusted for the amortization of premiums and discounts, plus accrued interest. The accrued interest receivable is included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The carrying amounts approximate fair value.


F-5


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments for which the disclosure of fair values is required were as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    September 30, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    Carrying
    Fair
    Unrecognized
    Carrying
    Fair
    Unrecognized
 
    Amount     Value     Loss     Amount     Value     Loss  
 
Cash and cash equivalents:
                                               
U.S. Treasury Bills
  $ 70,043     $ 70,041     $ (2 )   $ 127,593     $ 127,591     $ (2 )
Treasury money market
    392       392             36       36        
Checking accounts
    15,536       15,536             303       303        
                                                 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    85,971     $ 85,969       (2 )     127,932     $ 127,930       (2 )
                                                 
Less: Interest receivable classified as other current assets
    (4 )                                      
                                                 
Total cash and cash equivalents, at cost
    85,967                       127,932                  
                                                 
Short-term investments
                                               
U.S. Treasury Bills and Notes
    54,033       54,005       (28 )     15,956       15,916       (40 )
                                                 
Total short-term investments
    54,033     $ 54,005       (28 )     15,956     $ 15,916       (40 )
                                                 
Less: Interest receivable classified as other current assets
    (68 )                     (4 )                
                                                 
Total short-term investments, at cost
    53,965                       15,952                  
                                                 
Long-term investments
                                               
U.S. Treasury Notes
                      8,056       8,018       (38 )
                                                 
Total long-term investments
        $             8,056     $ 8,018       (38 )
                                                 
Less: Interest receivable classified as other current assets
                          (17 )                
                                                 
Total long-term investments, at cost
                          8,039                  
                                                 
Total cash and investments
  $ 139,932             $ (30 )   $ 151,923             $ (80 )
                                                 
 
The Company expects that none of the gross unrecognized losses aggregating $30,000 as of September 30, 2010 will be realized since the Company has the intent and ability to hold its U.S. Treasury investments to maturity. All short-term investments will mature in less than one year.


F-6


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 3.   Comprehensive Loss
 
The components of comprehensive loss are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
Net loss
  $ (13,608 )   $ (9,688 )
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax of $0 and $231
    689       429  
                 
Total comprehensive loss
    (12,919 )     (9,259 )
Less: Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to the noncontrolling interest
    3       2  
                 
Comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc. 
  $ (12,916 )   $ (9,257 )
                 
 
Note 4.   Net Loss Per Common Share Information
 
“Net loss per common share — basic” is computed by dividing “Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.” by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. “Net loss per common share — diluted” for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 was the same as “Net loss per common share — basic” as the Company reported a net loss and, therefore, the effect of all potentially dilutive securities on the net loss would have been anti-dilutive.
 
As of September 30, 2010, there were 508,600 potential common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options excluded from the calculation of “Net loss per common share — diluted” because their impact would be anti-dilutive due to the Company’s net loss for the period. Those stock options had a weighted average exercise price of $5.62 per share.
 
Note 5.   Income Taxes
 
The effective tax benefit rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was 5%. The benefit from income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 principally represents the restoration in the 2010 first quarter of $732,000 of deferred tax assets previously written off in connection with the change in control of the Company in the third quarter of 2009 and a related reversal of $35,000 of accrued interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax assets relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are realizable to the extent the Company settles its uncertain tax positions for which it had previously recorded $732,000 of reserves and $35,000 of related accrued interest and penalties. As a result, the final resolution of these uncertain tax positions will have no net effect on the Company’s future provision for (or benefit from) income taxes.
 
In the third quarter of 2009, the Company wrote off $8.2 million of deferred tax assets. This resulted from the Company’s ownership change that, pursuant to Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, limits its ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards and alternative minimum tax credits.
 
Due to the Company’s cumulative losses in recent years, it determined that, as of September 30, 2010, a valuation allowance was still required for all of its deferred tax assets other than its refundable alternative minimum tax credits and the balance of deferred tax assets described above. Accordingly, the Company does not expect to record any future benefit from income taxes until it is more likely than not that some or all of its remaining net operating loss carryforwards will be realizable.
 
As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $366,000 and $732,000, respectively, of aggregate unrecognized tax benefits classified within “Other liabilities”. The decrease of $366,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 resulted from the expiration in the third quarter of 2010 of the statute of limitations for certain unrecognized tax benefits. This was effectively offset by a


F-7


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
$366,000 reduction of deferred tax assets which, as described above, had been restored in the first quarter of 2010.
Note 6.   Pension Liabilities
 
The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) covering certain current and former U.S. employees. During 2006, the Pension Plan was frozen which caused all existing participants to become fully vested in their benefits.
 
Additionally, the Company has an unfunded supplemental pension plan (the “Supplemental Plan”) which provides supplemental retirement payments to certain former senior executives of the Company. The amounts of such payments equal the difference between the amounts received under the Pension Plan and the amounts that would otherwise be received if Pension Plan payments were not reduced as the result of the limitations upon compensation and benefits imposed by Federal law. Effective December 1994, the Supplemental Plan was frozen.
 
The Company plans to make no contributions to its Pension Plan during 2010. However, based on the currently enacted minimum pension plan funding requirements, the Company expects to make contributions during 2011. The Company plans to make no contributions to its Supplemental Plan in 2010 as the Supplemental Plan is an unfunded plan.
 
The components of net periodic benefit costs are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Nine Months
 
    Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
Service costs
  $     $  
Interest costs
    753       825  
Expected return on plan assets
    (771 )     (726 )
Amortization of actuarial loss
    689       660  
                 
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 671     $ 759  
                 
 
Fair value measurements of net periodic benefit costs are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Asset Category
  Fair Value(A)  
 
Domestic equity securities
  $ 7,021  
International equity securities
    1,456  
Fixed income
    6,029  
         
Total
  $ 14,506  
         
 
 
(A) All Pension Plan investments are invested in and among equity and fixed income asset classes through collective trusts. Each collective trust’s valuation is based on its calculation of net asset value per share reflecting the fair value of its underlying investments. Since each of these collective trusts allows redemptions at net asset value per share at the measurement date, its valuation is categorized as a Level 2 fair value measurement.


F-8


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 7:   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Legal and Environmental Matters
 
In 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (“Utica Mutual”) commenced an action against the Company in the Supreme Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York, seeking reimbursement under a general agreement of indemnity entered into by the Company in the late 1970s. Based upon the discovery to date, Utica Mutual is seeking reimbursement for payments it claims to have made under (1) a workers compensation bond and (2) certain reclamation bonds which were issued to certain former subsidiaries and are alleged by Utica Mutual to be covered by the general agreement of indemnity. While the precise amount of Utica Mutual’s claim is unclear, it appears it is claiming approximately $0.5 million, including approximately $0.2 million relating to the workers compensation bond and approximately $0.3 million relating to the reclamation bonds.
 
In 2005, the Company was notified by Weatherford International Inc. (“Weatherford”) of a claim for reimbursement of approximately $0.2 million in connection with the investigation and cleanup of purported environmental contamination at two properties formerly owned by a non-operating subsidiary of the Company. The claim was made under an indemnification provision provided by the Company to Weatherford in a 1995 asset purchase agreement and relates to alleged environmental contamination that purportedly existed on the properties prior to the date of the sale. Weatherford has also advised the Company that Weatherford anticipates that further remediation and cleanup may be required, although Weatherford has not provided any information regarding the cost of any such future clean up. The Company has challenged any responsibility to indemnify Weatherford. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the claim, including that the alleged contamination occurred after the sale of the property, and intends to vigorously defend against it.
 
In addition to the matters described above, the Company is involved in other litigation and claims incidental to its current and prior businesses. These include multiple complaints in Mississippi and Louisiana state courts and in a federal multi-district litigation alleging injury from exposure to asbestos on offshore drilling rigs and shipping vessels formerly owned or operated by the Company’s offshore drilling and bulk-shipping affiliates. The Company has aggregate reserves for its legal and environmental matters of approximately $0.3 million at both September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Although the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty and some of these matters may be disposed of unfavorably to the Company, based on currently available information, including legal defenses available to the Company, and given the aforementioned reserves and related insurance coverage, the Company does not believe that the outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Guarantees
 
Throughout its history, the Company has entered into indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and, in certain instances, when it sold businesses. Additionally, the Company has indemnified its directors and officers who are, or were, serving at the request of the Company in such capacities. Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is not precisely known due to the extensive history of past operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these indemnifications have not been material to the Company’s financial statements. The Company has no reason to believe that future costs to settle claims related to its former operations will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Note 8.   Related Party
 
Effective March 1, 2010, the Company entered into a management agreement with Harbinger Capital Partners LLC (“Harbinger Capital”), an affiliate of the Company, whereby Harbinger Capital may provide


F-9


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
advisory and consulting services to the Company. The Company has agreed to reimburse Harbinger Capital for its out-of-pocket expenses and the cost of certain services performed by legal and accounting personnel of Harbinger Capital under the agreement. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company did not accrue any costs related to this agreement.
 
On September 10, 2010, the Company entered into a Contribution and Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Harbinger Master Fund”), Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (collectively, the “Harbinger Parties”). The Harbinger Parties are our principal stockholders and are affiliates of Harbinger Capital.
 
Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Company will issue an aggregate of 119,909,830 shares of its common stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for an aggregate of 27,756,905 shares of common stock (the “SB Holdings Contributed Shares”), $0.01 par value per share (the “SB Holdings common stock”), of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SB Holdings”), owned by the Harbinger Parties (the “Spectrum Brands Acquisition”), or approximately 54.4% of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock (approximately 54.1% on a fully diluted basis). The exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00 was based on the respective volume weighted average trading prices of the Company’s common stock ($6.33) and SB Holdings common stock ($27.36) on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) for the 30 trading days from and including July 2, 2010 to and including August 13, 2010, the day the Company received the Harbinger Parties’ proposal for the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
 
SB Holdings is a global consumer products company and a leading supplier of batteries, shaving and grooming products, personal care products, small household appliances, specialty pet supplies, lawn & garden and home pest control products, personal insect repellents and portable lighting. Included in its portfolio of brands are Rayovac®, Remington®, Varta®, George Foreman®, Black&Decker Home®, Toastmaster®, Tetra®, Marineland®, Nature’s Miracle®, Dingo®, 8-in-1 ®, Littermaid®, Spectracide®, Cutter®, Repel®, and HotShot®.
 
The Harbinger Parties currently own 9,950,061 shares of the Company’s common stock, or approximately 51.6% of the outstanding common stock of the Company, and 34,256,905 shares of SB Holdings common stock.
 
The consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition will result in the following: (i) the Harbinger Parties will together own approximately 93.3% of the Company’s outstanding common stock; (ii) SB Holdings will become the Company’s majority-owned subsidiary and its results will be consolidated with the Company’s results in its financial statements; (iii) the Company will own approximately 54.4% of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock, or 54.1% of the fully diluted shares; (iv) Harbinger Master Fund will own approximately 12.7% of the outstanding and fully diluted shares of SB Holdings common stock; and (v) the remaining 32.9% of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock, or approximately 32.7% of the fully diluted shares, will continue to be owned by stockholders of SB Holdings who are not affiliated with the Harbinger Parties. SB Holdings common stock will continue to be traded on the NYSE under the symbol “SPB” following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
 
On September 10, 2010, a special committee of the Company’s board of directors (the “Committee”), consisting solely of directors who have been determined by the Company’s board of directors to be independent under the NYSE rules, unanimously determined that the Exchange Agreement and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are advisable to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its stockholders (other than the Harbinger Parties), approved the Exchange Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, and recommended that the Company’s board of directors approve the Exchange Agreement and the Company’s stockholders approve the issuance of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. On September 10, 2010, the Company’s board of directors (based in part on the unanimous approval and


F-10


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
recommendation of the Committee) unanimously determined that the Exchange Agreement and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are advisable to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its stockholders (other than the Harbinger Parties), approved the Exchange Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, and recommended that the Company’s stockholders approve the issuance of its common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
 
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties, who held a majority of the Company’s outstanding common stock on that date, approved the issuance of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement by written consent in lieu of a meeting pursuant to Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition is subject to the following closing conditions, in addition to other customary closing conditions:
 
  •  approval of the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock to the Harbinger Parties under the Exchange Agreement by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock (this condition has been satisfied);
 
  •  the filing of an information statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the mailing of the information statement to the Company’s stockholders at least 20 calendar days prior to the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition;
 
  •  approval for the listing on the NYSE of shares of the Company’s common stock to be issued under the Exchange Agreement;
 
  •  the expiration of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976;
 
  •  the SB Holdings Contributed Shares must represent at least 52.0% of SB Holdings outstanding common stock as of the closing date of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition calculated on a fully diluted basis;
 
  •  each Harbinger Party’s delivery of a certificate to the Company with respect to the tax treatment of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition applicable to the Harbinger Parties;
 
  •  the Harbinger Parties’ delivery to the Company of a certain Lock-Up Letter (as defined); and
 
  •  the Company Registration Rights Agreement, as executed by the Company, and the SB Holdings Stockholder Agreement, as joined by the Company (each as defined), remaining in full force and effect.
 
The shares of the Company’s common stock to be issued to the Harbinger Parties pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and the SB Holdings Contributed Shares to be contributed to the Company will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). These shares will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. The Company may not be able to sell the SB Holdings Contributed Shares and the Harbinger Parties may not be able to sell their shares of the Company’s common stock acquired under the Exchange Agreement, except pursuant to: (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of those shares, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which requires a specified holding period and limits the manner and volume of sales, or (iii) any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act.
 
Note 9.   Subsequent Events
 
The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date when the financial statements were issued. During this period, the Company did not have any material recognizable subsequent events; however the Company did have unrecognized subsequent events as described below:
 
On October 8, 2010, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K disclosing that it received an offer from the Harbinger Master Fund (i) to assign to the Company the Harbinger Master Fund’s rights to acquire


F-11


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc. and (ii) to transfer to the Company the Harbinger Master Fund’s interest in Front Street Re, Ltd. (together, the “Insurance Transaction”). After further discussing financing alternatives and the Insurance Transaction as currently proposed, the Company and the Master Fund determined not to proceed with the Insurance Transaction by the Company. The parties may reconsider the Insurance Transaction by the Company on different terms in the future, but there is no proposal at this time and there can be no assurance that there will be an alternate proposal in the future.
 
On November 5, 2010, the Company priced $350 million aggregate principal amount of its 10.625% senior secured notes due 2015 (the “Notes”). The Notes will be sold in a private placement pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subject to market and other conditions. The Notes will be issued at a price equal to 98.587% of the principal amount thereof. The Company expects the offering to close on November 15, 2010, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions and other investments. The net proceeds of the offering will be held in a segregated escrow account until consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. If the escrow conditions are not fulfilled by March 31, 2011, the Company will redeem the Notes at the issue price of the Notes, plus accrued yield and accrued and unpaid interest.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Harbinger Group, Inc.
Rochester, NY
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/  Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Rochester, New York
February 26, 2010


F-13


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 3)
  $ 127,932     $ 142,694  
Short-term investments (Note 4)
    15,952       11,965  
Non-trade receivables (Notes 4 and 5)
    40       130  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note 10)
    490       256  
                 
Total current assets
    144,414       155,045  
Long-term investments (Note 5)
    8,039        
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $7
    35        
Deferred tax assets (Note 10)
    395       8,987  
                 
Total assets
  $ 152,883     $ 164,032  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 593     $ 92  
Accrued and other current liabilities (Note 6)
    1,874       1,045  
                 
Total current liabilities
    2,467       1,137  
Pension liabilities (Note 12)
    3,519       2,904  
Other liabilities (Note 7)
    1,100       1,144  
                 
Total liabilities
    7,086       5,185  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
               
Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders’ equity (Note 8):
               
Preferred stock, $.01 par; 10,000,000 and 1,600,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively; none issued or outstanding
           
Preference stock, $.01 par; 0 and 14,400,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2009 and 2008; none issued or outstanding
           
Common stock, $0.01 par, 500,000,000 and 132,000,000 shares authorized; 19,284,850 and 24,708,414 shares issued; and 19,284,850 and 19,276,334 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
    193       247  
Additional paid in capital
    132,638       164,250  
Retained earnings
    23,848       37,192  
Common stock held in treasury, at cost, 0 and 5,432,080 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
          (31,668 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 12)
    (10,912 )     (11,207 )
                 
Total Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders’ equity
    145,767       158,814  
Noncontrolling interest
    30       33  
                 
Total equity
    145,797       158,847  
                 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 152,883     $ 164,032  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-14


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Revenues
  $     $     $  
Cost of revenues
                 
                         
Gross profit
                 
Operating expenses:
                       
General and administrative (Notes 11, 12, 13 and 14)
    6,290       3,237       3,388  
                         
Total operating expenses
    6,290       3,237       3,388  
                         
Operating loss
    (6,290 )     (3,237 )     (3,388 )
Other income:
                       
Interest income
    229       3,013       7,681  
Other, net
    1,280       113       570  
                         
      1,509       3,126       8,251  
                         
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (4,781 )     (111 )     4,863  
(Provision) benefit for income taxes (Note 10)
    (8,566 )     98       (2,313 )
                         
Net (loss) income
    (13,347 )     (13 )     2,550  
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest (Note 2)
    3       1       1  
                         
Net (loss) income attributable to Harbinger Group Inc. 
  $ (13,344 )   $ (12 )   $ 2,551  
                         
Net (loss) income per common share — basic and diluted (Note 9)
  $ (0.69 )   $ 0.00     $ 0.13  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    19,280       19,276       19,237  
                         
Diluted
    19,280       19,276       19,422  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-15


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (13,347 )   $ (13 )   $ 2,550  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    7             3  
Stock-based compensation
    2             17  
Taxes paid in connection with stock-based compensation
                (220 )
Deferred income taxes
    8,542       (148 )     1,617  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Non-trade receivables
    90       894       (745 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (184 )     8       23  
Accounts payable
    501       (88 )     (237 )
Pension liabilities
    910       17       (2 )
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities
    829       (96 )     (665 )
Other liabilities
    (44 )     (185 )     (159 )
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (2,694 )     389       2,182  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of investments
    (28,065 )     (302,064 )     (288,564 )
Maturities of investments
    16,039       305,118       288,744  
Capital expenditures
    (42 )            
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (12,068 )     3,054       180  
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (14,762 )     3,443       2,362  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    142,694       139,251       136,889  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 127,932     $ 142,694     $ 139,251  
                         
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $     $     $  
                         
Income taxes
  $     $ 97     $ 1,244  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-16


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                                                           
                            Common
    Accumulated
                     
                Additional
          Stock
    Other
    Non-
            Comprehensive
 
    Common Stock     Paid in
    Retained
    Held in
    Comprehensive
    Controlling
    Total
      Income
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Treasury     Loss     Interest     Equity       (Loss)  
                            (In thousands)                            
Balance at January 1, 2007
    24,617     $ 246     $ 164,454     $ 34,653     $ (31,668 )   $ (8,417 )   $ 35     $ 159,303            
Net income
                      2,551                   (1 )     2,550       $ 2,550  
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects (Note 12)
                                  483             483         483  
Stock-based compensation (Note 14)
                17                               17          
Stock option net exercises (Note 14)
    92       1       (221 )                             (220 )        
                                                                           
Comprehensive income
                                                                      3,033  
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest (Note 2)
                                                                      1  
                                                                           
Total comprehensive income attributable to Harbinger Group, Inc. 
                                                                    $ 3,034  
                                                                           
Balance at December 31, 2007
    24,709       247       164,250       37,204       (31,668 )     (7,934 )     34       162,133            
Net loss
                      (12 )                 (1 )     (13 )     $ (13 )
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects (Note 12)
                                  (3,273 )           (3,273 )       (3,273 )
                                                                           
Comprehensive loss
                                                                      (3,286 )
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest (Note 2)
                                                                      1  
                                                                           
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group, Inc. 
                                                                    $ (3,285 )
                                                                           
Balance at December 31, 2008
    24,709       247       164,250       37,192       (31,668 )     (11,207 )     33       158,847            
Net loss
                      (13,344 )                 (3 )     (13,347 )     $ (13,347 )
Treasury stock retirement (Note 8)
    (5,432 )     (54 )     (31,614 )           31,668                            
Stock option net exercises (Note 14)
    8                                                    
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects (Note 12)
                                  295             295         295  
Stock-based compensation (Note 14)
                2                               2          
                                                                           
Comprehensive loss
                                                                      (13,052 )
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest (Note 2)
                                                                      3  
                                                                           
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group, Inc. 
                                                                    $ (13,049 )
                                                                           
Balance at December 31, 2009
    19,285     $ 193     $ 132,638     $ 23,848     $     $ (10,912 )   $ 30     $ 145,797            
                                                                           
                                                                           
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-17


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1.   Business and Organization
 
Harbinger Group Inc. (which, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is referred to as the “Company”) is a holding company with approximately $151.9 million in consolidated cash, cash equivalents and investments at December 31, 2009. The Company’s principal focus is to identify and evaluate business combinations or acquisitions of businesses. The Company currently owns 98% of Zap.Com Corporation (“Zap.Com”), a public shell company that may seek assets or businesses to acquire.
 
On December 23, 2009, the Company completed a reincorporation merger with Zapata Corporation (the “Reincorporation Merger”). As a result, the Company’s name changed from Zapata Corporation to Harbinger Group Inc. and the Company changed its domicile from the State of Nevada to the State of Delaware. See Note 8.
 
On July 9, 2009, Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (“Master Fund”), Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (“Global Fund”) and Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. (“Special Situations Fund” and together with the Master Fund and Global Fund, the Company’s “Principal Stockholders”) purchased 9,937,962 shares, or 51.6%, of the Company’s common stock (the “2009 Change of Control”). The Company’s Principal Stockholders subsequently purchased 12,099 additional shares of the Company’s common stock.
 
Note 2.   Significant Accounting Policies
 
Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Harbinger Group Inc., it’s 98% owned subsidiary, Zap.Com, and certain wholly-owned non-operating subsidiaries and are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance which changed the accounting and reporting for minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries. Under the new guidance, ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the Company are classified as a component of equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets titled “Noncontrolling interest.” The Consolidated Statements of Operations include the line items “Net (loss) income,” which represents net (loss) income attributable to both the Company and the noncontrolling interest in Zap.Com, “Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest” and “Net (loss) income attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.,” which is the same amount as would be reported under the prior definition of “Net income (loss).” In addition, prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the requirements of the new guidance.
 
The Company follows the accounting guidance which establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments in annual financial statements and related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company has determined that it does not have any separately reportable operating segments.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company principally invests its excess cash in U.S. Government instruments. All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.
 
Investments
 
A portion of the Company’s investments are held in U.S. Government instruments with maturities greater than three months. As the Company has both the intent and the ability to hold these securities to maturity,


F-18


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
they are considered held-to-maturity investments. Such investments are recorded at original cost plus accrued interest, which is included in “Non-trade receivables.”
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
The Company also applies the accounting guidance for uncertain tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. It also provides information on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded in “(Provision) benefit for income taxes.”
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results in future periods could differ from these estimates.
 
The Company’s significant estimates which are susceptible to change in the near term relate to (1) estimates of reserves for litigation and environmental reserves (see Note 11), (2) recognition of deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances (see Note 10), and (3) assumptions used in the actuarial valuations for defined benefit plans (see Note 12).
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk include the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments. These funds are currently concentrated among three financial institutions; however, the majority of the Company’s funds are invested in U.S. Government Treasuries, backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, which are held by these financial institutions on behalf of the Company.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
 
There are no recent accounting pronouncements that have not yet been adopted that the Company believes may have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Reclassifications
 
In addition to the retrospective reclassifications made in connection with the Company’s adoption of the new accounting guidance for noncontrolling interests disclosed under “Consolidation” above, certain other reclassifications have been made to prior year financial information to conform to the current year presentation. Specifically, in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 2008 and 2007, the change in prepaid pension cost was previously classified within the change in “Other assets” and is now classified within the change in “Pension liabilities.”


F-19


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Subsequent Events
 
The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date when the financial statements were issued.
 
Note 3.   Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 consisted of the following:
 
                         
    December 31, 2009  
    Amortized
    Fair Market
    Unrealized
 
    Cost     Value     Loss  
    (In thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury Bills
  $ 127,593     $ 127,591     $ (2 )
Treasury money market
    36       36        
Checking accounts
    303       303        
                         
Total cash and cash equivalents
  $ 127,932     $ 127,930     $ (2 )
                         
 
As of December 31, 2009, amortized cost shown above included no accrued interest. Interest rates on the Company’s Treasury Bills were 0.00% at December 31, 2009.
 
                         
    December 31, 2008  
    Amortized
    Fair Market
    Unrealized
 
    Cost     Value     Loss  
    (In thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury Bills
  $ 142,680     $ 142,675     $ (5 )
Treasury money market
    3       3        
Checking accounts
    11       11        
                         
Total cash and cash equivalents
  $ 142,694     $ 142,689     $ (5 )
                         
 
As of December 31, 2008, amortized cost shown above included no accrued interest. Interest rates on the Company’s Treasury Bills ranged from -0.10% to 0.00% at December 31, 2008.
 
Note 4.   Short-Term Investments
 
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had held-to-maturity investments with maturities up to approximately 10 months. Interest rates on the Company’s short-term investments ranged from 0.38% to 0.62% at December 31, 2009.
 
                         
    December 31, 2009  
    Amortized
    Fair Market
    Unrealized
 
    Cost     Value     (Loss) Gain  
    (In thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury Notes
  $ 7,949     $ 7,905     $ (44 )
U.S. Treasury Bills
    8,007       8,011       4  
                         
Total short-term investments
    15,956     $ 15,916     $ (40 )
                         
Less: interest receivable included in “Non-trade receivables”
    4                  
                         
Total short-term investments, at cost
  $ 15,952                  
                         


F-20


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had held-to-maturity investments with maturities up to approximately six months. Interest rates on the Company’s short-term investments ranged from 1.70% to 2.05% at December 31, 2008.
 
                         
    December 31, 2008  
    Amortized
    Fair Market
    Unrealized
 
    Cost     Value     (Loss) Gain  
    (In thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury Notes
  $ 8,009     $ 7,976     $ (33 )
U.S. Treasury Bills
    4,031       4,032       1  
                         
Total short-term investments
    12,040     $ 12,008     $ (32 )
                         
Less: interest receivable included in “Non-trade receivables”
    75                  
                         
Total short-term investments, at cost
  $ 11,965                  
                         
 
Note 5.   Long-Term Investments
 
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had held-to-maturity investments with maturities up to approximately 1.3 years. Interest rates on the Company’s long-term investments ranged from 0.44% to 0.60% at December 31, 2009. The Company held no long-term investments at December 31, 2008.
 
                         
    December 31, 2009  
    Amortized
    Fair Market
    Unrealized
 
    Cost     Value     Loss  
    (In thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury Notes
  $ 8,056     $ 8,018     $ (38 )
                         
Total long-term investments
    8,056     $ 8,018     $ (38 )
                         
Less: interest receivable included in “Non-trade receivables”
    17                  
                         
Total long-term investments, at cost
  $ 8,039                  
                         
 
Note 6.  Accrued and Other Current Liabilities
 
Accrued and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Insurance
  $ 578     $ 574  
Professional fees
    433       35  
Legal and environmental reserves
    345       100  
Salary and benefits
    169       113  
Retirement agreement
    113       113  
Pension accrual
    104       104  
Director and committee fees
    99        
Federal and state income taxes
    33       6  
                 
    $ 1,874     $ 1,045  
                 


F-21


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 7.   Other Liabilities
 
Other liabilities are summarized as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Uncertain tax positions
  $ 732     $ 732  
Retirement agreement
    333       342  
Other
    35       70  
                 
    $ 1,100     $ 1,144  
                 
 
Note 8.   Equity
 
On November 3, 2009, the Company’s board of directors and Principal Stockholders approved the Reincorporation Merger of Zapata Corporation (“Zapata”), a Nevada corporation, with and into its newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary, Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Principal Stockholders approved the Reincorporation Merger by written consent in lieu of a meeting. On December 23, 2009, the Company completed the Reincorporation Merger and the Company effectively changed its name to Harbinger Group Inc. and changed its domicile from the State of Nevada to the State of Delaware. In connection with the Reincorporation Merger, stockholders received one share of common stock of Harbinger Group Inc. for each share of Zapata common stock owned at the effective date of the Reincorporation Merger.
 
Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Reincorporation Merger, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of 1,600,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 14,400,000 shares of preference stock, par value $0.01 per share and 132,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 19,284,850 shares were outstanding and 5,432,080 shares were held in treasury. No preferred stock or preference stock was issued or outstanding.
 
At the time of the Reincorporation Merger and at December 31, 2009, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock and 500,000,000 shares of common stock. The board of directors has the right to set the dividend, voting, conversion, liquidation and other rights, as well as the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, with respect to the preferred stock. As of December 23, 2009 and giving effect to the Reincorporation Merger, the Company had 19,284,850 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, with no shares held in treasury, and no preferred stock issued or outstanding. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had 480,715,150 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock available for issuance.
 
In December 2002, the board of directors authorized the purchase of up to 4.0 million shares of its outstanding common stock in the open market or privately negotiated transactions. No shares were repurchased under this authorization and the board of directors terminated this authorization on November 3, 2009.
 
Note 9.   Net (Loss) Income Per Common Share Information
 
“Net (loss) income per common share — basic” is computed by dividing “Net (loss) income” by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. “Net loss per common share — diluted” for 2009 and 2008 was the same as “Net loss per common share — basic” since the Company reported a net loss and therefore, the effect of all potentially dilutive securities on the net loss would have been antidilutive. “Net income per common share — diluted” for 2007 was computed by dividing “Net income” by the weighted average number of shares plus the potential common share effect of dilutive stock options computed using the treasury stock method.


F-22


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table details the potential common shares excluded from the calculation of “Net (loss) income per common share — diluted” because the associated exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock, or because their impact would be antidilutive due to the Company’s net loss for the period (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,
    2009   2008   2007
 
Potential common shares excluded from the calculation of “Net (loss) income per common share — diluted”
                       
Stock options
    524       427       18  
Weighted average exercise price per share
  $ 5.49     $ 5.12     $ 9.79  
 
Note 10.  Income Taxes
 
(Provision) benefit for income taxes consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Current:
                       
State
  $ (5 )   $ (24 )   $ (34 )
Federal
    (19 )     (26 )     (662 )
Deferred:
                       
State
    (49 )     (10 )     (1 )
Federal
    (8,493 )     158       (1,616 )
                         
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
  $ (8,566 )   $ 98     $ (2,313 )
                         
 
The following table reconciles the expected benefit (provision) for income taxes for all periods computed using the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 34% to the “(Provision) benefit for income taxes” as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Benefit (provision) at statutory rate
  $ 1,626     $ 38     $ (1,653 )
Net operating loss and credit carryforward limitations due to ownership change
    (7,376 )            
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    (2,794 )     (1 )     165  
Non-deductible professional fees and advisory services
    (40 )            
Increase in tax reserve
    (19 )     (16 )      
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit
    20       (25 )     (188 )
Federal personal holding company tax
                (575 )
Change in estimated liabilities
          123        
Effect of deferred rate change
          (17 )      
Other
    17       (4 )     (62 )
                         
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
  $ (8,566 )   $ 98     $ (2,313 )
                         


F-23


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Temporary differences and tax credit carryforwards that gave rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Pension liabilities
  $ 1,424     $ 1,212  
Accruals not yet deductible
    639       512  
Net operating loss carryforward
    635       257  
Alternative minimum tax credit
    514       7,082  
                 
      3,212       9,063  
Less valuation allowance
    (2,698 )     (7 )
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    514       9,056  
Deferred tax liabilities
           
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 514     $ 9,056  
                 
 
The Company’s net deferred tax assets are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
  $ 119     $ 69  
Deferred tax assets
    395       8,987  
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 514     $ 9,056  
                 
 
The 2009 Change of Control resulted in an ownership change under sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”). As a result, the Company’s ability to utilize pre-ownership change net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $3.3 million and alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) credits of $6.6 million was eliminated. The $3.3 million of NOL carryforwards included approximately $0.3 million which has not been recognized for financial statement purposes as they relate to benefits associated with stock option exercises that have not reduced current taxes payable.
 
The Company has $1.9 million of post-ownership change NOL carryforwards. However, in accordance with the accounting for stock-based compensation, approximately $61,000 of these carryforwards have not been recognized for financial statement purposes as they relate to benefits associated with stock option exercises that have not reduced current taxes payable. Equity will be increased by $21,000 if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses the ordering model prescribed by the liability method of accounting for income taxes when determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.
 
The Company’s ability to utilize its NOL carryforward tax benefits is dependent on future taxable income. NOL carryforwards have a 20-year carry-forward period and will expire in 2029. Additionally, the Company has approximately $0.5 million in refundable Federal AMT credits resulting from AMT net operating loss carryback provisions contained in tax legislation enacted during the fourth quarter of 2009.
 
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. Cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall assessment of the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of its


F-24


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
cumulative losses in recent years, the Company determined that, as of December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance was required for all of its deferred tax assets other than the refundable AMT credits. Consequently, the Company’s valuation allowance, which related only to state NOL carryforward tax benefits in previous years, increased from $7,000 as of December 31, 2008 to $2.7 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
The Company also applies the accounting guidance for uncertain tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. Unrecognized tax benefits were approximately $0.7 million as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. The reversal of these benefits will reduce the Company’s effective tax rate when recognized. The Company expects that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will be reduced by half during the next 12 months. The following is a roll-forward of the Company’s total uncertain tax positions (in thousands):
 
         
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $ 732  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
     
Additions for tax positions of prior years
     
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
     
Settlements
     
         
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 732  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
     
Additions for tax positions of prior years
     
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
     
Settlements
     
         
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 732  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
     
Additions for tax positions of prior years
     
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
     
Settlements
     
         
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 732  
         
 
Accrued interest expense and penalties, if any, related to the above uncertain tax positions are recorded in “(Provision) benefit for income taxes.” For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the amount of interest expense and penalties was $19,000, $16,000 and $0, respectively. The Company files Federal and state consolidated income tax returns and is subject to income tax examinations for years after 2005. The Company currently has state tax returns under examination for the years 2006 and 2007.
 
If the Company has another change of ownership under section 382 of the IRC, utilization of NOL carryforward tax benefits could be significantly limited or possibly eliminated. An ownership change for this purpose is generally a change in the majority ownership of a company over a three-year period.
 
Section 541 of the IRC subjects a corporation that is a “personal holding company” (“PHC”), as defined in the IRC, to a 15% tax on “undistributed personal holding company income” in addition to the corporation’s normal income tax. Generally, undistributed PHC income is based on taxable income, subject to certain adjustments, most notably a reduction for Federal income taxes. Personal holding company income is comprised primarily of passive investment income plus, under certain circumstances, personal service income. A corporation is generally considered to be a personal holding company if (1) 60% or more of its adjusted ordinary gross income is personal holding company income and (2) 50% or more of its outstanding common


F-25


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals at any time during the last half of the taxable year.
 
Although the Company believes that it is classified as a PHC for 2009, the Company did not incur a PHC tax as it had a net operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2009. Additionally, subsequent to the 2009 Change of Control, the Company may continue to qualify as a PHC in future periods. If it is determined that five or fewer individuals hold more than 50% in value of the Company’s outstanding common stock during the second half of future tax years, it is possible that the Company could have at least 60% of adjusted ordinary gross income consist of PHC income as discussed above. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to this tax in the future, which, in turn, may materially and adversely impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, if the Company is subject to this tax in future periods, statutory tax rate increases could significantly increase its tax expense and adversely affect its consolidated operating results and cash flows. Specifically, the current 15% tax rate on undistributed PHC income is scheduled to expire as of December 31, 2010, after which the rate will revert back to the highest individual ordinary income rate of 39.6%.
 
Note 11.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Lease Commitments
 
Future annual minimum payments under non-cancelable operating lease obligations as of December 31, 2009 are approximately $45,000 payable during the year ending December 31, 2010. Rental expense for leases was $69,000, $76,000 and $69,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Legal and Environmental Matters
 
During 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (“Utica Mutual”) commenced an action against the Company in the Supreme Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York, seeking reimbursement under a general agreement of indemnity entered into by the Company in the late 1970s. Based upon the discovery to date, Utica Mutual is seeking reimbursement for payments it claims to have made under (1) a workers compensation bond and (2) certain reclamation bonds which were issued to certain former subsidiaries and are alleged by Utica Mutual to be covered by the general agreement of indemnity. While the precise amount of Utica Mutual’s claim is unclear, it appears they are claiming approximately $0.5 million, of which approximately $0.2 million appears to have been paid out in connection with the workers compensation bond with the balance of $0.3 million due for payment on the reclamation bonds.
 
During 2005, the Company was notified by Weatherford International Inc. (“Weatherford”) of a claim for reimbursement of approximately $0.2 million in connection with the investigation and cleanup of purported environmental contamination at two properties formerly owned by a non-operating subsidiary of the Company. The claim was made under an indemnification provision given by the Company to Weatherford in a 1995 asset purchase agreement and relates to alleged environmental contamination that purportedly existed on the properties prior to the date of the sale. Weatherford has also advised the Company that it anticipates that further remediation and cleanup may be required, although Weatherford has not provided any information regarding the cost of any such future clean up. The Company has challenged any responsibility to indemnify Weatherford. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the claim, including that the alleged contamination occurred after the sale of the property, and intends to vigorously defend against it.
 
In addition to the matters described above, the Company is involved in other litigation and claims incidental to its current and prior businesses. The Company has reserves for all of its legal and environmental matters aggregating approximately $0.3 million and $0.1 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Although the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty and some of these matters may be disposed of unfavorably to the Company, based on currently available information, including legal defenses


F-26


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
available to the Company, and given the aforementioned reserves and related insurance coverage, the Company does not believe that the outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a material effect on its financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.
 
Captive Insurance Arrangement
 
During a two year period commencing in 1993, the Company entered into a “rent-a-captive” arrangement for workers’ compensation insurance coverage whereby the Company funded premiums in an account maintained by an offshore entity related to a sponsor insurance carrier based in the United States. Due to significant liquidity concerns, the sponsor insurance company entered into voluntary rehabilitation during 2002. Based on this event, the Company wrote off the balance of the excess collateral arising from this arrangement. In September 2009, the Company received a refund of $0.8 million representing excess collateral relating to this arrangement and recorded this refund in “Other income” in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009. There is one remaining open claim for this period which is above the Company’s deductible and significantly below policy limits. Accordingly, the Company does not believe that it has any material obligations under this arrangement and does not expect to receive additional material reimbursements.
 
Guarantees
 
Throughout its history, the Company has entered into indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and, in certain instances, when it sold businesses. Additionally, the Company has indemnified its directors and officers who are, or were, serving at the request of the Company in such capacities. Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is not precisely known due to the extensive history of past operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these indemnifications have not been material to the Company’s financial statements. Further, the Company has no reason to believe that future costs to settle claims related to its former operations will have material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Note 12.   Defined Benefit Plans
 
General
 
The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (“the Pension Plan”) covering certain current and former U.S. employees. During 2006, the Pension Plan was frozen which caused all existing participants to become fully vested in their benefits.
 
Additionally, the Company has an unfunded supplemental pension plan (“the Supplemental Plan”) which provides supplemental retirement payments to certain former senior executives of the Company. The amounts of such payments equal the difference between the amounts received under the Pension Plan and the amounts that would otherwise be received if Pension Plan payments were not reduced as the result of the limitations upon compensation and benefits imposed by Federal law. Effective December 1994, the Supplemental Plan was frozen.


F-27


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Consolidated Obligations and Funded Status
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Change in Benefit Obligation
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 17,034     $ 18,170  
Interest cost
    1,101       1,091  
Actuarial loss (gain)
    1,835       (588 )
Benefits paid
    (1,466 )     (1,639 )
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
    18,504       17,034  
                 
Change in Plan Assets
               
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year
    14,026       20,239  
Actual return on plan assets
    2,217       (4,678 )
Company contributions
    104       104  
Benefits paid
    (1,466 )     (1,639 )
                 
Plan assets at fair value at end of year
    14,881       14,026  
                 
Funded Status of Plans
  $ (3,623 )   $ (3,008 )
                 
Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets Consist of:
               
Accrued and other current liabilities
  $ (104 )   $ (104 )
Pension liabilities
    (3,519 )     (2,904 )
                 
Net amount recognized
  $ (3,623 )   $ (3,008 )
                 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of:
               
Net actuarial loss
  $ (17,650 )   $ (17,945 )
                 
Net amount recognized
    (17,650 )     (17,945 )
Cumulative deferred tax effects
    6,738       6,738  
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ (10,912 )   $ (11,207 )
                 
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Service cost
  $     $     $  
Interest cost
    1,101       1,091       1,065  
Expected return on plan assets
    (968 )     (1,517 )     (1,539 )
Amortization of actuarial loss
    881       548       575  
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 1,014     $ 122     $ 101  
                         
 
The Company expects to recognize approximately $0.9 million in pension expense during 2010. This amount is comprised of approximately $0.9 million of net actuarial losses, which will be amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive loss and included as a component of net periodic benefit cost, approximately $1.0 million of interest costs, offset by approximately $1.0 million of expected return on plan assets.


F-28


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Components of actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
 
The components of “Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects” included in “Comprehensive Income (Loss)” reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net actuarial (loss) gain arising during the year
  $ (586 )   $ (5,607 )   $ 212  
Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss to net periodic benefit cost
    881       548       575  
Deferred tax benefit (provision)
          1,786       (304 )
                         
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
  $ 295     $ (3,273 )   $ 483  
                         
 
Pension Plan Information
 
The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan was $17.7 million and $16.3 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The fair value of the Pension Plan assets was $14.9 million and $14.0 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,
    2009   2008   2007
 
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
                       
Discount rate
    5.66 %     6.75 %     6.25 %
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
                       
Discount rate
    6.75 %     6.25 %     5.75 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    7.25 %     7.75 %     7.75 %
 
The Company is responsible for establishing objectives and policies for the investment of Pension Plan assets with assistance from the Pension Plan’s investment consultant. As the obligations are relatively long-term in nature, the investment strategy has been to maximize long-term capital appreciation. The Pension Plan has historically invested within and among equity and fixed income asset classes in a manner that sought to achieve the highest rate of return consistent with a moderate amount of volatility. At the same time, the Pension Plan maintained a sufficient amount invested in highly liquid investments to meet immediate and projected cash flow needs. To achieve these objectives, the Company developed guidelines for the composition of investments to be held by the Pension Plan. Due to varying rates of return among asset classes, the actual asset mix may vary somewhat from these guidelines but are generally rebalanced as soon as practical.
 
Pension Plan Assets.  Asset allocations and target asset allocations by asset category are as follows:
 
                                         
    Years Ended
  Plan Investment
    December 31,   Allocation Guidelines
Asset Category
  2009   2008   Min   Target   Max
 
Domestic equity securities
    53 %     42 %     28 %     45 %     75 %
International equity securities
    11 %     9 %     0 %     10 %     15 %
Fixed income
    36 %     49 %     10 %     40 %     60 %
Other
    0 %     0 %     0 %     5 %     15 %
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, no plan assets were invested in the Company’s common stock.


F-29


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
For 2009, the Company assumed a long-term asset rate of return of 7.25%. In developing this rate of return assumption, the Company evaluated historical returns and asset class return expectations based on the Pension Plan’s current asset allocation. Despite the Company’s belief that this assumption is reasonable, future actual results may differ from this estimate.
 
Fair value measurements for the Pension Plans’ assets at December 31, 2009 are summarized below:
 
                                 
          Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009  
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active
             
          Markets for
    Significant
    Significant
 
          Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
          Assets
    Inputs(1)
    Inputs
 
Asset Category
  Total     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
                (In thousands)        
 
Domestic equity securities
  $ 7,878     $     $ 7,878     $  
International equity securities
    1,601             1,601        
Fixed income
    5,402             5,402        
                                 
Total
  $ 14,881     $     $ 14,881     $  
                                 
 
 
(1) All Pension Plan investments are invested in and among equity and fixed income asset classes through collective trusts. As each collective trust’s valuation is based on inputs that are observable or derived principally from observable inputs, all amounts are categorized under Level 2.
 
Contributions.  The Company plans to make no contributions to its Pension Plan in 2010. However, based on the currently enacted minimum pension plan funding requirements, the Company expects to make contributions during 2011.
 
Estimated Future Benefit Payments.  The following benefit payments are expected to be paid:
 
         
    Pension
    Benefits
    (In thousands)
 
2010
  $ 1,395  
2011
    1,367  
2012
    1,372  
2013
    1,378  
2014
    1,393  
Years 2015-2019
    6,869  
 
Supplemental Plan Information
 
The accumulated benefit obligation for the Supplemental Plan was $0.8 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
                       
Discount rate
    5.66 %     6.75 %     6.25 %
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
                       
Discount rate
    6.75 %     6.25 %     5.75 %
 
Supplemental Plan Assets.  The Supplemental Plan is unfunded and has no assets.


F-30


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Contributions.  The Company plans to make no contributions to its Supplemental Plan in 2010 as the Supplemental Plan is an unfunded plan. Estimated future benefit payments will be made by the Company in accordance with the schedule below.
 
Estimated Future Benefit Payments.  The following benefit payments are expected to be paid:
 
         
    Pension Benefits
    (In thousands)
 
2010
  $ 104  
2011
    98  
2012
    93  
2013
    88  
2014
    83  
Years 2015-2019
    329  
 
Note 13.   Defined Contribution Plan
 
The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) in which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to limitations. The Company makes a discretionary matching contribution of up to 4% of eligible compensation. The Company recognized expenses for contributions to the 401(k) Plan of approximately $28,000, $25,000 and $24,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively.
 
Note 14.   Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 included $2,000, $0 and $17,000, respectively, of share-based compensation costs, included in “General and administrative. The total income tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for share-based compensation arrangements was $1,000, $0 and $1,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
On December 5, 1996, the Company’s stockholders approved a long-term incentive plan (the “1996 Plan”). The 1996 Plan provides for the granting of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, stock options and other types of awards to key employees of the Company. Under the 1996 Plan, options may be granted at prices equivalent to the market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Options become exercisable in one or more installments on such dates as the Company may determine. Unexercised options will expire on varying dates up to a maximum of ten years from the date of grant. All options granted vest ratably over three years beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The 1996 Plan, as amended, provides for the issuance of options to purchase up to 8,000,000 shares of common stock. At December 31, 2009, stock options covering a total of 1,645,152 shares had been exercised and a total of 5,862,808 shares of common stock are available for future stock options or other awards under the Plan. As of December 31, 2009, there were options for the purchase of up to 492,040 shares of common stock outstanding under the 1996 Plan. No restricted stock, stock appreciation rights or other types of awards have been granted under the 1996 Plan.
 
In May 2002, the Company’s stockholders approved specific stock option grants of 8,000 options to each of the six non-employee directors of the Company. These grants had been approved by the board of directors and awarded by the Company in March 2002, subject to stockholder approval. These grants are non-qualified options with a ten year life and became exercisable in cumulative one-third installments vesting annually beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. As of December 31, 2009, there were options for the purchase of up to 32,000 shares outstanding under these grants.


F-31


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The fair value of each stock option granted has been determined using the Black-Sholes option-pricing model. In 2009, stock options were granted with a grant date fair value of $2.63 with the following assumptions used in the determination of fair value of each stock option granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected option term of 6 years, volatility of 32.6%, risk-free interest rate of 3.1% and no assumed dividend yield. No stock options were granted in 2008 or 2007.
 
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity as of December 31, 2009, and changes during the year then ended, is presented below:
 
                                 
          Weighted
    Weighted
       
          Average
    Average
    Aggregate
 
          Exercise
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
    Shares     Price     Contractual Term     Value  
                      (In thousands)  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2009
    427,040     $ 5.12                  
Granted
    125,000     $ 7.01                  
Exercised
    (16,000 )   $ 3.33                  
Forfeited or expired
    (12,000 )   $ 10.94                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    524,040     $ 5.49       4.6 years     $ 805  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
    399,040     $ 5.01       2.9 years     $ 804  
                                 
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2009
    524,040     $ 5.49       4.6 years     $ 805  
                                 
 
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $61,000, $0 and $0.8 million, respectively. In connection with these exercises, the Company remitted $0, $0 and $0.2 million for the payment of withholding taxes during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The stock options exercised during 2009 and 2007 were “net exercises,” pursuant to which the optionee received shares of common stock equal to the intrinsic value of the options (fair market value of common stock on date of exercise less exercise price) reduced by any applicable withholding taxes. The Company issued approximately 8,000, 0 and 92,000 shares of common stock during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to these exercises.
 
As of December 31, 2009, there was approximately $0.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.


F-32


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 15.   Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
 
The following table presents certain unaudited consolidated operating results for each of the Company’s preceding eight quarters. The Company believes that the following information includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, except as disclosed in Notes 2 and 3 to the table) necessary for a fair presentation in accordance with GAAP. The operating results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for any other period. The following unaudited quarterly results reflect restated amounts from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the period ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2009.
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended
    March 31,
  June 30,
  September 30,
  December 31,
    2009   2009   2009(2)   2009(3)
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Revenues
  $     $     $     $  
Gross profit
                       
Operating loss
    (1,200 )     (1,173 )     (1,401 )     (2,516 )
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc. 
    (727 )     (462 )     (8,498 )     (3,657 )
Net loss per common share — basic and diluted(1)
    (0.04 )     (0.02 )     (0.44 )     (0.19 )
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended
    March 31,
  June 30,
  September 30,
  December 31,
    2008   2008   2008   2008
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Revenues
  $     $     $     $  
Gross profit
                       
Operating loss
    (865 )     (688 )     (856 )     (828 )
Net income (loss) attributable to Harbinger Group Inc. 
    320       312       (188 )     (456 )
Net income (loss) per common share — basic and diluted(1)
    0.02       0.02       (0.01 )     (0.02 )
 
 
(1) “Net income (loss) per common share” has been computed independently for each quarter based upon the weighted average shares outstanding for that quarter. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly amounts may not equal the reported annual amounts.
 
(2) During the third quarter of 2009 as a result of the 2009 Change of Control, the Company wrote off approximately $8.2 million of net operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum tax credits in accordance with sections 382 and 383 of the IRC. Approximately $7.9 million of this write off impacted the income tax provision as $0.3 million of the $8.2 million had not been recognized for financial statement purposes as they related to benefits associated with stock option exercises that had not reduced current taxes payable. See Note 10.
 
(3) Due to tax law changes enacted during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company was able to re-establish approximately $0.5 million of AMT credits previously written off during the third quarter of 2009. However during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company increased its valuation allowance on all deferred tax assets other than refundable AMT credits by approximately $2.8 million. See Note 10.


F-33


Table of Contents

HARBINGER GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 16.   Subsequent Events
 
Insurance Settlement
 
During January 2010, the Company entered into a settlement agreement under a solvent scheme of arrangement with an insurer in the London market. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company agreed to accept approximately $0.2 million in exchange for the termination of insurance coverage on certain non-operating subsidiaries. A solvent scheme is the mechanism by which solvent entities, including insurance companies, are able to shed liabilities and terminate their insurance and reinsurance obligations with judicial sanction. Such arrangements are authorized by Section 425 of the U.K. Companies Act of 1985. The Company received the settlement during the first quarter of 2010 which will be reflected in “Other income” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for that quarter.
 
Management and Advisory Services Agreement
 
During February 2010, the Company entered into a management agreement with Harbinger Capital Partners LLC (“HCP”), an affiliate of the Company’s Principal Stockholders, whereby HCP may, among other items, provide advisory and consulting services to the Company. The Company has agreed to reimburse HCP for its out-of-pocket expenses and the cost of certain services performed by legal and accounting personnel of HCP under the agreement.


F-34


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2010, the period August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company). In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule II. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2010, the period August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company) in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated December 14, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Predecessor Company filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on February 3, 2009. The Company’s plan of reorganization became effective and the Company emerged from bankruptcy protection on August 28, 2009. In connection with their emergence from bankruptcy, the Successor Company Spectrum Brands, Inc. adopted fresh-start reporting in conformity with ASC Topic 852, “Reorganizations” formerly America Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code”, effective as of August 30, 2009. Accordingly, the Successor Company’s consolidated financial statements prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to its consolidated financial statements for periods on after August 30, 2009.
 
As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, effective September 30, 2009, the Successor Company adopted the measurement date provision of ASC 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” formerly FAS 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and other Postretirement Plans”.
 
/s/  KPMG LLP
 
Atlanta, Georgia
December 14, 2010


F-35


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
 
We have audited Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2010, the period August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company), along with the financial statement schedule II, and our report dated December 14, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
The Company acquired Russell Hobbs, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Russell Hobbs) on June 16, 2010. Management excluded Russell Hobbs from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the associated total assets of $863,282,000 and total net sales of $237,576,000 included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended September 30, 2010. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company as of September 30, 2010 also excluded Russell Hobbs.
 
/s/  KPMG LLP
 
Atlanta, Georgia
December 14, 2010


F-36


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
September 30, 2010 and 2009
 
                 
    Successor Company  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands, except
 
    per share amounts)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 170,614     $ 97,800  
Receivables:
               
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $4,351 and $1,011, respectively
    365,002       274,483  
Other
    41,445       24,968  
Inventories
    530,342       341,505  
Deferred income taxes
    35,735       28,137  
Assets held for sale
    12,452       11,870  
Prepaid expenses and other
    44,122       39,973  
                 
Total current assets
    1,199,712       818,736  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    201,164       212,361  
Deferred charges and other
    46,352       34,934  
Goodwill
    600,055       483,348  
Intangible assets, net
    1,769,360       1,461,945  
Debt issuance costs
    56,961       9,422  
                 
Total assets
  $ 3,873,604     $ 3,020,746  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 20,710     $ 53,578  
Accounts payable
    332,231       186,235  
Accrued liabilities:
               
Wages and benefits
    93,971       88,443  
Income taxes payable
    37,118       21,950  
Restructuring and related charges
    23,793       26,203  
Accrued interest
    31,652       8,678  
Other
    123,297       109,981  
                 
Total current liabilities
    662,772       495,068  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    1,723,057       1,529,957  
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
    92,725       55,855  
Deferred income taxes
    277,843       227,498  
Other
    70,828       51,489  
                 
Total liabilities
    2,827,225       2,359,867  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 200,000 shares; issued 51,020 shares; outstanding 51,020 shares at September 30, 2010
    514        
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 150,000 shares; issued 30,000 shares; outstanding 30,000 shares at September 30, 2009
          300  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,316,461       724,796  
Accumulated deficit
    (260,892 )     (70,785 )
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
    (7,497 )     6,568  
                 
      1,048,586       660,879  
Less treasury stock, at cost, 81 and 0 shares, respectively
    (2,207 )      
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    1,046,379       660,879  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 3,873,604     $ 3,020,746  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-37


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
    Year Ended
    through
    through
    Year Ended
 
    September 30,
    September 30,
    August 30,
    September 30,
 
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Net sales
  $ 2,567,011     $ 219,888     $ 2,010,648     $ 2,426,571  
Cost of goods sold
    1,638,451       155,310       1,245,640       1,489,971  
Restructuring and related charges
    7,150       178       13,189       16,499  
                                 
Gross profit
    921,410       64,400       751,819       920,101  
Operating expenses:
                               
Selling
    466,813       39,136       363,106       506,365  
General and administrative
    199,386       20,578       145,235       188,934  
Research and development
    31,013       3,027       21,391       25,315  
Acquisition and integration related charges
    38,452                    
Restructuring and related charges
    16,968       1,551       30,891       22,838  
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
                34,391       861,234  
                                 
      752,632       64,292       595,014       1,604,686  
                                 
Operating income (loss)
    168,778       108       156,805       (684,585 )
Interest expense
    277,015       16,962       172,940       229,013  
Other expense (income), net
    12,300       (816 )     3,320       1,220  
                                 
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items and income taxes
    (120,537 )     (16,038 )     (19,455 )     (914,818 )
Reorganization items expense (income), net
    3,646       3,962       (1,142,809 )      
                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
    (124,183 )     (20,000 )     1,123,354       (914,818 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    63,189       51,193       22,611       (9,460 )
                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (187,372 )     (71,193 )     1,100,743       (905,358 )
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (2,735 )     408       (86,802 )     (26,187 )
                                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (190,107 )   $ (70,785 )   $ 1,013,941     $ (931,545 )
                                 
Basic net (loss) income per common share:
                               
(Loss) income from continuing operations
  $ (5.20 )   $ (2.37 )   $ 21.45     $ (17.78 )
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
    (0.08 )     0.01       (1.69 )     (0.51 )
                                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (5.28 )   $ (2.36 )   $ 19.76     $ (18.29 )
                                 
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
    36,000       30,000       51,306       50,921  
Diluted net (loss) income per common share:
                               
(Loss) income from continuing operations
  $ (5.20 )   $ (2.37 )   $ 21.45     $ (17.78 )
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
    (0.08 )     0.01       (1.69 )     (0.51 )
                                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (5.28 )   $ (2.36 )   $ 19.76     $ (18.29 )
                                 
Weighted average shares of common stock and equivalents outstanding
    36,000       30,000       51,306       50,921  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-38


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
                                                         
                            Accumulated
             
                            Other
          Total
 
                Additional
          Comprehensive
          Shareholders’
 
    Common Stock     Paid-in
    Accumulated
    Income (Loss),
    Treasury
    Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Net of Tax     Stock     (Deficit)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balances at September 30, 2007, Predecessor Company
    52,765     $ 690     $ 669,274     $ (763,370 )   $ 65,664     $ (76,086 )   $ (103,828 )
Net loss
                      (931,545 )                 (931,545 )
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
                            2,459             2,459  
Valuation allowance adjustment
                            (4,060 )           (4,060 )
Translation adjustment
                            5,236             5,236  
Other unrealized gains and losses
                            146             146  
                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                    (927,764 )
Issuance of restricted stock
    408       4       (4 )                        
Forfeiture of restricted stock
    (268 )     (2 )     2                          
Treasury shares surrendered
    (130 )                             (744 )     (744 )
Amortization of unearned compensation
                5,098                         5,098  
                                                         
Balances at September 30, 2008, Predecessor Company
    52,775     $ 692     $ 674,370     $ (1,694,915 )   $ 69,445     $ (76,830 )   $ (1,027,238 )
Net income
                      1,013,941                   1,013,941  
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
                            (1,160 )           (1,160 )
Valuation allowance adjustment
                            5,104             5,104  
Translation adjustment
                            (2,650 )           (2,650 )
Other unrealized gains and losses
                            9,817             9,817  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                    1,025,052  
Issuance of restricted stock
    230       (1 )     1                          
Forfeiture of restricted stock
    (82 )                                    
Treasury shares surrendered
    (185 )                             (61 )     (61 )
Amortization of unearned compensation
                2,636                         2,636  
Cancellation of Predecessor Company common stock
    (52,738 )     (691 )     (677,007 )                 76,891       (600,807 )
Elimination of Predecessor Company accumulated deficit and accumulated other comprehensive income
                      680,974       (80,556 )           600,418  
Issuance of new common stock in connection with emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
    30,000       300       724,796                         725,096  
                                                         
Balances at August 30, 2009, Successor Company
    30,000     $ 300     $ 724,796     $     $     $     $ 725,096  
                                                         
Balances at August 30, 2009, Successor Company
    30,000     $ 300     $ 724,796     $     $     $     $ 725,096  
Net loss
                      (70,785 )                 (70,785 )
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
                            576             576  
Valuation allowance adjustment
                            (755 )           (755 )
Translation adjustment
                            5,896             5,896  
Other unrealized gains and losses
                            851             851  
                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                    (64,217 )
                                                         


F-39


Table of Contents

 
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) — (Continued)
 
                                                         
                            Accumulated
             
                            Other
          Total
 
                Additional
          Comprehensive
          Shareholders’
 
    Common Stock     Paid-in
    Accumulated
    Income (Loss),
    Treasury
    Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Net of Tax     Stock     (Deficit)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balances at September 30, 2009, Successor Company
    30,000     $ 300     $ 724,796     $ (70,785 )   $ 6,568     $     $ 660,879  
Net loss
                      (190,107 )                 (190,107 )
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
                            (17,773 )           (17,773 )
Valuation allowance adjustment
                            (2,398 )           (2,398 )
Translation adjustment
                            12,596             12,596  
Other unrealized gains and losses
                            (6,490 )           (6,490 )
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                    (204,172 )
Issuance of common stock
    20,433       205       574,998                         575,203  
Issuance of restricted stock
    939       9       (9 )                        
Unvested restricted stock units, not issued or outstanding
    (271 )                                    
Treasury shares surrendered
    (81 )                             (2,207 )     (2,207 )
Amortization of unearned compensation
                16,676                         16,676  
                                                         
Balances at September 30, 2010, Successor Company
    51,020     $ 514     $ 1,316,461     $ (260,892 )   $ (7,497 )   $ (2,207 )   $ 1,046,379  
                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-40


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
    Year Ended
    August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
    Year Ended
 
    September 30,
    through
    through
    September 30,
 
    2010     September 30, 2009     August 30, 2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                               
Net (loss) income
  $ (190,107 )   $ (70,785 )   $ 1,013,941     $ (931,545 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    (2,735 )     408       (86,802 )     (26,187 )
                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (187,372 )     (71,193 )     1,100,743       (905,358 )
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                               
Depreciation
    54,822       5,158       36,745       52,236  
Amortization of intangibles
    45,920       3,513       19,099       27,687  
Amortization of debt issuance costs
    9,030       314       13,338       8,387  
Amortization of unearned restricted stock compensation
    16,676             2,636       5,098  
Impairment of goodwill and intangibles
                34,391       861,234  
Non-cash goodwill adjustment due to release of valuation allowance
          47,443              
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
                (1,087,566 )      
Gain on cancelation of debt
                (146,555 )      
Administrative related reorganization items
    3,646       3,962       91,312        
Payments for administrative related reorganization items
    (47,173 )                  
Deferred income taxes
    51,731       3,498       22,046       (37,237 )
Non-cash increase to cost of goods sold due to inventory valuations
    34,865                    
Non-cash interest expense on 12% Notes
    24,555                    
Write off of unamortized discount on retired debt
    59,162                    
Write off of debt issuance costs
    6,551             2,358        
Non-cash restructuring and related charges
    16,359       1,299       28,368       29,726  
Non-cash debt accretion
    18,302       2,861              
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                               
Accounts receivable
    12,702       5,699       68,203       8,655  
Inventories
    (66,127 )     48,995       9,004       12,086  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    2,025       1,256       5,131       13,738  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    86,497       22,438       (80,463 )     (62,165 )
Other assets and liabilities
    (73,612 )     (6,565 )     (88,996 )     (18,990 )
                                 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities of continuing operations
    68,559       68,678       29,794       (4,903 )
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities of discontinued operations
    (11,221 )     6,273       (28,187 )     (5,259 )
                                 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    57,338       74,951       1,607       (10,162 )


F-41


Table of Contents

                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
    Year Ended
    August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
    Year Ended
 
    September 30,
    through
    through
    September 30,
 
    2010     September 30, 2009     August 30, 2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                               
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (40,316 )     (2,718 )     (8,066 )     (18,928 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    388       71       379       285  
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (2,577 )           (8,460 )      
                                 
Net cash used by investing activities of continuing operations
    (42,505 )     (2,647 )     (16,147 )     (18,643 )
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities of discontinued operations
                (855 )     12,376  
                                 
Net cash used by investing activities
    (42,505 )     (2,647 )     (17,002 )     (6,267 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
                               
Proceeds from new Senior Credit Facilities, excluding new ABL Revolving Credit Facility, net of discount
    1,474,755                    
Payment of extinguished senior credit facilities, excluding old ABL revolving credit facility
    (1,278,760 )                  
Reduction of other debt
    (8,456 )     (4,603 )     (120,583 )     (425,073 )
Proceeds from other debt financing
    13,688                   477,759  
Debt issuance costs, net of refund
    (55,024 )     (287 )     (17,199 )     (152 )
Extinguished ABL Revolving Credit Facility
    (33,225 )     (31,775 )     65,000        
(Payments of) proceeds on supplemental loan
    (45,000 )           45,000        
Treasury stock purchases
    (2,207 )           (61 )     (744 )
                                 
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
    65,771       (36,665 )     (27,843 )     51,790  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents due to Venezuela hyperinflation
    (8,048 )                  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    258       1,002       (376 )     (441 )
                                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    72,814       36,641       (43,614 )     34,920  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    97,800       61,159       104,773       69,853  
                                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 170,614     $ 97,800     $ 61,159     $ 104,773  
                                 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                               
Cash paid for interest
  $ 136,429     $ 5,828     $ 158,380     $ 227,290  
Cash paid for income taxes, net
    36,951       1,336       18,768       16,999  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-42


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
(1)   Description of Business
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SB Holdings” or the “Company”), is a global branded consumer products company and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (“Spectrum Brands”), a global branded consumer products company, and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (“Russell Hobbs”), a global branded small appliance company, to form a new combined company (the “Merger”). The Merger was consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger, both Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned subsidiaries of SB Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SPB.”
 
In connection with the Merger, Spectrum Brands refinanced its existing senior debt and a portion of Russell Hobbs’ existing senior debt through a combination of a new $750,000 United States (“U.S.”) Dollar Term Loan due June 16, 2016, new $750,000 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing June 15, 2018 and a new $300,000 ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014. (See also Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the Company’s outstanding debt.)
 
On February 3, 2009, Spectrum Brands, at the time a Wisconsin corporation, and each of its wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On August 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. As of the Effective Date and pursuant to the Debtors’ confirmed plan of reorganization, Spectrum Brands converted from a Wisconsin corporation to a Delaware corporation.
 
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the term “Company” is used to refer to both Spectrum Brands and its subsidiaries prior to the Merger and SB Holdings and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger. The term “Predecessor Company” refers only to the Company prior to the Effective Date and the term “Successor Company” refers to the Company subsequent to the Effective Date. The Company’s fiscal year ends September 30. References herein to Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 refer to the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Prior to and including August 30, 2009, all operations of the business resulted from the operations of the Predecessor Company. In accordance with ASC Topic 852: “Reorganizations,” (“ASC 852”) the Company determined that all conditions required for the adoption of fresh-start reporting were met upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date. However in light of the proximity of that date to the Company’s August accounting period close, which was August 30, 2009, the Company elected to adopt a convenience date of August 30, 2009, (the “Fresh-Start Adoption Date”) for recording fresh-start reporting. The Company analyzed the transactions that occurred during the two-day period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective Date, and August 30, 2009, the Fresh-Start Adoption Date, and concluded that such transactions represented less than one-percent of the total net sales during Fiscal 2009. As a result, the Company determined that August 30, 2009 would be an appropriate Fresh-Start Adoption Date to coincide with the Company’s normal financial period close for the month of August 2009. As a result, the fair value of the Predecessor Company’s assets and liabilities became the new basis for the Successor Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of the Fresh-Start Adoption Date, and all operations beginning August 31, 2009 are related to the Successor Company. Financial information of the Company’s financial statements prepared for the Predecessor Company will not be comparable to financial information for the Successor Company. The Company is a global branded consumer products company with positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; small appliances; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming; electric personal care; portable lighting; and home and garden control.
 
The Company manages its business in four reportable segments: (i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which consists of the Company’s worldwide battery, shaving and grooming, personal care and portable lighting


F-43


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
business (“Global Batteries & Personal Care”); (ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of the Company’s worldwide pet supplies business (“Global Pet Supplies”); (iii) Home and Garden Business, which consists of the Company’s lawn and garden and insect control businesses (the “Home and Garden Business”); and (iv) Small Appliances, which resulted from the acquisition of Russell Hobbs and consists of small electrical appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories (“Small Appliances”).
 
The Company’s operations include the worldwide manufacturing and marketing of alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid batteries, as well as aquariums and aquatic health supplies and the designing and marketing of rechargeable batteries, battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances. The Company’s operations also include the manufacturing and marketing of specialty pet supplies. The Company also manufactures and markets herbicides, insecticides and repellents in North America. With the addition of Russell Hobbs the Company designs, markets and distributes a broad range of branded small appliances and personal care products. The Company’s operations utilize manufacturing and product development facilities located in the U.S., Europe, Asia and Latin America.
 
The Company sells its products in approximately 120 countries through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers and enjoys name recognition in its markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8in1, Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
 
(2)   Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11
 
On February 3, 2009, the Predecessor Company announced that it had reached agreements with certain noteholders, representing, in the aggregate, approximately 70% of the face value of the Company’s then outstanding senior subordinated notes, to pursue a refinancing that, if implemented as proposed, would significantly reduce the Predecessor Company’s outstanding debt. On the same day, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Filing”) and filed with the Bankruptcy Court a proposed plan of reorganization (the “Proposed Plan”) that detailed the Debtors’ proposed terms for the refinancing. The Chapter 11 cases were jointly administered by the Bankruptcy Court as Case No. 09-50455 (the “Bankruptcy Cases”).
 
The Bankruptcy Court entered a written order (the “Confirmation Order”) on July 15, 2009 confirming the Proposed Plan (as so confirmed, the “Plan”).
 
Plan Effective Date
 
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of Predecessor Company’s existing equity securities, including the existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished and deemed cancelled. Spectrum Brands filed a certificate of incorporation authorizing new shares of common stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on the Effective Date, Successor Company issued a total of 27,030 shares of common stock and $218,076 of 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019 (the “12% Notes”) to holders of allowed claims with respect to Predecessor Company’s 81/2 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “81/2 Notes”), 73/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “73/8 Notes”) and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Variable Rate Notes”) (collectively, the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). (See also Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the 12% Notes.) Also on the Effective Date, Successor Company issued a total of 2,970 shares of common stock to supplemental and sub-supplemental debtor-in-possession facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned under the Debtors’ debtor-in-possession credit facility.


F-44


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Accounting for Reorganization
 
Subsequent to the date of the Bankruptcy Filing (the “Petition Date”), the Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with ASC 852. ASC 852 does not change the application of U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, ASC 852 does require that financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to the filing of a Chapter 11 petition, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. In accordance with ASC 852 the Company has done the following:
 
  •  On the four column consolidated statement of financial position as of August 30, 2009, which is included in this Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, separated liabilities that are subject to compromise from liabilities that are not subject to compromise;
 
  •  On the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, distinguished transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business;
 
  •  On the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, separately disclosed Reorganization items expense (income), net, consisting of the following: (i) Fresh-start reporting adjustments; (ii) Gain on cancelation of debt; and (iii) Administrative related reorganization items; and
 
  •  Ceased accruing interest on the Predecessor Company’s then outstanding senior subordinated notes.
 
Liabilities Subject to Compromise
 
Liabilities subject to compromise refer to known liabilities incurred prior to the Bankruptcy Filing by those entities that filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy. These liabilities are considered by the Bankruptcy Court to be pre-petition claims. However, liabilities subject to compromise exclude pre-petition claims for which the Company has received the Bankruptcy Court’s approval to pay, such as claims related to active employees and retirees and claims related to certain critical service vendors. Liabilities subject to compromise are subject to future adjustments that may result from negotiations, actions by the Bankruptcy Court and developments with respect to disputed claims or matters arising out of the proof of claims process whereby a creditor may prove that the amount of a claim differs from the amount that the Company has recorded.
 
Since the Petition Date, and in accordance with ASC 852, the Company ceased accruing interest on its senior subordinated notes, as such debt and interest would be an allowed claim by the Bankruptcy Court. The Predecessor Company’s contractual interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes in excess of reported interest was approximately $55,654 for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009.
 
Liabilities subject to compromise as of August 30, 2009 for the Predecessor Company were as follows:
 
         
    August 30,
 
    2009  
 
Senior Subordinated Notes
  $ 1,049,885  
Accrued interest on Senior Subordinated Notes
    40,497  
Other accrued liabilities
    15,580 (A)
         
Predecessor Company Balance
  $ 1,105,962  
Effects of Plan
    (1,105,962 )
         
Successor Company Balance
  $  
         


F-45


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
(A) As discussed below in the four column consolidated statement of financial position as of August 30, 2009 “Effects of Plan Adjustments,” note (f), the $15,580 relates to rejected lease obligations that are to be paid by the Successor Company in subsequent periods.
 
Reorganization Items
 
In accordance with ASC 852, reorganization items are presented separately in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and represent expenses, income, gains and losses that the Company has identified as directly relating to the Bankruptcy Cases. Reorganization items expense (income), net during Fiscal 2010 and during the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 and the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 are summarized as follows:
 
                         
          Predecessor
 
    Successor Company     Company  
          Period from
    Period from
 
          August 31,
    October 1,
 
    Year Ended
    2009 through
    2008 through
 
    September 30,
    September 30,
    August 30,
 
    2010     2009     2009  
 
Legal and professional fees
  $ 3,536     $ 3,962     $ 74,624  
Deferred financing costs
                10,668  
Provision for rejected leases
    110             6,020  
                         
Administrative related reorganization items
  $ 3,646     $ 3,962     $ 91,312  
Gain on cancellation of debt
                (146,555 )
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
                (1,087,566 )
                         
Reorganization items expense (income), net
  $ 3,646     $ 3,962     $ (1,142,809 )
                         
 
Fresh-Start Reporting
 
The Company, in accordance with ASC 852, adopted fresh-start reporting as of the close of business on August 30, 2009 since the reorganization value of the assets of the Predecessor Company immediately before the date of confirmation of the Plan was less than the total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, and the holders of the Predecessor Company’s voting shares immediately before confirmation of the Plan received less than 50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity. The four-column consolidated statement of financial position as of August 30, 2009, included herein, applies effects of the Plan and fresh-start reporting to the carrying values and classifications of assets or liabilities that were necessary.
 
The Company analyzed the transactions that occurred during the two-day period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective Date, and August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting date, and concluded that such transactions were not material individually or in the aggregate as such transactions represented less than one-percent of the total net sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. As a result, the Company determined that August 30, 2009, would be an appropriate fresh-start reporting date to coincide with the Company’s normal financial period close for the month of August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly, the reported historical financial statements of the Predecessor Company prior to the adoption of fresh-start reporting for periods ended on or prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those of the Successor Company.
 
The four-column consolidated statement of financial position as of August 30, 2009 reflects the implementation of the Plan as if the Plan had been effective on August 30, 2009. Reorganization adjustments


F-46


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
have been recorded within the consolidated statement of financial position as of August 30, 2009 to reflect effects of the Plan, including the discharge of Liabilities subject to compromise and the adoption of fresh-start reporting in accordance with ASC 852. The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan based upon a reorganization value of the Company between $2,200,000 and $2,400,000, which was estimated using various valuation methods including: (i) publicly traded company analysis, (ii) discounted cash flow analysis; and (iii) a review and analysis of several recent transactions of companies in similar industries to the Company. These three valuation methods were equally weighted in determining the final range of reorganization value as confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. Based upon the factors used in determining the range of reorganization value, the Company concluded that $2,275,000 should be used for fresh-start reporting purposes as it most closely approximated fair value.
 
The basis of the discounted cash flow analysis used in developing the reorganization value was based on Company prepared projections which included a variety of estimates and assumptions. While the Company considers such estimates and assumptions reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control and, therefore, may not be realized. Changes in these estimates and assumptions may have had a significant effect on the determination of the Company’s reorganization value. The assumptions used in the calculations for the discounted cash flow analysis included projected revenue, costs, and cash flows, for the fiscal years ending September 30, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and represented the Company’s best estimates at the time the analysis was prepared. The Company’s estimates implicit in the cash flow analysis included net sales growth of approximately 1.5% for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2010 and 4.0% per year for each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013. In addition, selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, were projected to grow at rates relative to net sales, however, certain expense categories for each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were reduced for the projected impact of various cost reduction initiatives implemented by the Company during Fiscal 2009 which included lower trade spending, salary freezes, reduced marketing expenses, furloughs, suspension of the Company’s match to its 401(k) and reductions in salaries of certain members of management. The analysis also included anticipated levels of reinvestment in the Company’s operations through capital expenditures of approximately $25,000 per year. The Company did not include in its estimates the potential effects of litigation, either on the Company or the industry. The foregoing estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies beyond the control of the Company. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the estimates, assumptions, and values reflected in the valuations will be realized, and actual results could vary materially.
 
The publicly traded company analysis identified a group of comparable companies giving consideration to lines of business, business risk, scale and capitalization and leverage. This analysis involved the selection of the appropriate earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) market multiples by segment deemed to be the most relevant when analyzing the peer group. A range of valuation multiples was then identified and applied to the Company’s Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2010 projections by segment to determine an estimate of reorganization values. The market multiple ranges used by segment were as follows: (i) Global Batteries and Personal Care used a range of 7.0x-8.0x for Fiscal 2009 and 6.5x-7.5x for Fiscal 2010; (ii) Global Pet Supplies used a range of 7.5x-8.5x for Fiscal 2009 and 7.0x-8.0x for Fiscal 2010; and (iii) the Home and Garden Business used a range of 9.0x-10.0x for Fiscal 2009 and 8.0x-9.0x for Fiscal 2010. Theses multiples were based on estimated EBITDA adjusted for certain non-recurring initiatives, as mentioned above.
 
The recent transactions of companies in similar industries analysis identified transactions of similar companies giving consideration to lines of business, business risk, scale and capitalization and leverage. The analysis considered the business, financial and market environment for which the transactions took place, circumstances surrounding the transaction including the financial position of the buyers and the perceived synergies and benefits that the buyers could obtain from the transaction. This analysis involved the


F-47


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
determination of historical acquisition EBITDA multiples by examining public merger and acquisition transactions. A range of valuation multiples was then identified and applied to historical EBITDA by segment to determine an estimate of reorganization values. The multiple ranges used by segment were as follows: (i) Global Batteries and Personal Care used a range of 6.5x-7.5x; (ii) Global Pet Supplies used a range of 9.5x-10.5x; and (iii) the Home and Garden Business used a range of 8.0x-9.0x. These multiples were based on Fiscal 2009 estimated EBITDA adjusted for certain non-recurring initiatives, as mentioned above.
 
Fresh-start adjustments reflect the allocation of fair value to the Successor Company’s long-lived assets and the present value of liabilities to be paid as calculated by the Company.
 
In applying fresh-start reporting, the Company followed these principles:
 
  •  The reorganization value of the entity was allocated to the entity’s assets in conformity with the procedures specified by SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141”). The reorganization value exceeded the sum of the amounts assigned to assets and liabilities. This excess was recorded as Successor Company goodwill as of August 30, 2009.
 
  •  Each liability existing as of the fresh-start reporting date, other than deferred taxes, has been stated at the present value of the amounts to be paid, determined at appropriate risk adjusted interest rates.
 
  •  Deferred taxes were reported in conformity with applicable income tax accounting standards, principally ASC Topic 740: “Income Taxes,” formerly SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been recognized for differences between the assigned values and the tax basis of the recognized assets and liabilities.
 
  •  Adjustment of all of the property, plant and equipment assets to fair value and eliminating all of the accumulated depreciation.
 
  •  Adjustment of the Company’s pension plans projected benefit obligation by recognition of all previously unamortized actuarial gains and losses.


F-48


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
The following four-column consolidated statement of financial position table identifies the adjustments recorded to the Predecessor Company’s August 30, 2009 consolidated statement of financial position as a result of implementing the Plan and applying fresh-start reporting:
 
                                 
    Predecessor
                Successor
 
    Company           Fresh-Start
    Company  
    August 30, 2009     Effects of Plan     Valuation     August 30, 2009  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 86,710     $ (25,551 )(a)   $     $ 61,159  
Receivables:
                               
Trade accounts receivable
    270,657                   270,657  
Other
    34,594                   34,594  
Inventories
    341,738             48,762 (m)     390,500  
Deferred income taxes
    12,644       1,707 (h)     9,330 (n)     23,681  
Assets held for sale
    10,813             1,978 (m)     12,791  
Prepaid expenses and other
    40,448             (116 )(m)     40,332  
                                 
Total current assets
    797,604       (23,844 )     59,954       833,714  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    178,786             34,699 (m)     213,485  
Deferred charges and other
    42,068             (6,046 )(m)     36,022  
Goodwill
    238,905             289,155 (o)     528,060  
Intangible assets, net
    677,050             782,450 (o)     1,459,500  
Debt issuance costs
    18,457       8,949 (b)     (17,957 )(p)     9,449  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 1,952,870     $ (14,895 )   $ 1,142,255     $ 3,080,230  
                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                               
Current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 93,313     $ (3,445 )(c)   $ (4,329 )(m)   $ 85,539  
Accounts payable
    159,370       (204 )(d)           159,166  
Accrued liabilities:
                               
Wages and benefits
    80,247                   80,247  
Income taxes payable
    20,059                   20,059  
Restructuring and related charges
    26,100                   26,100  
Accrued interest
    59,724       (59,581 )(e)           143  
Other
    118,949       9,133 (f)     (3,503 )(m)     124,579  
                                 
Total current liabilities
    557,762       (54,097 )     (7,832 )     495,833  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    1,329,047       271,806 (g)     (75,329 )(m)     1,525,524  
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
    41,385             18,712 (m)     60,097  
Deferred income taxes
    106,853       1,707 (h)     114,211 (n)     222,771  
Other
    45,982             4,927 (m)     50,909  
                                 
Total liabilities
    2,081,029       219,416       54,689       2,355,134  
Liabilities subject to compromise
    1,105,962       (1,105,962 )(i)            
Commitments and contingencies
                               
Shareholders’ (deficit) equity:
                               
Common stock-Old (Predecessor Company)
    691       (691 )(j)            
Common stock-New (Successor Company)
          300 (j)           300  
Additional paid-in capital
    677,007       47,789 (j)           724,796  
Accumulated (deficit) equity
    (1,915,484 )     747,362 (k)     1,168,122 (q)      
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    80,556             (80,556 )(q)      
                                 
      (1,157,230 )     794,760       1,087,566       725,096  
Less treasury stock
    (76,891 )     76,891 (l)            
                                 
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity
    (1,234,121 )     871,651       1,087,566       725,096  
                                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity
  $ 1,952,870     $ (14,895 )   $ 1,142,255     $ 3,080,230  
                                 


F-49


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Effects of Plan Adjustments
 
(a) The Plan’s impact resulted in a net decrease of $25,551 on cash and cash equivalents. The significant sources and uses of cash were as follows:
 
         
Sources:
       
Amounts borrowed under the exit facility
  $ 65,000  
Amounts borrowed under new supplemental loan agreement
    45,000  
         
Total Sources
  $ 110,000  
         
Uses:
       
Repayment of un-reimbursed letters of credit
  $ 20,005  
Repayment of supplemental loans
    45,000  
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, current portion
    3,440  
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, net of current portion
    3,440  
Payment of pre-petition foreign exchange contracts recorded in accounts payable
    204  
Payment of lender cure payments, terminated derivative contracts and other
    48,066  
Payment of debt issuance costs on exit facility
    8,949  
Payment of other accrued liabilities
    6,447  
         
Total Uses
  $ 135,551  
         
Net Cash Uses
  $ (25,551 )
         
 
(b) The Company incurred $8,949 of debt issuance costs under the exit facility. These debt issuance costs are classified as long-term assets and are amortized over the life of the exit facility.
 
(c) The adjustment to current maturities of long-term debt reflects the $20,005 payment of the Predecessor Company’s un-reimbursed letters of credit, the $45,000 repayment of the Predecessor Company’s supplemental loan, and the $3,440 payment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement. The adjustment to current maturities of long-term debt also reflects the $65,000 funding from the exit facility. The adjustment to the current maturities of long-term debt are:
 
         
Repayment of unreimbursed letters of credit
  $ 20,005  
Repayment of supplemental loan
    45,000  
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, current portion
    3,440  
Amounts borrowed under the exit facility
    (65,000 )
         
    $ 3,445  
         
 
(d) Reflects payment of $204 related to pre-petition foreign exchange derivative contracts.
 
(e) Total adjustment of $59,581 reflects term lender cure payments of $33,995, terminated interest rate swap derivative contract payments of $12,068 and other accrued interest of $2,003. Additionally, this adjustment includes $11,515 of accrued default interest as provided in the August 2009 amendment of the Senior Term Credit Facility, which was assumed by the Successor Company and included in the principal balance of the loans at emergence (See Note 7, Debt, for additional information).
 
(f) Reflects the payment of professional fees related to the reorganization in the amount of $6,447 offset by the reclassification of $15,580 related to rejected lease obligations previously recorded as liabilities subject to compromise (see note(i)). These rejected lease obligations were paid by the Successor Company in


F-50


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
subsequent periods. As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s rejected lease obligation was reduced to $6,181.
 
(g) The adjustment to long-term debt represents the issuance of the 12% Notes at a fair value of $218,731 (face value of $218,076) used, in part, to extinguish the Senior Subordinated Notes of the debtors that were recorded in liabilities subject to compromise (see note (i)), the issuance of the new supplemental loan in the amount of $45,000, offset by the payment of the non-current portion of the term loan in the amount of $3,440 (see note (a)). The excess of fair value over face value of the 12% Notes is recorded in long-term debt and will be accreted as a reduction to interest expense over the life of the note.
 
         
Issuance of the 12% Notes (fair value)
  $ 218,731  
Amounts borrowed under the new supplemental loan agreement
    45,000  
Accrued default interest
    11,515  
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, net of current portion
    (3,440 )
         
    $ 271,806  
         
 
(h) Gain on the cancellation of debt from the extinguishment of the senior subordinated notes as well as the modification of the senior term credit facility, for tax purposes, resulted in a $124,054 reduction in the U.S. net deferred tax asset, exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles. Due to the Company’s full valuation allowance position as of August 30, 2009 on the U.S. net deferred tax asset, exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles, the tax effect of these items is offset by a corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance of $124,054. Due to changes in the relative current versus non-current deferred tax asset balances and the corresponding allocation of the domestic valuation allowance, a net $1,707 deferred tax balance reclassification occurred between current and non-current as a result of the effects of the Plan.
 
(i) The adjustment to liabilities subject to compromise relates to the extinguishment of the Senior Subordinated Notes balance of $1,049,885 and the accrued interest of $40,497 associated with the Senior Subordinated Notes. Additionally, rejected lease obligations of $15,580 were reclassified to other current liabilities (see note (f)).
 
(j) Pursuant to the Plan, the debtor’s common stock was canceled and new common stock of the reorganized debtors was issued. The adjustments eliminated Predecessor Company’s common stock and additional paid-in capital of $691 and $677,007, respectively, and recorded Successor Company’s common stock and additional paid-in capital of $300 and $724,796, respectively, which represents the fair value of the newly issued common stock. The fair value of the newly issued common stock was not separately valued. A fair value of $725,096 was determined by subtracting the fair value of net debt (total debt less cash and cash equivalents), or $1,549,904 from the enterprise value of $2,275,000. The Company issued 30,000 shares at emergence, consisting of 27,030 shares to holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes allowed note holder claims and 2,970 shares in accordance with the terms of the Debtors’ debtor-in-possession credit facility.
 
(k) As a result of the Plan, the adjustment to accumulated (deficit) equity recorded the elimination of the Predecessor Company’s common stock, additional paid in capital and treasury stock in the amount of $600,807 and recorded the pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt in the amount of $146,555. The elimination of the Predecessor Company’s common stock, additional paid in capital and treasury stock was calculated as follows:
 
         
Elimination of Predecessor Company’s common stock (see note(j))
  $ 691  
Elimination of Predecessor Company’s additional paid in capital (see note(j))
    677,007  
Elimination of Predecessor Company’s treasury stock (see note(l))
    (76,891 )
         
Elimination of Predecessor Company’s common stock
  $ 600,807  
         


F-51


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt was calculated as follows:
 
         
Extinguishment of Predecessor Company senior subordinated notes
  $ 1,049,885  
Extinguishment of Predecessor Company accrued interest on senior subordinated notes
    40,497  
Issuance of Successor Company 12% Notes (fair value)
    (218,731 )
Issuance of Successor Company common stock
    (725,096 )
         
Pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt
  $ 146,555  
         
 
(l) Pursuant to the Plan, the adjustment eliminates treasury stock of $76,891 of the Predecessor Company.
 
Fresh-Start Valuation Adjustments
 
(m) Reflects the adjustment of assets and liabilities to estimated fair value, or other measurement specified by SFAS 141, in conjunction with the adoption of fresh-start reporting. Significant adjustments are summarized as followed:
 
  •  Inventories — An adjustment of $48,762 was recorded to adjust inventory to fair value. Raw materials were valued at current replacement cost, work-in-process was valued at estimated selling prices of finished goods less the sum of costs to complete, cost of disposal and a reasonable profit allowance for completing and selling effort based on profit for similar finished goods. Finished goods were valued at estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of disposal and a reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort.
 
  •  Property, plant and equipment, net  — An adjustment of $34,699 was recorded to adjust the net book value of property, plant and equipment to fair value giving consideration to their highest and best use. Key assumptions used in the valuation of the Company’s property, plant and equipment were based on a combination of the cost or market approach, depending on whether market data was available.
 
  •  Current maturities of long-term debt and Long-term debt, net of current maturities — An adjustment of $79,658 ($4,329 to Current maturities of long-term debt and $75,329 to Long-term debt, net of current maturities) was recorded to adjust the book value of debt to fair value. This adjustment included a decrease of $84,001 which was based on quoted market prices of certain debt instruments as of the Effective Date, offset by an increase of $4,343 related to debt instruments not traded which was calculated giving consideration to the terms of the underlying agreements, using a risk adjusted interest rate of 12%.
 
  •  Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion — An adjustment of $18,712 was recorded to measure the employee benefit obligations as of the Effective Date. This adjustment primarily reflects the difference between the expected return on plan assets as compared to the fair value of the plan assets as of the Effective Date and the change in the duration weighted discount rate associated with the payment of the benefit obligations from the prior measurement date and the Effective Date. The weighted average discount rate change from 6.75% at September 30, 2008 to 5.75% at August 30, 2009.
 
(n) Reflects the tax effects of the fresh-start adjustments at statutory tax rates applicable to such adjustments, net of adjustments to the valuation allowance.
 
(o) Adjustment eliminated the balance of goodwill and other unamortized intangible assets of the Predecessor Company and records Successor Company intangible assets, including reorganization value in excess of amounts allocated to identified tangible and intangible assets, also referred to as Successor Company goodwill. (See Note 6, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for additional information regarding the Company’s


F-52


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
goodwill and other intangible assets). The Successor Company’s August 30, 2009 statement of financial position reflects the allocation of the business enterprise value to assets and liabilities immediately following emergence as follows:
 
         
Business enterprise value
  $ 2,275,000  
Add: Fair value of non-interest bearing liabilities (non-debt liabilities)
    744,071  
Less: Fair value of tangible assets, excluding cash
    (1,031,511 )
Less: Fair value of identified intangible assets
    (1,459,500 )
         
Reorganization value of assets in excess of amounts allocated to identified tangible and intangible assets (Successor Company goodwill)
  $ 528,060  
         
 
The following represent the methodologies and significant assumptions used in determining the fair value of intangible assets, other than goodwill.
 
Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets which include trade names, trademarks and technology, were valued using a relief from royalty methodology. Customer relationships were valued using a multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible assets are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a portion are within control of the Company’s management. A summary of the key inputs used in the valuation of these assets are as follows:
 
  •  The Company valued customer relationships using the income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method. In determining the fair value of the customer relationship, the multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the customer relationship after deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then discounted to their present value. Only expected sales from current customers were used which included an expected growth rate of 3%. The Company assumed a customer retention rate of 95% which was supported by historical retention rates. Income taxes were estimated at a rate of 35% and amounts were discounted using rates between 12%-14%. The customer relationships were valued at $708,000 under this approach.
 
  •  The Company valued trade names and trademarks using the income approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method, the asset values were determined by estimating the hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the trade name was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of several factors, including consumer product industry practices, the existence of licensing agreements (licensing in and licensing out), and importance of the trademark and trade name and profit levels, among other considerations. Royalty rates used in the determination of the fair values of trade names and trademarks ranged from 1% to 5% of expected net sales related to the respective trade names and trademarks. The Company anticipates using the majority of the trade names and trademarks for an indefinite period. In estimating the fair value of the trademarks and trade names, nets sales were estimated to grow at a rate of (7)%-10% annually with a terminal year growth rate of 2%-6%. Income taxes were estimated at a rate of 35% and amounts were discounted using rates between 12%-14%. Trade name and trademarks were valued at $688,000 under this approach.
 
  •  The Company valued technology using the income approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of several factors including industry practices, the existence of licensing agreements (licensing in and licensing out), and importance of the technology and profit levels, among other considerations. Royalty rates used in the determination of the fair values of technologies ranged from


F-53


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
  7%-8% of expected net sales related to the respective technology. The Company anticipates using these technologies through the legal life of the underlying patent and therefore the expected life of these technologies was equal to the remaining legal life of the underlying patents ranging from 8 to 17 years. In estimating the fair value of the technologies, nets sales were estimated to grow at a rate of 0%-14% annually. Income taxes were estimated at 35% and amounts were discounted using rates between 12%-13%. The technology assets were valued at $63,500 under this approach.
 
(p) The fresh-start adjustment of $17,957 eliminates the debt issuance costs related to assumed debt, that is, the (senior secured term credit facility).
 
(q) The Predecessor Company’s accumulated deficit and accumulated other comprehensive income is eliminated in conjunction with the adoption of fresh-start reporting. The Predecessor Company recognized a gain of $1,087,566 related to the fresh-start reporting adjustments as follows:
 
         
    Gain on Fresh-Start
 
    Reporting
 
    Adjustments  
 
Establishment of Successor Company’s goodwill
  $ 528,060  
Elimination of Predecessor Company’s goodwill
    (238,905 )
Establishment of Successor Company’s other intangible assets
    1,459,500  
Elimination of Predecessor Company’s other intangible assets
    (677,050 )
Debt fair value adjustments
    79,658  
Elimination of debt issuance costs
    (17,957 )
Property, plant and equipment fair value adjustment
    34,699  
Deferred tax adjustment
    (104,881 )
Inventory fair value adjustment
    48,762  
Employee benefit obligations fair value adjustment
    (18,712 )
Other fair value adjustments
    (5,608 )
         
    $ 1,087,566  
         
 
(3)   Significant Accounting Policies and Practices
 
(a)  Principles of Consolidation and Fiscal Year End
 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries and are prepared in accordance with GAAP. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company’s fiscal year ends September 30. References herein to Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer to the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
(b)  Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue from product sales generally upon delivery to the customer or the shipping point in situations where the customer picks up the product or where delivery terms so stipulate. This represents the point at which title and all risks and rewards of ownership of the product are passed, provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is deemed reasonably assured. The Company is not obligated to allow for, and the Company’s general policy is not to accept, product returns associated with battery sales. The Company does accept returns in specific instances related to its shaving, grooming, personal care, home and garden, small appliances and pet products. The provision for customer


F-54


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
returns is based on historical sales and returns and other relevant information. The Company estimates and accrues the cost of returns, which are treated as a reduction of Net sales.
 
The Company enters into various promotional arrangements, primarily with retail customers, including arrangements entitling such retailers to cash rebates from the Company based on the level of their purchases, which require the Company to estimate and accrue the estimated costs of the promotional programs. These costs are treated as a reduction of Net sales.
 
The Company also enters into promotional arrangements that target the ultimate consumer. Such arrangements are treated as either a reduction of Net sales or an increase of Cost of goods sold, based on the type of promotional program. The income statement presentation of the Company’s promotional arrangements complies with ASC Topic 605: “Revenue Recognition”. For all types of promotional arrangements and programs, the Company monitors its commitments and uses various measures, including past experience, to determine amounts to be recorded for the estimate of the earned, but unpaid, promotional costs. The terms of the Company’s customer-related promotional arrangements and programs are tailored to each customer and are documented through written contracts, correspondence or other communications with the individual customers.
 
The Company also enters into various arrangements, primarily with retail customers, which require the Company to make upfront cash, or “slotting” payments, to secure the right to distribute through such customers. The Company capitalizes slotting payments; provided the payments are supported by a time or volume based arrangement with the retailer, and amortizes the associated payment over the appropriate time or volume based term of the arrangement. The amortization of slotting payments is treated as a reduction in Net sales and a corresponding asset is reported in Deferred charges and other in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
 
(c)  Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
(d)  Cash Equivalents
 
For purposes of the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
(e)  Concentrations of Credit Risk, Major Customers and Employees
 
Trade receivables subject the Company to credit risk. Trade accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. The Company extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and credit history, but generally does not require collateral. The Company monitors its customers’ credit and financial condition based on changing economic conditions and will make adjustments to credit policies as required. Provision for losses on uncollectible trade receivables are determined principally on the basis of past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of the Company’s receivables and evaluations of the risks of nonpayment for a given customer.
 
The Company has a broad range of customers including many large retail outlet chains, one of which accounts for a significant percentage of its sales volume. This major customer represented approximately 22% and 23% of the Successor Company’s Net sales during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively, and approximately 23% and 20% of Net sales during the


F-55


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Predecessor Company’s period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. This major customer also represented approximately 15% and 14% of the Successor Company’s Trade account receivables, net as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, respectively.
 
Approximately 44% and 48% of the Successor Company’s Net sales during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively, occurred outside of the United States and approximately 42% and 48% of the Predecessor Company’s Net sales during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, occurred outside of the United States. These sales and related receivables are subject to varying degrees of credit, currency, and political and economic risk. The Company monitors these risks and makes appropriate provisions for collectibility based on an assessment of the risks present.
 
(f)  Displays and Fixtures
 
Temporary displays are generally disposable cardboard displays shipped to customers to facilitate display of the Company’s products. Temporary displays are generally disposed of after a single use by the customer.
 
Permanent fixtures are permanent in nature, generally made from wire or other permanent racking, which are shipped to customers for display of the Company’s products. These permanent fixtures are restocked with the Company’s product multiple times over the fixture’s useful life.
 
The costs of both temporary and permanent displays are capitalized as a prepaid asset and are included in Prepaid expenses and other in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The costs of temporary displays are expensed in the period in which they are shipped to customers and the costs of permanent fixtures are amortized over an estimated useful life of one to two years once they are shipped to customers and are reflected in Deferred charges and other in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
 
(g)  Inventories
 
The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost of inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.
 
(h)  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost or at fair value if acquired in a purchase business combination. Depreciation on plant and equipment is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciable lives by major classification are as follows:
 
     
Building and improvements
  20-40 years
Machinery, equipment and other
  2-15 years
 
Plant and equipment held under capital leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.
 
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.


F-56


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
(i)  Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets are recorded at cost or at fair value if acquired in a purchase business combination. In connection with fresh-start reporting, Intangible Assets were recorded at their estimated fair value on August 30, 2009. Customer lists, proprietary technology and certain trade name intangibles are amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated useful lives of approximately 4 to 20 years. Excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill) and indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain trade name intangibles) are not amortized. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually, at the reporting unit level with such groupings being consistent with the Company’s reportable segments. If impairment is indicated, a write-down to fair value (normally measured by discounting estimated future cash flows) is recorded. Indefinite-lived trade name intangibles are tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair value, determined using a relief from royalty methodology, with the carrying value. Any excess of carrying value over fair value is recognized as an impairment loss in income from operations. ASC Topic 350: “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” (“ASC 350”) requires that goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets be tested for impairment annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. During Fiscal 2010, the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, the Company’s goodwill and trade name intangibles were tested for impairment as of the Company’s August financial period end, the annual testing date for the Company, as well as certain interim periods where an event or circumstance occurred that indicated an impairment loss may have been incurred.
 
Intangibles with Indefinite Lives
 
In accordance with ASC 350, the Company conducts impairment testing on the Company’s goodwill. To determine fair value during Fiscal 2010, the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 the Company used the discounted estimated future cash flows methodology, third party valuations and negotiated sales prices. Assumptions critical to the Company’s fair value estimates under the discounted estimated future cash flows methodology are: (i) the present value factors used in determining the fair value of the reporting units and trade names; (ii) projected average revenue growth rates used in the reporting unit; and (iii) projected long-term growth rates used in the derivation of terminal year values. These and other assumptions are impacted by economic conditions and expectations of management and will change in the future based on period specific facts and circumstances. The Company also tested fair value for reasonableness by comparison to the total market capitalization of the Company, which includes both its equity and debt securities. In addition, in accordance with ASC 350, as part of the Company’s annual impairment testing, the Company tested its indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets for impairment by comparing the carrying amount of such trade names to their respective fair values. Fair value was determined using a relief from royalty methodology. Assumptions critical to the Company’s fair value estimates under the relief from royalty methodology were: (i) royalty rates; and (ii) projected average revenue growth rates.
 
In connection with the Company’s annual goodwill impairment testing performed during Fiscal 2010 the first step of such testing indicated that the fair value of the Company’s reporting segments were in excess of their carrying amounts and, accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required.
 
In connection with the Predecessor Company’s annual goodwill impairment testing performed during Fiscal 2009, which was completed on the Predecessor Company before applying fresh-start reporting, the first step of such testing indicated that the fair value of the Predecessor Company’s reporting segments were in excess of their carrying amounts and, accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required.
 
In connection with its annual goodwill impairment testing in Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company first compared the fair value of its reporting units with their carrying amounts, including goodwill. This first step indicated that the fair value of the Predecessor Company’s Global Pet Supplies and Home and Garden Business was less than the Predecessor Company’s carrying amount of those reporting units and, accordingly,


F-57


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
further testing of goodwill was required to determine the impairment charge required by ASC 350. Accordingly, the Predecessor Company then compared the carrying amount of the Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business goodwill to the respective implied fair value of their goodwill. The carrying amounts of the Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business goodwill exceeded their implied fair values and, therefore, during Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the respective reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of such goodwill of which $270,811 related to Global Pet Supplies and $49,801 related to the Home and Garden Business.
 
Furthermore, during Fiscal 2010 the Company, in connection with its annual impairment testing, concluded that the fair value of its intangible assets exceeded is carrying value. During the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, in connection with its annual impairment testing, the Company concluded that the fair values of certain trade name intangible assets were less than the carrying amounts of those assets. As a result, during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of approximately $34,391 and $224,100, respectively, equal to the excess of the carrying amounts of the intangible assets over the fair value of such assets.
 
In accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC 360”) and ASC 350, in addition to its annual impairment testing the Company conducts goodwill and trade name intangible asset impairment testing if an event or circumstance (“triggering event”) occurs that indicates an impairment loss may have been incurred. The Company’s management uses its judgment in assessing whether assets may have become impaired between annual impairment tests. Indicators such as unexpected adverse business conditions, economic factors, unanticipated technological change or competitive activities, loss of key personnel, and acts by governments and courts may signal that an asset has become impaired. Several triggering events occurred during Fiscal 2008 which required the Company to test its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment between annual impairment test dates. On May 20, 2008, the Predecessor Company entered into a definitive agreement for the sale of Global Pet Supplies, which was subsequently terminated. The Company’s intent to dispose of Global Pet Supplies constituted a triggering event for impairment testing. The Company estimated the fair value of Global Pet Supplies, and the resultant estimated impairment charge of goodwill, based on the negotiated sales price of Global Pet Supplies, which management deemed the best indication of fair value at that time. Accordingly, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $154,916 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill related to Global Pet Supplies to reflect the estimated fair value of the business during the third quarter of Fiscal 2008. Goodwill and trade name intangible assets of the Home and Garden Business were tested during the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, as a result of lower forecasted profits from this business. This decrease in profitability was primarily due to significant cost increases in certain raw materials used in the production of many of the lawn fertilizer and growing media products manufactured by the Company at that time as well as more conservative growth rates to reflect the current and expected future economic conditions for this business. The Company first compared the fair value of this reporting unit with its carrying amounts, including goodwill. This first step indicated that the fair value of the Home and Garden Business was less than the Company’s carrying amount of this reporting unit and, accordingly, further testing of goodwill was required to determine the impairment charge. Accordingly, the Company then compared the carrying amount of the Home and Garden Business goodwill against the implied fair value of such goodwill. The carrying amount of the Home and Garden Business goodwill exceeded its implied fair value and, therefore, during Fiscal 2008 the Company recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of such goodwill of approximately $110,213. In addition, during the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company concluded that the implied fair values of certain trade name intangible assets related to the Home and Garden Business were less that the carrying amounts of those assets and, accordingly, during Fiscal 2008 recorded a non-cash pretax


F-58


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
impairment charge of $22,000. Goodwill and trade name intangibles of the Home and Garden Business were tested during the first quarter of Fiscal 2008 in conjunction with the Company’s reclassification of that business from an asset held for sale to an asset held and used. The Company first compared the fair value of this reporting unit with its carrying amounts, including goodwill. This first step indicated that the fair value of the Home and Garden Business was in excess of its carrying amounts and, accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required. In addition, during the first quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company concluded that the implied fair values of certain trade name intangible assets related to the Home and Garden Business were less than the carrying amounts of those assets and, accordingly, during Fiscal 2008 recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of $12,400.
 
The above impairments of goodwill and trade name intangible assets was primarily attributed to lower current and forecasted profits, reflecting more conservative growth rates versus those assumed by the Company at the time of acquisition, as well as due to a sustained decline in the total market capitalization of the Company.
 
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company developed and initiated a plan to phase down, and ultimately curtail, manufacturing operations at its Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility. The Company completed the shutdown of Ningbo during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008. In connection with the Company’s strategy to exit operations in Ningbo, China, the Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $16,193 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill related to the Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility.
 
The recognition of the $34,391 and $861,234 non-cash impairment of goodwill and trade name intangible assets during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, has been recorded as a separate component of Operating expenses and has had a material negative effect on the Predecessor Company’s financial condition and results of operations during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008. These impairments will not result in future cash expenditures.
 
Intangibles with Definite or Estimable Useful Lives
 
The triggering events discussed above under ASC 350 also indicated a triggering event in accordance with ASC 360. Management conducted an analysis in accordance with ASC 360 of intangibles with definite or estimable useful lives in conjunction with the ASC 350 testing of intangibles with indefinite lives.
 
The Company assesses the recoverability of intangible assets with definite or estimable useful lives in accordance with ASC 360 by determining whether the carrying value can be recovered through projected undiscounted future cash flows. If projected undiscounted future cash flows indicate that the unamortized carrying value of intangible assets with finite useful lives will not be recovered, an adjustment would be made to reduce the carrying value to an amount equal to projected future cash flows discounted at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. The cash flow projections used are based on trends of historical performance and management’s estimate of future performance, giving consideration to existing and anticipated competitive and economic conditions.
 
Impairment reviews are conducted at the judgment of management when it believes that a change in circumstances in the business or external factors warrants a review. Circumstances such as the discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of operating or cash flow losses, or an adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an impairment review. The Company’s initial impairment review to determine if an impairment test is required is based on an undiscounted cash flow analysis for asset groups at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows exist. The analysis requires management judgment with respect to changes in technology, the continued success of product lines and future volume, revenue and expense growth rates, and discount rates.


F-59


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be disposed of are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008, the Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $5,700 in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this business. (See also Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for additional information regarding this impairment charge).
 
(j)  Debt Issuance Costs
 
Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the lives of the related debt agreements.
 
(k)  Accounts Payable
 
Included in accounts payable are bank overdrafts, net of deposits on hand, on disbursement accounts that are replenished when checks are presented for payment.
 
(l)  Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date.
 
(m)  Foreign Currency Translation
 
Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange existing at year-end, with revenues, expenses, and cash flows translated at the average of the monthly exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from translation of the financial statements are recorded as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). Also included in AOCI are the effects of exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term nature.
 
As of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, foreign currency translation adjustment balances of $18,492 and $5,896, respectively, were reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position in AOCI.
 
Successor Company exchange losses (gains) on foreign currency transactions aggregating $13,336 and $(726) for Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively, are included in Other expense (income), net, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Predecessor Company exchange losses (gains) on foreign currency transactions aggregating $4,440 and $3,466 for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, are included in Other expense (income), net, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
(n)  Shipping and Handling Costs
 
The Successor Company incurred shipping and handling costs of $161,148 and $12,866 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company incurred shipping and handling costs of $135,511 and $183,676 during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. Shipping and handling costs, which are included


F-60


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
in Selling expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, include costs incurred with third-party carriers to transport products to customers and salaries and overhead costs related to activities to prepare the Company’s products for shipment at the Company’s distribution facilities.
 
(o)  Advertising Costs
 
The Successor Company incurred advertising costs of $37,520 and $3,166 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company incurred expenses for advertising of $25,813 and $46,417 during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. Such advertising costs are included in Selling expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
(p)  Research and Development Costs
 
Research and development costs are charged to expense in the period they are incurred.
 
(q)  Net (Loss) Income Per Common Share
 
Basic net (loss) income per common share is computed by dividing net (loss) income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Basic net (loss) income per common share does not consider common stock equivalents. Diluted net (loss) income per common share reflects the dilution that would occur if employee stock options and restricted stock awards were exercised or converted into common shares or resulted in the issuance of common shares that then shared in the net (loss) income of the entity. The computation of diluted net (loss) income per common share uses the “if converted” and “treasury stock” methods to reflect dilution. The difference between the basic and diluted number of shares is due to the effects of restricted stock and assumed conversion of employee stock options awards.
 
As discussed in Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization under Chapter 11, the Predecessor Company common stock was cancelled as a result of the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date. The Successor Company common stock began trading on September 2, 2009. As such, the earnings per share information for the Predecessor Company is not meaningful to shareholders of the Successor Company’s common shares, or to potential investors in such common shares.
 
Net (loss) income per common share is calculated based upon the following shares:
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
    September 30,
    September 30,
    August 30,
    September 30,
 
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Basic
    36,000       30,000       51,306       50,921  
Effect of restricted stock and assumed conversion of stock options
                       
                                 
Diluted
    36,000       30,000       51,306       50,921  
                                 
 
The Successor Company for Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, and the Predecessor Company for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 has not assumed the exercise of common stock equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive.
 
On June 16, 2010, the Company issued 20,433 shares of its common stock in conjunction with the Merger. Additionally, all shares of its wholly owned subsidiary Spectrum Brands, were converted to shares of SB Holdings on June 16, 2010. (See also, Note 15, Acquisition, for a more complete discussion of the Merger.)


F-61


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
(r)  Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Derivative financial instruments are used by the Company principally in the management of its interest rate, foreign currency and raw material price exposures. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. When hedge accounting is elected at inception, the Company formally designates the financial instrument as a hedge of a specific underlying exposure if such criteria are met, and documents both the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge. The Company formally assesses, both at the inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are effective at offsetting changes in the forecasted cash flows of the related underlying exposure. Because of the high degree of effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the underlying exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the derivative instruments are generally offset by changes in the forecasted cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged. Any ineffective portion of a financial instrument’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. For derivatives that are not designated as cash flow hedges, or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the change in the fair value is also immediately recognized in earnings.
 
Effective December 29, 2008, the Company adopted ASC Topic 815: “Derivatives and Hedging,” (“ASC 815”). ASC 815 amends the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Under the revised guidance entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures for derivative and hedging activities.
 
The fair value of outstanding derivative contracts recorded as assets in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position were as follows:
 
                     
        September 30,
    September 30,
 
Asset Derivatives
      2010     2009  
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
                   
Commodity contracts
  Receivables — Other   $ 2,371     $ 2,861  
Commodity contracts
                   
    Deferred charges and other     1,543       554  
Foreign exchange contracts
  Receivables — Other     20       295  
Foreign exchange contracts
  Deferred charges and other     55        
                     
Total asset derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
      $ 3,989     $ 3,710  
                     
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
                   
Foreign exchange contracts
  Receivables — Other           75  
                     
Total asset derivatives
      $ 3,989     $ 3,785  
                     


F-62


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The fair value of outstanding derivative contracts recorded as liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position were as follows:
 
                     
        September 30,
    September 30,
 
Liability Derivatives
      2010     2009  
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
                   
Interest rate contracts
  Accounts payable   $ 3,734        
Interest rate contracts
  Accrued interest     861        
Interest rate contracts
  Other long term liabilities     2,032        
Foreign exchange contracts
  Accounts payable     6,544       1,036  
Foreign exchange contracts
  Other long term liabilities     1,057        
                     
Total liability derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
      $ 14,228     $ 1,036  
                     
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
                   
Foreign exchange contracts
  Accounts payable     9,698       131  
Foreign exchange contracts
  Other long term liabilities     20,887        
                     
Total liability derivatives
      $ 44,813     $ 1,167  
                     
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of AOCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.
 
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative instruments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2010 (Successor Company):
 
                                 
                    Location of
  Amount of
 
                    Gain (Loss)
  Gain (Loss)
 
                    Recognized in
  Recognized in
 
                    Income on
  Income on
 
                    Derivative
  Derivatives
 
    Amount of
              (Ineffective
  (Ineffective
 
    Gain (Loss)
    Location of
  Amount of
    Portion
  Portion
 
    Recognized in
    Gain (Loss)
  Gain (Loss)
    and Amount
  and Amount
 
    AOCI on
    Reclassified from
  Reclassified from
    Excluded from
  Excluded from
 
    Derivatives
    AOCI into Income
  AOCI into Income
    Effectiveness
  Effectiveness
 
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
  (Effective Portion)     (Effective Portion)   (Effective Portion)     Testing)   Testing)  
 
Commodity contracts
  $ 3,646     Cost of goods sold   $ 719     Cost of goods sold   $ (1 )
Interest rate contracts
    (13,059 )   Interest expense     (4,439 )   Interest expense     (6,112 )(A)
Foreign exchange contracts
    (752 )   Net Sales     (812 )   Net sales      
Foreign exchange contracts
    (4,560 )   Cost of goods sold     2,481     Cost of goods sold      
                                 
Total
  $ (14,725 )       $ (2,051 )       $ (6,113 )
                                 


F-63


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
(A) Includes $(4,305) reclassified from AOCI associated with the refinancing of the senior credit facility. (See also Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the Company’s refinancing of its senior credit facility.)
 
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative instruments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 (Successor Company):
 
                                 
                    Location of
  Amount of
 
                    Gain (Loss)
  Gain (Loss)
 
                    Recognized in
  Recognized in
 
                    Income on
  Income on
 
                    Derivative
  Derivatives
 
    Amount of
              (Ineffective
  (Ineffective
 
    Gain (Loss)
    Location of
  Amount of
    Portion
  Portion
 
    Recognized in
    Gain (Loss)
  Gain (Loss)
    and Amount
  and Amount
 
    AOCI on
    Reclassified from
  Reclassified from
    Excluded from
  Excluded from
 
    Derivatives
    AOCI into Income
  AOCI into Income
    Effectiveness
  Effectiveness
 
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
  (Effective Portion)    
(Effective Portion)
  (Effective Portion)    
Testing)
  Testing)  
 
Commodity contracts
  $ 530     Cost of goods sold   $     Cost of goods sold   $  
Foreign exchange contracts
    (127 )   Net Sales         Net sales      
Foreign exchange contracts
    (418 )   Cost of goods sold         Cost of goods sold      
                                 
Total
  $ (15 )       $         $  
                                 
 
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company):
 
                                 
                    Location of
  Amount of
 
                    Gain (Loss)
  Gain (Loss)
 
                    Recognized in
  Recognized in
 
                    Income on
  Income on
 
                    Derivative
  Derivatives
 
    Amount of
              (Ineffective
  (Ineffective
 
    Gain (Loss)
    Location of
  Amount of
    Portion
  Portion
 
    Recognized in
    Gain (Loss)
  Gain (Loss)
    and Amount
  and Amount
 
    AOCI on
    Reclassified from
  Reclassified from
    Excluded from
  Excluded from
 
    Derivatives
    AOCI into Income
  AOCI into Income
    Effectiveness
  Effectiveness
 
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships   (Effective Portion)    
(Effective Portion)
  (Effective Portion)    
Testing)
  Testing)  
 
Commodity contracts
  $ (4,512 )   Cost of goods sold   $ (11,288 )   Cost of goods sold   $ 851  
Interest rate contracts
    (8,130 )   Interest expense     (2,096 )   Interest expense     (11,847 )(A)
Foreign exchange contracts
    1,357     Net Sales     544     Net sales      
Foreign exchange contracts
    9,251     Cost of goods sold     9,719     Cost of goods sold      
Commodity contracts
    (1,313 )   Discontinued operations     (2,116 )   Discontinued operations     (12,803 )
                                 
Total
  $ (3,347 )       $ (5,237 )       $ (23,799 )
                                 
 
 
(A) Included in this amount is $(6,191), reflected in the Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815 table below, as a result of the de-designation of a cash flow hedge as described below.


F-64


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2008 (Predecessor Company):
 
                                 
                    Location of
  Amount of
 
                    Gain (Loss)
  Gain (Loss)
 
                    Recognized in
  Recognized in
 
                    Income on
  Income on
 
                    Derivative
  Derivatives
 
    Amount of
              (Ineffective
  (Ineffective
 
    Gain (Loss)
    Location of
  Amount of
    Portion
  Portion
 
    Recognized in
    Gain (Loss)
  Gain (Loss)
    and Amount
  and Amount
 
    AOCI on
    Reclassified from
  Reclassified from
    Excluded from
  Excluded from
 
    Derivatives
    AOCI into Income
  AOCI into Income
    Effectiveness
  Effectiveness
 
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
  (Effective Portion)    
(Effective Portion)
  (Effective Portion)    
Testing)
  Testing)  
 
Commodity contracts
  $ (15,949 )   Cost of goods sold   $ (10,521 )   Cost of goods sold   $ (433 )
Interest rate contracts
    (5,304 )   Interest expense     772     Interest expense      
Foreign exchange contracts
    752     Net Sales     (1,729 )   Net sales      
Foreign exchange contracts
    2,627     Cost of goods sold     (9,293 )   Cost of goods sold      
Commodity contracts
    4,669     Discontinued operations     8,925     Discontinued operations     (177 )
                                 
Total
  $ (13,205 )       $ (11,846 )       $ (610 )
                                 
 
Derivative Contracts
 
For derivative instruments that are used to economically hedge the fair value of the Company’s third party and intercompany payments and interest rate payments, the gain (loss) is recognized in earnings in the period of change associated with the derivative contract.
 
During Fiscal 2010 the Successor Company recognized the following respective gains (losses) on derivative contracts:
 
             
    Amount of
     
    Gain (Loss)
     
    Recognized in
    Location of Gain or (Loss)
    Income on
    Recognized in
    Derivatives     Income on Derivatives
 
Commodity contracts
  $ 153     Cost of goods sold
Foreign exchange contracts
    (42,039 )   Other (income) expense, net
             
Total
  $ (41,886 )    
             


F-65


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
During the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 (Successor Company) and the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company), the Company recognized the following respective gains (losses) on derivative contracts:
 
                     
    Amount of Gain (Loss)
     
    Recognized in
     
    Income on Derivatives      
    Successor
    Predecessor
     
    Company     Company      
    Period from
    Period from
     
    August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
     
    through
    through
    Location of Gain or (Loss)
Derivatives Not Designated as
  September 30,
    August 30,
    Recognized in
Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815
  2009     2009     Income on Derivatives
 
Interest rate contracts(A)
  $     $ (6,191 )   Interest expense
Foreign exchange contracts
    (1,469 )     3,075     Other (income) expense, net
                     
Total
  $ (1,469 )   $ (3,116 )    
                     
 
 
(A) Amount represents portion of certain future payments related to interest rate contracts that were de-designated as cash flow hedges during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases.
 
During Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company recognized the following respective gains (losses) on derivative contracts:
 
             
    Amount of Gain (Loss)
    Location of Gain or (Loss)
    Recognized in
    Recognized in
    Income on Derivatives     Income on Derivatives
 
Foreign exchange contracts
    (9,361 )   Other (income) expense, net
             
Total
  $ (9,361 )    
             
 
Credit Risk
 
The Company is exposed to the default risk of the counterparties with which the Company transacts. The Company monitors counterparty credit risk on an individual basis by periodically assessing each such counterparty’s credit rating exposure. The maximum loss due to credit risk equals the fair value of the gross asset derivatives which are primarily concentrated with a foreign financial institution counterparty. The Company considers these exposures when measuring its credit reserve on its derivative assets, which was $75 and $32, respectively, at September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009. Additionally, the Company does not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk.
 
The Company’s standard contracts do not contain credit risk related contingencies whereby the Company would be required to post additional cash collateral as a result of a credit event. However, as a result of the Company’s current credit profile, the Company is typically required to post collateral in the normal course of business to offset its liability positions. At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the Company had posted cash collateral of $2,363 and $1,943, respectively, related to such liability positions. In addition, at September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the Successor Company had posted standby letters of credit of $4,000 and $0, respectively, related to such liability positions. The cash collateral is included in Receivables — Other within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.


F-66


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate risk. The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges with the changes in fair value recorded in AOCI and as a derivative hedge asset or liability, as applicable. The swaps settle periodically in arrears with the related amounts for the current settlement period payable to, or receivable from, the counter-parties included in accrued liabilities or receivables, respectively, and recognized in earnings as an adjustment to interest expense from the underlying debt to which the swap is designated. At September 30, 2010, the Company had a portfolio of U.S. dollar-denominated interest rate swaps outstanding which effectively fixes the interest on floating rate debt, exclusive of lender spreads as follows: 2.25% for a notional principal amount of $300,000 through December 2011 and 2.29% for a notional principal amount of $300,000 through January 2012 (the “U.S. dollar swaps”). During Fiscal 2010, in connection with the refinancing of its senior credit facilities, the Company terminated a portfolio of Euro-denominated interest rate swaps at a cash loss of $3,499 which was recognized as an adjustment to interest expense. The derivative net (loss) on the U.S. dollar swaps contracts recorded in AOCI by the Company at September 30, 2010 was $(2,675), net of tax benefit of $1,640.
 
The derivative net gain (loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Company at September 30, 2009 was $0. The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Predecessor Company at September 30, 2008 was $(3,604), net of tax benefit of $2,209. At September 30, 2010, the portion of derivative net (losses) estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings by the Successor Company over the next 12 months is $(1,416), net of tax.
 
In connection with the Company’s merger with Russell Hobbs and the refinancing of the Company’s existing senior credit facilities associated with the closing of the Merger, the Company assessed the prospective effectiveness of its interest rate cash flow hedges during fiscal 2010. As a result, during fiscal 2010, the Company ceased hedge accounting and recorded a loss of ($1,451) as an adjustment to interest expense for the change in fair value of its U.S. dollar swaps from the date of de-designation until the U.S. dollar swaps were re-designated. The Company also evaluated whether the amounts recorded in AOCI associated with the forecasted U.S. dollar swap transactions were probable of not occurring and determined that occurrence of the transactions was still reasonably possible. Upon the refinancing of the existing senior credit facility associated with the closing of the Merger, the Company re-designated the U.S. dollar swaps as cash flow hedges of certain scheduled interest rate payments on the new $750,000 U.S. Dollar Term Loan expiring June 16, 2016. At September 30, 2010, the Company believes that all forecasted interest rate swap transactions designated as cash flow hedges are probable of occurring.
 
The Company’s interest rate swap derivative financial instruments at September 30, 2010, September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008 are summarized as follows:
 
                                         
    2010   2009   2008
    Notional
  Remaining
  Notional
  Notional
  Remaining
    Amount   Term   Amount   Amount   Term
 
Interest rate swaps-fixed
  $ 300,000       1.28 years     $     $ 267,029       0.07 years  
Interest rate swaps-fixed
  $ 300,000       1.36 years     $     $ 170,000       0.11 years  
Interest rate swaps-fixed
  $           $     $ 225,000       1.52 years  
Interest rate swaps-fixed
  $           $     $ 80,000       1.62 years  
 
The Company periodically enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the risk from forecasted foreign denominated third party and intercompany sales or payments. These obligations generally require the Company to exchange foreign currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling, Australian Dollars, Brazilian Reals, Canadian Dollars or Japanese Yen. These foreign exchange contracts are cash flow


F-67


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
hedges of fluctuating foreign exchange related to sales or product or raw material purchases. Until the sale or purchase is recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is recorded in AOCI and as a derivative hedge asset or liability, as applicable. At the time the sale or purchase is recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is reclassified as an adjustment to Net sales or purchase price variance in Cost of goods sold.
 
At September 30, 2010 the Successor Company had a series of foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding through June 2012 with a contract value of $299,993. At September 30, 2009 the Successor Company had a series of foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding through September 2010 with a contract value of $92,963. At September 30, 2008 the Predecessor Company had a series of such derivative contracts outstanding through September 2010 with a contract value of $144,776. The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor Company at September 30, 2010 was $(5,322), net of tax benefit of $2,204. The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor Company at September 30, 2009 was $(378), net of tax benefit of $167. The derivative net gain on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Predecessor Company at September 30, 2008 was $3,591, net of tax expense of $1,482. At September 30, 2010, the portion of derivative net (losses) estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings by the Company over the next 12 months is $(4,596), net of tax.
 
The Company is exposed to risk from fluctuating prices for raw materials, specifically zinc used in its manufacturing processes. The Company hedges a portion of the risk associated with these materials through the use of commodity swaps. The hedge contracts are designated as cash flow hedges with the fair value changes recorded in AOCI and as a hedge asset or liability, as applicable. The unrecognized changes in fair value of the hedge contracts are reclassified from AOCI into earnings when the hedged purchase of raw materials also affects earnings. The swaps effectively fix the floating price on a specified quantity of raw materials through a specified date. At September 30, 2010 the Successor Company had a series of such swap contracts outstanding through September 2012 for 15 tons with a contract value of $28,897. At September 30, 2009 the Successor Company had a series of such swap contracts outstanding through September 2011 for 8 tons with a contract value of $11,830. At September 30, 2008, the Predecessor Company had a series of such swap contracts outstanding through September 2010 for 13 tons with a contract value of $31,030. The derivative net gain on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor Company at September 30, 2010 was $2,256, net of tax expense of $1,201. The derivative net gain on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor Company at September 30, 2009 was $347, net of tax expense of $183. The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor Company at September 30, 2008 was $(5,396), net of tax benefit of $2,911. At September 30, 2010, the portion of derivative net gains estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings by the Company over the next 12 months is $1,251, net of tax.
 
The Company was also exposed to fluctuating prices of raw materials, specifically urea and di-ammonium phosphates (“DAP”), used in its manufacturing processes in the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business. During the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company) $(2,116) of pretax derivative gains (losses) were recorded as an adjustment to Loss from Discontinued operations, net of tax, for swap or option contracts settled at maturity. During Fiscal 2008, $8,925 of pretax derivative gains were recorded as an adjustment to Loss from discontinued operations, by the Predecessor Company for swap or option contracts settled at maturity. The hedges are generally highly effective; however, during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, $(12,803) and $(177), respectively, of pretax derivative gains (losses), were recorded as an adjustment to Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, by the Predecessor Company. The amount recorded during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009, was due to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and a determination that the forecasted transactions were probable of not occurring. The Successor Company had no such swap contracts outstanding as of September 30, 2009 and no related gain (loss) recorded in AOCI.


F-68


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Derivative Contracts
 
The Company periodically enters into forward and swap foreign exchange contracts to economically hedge the risk from third party and intercompany payments resulting from existing obligations. These obligations generally require the Company to exchange foreign currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros or Australian Dollars. These foreign exchange contracts are economic hedges of a related liability or asset recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The gain or loss on the derivative hedge contracts is recorded in earnings as an offset to the change in value of the related liability or asset at each period end. At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 the Company had $333,562 and $37,478, respectively, of such foreign exchange derivative notional value contracts outstanding.
 
During the Predecessor Company’s eleven month period ended August 30, 2009, as a result of the Bankruptcy Cases, the Company determined that previously designated cash flow hedge relationships associated with interest rate swaps became ineffective as of the Company’s Petition Date. Further, the Company’s senior secured term credit agreement was amended in connection with the implementation of the Plan, and accordingly the underlying transactions did not occur as originally forecasted. As a result, the Predecessor Company reclassified approximately $(6,191), pretax, of (losses) from AOCI as an adjustment to Interest expense during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. As a result, the portion of derivative net losses to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months was $0. The Predecessor Company’s related derivative contracts were terminated during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases and settled at a loss on the Effective Date.
 
(s)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
ASC Topic 820: “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” (“ASC 820”), establishes a new framework for measuring fair value and expands related disclosures. Broadly, the ASC 820 framework requires fair value to be determined based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. ASC 820 establishes market or observable inputs as the preferred source of values, followed by assumptions based on hypothetical transactions in the absence of market inputs. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that attempt to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The determination of the fair values considers various factors, including closing exchange or over-the-counter market pricing quotations, time value and credit quality factors underlying options and contracts. The fair value of certain derivative financial instruments is estimated using pricing models based on contracts with similar terms and risks. Modeling techniques assume market correlation and volatility, such as using prices of one delivery point to calculate the price of the contract’s different delivery point. The nominal value of interest rate transactions is discounted using applicable forward interest rate curves. In addition, by applying a credit reserve which is calculated based on credit default swaps or published default probabilities for the actual and potential asset value, the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments assets reflects the risk that the counterparties to these contracts may default on the obligations. Likewise, by assessing the requirements of a reserve for non-performance which is calculated based on the probability of default by the Company, the Company adjusts its derivative contract liabilities to reflect the price at which a potential market participant would be willing to assume the Company’s liabilities. The Company has not changed its valuation techniques in measuring the fair value of any financial assets and liabilities during the year.
 
The valuation techniques required by ASC 820 are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect


F-69


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
market assumptions made by the Company. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:
 
Level 1 Unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
 
Level 2 Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
 
Level 3 Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.
 
The Company maintains policies and procedures to value instruments using the best and most relevant data available. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls must be determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. In addition, the Company has risk management teams that review valuation, including independent price validation for certain instruments. Further, in other instances, the Company retains independent pricing vendors to assist in valuing certain instruments.
 
The Company’s derivatives are valued on a recurring basis using internal models, which are based on market observable inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot prices for currencies and commodities.
 
The Company’s net derivative portfolio as of September 30, 2010, contains Level 2 instruments and represents commodity, interest rate and foreign exchange contracts.
 
                                 
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
Assets:
                               
Commodity contracts
  $     $ 3,914     $     $ 3,914  
                                 
Total Assets
  $     $ 3,914     $     $ 3,914  
                                 
Liabilities:
                               
Interest rate contracts
  $     $ (6,627 )   $     $ (6,627 )
Foreign exchange contracts, net
          (38,111 )   $       (38,111 )
                                 
Total Liabilities
  $     $ (44,738 )   $     $ (44,738 )
                                 
 
The Company’s net derivative portfolio as of September 30, 2009, contains Level 2 instruments and represents commodity and foreign exchange contracts.
 
                                 
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
Assets:
                               
Commodity contracts
  $     $ 3,415     $     $ 3,415  
                                 
Total Assets
  $     $ 3,415     $     $ 3,415  
                                 
Liabilities:
                               
Foreign exchange contracts, net
  $     $ (797 )   $     $ (797 )
                                 
Total Liabilities
  $     $ (797 )   $     $ (797 )
                                 


F-70


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable and short-term debt approximate fair value. The fair values of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments are generally based on quoted or observed market prices.
 
Goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are also tested annually or if a triggering event occurs that indicates an impairment loss may have been incurred using fair value measurements with unobservable inputs (Level 3). The Company did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets during Fiscal 2010. (See also Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies — Intangible Assets, for further details on impairment testing.)
 
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are summarized as follows ((liability)/asset):
 
                                         
    September 30, 2010   September 30, 2009
    Carrying
      Carrying
   
    Amount   Fair Value   Amount   Fair Value
 
Total debt
  $ (1,743,767 )   $ (1,868,754 )   $ (1,583,535 )   $ (1,592,987 )        
Interest rate swap agreements
    (6,627 )     (6,627 )                    
Commodity swap and option agreements
    3,914       3,914       3,415       3,415          
Foreign exchange forward agreements
    (38,111 )     (38,111 )     (797 )     (797 )        
 
(t)  Environmental Expenditures
 
Environmental expenditures that relate to current ongoing operations or to conditions caused by past operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. The Company determines its liability on a site-by-site basis and records a liability at the time when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and such liability can be reasonably estimated. The estimated liability is not reduced for possible recoveries from insurance carriers. Estimated environmental remediation expenditures are included in the determination of the net realizable value recorded for assets held for sale.
 
(u)  Reclassifications
 
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported results of operations or accumulated deficit.
 
(v)  Comprehensive Income
 
Comprehensive income includes foreign currency translation of assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, effects of exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term nature and transactions designated as a hedge of net foreign investments, derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges and additional minimum pension liabilities associated with the Company’s pension. Except for the currency translation impact of the Company’s intercompany debt of a long-term nature, the Company does not provide income taxes on currency translation adjustments, as earnings from international subsidiaries are considered to be permanently reinvested.


F-71


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Amounts recorded in AOCI on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 are net of the following tax (benefit) expense amounts:
 
                                 
    Pension
  Cash
  Translation
   
    Adjustment   Flow Hedges   Adjustment   Total
 
2010 (Successor Company)
  $ (6,141 )   $ (2,659 )   $ (1,566 )   $ (10,366 )
2009 (Successor Company)
  $ 247     $ 16     $ 319     $ 582  
2009 (Predecessor Company)
  $ (497 )   $ 5,286     $ (40 )   $ 4,749  
2008 (Predecessor Company)
  $ (1,139 )   $ (4,765 )   $ (318 )   $ (6,222 )
 
(w)  Stock Compensation
 
In 1996, the Predecessor Company’s board of directors (“Predecessor Board”) approved the Rayovac Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan (“1996 Plan”). Under the 1996 Plan, stock options to acquire up to 2,318 shares of common stock, in the aggregate, could be granted to select employees and non-employee directors of the Predecessor Company under either or both a time-vesting or a performance-vesting formula at an exercise price equal to the market price of the common stock on the date of grant. The 1996 Plan expired on September 12, 2006.
 
In 1997, the Predecessor Board adopted the 1997 Rayovac Incentive Plan (“1997 Plan”). Under the 1997 Plan, the Predecessor Company could grant to employees and non-employee director’s stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, and other stock-based awards, as well as cash-based annual and long-term incentive awards. Accelerated vesting will occur in the event of a change in control, as defined in the 1997 Plan. Up to 5,000 shares of common stock could have been issued under the 1997 Plan. The 1997 Plan expired in August 31, 2007.
 
In 2004, the Predecessor Board adopted the 2004 Rayovac Incentive Plan (“2004 Plan”). The 2004 Plan supplements the 1997 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, the Predecessor Company could grant to employees and non-employee directors stock options, SARs, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards, as well as cash-based annual and long-term incentive awards. Accelerated vesting would occur in the event of a change in control, as defined in the 2004 Plan. Up to 3,500 shares of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could have been issued under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan would have expired on July 31, 2014.
 
On the Effective Date all of the existing common stock of the Predecessor Company was extinguished and deemed cancelled. The Successor Company had no stock options, SARs, restricted stock or other stock-based awards outstanding as of September 30, 2009.
 
In September 2009, the Successor Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) adopted the 2009 Spectrum Brands Inc. Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”). In conjunction with the Merger the 2009 Plan was assumed by SB Holdings. As of September 30, 2010, up to 3,333 shares of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could have been issued under the 2009 Plan. After October 21, 2010, no further awards may be made under the 2009 Plan, provided that a majority of the holders of the common stock of the Company eligible to vote thereon approve the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (“2011 Plan”) prior to October 21, 2011.
 
In conjunction with the Merger, the Company adopted the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (formerly known as the Russell Hobbs Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan, as amended on June 24, 2008) (the “2007 RH Plan”). As of September 30, 2010, up to 600 shares of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could have been issued under the RH Plan. After October 21, 2010, no further awards may be made under the 2007 RH Plan, provided that a majority of the holders of the common stock of the Company eligible to vote thereon approve the 2011 Plan prior to October 21, 2011.


F-72


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
On October 21, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2011 Plan, subject to shareholder approval prior to October 21, 2011 and the Company intends to submit the 2011 Plan for shareholder approval in connection with its next Annual Meeting. Upon such shareholder approval, no further awards will be granted under the 2009 Plan and the 2007 RH Plan. 4,626 shares of common stock of the Company, net of cancellations, may be issued under the 2011 Plan. While the Company has begun granting awards under the 2011 Plan, the 2011 Plan (and awards granted thereunder) are subject to the approval by a majority of the holders of the common stock of the Company eligible to vote thereon prior to October 21, 2011.
 
Under ASC Topic 718: “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” (“ASC 718”), the Company is required to recognize expense related to the fair value of its employee stock awards.
 
Total stock compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards recognized by the Successor Company during Fiscal 2010 was $16,676 or $10,839, net of taxes. The amounts before tax are included in General and administrative expenses and Restructuring and related charges in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, of which $2,141 or $1,392 net of taxes, was included in Restructuring and related charges primarily related to the accelerated vesting of certain awards related to terminated employees. The Successor Company recorded no stock compensation expense during the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
 
Total stock compensation expense associated with both stock options and restricted stock awards recognized by the Predecessor Company during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 was $2,636 and $5,098 or $1,642 and $3,141, net of taxes, respectively. The amounts before tax are included in General and administrative expenses and Restructuring and related charges in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, of which $0 and $433 or $0 and $267, net of taxes, was included in Restructuring and related charges during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, primarily related to the accelerated vesting of certain awards related to terminated employees.
 
The Successor Company granted approximately 939 shares of restricted stock during Fiscal 2010. Of these grants, 271 restricted stock units were granted in conjunction with the Merger and are time-based and vest over a one year period. The remaining 668 shares are restricted stock grants that are time based and vest as follows: (i) 18 shares vest over a one year period; (ii) 611 shares vest over a two year period; and (iii) 39 shares vest over a three year period. The total market value of the restricted shares on the date of the grant was approximately $23,299.
 
The Predecessor Company granted approximately 229 shares of restricted stock during Fiscal 2009. Of these grants, 42 were time-based and would vest on a pro rata basis over a three year period and 187 shares were purely performance-based and would vest only upon achievement of certain performance goals. All vesting dates were subject to the recipient’s continued employment with the Company, except as otherwise permitted by the Predecessor Board or if the employee was terminated without cause. The total market value of the restricted shares on the date of grant was approximately $150. Upon the Effective Date, by operation of the Plan, the restricted stock granted by the Predecessor Company was extinguished and deemed cancelled.
 
The Predecessor Company granted approximately 408 shares of restricted stock during Fiscal 2008. Of these grants, 158 shares were time-based and would vest on a pro rata basis over a three year period and 250 were purely performance-based and would vest only upon achievement of certain performance goals. All vesting dates were subject to the recipient’s continued employment with the Company, except as otherwise permitted by the Predecessor Board or if the employee was terminated without cause. The total market value of the restricted shares on the date of grant was approximately $2,165. Upon the Effective Date, by operation of the Plan, the restricted stock granted by the Predecessor Company was extinguished and deemed cancelled.


F-73


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the market price of the Company’s shares on the grant date. A summary of the status of the Successor Company’s non-vested restricted stock as of September 30, 2010 is as follows:
 
                         
          Weighted
       
          Average
       
          Grant Date
       
Restricted Stock
  Shares     Fair Value     Fair Value  
 
Restricted stock at September 30, 2009
        $     $  
Granted
    939       24.82       23,299  
Vested
    (244 )     23.59       (5,763 )
                         
Restricted stock at September 30, 2010
    695     $ 25.23     $ 17,536  
                         
 
(x)  Restructuring and Related Charges
 
Restructuring charges are recognized and measured according to the provisions of ASC Topic 420: “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations,” (“ASC 420”). Under ASC 420, restructuring charges include, but are not limited to, termination and related costs consisting primarily of one-time termination benefits such as severance costs and retention bonuses, and contract termination costs consisting primarily of lease termination costs. Related charges, as defined by the Company, include, but are not limited to, other costs directly associated with exit and integration activities, including impairment of property and other assets, departmental costs of full-time incremental integration employees, and any other items related to the exit or integration activities. Costs for such activities are estimated by management after evaluating detailed analyses of the cost to be incurred. The Company presents restructuring and related charges on a combined basis. (See also Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, for a more complete discussion of restructuring initiatives and related costs).
 
(y)  Acquisition and Integration Related Charges
 
Acquisition and integration related charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not limited to transaction costs such as banking, legal and accounting professional fees directly related to the acquisition, termination and related costs for transitional and certain other employees, integration related professional fees and other post business combination related expenses associated with the Merger of Russell Hobbs.
 
The following table summarizes acquisition and integration related charges incurred by the Company during Fiscal 2010:
 
         
    2010  
 
Legal and professional fees
  $ 24,962  
Employee termination charges
    9,713  
Integration costs
    3,777  
         
Total Acquisition and integration related charges
  $ 38,452  
         
 
(z) Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
Business Combinations
 
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued new accounting guidance on business combinations and noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. The objective is to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness and comparability of the information that a


F-74


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. The guidance applies to all transactions or other events in which an entity (the “acquirer”) obtains control of one or more businesses (the “acquiree”), including those sometimes referred to as “true mergers” or “mergers of equals” and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration. The guidance, among other things, requires companies to provide disclosures relating to the gross amount of goodwill and accumulated goodwill impairment losses. In April 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance which addresses application issues arising from contingencies in a business combination. The Company adopted the new guidance beginning October 1, 2009. The Company merged with Russell Hobbs during Fiscal 2010. (See Note 15, Acquisition, for information relating to the Merger with Russell Hobbs.)
 
Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets
 
In December 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on employers’ disclosures about assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. It requires employers to disclose information about fair value measurements of plan assets. The objectives of the disclosures are to provide an understanding of: (a) how investment allocation decisions are made, including the factors that are pertinent to an understanding of investment policies and strategies; (b) the major categories of plan assets; (c) the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets; (d) the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets for the period; and (e) significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. The Company adopted this new guidance at September 30, 2010, the fair value measurement date of its defined benefit pension and retiree medical plans. (See Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, for the applicable disclosures.)
 
Revenue Recognition — Multiple-Element Arrangements
 
In October 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance addressing the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to enable entities to account for products or services (deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. The provisions establish the accounting and reporting guidance for arrangements under which the entity will perform multiple revenue-generating activities. Specifically, this guidance addresses how to separate deliverables and how to measure and allocate arrangement consideration to one or more units of accounting. The provisions are effective for the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year that began October 1, 2010. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that the guidance may have on its financial statements and related disclosures.
 
aa)  Subsequent Events
 
ASC 855, “Subsequent Events,” (“ASC 855”). ASC 855 establishes general standards of accounting and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The adoption of ASC 855 requires the Company to evaluate all subsequent events that occur after the balance sheet date through the date and time the Company’s financial statements are issued. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through December 14, 2010, which is the date these financial statements were issued.


F-75


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
(4)   Inventory
 
Inventories consist of the following:
 
                 
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
Raw materials
  $ 62,857     $ 64,314  
Work-in-process
    28,239       27,364  
Finished goods
    439,246       249,827  
                 
    $ 530,342     $ 341,505  
                 
 
(5)   Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
 
                 
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
Land, buildings and improvements
  $ 79,935     $ 75,997  
Machinery, equipment and other
    157,172       135,639  
Construction in progress
    24,037       6,231  
                 
      261,144       217,867  
Less accumulated depreciation
    59,980       5,506  
                 
    $ 201,164     $ 212,361  
                 
 
(6)   Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets consist of the following:
 
                                         
    Global Batteries &
    Home and
    Global Pet
    Small
       
    Personal Care     Garden Business     Supplies     Appliances     Total  
 
Goodwill:
                                       
Balance at September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company)
  $ 117,649     $     $ 117,819     $     $ 235,468  
Additions
    2,762                         2,762  
Effect of translation
    369             306             675  
                                         
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company)
  $ 120,780     $     $ 118,125     $     $ 238,905  
Fresh-start adjustments
    60,029       187,887       41,239             289,155  
                                         
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
  $ 180,809     $ 187,887     $ 159,364     $     $ 528,060  
Adjustments for release of valuation allowance
    (30,363 )     (17,080 )                 (47,443 )
Effect of translation
    1,847             884             2,731  
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
  $ 152,293     $ 170,807     $ 160,248     $     $ 483,348  
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
                      120,079       120,079  
Effect of translation
    (2,715 )           (2,892 )     2,235       (3,372 )
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
  $ 149,578     $ 170,807     $ 157,356     $ 122,314     $ 600,055  
                                         


F-76


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                                         
    Global Batteries &
    Home and
    Global Pet
    Small
       
    Personal Care     Garden Business     Supplies     Appliances     Total  
 
Intangible Assets:
                                       
Trade names Not Subject to Amortization
                                       
Balance at September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company)
  $ 286,260     $ 57,000     $ 218,345     $     $ 561,605  
Reclassification(A)
          (12,000 )                 (12,000 )
Impairment charge
    (15,391 )     (500 )     (18,500 )           (34,391 )
Effect of translation
    (240 )           (214 )           (454 )
                                         
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company)
  $ 270,629     $ 44,500     $ 199,631     $     $ 514,760  
Fresh-start adjustments
    130,371       31,500       10,869             172,740  
                                         
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
  $ 401,000     $ 76,000     $ 210,500     $     $ 687,500  
Effect of translation
    983             1,753             2,736  
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
  $ 401,983     $ 76,000     $ 212,253     $     $ 690,236  
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
                      170,930       170,930  
Effect of translation
    (3,878 )           (6,920 )     7,110       (3,688 )
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
  $ 398,105     $ 76,000     $ 205,333     $ 178,040     $ 857,478  
                                         
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
                                       
Balance at September 30, 2008, net (Predecessor Company)
  $ 11,829     $ 58,357     $ 111,018     $     $ 181,204  
Additions(A)
    500       12,000       32             12,532  
Disposals(B)
          (11,595 )                 (11,595 )
Amortization during period
    (975 )     (6,297 )     (11,827 )           (19,099 )
Effect of translation
    (129 )           (623 )           (752 )
                                         
Balance at August 30, 2009, net (Predecessor Company)
  $ 11,225     $ 52,465     $ 98,600     $     $ 162,290  
Fresh-start adjustments
    342,775       120,535       146,400             609,710  
                                         
Balance at August 30, 2009, net (Successor Company)
  $ 354,000     $ 173,000     $ 245,000     $     $ 772,000  
Amortization during period
    (1,528 )     (729 )     (1,256 )           (3,513 )
Effect of translation
    1,961             1,261             3,222  
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2009, net (Successor Company)
  $ 354,433     $ 172,271     $ 245,005     $     $ 771,709  
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
                      192,397       192,397  
Amortization during period
    (17,755 )     (8,750 )     (14,861 )     (4,554 )     (45,920 )
Effect of translation
    (3,562 )           (3,876 )     1,134       (6,304 )
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2010, net (Successor Company)
  $ 333,116     $ 163,521     $ 226,268     $ 188,977     $ 911,882  
                                         
Total Intangible Assets, net at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
  $ 731,221     $ 239,521     $ 431,601     $ 367,017     $ 1,769,360  
                                         
 
 
(A) During the first quarter of Fiscal 2009, the Company reclassified $12,000 of trade names intangible assets not subject to amortization related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business to intangible assets subject to amortization as such trade names had been assigned a useful life through the term of the shutdown period. The Company completed the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. (See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for further details on the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business).

F-77


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
(B) During the second quarter of Fiscal 2009, the Company reclassified the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business to discontinued operations as the Company completed the shutdown of the business during that period. The Company disposed of all intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business. (See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for further details on the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business).
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization include proprietary technology, customer relationships and certain trade names. The carrying value of technology assets was $60,792, net of accumulated amortization of $6,305 at September 30, 2010 and $62,985, net of accumulated amortization of $515 at September 30, 2009. The Company trade names subject to amortization relate to the valuation under fresh-start reporting and the Merger with Russell Hobbs. The carrying value of these trade names was $145,939, net of accumulated amortization of $3,750 at September 30, 2010 and $490, net of accumulated amortization of $10 at September 30, 2009. Remaining intangible assets subject to amortization include customer relationship intangibles. The carrying value of customer relationships was $705,151, net of accumulated amortization of $35,865 at September 30, 2010 and $708,234, net of accumulated amortization of $2,988 at September 30, 2009. The useful life of the Company’s intangible assets subject to amortization are 8 years for technology assets related to the Global Pet Supplies segment, 9 to 11 years for technology assets related to the Small Appliances segment, 17 years for technology assets associated with the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment, 20 years for customer relationships of Global Batteries & Personal Care, Home and Garden and Global Pet Supplies, 15 years for Small Appliances customer relationships, 12 years for a trade name within the Small Appliances segment and 4 years for a trade name within the Home and Garden segment.
 
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. During Fiscal 2010, the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 the Company conducted impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this testing the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of approximately $34,391 and $861,234 in the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. The $34,391 recorded during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 related to impaired trade name intangible assets. Of the Fiscal 2008 impairment, approximately $601,934 of the charge related to impaired goodwill and $259,300 related to impaired trade name intangible assets. (See also Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies — Intangible Assets, for further details on the impairment charges).
 
The Company has designated the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued operations. In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be disposed are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $5,700 in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this business. (See also Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for additional information relating to this impairment charge).


F-78


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The amortization expense related to intangibles subject to amortization for the Successor Company for Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, and the Predecessor Company for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 is as follows:
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          Through
    Through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008(A)  
 
Proprietary technology amortization
  $ 6,305     $ 515     $ 3,448     $ 3,934  
Customer list amortization
    35,865       2,988       14,920       23,327  
Trade names amortization
    3,750       10       731       426  
                                 
    $ 45,920     $ 3,513     $ 19,099     $ 27,687  
                                 
 
 
(A) Fiscal 2008 includes amortization expense related to the year ended September 30, 2007 (“Fiscal 2007”), as a result of the reclassification of the Home and Garden Business as a continuing operation during Fiscal 2008. (See also Note 11, Segment Results, for further details on amortization expense related to the Home and Garden Business).
 
The Company estimates annual amortization expense for the next five fiscal years will approximate $55,630 per year.
 
(7)   Debt
 
Debt consists of the following:
 
                                 
    September 30, 2010     September 30, 2009  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
 
Term Loan, U.S. Dollar, expiring June 16, 2016
  $ 750,000       8.1 %   $        
9.5% Senior Secured Notes, due June 15, 2018
    750,000       9.5 %            
Term Loan B, U.S. Dollar
                973,125       8.1 %
Term Loan, Euro
                371,874       8.6 %
12% Notes, due August 28, 2019
    245,031       12.0 %     218,076       12.0 %
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, expiring June 16, 2014
          4.1 %            
Old ABL revolving credit facility
                33,225       6.6 %
Supplemental Loan
                45,000       17.7 %
Other notes and obligations
    13,605       10.8 %     5,919       6.2 %
Capitalized lease obligations
    11,755       5.2 %     12,924       4.9 %
                                 
      1,770,391               1,660,143          
Original issuance discounts on debt
    (26,624 )                      
Fair value adjustment as a result of fresh-start reporting valuation
                  (76,608 )        
Less current maturities
    20,710               53,578          
                                 
Long-term debt
  $ 1,723,057             $ 1,529,957          
                                 


F-79


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The Successor Company’s aggregate scheduled maturities of debt as of September 30, 2010 are as follows:
 
         
2011
  $ 20,710  
2012
    35,254  
2013
    39,902  
2014
    39,907  
2015
    39,970  
Thereafter
    1,594,648  
         
    $ 1,770,391  
         
 
The Company’s aggregate capitalized lease obligations included in the amounts above are payable in installments of $990 in 2011, $745 in 2012, $725 in 2013, $740 in 2014, $803 in 2015 and $7,752 thereafter.
 
In connection with the combination of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands (i) entered into a new senior secured term loan pursuant to a new senior credit agreement (the “Senior Credit Agreement”) consisting of a $750,000 U.S. Dollar Term Loan due June 16, 2016 (the “Term Loan”), (ii) issued $750,000 in aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing June 15, 2018 (the “9.5% Notes”) and (iii) entered into a $300,000 U.S. Dollar asset based revolving loan facility due June 16, 2014 (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Senior Credit Agreement, the “Senior Credit Facilities” and the Senior Credit Facilities together with the 9.5% Notes, the “Senior Secured Facilities”). The proceeds from the Senior Secured Facilities were used to repay Spectrum Brands’ then-existing senior term credit facility (the “Prior Term Facility”) and Spectrum Brands’ then-existing asset based revolving loan facility, to pay fees and expenses in connection with the refinancing and for general corporate purposes.
 
The 9.5% Notes and 12% Notes were issued by Spectrum Brands. SB/RH Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB Holdings, and the wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the guarantors under the 9.5% Notes. The wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the guarantors under the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is not an issuer or guarantor of the 9.5% Notes or the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is also not a borrower or guarantor under the Company’s Term Loan or the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. Spectrum Brands is the borrower under the Term Loan and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries along with SB/RH Holdings, LLC are the guarantors under that facility. Spectrum Brands and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are the borrowers under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and SB/RH Holdings, LLC is a guarantor of that facility.
 
Senior Term Credit Facility
 
The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 16, 2016. Subject to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term Loan provides for a minimum Eurodollar interest rate floor of 1.5% and interest spreads over market rates of 6.5%.
 
The Senior Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over time. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments or specified payments, give guarantees, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and merge or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a guarantee and collateral agreement, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed their respective obligations under the Senior Credit Agreement and related loan documents and have pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure such obligations.


F-80


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The Senior Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
 
The Term Loan was issued at a 2.00% discount and was recorded net of the $15,000 amount incurred. The discount will be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 2010, the Company recorded $25,968 of fees in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement. The fees are classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement.
 
At September 30, 2010, the aggregate amount outstanding under the Term Loan totaled $750,000.
 
At September 30, 2009, the aggregate amount outstanding under the Prior Term Facility totaled a U.S. Dollar equivalent of $1,391,459, consisting of principal amounts of $973,125 under the U.S. Dollar Term B Loan, €254,970 under the Euro Facility (USD $371,874 at September 30, 2009) as well as letters of credit outstanding under the L/C Facility totaling $46,460.
 
9.5% Notes
 
At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding principal of $750,000 under the 9.5% Notes maturing June 15, 2018.
 
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the 9.5% Notes (the “2018 Indenture”) requires the Company to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company, as defined in such indenture.
 
The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
 
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
 
The 9.5% Notes were issued at a 1.37% discount and were recorded net of the $10,245 amount incurred. The discount will be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the remaining life of the 9.5% Notes. During Fiscal 2010, the Company recorded $20,823 of fees in connection with the issuance of the 9.5% Notes. The fees are classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the 9.5% Notes.


F-81


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
12% Notes
 
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 and pursuant to the Plan, the Company issued $218,076 in aggregate principal amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019. Semiannually, at its option, the Company may elect to pay interest on the 12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, or “PIK”. PIK interest would be added to principal upon the relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior Term Facility, the Company agreed to make interest payments on the 12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the Prior Term Facility the Company is no longer required to make interest payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual interest payment date of August 28, 2010. Effective with the payment date of August 28, 2010 the Company gave notice to the trustee that the interest payment due February 28, 2011 would be made in cash. During Fiscal 2010, the Company reclassified $26,955 of accrued interest from Other long term liabilities to principal in connection with the PIK provision of the 12% Notes.
 
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the 12% Notes require the Company to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company, as defined in such indenture.
 
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the Company had outstanding principal of $245,031 and $218,076, respectively, under the 12% Notes.
 
The indenture governing the 12% Notes (the “2019 Indenture”), contains customary covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
 
In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default under the indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of default under the 2019 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the indenture or the registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 12% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
 
The Company is subject to certain limitations as a result of the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under the 2019 Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, Spectrum Brands and certain of its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to make significant acquisitions or incur significant additional senior credit facility debt beyond the Senior Credit Facilities. The Company does not expect its inability to satisfy the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair its ability to provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and long-term liquidity requirements of its existing businesses, although no assurance can be given in this regard.
 
In connection with the Merger, the Company obtained the consent of the note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”). The Supplemental Indenture became effective upon the closing of the Merger. Among other things, the Supplemental Indenture amended the definition of change in control to exclude the Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (“Harbinger Master Fund”) and Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. (“Harbinger Special Fund”) and, together with Harbinger Master Fund, the “HCP Funds”) and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (together


F-82


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
with the HCP Funds, the “Harbinger Parties”) and increased the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness up to $1,850,000.
 
During Fiscal 2010 the Company recorded $2,966 of fees in connection with the consent. The fees are classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the 12% Notes effective with the closing of the Merger.
 
ABL Revolving Credit Facility
 
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America as administrative agent (the “Agent”). The ABL Revolving Credit Facility consists of revolving loans (the “Revolving Loans”), with a portion available for letters of credit and a portion available as swing line loans, in each case subject to the terms and limits described therein.
 
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and reborrowed without premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for working capital requirements of the Company and its subsidiaries’, restructuring costs, and other general corporate purposes.
 
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility carries an interest rate, at the Company’s option, which is subject to change based on availability under the facility, of either: (a) the base rate plus currently 2.75% per annum or (b) the reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate (the “Eurodollar Rate”) plus currently 3.75% per annum. No amortization will be required with respect to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL Revolving Credit Facility will mature on June 16, 2014. Pursuant to the credit and security agreement, the obligations under the ABL credit agreement are secured by certain current assets of the guarantors, including, but not limited to, deposit accounts, trade receivables and inventory.
 
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and warranties and covenants, including, without limitation, enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
 
During Fiscal 2010 the Company recorded $9,839 of fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The fees are classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
 
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility at September 30, 2010, the Company had aggregate borrowing availability of approximately $225,255, net of lender reserves of $28,972.
 
At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $36,969 under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
 
At September 30, 2009, the Company had an aggregate amount outstanding under its then-existing asset based revolving loan facility of $84,225 which included a supplemental loan of $45,000 and $6,000 in outstanding letters of credit.


F-83


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
(8)   Income Taxes
 
Income tax (benefit) expense was calculated based upon the following components of (loss) income from continuing operations before income tax:
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Pretax (loss) income:
                               
United States
  $ (230,262 )   $ (28,043 )   $ 936,379     $ (654,003 )
Outside the United States
    106,079       8,043       186,975       (260,815 )
                                 
Total pretax (loss) income
  $ (124,183 )   $ (20,000 )   $ 1,123,354     $ (914,818 )
                                 
 
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Current:
                               
Foreign
    44,481     $ 3,111     $ 24,159     $ 20,964  
State
    2,907       282       (364 )     2,089  
                                 
Total current
    47,388       3,393       23,795       23,053  
Deferred:
                               
Federal
    22,119       49,790       (1,599 )     27,109  
Foreign
    (6,514 )     (1,266 )     1,581       (63,064 )
State
    196       (724 )     (1,166 )     3,442  
                                 
Total deferred
    15,801       47,800       (1,184 )     (32,513 )
                                 
Income tax (benefit) expense
  $ 63,189     $ 51,193     $ 22,611     $ (9,460 )
                                 


F-84


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following reconciles the Federal statutory income tax rate with the Company’s effective tax rate:
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Statutory federal income tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Permanent items
    (2.1 )     5.9       1.0       (0.7 )
Foreign statutory rate vs. U.S. statutory rate
    8.1       3.6       (0.8 )     (1.8 )
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
    4.0       3.9       (0.6 )     1.4  
Net nondeductible (deductible) interest expense
                      0.2  
ASC 350 Impairment
                      (11.2 )
Fresh-start reporting valuation adjustment(A)
                (33.9 )      
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise
                4.5        
Professional fees incurred in connection with Bankruptcy Filing
                1.4        
Residual tax on foreign earnings
    (7.5 )     (284.7 )           (0.5 )
Valuation allowance(B)
    (73.3 )     (7.4 )     (4.6 )     (23.5 )
Reorganization items
    (6.1 )                  
Unrecognized tax benefits
    (2.6 )     (9.3 )           (0.1 )
Inflationary adjustments
    (2.7 )     (1.1 )            
Deferred tax correction of immaterial prior period error
    (4.8 )                  
Other
    1.1       (1.9 )           2.2  
                                 
      (50.9 )%     (256.0 )%     2.0 %     1.0 %
                                 
 
 
(A) Includes the adjustment to the valuation allowance resulting from fresh-start reporting.
 
(B) Includes the adjustment to the valuation allowance resulting from the Plan.


F-85


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
The tax effects of temporary differences, which give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, are as follows:
 
                 
    Successor Company  
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
Current deferred tax assets:
               
Employee benefits
  $ 21,770     $ 20,908  
Restructuring
    6,486       11,396  
Inventories and receivables
    13,484       9,657  
Marketing and promotional accruals
    5,783       5,458  
Other
    22,712       13,107  
Valuation allowance
    (28,668 )     (16,413 )
                 
Total current deferred tax assets
    41,567       44,113  
Current deferred tax liabilities:
               
Inventory
    (1,947 )     (11,560 )
Other
    (3,885 )     (4,416 )
                 
Total current deferred tax liabilities
    (5,832 )     (15,976 )
                 
Net current deferred tax assets
  $ 35,735     $ 28,137  
                 
Noncurrent deferred tax assets:
               
Employee benefits
  $ 17,599     $ 3,564  
Restructuring and purchase accounting
    20,541       26,921  
Marketing and promotional accruals
    1,311       845  
Net operating loss and credit carry forwards
    513,779       291,642  
Prepaid royalty
    9,708       14,360  
Property, plant and equipment
    3,207       2,798  
Unrealized losses
    4,202        
Other
    14,335       17,585  
Valuation allowance
    (302,268 )     (116,275 )
                 
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
    282,414       241,440  
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:
               
Property, plant, and equipment
    (13,862 )     (19,552 )
Unrealized gains
          (15,275 )
Intangibles
    (544,478 )     (430,815 )
Other
    (1,917 )     (3,296 )
                 
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
    (560,257 )     (468,938 )
                 
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
  $ (277,843 )   $ (227,498 )
                 
Net current and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
  $ (242,108 )   $ (199,361 )
                 
 
During Fiscal 2010, the Company recorded residual U.S. and foreign taxes on approximately $26,600 of distributions of foreign earnings resulting in an increase in tax expense of approximately $9,312. The distributions were primarily non-cash deemed distributions under U.S. tax law. During the period from


F-86


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, the Successor Company recorded residual U.S. and foreign taxes on approximately $165,937 of actual and deemed distributions of foreign earnings resulting in an increase in tax expense of approximately $58,295. The Company made these distributions, which were primarily non-cash, to reduce the U.S. tax loss for Fiscal 2009 as a result of Section 382 considerations. Remaining undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign operations amounting to approximately $302,447 and $156,270 at September 30, 2010 and September 2009, respectively, are intended to remain permanently invested. Accordingly, no residual income taxes have been provided on those earnings at September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009. If at some future date, these earnings cease to be permanently invested the Company may be subject to U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding and other taxes on such amounts. If such earnings were not considered permanently reinvested, a deferred tax liability of approximately $109,189 would be required.
 
The Company, as of September 30, 2010, has U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,087,489 and $936,208, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in 2031. The Company has foreign loss carryforwards of approximately $195,456 which will expire beginning in 2011. Certain of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward periods. The Company is subject to an annual limitation on the use of its net operating losses that arose prior to its emergence from bankruptcy. The Company has had multiple changes of ownership, as defined under IRC Section 382, that subject the Company’s U.S. federal and state net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is based on a number of factors including the value of the Company’s stock (as defined for tax purposes) on the date of the ownership change, its net unrealized built in gain position on that date, the occurrence of realized built in gains in years subsequent to the ownership change, and the effects of subsequent ownership changes (as defined for tax purposes) if any. Based on these factors, the Company projects that $296,160 of the total U.S. federal and $462,837 of the state net operating loss carryforwards will expire unused. In addition, separate return year limitations apply to limit the Company’s utilization of the acquired Russell Hobbs U.S. federal and state net operating losses to future income of the Russell Hobbs subgroup. The Company also projects that $37,542 of the total foreign loss carryforwards will expire unused. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets.
 
The Predecessor Company recognized income tax expense of approximately $124,054 related to the gain on the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the senior secured credit facility in the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. The Company, has, in accordance with the IRC Section 108 reduced its net operating loss carryforwards for cancellation of debt income that arose from its emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, under IRC Section 382(1)(6).
 
A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability of the Company to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. As of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the Company’s valuation allowance, established for the tax benefit that may not be realized, totaled approximately $330,936 and $132,688, respectively. As of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, approximately $299,524 and $108,493, respectively related to U.S. net deferred tax assets, and approximately $31,412 and $24,195, respectively, related to foreign net deferred tax assets. The increase in the allowance during Fiscal 2010 totaled approximately $198,248, of which approximately $191,031 related to an increase in the valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets, and approximately $7,217 related to a decrease in the valuation allowance against foreign net deferred tax assets. In connection with the Merger, the Company established additional valuation allowance of approximately $103,790 related to acquired net deferred tax assets as part of purchase accounting. This amount is included in the $198,248 above.


F-87


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits on the Successor Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 are $12,808 and $7,765, respectively, that if recognized will affect the effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The Successor Company as of September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2010 had approximately $3,021 and $5,860, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The impact related to interest and penalties on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company) and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 (Successor Company) was not material. The impact related to interest and penalties on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for Fiscal 2010 was a net increase to income tax expense of $1,527. In connection with the Merger, the Company recorded additional unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $3,299 as part of purchase accounting.
 
As of September 30, 2010, certain of the Company’s Canadian, German, and Hong Kong legal entities are undergoing tax audits. The Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the examinations; however, it is reasonably possible that during the next 12 months some portion of previously unrecognized tax benefits could be recognized.
 
The following table summarizes the changes to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits of the Predecessor Company for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and the Successor Company for the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2010:
 
         
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company)
  $ 6,755  
Gross increase — tax positions in prior period
    26  
Gross decrease — tax positions in prior period
    (11 )
Gross increase — tax positions in current period
    1,673  
Lapse of statutes of limitations
    (807 )
         
Unrecognized tax benefits at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company)
  $ 7,636  
Gross decrease — tax positions in prior period
    (15 )
Gross increase — tax positions in current period
    174  
Lapse of statutes of limitations
    (30 )
         
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
  $ 7,765  
Russell Hobbs acquired unrecognized tax benefits
    3,251  
Gross decrease — tax positions in prior period
    (904 )
Gross increase — tax positions in current period
    3,390  
Lapse of statutes of limitations
    (694 )
         
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
  $ 12,808  
         
 
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions and is subject to ongoing examination by the various taxing authorities. The Company’s major taxing jurisdictions are the U.S., United Kingdom, and Germany. In the U.S., federal tax filings for years prior to and including the Company’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 are closed. However, the federal net operating loss carryforwards from the Company’s fiscal years ended September 30, 2006 and prior are subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) examination until the year that such net operating loss carryforwards are utilized and those years are closed for audit. The Company’s fiscal years ended September 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 remain open to examination by the IRS. Filings in various U.S. state and local jurisdictions are also subject to audit and to date no significant audit matters have arisen.


F-88


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
In the U.S., federal tax filings for years prior to and including Russell Hobbs year ended June 30, 2008 are closed. However, the federal net operating loss carryforward for Russell Hobbs fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 is subject to examination by the IRS until the year that such net operating losses are utilized and those years are closed for audit.
 
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. During the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, the Predecessor Company, as a result of its testing, recorded non-cash pre tax impairment charges of $34,391 and $861,234, respectively. The tax impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit of $12,965 and $142,877 during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, as a result of a significant portion of the impaired assets not being deductible for tax purposes in 2008.
 
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded the correction of an immaterial prior period error in our consolidated financial statements related to deferred taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions. We believe the correction of this error to be both quantitatively and qualitatively immaterial to our annual results for fiscal 2010 or to any of our previously issued financial statements. The impact of the correction was an increase to income tax expense and a decrease to deferred tax assets of approximately $5,900.
 
(9)   Discontinued Operations
 
On November 1, 2007, the Predecessor Company sold the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business, which operated under the name Nu-Gro, to a new company formed by RoyCap Merchant Banking Group and Clarke Inc. Cash proceeds received at closing, net of selling expenses, totaled $14,931 and were used to reduce outstanding debt. These proceeds are included in net cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. On February 5, 2008, the Predecessor Company finalized the contractual working capital adjustment in connection with this sale which increased proceeds received by the Predecessor Company by $500. As a result of the finalization of the contractual working capital adjustments the Predecessor Company recorded a loss on disposal of $1,087, net of tax benefit.
 
On November 11, 2008, the Predecessor Board approved the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed. The decision to shutdown the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business was made only after the Predecessor Company was unable to successfully sell this business, in whole or in part. The shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business was completed during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009.
 
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations has been changed to exclude the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. The following amounts have been segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as discontinued operations for Fiscal 2010, the


F-89


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively:
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period From
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Net sales
  $     $     $ 31,306     $ 261,439  
                                 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
  $ (2,512 )   $ 408     $ (91,293 )   $ (27,124 )
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    223             (4,491 )     (2,182 )
                                 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (2,735 )   $ 408     $ (86,802 )   $ (24,942 )
                                 
 
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations has been changed to exclude the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. The following amounts have been segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as discontinued operations for Fiscal 2008:
 
         
    Predecessor
 
    Company  
    2008  
 
Net sales
  $ 4,732  
         
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
  $ (1,896 )
Provision for income tax benefit
    (651 )
         
Loss from discontinued operations (including loss on disposal of $1,087 in 2008), net of tax
  $ (1,245 )
         
 
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $5,700 in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in order to reflect such intangible assets at their estimated fair value.
 
(10)   Employee Benefit Plans
 
Pension Benefits
 
The Company has various defined benefit pension plans covering some of its employees in the United States and certain employees in other countries, primarily the United Kingdom and Germany. Plans generally provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. The Company funds its U.S. pension plans in accordance with the requirements of the defined benefit pension plans and, where applicable, in amounts sufficient to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of applicable laws. Additionally, in compliance with the Company’s funding policy, annual contributions to non-U.S. defined benefit plans are equal to the actuarial recommendations or statutory requirements in the respective countries.
 
The Company also sponsors or participates in a number of other non-U.S. pension arrangements, including various retirement and termination benefit plans, some of which are covered by local law or coordinated with government-sponsored plans, which are not significant in the aggregate and therefore are not included in the information presented below. The Company also has various nonqualified deferred


F-90


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
compensation agreements with certain of its employees. Under certain of these agreements, the Company has agreed to pay certain amounts annually for the first 15 years subsequent to retirement or to a designated beneficiary upon death. It is management’s intent that life insurance contracts owned by the Company will fund these agreements. Under the remaining agreements, the Company has agreed to pay such deferred amounts in up to 15 annual installments beginning on a date specified by the employee, subsequent to retirement or disability, or to a designated beneficiary upon death.
 
Other Benefits
 
Under the Rayovac postretirement plan the Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible retired employees. Participants earn retiree health care benefits after reaching age 45 over the next 10 succeeding years of service and remain eligible until reaching age 65. The plan is contributory; retiree contributions have been established as a flat dollar amount with contribution rates expected to increase at the active medical trend rate. The plan is unfunded. The Company is amortizing the transition obligation over a 20-year period.
 
Under the Tetra U.S. postretirement plan the Company provides postretirement medical benefits to full-time employees who meet minimum age and service requirements. The plan is contributory with retiree contributions adjusted annually and contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles, coinsurance and copayments.
 
The recognition and disclosure provisions of ASC Topic 715: “Compensation-Retirement Benefits,” (“ASC 715”) requires recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit pension and postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the statement of financial position, and to recognize changes in that funded status in AOCI in the year in which the adoption occurs. The measurement date provisions of ASC 715, became effective during Fiscal 2009 and the Company now measures all of its defined benefit pension and postretirement plan assets and obligations as of September 30, which is the Company’s fiscal year end.


F-91


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following tables provide additional information on the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
 
                                 
    Pension and Deferred
       
    Compensation Benefits     Other Benefits  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
 
Change in benefit obligation
                               
Benefit obligation, beginning of year
  $ 132,752     $ 112,444     $ 476     $ 402  
Obligations assumed from Merger with Russell Hobbs
    54,468                    
Service cost
    2,479       2,279       9       6  
Interest cost
    8,239       7,130       26       26  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    25,140       17,457       25       51  
Participant contributions
    495       334              
Benefits paid
    (6,526 )     (6,353 )     (9 )     (9 )
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    (2,070 )     (539 )            
                                 
Benefit obligation, end of year
  $ 214,977     $ 132,752     $ 527     $ 476  
                                 
Change in plan assets
                               
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
  $ 78,345     $ 70,412     $     $  
Assets acquired from Merger with Russell Hobbs
    38,458                    
Actual return on plan assets
    7,613       1,564              
Employer contributions
    6,234       9,749       9       9  
Employee contributions
    2,127       3,626              
Benefits paid
    (6,526 )     (6,353 )     (9 )     (9 )
Plan expenses paid
    (237 )     (222 )            
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    (448 )     (431 )            
                                 
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
  $ 125,566     $ 78,345     $     $  
                                 
Accrued Benefit Cost
  $ (89,411 )   $ (54,407 )   $ (527 )   $ (476 )
 
                 
Weighted-average assumptions:
               
Discount rate
  4.2%-13.6%   5.0%-11.8%   5.0%   5.5%
Expected return on plan assets
  4.5%-8.8%   4.5%-8.0%   N/A   N/A
Rate of compensation increase
  0%-5.5%   0%-4.6%   N/A   N/A
 
The net underfunded status as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 of $89,411 and $54,407, respectively, is recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position within Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion. Included in the Successor Company’s AOCI as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 are unrecognized net (losses) gains of $(17,197), net of tax benefit (expense) of $5,894 and $576 net of tax benefit (expense) of $(247), respectively, which have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic pension cost. The net loss in AOCI expected to be recognized during Fiscal 2011 is $(388).
 
At September 30, 2010, the Company’s total pension and deferred compensation benefit obligation of $214,977 consisted of $62,126 associated with U.S. plans and $152,851 associated with international plans.


F-92


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The fair value of the Company’s assets of $125,566 consisted of $44,284 associated with U.S. plans and $81,282 associated with international plans. The weighted average discount rate used for the Company’s domestic plans was approximately 5% and approximately 4.8% for its international plans. The weighted average expected return on plan assets used for the Company’s domestic plans was approximately 7.5% and approximately 3.3% for its international plans.
 
At September 30, 2009, the Company’s total pension and deferred compensation benefit obligation of $132,752 consisted of $44,842 associated with U.S. plans and $87,910 associated with international plans. The fair value of the Company’s assets of $78,345 consisted of $33,191 associated with U.S. plans and $45,154 associated with international plans. The weighted average discount rate used for the Company’s domestic and international plans was approximately 5.5%. The weighted average expected return on plan assets used for the Company’s domestic plans was approximately 8.0% and approximately 5.4% for its international plans.
 
                                                                 
    Pension and Deferred Compensation Benefits     Other Benefits  
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company     Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
                Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
                August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
                through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
                September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost
                                                               
Service cost
  $ 2,479     $ 211     $ 2,068     $ 2,616     $ 9     $ 1     $ 8     $ 13  
Interest cost
    8,239       612       6,517       6,475       26       2       24       27  
Expected return on assets
    (5,774 )     (417 )     (4,253 )     (4,589 )                        
Amortization of prior service cost
    535             202       371                          
Amortization of transition obligation
    207                                            
Curtailment loss
                300       11                          
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)
    613             37       136       (58 )     (5 )     (53 )     (61 )
                                                                 
Net periodic cost (benefit)
  $ 6,299     $ 406     $ 4,871     $ 5,020     $ (23 )   $ (2 )   $ (21 )   $ (21 )
                                                                 
 
The discount rate is used to calculate the projected benefit obligation. The discount rate used is based on the rate of return on government bonds as well as current market conditions of the respective countries where such plans are established.
 
Below is a summary allocation of all pension plan assets along with expected long-term rates of return by asset category as of the measurement date.
 
                         
    Weighted Average Allocation  
    Target     Actual  
Asset Category
  2010     2010     2009  
 
Equity Securities
    0-60 %     43 %     46 %
Fixed Income Securities
    0-40 %     22 %     16 %
Other
    0-100 %     35 %     38 %
                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
The weighted average expected long-term rate of return on total assets is 6.5%.
 
The Company has established formal investment policies for the assets associated with these plans. Policy objectives include maximizing long-term return at acceptable risk levels, diversifying among asset classes, if appropriate, and among investment managers, as well as establishing relevant risk parameters within each asset


F-93


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
class. Specific asset class targets are based on the results of periodic asset liability studies. The investment policies permit variances from the targets within certain parameters. The weighted average expected long-term rate of return is based on a Fiscal 2010 review of such rates. The plan assets currently do not include holdings of SB Holdings common stock.
 
The Company’s Fixed Income Securities portfolio is invested primarily in commingled funds and managed for overall return expectations rather than matching duration against plan liabilities; therefore, debt maturities are not significant to the plan performance.
 
The Company’s Other portfolio consists of all pension assets, primarily insurance contracts, in the United Kingdom, Germany and the Netherlands.
 
The Company’s expected future pension benefit payments for Fiscal 2011 through its fiscal year 2020 are as follows:
 
         
2011
  $ 6,979  
2012
    7,384  
2013
    7,716  
2014
    8,009  
2015
    8,366  
2016 to 2020
    50,826  
 
The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets as of September 30, 2010 segregated by level within the fair value hierarchy (See Note 3(s), Significant Accounting Policies — Fair Value of Financial Instruments, for discussion of the fair value hierarchy and fair value principles):
 
                                 
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
                               
Common collective trust — equity
  $     $ 28,168     $     $ 28,168  
Common collective trust — fixed income
          16,116             16,116  
                                 
Total U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets
  $     $ 44,284     $     $ 44,284  
                                 
International Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
                               
Common collective trust — equity
  $     $ 28,090     $     $ 28,090  
Common collective trust — fixed income
          9,325             9,325  
Insurance contracts — general fund
          40,347             40,347  
Other
          3,120             3,120  
                                 
Total International Defined Benefit Plan Assets
  $     $ 81,282     $     $ 81,282  
                                 
 
The Company sponsors a defined contribution pension plan for its domestic salaried employees, which allows participants to make contributions by salary reduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Prior to April 1, 2009 the Company contributed annually from 3% to 6% of participants’ compensation based on age or service, and had the ability to make additional discretionary contributions. The Company suspended all contributions to its U.S. subsidiaries defined contribution pension plans effective April 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009. Effective January 1, 2010 the Company reinstated its annual contribution as described above. The Company also sponsors defined contribution pension plans for employees of certain foreign subsidiaries. Successor Company contributions charged to operations, including discretionary amounts, for Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 were $3,464 and $44, respectively. Predecessor Company contributions charged to operations, including discretionary amounts,


F-94


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 were $2,623 and $5,083, respectively.
 
(11)   Segment Information
 
The Company manages its business in four vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments; (i) Global Batteries & Personal Care; (ii) Global Pet Supplies; (iii) the Home and Garden Business; and (iv) Small Appliances.
 
On June 16, 2010, the Company completed the Merger with Russell Hobbs. The results of Russell Hobbs operations since June 16, 2010 are in included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations . The financial results are reported as a separate business segment, Small Appliances.
 
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a general manager responsible for the sales and marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines within that segment.
 
Net sales and Cost of goods sold to other business segments have been eliminated. The gross contribution of intersegment sales is included in the segment selling the product to the external customer. Segment net sales are based upon the segment from which the product is shipped.
 
The operating segment profits do not include restructuring and related charges, acquisition and integration related charges, interest expense, interest income, impairment charges and income tax expense. Corporate expenses include primarily general and administrative expenses associated with corporate overhead and global long-term incentive compensation plans. All depreciation and amortization included in income from operations is related to operating segments or corporate expense. Costs are identified to operating segments or corporate expense according to the function of each cost center.
 
All capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
 
Segment information for the Successor Company for Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 and the Predecessor Company for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 is as follows:
 
Net sales to external customers
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Global Batteries & Personal Care
  $ 1,427,870     $ 146,139     $ 1,188,902     $ 1,493,736  
Global Pet Supplies
    560,501       56,270       517,601       598,618  
Home and Garden Business
    341,064       17,479       304,145       334,217  
Small Appliances
    237,576                    
                                 
Total segments
  $ 2,567,011     $ 219,888     $ 2,010,648     $ 2,426,571  
                                 


F-95


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Global Batteries & Personal Care
  $ 51,374     $ 4,728     $ 21,933     $ 32,535  
Global Pet Supplies
    28,303       2,580       19,832       22,891  
Home and Garden Business(A)
    14,418       1,320       11,073       21,636  
Small Appliances
    6,418                    
                                 
Total segments
    100,513       8,628       52,838       77,062  
Corporate
    16,905       43       5,642       7,959  
                                 
Total Depreciation and amortization
  $ 117,418     $ 8,671     $ 58,480     $ 85,021  
                                 
 
 
(A) Fiscal 2008 includes depreciation and amortization expense of $10,821 related to Fiscal 2007 as a result of the reclassification of the Home and Garden Business as a continuing operation during Fiscal 2008.
 
Segment profit
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Global Batteries & Personal Care
  $ 152,757     $ 5,675     $ 159,400     $ 162,889  
Global Pet Supplies
    55,646       3,178       61,455       68,885  
Home and Garden Business(A)
    50,881       (4,573 )     46,458       29,458  
Small Appliances
    13,081                    
                                 
Total segments
    272,365       4,280       267,313       261,232  
Corporate expenses
    41,017       2,442       32,037       45,246  
Acquisition and integration related charges
    38,452                    
Restructuring and related charges
    24,118       1,729       44,080       39,337  
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
                34,391       861,234  
Interest expense
    277,015       16,962       172,940       229,013  
Other (income) expense, net
    12,300       (815 )     3,320       1,220  
                                 
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items income taxes
  $ (120,537 )   $ (16,038 )   $ (19,455 )   $ (914,818 )
                                 
 
 
(A) Fiscal 2008 includes depreciation and amortization expense of $10,821 related to Fiscal 2007 as a result of the reclassification of the Home and Garden Business from a discontinued operation to a continuing operation during Fiscal 2008.
 
The Global Batteries & Personal Care segment does business in Venezuela through a Venezuelan subsidiary. At January 4, 2010, the beginning of the Company’s second quarter of Fiscal 2010, the Company


F-96


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
determined that Venezuela meets the definition of a highly inflationary economy under GAAP. As a result, beginning January 4, 2010, the U.S. dollar is the functional currency for the Company’s Venezuelan subsidiary. Accordingly, going forward, currency remeasurement adjustments for this subsidiary’s financial statements and other transactional foreign exchange gains and losses are reflected in earnings. Through January 3, 2010, prior to being designated as highly inflationary, translation adjustments related to the Venezuelan subsidiary were reflected in Shareholders’ equity as a component of AOCI.
 
In addition, on January 8, 2010, the Venezuelan government announced its intention to devalue its currency, the Bolivar fuerte, relative to the U.S. dollar. The official exchange rate for imported goods classified as essential, such as food and medicine, changed from 2.15 to 2.6 to the U.S. dollar, while payments for other non-essential goods moved to an exchange rate of 4.3 to the U.S. dollar. Some of the Company’s imported products fall into the essential classification and qualify for the 2.6 rate; however, the Company’s overall results in Venezuela were reflected at the 4.3 rate expected to be applicable to dividend repatriations beginning in the second quarter of Fiscal 2010. As a result, the Company remeasured the local statement of financial position of its Venezuela entity during the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 to reflect the impact of the devaluation. Based on actual exchange activity, the Company determined on September 30, 2010 that the most likely method of exchanging its Bolivar fuertes for U.S. dollars will be to formally apply with the Venezuelan government to exchange through commercial banks at the SITME rate specified by the Central Bank of Venezuela. The SITME rate as of September 30, 2010 was quoted at 5.3 Bolivar fuerte per U.S. dollar. Therefore, the Company changed the rate used to remeasure Bolivar fuerte denominated transactions as of September 30, 2010 from the official non-essentials exchange rate to the 5.3 SITME rate in accordance with ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters” as it is the expected rate that exchanges of Bolivar fuerte to U.S. dollars will be settled. There is also an ongoing immaterial impact related to measuring the Company’s Venezuelan statement of operations at the new exchange rate of 5.3 to the U.S. dollar.
 
The designation of the Company’s Venezuela entity as a highly inflationary economy and the devaluation of the Bolivar fuerte resulted in a $1,486 reduction to the Company’s operating income during Fiscal 2010. The Company also reported a foreign exchange loss in Other expense (income), net, of $10,102 during Fiscal 2010.
 
Segment total assets
 
                 
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
Global Batteries & Personal Care
  $ 1,629,250     $ 1,608,269  
Global Pet Supplies
    826,382       866,901  
Home and Garden Business
    493,511       504,448  
Small Appliances
    863,282        
                 
Total segments
    3,812,425       2,979,618  
Corporate
    61,179       41,128  
                 
Total assets at year end
  $ 3,873,604     $ 3,020,746  
                 


F-97


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Segment long-lived assets
 
                 
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
Global Batteries & Personal Care
  $ 1,042,670     $ 1,052,907  
Global Pet Supplies
    641,934       679,009  
Home and Garden Business
    421,891       432,200  
Small Appliances
    511,282        
                 
Total segments
    2,617,777       2,164,116  
Corporate
    56,115       37,894  
                 
Long-lived assets at year end
  $ 2,673,892     $ 2,202,010  
                 
 
Capital expenditures
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Global Batteries & Personal Care
  $ 25,015     $ 2,311     $ 6,642     $ 8,198  
Global Pet Supplies
    7,920       288       1,260       8,231  
Home and Garden Business
    3,890       119       164       2,102  
Russell Hobbs
    3,481                    
                                 
Total segments
    40,306       2,718       8,066     $ 18,531  
Corporate
    10                   397  
                                 
Total Capital expenditures
  $ 40,316     $ 2,718     $ 8,066     $ 18,928  
                                 
 
Geographic Disclosures — Net sales to external customers
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
United States
  $ 1,444,779     $ 113,407     $ 1,166,920     $ 1,272,100  
Outside the United States
    1,122,232       106,481       843,728       1,154,471  
                                 
Total net sales to external customers
  $ 2,567,011     $ 219,888     $ 2,010,648     $ 2,426,571  
                                 


F-98


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Geographic Disclosures — Long-lived assets
 
                 
    Successor
    Predecessor
 
    Company     Company  
    September 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
United States
  $ 1,884,995     $ 1,410,459  
Outside the United States
    788,897       791,551  
                 
Long-lived assets at year end
  $ 2,673,892     $ 2,202,010  
                 
 
(12)   Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Company has provided for the estimated costs associated with environmental remediation activities at some of its current and former manufacturing sites. The Company believes that any additional liability in excess of the amounts provided of approximately $9,648, which may result from resolution of these matters, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
 
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company, as well as a number of unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each of the defendants for such claimed violations. The Company is reviewing the claims but is unable to estimate any possible losses at this time.
 
In May 2010, Herengrucht Group, LLC (“Herengrucht”) filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California against the Company claiming that the Company had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each of the defendants for such claimed violations. Herengrucht dismissed its claims without prejudice in September 2010.
 
Applica Consumer Products, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company is a defendant in NACCO Industries, Inc. et al. v. Applica Incorporated et al., Case No. C.A. 2541-VCL, which was filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in November 2006. The original complaint in this action alleged a claim for, among other things, breach of contract against Applica and a number of tort claims against certain entities affiliated with the Harbinger Master Fund and Harbinger Special Fund and, together with Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds. The claims against Applica related to the alleged breach of the merger agreement between Applica and NACCO Industries, Inc. (“NACCO”) and one of its affiliates, which agreement was terminated following Applica’s receipt of a superior merger offer from the HCP Funds. On October 22, 2007, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint asserting claims against Applica for, among other things, breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith relating to the termination of the NACCO merger agreement and asserting various tort claims against Applica and the HCP Funds. The original complaint was filed in conjunction with a motion preliminarily to enjoin the HCP Funds’ acquisition of Applica. On December 1, 2006, plaintiffs withdrew their motion for a preliminary injunction. In light of the consummation of Applica’s merger with affiliates of the HCP Funds in January 2007 (Applica is currently a subsidiary of Russell Hobbs), the Company believes that any claim for specific performance is moot. Applica filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint in December 2007. Rather than respond to the motion to dismiss the amended complaint, NACCO filed a motion for leave to file a second amended complaint, which was granted in May 2008. Applica moved to dismiss the second amended complaint, which motion was granted in part and denied in part in December 2009.


F-99


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The trial is currently scheduled for February 2011. The Company may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully or without incurring significant costs and expenses. As a result, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger Master Fund have entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by which Harbinger Master Fund has agreed, effective upon the consummation of the Merger, to indemnify Russell Hobbs, its subsidiaries and any entity that owns all of the outstanding voting stock of Russell Hobbs against any out-of-pocket losses, costs, expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and other damages in excess of $3,000 incurred with respect to this litigation and any future litigation or legal action against the indemnified parties arising out of or relating to the matters which form the basis of this litigation. The Company is reviewing the claims but is unable to estimate any possible losses at this time.
 
Applica is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over 20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed by it prior to 1979. The Company believes that these actions are without merit, but may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully without incurring significant expenses which we are unable to estimate at this time. At this time, the Company does not believe it has coverage under its insurance policies for the asbestos lawsuits.
 
The Company is a defendant in various other matters of litigation generally arising out of the ordinary course of business.
 
The Company does not believe that any other matters or proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows.
 
The Company’s minimum rent payments under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases, principally pertaining to land, buildings and equipment, are as follows:
 
         
2011
  $ 34,665  
2012
    32,824  
2013
    27,042  
2014
    19,489  
2015
    15,396  
Thereafter
    48,553  
         
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 177,969  
         
 
All of the leases expire between Fiscal 2011 through January 2030. Successor Company’s total rent expense was $30,218 and $2,351 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. Predecessor Company’s total rent expense was $22,132 and $37,068 for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively.
 
(13)   Related Party Transactions
 
Merger Agreement and Exchange Agreement
 
On June 16, 2010 (the “Closing Date”), SB Holdings completed a business combination transaction pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Mergers”), dated as of February 9, 2010, as amended on March 1, 2010, March 26, 2010 and April 30, 2010, by and among SB Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Battery Merger Corp., and Grill Merger Corp. (the “Merger Agreement”). As a result of the Mergers, each of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB Holdings. At the effective time of the Mergers, (i) the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock were canceled and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common stock, and (ii) the outstanding shares of


F-100


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Russell Hobbs common stock and preferred stock were canceled and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common stock.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on February 9, 2010, Spectrum Brands entered into support agreements with Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (“Harbinger Master Fund”), Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (collectively, the “Harbinger Parties”) and Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its affiliates (the “Avenue Parties”), in which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties agreed to vote their shares of Spectrum Brands common stock acquired before the date of the Merger Agreement in favor of the Mergers and against any alternative proposal that would impede the Mergers.
 
Immediately following the consummation of the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands (other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock. Harbinger Group, Inc. (“HRG”) and the Harbinger Parties are parties to a Contribution and Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”), pursuant to the terms of which the Harbinger Parties will contribute 27,757 shares of SB Holdings common stock to HRG and received in exchange for such shares an aggregate of 119,910 shares of HRG common stock (the “Share Exchange”). Immediately following the consummation of the Share Exchange, (i) HRG will own 27,757 shares of SB Holdings common stock and the Harbinger Parties will own 6,500 shares of SB Holdings common stock, approximately 54.4% and 12.7% of the outstanding shares of SB Holdings common stock, respectively, and (ii) the Harbinger Parties will own 129,860 shares of HRG common stock, or approximately 93.3% of the outstanding HRG common stock.
 
In connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties and SB Holdings entered into a stockholder agreement, dated February 9, 2010 (the “Stockholder Agreement”), which provides for certain protective provisions in favor of minority stockholders and provides certain rights and imposes certain obligations on the Harbinger Parties, including:
 
  •  for so long as the Harbinger Parties own 40% or more of the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, the Harbinger Parties and HRG will vote their shares of SB Holdings common stock to effect the structure of the SB Holdings board of directors as described in the Stockholder Agreement;
 
  •  the Harbinger Parties will not effect any transfer of equity securities of SB Holdings to any person that would result in such person and its affiliates owning 40% or more of the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, unless specified conditions are met; and
 
  •  the Harbinger Parties will be granted certain access and informational rights with respect to SB Holdings and its subsidiaries.
 
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG entered into a joinder to the Stockholder Agreement, pursuant to which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange, HRG will become a party to the Stockholder Agreement, subject to all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Stockholder Agreement to the same extent as the Harbinger Parties were bound thereunder prior to giving effect to the Share Exchange.
 
Certain provisions of the Stockholder Agreement terminate on the date on which the Harbinger Parties or HRG no longer constitutes a Significant Stockholder (as defined in the Stockholder Agreement). The Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person (including the Harbinger Parties or HRG) acquires 90% or more of the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings.
 
Also in connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and SB Holdings entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties have, among other things and


F-101


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, certain demand and so-called “piggy back” registration rights with respect to their shares of SB Holdings common stock. On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG entered into a joinder to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange, HRG will become a party to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a holder thereunder.
 
Other Agreements
 
On August 28, 2009, in connection with Spectrum Brands’ emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization proceedings, Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights agreement with the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw Laminar Portfolios, L.L.C. (“D.E. Shaw”), pursuant to which the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw have, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, certain demand and so-called “piggy back” registration rights with respect to their Spectrum Brands’ 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019.
 
In connection with the Mergers, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger Master Fund entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “Indemnification Agreement”), by which Harbinger Master Fund agreed, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to guarantee the obligations of Russell Hobbs to pay (i) a reverse termination fee to Spectrum Brands under the merger agreement and (ii) monetary damages awarded to Spectrum Brands in connection with any willful and material breach by Russell Hobbs of the Merger Agreement. The maximum amount payable by Harbinger Master Fund under the Indemnification Agreement was $50,000 less any amounts paid by Russell Hobbs or the Harbinger Parties, or any of their respective affiliates as damages under any documents related to the Mergers. No such amounts became due under the Indemnification Agreement. Harbinger Master Fund also agreed to indemnify Russell Hobbs, SB Holdings and their subsidiaries for out-of-pocket costs and expenses above $3,000 in the aggregate that become payable after the consummation of the Mergers and that relate to the litigation arising out of Russell Hobbs’ business combination transaction with Applica Incorporated.
 
(14)   Restructuring and Related Charges
 
The Company reports restructuring and related charges associated with manufacturing and related initiatives in Cost of goods sold. Restructuring and related charges reflected in Cost of goods sold include, but are not limited to, termination and related costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset impairments relating to manufacturing initiatives, and other costs directly related to the restructuring or integration initiatives implemented.
 
The Company reports restructuring and related charges relating to administrative functions in Operating expenses, such as initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution, or other non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not limited to, termination and related costs, any asset impairments relating to the functional areas described above, and other costs directly related to the initiatives implemented as well as consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the evaluation of the Predecessor Company’s capital structure incurred prior to the Bankruptcy Filing.


F-102


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges incurred by segment:
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Cost of goods sold:
                               
Global Batteries & Personal Care
  $ 3,275     $ 173     $ 11,857     $ 16,159  
Global Pet Supplies
    3,837       5       1,332       340  
Home and Garden Business
    38                    
                                 
Total restructuring and related charges in cost of goods sold
    7,150       178       13,189       16,499  
Operating expense:
                               
Global Batteries & Personal Care
    251       370       8,393       12,012  
Global Pet Supplies
    2,917       35       4,411       2,702  
Home and Garden Business
    8,419       993       5,323       3,770  
Corporate
    5,381       153       12,764       4,354  
                                 
Total restructuring and related charges in operating expense
    16,968       1,551       30,891       22,838  
                                 
Total restructuring and related charges
  $ 24,118     $ 1,729     $ 44,080     $ 39,337  
                                 


F-103


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges incurred by type of charge:
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
                               
United & Tetra integration:
                               
Termination benefits
  $     $     $ 6     $ 30  
Other associated costs
                      299  
European initiatives:
                               
Termination benefits
                      (830 )
Other associated costs
          7       11       88  
Latin America initiatives:
                               
Termination benefits
                207        
Other associated costs
                      253  
Global Realignment initiatives:
                               
Termination benefits
    187             333       106  
Other associated costs
    (102 )           869       154  
Ningbo Exit Plan:
                               
Termination benefits
    14             857       1,230  
Other associated costs
    2,148       165       8,461       15,169  
Global Cost Reduction initiatives:
                               
Termination benefits
    2,630             200        
Other associated costs
    2,273       6       2,245        
                                 
Total included in cost of goods sold
    7,150       178       13,189       16,499  
Costs included in operating expenses:
                               
Breitenbach, France facility closure:
                               
Other associated costs
                (7 )      
United & Tetra integration:
                               
Termination benefits
                2,297       1,954  
Other associated costs
          (132 )     427       883  
European initiatives:
                               
Termination benefits
    (92 )                  
Other associated costs
                      35  
Latin America initiatives:
                               
Termination benefits
                      64  
Global Realignment:
                               
Termination benefits
    5,361       94       6,994       12,338  
Other associated costs
    (1,841 )     45       3,440       7,564  
Ningbo Exit Plan:
                               
Termination benefits
                       
Other associated costs
                1,334        
Global Cost Reduction initiatives:
                               
Termination benefits
    4,268       866       5,690        
Other associated costs
    9,272       678       10,716        
                                 
Total included in operating expenses
    16,968       1,551       30,891       22,838  
                                 
Total restructuring and related charges
  $ 24,118     $ 1,729     $ 44,080     $ 39,337  
                                 


F-104


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
2009 Restructuring Initiatives
 
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment, the Global Pet Supplies segment and the Home and Garden segment to reduce operating costs as well as evaluate the Company’s opportunities to improve its capital structure (the “Global Cost Reduction Initiatives”). These initiatives include headcount reductions within each of the Company’s segments and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to the Global Pet Supplies segment. These initiatives also included consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the evaluation of the Predecessor Company’s capital structure. The Successor Company recorded $18,443 and $1,550 of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company recorded $18,850 of pretax restructuring and related charges during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 related to the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives since inception, which are expected to be incurred through March 31, 2014, are projected at approximately $65,500.
 
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives Summary
 
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance associated with the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives and activity that occurred during Fiscal 2010:
 
                         
    Termination
    Other
       
    Benefits     Costs     Total  
 
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
  $ 4,180     $ 84     $ 4,264  
Provisions
    5,101       5,107       10,208  
Cash expenditures
    (3,712 )     (1,493 )     (5,205 )
Non-cash items
    878       307       1,185  
                         
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
  $ 6,447     $ 4,005     $ 10,452  
                         
Expensed as incurred(A)
  $ 1,796     $ 6,439     $ 8,235  
 
 
(A) Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring and related charges.
 
The following table summarizes the expenses incurred by the Successor Company during Fiscal 2010, the cumulative amount incurred from inception of the initiative through September 30, 2010 and the total future expected costs to be incurred associated with the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives by operating segment:
 
                                         
    Global
               
    Batteries and
  Global Pet
  Home and
       
    Personal Care   Supplies   Garden   Corporate   Total
 
Restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
  $ 2,437     $ 6,754     $ 9,252     $     $ 18,443  
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
  $ 7,039     $ 10,210     $ 14,004     $ 7,591     $ 38,844  
Total future estimated restructuring and related charges expected to be incurred
  $     $ 20,300     $ 6,500     $     $ 26,800  
 
2008 Restructuring Initiatives
 
The Company implemented an initiative within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in China to reduce operating costs and rationalize the Company’s manufacturing structure. These initiatives, which are complete, include the plan to exit the Company’s Ningbo battery manufacturing facility in China (the “Ningbo


F-105


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Exit Plan”). The Successor Company recorded $2,162 and $165 of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company recorded $10,652 and $16,399 of pretax restructuring and related charges during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, in connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and related charges of $29,378 since the inception of the Ningbo Exit Plan.
 
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance associated with the Ningbo Exit Plan and activity that occurred during Fiscal 2010:
 
Ningbo Exit Plan Summary
 
         
    Other Costs  
 
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
  $ 308  
Provisions
    461  
Cash expenditures
    (278 )
         
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
  $ 491  
         
Expensed as incurred(A)
  $ 1,701  
 
 
(A) Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring and related charges.
 
2007 Restructuring Initiatives
 
The Company has implemented a series of initiatives within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Latin America to reduce operating costs (the “Latin American Initiatives”). These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the reduction of certain manufacturing operations in Brazil and the restructuring of management, sales, marketing and support functions. The Successor Company recorded no pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 related to the Latin American Initiatives. The Predecessor Company recorded $207 and $317 of pretax restructuring and related charges during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, in connection with the Latin American Initiatives. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and related charges of $11,447 since the inception of the Latin American Initiatives.
 
The following table summarizes the accrual balance associated with the Latin American Initiatives and activity that occurred during Fiscal 2010:
 
Latin American Initiatives Summary
 
                         
    Termination
    Other
       
    Benefits     Costs     Total  
 
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
  $ (282 )   $ 613     $ 331  
Non-cash items
    282       (613 )     (331 )
                         
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
  $     $     $  
                         
 
In Fiscal 2007, the Company began managing its business in three vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments; Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business.


F-106


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
As part of this realignment, the Company’s Global Operations organization, previously included in corporate expense, consisting of research and development, manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now included in each of the operating segments. In connection with these changes the Company undertook a number of cost reduction initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate and operating segment levels (the “Global Realignment Initiatives”). The Successor Company recorded $3,605 and $138 of restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company recorded $11,635 and $20,161 of pretax restructuring and related charges during the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, related to the Global Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives since inception, which are expected to be incurred through June 30, 2011, relate primarily to severance and are projected at approximately $89,000, the majority of which are cash costs.
 
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance associated with the Global Realignment Initiatives and activity that have occurred during Fiscal 2010:
 
Global Realignment Initiatives Summary
 
                         
    Termination
    Other
       
    Benefits     Costs     Total  
 
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
  $ 14,581     $ 3,678     $ 18,259  
Provisions
    1,720       (1,109 )     611  
Cash expenditures
    (7,657 )     (319 )     (7,976 )
Non-cash items
    77       31       108  
                         
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
  $ 8,721     $ 2,281     $ 11,002  
                         
Expensed as incurred(A)
  $ 3,828     $ (834 )   $ 2,994  
 
 
(A) Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring and related charges.
 
The following table summarizes the expenses incurred by the Successor Company during Fiscal 2010, the cumulative amount incurred from inception of the initiative through September 30, 2010 and the total future expected costs to be incurred associated with the Global Realignment Initiatives by operating segment:
 
                                 
    Global
           
    Batteries and
  Home and
       
    Personal Care   Garden   Corporate   Total
 
Restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
  $ (981 )   $ (796 )   $ 5,382     $ 3,605  
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
  $ 46,669     $ 6,762     $ 35,156     $ 88,587  
Total future restructuring and related charges expected
  $     $     $ 350     $ 350  
 
2006 Restructuring Initiatives
 
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce operating costs and rationalize the Company’s manufacturing structure (the “European Initiatives”). These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the relocation of certain operations at the Ellwangen, Germany packaging center to the Dischingen, Germany battery plant, transferring private label battery production at the Company’s Dischingen, Germany battery plant to the Company’s manufacturing facility in China and restructuring its sales, marketing and support functions. The Company recorded $(92) and $7 of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company recorded $11 and $(707) during the


F-107


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, related to the European Initiatives. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and related charges of $26,965 since the inception of the European Initiatives.
 
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance associated with the 2006 initiatives and activity that have occurred during Fiscal 2010:
 
European Initiatives Summary
 
                         
    Termination
    Other
       
    Benefits     Costs     Total  
 
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
  $ 2,623     $ 319     $ 2,942  
Provisions
    (92 )           (92 )
Cash expenditures
    (528 )     (251 )     (779 )
Non-cash items
    (202 )     (21 )     (223 )
                         
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
  $ 1,801     $ 47     $ 1,848  
                         
 
(15)   Acquisition
 
On June 16, 2010, the Company merged with Russell Hobbs. Headquartered in Miramar, Florida, Russell Hobbs is a designer, marketer and distributor of a broad range of branded small household appliances. Russell Hobbs markets and distributes small kitchen and home appliances, pet and pest products and personal care products. Russell Hobbs has a broad portfolio of recognized brand names, including Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Toastmaster, LitterMaid, Farberware, Breadman and Juiceman. Russell Hobbs’ customers include mass merchandisers, specialty retailers and appliance distributors primarily in North America, South America, Europe and Australia.
 
The results of Russell Hobbs operations since June 16, 2010 are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The financial results of Russell Hobbs are reported as a separate business segment, Small Appliances. Russell Hobbs contributed $237,576 in Net sales, and recorded Operating loss of $320 for the period from June 16, 2010 through the period ended September 30, 2010, which includes $13,400 of Acquisition and integration related charges.
 
In accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”), the Company accounted for the Merger by applying the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires that the consideration transferred in a business combination be measured at fair value as of the closing date of the acquisition. After consummation of the Merger, the stockholders of Spectrum Brands, inclusive of Harbinger, own approximately 60% of SB Holdings and the stockholders of Russell Hobbs own approximately 40% of SB Holdings. Inasmuch as Russell Hobbs is a private company and its common stock was not publicly traded, the closing market price of the Spectrum Brands common stock at June 15, 2010 was used to calculate the purchase price. The total purchase price of Russell Hobbs was approximately $597,579 determined as follows:
 
         
Spectrum Brands closing price per share on June 15, 2010
  $ 28.15  
Purchase price — Russell Hobbs allocation — 20,704 shares(1)(2)
  $ 575,203  
Cash payment to pay off Russell Hobbs’ North American credit facility
    22,376  
         
Total purchase price of Russell Hobbs
  $ 597,579  
         


F-108


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
(1) Number of shares calculated based upon conversion formula, as defined in the Merger Agreement, using balances as of June 16, 2010.
 
(2) The fair value of 271 shares of unvested restricted stock units as they relate to post combination services will be recorded as operating expense over the remaining service period and were assumed to have no fair value for the purchase price.
 
Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation
 
The total purchase price for Russell Hobbs was allocated to the preliminary net tangible and intangible assets based upon their preliminary fair values at June 16, 2010 as set forth below. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary net tangible assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon a valuation for which the estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to the certain legal matters, amounts for income taxes including deferred tax accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating loss carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations, and the final allocation of goodwill. The Company expects to continue to obtain information to assist it in determining the fair values of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date during the measurement period. The preliminary purchase price allocation for Russell Hobbs is as follows:
 
         
Current assets
  $ 307,809  
Property, plant and equipment
    15,150  
Intangible assets
    363,327  
Goodwill(A)
    120,079  
Other assets
    15,752  
         
Total assets acquired
  $ 822,117  
Current liabilities
    142,046  
Total debt
    18,970  
Long-term liabilities
    63,522  
         
Total liabilities assumed
  $ 224,538  
         
Net assets acquired
  $ 597,579  
         
 
 
(A) Consists of $25,426 of tax deductible Goodwill.
 
Preliminary Pre-Acquisition Contingencies Assumed
 
The Company has evaluated and continues to evaluate pre-acquisition contingencies relating to Russell Hobbs that existed as of the acquisition date. Based on the evaluation to date, the Company has preliminarily determined that certain pre-acquisition contingencies are probable in nature and estimable as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company has preliminarily recorded its best estimates for these contingencies as part of the preliminary purchase price allocation for Russell Hobbs. The Company continues to gather information relating to all pre-acquisition contingencies that it has assumed from Russell Hobbs. Any changes to the pre-acquisition contingency amounts recorded during the measurement period will be included in the purchase price allocation. Subsequent to the end of the measurement period any adjustments to pre-acquisition contingency amounts will be reflected in the Company’s results of operations.


F-109


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Certain estimated values are not yet finalized and are subject to change, which could be significant. The Company will finalize the amounts recognized as it obtains the information necessary to complete its analysis during the measurement period. The following items are provisional and subject to change:
 
  •  amounts for legal contingencies, pending the finalization of the Company’s examination and evaluation of the portfolio of filed cases;
 
  •  amounts for income taxes including deferred tax accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating loss carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations; and
 
  •  the final allocation of Goodwill.
 
ASC 805 requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company performed a preliminary valuation of the assets and liabilities of Russell Hobbs at June 16, 2010. Significant adjustments as a result of that preliminary valuation are summarized as followed:
 
  •  Inventories — An adjustment of $1,721 was recorded to adjust inventory to fair value. Finished goods were valued at estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of disposal and a reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort.
 
  •  Deferred tax liabilities, net — An adjustment of $43,086 was recorded to adjust deferred taxes for the preliminary fair value allocations.
 
  •  Property, plant and equipment, net — An adjustment of $(455) was recorded to adjust the net book value of property, plant and equipment to fair value giving consideration to their highest and best use. Key assumptions used in the valuation of the Company’s property, plant and equipment were based on the cost approach.
 
  •  Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets were valued using a relief from royalty methodology. Customer relationships and certain definite-lived intangible assets were valued using a multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible assets are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a portion are within control of the Company’s management. The total fair value of indefinite and definite lived intangibles was $363,327 as of June 16, 2010. A summary of the significant key inputs were as follows:
 
  •  The Company valued customer relationships using the income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method. In determining the fair value of the customer relationship, the multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the customer relationship after deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then discounted to their present value. Only expected sales from current customers were used which included an expected growth rate of 3%. The Company assumed a customer retention rate of approximately 93% which was supported by historical retention rates. Income taxes were estimated at 36% and amounts were discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The customer relationships were valued at $38,000 under this approach.
 
  •  The Company valued trade names and trademarks using the income approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the trade name was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of several factors, including prior transactions of Russell Hobbs related trademarks and trade names, other similar trademark licensing and transaction agreements and the relative profitability and perceived contribution of the trademarks and trade names. Royalty rates used in the determination of the fair values of trade names and trademarks ranged from 2.0% to 5.5% of expected net sales related to the respective trade names and trademarks. The Company


F-110


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
  anticipates using the majority of the trade names and trademarks for an indefinite period as demonstrated by the sustained use of each subjected trademark. In estimating the fair value of the trademarks and trade names, Net sales for significant trade names and trademarks were estimated to grow at a rate of 1%-14% annually with a terminal year growth rate of 3%. Income taxes were estimated at a range of 30%-38% and amounts were discounted using rates between 15.5%-16.5%. Trade name and trademarks were valued at $170,930 under this approach.
 
  •  The Company valued a trade name license agreement using the income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method. In determining the fair value of the trade name license agreement, the multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the trade name license agreement after deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then discounted to their present value. In estimating the fair value of the trade name license agreement net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of (3)%-1% annually. The Company assumed a twelve year useful life of the trade name license agreement. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and amounts were discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The trade name license agreement was valued at $149,200 under this approach.
 
  •  The Company valued technology using the income approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of several factors including prior transactions of Russell Hobbs related licensing agreements and the importance of the technology and profit levels, among other considerations. Royalty rates used in the determination of the fair values of technologies were 2% of expected net sales related to the respective technology. The Company anticipates using these technologies through the legal life of the underlying patent and therefore the expected life of these technologies was equal to the remaining legal life of the underlying patents ranging from 9 to 11 years. In estimating the fair value of the technologies, net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of 3%-12% annually. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and amounts were discounted using the rate of 15.5%. The technology assets were valued at $4,100 under this approach.


F-111


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
Supplemental Pro Forma Information (unaudited)
 
The following reflects the Company’s pro forma results had the results of Russell Hobbs been included for all periods beginning after September 30, 2007.
 
                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
       
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
       
          through
    through
       
          September 30,
    August 30,
       
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
 
Net sales:
                               
Reported Net sales
  $ 2,567,011     $ 219,888     $ 2,010,648     $ 2,426,571  
Russell Hobbs adjustment
    543,952       64,641       711,046       909,426  
                                 
Pro forma Net sales
  $ 3,110,963     $ 284,529     $ 2,721,694     $ 3,335,997  
                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations:
                               
Reported (Loss) income from continuing operations
  $ (187,372 )   $ (71,193 )   $ 1,100,743     $ (905,358 )
Russell Hobbs adjustment
    (5,504 )     (2,284 )     (25,121 )     (43,480 )
                                 
Pro forma Loss from continuing operations
  $ (192,876 )   $ (73,477 )   $ 1,075,622     $ (948,838 )
                                 
Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations(A):
                               
Reported Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
  $ (5.20 )   $ (2.37 )   $ 21.45     $ (17.78 )
Russell Hobbs adjustment
    (0.16 )     (0.08 )     (0.49 )     (0.85 )
                                 
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
  $ (5.36 )   $ (2.45 )   $ 20.96     $ (18.63 )
                                 
 
 
(A) The Company has not assumed the exercise of common stock equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive.
 
(16)   Quarterly Results (unaudited)
 
                                 
    Successor Company
    Quarter Ended
    September 30,
  July 4,
  April 4,
  January 3,
    2010   2010   2010   2010
 
Net sales
  $ 788,999     $ 653,486     $ 532,586     $ 591,940  
Gross profit
    274,499       252,869       209,580       184,462  
Net loss
    (24,317 )     (86,507 )     (19,034 )     (60,249 )
Basic net loss per common share
  $ (0.48 )   $ (2.53 )   $ (0.63 )   $ (2.01 )
Diluted net loss per common share
  $ (0.48 )   $ (2.53 )   $ (0.63 )   $ (2.01 )
 


F-112


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                                         
    Successor Company   Predecessor Company
    Period from
  Period from
           
    August 31, 2009
  June 29, 2009
           
    through
  through
  Quarter Ended
    September 30,
  August 30,
  June 28,
  March 29,
  December 28,
    2009   2009   2009   2009   2008
 
Net sales
  $ 219,888     $ 369,522     $ 589,361     $ 503,262     $ 548,503  
Gross profit
    64,400       146,817       230,297       184,834       189,871  
Net (loss) income
    (70,785 )     1,223,568       (36,521 )     (60,449 )     (112,657 )
Basic net (loss) income per common share
  $ (2.36 )   $ 23.85     $ (0.71 )   $ (1.18 )   $ (2.19 )
Diluted net (loss) income per common share
  $ (2.36 )   $ 23.85     $ (0.71 )   $ (1.18 )   $ (2.19 )

F-113


Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the year ended September 30, 2010, the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008
 
                                         
Column A
  Column B   Column C Additions   Column D Deductions   Column E
    Balance at
  Charged to
          Balance at
    Beginning
  Costs and
      Other
  End of
Descriptions
  of Period   Expenses   Deductions   Adjustments(A)   Period
    (In thousands)
 
September 30, 2010 (Successor Company):
                                       
Accounts receivable allowances
  $ 1,011     $ 3,340     $     $     $ 4,351  
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company):
                                       
Accounts receivable allowances
  $     $ 1,011     $     $     $ 1,011  
August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company):
                                       
Accounts receivable allowances
  $ 18,102     $ 1,763     $ 3,848     $ 16,017     $  
September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company):
                                       
Accounts receivable allowances
  $ 17,196     $ 1,368     $ 462     $     $ 18,102  
 
 
(A) The “Other Adjustment” in the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009, represents the elimination of Accounts receivable allowances through fresh-start reporting as a result of the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


F-114


Table of Contents

 
Annex A
 
RISK FACTORS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Unless otherwise indicated in this Annex A or the context requires otherwise, in this Annex A, the “Company,” “SB Holdings,” “we,” “our” or “us” are used to refer to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries. “Harbinger Parties” refers, collectively, to Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. “Russell Hobbs” refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries. “Merger” means the business combination of Spectrum Brands (as defined below) and Russell Hobbs consummated on June 16, 2010 creating SB Holdings. “Spectrum Brands” refers to Spectrum Brands, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
The term “9.5% Notes” refers to Spectrum Brands’ $750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due June 15, 2018. The term “12% Notes” refers to Spectrum Brands’ 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019. The term “ABL Revolving Credit Facility” refers to Spectrum Brands’ $300 million ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014. The term “Term Loan” refers to Spectrum Brands’ $750 million Term Loan due June 16, 2016. The term “Senior Credit Facilities” refers, collectively, to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan. The term “Senior Secured Facilities” refers, collectively, to the Senior Credit Facilities and the 9.5% Notes.
 
Any of the following factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Risks Related to the Merger
 
Significant costs have been incurred in connection with the consummation of the Merger and are expected to be incurred in connection with the integration of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs into a combined company, including legal, accounting, financial advisory and other costs.
 
We expect to incur one-time costs of approximately $23 million in connection with integrating the operations, products and personnel of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs into a combined company, in addition to costs related directly to completing the Merger described below. These costs may include costs for:
 
  •  employee redeployment, relocation or severance;
 
  •  integration of information systems;
 
  •  combination of research and development teams and processes; and
 
  •  reorganization or closures of facilities.
 
In addition, we expect to incur a number of non-recurring costs associated with combining our operations with those of Russell Hobbs, which cannot be estimated accurately at this time. We incurred approximately $85 million of transaction fees and other costs related to the Merger. Additional unanticipated costs may yet be incurred as we integrate our business with that of Russell Hobbs. Although we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of our operations with those of Russell Hobbs, may offset incremental transaction and transaction-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our integration efforts. In addition, while we expect to benefit from leveraging distribution channels and brand names across both companies, we cannot assure you that we will achieve such benefits.
 
We may not realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger.
 
The Merger involved the integration of two companies that previously operated independently. The integration of our operations with those of Russell Hobbs is expected to result in financial and operational benefits, including increased revenues and cost savings. There can be no assurance, however, regarding when or the extent to which we will be able to realize these increased revenues, cost savings or other benefits.


A-1


Table of Contents

Integration may also be difficult, unpredictable, and subject to delay because of possible company culture conflicts and different opinions on technical decisions and product roadmaps. We must integrate or, in some cases, replace, numerous systems, including those involving management information, purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, billing, employee benefits, payroll and regulatory compliance, many of which are dissimilar. In some instances, we and Russell Hobbs have served the same customers, and some customers may decide that it is desirable to have additional or different suppliers. Difficulties associated with integration could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
 
Integrating our business with that of Russell Hobbs may divert our management’s attention away from operations.
 
Successful integration of our and Russell Hobbs’ operations, products and personnel may place a significant burden on our management and other internal resources. The diversion of management’s attention, and any difficulties encountered in the transition and integration process, could harm our business, financial conditions and operating results.
 
Risks Related To Our Emergence From Bankruptcy
 
Because our consolidated financial statements are required to reflect fresh-start reporting adjustments to be made upon emergence from bankruptcy, financial information in our financial statements prepared after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to our financial information from prior periods.
 
All conditions required for the adoption of fresh-start reporting were met upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) on August 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”). However, in light of the proximity of that date to our accounting period close immediately following the Effective Date, which was August 30, 2009, we elected to adopt a convenience date of August 30, 2009 for recording fresh-start reporting. We adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 852: “Reorganizations,” (“ASC 852”) pursuant to which our reorganization value, which is intended to reflect the fair value of the entity before considering liabilities and approximate the amount a willing buyer would pay for the assets of the entity immediately after the reorganization, was allocated to the fair value of assets in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations,” using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. We stated liabilities, other than deferred taxes, at a present value of amounts expected to be paid. The amount remaining after allocation of the reorganization value to the fair value of identified tangible and intangible assets was reflected as goodwill, which is subject to periodic evaluation for impairment. In addition, under fresh-start reporting the accumulated deficit was eliminated. Thus, our future statements of financial position and results of operations are not be comparable in many respects to statements of financial position and consolidated statements of operations data for periods prior to the adoption of fresh-start reporting. The lack of comparable historical information may discourage investors from purchasing our securities. Additionally, the financial information included in this prospectus may not be indicative of future financial information.
 
Risks Related To Our Business
 
We are a parent company and our primary source of cash is and will be distributions from our subsidiaries.
 
We are a parent company with limited business operations of our own. Our main asset is the capital stock of our subsidiaries. We conduct most of our business operations through our direct and indirect subsidiaries. Accordingly, our primary sources of cash are dividends and distributions with respect to our ownership interests in our subsidiaries that are derived from their earnings and cash flow. Our subsidiaries might not generate sufficient earnings and cash flow to pay dividends or distributions in the future. Our subsidiaries’ payments to us will be contingent upon their earnings and upon other business considerations. In addition, our senior credit facilities, the indentures governing our notes and other agreements limit or prohibit certain payments of dividends or other distributions to us. We expect that future credit facilities will contain similar restrictions.


A-2


Table of Contents

Our substantial indebtedness may limit our financial and operating flexibility, and we may incur additional debt, which could increase the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
 
We have, and we expect to continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2010, we had total indebtedness under our Senior Secured Facilities, the 12% Notes and other debt of approximately $1.8 billion. Our substantial indebtedness has had, and could continue to have, material adverse consequences for our business, and may:
 
  •  require us to dedicate a large portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, which will reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development expenditures and other business activities;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  •  restrict our ability to make strategic acquisitions, dispositions or exploiting business opportunities;
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
 
  •  limit our ability to borrow additional funds (even when necessary to maintain adequate liquidity) or dispose of assets.
 
Under the Senior Secured Facilities and the indenture governing the 12% Notes (the “2019 Indenture”), we may incur additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to our existing debt levels, the related risks that we now face would increase.
 
Furthermore, a substantial portion of our debt bears interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, the interest rate on our variable rate debt will increase and will create higher debt service requirements, which would adversely affect our cash flow and could adversely impact our results of operations. While we may enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher debt service requirements, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.
 
Restrictive covenants in the Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.
 
The Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture each restrict, among other things, asset dispositions, mergers and acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases and redemptions, other restricted payments, indebtedness and preferred stock, loans and investments, liens and affiliate transactions. The Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture also contain customary events of default. These covenants, among other things, limit our ability to fund future working capital and capital expenditures, engage in future acquisitions or development activities, or otherwise realize the value of our assets and opportunities fully because of the need to dedicate a portion of cash flow from operations to payments on debt. In addition, the Senior Secured Facilities contain financial covenants relating to maximum leverage and minimum interest coverage. Such covenants could limit the flexibility of our restricted entities in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industries in which they operate. Our ability to comply with these covenants is subject to certain events outside of our control. If we are unable to comply with these covenants, the lenders under our Senior Secured Facilities or 12% Notes could terminate their commitments and the lenders under our Senior Secured Facilities or 12% Notes could accelerate repayment of our outstanding borrowings, and, in either case, we may be unable to obtain adequate refinancing outstanding borrowings on favorable terms. If we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under the Senior Secured Facilities or 12% Notes will also have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the indebtedness owed to them. If our obligations under the Senior Secured Facilities and the 12% Notes are accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full such indebtedness.


A-3


Table of Contents

The sale or other disposition by Harbinger Group, Inc. (“HRG”), the holder of a majority of the outstanding shares of SB Holdings’ common stock, to non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common stock of SB Holdings would constitute a change of control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands’ debt.
 
HRG owns a majority of the outstanding shares of the common stock of SB Holdings. Any sale or other disposition by HRG to non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common stock of SB Holdings could constitute a change of control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands’ debt, including any foreclosure on or sale of SB Holdings’ common stock pledged as collateral by HRG pursuant to the indenture governing HRG’s $350 million 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. Under the Term Loan and the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, a change of control is an event of default and, if a change of control were to occur, Spectrum Brands would be required to get an amendment to these agreements to avoid a default. If Spectrum Brands was unable to get such an amendment, the lenders could accelerate the maturity of each of the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, under the indentures governing the 9.5% Notes and the 12% Notes, upon a change of control of SB Holdings, Spectrum Brands is required to offer to repurchase such notes from the holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest or obtain a waiver of default from the holders of such notes. If Spectrum Brands was unable to make the change of control offer or obtain a waiver of default, it would be an event of default under the indentures that could allow holders of such notes to accelerate the maturity of the notes. See “Risks Related to SB Holdings’ Common Stock — The Harbinger Parties and HRG will exercise significant influence over us and their interests in our business may be different from the interest of our stockholders.
 
We face risks related to the current economic environment.
 
The current economic environment and related turmoil in the global financial system has had and may continue to have an impact on our business and financial condition. Global economic conditions have significantly impacted economic markets within certain sectors, with financial services and retail businesses being particularly impacted. Our ability to generate revenue depends significantly on discretionary consumer spending. It is difficult to predict new general economic conditions that could impact consumer and customer demand for our products or our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our customers, suppliers and creditors. The recent continuation of a number of negative economic factors, including constraints on the supply of credit to households, uncertainty and weakness in the labor market and general consumer fears of a continuing economic downturn could have a negative impact on discretionary consumer spending. If the economy continues to deteriorate or fails to improve, our business could be negatively impacted, including as a result of reduced demand for our products or supplier or customer disruptions. Any weakness in discretionary consumer spending could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our ability to access the capital markets may be restricted at a time when it could be necessary or beneficial to do so, which could have an impact on our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions.
 
In 2010, concern over sovereign debt in Greece, Ireland and certain other European Union countries caused significant fluctuations of the Euro relative to other currencies, such as the U.S. Dollar. Destabilization of the European economy could lead to a decrease in consumer confidence, which could cause reductions in discretionary spending and demand for our products. Furthermore, sovereign debt issues could also lead to further significant, and potentially longer-term, economic issues such as reduced economic growth and devaluation of the Euro against the U.S. Dollar, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and operating results.
 
We may not be able to retain key personnel or recruit additional qualified personnel whether as a result of the Merger or otherwise, which could materially affect our business and require us to incur substantial additional costs to recruit replacement personnel.
 
We are highly dependent on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key personnel. As a result of the Merger, our current and prospective employees could experience uncertainty about their future roles. This uncertainty may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel. Any failure to attract and retain key personnel, whether as a result of


A-4


Table of Contents

the Merger or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, we currently do not maintain “key person” insurance covering any member of our management team.
 
We participate in very competitive markets and we may not be able to compete successfully, causing us to lose market share and sales.
 
The markets in which we participate are very competitive. In the consumer battery market, our primary competitors are Duracell (a brand of Procter & Gamble), Energizer and Panasonic (a brand of Matsushita). In the electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product markets, our primary competitors are Braun (a brand of Procter & Gamble), Norelco (a brand of Philips), and Vidal Sassoon and Revlon (brands of Helen of Troy). In the pet supplies market, our primary competitors are Mars, Hartz and Central Garden & Pet. In the Home and Garden Business, our principal national competitors are Scotts, Central Garden & Pet and S.C. Johnson. Our principal national competitors within our Small Appliances segment include Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America, Euro-Pro Operating LLC, Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville, NACCO Industries, Inc. (Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In each of these markets, we also face competition from numerous other companies. In addition, in a number of our product lines, we compete with our retail customers, who use their own private label brands, and with distributors and foreign manufacturers of unbranded products. Significant new competitors or increased competition from existing competitors may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of our operations.
 
We compete with our competitors for consumer acceptance and limited shelf space based upon brand name recognition, perceived product quality, price, performance, product features and enhancements, product packaging and design innovation, as well as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies, and new product introductions. Our ability to compete in these consumer product markets may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  •  We compete against many well-established companies that may have substantially greater financial and other resources, including personnel and research and development, and greater overall market share than us.
 
  •  In some key product lines, our competitors may have lower production costs and higher profit margins than us, which may enable them to compete more aggressively in offering retail discounts, rebates and other promotional incentives.
 
  •  Product improvements or effective advertising campaigns by competitors may weaken consumer demand for our products.
 
  •  Consumer purchasing behavior may shift to distribution channels where we do not have a strong presence.
 
  •  Consumer preferences may change to lower margin products or products other than those we market.
 
  •  We may not be successful in the introduction, marketing and manufacture of any new products or product innovations or be able to develop and introduce, in a timely manner, innovations to our existing products that satisfy customer needs or achieve market acceptance.
 
Some competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept lower profit margins to compete with us. As a result of this competition, we could lose market share and sales, or be forced to reduce our prices to meet competition. If our product offerings are unable to compete successfully, our sales, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
 
We may not be able to realize expected benefits and synergies from future acquisitions of businesses or product lines.
 
We may acquire partial or full ownership in businesses or may acquire rights to market and distribute particular products or lines of products. The acquisition of a business or of the rights to market specific products or use specific product names may involve a financial commitment by us, either in the form of cash or equity consideration. In the case of a new license, such commitments are usually in the form of prepaid


A-5


Table of Contents

royalties and future minimum royalty payments. There is no guarantee that we will acquire businesses or product distribution rights that will contribute positively to our earnings. Anticipated synergies may not materialize, cost savings may be less than expected, sales of products may not meet expectations, and acquired businesses may carry unexpected liabilities.
 
Sales of certain of our products are seasonal and may cause our operating results and working capital requirements to fluctuate.
 
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrum’s first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden control products sold though the Home and Garden Business typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year (Spectrum’s second and third fiscal quarters). Small Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the increased demand by customers in the late summer for “back-to-school” sales and in the fall for the holiday season. As a result of this seasonality, our inventory and working capital needs fluctuate significantly during the year. In addition, orders from retailers are often made late in the period preceding the applicable peak season, making forecasting of production schedules and inventory purchases difficult. If we are unable to accurately forecast and prepare for customer orders or our working capital needs, or there is a general downturn in business or economic conditions during these periods, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
We are subject to significant international business risks that could hurt our business and cause our results of operations to fluctuate.
 
Approximately 44% of our net sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 were from customers outside of the U.S. Our pursuit of international growth opportunities may require significant investments for an extended period before returns on these investments, if any, are realized. Our international operations are subject to risks including, among others:
 
  •  currency fluctuations, including, without limitation, fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate of the Euro;
 
  •  changes in the economic conditions or consumer preferences or demand for our products in these markets;
 
  •  the risk that because our brand names may not be locally recognized, we must spend significant amounts of time and money to build brand recognition without certainty that we will be successful;
 
  •  labor unrest;
 
  •  political and economic instability, as a result of terrorist attacks, natural disasters or otherwise;
 
  •  lack of developed infrastructure;
 
  •  longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts;
 
  •  restrictions on transfers of funds;
 
  •  import and export duties and quotas, as well as general transportation costs;
 
  •  changes in domestic and international customs and tariffs;
 
  •  changes in foreign labor laws and regulations affecting our ability to hire and retain employees;
 
  •  inadequate protection of intellectual property in foreign countries;
 
  •  unexpected changes in regulatory environments;
 
  •  difficulty in complying with foreign law;


A-6


Table of Contents

 
  •  difficulty in obtaining distribution and support; and
 
  •  adverse tax consequences.
 
The foregoing factors may have a material adverse effect on our ability to increase or maintain our supply of products, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Adverse weather conditions during our peak selling season for our home and garden control products could have a material adverse effect on our Home and Garden Business.
 
Weather conditions in the U.S. have a significant impact on the timing and volume of sales of certain of our lawn and garden and household insecticide and repellent products. Periods of dry, hot weather can decrease insecticide sales, while periods of cold and wet weather can slow sales of herbicides.
 
Our products utilize certain key raw materials; any increase in the price of, or change in supply and demand for, these raw materials could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and profits.
 
The principal raw materials used to produce our products — including zinc powder, electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, petroleum-based plastic materials, steel, aluminum, copper and corrugated materials (for packaging) — are sourced either on a global or regional basis by us or our suppliers, and the prices of those raw materials are susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand trends, energy costs, transportation costs, government regulations, duties and tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates, price controls, general economic conditions and other unforeseen circumstances. In particular, during 2007 and 2008, and to date in 2010, we experienced extraordinary price increases for raw materials, particularly as a result of strong demand from China. Although we may increase the prices of certain of our goods to our customers, we may not be able to pass all of these cost increases on to our customers. As a result, our margins may be adversely impacted by such cost increases. We cannot provide any assurance that our sources of supply will not be interrupted due to changes in worldwide supply of or demand for raw materials or other events that interrupt material flow, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.
 
We regularly engage in forward purchase and hedging derivative transactions in an attempt to effectively manage and stabilize some of the raw material costs we expect to incur over the next 12 to 24 months; however, our hedging positions may not be effective, or may not anticipate beneficial trends, in a particular raw material market or may, as a result of changes in our business, no longer be useful for us. In addition, for certain of the principal raw materials we use to produce our products, such as electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, there are no available effective hedging markets. If these efforts are not effective or expose us to above average costs for an extended period of time, and we are unable to pass our raw materials costs on to our customers, our future profitability may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, with respect to transportation costs, certain modes of delivery are subject to fuel surcharges which are determined based upon the current cost of diesel fuel in relation to pre-established agreed upon costs. We may be unable to pass these fuel surcharges on to our customers, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.
 
In addition, we have exclusivity arrangements and minimum purchase requirements with certain of our suppliers for the Home and Garden Business, which increase our dependence upon and exposure to those suppliers. Some of those agreements include caps on the price we pay for our supplies and in certain instances, these caps have allowed us to purchase materials at below market prices. When we attempt to renew those contracts, the other parties to the contracts may not be willing to include or may limit the effect of those caps and could even attempt to impose above market prices in an effort to make up for any below market prices paid by us prior to the renewal of the agreement. Any failure to timely obtain suitable supplies at competitive prices could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may not be able to fully utilize our U.S. net operating loss carryforwards.
 
As of September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,087 million and $923 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire


A-7


Table of Contents

through years ending in 2030. As of September 30, 2010, our management determined that it continues to be more likely than not that the net U.S. deferred tax asset, excluding certain indefinite lived intangibles, would not be realized in the future and as such recorded a full valuation allowance to offset the net U.S. deferred tax asset, including Spectrum Brands’ net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, Spectrum Brands has had changes of ownership, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”), that continue to subject a significant amount of Spectrum Brands’ U.S. net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain limitations. We estimate that approximately $296 million of our federal and $463 million of our state net operating losses will expire unused due to the limitation in Section 382 of the IRC.
 
As a consequence of the merger of Salton, Inc. and Applica Incorporated in December 2007, as well as earlier business combinations and issuances of common stock consummated by both companies, use of the tax benefits of Russell Hobbs’ loss carryforwards is also subject to limitations imposed by Section 382 of the IRC. The determination of the limitations is complex and requires significant judgment and analysis of past transactions. Our analysis to determine what portion of Russell Hobbs’ carryforwards are restricted or eliminated by that provision is ongoing and, pursuant to such analysis, we expect that a significant portion of these carryforwards will not be available to offset future taxable income, if any. In addition, use of Russell Hobbs’ net operating loss and credit carryforwards is dependent upon both Russell Hobbs and us achieving profitable results in the future.
 
If we are unable to fully utilize our net operating losses, other than those restricted under Section 382 of the IRC, as discussed above, to offset taxable income generated in the future, our results of operations could be materially and negatively impacted.
 
Consolidation of retailers and our dependence on a small number of key customers for a significant percentage of our sales may negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a result of consolidation of retailers and consumer trends toward national mass merchandisers, a significant percentage of our sales are attributable to a very limited group of customers. Our largest customer accounted for approximately 22% of our consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. As these mass merchandisers and retailers grow larger and become more sophisticated, they may demand lower pricing, special packaging, or impose other requirements on product suppliers. These business demands may relate to inventory practices, logistics, or other aspects of the customer-supplier relationship. Because of the importance of these key customers, demands for price reductions or promotions, reductions in their purchases, changes in their financial condition or loss of their accounts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Although we have long-established relationships with many of our customers, we do not have long-term agreements with them and purchases are generally made through the use of individual purchase orders. Any significant reduction in purchases, failure to obtain anticipated orders or delays or cancellations of orders by any of these major customers, or significant pressure to reduce prices from any of these major customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the retail industry in general could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
 
In addition, as a result of the desire of retailers to more closely manage inventory levels, there is a growing trend among them to purchase products on a “just-in-time” basis. Due to a number of factors, including (i) manufacturing lead-times, (ii) seasonal purchasing patterns and (iii) the potential for material price increases, we may be required to shorten our lead-time for production and more closely anticipate our retailers’ and customers’ demands, which could in the future require us to carry additional inventories and increase our working capital and related financing requirements. This may increase the cost of warehousing inventory or result in excess inventory becoming difficult to manage, unusable or obsolete. In addition, if our retailers significantly change their inventory management strategies, we may encounter difficulties in filling customer orders or in liquidating excess inventories, or may find that customers are cancelling orders or returning products, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.


A-8


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we primarily sell branded products and a move by one or more of our large customers to sell significant quantities of private label products, which we do not produce on their behalf and which directly compete with our products, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a result of our international operations, we face a number of rusks related to exchange rates and foreign currencies.
 
Our international sales and certain of our expenses are transacted in foreign currencies. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, approximately 44% of both our net sales and our operating expenses were denominated in foreign currencies. We expect that the amount of our revenues and expenses transacted in foreign currencies will increase as our Latin American, European and Asian operations grow and, as a result, our exposure to risks associated with foreign currencies could increase accordingly. Significant changes in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to foreign currencies will affect our cost of goods sold and our operating margins and could result in exchange losses or otherwise have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect our sales to, purchases from and loans to our subsidiaries as well as sales to, purchases from and bank lines of credit with our customers, suppliers and creditors that are denominated in foreign currencies.
 
We source many products from, and sell many products in, China and other Asian countries. To the extent the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) or other currencies appreciate with respect to the U.S. dollar, we may experience fluctuations in our results of operations. Since 2005, the RMB has no longer been pegged to the U.S. dollar at a constant exchange rate and instead fluctuates versus a basket of currencies. Although the People’s Bank of China regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations in the exchange rate, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate within a flexible peg range against the U.S. dollar in the medium to long term. Moreover, it is possible that in the future Chinese authorities may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate and lessen intervention in the foreign exchange market.
 
While we may enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these transactions may be limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations. Further, we may not be successful in implementing customer pricing or other actions in an effort to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations and, thus, our results of operations may be adversely impacted.
 
A deterioration in trade relations with China could lead to a substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of Chinese origin, which potentially could reduce demand for and sales of our products.
 
We purchase a number of our products and supplies from suppliers located in China. China gained Permanent Normal Trade Relations (“PNTR”) with the U.S. when it acceded to the World Trade Organization (“WTO”), effective January 2002. The U.S. imposes the lowest applicable tariffs on exports from PNTR countries to the U.S. In order to maintain its WTO membership, China has agreed to several requirements, including the elimination of caps on foreign ownership of Chinese companies, lowering tariffs and publicizing its laws. China may not meet these requirements, it may not remain a member of the WTO, and its PNTR trading status may not be maintained. If China’s WTO membership is withdrawn or if PNTR status for goods produced in China were removed, there could be a substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of Chinese origin entering the U.S. which could have a material negative adverse effect on our sales and gross margin.
 
Our international operations may expose us to risks related to compliance with the laws and regulations of foreign countries.
 
We are subject to three European Union (“EU”) Directives that may have a material impact on our business: Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, discussed below. Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment requires us to eliminate specified hazardous materials from products we sell in EU member states. Waste of


A-9


Table of Contents

Electrical and Electronic Equipment requires us to collect and treat, dispose of or recycle certain products we manufacture or import into the EU at our own expense. The EU Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries bans heavy metals in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of heavy metals in batteries and mandates waste management of these batteries, including collection, recycling and disposal systems, with the costs imposed upon producers and importers such as us. Complying or failing to comply with the EU Directives may harm our business. For example:
 
  •  Although contracts with our suppliers address related compliance issues, we may be unable to procure appropriate Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment compliant material in sufficient quantity and quality and/or be able to incorporate it into our product procurement processes without compromising quality and/or harming our cost structure.
 
  •  We may face excess and obsolete inventory risk related to non-compliant inventory that we may continue to hold in fiscal 2010 for which there is reduced demand, and we may need to write down the carrying value of such inventories.
 
  •  We may be unable to sell certain existing inventories of our batteries in Europe.
 
Many of the developing countries in which we operate do not have significant governmental regulation relating to environmental safety, occupational safety, employment practices or other business matters routinely regulated in the U.S. or may not rigorously enforce such regulation. As these countries and their economies develop, it is possible that new regulations or increased enforcement of existing regulations may increase the expense of doing business in these countries. In addition, social legislation in many countries in which we operate may result in significantly higher expenses associated with labor costs, terminating employees or distributors and closing manufacturing facilities. Increases in our costs as a result of increased regulation, legislation or enforcement could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may not be able to adequately establish and protect our intellectual property rights, and the infringement or loss of our intellectual property rights could harm our business.
 
To establish and protect our intellectual property rights, we rely upon a combination of national, foreign and multi-national patent, trademark and trade secret laws, together with licenses, confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements. The measures that we take to protect our intellectual property rights may prove inadequate to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our intellectual property. We may need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights. If a competitor or collaborator files a patent application claiming technology also claimed by us, or a trademark application claiming a trademark, service mark or trade dress also used by us, in order to protect our rights, we may have to participate in expensive and time consuming opposition or interference proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or a similar foreign agency. Similarly, our intellectual property rights may be challenged by third parties or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. The costs associated with protecting intellectual property rights, including litigation costs, may be material. For example, our Small Appliances segment has spent several million dollars on protecting its patented automatic litter box business over the last few years. Furthermore, even if our intellectual property rights are not directly challenged, disputes among third parties could lead to the weakening or invalidation of our intellectual property rights, or our competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. Obtaining, protecting and defending intellectual property rights can be time consuming and expensive, and may require us to incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the time and resources of management and technical personnel.
 
Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries in which we operate or may operate in the future do not protect, and the governments of certain foreign countries do not enforce, intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws and government of the U.S., which may negate our competitive or technological advantages in such markets. Also, some of the technology underlying our products is the subject of nonexclusive licenses from third parties. As a result, this technology could be made available to our


A-10


Table of Contents

competitors at any time. If we are unable to establish and then adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
We license various trademarks, trade names and patents from third parties for certain of our products. These licenses generally place marketing obligations on us and require us to pay fees and royalties based on net sales or profits. Typically, these licenses may be terminated if we fail to satisfy certain minimum sales obligations or if we breach the terms of the license. The termination of these licensing arrangements could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In our Small Appliances segment, we license the use of the Black & Decker brand for marketing in certain small household appliances in North America, South America (excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean. Sales of Black & Decker branded products represented approximately 53% of the total consolidated revenue of our Small Appliances segment in both Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009. In December 2007, The Black & Decker Corporation (“BDC”) extended the license agreement through December 2012, with an automatic extension through December 2014 if certain milestones are met regarding sales volume and product return. The failure to renew the license agreement with BDC or to enter into a new agreement on acceptable terms could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
 
Claims by third parties that we are infringing their intellectual property and other litigation could adversely affect our business.
 
From time to time in the past we have been subject to claims that we are infringing the intellectual property of others. We currently are the subject of such claims and it is possible that third parties will assert infringement claims against us in the future. An adverse finding against us in these or similar trademark or other intellectual property litigations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive, and may require us to incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the resources of management and technical personnel, cause product delays or require us to enter into licensing or other agreements in order to secure continued access to necessary or desirable intellectual property. If we are deemed to be infringing a third party’s intellectual property and are unable to continue using that intellectual property as we had been, our business and results of operations could be harmed if we are unable to successfully develop non-infringing alternative intellectual property on a timely basis or license non-infringing alternatives or substitutes, if any exist, on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, an unfavorable ruling in intellectual property litigation could subject us to significant liability, as well as require us to cease developing, manufacturing or selling the affected products or using the affected processes or trademarks. Any significant restriction on our proprietary or licensed intellectual property that impedes our ability to develop and commercialize our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our dependence on a few suppliers and one of our U.S. facilities for certain of our products makes us vulnerable to a disruption in the supply of our products.
 
Although we have long-standing relationships with many of our suppliers, we generally do not have long-term contracts with them. An adverse change in any of the following could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:
 
  •  our ability to identify and develop relationships with qualified suppliers;
 
  •  the terms and conditions upon which we purchase products from our suppliers, including applicable exchange rates, transport costs and other costs, our suppliers’ willingness to extend credit to us to finance our inventory purchases and other factors beyond our control;
 
  •  the financial condition of our suppliers;
 
  •  political instability in the countries in which our suppliers are located;
 
  •  our ability to import outsourced products;


A-11


Table of Contents

 
  •  our suppliers’ noncompliance with applicable laws, trade restrictions and tariffs; or
 
  •  our suppliers’ ability to manufacture and deliver outsourced products according to our standards of quality on a timely and efficient basis.
 
If our relationship with one of our key suppliers is adversely affected, we may not be able to quickly or effectively replace such supplier and may not be able to retrieve tooling, molds or other specialized production equipment or processes used by such supplier in the manufacture of our products.
 
In addition, we manufacture the majority of our foil cutting systems for our shaving product lines, using specially designed machines and proprietary cutting technology, at our Portage, Wisconsin facility. Damage to this facility, or prolonged interruption in the operations of this facility for repairs, as a result of labor difficulties or for other reasons, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to manufacture and sell our foil shaving products which could in turn harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We face risks related to our sales of products obtained from third-party suppliers.
 
We sell a significant number of products that are manufactured by third party suppliers over which we have no direct control. While we have implemented processes and procedures to try to ensure that the suppliers we use are complying with all applicable regulations, there can be no assurances that such suppliers in all instances will comply with such processes and procedures or otherwise with applicable regulations. Noncompliance could result in our marketing and distribution of contaminated, defective or dangerous products which could subject us to liabilities and could result in the imposition by governmental authorities of procedures or penalties that could restrict or eliminate our ability to purchase products from non-compliant suppliers. Any or all of these effects could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Class action and derivative action lawsuits and other investigations, regardless of their merits, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We and certain of our officers and directors have been named in the past, and may be named in the future, as defendants of class action and derivative action lawsuits. In the past, we have also received requests for information from government authorities. Regardless of their subject matter or merits, class action lawsuits and other government investigations may result in significant cost to us, which may not be covered by insurance, may divert the attention of management or may otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may be exposed to significant product liability claims which our insurance may not cover and which could harm our reputation.
 
In the ordinary course of our business, we may be named as a defendant in lawsuits involving product liability claims. In any such proceeding, plaintiffs may seek to recover large and sometimes unspecified amounts of damages and the matters may remain unresolved for several years. Any such matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition if we are unable to successfully defend against or settle these matters or if our insurance coverage is insufficient to satisfy any judgments against us or settlements relating to these matters. Although we have product liability insurance coverage and an excess umbrella policy, our insurance policies may not provide coverage for certain, or any, claims against us or may not be sufficient to cover all possible liabilities. Additionally, we do not maintain product recall insurance. We may not be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms, if at all, in the future. Moreover, any adverse publicity arising from claims made against us, even if the claims were not successful, could adversely affect the reputation and sales of our products. In particular, product recalls or product liability claims challenging the safety of our products may result in a decline in sales for a particular product. This could be true even if the claims themselves are ultimately settled for immaterial amounts. This type of adverse publicity could occur and product liability claims could be made in the future.


A-12


Table of Contents

We may incur material capital and other costs due to environmental liabilities.
 
We are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local, foreign and multi-national laws and regulations relating to the environment. These include laws and regulations that govern:
 
  •  discharges to the air, water and land;
 
  •  the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes; and
 
  •  remediation of contamination associated with release of hazardous substances at our facilities and at off-site disposal locations.
 
Risk of environmental liability is inherent in our business. As a result, material environmental costs may arise in the future. In particular, we may incur capital and other costs to comply with increasingly stringent environmental laws and enforcement policies, such as the EU Directives: Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, discussed above. Moreover, there are proposed international accords and treaties, as well as federal, state and local laws and regulations, that would attempt to control or limit the causes of climate change, including the effect of greenhouse gas emissions on the environment. In the event that the U.S. government or foreign governments enact new climate change laws or regulations or make changes to existing laws or regulations, compliance with applicable laws or regulations may result in increased manufacturing costs for our products, such as by requiring investment in new pollution control equipment or changing the ways in which certain of our products are made. We may incur some of these costs directly and others may be passed on to us from our third-party suppliers. Although we believe that we are substantially in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations at our facilities, we may not always be in compliance with such laws and regulations or any new laws and regulations in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
From time to time, we have been required to address the effect of historic activities on the environmental condition of our properties or former properties. We have not conducted invasive testing at all of our facilities to identify all potential environmental liability risks. Given the age of our facilities and the nature of our operations, material liabilities may arise in the future in connection with our current or former facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property underlying or in the vicinity of our manufacturing facilities is discovered, we could be required to incur material unforeseen expenses. If this occurs, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are currently engaged in investigative or remedial projects at a few of our facilities and any liabilities arising from such investigative or remedial projects at such facilities may have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are also subject to proceedings related to our disposal of industrial and hazardous material at off-site disposal locations or similar disposals made by other parties for which we are responsible as a result of our relationship with such other parties. These proceedings are under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) or similar state or foreign jurisdiction laws that hold persons who “arranged for” the disposal or treatment of such substances strictly liable for costs incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from such sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is typically joint and several, meaning that a liable party may be responsible for all of the costs incurred in investigating and remediating contamination at a site. We occasionally are identified by federal or state governmental agencies as being a potentially responsible party for response actions contemplated at an off-site facility. At the existing sites where we have been notified of our status as a potentially responsible party, it is either premature to determine if our potential liability, if any, will be material or we do not believe that our liability, if any, will be material. We may be named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar state or foreign jurisdiction laws in the future for other sites not currently known to us, and the costs and liabilities associated with these sites may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


A-13


Table of Contents

Compliance with various public health, consumer protection and other regulations applicable to our products and facilities could increase our cost of doing business and expose us to additional requirements with which we may be unable to comply.
 
Certain of our products sold through, and facilities operated under, each of our business segments are regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”), the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (the “FDA”) or other federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases, similar state and foreign agencies before they can be manufactured or sold. Our inability to obtain, or the cancellation of, any registration could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The severity of the effect would depend on which products were involved, whether another product could be substituted and whether our competitors were similarly affected. We attempt to anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients, but we may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
 
As a distributor of consumer products in the U.S., certain of our products are also subject to the Consumer Product Safety Act, which empowers the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (the “Consumer Commission”) to exclude from the market products that are found to be unsafe or hazardous. Under certain circumstances, the Consumer Commission could require us to repair, replace or refund the purchase price of one or more of our products, or we may voluntarily do so. For example, Russell Hobbs, in cooperation with the Consumer Commission, voluntarily recalled approximately 9,800 units of a thermal coffeemaker sold under the Black & Decker brand in August 2009 and approximately 584,000 coffeemakers in June 2009. Any additional repurchases or recalls of our products could be costly to us and could damage the reputation or the value of our brands. If we are required to remove, or we voluntarily remove our products from the market, our reputation or brands could be tarnished and we may have large quantities of finished products that could not be sold. Furthermore, failure to timely notify the Consumer Commission of a potential safety hazard can result in significant fines being assessed against us. Additionally, laws regulating certain consumer products exist in some states, as well as in other countries in which we sell our products, and more restrictive laws and regulations may be adopted in the future.
 
The Food Quality Protection Act (“FQPA”) established a standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to pesticides. The pesticides in certain of our products that are sold through the Home and Garden Business continue to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is possible that the EPA or a third party active ingredient registrant may decide that a pesticide we use in our products will be limited or made unavailable to us. We cannot predict the outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPA’s continuing evaluations of active ingredients used in our products.
 
In addition, the use of certain pesticide and fertilizer products that are sold through our global pet supplies business and through the Home and Garden Business may, among other things, be regulated by various local, state, federal and foreign environmental and public health agencies. These regulations may require that only certified or professional users apply the product, that users post notices on properties where products have been or will be applied or that certain ingredients may not be used. Compliance with such public health regulations could increase our cost of doing business and expose us to additional requirements with which we may be unable to comply.
 
Any failure to comply with these laws or regulations, or the terms of applicable environmental permits, could result in us incurring substantial costs, including fines, penalties and other civil and criminal sanctions or the prohibition of sales of our pest control products. Environmental law requirements, and the enforcement thereof, change frequently, have tended to become more stringent over time and could require us to incur significant expenses.
 
Most federal, state and local authorities require certification by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc., an independent, not-for-profit corporation engaged in the testing of products for compliance with certain public


A-14


Table of Contents

safety standards, or other safety regulation certification prior to marketing electrical appliances. Foreign jurisdictions also have regulatory authorities overseeing the safety of consumer products. Our products may not meet the specifications required by these authorities. A determination that any of our products are not in compliance with these rules and regulations could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants.
 
Public perceptions that some of the products we produce and market are not safe could adversely affect us.
 
On occasion, customers and some current or former employees have alleged that some products failed to perform up to expectations or have caused damage or injury to individuals or property. Public perception that any of our products are not safe, whether justified or not, could impair our reputation, damage our brand names and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we are unable to negotiate satisfactory terms to continue existing or enter into additional collective bargaining agreements, we may experience an increased risk of labor disruptions and our results of operations and financial condition may suffer.
 
Approximately 20% of our total labor force is employed under collective bargaining agreements. One of these agreements, which covers approximately 12% of the labor force under collective bargaining agreements, or approximately 2% of our total labor force, is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2011. While we currently expect to negotiate continuations to the terms of these agreements, there can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain terms that are satisfactory to us or otherwise to reach agreement at all with the applicable parties. In addition, in the course of our business, we may also become subject to additional collective bargaining agreements. These agreements may be on terms that are less favorable than those under our current collective bargaining agreements. Increased exposure to collective bargaining agreements, whether on terms more or less favorable than existing collective bargaining agreements, could adversely affect the operation of our business, including through increased labor expenses. While we intend to comply with all collective bargaining agreements to which we are subject, there can be no assurances that we will be able to do so and any noncompliance could subject us to disruptions in our operations and materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Significant changes in actual investment return on pension assets, discount rates and other factors could affect our results of operations, equity and pension contributions in future periods.
 
Our results of operations may be positively or negatively affected by the amount of income or expense we record for our defined benefit pension plans. U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires that we calculate income or expense for the plans using actuarial valuations. These valuations reflect assumptions about financial market and other economic conditions, which may change based on changes in key economic indicators. The most significant year-end assumptions we used to estimate pension income or expense are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In addition, we are required to make an annual measurement of plan assets and liabilities, which may result in a significant change to equity. Although pension expense and pension funding contributions are not directly related, key economic factors that affect pension expense would also likely affect the amount of cash we would contribute to pension plans as required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
 
If our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets become impaired, we will be required to record additional impairment charges, which may be significant.
 
A significant portion of our long-term assets consist of goodwill, other indefinite-lived intangible assets and finite-lived intangible assets recorded as a result of past acquisitions. We do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather review them for impairment on a periodic basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. We consider whether circumstances or conditions exist which suggest that the carrying value of our goodwill and other long-lived assets might be impaired. If such circumstances or conditions exist, further steps are required in order to


A-15


Table of Contents

determine whether the carrying value of each of the individual assets exceeds its fair market value. If analysis indicates that an individual asset’s carrying value does exceed its fair market value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the excess of the individual asset’s carrying value over its fair value.
 
The steps required by GAAP entail significant amounts of judgment and subjectivity. Events and changes in circumstances that may indicate that there is impairment and which may indicate that interim impairment testing is necessary include, but are not limited to: strategic decisions to exit a business or dispose of an asset made in response to changes in economic; political and competitive conditions; the impact of the economic environment on the customer base and on broad market conditions that drive valuation considerations by market participants; our internal expectations with regard to future revenue growth and the assumptions we make when performing impairment reviews; a significant decrease in the market price of our assets; a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which our assets are used; a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect our assets; an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset; and significant changes in the cash flows associated with an asset. As a result of such circumstances, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets is determined. Any such impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
 
Risks Related to SB Holdings’ Common Stock
 
The Harbinger Parties and HRG will exercise significant influence over us and their interests in our business may be different from the interests of our stockholders.
 
As of the date hereof, HRG owns approximately 54.54% of our outstanding common stock and the remaining Harbinger Parties own approximately 12.77% of our outstanding common stock. The Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of the outstanding common stock of HRG. The Harbinger Parties and HRG, both separately and in conjunction with the Harbinger Parties, will have the ability to influence the outcome of any corporate action by us, which requires stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, the election of directors, approval of merger transactions and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, we are a party to a stockholder agreement with HRG and the Harbinger Parties.
 
This influence and actual control may have the effect of discouraging offers to acquire SB Holdings because any such consummation would likely require the consent of HRG and perhaps HRG and the Harbinger Parties. HRG and the Harbinger Parties may also delay or prevent a change in control of SB Holdings. See “Risks Related to our Business — The sale or other disposition by Harbinger Group, Inc. (“HRG”), the holder of a majority of the outstanding shares of SB Holdings common stock, to non-affiliates of a significant amount of the common stock of SB Holdings would constitute a change of control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands’ debt.”
 
In addition, because HRG owns more than 50% of the voting power of SB Holdings, SB Holdings is considered a controlled company under the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listing standards. As such, the NYSE corporate governance rules requiring that a majority of SB Holdings’ board of directors and SB Holdings’ entire compensation committee be independent do not apply. As a result, the ability of SB Holdings’ independent directors to influence its business policies and affairs may be reduced.
 
If HRG and/or the Harbinger Parties sell substantial amounts of SB Holdings’ common stock in the public market, or investors perceive that these sales could occur, the market price of SB Holdings’ common stock could be adversely affected. SB Holdings has entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with HRG, the Harbinger Parties and certain other stockholders. If requested properly under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, these stockholders have the right to require SB Holdings to register all or some of such shares for sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in certain circumstances and also have the right to include those shares in a registration initiated by SB Holdings. If SB Holdings is required to include the shares of its common stock held by these stockholders pursuant to these registration rights in a registration initiated by SB Holdings, sales made by such stockholders may adversely affect the price of SB Holdings’ common stock and SB Holdings’ ability to raise needed capital. In


A-16


Table of Contents

addition, if these stockholders exercise their demand registration rights and cause a large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market or demand that SB Holdings register their shares on a shelf registration statement, such sales or shelf registration may have an adverse effect on the market price of SB Holdings’ common stock.
 
The interests of HRG and the Harbinger Parties, which have investments in other companies, may from time to time diverge from the interests of other SB Holdings stockholders and from each other, particularly with regard to new investment opportunities. Neither HRG nor the Harbinger Parties are restricted from investing in other businesses involving or related to the marketing or distribution of household products, pet and pest products and personal care products. Both HRG and the Harbinger Parties may also engage in other businesses that compete or may in the future compete with SB Holdings.
 
Even though SB Holdings’ common stock is currently traded on the NYSE, it has less liquidity than many other stocks quoted on a national securities exchange.
 
The trading volume in SB Holdings’ common stock on the NYSE has been relatively low when compared with larger companies listed on the NYSE or other stock exchanges. Because of this, it may be more difficult for stockholders to sell a substantial number of shares for the same price at which stockholders could sell a smaller number of shares. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of SB Holdings’ common stock in the market, or the availability of shares of its common stock for sale in the market, will have on the market price of SB Holdings’ common stock. We can give no assurance that sales of substantial amounts of SB Holdings’ common stock in the market, or the potential for large amounts of sales in the market, would not cause the price of SB Holdings’ common stock to decline or impair SB Holdings’ future ability to raise capital through sales of its common stock. Furthermore, because of the limited market and generally low volume of trading in SB Holdings’ common stock that could occur, the share price of its common stock could be more likely to be affected by broad market fluctuations, general market conditions, fluctuations in our operating results, changes in the market’s perception of our business, and announcements made by SB Holdings, its competitors or parties with whom SB Holdings has business relationships. The lack of liquidity in SB Holdings’ common stock may also make it difficult for us to issue additional securities for financing or other purposes, or to otherwise arrange for any financing we may need in the future. In addition, we may experience other adverse effects, including, without limitation, the loss of confidence in us by current and prospective suppliers, customers, employees and others with whom we have or may seek to initiate business relationships.
 
The market price of SB Holdings’ common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control.
 
Factors that may influence the price of the common stock include, without limitation, the following:
 
  •  loss of any of our key customers or suppliers;
 
  •  additions or departures of key personnel;
 
  •  sales of the common stock;
 
  •  our ability to execute our business plan;
 
  •  operating results that fall below expectations;
 
  •  additional issuances of the common stock;
 
  •  low volume of sales due to concentrated ownership of the common stock;
 
  •  intellectual property disputes;
 
  •  industry developments;
 
  •  economic and other external factors;


A-17


Table of Contents

 
  •  period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results; and
 
  •  market concerns with respect to the potential indirect impact of matters not directly involving SB Holdings but impacting HRG or the Harbinger Parties.
 
In addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of the common stock. You should also be aware that price volatility might be worse if the trading volume of shares of the common stock is low.
 
Additional issuances of SB Holdings’ common stock may result in dilution to its existing stockholders.
 
As of September 30, 2010, we had two active equity incentive plans under which shares of the Company could be issued, the 2009 Spectrum Brands Inc. Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) and the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (the “RH Plan”). On October 21, 2010, the our Board of Directors adopted the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (“2011 Plan”), subject to shareholder approval prior to October 21, 2011 and we intend to submit the 2011 Plan for shareholder approval in connection with our next Annual Meeting. Upon such shareholder approval, no further awards will be granted under the 2009 Plan and the 2007 RH Plan. 4,625,676 shares of our common stock of the Company, net of cancellations, may be issued under the 2011 Plan. While we have begun granting awards under the 2011 Plan, the 2011 Plan (and awards granted thereunder) are subject to the approval by a majority of the holders of our common stock eligible to vote thereon prior to October 21, 2011. As December 10, 2010, we have issued 667,933 restricted shares and 1,694,048 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan, the RH Plan and the 2011 Plan and are authorized to issue up to a total of 3,202,590 shares of our common stock, or options or restricted stock units exercisable for shares of common stock.
 
In addition, our board of directors has the authority to issue additional shares of capital stock to provide additional financing or for other purposes in the future. The issuance of any such shares or exercise of any such options may result in a reduction of the book value or market price of the outstanding shares of common stock. If we do issue any such additional shares or any such options are exercised, such issuance or exercise also will cause a reduction in the proportionate ownership and voting power of all other stockholders. As a result of such dilution, the proportionate ownership interest and voting power of a holder of shares of common stock could be decreased. Further, any such issuance or exercise could result in a change of control. Under our certificate of incorporation, holders of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock or capital stock into which any shares of common stock may be converted have certain rights to purchase their pro rata share of certain future issuances of securities.
 
Spectrum Brands has historically not paid dividends on its public common stock and we do not anticipate paying dividends on our public common stock in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, any return on investment may be limited to the value of the common stock.
 
Spectrum Brands, prior to the Merger had not declared or paid dividends on its common stock since the stock commenced public trading in 1997, we have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock since the stock commenced public trading in 2010, and while we continue to evaluate the potential payment of dividends, we do not currently anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on outstanding common stock will depend on earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as our board of directors may consider relevant, including the ability to do so under our credit and other debt agreements. If we do not pay dividends, returns on an investment in our common stock will only occur if the stock price appreciates.


A-18


Table of Contents

 
Annex B
 
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Unless otherwise indicated in this Annex B or the context requires otherwise, in this Annex B, the “Company,” “SB Holdings,” “we,” “our” or “us” are used to refer to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger (as defined below) and Spectrum Brands (as defined below) and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Merger. “Russell Hobbs” refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries. “Merger” means the business combination of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs consummated on June 16, 2010 creating SB Holdings. “Spectrum Brands” refers to Spectrum Brands, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
The following selected historical financial data is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Only our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 and our Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information presented below as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 also includes that of Russell Hobbs since the Merger on June 16, 2010.
 
On November 5, 2008, Spectrum Brands’ board of directors committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of our Home and Garden segment (the “Home and Garden Business”), which includes the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the projected input costs and significant working capital demands for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business during Fiscal 2009. During the second quarter of Fiscal 2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and, accordingly, began reporting the results of operations of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued operations. As of October 1, 2005, we began reporting the results of operations of Nu-Gro Pro and Tech as discontinued operations. We also began reporting the results of operations of the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued operations as of October 1, 2006, which business was sold on November 1, 2007. Therefore, the presentation of all historical continuing operations has been changed to exclude the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business, the Nu-Gro Pro and Tech and the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business but to include the remaining control products portion of the Home and Garden Business. The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the information contained in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., included as Annex C to this prospectus (the “Spectrum MD&A”).


B-1


Table of Contents

The financial information indicated may not be indicative of future performance. This financial information and other data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, and the Spectrum MD&A.
 
                                                 
    Successor Company     Predecessor Company  
          Period from
    Period from
                   
          August 31, 2009
    October 1, 2008
                   
          through
    through
                   
          September 30,
    August 30,
                   
    2010(14)     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                               
Net sales
  $ 2,567.0     $ 219.9     $ 2,010.6     $ 2,426.6     $ 2,332.7     $ 2,228.5  
Gross profit
    921.4       64.4       751.8       920.1       876.7       871.2  
Operating income (loss)(1)
    168.7       0.1       156.8       (684.6 )     (251.8 )     (289.1 )
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
    (124.2 )     (20.0 )     1,123.4       (914.8 )     (507.2 )     (460.9 )
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax(2)
    (2.7 )     0.4       (86.8 )     (26.2 )     (33.7 )     (2.5 )
Net (loss) income(3)(4)(5)(6)(7 )
    (190.1 )     (70.8 )     1,013.9       (931.5 )     (596.7 )     (434.0 )
Restructuring and related charges — cost of goods sold(8)
  $ 7.1     $ 0.2     $ 13.2     $ 16.5     $ 31.3     $ 21.1  
Restructuring and related charges — operating expenses(8)
    17.0       1.6       30.9       22.8       66.7       33.6  
Other expense (income), net(9)
    12.3       (0.8 )     3.3       1.2       (0.3 )     (4.1 )
Interest expense(13)
  $ 277.0     $ 17.0     $ 172.9     $ 229.0     $ 255.8     $ 175.9  
Per Share Data:
                                               
Net (loss) income per common share:
                                               
Basic
  $ (5.28 )   $ (2.36 )   $ 19.76     $ (18.29 )   $ (11.72 )   $ (8.77 )
Diluted
    (5.28 )   $ (2.36 )     19.76       (18.29 )     (11.72 )     (8.77 )
Average shares outstanding:
                                               
Basic
    36.0       30.0       51.3       50.9       50.9       49.5  
Diluted(10)
    36.0       30.0       51.3       50.9       50.9       49.5  
Cash Flow and Related Data:
                                               
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
  $ 57.3     $ 75.0     $ 1.6     $ (10.2 )   $ (32.6 )   $ 44.5  
Capital expenditures(11)
    40.3       2.7       8.1       18.9       23.2       55.6  
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt issuance costs)(11)
    117.4       8.6       58.5       85.0       77.4       82.6  
Statement of Financial Position Data (at period end):
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 170.6     $ 97.8             $ 104.8     $ 69.9     $ 28.4  
Working capital(12)
    536.9       323.7               371.5       370.2       397.2  
Total assets
    3,873.6       3,020.7               2,247.5       3,211.4       3,549.3  
Total long-term debt, net of current maturities
    1,723.1       1,530.0               2,474.8       2,416.9       2,234.5  
Total debt
    1,743.8       1,583.5               2,523.4       2,460.4       2,277.2  
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
    1,046.4       660.9               (1,027.2 )     (103.8 )     452.2  
 
 
(1) During Fiscal 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, pursuant to the Financial Accounting Standards Board Codification Topic 350: “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” we conducted our annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of these analyses we recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of approximately $34 million, $861 million, $362 million and $433 million in the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009, Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and our fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 (“Fiscal 2006”), respectively. See the “Critical Accounting Policies —


B-2


Table of Contents

Valuation of Assets and Asset Impairment” section of the Spectrum MD&A as well as Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies — Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further details on these impairment charges.
 
(2) Fiscal 2007 loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of approximately $45 million to reduce the carrying value of certain assets, principally consisting of goodwill and intangible assets, relating to our Canadian Division of the Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this business. Fiscal 2008 loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of approximately $8 million to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets relating to our growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this business. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for information relating to these impairment charges.
 
(3) Fiscal 2010 income tax expense of $63 million includes a non-cash charge of approximately $91.9 million which increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred tax assets.
 
(4) Included in the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 for the Successor Company is a non-cash tax charge of $58 million related to the residual U.S. and foreign taxes on approximately $166 million of actual and deemed distributions of foreign earnings. The period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 income tax expense includes a non-cash adjustment of approximately $52 million which reduced the valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets. Included in the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 for the Predecessor Company is a non-cash charge of $104 million related to the tax effects of the fresh start adjustments. In addition, Predecessor Company includes the tax effect on the gain on the cancellation of debt from the extinguishment of the senior subordinated notes as well as the modification of the senior term credit facility resulting in approximately $124 million reduction in the U.S. net deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles. Due to the Company’s full valuation allowance position as of August 30, 2009 on the U.S. net deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles, the tax effect of the gain on the cancellation of debt and the modification of the senior secured credit facility is offset by a corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance of $124 million. The tax effect of the fresh start adjustments, the gain on the cancellation of debt and the modification of the senior secured credit facility, net of corresponding adjustments to the valuation allowance, are netted against reorganization items.
 
(5) Fiscal 2008 income tax benefit of $10 million includes a non-cash charge of approximately $222 million which increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred tax assets.
 
(6) Fiscal 2007 income tax expense of $56 million includes a non-cash charge of approximately $180 million which increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred tax assets.
 
(7) Fiscal 2006 income tax benefit of $29 million includes a non-cash charge of approximately $29 million which increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred tax assets.
 
(8) See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further discussion.
 
(9) Fiscal 2006 includes a $8 million net gain on the sale of our Bridgeport, CT manufacturing facility, acquired as part of the Remington Products Company, L.L.C. acquisition and subsequently closed in Fiscal 2004, and our Madison, WI packaging facility, which was closed in our fiscal year ended September 30, 2003.
 
(10) Each of Fiscal 2010, the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009, Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 does not assume the exercise of common stock equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive.
 
(11) Amounts reflect the results of continuing operations only.


B-3


Table of Contents

 
(12) Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.
 
(13) Fiscal 2010 includes a non-cash charge of $83 million related to the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs and the write off of unamortized discounts and premiums related to the extinguishment of debt that was refinanced in conjunction with the Merger.
 
(14) Fiscal 2010, includes the results of Russell Hobbs’ operations since June 16, 2010. Russell Hobbs contributed $238 million in Net Sales and recorded operating income of $1 million for the period from June 16, 2010 through September 30, 2010, which includes $13 million of acquisition and integration related charges. In addition, Fiscal 2010 includes $26 million of Acquisition and integration related charges associated with the Merger.


B-4


Table of Contents

 
Annex C
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Introduction
 
The following is management’s discussion of the financial results, liquidity and other key items related to our performance and should be read in conjunction with Annex B, Selected Historical Financial Information of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in this prospectus. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. All references to Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer to fiscal year periods ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SB Holdings”), is a global branded consumer products company and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (“Spectrum Brands”), a global branded consumer products company and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (“Russell Hobbs”), a global branded small appliance company, to form a new combined company (the “Merger”). The Merger was consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger, both Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned subsidiaries of SB Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings’ common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “SPB.”
 
In connection with the Merger, we refinanced Spectrum Brands’ existing senior debt, except for Spectrum Brands’ 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019 (the “12% Notes”), which remain outstanding, and a portion of Russell Hobbs’ existing senior debt through a combination of a new $750 million Term Loan due June 16, 2016 (the “Term Loan”), new $750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing June 15, 2018 (the “9.5% Notes”) and a new $300 million ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014 (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan, the “Senior Credit Facilities” and the Senior Credit Facilities together with the 9.5% Notes, the “Senior Secured Facilities”).
 
As further described below, on February 3, 2009, we and our wholly owned United States (“U.S.”) subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On August 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Effective as of the Effective Date and pursuant to the Debtors’ confirmed plan of reorganization, we converted from a Wisconsin corporation to a Delaware corporation.
 
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms the “Company,” “Spectrum,” “we,” “our” or “us” are used to refer to SB Holdings and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger and Spectrum Brands prior to the Merger, as well as both before and on and after the Effective Date. The term “New Spectrum,” however, refers only to Spectrum Brands, Inc., our Delaware successor, and its subsidiaries after the Effective Date, and the term “Old Spectrum,” refers only to Spectrum Brands, our Wisconsin predecessor, and its subsidiaries prior to the Effective Date.
 
Business Overview
 
We are a global branded consumer products company with positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; pet supplies; home and garden control products; electric shaving and grooming; small appliances; electric personal care; and portable lighting.
 
We manage our business in four reportable segments: (i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which consists of the Company’s worldwide battery, shaving and grooming, personal care and portable lighting business (“Global Batteries & Personal Care”); (ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of our worldwide pet supplies business (“Global Pet Supplies”); (iii) the Home and Garden Business, which consists of our home and garden control product offerings, including household insecticides, repellants and herbicides (the “Home


C-1


Table of Contents

and Garden Business”); and (iv) Small Appliances, which consists of small electrical appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories (“Small Appliances”).
 
We manufacture and market alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty pet supplies. We design and market rechargeable batteries, battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances. With the addition of Russell Hobbs we design, market and distribute a broad range of branded small household appliances and personal care products. Our manufacturing and product development facilities are located in the United States, Europe, Latin America and Asia. Substantially all of our rechargeable batteries and chargers, shaving and grooming products, small household appliances, personal care products and portable lighting products are manufactured by third-party suppliers, primarily located in Asia.
 
We sell our products in approximately 120 countries through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1, Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
 
Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each business segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a general manager responsible for sales and marketing initiatives and the financial results for all product lines within that business segment.
 
Our operating performance is influenced by a number of factors including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence and preferences; our overall product line mix, including pricing and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy and fuel prices; and our general competitive position, especially as impacted by our competitors’ advertising and promotional activities and pricing strategies.
 
During the second quarter of Fiscal 2008, we determined that in view of the difficulty in predicting the timing or probability of a sale of the remaining U.S. portion of the Home and Garden Business, the requirements of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) necessary to classify the remaining U.S. portion of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued operations were no longer met and that it was appropriate to present the remaining U.S. portion of the Home and Garden Business as held and used in the Company’s continuing operations as of our second quarter of Fiscal 2008 and going forward. The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations includes the Home and Garden Business excluding the Canadian division, which was sold on November 1, 2007, for all periods presented.
 
In the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, we entered into a definitive agreement, subject to the consent of our lenders under our senior credit facilities, to sell the assets related to Global Pet Supplies. We were unable to obtain the consent of the lenders, and on July 13, 2008, we entered into a termination agreement regarding the agreement to sell the assets related to Global Pet Supplies. Pursuant to the termination agreement, as a condition to the termination, we paid the proposed buyer $3 million as a reimbursement of expenses.
 
In November 2008, our board of directors committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the projected input costs and significant working capital demands for the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown was consistent with what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate unprofitable products from our portfolio. As of March 29, 2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business. Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business.


C-2


Table of Contents

On December 15, 2008, we were advised that our common stock would be suspended from trading on the NYSE prior to the opening of the market on December 22, 2008. We were advised that the decision to suspend our common stock was reached in view of the fact that we had recently fallen below the NYSE’s continued listing standard regarding average global market capitalization over a consecutive 30 trading day period of not less than $25 million, the minimum threshold for listing on the NYSE. Our common stock was delisted from the NYSE effective January 23, 2009.
 
As a result of our Bankruptcy Filing, we were able to significantly reduce our indebtedness. As a result of the Merger, we were able to further reduce our outstanding debt leverage ratio. However, we continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness relative to our competitors and paying down outstanding indebtedness continues to be a priority for us. The Bankruptcy Filing is discussed in more detail under “Chapter 11 Proceedings.”
 
Chapter 11 Proceedings
 
As a result of its substantial leverage, the Company determined that, absent a financial restructuring, it would be unable to achieve future profitability or positive cash flows on a consolidated basis solely from cash generated from operating activities or to satisfy certain of its payment obligations as the same may become due and be at risk of not satisfying the leverage ratios to which it was subject under its then existing senior secured term loan facility, which ratios became more restrictive in future periods. Accordingly, on February 3, 2009, we announced that we had reached agreements with certain noteholders, representing, in the aggregate, approximately 70% of the face value of our then outstanding senior subordinated notes, to pursue a refinancing that, if implemented as proposed, would significantly reduce our outstanding debt. On the same day, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Filing”) and filed with the Bankruptcy Court a proposed plan of reorganization (the “Proposed Plan”) that detailed the Debtors’ proposed terms for the refinancing. The Chapter 11 cases were jointly administered by the Bankruptcy Court as Case No. 09-50455 (the “Bankruptcy Cases”). The Bankruptcy Court entered a written order (the “Confirmation Order”) on July 15, 2009 confirming the Proposed Plan (as so confirmed, the “Plan”).
 
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of Old Spectrum’s existing equity securities, including the existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished and deemed cancelled. Reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. filed a certificate of incorporation authorizing new shares of common stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on the Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total of 27,030,000 shares of common stock and approximately $218 million in aggregate principal amount of the 12% Notes to holders of allowed claims with respect to Old Spectrum’s 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “81/2 Notes”), 73/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “73/8 Notes”) and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Variable Rate Notes”) (collectively, the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). For a further discussion of the 12% Notes see “Debt Financing Activities — 12% Notes.” Also on the Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total of 2,970,000 shares of common stock to supplemental and sub-supplemental debtor-in-possession credit facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned under the Debtors’ debtor-in-possession credit facility.
 
Accounting for Reorganization
 
Subsequent to the Petition Date, our financial statements are prepared in accordance with ASC Topic 852: “Reorganizations,” (“ASC 852”). ASC 852 does not change the application of GAAP in the preparation of our financial statements. However, ASC 852 does require that financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to the filing of a Chapter 11 petition, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. In accordance with ASC 852 we have done the following:
 
  •  On our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in this prospectus, we have separated liabilities that are subject to compromise from liabilities that are not subject to compromise;


C-3


Table of Contents

 
  •  On our Consolidated Statements of Operations included in this prospectus, we have distinguished transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business;
 
  •  On our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this prospectus, we have separately disclosed Reorganization items expense (income), net;
 
  •  Ceased accruing interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes; and
 
Fresh-Start Reporting
 
As required by ASC 852 we adopted fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code as of our monthly period ended August 30, 2009 as is reflected in this prospectus.
 
Since the reorganization value of the assets of Old Spectrum immediately before the date of confirmation of the Plan was less than the total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed claims and the holders of Old Spectrum’s voting shares immediately before confirmation of the Plan received less than 50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity the Company adopted fresh-start reporting as of the close of business on August 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 852. The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of August 30, 2009 gives effect to allocations to the carrying value of assets or amounts and classifications of liabilities that were necessary when adopting fresh-start reporting.
 
We analyzed the transactions that occurred during the two-day period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective Date, through August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting date, and concluded that such transactions were not material individually or in the aggregate as they represented less than one-percent of the total Net sales for the entire fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. As such, we determined that August 30, 2009, would be an appropriate fresh-start reporting date to coincide with our normal financial period close for the month of August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly, the reported historical financial statements of Old Spectrum prior to the adoption of fresh-start reporting for periods ended prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those of New Spectrum.
 
Cost Reduction Initiatives
 
We continually seek to improve our operational efficiency, match our manufacturing capacity and product costs to market demand and better utilize our manufacturing resources. We have undertaken various initiatives to reduce manufacturing and operating costs.
 
Fiscal 2009.  In connection with our announcement to reduce our headcount within each of our segments and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to the Global Pet Supplies segment, we implemented a number of cost reduction initiatives (the “Global Cost Reduction Initiatives”). These initiatives also included consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the evaluation of our capital structure.
 
Fiscal 2008.  In connection with our decision to exit our zinc carbon and alkaline battery manufacturing and distribution facility in Ninghai, China, we undertook cost reduction initiatives (the “Ningbo Exit Plan”). These initiatives include fixed cost savings by integrating production equipment into our remaining production facilities and headcount reductions.
 
Fiscal 2007.  In connection with our announcement that we would manage our business in three vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments our costs related to research and development, manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound supply chain, which had previously been included in our corporate reporting segment are now included in each of the operating segments on a direct as incurred basis. In connection with these changes we undertook a number of cost reduction initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate and operating segment levels (the “Global Realignment Initiatives”), including a headcount reduction of approximately 200 employees.
 
We also implemented a series of initiatives within our Global Batteries & Personal Care business segment in Latin America to reduce operating costs (the “Latin America Initiatives”). These initiatives include the


C-4


Table of Contents

reduction of certain manufacturing operations in Brazil and the restructuring of management, sales, marketing and support functions. As a result, we reduced headcount in Latin America by approximately 100 employees.
 
Fiscal 2006.  As a result of our continued concern regarding the European economy and the continued shift by consumers from branded to private label alkaline batteries, we announced a series of initiatives in the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure (the “European Initiatives”). These initiatives include the reduction of certain operations at our Ellwangen, Germany packaging center and relocating those operations to our Dischingen, Germany battery plant, transferring private label battery production at our Dischingen, Germany battery plant to our manufacturing facility in China and restructuring the sales, marketing and support functions. As a result, we have reduced headcount in Europe by approximately 350 employees or 24%.
 
Meeting Consumer Needs through Technology and Development
 
We continue to focus our efforts on meeting consumer needs for our products through new product development and technology innovations. Research and development efforts associated with our electric shaving and grooming products allow us to deliver to the market unique cutting systems. Research and development efforts associated with our electric personal care products allow us to deliver to our customers products that save them time, provide salon alternatives and enhance their in-home personal care options. We are continuously pursuing new innovations for our shaving, grooming and hair care products including foil and rotary shaver improvements, trimmer enhancements and technologies that deliver skin and hair care benefits.
 
During Fiscal 2010, we launched our Rayovac Platinum Nickel Metal Hydride rechargeable batteries. These batteries are ready to use directly out of the package, and stay charged up to 3 times longer than other rechargeable batteries. We also introduced Instant Ocean aquatic food and chemical products and additional products under the Dingo and Nature’s Miracle brands.
 
During Fiscal 2009, we introduced the Roughneck Flex 360 flashlight. We also launched a long lasting zero-mercury hearing aid battery. This product provides the same long lasting performance as conventional hearing aid batteries, but with an environmentally friendly formula. During Fiscal 2009, we also introduced a line of Tetra marine aquatic products, new dog treat items and enhanced Nature’s Miracle Stain & Odor products.
 
During Fiscal 2008, we introduced longer lasting alkaline batteries in cell sizes AA and AAA. We also launched several new products targeted at specific niche markets such as Hot Shot Spider Trap, Cutter Mosquito Stakes, Spectracide Destroyer Wasp & Hornet and Spectracide Weed Stop. We also introduced a new line of men’s rotary shavers with “360° Flex & Pivot Technology.” The flex and pivot technology allows the cutting blades to follow the contour of a person’s face and neck. In addition, we added Teflon® coated heads to our blades to reduce redness and irritation from shaving. We also introduced “The Short Cut Clipper.” The product is positioned as the world’s first clipper with exclusive curved cutting technology. We also launched “Shine Therapy,” a hair straightener with vitamin conditioning technology: Vitamin E, Avocado Oil and conditioners infused into the ceramic plates.
 
During Fiscal 2007, advancements in shaver blade coatings continued to be significant with further introductions of Titanium, Nano-Diamond, Nano-Silver and Tourmaline on a variety of products, which allowed us to continue to launch new products or product enhancements into the market place.
 
During Fiscal 2006, in the lawn and garden category, we introduced the only termite killing stakes product for the do-it-yourself market.
 
Competitive Landscape
 
We compete in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; pet supplies; home and garden control products; electric shaving and grooming; small appliances; electric personal care; and portable lighting.
 
The consumer battery product category consists of non-rechargeable alkaline or zinc carbon batteries in cell sizes of AA, AAA, C, D and 9-volt, and specialty batteries, which include rechargeable batteries, hearing


C-5


Table of Contents

aid batteries, photo batteries and watch/calculator batteries. Most consumer batteries are marketed under one of the following brands: Rayovac/VARTA, Duracell, Energizer or Panasonic. In addition, some retailers market private label batteries, particularly in Europe. The majority of consumers in North America and Europe purchase alkaline batteries. The Latin America market consists primarily of zinc carbon batteries but is gradually converting to higher-priced alkaline batteries as household disposable income grows.
 
We believe that we are the largest worldwide marketer of hearing aid batteries and that we continue to maintain a leading global market position. We believe that our close relationship with hearing aid manufacturers and other customers, as well as our product performance improvements and packaging innovations, position us for continued success in this category.
 
Our global pet supplies business comprises aquatics equipment (aquariums, filters, pumps, etc.), aquatics consumables (fish food, water treatments and conditioners, etc.) and specialty pet products for dogs, cats, birds and other small domestic animals. The pet supply market is extremely fragmented, with no competitor holding a market share greater than twenty percent. We believe that our brand positioning, including the leading global aquatics brand in Tetra, our diverse array of innovative and attractive products and our strong retail relationships and global infrastructure will allow us to remain competitive in this fast growing industry.
 
Products in our home and garden category are sold through the Home and Garden Business. The Home and Garden Business manufactures and markets outdoor and indoor insect control products, rodenticides, herbicides and plant foods. The Home and Garden Business operates in the U.S. market under the brand names Spectracide, Cutter and Garden Safe. The Home and Garden Business’ marketing position is primarily that of a value brand, enhanced and supported by innovative products and packaging to drive sales at the point of purchase. The Home and Garden Business’ primary competitors include The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company, Central Garden & Pet Company and S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc.
 
We also operate in the shaving and grooming and personal care product category, consisting of electric shavers and accessories, electric grooming products and hair care appliances. Electric shavers include men’s and women’s shavers (both rotary and foil design) and electric shaver accessories consisting of shaver replacement parts (primarily foils and cutters), pre-shave products and cleaning agents. Electric shavers are marketed primarily under one of the following global brands: Remington, Braun and Norelco. Electric grooming products include beard and mustache trimmers, nose and ear trimmers, body groomers and haircut kits and related accessories. Hair care appliances include hair dryers, straightening irons, styling irons and hair-setters. Europe and North America account for the majority of our worldwide product category sales. Our major competitors in the electric personal care product category are Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper Corporation and Helen of Troy Limited.
 
Products in our small appliances category consist of small electrical appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories. Primary competitive brands in the small appliance category include Hamilton Beach, Procter Silex, Sunbeam, Mr. Coffee, Oster, General Electric, Rowenta, DeLonghi, Kitchen Aid, Cuisinart, Krups, Braun, Rival, Europro, Kenwood, Philips, Morphy Richards, Breville and Tefal.
 
The following factors contribute to our ability to succeed in these highly competitive product categories:
 
  •  Strong Diversified Global Brand Portfolio.  We have a global portfolio of well-recognized consumer product brands. We believe that the strength of our brands positions us to extend our product lines and provide our retail customers with strong sell-through to consumers.
 
  •  Strong Global Retail Relationships.  We have well-established business relationships with many of the top global retailers, distributors and wholesalers, which have assisted us in our efforts to expand our overall market penetration and promote sales.
 
  •  Expansive Distribution Network.  We distribute our products in approximately 120 countries through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and OEMs.


C-6


Table of Contents

 
  •  Innovative New Products, Packaging and Technologies.  We have a long history of product and packaging innovations in each of our seven product categories and continually seek to introduce new products both as extensions of existing product lines and as new product categories.
 
  •  Experienced Management Team.  Our management team has substantial consumer products experience. On average, each senior manager has more than 20 years of experience at Spectrum, VARTA, Remington, Russell Hobbs or other branded consumer product companies such as Newell Rubbermaid, H.J. Heinz and Schering-Plough.
 
Seasonal Product Sales
 
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrum’s first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden control products sold though the Home and Garden Business typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year (Spectrum’s second and third fiscal quarters). Small Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the increased demand by customers in the late summer for “back-to-school” sales and in the fall for the holiday season.
 
The seasonality of our sales during the last three fiscal years is as follows:
 
Percentage of Annual Sales
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,  
Fiscal Quarter Ended
  2010     2009     2008  
 
December
    23 %     25 %     24 %
March
    21 %     23 %     22 %
June
    25 %     26 %     26 %
September
    31 %     26 %     28 %
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009
 
Fiscal 2009, when referenced within this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this prospectus, includes the combined results of Old Spectrum for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and New Spectrum for the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
 
Highlights of Consolidated Operating Results
 
We have presented the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued operations. The board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in November 2008 and the shutdown was completed during the second quarter of our Fiscal 2009. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus for additional information regarding the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business. As a result, and unless specifically stated, all discussions regarding Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 only reflect results from our continuing operations.
 
Year over year historical comparisons are influenced by the acquisition of Russell Hobbs, which is included in our Fiscal 2010 Consolidated Financial Statements of Operations from June 16, 2010, the date of the Merger, through the end of the period. The results of Russell Hobbs are not included in our Fiscal 2009 Consolidated Financial Statements of Operations. See Note 16, Acquisition of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus for supplemental pro forma information providing additional year over year comparisons of the impact of the acquisition.


C-7


Table of Contents

Net Sales.  Net sales for Fiscal 2010 increased to $2,567 million from $2,231 million in Fiscal 2009, a 15.1% increase. The following table details the principal components of the change in net sales from Fiscal 2009 to Fiscal 2010 (in millions):
 
         
    Net Sales  
 
Fiscal 2009 Net Sales
  $ 2,231  
Addition of small appliances
    238  
Increase in consumer battery sales
    33  
Increase in electric shaving and grooming product sales
    27  
Increase in home and garden control product sales
    19  
Increase in lighting product sales
    6  
Increase in electric personal care product sales
    2  
Decrease in pet supplies sales
    (16 )
Foreign currency impact, net
    27  
         
Fiscal 2010 Net Sales
  $ 2,567  
         
 
Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2010 and 2009 are as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2010     2009  
 
Product line net sales
               
Consumer batteries
  $ 866     $ 819  
Pet supplies
    561       574  
Home and garden control products
    341       322  
Electric shaving and grooming products
    257       225  
Small appliances
    238        
Electric personal care products
    216       211  
Portable lighting products
    88       80  
                 
Total net sales to external customers
  $ 2,567     $ 2,231  
                 
 
Global consumer battery sales during Fiscal 2010 increased $47 million, or 6%, compared to Fiscal 2009, primarily driven by favorable foreign exchange impacts of $15 million coupled with increased sales in North America and Latin America. The sales increase in North America was driven by increased volume with a major customer and the increased sales in Latin America were a result of increased specialty battery sales, driven by the successfully leveraging our value proposition, that is, products that work as well as or better than our competitors, at a lower price. These gains were partially offset by decreased consumer battery sales of $22 million in Europe, primarily due to our continued exit of low margin private label battery sales.
 
Pet product sales during Fiscal 2010 decreased $13 million, or 2%, compared to Fiscal 2009. The decrease of $13 million is attributable to decreased aquatics sales of $11 million and decreased specialty pet products of $6 million. These decreases were partially offset by favorable foreign exchange impacts of $3 million. The $11 million decrease in aquatic sales is due to decreases within the United States and Pacific Rim of $6 million and $5 million, respectively, as a result of reduction in demand in this product category due to the macroeconomic slowdown as we maintained our market share in the category. The $6 million decrease in companion animal sales is due to $9 million decline in the United States, primarily driven by a distribution loss of at a major retailer of certain dog shampoo products and the impact of a product recall, which was tempered by increases of $3 million in Europe.
 
Sales of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009 increased $19 million, or 6%. This increase is a result of additional sales to major customers that was driven by incentives to retailers and promotional campaigns during the year in both lawn and garden control products and household control products.


C-8


Table of Contents

Electric shaving and grooming product sales during Fiscal 2010 increased $32 million, or 14%, compared to Fiscal 2009 primarily due to increased sales within Europe of $25 million coupled with favorable foreign exchange translation of $5 million. The increase in Europe sales is a result of new product launches, pricing and promotions.
 
Electric personal care product sales during Fiscal 2010 increased $5 million, or 2%, when compared to Fiscal 2009. The increase of $5 million during Fiscal 2010 was attributable to favorable foreign exchange impacts of $2 million coupled with modest sales increases within Latin America and North America of $3 million and $1 million, respectively. These sales increases were partially offset by modest declines in Europe of $2 million.
 
Sales of portable lighting products in Fiscal 2010 increased $8 million, or 10%, compared to Fiscal 2009 as a result of increases in North America of $3 million coupled with favorable foreign exchange translation of $2 million. Sales of portable lighting products also increased modestly in both Europe and Latin America.
 
Small appliances contributed $238 million or 9% of total net sales for Fiscal 2010. This represents sales related to Russell Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the merger, June 16, 2010 through the close of the Fiscal 2010.
 
Gross Profit.  Gross profit for Fiscal 2010 was $921 million versus $816 million for Fiscal 2009. Our gross profit margin for Fiscal 2010 decreased to 35.9% from 36.6% in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in our gross profit margin is primarily a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Upon the adoption of fresh-start reporting, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations,” (“SFAS 141”), inventory balances were revalued at August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such inventory balances of $49 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation, we recognized $34 million in additional cost of goods sold during Fiscal 2010 compared to $15 million of additional cost of goods sold recognized in Fiscal 2009. The impact of the inventory revaluation was offset by lower Restructuring and related charges in Cost of goods sold during Fiscal 2010, which included $7 million of Restructuring and related charges whereas Fiscal 2009 included $13 million of Restructuring and related charges. The Restructuring and related charges incurred in Fiscal 2010 were primarily associated with cost reduction initiatives announced in 2009. The $13 million of Restructuring and related charges incurred in Fiscal 2009 primarily related to the shutdown of our Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility. See “Restructuring and Related Charges” below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges.
 
Operating Expense.  Operating expenses for Fiscal 2010 totaled $753 million versus $659 million for Fiscal 2009. The $94 million increase in operating expenses for Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009 was partially driven by $38 million of Acquisition and integration related charges as a result of our combination with Russell Hobbs pursuant to the Merger. During Fiscal 2010 we also incurred $36 million of selling expense and $16 million of general and administrative expense incurred by Russell Hobbs, which is included in the Small Appliances segment, subsequent to the acquisition on June 16, 2010. Also included in Operating expenses for Fiscal 2010 was additional depreciation and amortization as a result of the revaluation of our long lived assets in connection with our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and unfavorable foreign exchange translation of $7 million. This increase was partially offset by the non-recurrence of the non-cash impairment charge to certain long lived intangible assets of $34 million in Fiscal 2009 and lower Restructuring and related charges of approximately $15 million as $17 million of such charges were incurred in Fiscal 2010 compared to $32 million in Fiscal 2009. See “Restructuring and Related Charges” below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges.
 
Adjusted EBITDA.  Management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures may be useful in certain instances to provide additional meaningful comparisons between current results and results in prior operating periods. Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) is a metric used by management and frequently used by the financial community. Adjusted


C-9


Table of Contents

EBITDA provides insight into an organization’s operating trends and facilitates comparisons between peer companies, since interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization can differ greatly between organizations as a result of differing capital structures and tax strategies. Adjusted EBITDA can also be a useful measure of a company’s ability to service debt and is one of the measures used for determining the Company’s debt covenant compliance. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain items that are unusual in nature or not comparable from period to period. While the Company’s management believes that non-GAAP measurements are useful supplemental information, such adjusted results are not intended to replace the Company’s GAAP financial results.
 
Adjusted EBITDA, which includes the results of Russell Hobbs’ businesses as if it was combined with Spectrum for all periods presented (see reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA by segment below) was $432 million for Fiscal 2010 compared with $391 million for Fiscal 2009.
 
Operating Income.  Operating income of approximately $169 million was recognized in Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009 operating income of $157 million. The increase in operating income is attributable to Small Appliances income of $13 million, increased sales in our remaining segments and the non-reoccurrence of the previously discussed non-cash impairment charge of $34 million in Fiscal 2009. This was partially offset by $39 million Acquisition and integration related charges incurred in Fiscal 2010 related to the Merger.
 
Segment Results.  As discussed in Annex D, Description of the Business of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., we manage our business in four reportable segments: (i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, (ii) Global Pet Supplies; (iii) Home and Garden Business; and (iv) Small Appliances.
 
Operating segment profits do not include restructuring and related charges, acquisition and integration related charges, interest expense, interest income, impairment charges, reorganization items and income tax expense. Expenses associated with global operations, consisting of research and development, manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound supply chain are included in the determination of operating segment profits. In addition, certain general and administrative expenses necessary to reflect the operating segments on a standalone basis have been included in the determination of operating segment profits. Corporate expenses include primarily general and administrative expenses associated with corporate overhead and global long-term incentive compensation plans.
 
All depreciation and amortization included in income from operations is related to operating segments or corporate expense. Costs are allocated to operating segments or corporate expense according to the function of each cost center. All capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
 
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a general manager responsible for the sales and marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines within that segment. Financial information pertaining to our reportable segments is contained in Note 11, Segment Information, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.


C-10


Table of Contents

Below is a reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA by segment for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009:
 
                                                 
    Fiscal 2010
    Global
      Home and
      Corporate/
   
    Batteries &
  Global Pet
  Garden
  Small
  Unallocated
  Consolidated
 
  Personal Care   Supplies   Business   Appliances   Items(a)   SB Holdings
    (In millions)
 
Net Income (loss)
  $ 137     $ 49     $ 40     $     $ (416 )   $ (190 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                3                   3  
Income tax expense
                            63       63  
Interest expense
                            195       195  
Write-off unamortized discounts and financing fees(b)
                            82       82  
Pre-acquisition earnings
                      66             66  
Restructuring and related charges
    4       7       8             5       24  
Acquisition and integration related charges
                      15       24       39  
Reorganization items
                            3       3  
Accelerated depreciation and amortization(c)
                (1 )           (2 )     (3 )
Fresh-start inventory fair value adjustment
    18       14       2                   34  
Russell Hobbs inventory fair value adjustment
                      3             3  
Brazilian IPI credit/other
    (5 )                             (5 )
Adjusted EBIT
  $ 154     $ 70     $ 52     $ 84     $ (46 )   $ 314  
Depreciation and amortization
    52       28       15       6       17       118  
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 206     $ 98     $ 67     $ 90     $ (29 )   $ 432  
 


C-11


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Fiscal 2009
    Global
      Home and
      Corporate/
   
    Batteries &
  Global Pet
  Garden
  Small
  Unallocated
  Consolidated
 
  Personal Care   Supplies   Business   Appliances   Items(a)   SB Holdings
    (In millions)
 
Net Income (loss)
  $ 126     $ 41     $ (52 )   $     $ 828     $ 943  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                87                   87  
Income tax expense
                            74       74  
Interest expense
                            190       190  
Pre-acquisition earnings
                      81             81  
Restructuring and related charges
    21       6       6             13       46  
Reorganization items
                            (1,139 )     (1,139 )
Intangibles impairment
    15       19                         34  
Fresh-start inventory and other fair value adjustment
    10       5       1             1       17  
Accelerated depreciation and amortization(c)
    (3 )           (1 )                 (4 )
Brazilian IPI credit/other
    (5 )                             (5 )
Adjusted EBIT
  $ 164     $ 71     $ 41     $ 81     $ (33 )   $ 324  
Depreciation and amortization
    29       22       13             3       67  
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 193     $ 93     $ 54     $ 81     $ (30 )   $ 391  
 
 
(a) It is our policy to record Income tax expense (benefit) and interest expense on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, such amounts are not reflected in the operating results of the operating segments.
 
(b) Adjustment reflects the following: (i) $61 million write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees and discounts associated with our restructured capital structure, refinanced on June 16, 2010; (ii) $4 million related to pre-payment premiums associated with the paydown of our old asset based revolving credit facility and supplemental loan extinguished on June 16, 2010; and (iii) $17 million related to the termination of interest swaps and commitment fees.
 
(c) Adjustment reflects restricted stock amortization and accelerated depreciation associated with certain restructuring initiatives. Inasmuch as this amount is included within Restructuring and related charges, this adjustment negates the impact of reflecting the add-back of depreciation and amortization.
 
Global Batteries & Personal Care
 
                 
    2010   2009
    (In millions)
 
Net sales to external customers
  $ 1,428     $ 1,335  
Segment profit
  $ 153     $ 165  
Segment profit as a % of net sales
    10.7 %     12.4 %
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 206     $ 193  
Assets as of September 30,
  $ 1,629     $ 1,608  
 
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 increased $93 million to $1,428 million from $1,335 million during Fiscal 2009, representing a 7% increase. Favorable foreign currency exchange translation impacted net sales in Fiscal 2010 by approximately $24 million in comparison to Fiscal 2009. Consumer battery sales for Fiscal 2010 increased to $866 million when compared to Fiscal 2009 sales of $819 million, primarily due to increased specialty battery sales of $26 million and increased alkaline battery sales of $6 million, coupled with favorable foreign exchange translation of $15 million. The $26 million increase in specialty battery sales is driven by growth in Latin America driven by the successfully leveraging our value proposition, that is, products that work as well as or better than our competitors, at a lower price. The $6 million increase in alkaline sales is driven by the increased sales in North America, attributable to an

C-12


Table of Contents

increase in market share, as consumers opt for our value proposition during the weakening economic conditions in the U.S, which was tempered by a decline in alkaline battery sales in Europe as we continued efforts to exit from unprofitable or marginally profitable private label battery sales, as well as certain second tier branded battery sales. We are continuing our efforts to promote profitable growth and therefore, expect to continue to exit certain low margin business as appropriate to create a more favorable mix of branded versus private label products. Net sales of electric shaving and grooming products in Fiscal 2010 increased by $32 million, a 14% increase, compare to Fiscal 2009. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $25 million in Europe, excluding foreign exchange translation, as a result of successful promotions and operational execution. Positive foreign exchange translation impacted net sales of electric shaving and grooming products in Fiscal 2010 by $5 million. Electric personal care sales increased by $5 million, an increase of 3%, over Fiscal 2009. Favorable foreign exchange translation impacted net sales by approximately $3 million. Excluding favorable foreign exchange, we experienced modest electric personal care product sales increases within all geographic regions. Net sales of portable lighting products for Fiscal 2010 increased to $88 million as compared to sales of $80 million for Fiscal 2009, an increase of 10%. The portable lighting product sales increase was primarily driven by favorable foreign exchange impact of $2 million, coupled with increased sales in North America of $3 million, driven by increased sales with a major customer as a result of new product introductions.
 
Segment profitability during Fiscal 2010 decreased to $153 million from $165 million in Fiscal 2009. Segment profitability as a percentage of net sales decreased to 10.7% in Fiscal 2010 compared to 12.4% in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in segment profitability during Fiscal 2010 was mainly attributable to a $19 million increase in cost of goods sold due to the revaluation of inventory coupled with approximately a $16 million increase in intangible asset amortization due to our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Offsetting this decrease to segment profitability was higher sales, as discussed above, and savings from our restructuring and related initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009. See “Restructuring and Related Charges” below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges.
 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $206 million compared to $193 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA is mainly driven by the efficient cost structure now in place from our cost reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009 coupled with increases in market share in certain of our product categories.
 
Segment assets at September 30, 2010 increased to $1,629 million from $1,608 million at September 30, 2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting, at September 30, 2010 decreased to $881 million from $909 million at September 30, 2009. The decrease is mainly due to amortization of definite lived intangible assets of $18 million and foreign exchange impacts of $10 million.
 
Foreign Currency Translation — Venezuela Impacts
 
The Global Batteries & Personal Care segment does business in Venezuela through a Venezuelan subsidiary. At January 4, 2010, the beginning of our second quarter of Fiscal 2010, we determined that Venezuela meets the definition of a highly inflationary economy under GAAP. As a result, beginning January 4, 2010, the U.S. dollar is the functional currency for our Venezuelan subsidiary. Accordingly, going forward, currency remeasurement adjustments for this subsidiary’s financial statements and other transactional foreign exchange gains and losses are reflected in earnings. Through January 3, 2010, prior to being designated as highly inflationary, translation adjustments related to the Venezuelan subsidiary were reflected in Shareholders’ equity as a component of AOCI.
 
In addition, on January 8, 2010, the Venezuelan government announced its intention to devalue its currency, the Bolivar fuerte, relative to the U.S. dollar. The official exchange rate for imported goods classified as essential, such as food and medicine, changed from 2.15 to 2.6 to the U.S. dollar, while payments for other non-essential goods moved to an exchange rate of 4.3 to the U.S. dollar. Some of our imported products fall


C-13


Table of Contents

into the essential classification and qualify for the 2.6 rate; however, our overall results in Venezuela were reflected at the 4.3 rate expected to be applicable to dividend repatriations beginning in the second quarter of Fiscal 2010. As a result, we remeasured the local statement of financial position of our Venezuela entity during the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 to reflect the impact of the devaluation. Based on actual exchange activity, we determined on September 30, 2010 that the most likely method of exchanging its Bolivar fuertes for U.S. dollars will be to formally apply with the Venezuelan government to exchange through commercial banks at the SITME rate specified by the Central Bank of Venezuela. The SITME rate as of September 30, 2010 was quoted at 5.3 Bolivar fuerte per U.S. dollar. Therefore, we changed the rate used to remeasure Bolivar fuerte denominated transactions as of September 30, 2010 from the official non-essentials exchange rate to the 5.3 SITME rate in accordance with ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters” as it is the expected rate that exchanges of Bolivar fuerte to U.S. dollars will be settled. There is also an immaterial ongoing impact related to measuring our Venezuelan statement of operations at the new exchange rate of 5.3 to the U.S. dollar.
 
The designation of our Venezuela entity as a highly inflationary economy and the devaluation of the Bolivar fuerte resulted in a $1 million reduction to our operating income during Fiscal 2010. We also reported a foreign exchange loss in Other expense (income), net, of $10 million during Fiscal 2010.
 
Global Pet Supplies
 
                 
    2010   2009
    (In millions)
 
Net sales to external customers
  $ 561     $ 574  
Segment profit
  $ 56     $ 65  
Segment profit as a % of net sales
    9.9 %     11.3 %
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 98     $ 93  
Assets as of September 30,
  $ 826     $ 867  
 
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 decreased to $561 million from $574 million in Fiscal 2009, representing a decrease of $13 million or 2%. The $13 million decrease was attributable to lower aquatics sales of $11 million, lower specialty pet product sales of $6 million and favorable foreign exchange impacts of $3 million. The decrease in aquatics sales was primarily due to general softness in this category. The decrease in specialty pet product sales was driven by a distribution loss at a major retailer of certain dog shampoo products and the impact of a product recall.
 
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 decreased to $56 million from $65 million in Fiscal 2009. Segment profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2010 also decreased to 9.9% from 11.3% during Fiscal 2009. This decrease in segment profitability and profitability margin was primarily attributable to an increase in cost of goods sold due to the revaluation of inventory and the increase in intangible asset amortization in accordance with SFAS 141, as was required when we adopted fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The decrease in Fiscal 2010 segment profitability was tempered by improved pricing and lower manufacturing and operating costs as a result of our global cost reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009. See “Restructuring and Related Charges” below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges.
 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $98 million compared to $93 million in Fiscal 2009. Despite decreased net sales during Fiscal 2010 of $13 million, our successful efforts to create a lower cost structure including the closure and consolidation of some of our pet facilities, and improved product mix, resulted in Adjusted EBITDA increase of $5 million. See “Restructuring and Related Charges” below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus, for further detail on our Fiscal 2009 initiatives.
 
Segment assets as of September 30, 2010 decreased to $826 million from $867 million at September 30, 2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting, decreased to $589 million at September 30, 2010 from $618 million at September 30, 2009. The


C-14


Table of Contents

decrease is mainly due to amortization of definite lived intangible assets of $15 million and foreign exchange impacts of $14 million.
 
Home and Garden Business
 
                 
    2010   2009
    (In millions)
 
Net sales to external customers
  $ 341     $ 322  
Segment profit
  $ 51     $ 42  
Segment profit as a % of net sales
    14.9 %     13.0 %
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 67     $ 54  
Assets as of September 30,
  $ 494     $ 504  
 
Segment net sales to external customers of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009 increased $19 million, or 6%, was driven by incentives to retailers and promotional campaigns during the year in both lawn and garden control products and household control products.
 
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 increased to $51 million compared to $42 million in Fiscal 2009. Segment profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2010 increased to 14.9% from 13.0% in Fiscal 2009. This increase in segment profitability was attributable to savings from our global cost reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009. See “Restructuring and Related Charges” below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges. The increase in profitability during Fiscal 2010 was tempered by a $2 million increase in cost of goods sold due to the revaluation of inventory and increased intangible asset amortization due to the revaluation of our customer relationships in accordance with SFAS 141 as was required when we adopted fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $67 million compared to $54 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA during Fiscal 2010 was mainly driven by expanded promotions at our top retailers and strong sales growth.
 
Segment assets as of September 30, 2010 decreased to $494 million from $504 million at September 30, 2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting, at September 30, 2010 decreased to $410 million from $419 million at September 30, 2009. The decrease of $9 million is driven by amortization associated with definite lived intangible assets.
 
Small Appliances
 
                 
    2010   2009
    (In millions)
 
Net sales to external customers
  $ 238     $  
Segment profit
  $ 13     $  
Segment profit as a % of net sales
    5.5 %      
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 90     $ 81  
Assets as of September 30,
  $ 863     $  
 
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 were $238 million. This represents sales related to Russell Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the Merger, June 16, 2010, through the close of Fiscal 2010.
 
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 was $13 million, which includes an increase to Cost of goods sold as a result of the inventory write-up in conjunction with the Merger in accordance with ASC Topic 805: “Business Combinations,” (“ASC 805”). This represents segment profit from the operations of Russell Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the Merger, June 16, 2010 through the close of Fiscal 2010.


C-15


Table of Contents

Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $90 million compared to $81 million in Fiscal 2009. The $9 million increase in Fiscal 2010 is mainly driven by Russell Hobbs’ voluntarily exiting certain non-profitable brands and stock keeping units and implementing cost reduction initiatives.
 
ASC 805 requires, among other things, that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company performed a valuation of the assets and liabilities of Russell Hobbs at June 16, 2010. See Note 15, Acquisitions, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus for additional information regarding the assets acquired in the Merger. Segment assets at September 30, 2010 were $863 million. At September 30, 2010 goodwill and intangible assets recorded in connection with the Merger totaled $489 million.
 
Corporate Expense.  Our corporate expense in Fiscal 2010 increased to $41 million from $34 million in Fiscal 2009. Our corporate expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2010 increased slightly to 1.6% from 1.5%. The increase is primarily due to stock compensation expense of $17 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to $3 million of stock compensation expense in Fiscal 2009.
 
Restructuring and Related Charges.  See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges.


C-16


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes all restructuring and related charges we incurred in Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 (in millions):
 
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
               
Latin America Initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
  $     $ 0.2  
Global Realignment Initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
    0.2       0.3  
Other associated costs
    (0.1 )     0.9  
Ningbo Exit Plan:
               
Termination benefits
          0.9  
Other associated costs
    2.1       8.6  
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
    2.6       0.2  
Other associated costs
    2.3       2.3  
                 
Total included in cost of goods sold
  $ 7.1     $ 13.4  
Costs included in operating expenses:
               
United & Tetra integration:
               
Termination benefits
  $     $ 2.3  
Other associated costs
          0.3  
European Initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
    (0.1 )      
Global Realignment Initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
    5.4       7.1  
Other associated costs
    (1.9 )     3.5  
Ningbo Exit Plan:
               
Other associated costs
          1.3  
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
    4.3       6.6  
Other associated costs
    9.3       11.3  
                 
Total included in operating expenses
  $ 17.0     $ 32.4  
                 
Total restructuring and related charges
  $ 24.1     $ 45.8  
                 
 
In Fiscal 2007, we began managing our business in three vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments; Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business. As part of this realignment, our global operations organization, which had previously been included in corporate expense, consisting of research and development, manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now included in each of the operating segments. In connection with these changes we undertook a number of cost reduction initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate and operating segment levels (the “Global Realignment Initiatives”). We recorded approximately $4 million and $11 million of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively, in connection with the Global Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives, which are expected to be incurred through June 30, 2011, relate primarily to severance and are projected at approximately $89 million.
 
During Fiscal 2008, we implemented an initiative within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment to reduce operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure. These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the exit of our battery manufacturing facility in Ningbo Baowang China (“Ningbo”) (the


C-17


Table of Contents

“Ningbo Exit Plan”). We recorded approximately $2 million and $11 million of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively, in connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We have recorded pretax and restructuring and related charges of approximately $29 million since the inception of the Ningbo Exit Plan.
 
During Fiscal 2009, we implemented a series of initiatives within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment and the Global Pet Supplies segment to reduce operating costs as well as evaluate our opportunities to improve our capital structure (the “Global Cost Reduction Initiatives”). These initiatives include headcount reductions within all our segments and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to the Global Pet Supplies segment. These initiatives also included consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the evaluation of our capital structure. We recorded $18 million and $20 million of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively, related to the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives, which are expected to be incurred through March 31, 2014, are projected at approximately $65 million.
 
Acquisition and integration related charges.  Acquisition and integration related charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not limited to transaction costs such as banking, legal and accounting professional fees directly related to the acquisition, termination and related costs for transitional and certain other employees, integration related professional fees and other post business combination related expenses associated with the Merger of Russell Hobbs. We incurred $38 million of Acquisition and integration related charges during Fiscal 2010, which consisted of the following: (i) $25 million of legal and professional fees; (ii) $10 million of employee termination charges; and (iii) $4 million of integration costs.
 
Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment.  ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. In Fiscal 2010 and 2009, we tested our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this testing, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of $34 million in Fiscal 2009. The $34 million non-cash pretax impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects trade name intangible asset impairments of the following: $18 million related to Global Pet Supplies; $15 million related to the Global Batteries and Personal Care segment; and $1 million related to the Home and Garden Business. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further details on this impairment charge.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense in Fiscal 2010 increased to $277 million from $190 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase was driven primarily by the following unusual items: (i) $55 million representing the write-off of the unamortized portion of discounts and premiums related to debt that was paid off in conjunction with our refinancing, a non-cash charge; (ii) $13 million related to bridge commitment fees while we were refinancing our debt; (iii) $7 million representing the write-off of the unamortized debt issuance costs related to debt that was paid off, a non-cash charge; (iv) $4 million related to a prepayment premium; and (v) $3 million related to the termination of a Euro-denominated interest rate swap.
 
Reorganization Items.  During Fiscal 2010, we, in connection with our reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, recorded Reorganization items expense (income), net of approximately $4 million, which primarily consisted of legal and professional fees. During Fiscal 2009 Old Spectrum recorded Reorganization items expense (income), net, which represents a gain of approximately $(1,143) million. Reorganization items expense (income), net included the following: (i) gain on cancellation of debt of $(147) million; (ii) gains in connection with fresh-start reporting adjustments of $(1,088) million; (iii) legal and professional fees of $75 million; (iv) write off deferred financing costs related to the Senior Subordinated Notes of $11 million; and (v) a provision for rejected leases of $6 million. During Fiscal 2009, New Spectrum recorded Reorganization items expense (income), net which represents expense of $4 million related to professional fees. See Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more information related to our reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
Income Taxes.  Our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations was approximately (50.9)% for Fiscal 2010. Our effective tax rate on losses from continuing operations is approximately 2.0% for Old


C-18


Table of Contents

Spectrum and (256)% for New Spectrum during Fiscal 2009. The primary drivers of the effective rate as compared to the U.S. statutory rate of 35% for Fiscal 2010 include tax expense recorded for an increase in the valuation allowance associated with our net U.S. deferred tax asset.
 
As of September 30, 2010, we have U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,087 million and $936 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in 2031, and we have foreign loss carryforwards of approximately $195 million, which will expire beginning in 2011. Certain of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward periods. We are subject to an annual limitation on the use of our U.S. net operating losses that arose prior to our emergence from bankruptcy. We have had multiple changes of ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 382, that subject our U.S. federal and state net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is based on a number of factors including the value of our stock (as defined for tax purposes) on the date of the ownership change, our net unrealized built in gain position on that date, the occurrence of realized built in gains in years subsequent to the ownership change, and the effects of subsequent ownership changes (as defined for tax purposes) if any. In addition, separate return year limitations apply to limit our utilization of the acquired Russell Hobbs U.S. federal and state net operating losses to future income of the Russell Hobbs subgroup. Based on these factors, we project that $296 million of the total U.S. federal and $463 million of the state net operating loss will expire unused. In addition, we project that $38 million of the total foreign net operating loss carryforwards will expire unused. We have provided a full valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets.
 
We recognized income tax expense of approximately $124 million related to the gain on the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the senior secured credit facility in the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. This adjustment, net of a change in valuation allowance is embedded in Reorganization items expense (income), net. We have, in accordance with the IRC Section 108 reduced our net operating loss carryforwards for cancellation of debt income that arose from our emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code under IRC Section 382 (1)(6).
 
The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. We establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these estimates on projections of future income, including tax planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our ability to project future income. ASC Topic 740: “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) requires the establishment of a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, we periodically assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation allowance are appropriate.
 
Our total valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may not be realized is approximately $331 million at September 30, 2010. Of this amount, approximately $300 million relates to U.S. net deferred tax assets and approximately $31 million relates to foreign net deferred tax assets. In connection with the Merger, we established an additional valuation allowance of approximately $104 million related to acquired net deferred tax assets as part of acquisition accounting. In 2009, Old Spectrum recorded a reduction in the valuation allowance against the U.S. net deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite lived intangible assets primarily as a result of utilizing net operating losses to offset the gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and the impact of the fresh start reporting adjustments. New Spectrum recorded a reduction in the domestic valuation allowance of $47 million as a reduction to goodwill as a result of New Spectrum income. Our total valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may not be realized is approximately $133 million at September 30, 2009. Of this amount, approximately $109 million relates to U.S. net deferred tax assets and approximately $24 million relates to foreign net deferred tax assets. We recorded a non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately $257 million related to a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets during Fiscal 2008. Included in the total is a non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately $4 million related to an increase in the valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets in China in connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We also determined that a valuation allowance was no longer required in Brazil and thus recorded a $31 million benefit to reverse the


C-19


Table of Contents

valuation allowance previously established. Our total valuation allowance, established for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may not be realized, is approximately $496 million at September 30, 2008. Of this amount, approximately $468 million relates to U.S. net deferred tax assets and approximately $28 million relates to foreign net deferred tax assets.
 
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. During Fiscal 2009 we recorded a non- cash pretax impairment charge of approximately $34 million. The tax impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit of approximately $13 million. See “Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment” above, as well as Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment charges.
 
In addition, our income tax provision for the year ended September 30, 2010 reflects the correction of a prior period error which increases our income tax provision by approximately $6 million.
 
ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions, requires that we recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. As a result, we recognized no cumulative effect adjustment at the time of adoption. As of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate in future periods was $13 million and $8 million, respectively. See Note 8, Income Taxes, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information.
 
Discontinued Operations.  On November 5, 2008, the board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the projected input costs and significant working capital demands for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business during Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown is consistent with what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate unprofitable products from our portfolio. We completed the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business. The following amounts related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business have been segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as discontinued operations during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively (in millions):
 
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Net sales
  $     $ 31.3  
                 
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
  $ (2.5 )   $ (90.9 )
Provision for income tax benefit
    0.2       (4.5 )
                 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (2.7 )   $ (86.4 )
                 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2008
 
Fiscal 2009, when referenced within this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this prospectus, includes the combined results of Old Spectrum for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and New Spectrum for the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.


C-20


Table of Contents

Highlights of consolidated operating results
 
During Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we have presented the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued operations. During Fiscal 2008 we have presented the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued operations. Our board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in November 2008 and the shutdown was completed during the second quarter of our Fiscal 2009. The Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business was sold on November 1, 2007. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus for additional information regarding the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and the sale of the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business. As a result, and unless specifically stated, all discussions regarding Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 only reflect results from our continuing operations.
 
Net Sales.  Net sales for Fiscal 2009 decreased to $2,231 million from $2,427 million in Fiscal 2008, an 8.1% decrease. The following table details the principal components of the change in net sales from Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2009 (in millions):
 
         
    Net Sales  
 
Fiscal 2008 Net Sales
  $ 2,427  
Increase in electric personal care product sales
    4  
Decrease in consumer battery sales
    (27 )
Decrease in pet supplies sales
    (14 )
Decrease in lighting product sales
    (14 )
Decrease in home and garden product sales
    (13 )
Decrease in electric shaving and grooming product sales
    (3 )
Foreign currency impact, net
    (129 )
         
Fiscal 2009 Net Sales
  $ 2,231  
         
 
Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2009 and 2008 are as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    Fiscal Year  
    2009     2008  
 
Product line net sales
               
Consumer batteries
  $ 819     $ 916  
Pet supplies
    574       599  
Home and garden control products
    322       334  
Electric shaving and grooming products
    225       247  
Electric personal care products
    211       231  
Portable lighting products
    80       100  
                 
Total net sales to external customers
  $ 2,231     $ 2,427  
                 
 
Global consumer battery sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased $97 million, or 11%, compared to Fiscal 2008, primarily driven by unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $70 million coupled with decreased consumer battery sales of $50 million and $15 million in Latin America and Europe, respectively. These declines were partially offset by increased consumer battery sales, mainly alkaline batteries, in North America of $38 million. The alkaline battery sales increase in North America is mainly due to higher volume at a major customer coupled with new distribution. The decreased consumer battery sales in Latin America continues to be a result of a slowdown in economic conditions in all countries and inventory de-stocking at retailers mainly in Brazil. Zinc carbon batteries decreased $35 million while alkaline battery sales are down $15 million in Latin America. The decreased consumer battery sales within Europe are primarily attributable to the decline in alkaline battery sales due to a slowdown in economic conditions and our continued efforts to exit unprofitable or marginally profitable private label battery sales.


C-21


Table of Contents

Pet supplies product sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased $25 million, or 4%, compared to Fiscal 2008. The decrease of $25 million is primarily attributable to decreased aquatics sales of $27 million coupled with unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $11 million. These decreases were partially offset by increases of $13 million within specialty pet products. The decrease in aquatics sales of $27 million during Fiscal 2009 was attributable to declines in the U.S., Europe and Pacific Rim of $14 million, $10 million and $3 million, respectively. The declines in the U.S. were a result of decreased sales of large equipment, such as aquariums, driven by softness in this product category due to the macroeconomic slowdown as we maintained our market share in the category. The declines in Europe were due to inventory de-stocking at retailers and weak filtration product sales, both a result of the slowdown in economic conditions. The declines the Pacific Rim were also a result of the slowdown in economic conditions. The increase of $13 million in specialty pet products is a result of increased sales of our Dingo brand dog treats coupled with price increases on select products, primarily in the U.S.
 
Sales of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 decreased $12 million, or 4%, primarily due to our retail customers managing their inventory levels to unprecedented low levels, combined with such retailers ending their outdoor lawn and garden control season six weeks early as compared to prior year seasons and our decision to exit certain unprofitable or marginally profitable products. This decrease in sales within lawn and garden control products was partially offset by increased sales of household insect control products.
 
Electric shaving and grooming product sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased $22 million, or 9%, compared to Fiscal 2008 primarily due to unfavorable foreign exchange translation of $19 million. The decline of $3 million, excluding unfavorable foreign exchange, was due to a $7 million decrease of sales within North America, which was partially offset by slight increases within Europe and Latin America of $3 million and $1 million, respectively. The decreased sales of electric shaving and grooming products within North America were a result of delayed inventory stocking at certain of our major customers for the 2009 holiday season which in turn resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. We anticipate the first quarter sales of Fiscal 2010 to be positively impacted versus our historical results due to this delay. The increases within Europe and Latin America were driven by new product launches, pricing and promotions.
 
Electric personal care product sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased $20 million, or 9%, when compared to Fiscal 2008. The decrease of $20 million during Fiscal 2009 was attributable to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $24 million and declines in North America of $7 million. These decreases were partially offset by increases within Europe and Latin America of $8 million and $3 million, respectively. Similar to our electric shaving and grooming products sales, the decreased sales of electric personal care products within North America was a result of delayed holiday inventory stocking by our customers which in turn resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. We expect the first quarter sales of Fiscal 2010 to be positively impacted versus our historical results due to this delay. The increased sales within Europe and Latin America were a result of successful product launches, mainly in women’s hair care.
 
Sales of portable lighting products in Fiscal 2009 decreased $20 million, or 20%, compared to Fiscal 2008 as a result of unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $5 million coupled with declines in North America, Latin America and Europe of $9 million, $3 million and $1 million, respectively. The decreases across all regions are a result of the slowdown in economic conditions and decreased market demand.
 
Gross Profit.  Gross profit for Fiscal 2009 was $817 million versus $920 million for Fiscal 2008. Our gross profit margin for Fiscal 2009 decreased slightly to 36.6% from 37.9% in Fiscal 2008. Gross profit was lower in Fiscal 2009 due to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $58 million. As a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” (“SFAS 141”), inventory balances were revalued as of August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such inventory balances of $49 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation, New Spectrum recognized $16 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009. The remaining $33 million of the inventory revaluation was recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010. These


C-22


Table of Contents

inventory revaluation adjustments are non-cash charges. In addition, in connection with our adoption of fresh-start reporting, and in accordance with ASC 852, we revalued our property, plant and equipment as of August 30, 2009 which resulted in an increase to such assets of $34 million. As a result of the revaluation of property, plant and equipment, during Fiscal 2009 we incurred an additional $2 million of depreciation charges within cost of goods sold. We anticipate higher cost of goods sold in future years as a result of the revaluation of our property, plant and equipment. Furthermore, as a result of emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, we anticipate lower interest costs in future years which should enable us to invest more in capital expenditures into our business and, as a result, such higher future capital spending would also increase our depreciation expense in future years. See Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more information related to our reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and fresh-start reporting. Offsetting the unfavorable impacts to our gross margin, we incurred $13 million of Restructuring and related charges, within Costs of goods sold, during Fiscal 2009, compared to $16 million in Fiscal 2008. The $13 million in Fiscal 2009 primarily related to the 2009 Cost Reduction Initiatives and the Ningbo Exit Plan, while the Fiscal 2008 charges were primarily related to the Ningbo Exit Plan. See “Restructuring and Related Charges” below, as well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges.
 
Operating Expense.  Operating expenses for Fiscal 2009 totaled $659 million versus $1,605 million for Fiscal 2008. This $946 million decrease in operating expenses for Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 was primarily driven by lower impairment charges recorded in Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008. During Fiscal 2009 we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $34 million versus $861 million of non-cash impairment charges recorded in Fiscal 2008. The Fiscal 2009 impairment charges related to the write down of the carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets to fair value while the Fiscal 2008 impairment charges related to the write down of the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets to fair value. These impairment charges were recorded in accordance with both ASC Topic 350: “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” (“ASC 350”) and ASC Topic 360: “Property, Plant and Equipment,” (“ASC 360”). See “Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment” below, as well as Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment charges. The decrease in operating expenses in Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 is also attributable to the positive impact related to foreign exchange of $37 million in Fiscal 2009 coupled with the non-recurrence of a charge in Fiscal 2008 of $18 million associated with the depreciation and amortization related to the assets of the Home and Garden Business incurred as a result of our reclassification of the Home and Garden Business from discontinued operations to continuing. See “Introduction” above and “Segment Results — Home and Garden” below, as well as Note 1, Description of Business, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding the reclassification of the Home and Garden Business. Tempering the decrease in operating expenses from Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2009 was an increase in restructuring and related charges. Restructuring and related charges included in operating expenses were $32 million in Fiscal 2009 and $23 million in Fiscal 2008. The Fiscal 2009 Restructuring and related charges are primarily attributable to the 2009 Cost Reduction Initiatives, while the Fiscal 2008 charges are primarily attributable to various cost reduction initiatives in connection with our global realignment announced in January 2007. See “Restructuring and Related Charges” below, as well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges.
 
Operating Income (Loss).  Operating income of approximately $157 million was recognized in Fiscal 2009 compared to an operating loss in Fiscal 2008 of $685 million. The change in operating income (loss) is directly attributable to the impact of the previously discussed non-cash impairment charge of $34 million in Fiscal 2009 compared to the non-cash impairment charge of $861 million during Fiscal 2008.
 
Segment Results.  Operating segment profits do not include restructuring and related charges, interest expense, interest income, impairment charges, reorganization items and income tax expense. Expenses associated with global operations, consisting of research and development, manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound supply chain are included in the determination of operating


C-23


Table of Contents

segment profits. In addition, certain general and administrative expenses necessary to reflect the operating segments on a standalone basis have been included in the determination of operating segment profits. Corporate expenses include primarily general and administrative expenses associated with corporate overhead and global long-term incentive compensation plans.
 
All depreciation and amortization included in income from operations is related to operating segments or corporate expense. Costs are allocated to operating segments or corporate expense according to the function of each cost center. All capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
 
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a general manager responsible for the sales and marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines within that segment. Financial information pertaining to our reportable segments is contained in Note 12, Segment Information, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.
 
Global Batteries & Personal Care
 
                 
    2009   2008
    (In millions)
 
Net sales to external customers
  $ 1,335     $ 1,494  
Segment profit
  $ 165     $ 163  
Segment profit as a % of net sales
    12.4 %     10.9 %
Assets as of September 30,
  $ 1,608     $ 1,183  
 
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2009 decreased $159 million to $1,335 million from $1,494 million during Fiscal 2008, representing an 11% decrease. Unfavorable foreign currency exchange translation impacted net sales in Fiscal 2009 by approximately $118 million in comparison to Fiscal 2008. Consumer battery sales for Fiscal 2009 decreased to $819 million when compared to Fiscal 2008 sales of $916 million, principally due to a negative foreign currency impact of $70 million coupled with a decline in zinc carbon battery sales of $32 million. The $32 million decrease in zinc carbon batteries is primarily concentrated in Latin America, as Latin American sales were down $35 million in Fiscal 2009 compared to Fiscal 2008 as a result of a slowdown in economic conditions and inventory de-stocking at retailers mainly in Brazil. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange translation, sales of alkaline batteries increased $5 million as we experienced gains in North America of $37 million, which were offset by declines within Europe and Latin America of $17 million and $15 million, respectively. The increased alkaline battery sales in North America were driven by an increase in market share, as consumers opt for our value proposition during the weakening economic conditions in the U.S. The decreased alkaline battery sales in Europe were the result of our continued efforts to exit from unprofitable or marginally profitable private label battery sales, as well as certain second tier branded battery sales. We are continuing our efforts to promote profitable growth and therefore, expect to continue to exit certain low margin business as appropriate to create a more favorable mix of branded versus private label products. The decrease in Latin American alkaline battery sales was again due to the slowdown in economic activity coupled with inventory de-stocking at retailers mainly in Brazil. Net sales of electric shaving and grooming products in Fiscal 2009 decreased by $21 million, or 8%, primarily as a result of negative foreign exchange impacts of $19 and declines in North America of $7 million. These declines were partially offset by increases within Europe and Latin America of $3 million and $2 million, respectively. The declines within North America are primarily attributable to delayed inventory stocking at certain of our major customers for the 2009 holiday season which in turn resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. The slight increases in Europe and Latin America are a result of successful new product launches. Electric personal care sales decreased by $20 million, a decrease of 9% over Fiscal 2008. Unfavorable foreign exchange translation impacted net sales by approximately $24 million. Excluding unfavorable foreign exchange, we experienced an increase of $4 million within electric personal care products. Europe and Latin America increased $8 million and $3 million, respectively, while North American electric personal care product sales decreased $8 million.


C-24


Table of Contents

Similar to our electric shaving and grooming products sales, the decreased sales of electric personal care products within North America was a result of delayed holiday inventory stocking at certain of our customers which in turn has resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. The increased sales within Europe and Latin America were due to strong growth in our women’s hair care products. Net sales of portable lighting products for Fiscal 2009 decreased to $80 million as compared to sales of $100 million for Fiscal 2008. The portable lighting product sales decrease was driven by unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $5 million, coupled with declines in sales in North America, Europe and Latin America of $9 million, $3 million and $2 million, respectively. The decrease across all regions was driven by softness in the portable lighting products category as a result of the global economic slowdown.
 
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 increased slightly to $165 million from $163 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment profitability as a percentage of net sales increased to 12.4% in Fiscal 2009 as compared with 10.9% in Fiscal 2008. The increase in segment profitability during Fiscal 2009 was primarily the result of cost savings from the Ningbo Exit Plan and our global realignment announced in January 2007. See “Restructuring and Related Charges” below, as well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges. Tempering the increase in segment profitability were decreased sales during Fiscal 2009 as compared to Fiscal 2008 which was primarily driven by unfavorable foreign exchange and softness in certain product categories due to the global economic slowdown. In addition, as a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued as of August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Global Batteries & Personal Care inventory balances of $27 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation, Global Batteries & Personal Care recognized $10 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009. The remaining $17 million of the inventory revaluation was recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010. See “Net Sales” above for further discussion on our Fiscal 2009 sales.
 
Segment assets at September 30, 2009 increased to $1,608 million from $1,183 million at September 30, 2008. The increase is primarily a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. See Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information related to fresh-start reporting. Partially offsetting this increase in assets was a non-cash impairment charge of certain intangible assets in Fiscal 2009 of $15 million. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding this impairment charge and the amount attributable to Global Batteries & Personal Care. Goodwill and intangible assets at September 30, 2009 totaled approximately $909 million and are directly a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and intangible assets at September 30, 2008 total approximately $416 million and primarily relate to the ROV Ltd., VARTA AG, Remington Products Company, L.L.C. (“Remington Products”) and Microlite S.A. (“Microlite”) acquisitions.
 
Global Pet Supplies
 
                 
    2009   2008
    (In millions)
 
Net sales to external customers
  $ 574     $ 599  
Segment profit
  $ 65     $ 69  
Segment profit as a % of net sales
    11.3 %     11.5 %
Assets as of September 30,
  $ 867     $ 700  
 
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2009 decreased to $574 million from $599 million in Fiscal 2008, representing a decrease of $25 million, or 4%. Unfavorable foreign currency exchange translation impacted net sales in Fiscal 2009 compared to Fiscal 2008 by approximately $11 million. Worldwide aquatic sales for Fiscal 2009 decreased to $360 million when compared to sales of $398 million in Fiscal 2008. The decrease in worldwide aquatic sales was a result of unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $11 million coupled with declines of $14 million, $10 million and $3 million in the United States, Europe and the Pacific


C-25


Table of Contents

Rim, respectively. The declines in the U.S. were a result of decreased sales of large equipment, primarily aquariums, due to the slowdown in economic conditions. The declines in Europe were due to inventory de-stocking at retailers and the poor weather season, which impacted our outdoor pond product sales. The declines the Pacific Rim were as a result of the slowdown in economic conditions. Companion animal net sales increased to $214 million in Fiscal 2009 compared to $201 million in Fiscal 2008, an increase of $13 million, or 6%. We continued to see strong growth, and foresee further growth in Fiscal 2010, in companion animal related product sales in the U.S., driven by our Dingo brand dog treats, coupled with increased volume in Europe and the Pacific Rim associated with the continued introductions of companion animal products.
 
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 decreased slightly to $65 million from $69 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2009 also decreased slightly to 11.3% from 11.5% during Fiscal 2008. This decrease in segment profitability and profitability margin was primarily due to decreased sales, as discussed above, coupled with increases in cost of goods sold driven by higher input costs, which negatively impacted margins, as price increases lagged behind such cost increases. Tempering the decrease in profitability and profitability margin were lower operating expenses, principally selling related expenses. In addition, as a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued as of August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Global Pet Supplies inventory balances of $19 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation, Global Pet Supplies recognized $5 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009. The remaining $14 million of the inventory revaluation was recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010.
 
Segment assets as of September 30, 2009 increased to $867 million from $700 million at September 30, 2008. The increase is primarily a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. See Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more information related to fresh-start reporting. Partially offsetting this increase in assets was a non-cash impairment charge of certain intangible assets in Fiscal 2009 of $19 million. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding this impairment charge and the amount attributable to Global Pet Supplies. Goodwill and intangible assets as of September 30, 2009 total approximately $618 million and are directly a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and intangible assets as of September 30, 2008 total approximately $447 million and primarily relate to the acquisitions of Tetra and the United Pet Group division of United.
 
Home and Garden Business
 
                 
    2009   2008
    (In millions)
 
Net sales to external customers
  $ 322     $ 334  
Segment profit
  $ 42     $ 29  
Segment profit as a % of net sales
    13.0 %     8.7 %
Assets as of September 30,
  $ 504     $ 290  
 
Segment net sales to external customers of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 decreased $12 million, or 4%, primarily due to our retail customers managing their inventory levels to unprecedented low levels, combined with such retailers ending their outdoor lawn and garden control season six weeks early as compared to prior year seasons and our decision to exit certain unprofitable or marginally profitable products. This decrease in sales within lawn and garden control products were partially offset by increased sales of household insect control products, driven by increased sales to a major customer.
 
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 increased to $42 million from $29 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2009 increased to 13.0% from 8.7% in Fiscal 2008. The increase in segment profit for Fiscal 2009 was the result of declining commodity costs associated with our lawn and garden control products and the non-recurrence of a charge incurred during Fiscal 2008 of approximately


C-26


Table of Contents

$11 million that related to depreciation and amortization expense related to Fiscal 2007. From October 1, 2006 through December 30, 2007, the Home and Garden Business was designated as discontinued operations. In accordance with generally excepted accounting principles, while designated as discontinued operations we ceased recording depreciation and amortization expense associated with the assets of this business. As a result of our reclassification of that business to a continuing operation we recorded a catch-up of depreciation and amortization expense, which totaled $14 million, for the five quarters during which this business was designated as discontinued operations. In addition, as a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued as of August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Home and Garden inventory balances of $3 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation, Home and Garden recognized $1 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009. The remaining $2 million of the inventory revaluation was recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010.
 
Segment assets as of September 30, 2009 increased to $504 million from $290 million at September 30, 2008. The increase is primarily a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. See Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more information related to fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and intangible assets as of September 30, 2009 total approximately $419 million and are directly a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. Intangible assets as of September 30, 2008 total approximately $115 million and primarily relate to the acquisition of the United Industries division of United.
 
Corporate Expense.  Our corporate expense in Fiscal 2009 decreased to $34 million from $45 million in Fiscal 2008. Our corporate expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2009 decreased to 1.5% from 1.9%. The decrease in expense is partially a result of the non-recurrence of a $9 million charge incurred in Fiscal 2008 to write off professional fees incurred in connection with the termination of substantive negotiations with a potential purchaser of our Global Pet Supplies business.
 
Restructuring and Related Charges.   See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges.


C-27


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes all restructuring and related charges we incurred in 2009 and 2008 (in millions):
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
               
United & Tetra integration:
               
Other associated costs
          0.3  
European initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
          (0.8 )
Other associated costs
          0.1  
Latin America initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
    0.2        
Other associated costs
          0.3  
Global Realignment initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
    0.3       0.1  
Other associated costs
    0.9       0.1  
Ningbo Exit Plan:
               
Termination benefits
    0.9       1.2  
Other associated costs
    8.6       15.2  
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
    0.2        
Other associated costs
    2.3        
                 
Total included in cost of goods sold
  $ 13.4     $ 16.5  
Costs included in operating expenses:
               
United & Tetra integration:
               
Termination benefits
  $ 2.3     $ 2.0  
Other associated costs
    0.3       0.9  
Latin America initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
          0.1  
Global Realignment:
               
Termination benefits
    7.1       12.3  
Other associated costs
    3.5       7.5  
Ningbo Exit Plan:
               
Other associated costs
    1.3        
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
               
Termination benefits
    6.6        
Other associated costs
    11.3        
                 
Total included in operating expenses
  $ 32.4     $ 22.8  
                 
Total restructuring and related charges
  $ 45.8     $ 39.3  
                 
                 
 
In connection with the acquisitions of United and Tetra in Fiscal 2005, we implemented a series of initiatives to optimize the global resources of the combined companies. These initiatives included: integrating all of United’s home and garden administrative services, sales and customer service functions into our operations in Madison, Wisconsin; converting all information systems to SAP; consolidating United’s home and garden manufacturing and distribution locations in North America; rationalizing the North America supply chain; and consolidating administrative, manufacturing and distribution facilities at our Global Pet Supplies business. In addition, certain corporate functions were shifted to our global headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia.


C-28


Table of Contents

We have recorded approximately $(1) million of restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2009, to adjust prior estimates and eliminate the accrual, and no charges during Fiscal 2008.
 
Effective October 1, 2006, we suspended initiatives to integrate the activities of the Home and Garden Business into our operations in Madison, Wisconsin. We recorded $1 million of restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2009 and de minimis restructuring and related charges in Fiscal 2008 in connection with the integration of the United home and garden business.
 
Integration activities within Global Pet Supplies were substantially complete as of September 30, 2007. Global Pet Supplies integration activities consisted primarily of the rationalization of manufacturing facilities and the optimization of our distribution network. As a result of these integration initiatives, two pet supplies facilities were closed in 2005, one in Brea, California and the other in Hazleton, Pennsylvania, one pet supply facility was closed in 2006, in Hauppauge, New York and one pet supply facility was closed in 2007 in Moorpark, California. We recorded approximately $2 million and $3 million of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively.
 
We have implemented a series of initiatives in the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure (the “European Initiatives”). In connection with the European Initiatives, which are substantially complete, we implemented a series of initiatives within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure. These initiatives include the relocation of certain operations at our Ellwangen, Germany packaging center to our Dischingen, Germany battery plant, transferring private label battery production at our Dischingen, Germany battery plant to our manufacturing facility in China and restructuring Europe’s sales, marketing and support functions. In connection with the European Initiatives, we recorded de minimis pretax restructuring and related charges in Fiscal 2009 and approximately $(1) million in pretax restructuring and related charges, representing the true-up of reserve balances, during Fiscal 2008.
 
We have implemented a series of initiatives within our Global Batteries & Personal Care business segment in Latin America to reduce operating costs (the “Latin American Initiatives”). In connection with the Latin American Initiatives, which are substantially complete, we implemented a series of initiatives within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Latin America to reduce operating costs. The initiatives include the reduction of certain manufacturing operations in Brazil and the restructuring of management, sales, marketing and support functions. We recorded de minimis pretax restructuring and related charges during both Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 in connection with the Latin American Initiatives.
 
In Fiscal 2007, we began managing our business in three vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments; Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business. As part of this realignment, our global operations organization, which had previously been included in corporate expense, consisting of research and development, manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now included in each of the operating segments. See also Note 12, Segment Results, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional discussion on the realignment of our operating segments. In connection with these changes we undertook a number of cost reduction initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate and operating segment levels (the “Global Realignment Initiatives”). We recorded approximately $11 million and $20 million of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, in connection with the Global Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives relate primarily to severance.
 
During Fiscal 2008, we implemented an initiative within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment to reduce operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure. These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the exit of our battery manufacturing facility in Ningbo Baowang China (“Ningbo”) (the “Ningbo Exit Plan”).
 
During Fiscal 2009, we implemented a series of initiatives within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment and the Global Pet Supplies segment to reduce operating costs as well as evaluate our opportunities to improve our capital structure (the “Global Cost Reduction Initiatives”). These initiatives include headcount reductions within all our segments and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to the Global Pet


C-29


Table of Contents

Supplies segment. These initiatives also included consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the evaluation of our capital structure.
 
Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment.  ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. In Fiscal 2009 and 2008, we tested our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this testing, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of $34 million and $861 million in Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. The $34 million non-cash pretax impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects trade name intangible asset impairments of the following: $18 million related to Global Pet Supplies; $15 million related to the Global Batteries and Personal Care segment; and $1 million related to the Home and Garden Business. The $861 million non-cash pretax impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2008 reflects $602 million related to the impairment of goodwill and $265 million related to the impairment of trade name intangible assets. Of the $602 million goodwill impairment; $426 million was associated with our Global Pet Supplies segment, $160 million was associated with the Home and Garden Business and $16 million was associated with our Global Batteries and Personal Care segment. Of the $265 million trade name intangible assets impairment; $98 million was within our Global Pet Supplies segment, $86 million was within our Global Batteries and Personal Care segment and $81 million was within the Home and Garden segment. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further details on these impairment charges.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense in Fiscal 2009 decreased to $190 million from $229 million in Fiscal 2008. The decrease in Fiscal 2009 is primarily due to ceasing the accrual of interest on Old Spectrum’s Senior Subordinated Notes, partially offset by the accrual of the default interest on our U.S. Dollar Term B Loan and Euro facility and ineffectiveness related to interest rate derivative contracts. Contractual interest not accrued on the Senior Subordinated Notes during Fiscal 2009 was $56 million. See Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt Financing Activities and Note 8, Debt, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding our outstanding debt.
 
Reorganization Items.  During Fiscal 2009, Old Spectrum, in connection with our reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, recorded Reorganization items expense (income), net, which represents a gain of approximately $(1,143) million. Reorganization items expense (income), net included the following: (i) gain on cancellation of debt of $(147) million; (ii) gains in connection with fresh-start reporting adjustments of $(1,088) million; (iii) legal and professional fees of $75 million; (iv) write off deferred financing costs related to the Senior Subordinated Notes of $11 million; and (v) a provision for rejected leases of $6 million. During Fiscal 2009, New Spectrum recorded Reorganization items expense (income), net which represents expense of $4 million related to professional fees. See Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more information related to our reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
Income Taxes.  Our effective tax rate on losses from continuing operations is approximately 2.0% for Old Spectrum and (256)% for New Spectrum during Fiscal 2009. Our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations was approximately 1.0% for Fiscal 2008. The primary drivers of the change in our effective rate for New Spectrum for Fiscal 2009 as compared to Fiscal 2008 relate to residual income taxes recorded on the actual and deemed distribution of foreign earnings in Fiscal 2009. The change in the valuation allowance related to these dividends was recorded against goodwill as an adjustment for release of valuation allowance. The primary drivers for Fiscal 2008 include tax expense recorded for an increase in the valuation allowance associated with our net U.S. deferred tax asset and the tax impact of the impairment charges.
 
As of September 30, 2009, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $598 and $643 million, respectively, which will expire between 2010 and 2029, and we have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $138 million, which will expire beginning in 2010. Certain of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward periods. As of September 30, 2008 we had U.S. federal, foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $960, $854 and $142 million, respectively, which, at that time, were scheduled to expire between 2009 and 2028. Certain of the


C-30


Table of Contents

foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward periods. We are subject to an annual limitation on the use of our net operating losses that arose prior to its emergence from bankruptcy. We have had multiple changes of ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 382, that subject us to U.S. federal and state net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is based on a number of factors including the value of our stock (as defined for tax purposes) on the date of the ownership change, our net unrealized built in gain position on that date, the occurrence of realized built in gains in years subsequent to the ownership change, and the effects of subsequent ownership changes (as defined for tax purposes) if any. Based on these factors, we project that $149 million of the total U.S. federal and $311 million of the state net operating loss will expire unused. We have provided a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset.
 
We recognized income tax expense of approximately $124 million related to the gain on the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the senior secured credit facility in the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. This adjustment, net of a change in valuation allowance is embedded in Reorganization items expense (income), net. We intend to reduce our net operating loss carryforwards for any cancellation of debt income in accordance with IRC Section 108 that arises from our emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code under IRC Section 382 (1)(6).
 
The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. We establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these estimates on projections of future income, including tax planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our ability to project future income. ASC 740 requires the establishment of a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, we periodically assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation allowance are appropriate. In 2009, Old Spectrum recorded a reduction in the valuation allowance against the U.S. net deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite lived intangible assets primarily as a result of utilizing net operating losses to offset the gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and the impact of the fresh start reporting adjustments. New Spectrum recorded a reduction in the domestic valuation allowance of $47 million as a reduction to goodwill as a result of the recognition of pre-fresh start deferred tax assets to offset New Spectrum income. Our total valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may not be realized was approximately $133 million at September 30, 2009. Of this amount, approximately $109 million relates to U.S. net deferred tax assets and approximately $24 million related to foreign net deferred tax assets. We recorded a non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately $257 million related to a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets during Fiscal 2008. Included in the total is a non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately $4 million related to an increase in the valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets in China in connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We also determined that a valuation allowance was no longer required in Brazil and thus recorded a $31 million benefit to reverse the valuation allowance previously established. Our total valuation allowance, established for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may not be realized, was approximately $496 million at September 30, 2008. Of this amount, approximately $468 million related to U.S. net deferred tax assets and approximately $28 million related to foreign net deferred tax assets.
 
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. During Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we recorded non- cash pretax impairment charges of approximately $34 million and $861 million, respectively. The tax impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit of approximately $13 million and $143 million, respectively. See “Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment” above, as well as Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment charges.
 
ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions, requires that we recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained


C-31


Table of Contents

on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. We adopted this provision on October 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption, we recognized no cumulative effect adjustment. As of September 30, 2009, August 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate in future periods is $8 million, $8 million and $7 million, respectively. See Note 8, Income Taxes, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information.
 
Discontinued Operations.  On November 5, 2008, the board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the projected input costs and significant working capital demands for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business during Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown is consistent with what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate unprofitable products from our portfolio. We completed the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business. The following amounts related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business have been segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as discontinued operations during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively (in millions):
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Net sales
  $ 31.3     $ 261.4  
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
  $ (90.9 )   $ (27.1 )
Provision for income tax benefit
    (4.5 )     (2.1 )
                 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (86.4 )   $ (25.0 )
                 
 
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be disposed of are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008, we recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $6 million in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this business.
 
On November 1, 2007, we sold the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business, which operated under the name Nu-Gro, to a new company formed by RoyCap Merchant Banking Group and Clarke Inc. Cash proceeds received at closing, net of selling expenses, totaled approximately $15 million and was used to reduce outstanding debt. These proceeds are included in net cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this prospectus. On February 5, 2008, we finalized the contractual working capital adjustment in connection with this sale which increased our received proceeds by approximately $1 million. As a result of the finalization of the contractual working capital adjustments we recorded a loss on disposal of approximately $1 million, net of tax benefit. Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further details on the sale of the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business.


C-32


Table of Contents

The following amounts related to the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business have been segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as discontinued operations during Fiscal 2008:
 
         
    2008(A)  
 
Net sales
  $ 4.7  
         
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
  $ (1.9 )
Provision for income tax benefit
    (0.7 )
         
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (1.2 )
         
 
 
(A) Fiscal 2008 represents results from discontinued operations from October 1, 2007 through November 1, 2007, the date of sale. Included in the Fiscal 2008 loss is a loss on disposal of approximately $1 million, net of tax benefit.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Operating Activities.  Net cash provided by operating activities was $57 million during Fiscal 2010 compared to $77 million during Fiscal 2009. Cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $69 million during Fiscal 2010 compared to $98 million during Fiscal 2009. The $29 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to payments of $47 million related to professional fees from our Bankruptcy Filing and $25 million of payments related to the Merger. This was partially offset by an increase in income from continuing operations after adjusting for non-cash items of $40 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009. Cash used by operating activities from discontinued operations was $11 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to a use of $22 million in Fiscal 2009. The operating activities of discontinued operations were related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business. See “Discontinued Operations,” above, as well as Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business.
 
We expect to fund our cash requirements, including capital expenditures, interest and principal payments due in Fiscal 2010 through a combination of cash on hand and cash flows from operations and available borrowings under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility. Going forward our ability to satisfy financial and other covenants in our senior credit agreements and senior subordinated indenture and to make scheduled payments or prepayments on our debt and other financial obligations will depend on our future financial and operating performance. There can be no assurances that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility will be available in an amount sufficient to satisfy our debt maturities or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, the current economic crisis could have a further negative impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Annex A, Risk Factors of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., for further discussion of the risks associated with our ability to service all of our existing indebtedness, our ability to maintain compliance with financial and other covenants related to our indebtedness and the impact of the current economic crisis.
 
Investing Activities.  Net cash used by investing activities was $43 million for Fiscal 2010. For Fiscal 2009 investing activities used cash of $20 million. The $23 million increase in cash used in Fiscal 2010 was primarily due to a $30 million increase of capital expenditures during Fiscal 2010 and payments related to the Russell Hobbs Merger, net of cash acquired from Russell Hobbs. These items were partially offset by $9 million of cash paid in Fiscal 2009 related to performance fees from the Microlite acquisition.
 
Debt Financing Activities
 
In connection with the Merger, we (i) entered into a new senior secured term loan pursuant to a new senior credit agreement (the “Senior Credit Agreement”) consisting of the $750 million Term Loan, (ii) issued $750 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Notes and (iii) entered into the $300 million ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds from the Senior Secured Facilities were used to repay our then-


C-33


Table of Contents

existing senior term credit facility (the “Prior Term Facility”) and our then-existing asset based revolving loan facility, to pay fees and expenses in connection with the refinancing and for general corporate purposes.
 
The 9.5% Notes and 12% Notes were issued by Spectrum Brands. SB/RH Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB Holdings, and the wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the guarantors under the 9.5% Notes. The wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the guarantors under the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is not an issuer or guarantor of the 9.5% Notes or the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is also not a borrower or guarantor under the Company’s Term Loan or the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. Spectrum Brands is the borrower under the Term Loan and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries along with SB/RH Holdings, LLC are the guarantors under that facility. Spectrum Brands and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are the borrowers under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and SB/RH Holdings, LLC is a guarantor of that facility.
 
Senior Term Credit Facility
 
The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 16, 2016. Subject to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term Loan provides for a minimum Eurodollar interest rate floor of 1.5% and interest spreads over market rates of 6.5%.
 
The Senior Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over time. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments or specified payments, give guarantees, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and merge or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a guarantee and collateral agreement, we and our domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed their respective obligations under the Senior Credit Agreement and related loan documents and have pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure such obligations. The Senior Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
 
The Term Loan was issued at a 2.00% discount and was recorded net of the $15 million amount incurred. The discount will be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 2010, we recorded $26 million of fees in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement. The fees are classified as Debt issuance costs and will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement.
 
At September 30, 2010, the aggregate amount outstanding under the Term Loan totaled $750 million.
 
At September 30, 2009, the aggregate amount outstanding under the Prior Term Facility totaled a U.S. Dollar equivalent of $1,391 million, consisting of principal amounts of $973 million under the U.S. Dollar Term B Loan, €255 million under the Euro Facility ($372 million at September 30, 2009) as well as letters of credit outstanding under the L/C Facility totaling $46 million.
 
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Senior Credit Agreement.
 
9.5% Notes
 
At September 30, 2010, we had outstanding principal of $750 million under the 9.5% Notes maturing June 15, 2018.
 
We may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the 9.5% Notes (the “2018 Indenture”) requires us to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in such indenture.


C-34


Table of Contents

The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
 
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
 
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all covenants under the 2018 Indenture.
 
The 9.5% Notes were issued at a 1.37% discount and were recorded net of the $10 million amount incurred. The discount will be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the remaining life of the 9.5% Notes. During Fiscal 2010, we recorded $21 million of fees in connection with the issuance of the 9.5% Notes. The fees are classified as Debt issuance costs and will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the 9.5% Notes.
 
12% Notes
 
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 and pursuant to the Plan, we issued $218 million in aggregate principal amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019. Semiannually, at our option, we may elect to pay interest on the 12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, or “PIK”. PIK interest would be added to principal upon the relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior Term Facility, we agreed to make interest payments on the 12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the Prior Term Facility we are no longer required to make interest payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual interest payment date of August 28, 2010. Effective with the payment date of August 28, 2010 we gave notice to the trustee that the interest payment due February 28, 2011 would be made in cash. During Fiscal 2010, we reclassified $27 million of accrued interest from Other long term liabilities to principal in connection with the PIK provision of the 12% Notes.
 
We may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the 12% Notes requires us to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in such indenture.
 
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had outstanding principal of $245 million and $218 million, respectively, under the 12% Notes.
 
The indenture governing the 12% Notes (the “2019 Indenture”), contains customary covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
 
In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default under the indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of default under the 2019 Indenture


C-35


Table of Contents

occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the indenture or the registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 12% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
 
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all covenants under the 12% Notes. We, however, are subject to certain limitations as a result of our Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under the 2019 Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, we and certain of our subsidiaries are limited in our ability to make significant acquisitions or incur significant additional senior credit facility debt beyond the Senior Credit Facilities. We do not expect our inability to satisfy the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair our ability to provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and long-term liquidity requirements of our existing businesses, although no assurance can be given in this regard.
 
In connection with the Merger, we obtained the consent of the note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture (collectively, the “Supplemental Indenture”). The Supplemental Indenture became effective upon the closing of the Merger. Among other things, the Supplemental Indenture amended the definition of change in control to exclude Harbinger Master Fund and Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. (“Harbinger Special Fund”) and, together with Harbinger Master Fund, the “HCP Funds”) and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (together with the HCP Funds, the “Harbinger Parties”), and their affiliates, including Harbinger Group Inc., and increased the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness up to $1,850 million.
 
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded $3 million of fees in connection with the consent. The fees are classified as Debt issuance costs and will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the 12% Notes effective with the closing of the Merger.
 
ABL Revolving Credit Facility
 
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America as administrative agent (the “Agent”). The ABL Revolving Credit Facility consists of revolving loans (the “Revolving Loans”), with a portion available for letters of credit and a portion available as swing line loans, in each case subject to the terms and limits described therein.
 
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and reborrowed without premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for working capital requirements of us and our subsidiaries’, restructuring costs, and other general corporate purposes.
 
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility carries an interest rate, at our option, which is subject to change based on availability under the facility, of either: (a) the base rate plus currently 2.75% per annum or (b) the reserve- adjusted LIBOR rate (the “Eurodollar Rate”) plus currently 3.75% per annum. No amortization will be required with respect to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL Revolving Credit Facility will mature on June 16, 2014.
 
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and warranties and covenants, including, without limitation, enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
 
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all covenants under the ABL Credit Agreement.
 
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded $10 million of fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The fees are classified as Debt issuance costs and will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
 
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility at September 30, 2010, we had aggregate borrowing availability of approximately $225 million, net of lender reserves of $29 million.


C-36


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2010, we had an aggregate amount outstanding under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility of $37 million for outstanding letters of credit of $37 million.
 
At September 30, 2009, we had an aggregate amount outstanding under our then-existing asset based revolving loan facility of $84 million which included a supplemental loan of $45 million and $6 million in outstanding letters of credit.
 
Interest Payments and Fees
 
In addition to principal payments on our Senior Credit Facilities, we have annual interest payment obligations of approximately $71 million in the aggregate under our 9.5% Notes and annual interest payment obligations of approximately $29 million in the aggregate under our 12% Notes. We also incur interest on our borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities and such interest would increase borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility if cash were not otherwise available for such payments. Interest on the 9.5% Notes and interest on the 12% Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears and interest under the Senior Credit Facilities is payable on various interest payment dates as provided in the Senior Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit Agreement. Interest is payable in cash, except that interest under the 12% Notes is required to be paid by increasing the aggregate principal amount due under the subject notes unless we elect to make such payments in cash. Effective with the payment date of August 28, 2010, we elected to make the semi-annual interest payment scheduled for February 28, 2011 in cash. Thereafter, we may make the semi-annual interest payments for the 12% Notes either in cash or by further increasing the aggregate principal amount due under the notes subject to certain conditions. Based on amounts currently outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, and using market interest rates and foreign exchange rates in effect at September 30, 2010, we estimate annual interest payments of approximately $61 million in the aggregate under our Senior Credit Facilities would be required assuming no further principal payments were to occur and excluding any payments associated with outstanding interest rate swaps. We are required to pay certain fees in connection with the Senior Credit Facilities. Such fees include a quarterly commitment fee of up to 0.75% on the unused portion of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and certain additional fees with respect to the letter of credit subfacility under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
 
Equity Financing Activities.  During Fiscal 2010, we granted approximately 0.9 million shares of restricted stock. Of these grants, 0.3 million restricted stock units were granted in conjunction with the Merger and are time-based and vest over a one year period. The remaining 0.6 million shares are restricted stock grants primarily vest over a two year period. The total market value of the restricted shares on the date of the grant was approximately $23 million. During Fiscal 2009, Old Spectrum granted approximately 0.2 million shares of restricted stock. Of these grants, approximately 18% of the shares were time-based and vest on a pro rata basis over a three year period and 82% of the shares were performance-based and vest upon achievement of certain performance goals. All vesting dates were subject to the recipient’s continued employment with us. The total market value of the restricted stock on the date of the grant was approximately $0.1 million which has been recorded as unearned restricted stock compensation. On the Effective Date, all of the existing common stock of Old Spectrum was extinguished and deemed cancelled. Subsequent to September 30, 2009, we granted an aggregate of approximately 0.6 million shares of restricted common stock of New Spectrum to certain employees and non-employee directors. All such shares are subject to time-based vesting. All vesting dates are subject to the recipient’s continued employment, or service as a director, with us.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.


C-37


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations & Other Commercial Commitments
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2010 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods. The table excludes other obligations we have reflected on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in this prospectus, such as pension obligations. See Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of our employee benefit plans (in millions):
 
                                                         
    Contractual Obligations  
    Payments Due by Fiscal Year  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     Thereafter     Total  
 
Debt:
                                                       
Debt, excluding capital lease obligations
  $ 20     $ 35     $ 39     $ 39     $ 39     $ 1,587     $ 1,759  
Capital lease obligations(1)
    1       1       1       1       1       7       12  
Interest payments on debt
    164       162       159       156       152       344       1,137  
                                                         
      185       198       199       196       192       1,938       2,908  
Operating lease obligations
    35       33       27       19       15       49       178  
                                                         
Total Contractual Obligations
  $ 220     $ 231     $ 226     $ 215     $ 207     $ 1,987     $ 3,086  
                                                         
 
 
(1) Capital lease payments due by fiscal year include executory costs and imputed interest not reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in this prospectus.
 
Other Commercial Commitments
 
The following table summarizes our other commercial commitments as of September 30, 2010, consisting entirely of standby letters of credit that back the performance of certain of our entities under various credit facilities, insurance policies and lease arrangements (in millions):
 
                                                         
    Other Commercial Commitments  
    Amount of Commitment Expiration by Fiscal Year  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     Thereafter     Total  
 
Letters of credit
  $ 48     $ 2     $     $     $     $ 3     $ 53  
                                                         
Total Other Commercial Commitments
  $ 48     $ 2     $     $     $     $ 3     $ 53  
                                                         
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present our financial position and results of operations. We believe the following accounting policies are critical to an understanding of our financial statements. The application of these policies requires management’s judgment and estimates in areas that are inherently uncertain.
 
Valuation of Assets and Asset Impairment
 
We evaluate certain long-lived assets to be held and used, such as property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment based on the expected future cash flows or earnings projections associated with such assets. Impairment reviews are conducted at the judgment of management when it believes that a change in circumstances in the business or external factors warrants a review. Circumstances such as the discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of operating or cash flow losses or an adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an impairment review. An asset’s value is deemed impaired if the discounted cash flows or earnings projections


C-38


Table of Contents

generated do not substantiate the carrying value of the asset. The estimation of such amounts requires management’s judgment with respect to revenue and expense growth rates, changes in working capital and selection of an appropriate discount rate, as applicable. The use of different assumptions would increase or decrease discounted future operating cash flows or earnings projections and could, therefore, change impairment determinations.
 
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. In Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we tested our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this testing, we recorded no impairment charges in Fiscal 2010 and non-cash pretax impairment charges of $34 million and $861 million in Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. The $34 million impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects an impairment of trade name intangible assets consisting of the following: (i) $18 million related to the Global Pet Supplies Business; (ii) $15 million related to the Global Batteries and Personal Care segment; and (iii) $1 million related to the Home and Garden Business. The $861 million impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2008 reflects impaired goodwill of $602 million and impaired trade name intangible assets of $265 million. The $602 million of impaired goodwill consisted of the following: (i) $426 million associated with our Global Pet Supplies reportable segment; (ii) $160 million associated with the Home and Garden Business; and (iii) $16 million related to our Global Batteries & Personal Care reportable segment. The $265 million of impaired trade name intangible assets consisted of the following: (i) $86 million related to our Global Batteries & Personal Care reportable segment; (ii) $98 million related to Global Pet Supplies; and (iii) $81 million related to the Home and Garden Business. Future cash expenditures will not result from these impairment charges.
 
We used a discounted estimated future cash flows methodology, third party valuations and negotiated sales prices to determine the fair value of our reporting units (goodwill). Fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets, which represent trade names, was determined using a relief from royalty methodology. Assumptions critical to our fair value estimates were: (i) the present value factors used in determining the fair value of the reporting units and trade names or third party indicated fair values for assets expected to be disposed; (ii) royalty rates used in our trade name valuations; (iii) projected average revenue growth rates used in the reporting unit and trade name models; and (iv) projected long-term growth rates used in the derivation of terminal year values. We also tested fair value for reasonableness by comparison to our total market capitalization, which includes both our equity and debt securities. These and other assumptions are impacted by economic conditions and expectations of management and will change in the future based on period specific facts and circumstances. In light of a sustained decline in market capitalization coupled with the decline of the fair value of our debt securities, we also considered these factors in the Fiscal 2008 annual impairment testing.
 
In accordance with ASC 740, we establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these estimates on projections of future income, including tax-planning strategies, by individual tax jurisdictions. Changes in industry and economic conditions and the competitive environment may impact the accuracy of our projections. In accordance with ASC 740, during each reporting period we assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation allowance are appropriate. As a result of this assessment, during Fiscal 2009 we recorded a reduction in the valuation allowance of approximately $363 million. Of the $363 million total, $314 million was recorded as a non-cash deferred income tax benefit and $49 million as a reduction to goodwill. During Fiscal 2008 we recorded a non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately $200 million related to increasing the valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.
 
The fair value of our Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies, Small Appliances and Home and Garden Business reporting units, which are also our segments, exceeded their carry values by 52%, 49%, 13% and 10%, respectively, as of the date of our latest annual impairment testing.
 
See Note 3(h), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Property, Plant and Equipment, Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Intangible Assets, Note 5, Property, Plant and Equipment,


C-39


Table of Contents

Note 6, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Note 8, Income Taxes, and Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more information about these assets.
 
Revenue Recognition and Concentration of Credit Risk
 
We recognize revenue from product sales generally upon delivery to the customer or the shipping point in situations where the customer picks up the product or where delivery terms so stipulate. This represents the point at which title and all risks and rewards of ownership of the product are passed, provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is deemed reasonably assured. We are generally not obligated to allow for, and our general policy is not to accept, product returns for battery sales. We do accept returns in specific instances related to our electric shaving and grooming, electric personal care, home and garden, small appliances and pet supply products. The provision for customer returns is based on historical sales and returns and other relevant information. We estimate and accrue the cost of returns, which are treated as a reduction of net sales.
 
We enter into various promotional arrangements, primarily with retail customers, including arrangements entitling such retailers to cash rebates from us based on the level of their purchases, which require us to estimate and accrue the costs of the promotional programs. These costs are generally treated as a reduction of net sales.
 
We also enter into promotional arrangements that target the ultimate consumer. Such arrangements are treated as either a reduction of net sales or an increase in cost of sales, based on the type of promotional program. The income statement presentation of our promotional arrangements complies with ASC Topic 605: “Revenue Recognition.” Cash consideration, or an equivalent thereto, given to a customer is generally classified as a reduction of net sales. If we provide a customer anything other than cash, the cost of the consideration is classified as an expense and included in cost of sales.
 
For all types of promotional arrangements and programs, we monitor our commitments and use statistical measures and past experience to determine the amounts to be recorded for the estimate of the earned, but unpaid, promotional costs. The terms of our customer-related promotional arrangements and programs are tailored to each customer and are generally documented through written contracts, correspondence or other communications with the individual customers.
 
We also enter into various arrangements, primarily with retail customers, which require us to make an upfront cash, or “slotting” payment, to secure the right to distribute through such customer. We capitalize slotting payments, provided the payments are supported by a time or volume based arrangement with the retailer, and amortize the associated payment over the appropriate time or volume based term of the arrangement. The amortization of slotting payments is treated as a reduction in net sales and a corresponding asset is reported in Deferred charges and other in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in this prospectus.
 
Our trade receivables subject us to credit risk which is evaluated based on changing economic, political and specific customer conditions. We assess these risks and make provisions for collectibility based on our best estimate of the risks presented and information available at the date of the financial statements. The use of different assumptions may change our estimate of collectibility. We extend credit to our customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and credit history and generally do not require collateral. Our credit terms generally range between 30 and 90 days from invoice date, depending upon the evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and history. We monitor our customers’ credit and financial condition in order to assess whether the economic conditions have changed and adjust our credit policies with respect to any individual customer as we determine appropriate. These adjustments may include, but are not limited to, restricting shipments to customers, reducing credit limits, shortening credit terms, requiring cash payments in advance of shipment or securing credit insurance.
 
See Note 3(b), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Revenue Recognition, Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and Practices — Use of Estimates and Note 3(e), Significant Accounting Policies


C-40


Table of Contents

and Practices — Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers and Employees, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more information about our revenue recognition and credit policies.
 
Pensions
 
Our accounting for pension benefits is primarily based on a discount rate, expected and actual return on plan assets and other assumptions made by management, and is impacted by outside factors such as equity and fixed income market performance. Pension liability is principally the estimated present value of future benefits, net of plan assets. In calculating the estimated present value of future benefits, net of plan assets, we used discount rates of 4.2 to 13.6% in Fiscal 2010 and 5.0 to 11.8% in Fiscal 2009. In adjusting the discount rates from Fiscal 2009 to 2010, we considered the change in the general market interest rates of debt and solicited the advice of our actuary. We believe the discount rates used are reflective of the rates at which the pension benefits could be effectively settled.
 
Pension expense is principally the sum of interest and service cost of the plan, less the expected return on plan assets and the amortization of the difference between our assumptions and actual experience. The expected return on plan assets is calculated by applying an assumed rate of return to the fair value of plan assets. We used expected returns on plan assets of 4.5% to 7.8% in Fiscal 2010 and 4.5% to 8.0% in Fiscal 2009. Based on the advice of our independent actuary, we believe the expected rates of return are reflective of the long-term average rate of earnings expected on the funds invested. If such expected returns were overstated, it would ultimately increase future pension expense. Similarly, an understatement of the expected return would ultimately decrease future pension expense. If plan assets decline due to poor performance by the markets and/or interest rate declines our pension liability will increase, ultimately increasing future pension expense.
 
See Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of our employee benefit plans.
 
Restructuring and Related Charges
 
Restructuring charges are recognized and measured according to the provisions of ASC Topic 420: “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations,” (“ASC 420”). Under ASC 420, restructuring charges include, but are not limited to, termination and related costs consisting primarily of severance costs and retention bonuses, and contract termination costs consisting primarily of lease termination costs. Related charges, as defined by us, include, but are not limited to, other costs directly associated with exit and integration activities, including impairment of property and other assets, departmental costs of full-time incremental integration employees, and any other items related to the exit or integration activities. Costs for such activities are estimated by us after evaluating detailed analyses of the cost to be incurred. We present restructuring and related charges on a combined basis.
 
Liabilities from restructuring and related charges are recorded for estimated costs of facility closures, significant organizational adjustment and measures undertaken by management to exit certain activities. Costs for such activities are estimated by management after evaluating detailed analyses of the cost to be incurred. Such liabilities could include amounts for items such as severance costs and related benefits (including settlements of pension plans), impairment of property and equipment and other current or long term assets, lease termination payments and any other items directly related to the exit activities. While the actions are carried out as expeditiously as possible, restructuring and related charges are estimates. Changes in estimates resulting in an increase to or a reversal of a previously recorded liability may be required as management executes a restructuring plan.
 
We report restructuring and related charges associated with manufacturing and related initiatives in cost of goods sold. Restructuring and related charges reflected in cost of goods sold include, but are not limited to, termination and related costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset impairments relating to manufacturing initiatives and other costs directly related to the restructuring initiatives implemented.


C-41


Table of Contents

We report restructuring and related charges associated with administrative functions in operating expenses, such as initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution or other non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related charges reflected in operating expenses include, but are not limited to, termination and related costs, any asset impairments relating to the administrative functions and other costs directly related to the initiatives implemented.
 
The costs of plans to (i) exit an activity of an acquired company, (ii) involuntarily terminate employees of an acquired company or (iii) relocate employees of an acquired company are measured and recorded in accordance with the provisions of the ASC 805. Under ASC 805, if certain conditions are met, such costs are recognized as a liability assumed as of the consummation date of the purchase business combination and included in the allocation of the acquisition cost. Costs related to terminated activities or employees of the acquired company that do not meet the conditions prescribed in ASC 805 are treated as restructuring and related charges and expensed as incurred.
 
See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of our restructuring initiatives and related costs.
 
Loss Contingencies
 
Loss contingencies are recorded as liabilities when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The outcome of existing litigation, the impact of environmental matters and pending or potential examinations by various taxing authorities are examples of situations evaluated as loss contingencies. Estimating the probability and magnitude of losses is often dependent upon management’s judgment of potential actions by third parties and regulators. It is possible that changes in estimates or an increased probability of an unfavorable outcome could materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
See further discussion in Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
 
Other Significant Accounting Policies
 
Other significant accounting policies, primarily those with lower levels of uncertainty than those discussed above, are also critical to understanding the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus. The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus contain additional information related to our accounting policies, including recent accounting pronouncements, and should be read in conjunction with this discussion.


C-42


Table of Contents

 
Annex D
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
General
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SB Holdings”), is a global branded consumer products company and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (“Spectrum Brands”), a global branded consumer products company and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (“Russell Hobbs”), a small appliance brand company, to form a new combined company (the “Merger”). The Merger was consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger, both Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned subsidiaries of SB Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings’ common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “SPB.”
 
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms the “Company,” “Spectrum,” “we,” “our” or “us” are used to refer to SB Holdings and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger and Spectrum Brands prior to the Merger, as well as both before and on and after the Effective Date, as defined below. The term “Old Spectrum,” refers only to Spectrum Brands, our Wisconsin predecessor, and its subsidiaries prior to the Effective Date.
 
In connection with the Merger, we refinanced Spectrum Brands’ existing senior debt, except for Spectrum Brands’ 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019 (the “12% Notes”), which remain outstanding, and a portion of Russell Hobbs’ existing senior debt through a combination of a new $750 million Term Loan due June 16, 2016 (the “Term Loan”), new $750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing June 15, 2018 (the “9.5% Notes”) and a new $300 million ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014 (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan, the “Senior Credit Facilities” and the Senior Credit Facilities together with the 9.5% Notes, the “Senior Secured Facilities”).
 
As further described below, on February 3, 2009, we and our wholly owned United States (“U.S.”) subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On August 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Effective as of the Effective Date and pursuant to the Debtors’ confirmed plan of reorganization, Spectrum Brands converted from a Wisconsin corporation to a Delaware corporation.
 
Financial information included in our financial statements prepared after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to financial information from prior periods. See Annex A, Risk Factors of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. — “Risks Related To Our Emergence From Bankruptcy” for more information.
 
We are a global branded consumer products company with positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; small appliances; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming; electric personal care; portable lighting; and home and garden control products.
 
We manage our business in four reportable segments: (i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which consists of our worldwide battery, shaving and grooming, personal care and portable lighting business (“Global Batteries & Personal Care”); (ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of our worldwide pet supplies business (“Global Pet Supplies”); (iii) the Home and Garden Business, which consists of our home and garden control product offerings, including household insecticides, repellants and herbicides (the “Home and Garden Business”); and (iv) Small Appliances, which consists of small electrical appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories (“Small Appliances”).
 
We manufacture and market alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty pet supplies. We design, market and distribute rechargeable batteries, battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and accessories, grooming products, hair care appliances, small household appliances and personal care products. Our manufacturing and product development facilities are located in the U.S., Europe, Latin America and Asia. Substantially all of our rechargeable batteries and chargers, shaving


D-1


Table of Contents

and grooming products, small household appliances, personal care products and portable lighting products are manufactured by third-party suppliers, primarily located in Asia.
 
We sell our products in approximately 120 countries through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1, Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
 
Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each business segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a general manager responsible for sales and marketing initiatives and the financial results for all product lines within that business segment.
 
Our operating performance is influenced by a number of factors including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence and preferences; our overall product line mix, including pricing and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy and fuel prices; and our general competitive position, especially as impacted by our competitors’ advertising and promotional activities and pricing strategies.
 
In November 2008, our board of directors committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the projected input costs and significant working capital demands for the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for our fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 (“Fiscal 2009”). We believe the shutdown was consistent with what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate unprofitable products from our portfolio. As of March 29, 2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business. Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business.
 
On December 15, 2008, prior to our Bankruptcy Filing, as defined below, Old Spectrum was advised that its common stock would be suspended from trading on the NYSE prior to the opening of the market on December 22, 2008. It was advised that the decision to suspend its common stock was reached in view of the fact that it had recently fallen below the NYSE’s continued listing standard regarding average global market capitalization over a consecutive 30 trading day period of not less than $25 million, the minimum threshold for listing on the NYSE. Old Spectrum’s common stock was delisted from the NYSE effective January 23, 2009.
 
On March 18, 2010, the common stock of Spectrum Brands was listed on the NYSE. In connection with the consummation of the Merger, on June 16, 2010 the common stock of Spectrum Brands was delisted from the NYSE and the common stock of SB Holdings succeeded to its listing status under the symbol “SPB.”
 
As a result of our Bankruptcy Filing, we were able to significantly reduce our indebtedness. As a result of the Merger, we were able to further reduce our outstanding debt leverage ratio. However, we continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness relative to our competitors and paying down outstanding indebtedness continues to be a priority for us. The Bankruptcy Filing is discussed in more detail under “Chapter 11 Proceedings.”
 
Chapter 11 Proceedings
 
On February 2, 2009, the Company did not make a $25.8 million interest payment due February 2, 2009 on the Company’s 73/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “73/8 Notes”), triggering a default with respect to the notes. On February 3, 2009, we announced that we had reached agreements with certain noteholders, representing, in the aggregate, approximately 70% of the face value of our then outstanding senior subordinated notes, to pursue a refinancing that, if implemented as proposed, would significantly reduce our


D-2


Table of Contents

outstanding debt. As a result of its substantial leverage, the Company determined that, absent a financial restructuring, it would be unable to achieve future profitability or positive cash flows on a consolidated basis solely from cash generated from operating activities or to satisfy certain of its payment obligations as the same may become due and be at risk of not satisfying the leverage ratios to which it was subject under its then existing senior secured term loan facility, which ratios became more restrictive in future periods. Accordingly, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Filing”) and filed with the Bankruptcy Court a proposed plan of reorganization (the “Proposed Plan”) that detailed the Debtors’ proposed terms for the refinancing. The Chapter 11 cases were jointly administered by the Bankruptcy Court as Case No. 09-50455 (the “Bankruptcy Cases”). The Bankruptcy Court entered a written order (the “Confirmation Order”) on July 15, 2009 confirming the Proposed Plan (as so confirmed, the “Plan”).
 
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of Old Spectrum’s existing equity securities, including the existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished and deemed cancelled. Reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. filed a certificate of incorporation authorizing new shares of common stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on the Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total of 27,030,000 shares of common stock and approximately $218 million in aggregate principal amount of the 12% Notes to holders of allowed claims with respect to Old Spectrum’s 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “81/2 Notes”), the 73/8% Notes and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Variable Rate Notes”) (collectively, the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). For a further discussion of the 12% Notes see “Debt Financing Activities — 12% Notes.” Also on the Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total of 2,970,000 shares of common stock to supplemental and sub-supplemental debtor-in-possession credit facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned under the Debtors’ debtor-in-possession credit facility.
 
Our Products
 
We compete in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming; electric personal care products; home and garden control products; small appliances and portable lighting. Our broad line of products includes:
 
  •  consumer batteries, including alkaline and zinc carbon batteries, rechargeable batteries and chargers and hearing aid batteries and other specialty batteries;
 
  •  pet supplies, including aquatic equipment and supplies, dog and cat treats, small animal foods, clean up and training aids, health and grooming products and bedding;
 
  •  home and garden control products including household insect controls, insect repellents and herbicides;
 
  •  electric shaving and grooming devices;
 
  •  small appliances, including small kitchen appliances and home product appliances;
 
  •  electric personal care and styling devices; and
 
  •  portable lighting.


D-3


Table of Contents

 
Net sales of each product category sold, as a percentage of net sales of our consolidated operations, is set forth below.
 
                         
    Percentage of Total Company
 
    Net Sales for the Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Consumer batteries
    34 %     37 %     38 %
Pet supplies
    22       26       25  
Home and garden control products
    13       14       14  
Electric shaving and grooming
    10       10       10  
Small appliances
    9              
Electric personal care products
    8       9       9  
Portable lighting
    4       4       4  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
Consumer Batteries
 
We market and sell a full line of alkaline batteries (AA, AAA, C, D and 9-volt sizes) to both retail and industrial customers. Our alkaline batteries are marketed and sold primarily under the Rayovac and VARTA brands. We also manufacture alkaline batteries for third parties who sell the batteries under their own private labels. Our zinc carbon batteries are also marketed and sold primarily under the Rayovac and VARTA brands and are designed for low- and medium-drain battery-powered devices.
 
We believe that we are currently the largest worldwide marketer and distributor of hearing aid batteries. We sell our hearing aid batteries through retail trade channels and directly to professional audiologists under several brand names and private labels, including Beltone, Miracle Ear and Starkey.
 
We also sell Nickel Metal Hydride (NiMH) rechargeable batteries and a variety of battery chargers under the Rayovac and VARTA brands.
 
Our other specialty battery products include camera batteries, lithium batteries, silver oxide batteries, keyless entry batteries and coin cells for use in watches, cameras, calculators, communications equipment and medical instruments.
 
Pet Supplies
 
In the pet supplies product category we market and sell a variety of leading branded pet supplies for fish, dogs, cats, birds and other small domestic animals. We have a broad line of consumer and commercial aquatics products, including integrated aquarium kits, standalone tanks and stands, filtration systems, heaters, pumps, and other equipment, fish food and water treatment products. Our largest aquatics brands are Tetra, Marineland, Whisper, Jungle and Instant Ocean. We also sell a variety of specialty pet products, including dog and cat treats, small animal food and treats, clean up and training aid products, health and grooming aids, and bedding products. Our largest specialty pet brands include 8-in-1, Dingo, Firstrax, Nature’s Miracle and Wild Harvest.
 
Home and Garden Control Products
 
In the home and garden control products category we currently sell and market several leading home and garden care products, including household insecticides, insect repellent, herbicides, garden and indoor plant foods and plant care treatments. We offer a broad array of household insecticides such as spider, roach and ant killer, flying insect killer, insect foggers, wasp and hornet killer, flea and tick control products and roach and ant baits. We also manufacture and market a complete line of insect repellent products that provide protection from insects, especially mosquitoes. These products include both personal repellents, such as aerosols, pump sprays and wipes as well as area repellents, such as yard sprays, citronella candles and torches. Our largest brands in the insect control category include Hot Shot, Cutter and Repel. Our herbicides, garden and indoor plant foods and plant care treatment brands include Spectracide, Real-Kill and Garden Safe. We have


D-4


Table of Contents

positioned ourselves as the value alternative for consumers who want products that are comparable to, but sold at lower prices than, premium-priced brands.
 
Electric Shaving and Grooming
 
We market and sell a broad line of electric shaving and grooming products under the Remington brand name, including men’s rotary and foil shavers, beard and mustache trimmers, body trimmers and nose and ear trimmers, women’s shavers and haircut kits.
 
Small Appliances
 
In the small appliances category, we market and sell a broad range of products in three major product categories: branded small household appliances, pet and pest products, and personal care products. We market a broad line of small kitchen appliances under the George Foreman, Black &Decker, Russell Hobbs, Farberware, Juiceman, Breadman and Toastmaster brands, including grills, bread makers, sandwich makers, kettles, toaster ovens, toasters, blenders, juicers, can openers, coffee grinders, coffeemakers, electric knives, deep fryers, food choppers, food processors, hand mixers, rice cookers and steamers. We also market small home product appliances, including hand-held irons, vacuum cleaners, air purifiers, clothes shavers and heaters, primarily under the Black & Decker and Russell Hobbs brands. Pet products include cat litter boxes sold under the LitterMaid brand. The consumable accessories including privacy tents, litter carpets, crystal litter cartridges, charcoal filters, corn-based litter and replaceable waste receptacles. The pest control products include pest control and repelling devices that use ultra-sonic sound waves to control insects and rodents, primarily in homes. Russell Hobbs’ personal care products in the small appliances category include hand-held dryers, curling irons, straightening irons, brush irons, air brushes, hair setters, facial brushes, skin appliances and electric toothbrushes, which are primarily marketed under the Russell Hobbs, Carmen and Andrew Collinge brands.
 
Electric Personal Care Products
 
Our electric personal care products, marketed and sold under the Remington brand name, include hair dryers, straightening irons, styling irons and hair setters.
 
Portable Lighting
 
We offer a broad line of battery-powered, portable lighting products, including flashlights and lanterns for both retail and industrial markets. We sell our portable lighting products under the Rayovac and VARTA brand names, under other proprietary brand names and pursuant to licensing arrangements with third parties.
 
Sales and Distribution
 
We sell our products through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and OEMs. Our sales generally are made through the use of individual purchase orders, consistent with industry practice. Retail sales of the consumer products we market have been increasingly consolidated into a small number of regional and national mass merchandisers. This trend towards consolidation is occurring on a worldwide basis. As a result of this consolidation, a significant percentage of our sales are attributable to a very limited group of retailer customers, including, Wal-Mart, The Home Depot, Carrefour, Target, Lowe’s, PetSmart, Canadian Tire, PetCo and Gigante. Our sales to Wal-Mart represented approximately 22% of our consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net sales in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
 
Segment information as to revenues, profit and total assets as well as information concerning our revenues and long-lived assets by geographic location for the last three fiscal years is set forth in Annex C, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and Note 11, Segment Results, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.


D-5


Table of Contents

Sales and distribution practices in each of our reportable segments are as set forth below.
 
Global Batteries & Personal Care
 
We manage our Global Batteries & Personal Care sales force by geographic region and product group. Our sales team is divided into three major geographic territories, North America, Latin America and Europe and the rest of the world (“Europe/ROW”). Within each major geographic territory, we have additional subdivisions designed to meet our customers’ needs.
 
We manage our sales force in North America by distribution channel. We maintain separate sales groups to service (i) our retail sales and distribution channel, (ii) our hearing aid professionals channel and (iii) our industrial distributors and OEM sales and distribution channel. In addition, we utilize a network of independent brokers to service participants in selected distribution channels.
 
We manage our sales force in Latin America by distribution channel and geographic territory. We sell primarily to large retailers, wholesalers, distributors, food and drug chains and retail outlets. In countries where we do not maintain a sales force, we sell to distributors who market our products through all channels in the market.
 
The sales force serving our customers in Europe/ROW is supplemented by an international network of distributors to promote the sale of our products. Our sales operations throughout Europe/ROW are organized by geographic territory and the following sales channels: (i) food/retail, which includes mass merchandisers, discounters and drug and food stores; (ii) specialty trade, which includes clubs, consumer electronics stores, department stores, photography stores and wholesalers/distributors; and (iii) industrial, government, hearing aid professionals and OEMs.
 
Global Pet Supplies
 
Our Global Pet Supplies sales force is aligned by customer, geographic region and product group. We sell pet supply products to mass merchandisers, grocery and drug chains, pet superstores, independent pet stores and other retailers.
 
Home and Garden Business
 
The sales force of the Home and Garden Business is aligned by customer. We sell primarily to home improvement centers, mass merchandisers, hardware stores, lawn and garden distributors, and food and drug retailers in the U.S.
 
Small Appliances
 
In the small appliances category, Russell Hobbs’ products are sold principally by internal sales staff located in North America, Latin America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand. Russell Hobbs also uses independent sales representatives, primarily in Central America and the Caribbean. Russell Hobbs distributes most of its small appliance products to retailers, including mass merchandisers, department stores, home improvement stores, warehouse clubs, drug chains, catalog stores and discount and variety stores. In addition to directing its marketing efforts toward retailers, Russell Hobbs sells certain of its products directly to consumers through infomercials and its Internet websites.
 
Manufacturing, Raw Materials and Suppliers
 
The principal raw materials used in manufacturing our products — zinc powder, electrolytic manganese dioxide powder and steel — are sourced either on a global or regional basis. The prices of these raw materials are susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand trends, energy costs, transportation costs, government regulations and tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates, price controls, general economic conditions and other unforeseen circumstances. We have regularly engaged in forward purchase and hedging derivative transactions in an attempt to effectively manage the raw material costs we expect to incur over the next 12 to 24 months.


D-6


Table of Contents

Substantially all of our rechargeable batteries and chargers, portable lighting products, hair care and other personal care products and our electric shaving and grooming products and small appliances are manufactured by third party suppliers that are primarily located in the Asia/Pacific region. We maintain ownership of most of the tooling and molds used by our suppliers.
 
We continually evaluate our manufacturing facilities’ capacity and related utilization. As a result of such analyses, we have closed a number of manufacturing facilities during the past five years. In general, we believe our existing facilities are adequate for our present and foreseeable needs.
 
Research and Development
 
Our research and development strategy is focused on new product development and performance enhancements of our existing products. We plan to continue to use our strong brand names, established customer relationships and significant research and development efforts to introduce innovative products that offer enhanced value to consumers through new designs and improved functionality.
 
In our fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we invested $31.0 million, $24.4 million and $25.3 million, respectively, in product research and development.
 
Patents and Trademarks
 
We own or license from third parties a significant number of patents and patent applications throughout the world relating to products we sell and manufacturing equipment we use. We hold a license that expires in March 2022 for certain alkaline battery designs, technology and manufacturing equipment from Matsushita Electrical Industrial Co., Ltd. (“Matsushita”), to whom we pay a royalty.
 
We also use and maintain a number of trademarks in our business, including DINGO, JUNGLETALK, MARINELAND, RAYOVAC, REMINGTON, TETRA, VARTA, 8IN1, CUTTER, HOT SHOT, GARDEN SAFE, NATURE’S MIRACLE, REPEL, SPECTRACIDE, SPECTRACIDE TERMINATE, GEORGE FOREMAN, RUSSELL HOBBS and BLACK & DECKER. We seek trademark protection in the U.S. and in foreign countries by all available means, including registration.
 
As a result of the October 2002 sale by VARTA AG of substantially all of its consumer battery business to us and VARTA AG’s subsequent sale of its automotive battery business to Johnson Controls, Inc. (“Johnson Controls”), we acquired rights to the VARTA trademark in the consumer battery category and Johnson Controls acquired rights to the trademark in the automotive battery category. VARTA AG continues to have rights to use the trademark with travel guides and industrial batteries and VARTA Microbattery GmbH has the right to use the trade mark with micro batteries. We are party to a Trademark and Domain Names Protection and Delimitation Agreement that governs ownership and usage rights and obligations of the parties relative to the VARTA trademark.
 
As a result of the common origins of the Remington Products, L.L.C. (“Remington Products”), business we acquired in September 2003 and the Remington Arms Company, Inc. (“Remington Arms”), the REMINGTON trademark is owned by us and by Remington Arms each with respect to its principal products as well as associated products. Accordingly, we own the rights to use the REMINGTON trademark for electric shavers, shaver accessories, grooming products and personal care products, while Remington Arms owns the rights to use the trademark for firearms, sporting goods and products for industrial use, including industrial hand tools. In addition, the terms of a 1986 agreement between Remington Products and Remington Arms provides for the shared rights to use the REMINGTON trademark on products which are not considered “principal products of interest” for either company. We retain the REMINGTON trademark for nearly all products which we believe can benefit from the use of the brand name in our distribution channels.
 
We license the Black & Decker brand in North America, Latin America (excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean for four core categories of household appliances: beverage products, food preparation products, garment care products and cooking products. Russell Hobbs has licensed the Black & Decker brand since 1998 for use in marketing various household small appliances. In December 2007, Russell Hobbs and The Black & Decker Corporation (“BDC”) extended the trademark license agreement for a third time through


D-7


Table of Contents

December 2012, with an automatic extension through December 2014 if certain milestones are met regarding sales volume and product return. Under the agreement as extended, Russell Hobbs agreed to pay BDC royalties based on a percentage of sales, with minimum annual royalty payments as follows:
 
  •  Calendar year 2010: $14.5 million
 
  •  Calendar year 2011: $15.0 million
 
  •  Calendar year 2012: $15.0 million
 
The agreement also requires us to comply with maximum annual return rates for products.
 
If BDC does not agree to renew the license agreement, we have 18 months to transition out of the brand name. No minimum royalty payments will be due during such transition period. BDC has agreed not to compete in the four core product categories for a period of five years after the termination of the license agreement. Upon request, BDC may elect to extend the license to use the Black & Decker brand to certain additional product categories. BDC has approved several extensions of the license to additional categories and geographies.
 
Competition
 
In our retail markets, we compete for limited shelf space and consumer acceptance. Factors influencing product sales include brand name recognition, perceived quality, price, performance, product packaging, design innovation, and consumer confidence and preferences as well as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies.
 
The battery product category is highly competitive. Most consumer batteries manufactured throughout the world are sold by one of four global companies: Spectrum Brands (manufacturer/seller of Rayovac and VARTA brands); Energizer Holdings, Inc. (“Energizer”) (manufacturer/seller of the Energizer brand); The Procter & Gamble Company (“Procter & Gamble”) (manufacturer/seller of the Duracell brand); and Matsushita (manufacturer/seller of the Panasonic brand). We also face competition from the private label brands of major retailers, particularly in Europe. The offering of private-label batteries by retailers may create pricing pressure in the consumer battery market. Typically, private-label brands are not supported by advertising or promotion, and retailers sell these private label offerings at prices below competing name-brands. The main barriers to entry for new competitors are investment in technology research, cost of building manufacturing capacity and the expense of building retail distribution channels and consumer brands.
 
In the U.S. alkaline battery category, the Rayovac brand is positioned as a value brand, which is typically defined as a product that offers comparable performance at a lower price. In Europe, the VARTA brand is competitively priced with other premium brands. In Latin America, where zinc carbon batteries outsell alkaline batteries, the Rayovac brand is competitively priced.
 
The pet supply product category is highly fragmented with over 500 manufacturers in the U.S. alone, consisting primarily of small companies with limited product lines. Our largest competitors in this product category are Mars Corporation (“Mars”), The Hartz Mountain Corporation (“Hartz”) and Central Garden & Pet Company (“Central Garden & Pet”). Both Hartz and Central Garden & Pet sell a comprehensive line of pet supplies and compete with a majority of the products we offer. Mars sells primarily aquatics products.
 
Products we sell in the lawn and garden product category through the Home and Garden Business face competition from The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company (“Scotts Company”), which markets lawn and garden products under the Scotts, Ortho, Roundup and Miracle-Gro brand names; Central Garden & Pet, which markets garden products under the AMDRO and Sevin brand names; and Bayer A.G., which markets lawn and garden products under the Bayer Advanced brand name.
 
Products we sell in the household insect control product category through the Home and Garden Business, face competition from S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (“S.C. Johnson”), which markets insecticide and repellent products under the Raid and OFF! brands; Scotts Company, which markets household insect control products under the Ortho brand; and Henkel KGaA, which markets insect control products under the Combat brand.


D-8


Table of Contents

Our primary competitors in the electric shaving and grooming product category are Norelco, a division of Koninklijke Philips Electronics NV (“Philips”), which sells and markets rotary shavers, and Braun, a division of Procter & Gamble, which sells and markets foil shavers. Through our Remington brand, we sell both foil and rotary shavers.
 
Primary competitive brands in the small appliance category include Hamilton Beach, Proctor Silex, Sunbeam, Mr. Coffee, Oster, General Electric, Rowenta, DeLonghi, Kitchen Aid, Cuisinart, Krups, Braun, Rival, Europro, Kenwood, Philips, Morphy Richards, Breville and Tefal. The key competitors of Russell Hobbs in this market in the U.S. and Canada include Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America, Euro-Pro Operating LLC, Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville, NACCO Industries, Inc. (Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In addition, Russell Hobbs competes with retailers who use their own private label brands for household appliances (for example, Wal-Mart).
 
Our major competitors in the electric personal care product category are Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper Corporation and Helen of Troy Limited (“Helen of Troy”).
 
Our primary competitors in the portable lighting product category are Energizer and Mag Instrument, Inc.
 
Some of our major competitors have greater resources and greater overall market share than we do. They have committed significant resources to protect their market shares or to capture market share from us and may continue to do so in the future. In some key product lines, our competitors may have lower production costs and higher profit margins than we do, which may enable them to compete more aggressively in advertising and in offering retail discounts and other promotional incentives to retailers, distributors, wholesalers and, ultimately, consumers.
 
Seasonality
 
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrum’s first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden control products sold though the Home and Garden Business typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year (Spectrum’s second and third fiscal quarters). Small Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the increased demand by customers in the late summer for “back-to-school” sales and in the fall for the holiday season. For a more detailed discussion of the seasonality of our product sales, see Annex C, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. — “Seasonal Product Sales”.
 
Governmental Regulations and Environmental Matters
 
Due to the nature of our operations, our facilities are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign legal and regulatory provisions relating to the environment, including those regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes and the remediation of contamination associated with the releases of hazardous substances at our facilities. We believe that compliance with the federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations to which we are subject will not have a material effect upon our capital expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive position.
 
From time to time, we have been required to address the effect of historic activities on the environmental condition of our properties. We have not conducted invasive testing at all facilities to identify all potential environmental liability risks. Given the age of our facilities and the nature of our operations, it is possible that material liabilities may arise in the future in connection with our current or former facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property underlying or in the vicinity of our manufacturing facilities is discovered, we could incur material unforeseen expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, capital expenditures, earnings and competitive position. Although we are currently engaged in investigative or remedial projects at some of our facilities, we do not expect that such projects, taking into


D-9


Table of Contents

account established accruals, will cause us to incur expenditures that are material to our business, financial condition or results of operations; however, it is possible that our future liability could be material.
 
We have been, and in the future may be, subject to proceedings related to our disposal of industrial and hazardous material at off-site disposal locations or similar disposals made by other parties for which we are held responsible as a result of our relationships with such other parties. In the U.S., these proceedings are under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) or similar state laws that hold persons who “arranged for” the disposal or treatment of such substances strictly liable for costs incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from such sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is typically joint and several, meaning that a liable party may be responsible for all costs incurred in investigating and remediating contamination at a site. As a practical matter, liability at CERCLA sites is shared by all of the viable responsible parties. We occasionally are identified by federal or state governmental agencies as being a potentially responsible party for response actions contemplated at an off-site facility. At the existing sites where we have been notified of our status as a potentially responsible party, it is either premature to determine whether our potential liability, if any, will be material or we do not believe that our liability, if any, will be material. We may be named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar state laws for other sites not currently known to us, and the costs and liabilities associated with these sites may be material.
 
It is difficult to quantify with certainty the potential financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for environmental matters, particularly remediation, and future capital expenditures for environmental control equipment. Nevertheless, based upon the information currently available, we believe that our ultimate liability arising from such environmental matters, taking into account established accruals of $9.6 million for estimated liabilities at September 30, 2010 should not be material to our business or financial condition.
 
Electronic and electrical products that we sell in Europe, particularly products sold under the Remington brand name, VARTA battery chargers, certain portable lighting and all of our batteries, are subject to regulation in European Union (“EU”) markets under three key EU directives. The first directive is the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS”) which took effect in EU member states beginning July 1, 2006. RoHS prohibits companies from selling products which contain certain specified hazardous materials in EU member states. We believe that compliance with RoHS will not have a material effect on our capital expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive position. The second directive is entitled the Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”). WEEE makes producers or importers of particular classes of electrical goods financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. WEEE assigns levels of responsibility to companies doing business in EU markets based on their relative market share. WEEE calls on each EU member state to enact enabling legislation to implement the directive. To comply with WEEE requirements, we have partnered with other companies to create a comprehensive collection, treatment, disposal and recycling program. As EU member states pass enabling legislation we currently expect our compliance system to be sufficient to meet such requirements. Our current estimated costs associated with compliance with WEEE are not significant based on our current market share. However, we continue to evaluate the impact of the WEEE legislation as EU member states implement guidance and as our market share changes, and, as a result, actual costs to our company could differ from our current estimates and may be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations. The third directive is the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, which was adopted in September 2006 and went into effect in September 2008 (the “Battery Directive”). The Battery Directive bans heavy metals in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of those heavy metals in batteries and mandates waste management of batteries, including collection, recycling and disposal systems. The Battery Directive places the costs of such waste management systems on producers and importers of batteries. The Battery Directive calls on each EU member state to enact enabling legislation to implement the directive. We currently believe that compliance with the Battery Directive will not have a material effect on our capital expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive position. However, until such time as the EU member states adopt enabling legislation, a full evaluation of these costs cannot be completed. We will continue to evaluate the impact of the Battery Directive and its enabling legislation as EU member states implement guidance.


D-10


Table of Contents

Certain of our products and facilities in each of our business segments are regulated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) and the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) or other federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases, similar state and foreign agencies before they can be manufactured or sold. Our inability to obtain or the cancellation of any registration could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The severity of the effect would depend on which products were involved, whether another product could be substituted and whether our competitors were similarly affected. We attempt to anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients. We may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
 
The Food Quality Protection Act (“FQPA”) established a standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to pesticides. The pesticides in certain of our products continue to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is possible that the EPA or a third party active ingredient registrant may decide that a pesticide we use in our products will be limited or made unavailable to us. We cannot predict the outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPA’s continuing evaluations of active ingredients used in our products.
 
Certain of our products and packaging materials are subject to regulations administered by the FDA. Among other things, the FDA enforces statutory prohibitions against misbranded and adulterated products, establishes ingredients and manufacturing procedures for certain products, establishes standards of identity for certain products, determines the safety of products and establishes labeling standards and requirements. In addition, various states regulate these products by enforcing federal and state standards of identity for selected products, grading products, inspecting production facilities and imposing their own labeling requirements.
 
Employees
 
We had approximately 6,100 full-time employees worldwide as of September 30, 2010. Approximately 20% of our total labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements. There is one collective bargaining agreement that will expire during our fiscal year ending September 30, 2011, which covers approximately 12% of the labor force under collective bargaining agreements, or approximately 2% of our total labor force. We believe that our overall relationship with our employees is good.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of California against Spectrum Brands, as well as a number of unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each of the defendants for such claimed violations. Spectrum Brands is reviewing the claims and intends to vigorously defend this matter but, as of the date hereof cannot estimate any possible losses.
 
In May 2010, Herengrucht Group, LLC (“Herengrucht”) filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California against Spectrum Brands claiming that Spectrum Brands had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each of the defendants for such claimed violations. Herengrucht dismissed its claims without prejudice in September 2010.
 
Applica Consumer Products, Inc. (“Applica”), a subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, is a defendant in NACCO Industries, Inc. et al. v. Applica Incorporated et al., Case No. C.A. 2541-VCL, which was filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in November 2006.
 
The original complaint in this action alleged a claim for, among other things, breach of contract against Applica and a number of tort claims against certain entities affiliated the Harbinger Parties. The claims against


D-11


Table of Contents

Applica related to the alleged breach of the merger agreement between Applica and NACCO Industries, Inc. (“NACCO”) and one of its affiliates, which agreement was terminated following Applica’s receipt of a superior merger offer from the Harbinger Parties. On October 22, 2007, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint asserting claims against Applica for, among other things, breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith relating to the termination of the NACCO merger agreement and asserting various tort claims against Applica and the Harbinger Parties. The original complaint was filed in conjunction with a motion preliminarily to enjoin the Harbinger Parties’ acquisition of Applica. On December 1, 2006, plaintiffs withdrew their motion for a preliminary injunction. In light of the consummation of Applica’s merger with affiliates of the Harbinger Parties in January 2007 (Applica is currently a subsidiary of Russell Hobbs), Spectrum Brands believes that any claim for specific performance is moot. Applica filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint in December 2007. Rather than respond to the motion to dismiss the amended complaint, NACCO filed a motion for leave to file a second amended complaint, which was granted in May 2008. Applica moved to dismiss the second amended complaint, which motion was granted in part and denied in part in December 2009.
 
The trial is currently scheduled for February 2011. Spectrum Brands intends to vigorously defend the action, but may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully or without incurring significant costs and expenses. As a result, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the “Harbinger Master Fund”) have entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by which the Harbinger Master Fund has agreed, effective upon the consummation of the SB/RH Merger, to indemnify Russell Hobbs, its subsidiaries and any entity that owns all of the outstanding voting stock of Russell Hobbs against any out-of-pocket losses, costs, expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and other damages in excess of $3 million incurred with respect to this litigation and any future litigation or legal action against the indemnified parties arising out of or relating to the matters which form the basis of this litigation.
 
Applica is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over 20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed by it prior to 1979. Spectrum Brands believes that these actions are without merit and intends to vigorously defend the action, but may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully without incurring significant expenses. As of the date hereof, Spectrum Brands cannot estimate possible losses. At this time, Spectrum Brands does not believe it has coverage under its insurance policies for the asbestos lawsuits.
 
Spectrum Brands is a defendant in various matters of litigation generally arising out of the ordinary course of business.
 
Available Information
 
Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are made available free of charge on or through our website at www.spectrumbrands.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains our reports, proxy statements and other information at www.sec.gov . In addition, copies of our (i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) charters for the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, (iii) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and (iv) Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers are available at our Internet site at www.spectrumbrands.com under “Investor Relations — Corporate Governance.” Copies will also be provided to any stockholder upon written request to the Vice President, Investor Relations & Corporate Communications, Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711 or via electronic mail at investorrelations@spectrumbrands.com , or by contacting the Vice President, Investor Relations & Corporate Communications by telephone at (608) 275-3340.


D-12


Table of Contents

 
Annex E
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS OF
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SPECTRUM BRANDS, INC.
 
Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons
 
The policies and procedures of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (“SB Holdings”) and Spectrum Brands, Inc. (“Spectrum Brands” and, together with SB Holdings, the “Company”) for review and approval of related-person transactions appear in the Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers and the Spectrum Brands Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, each of which is posted on the Company’s website.
 
All of the Company’s executive officers, directors and employees are required to disclose to the Company’s General Counsel all transactions which involve any actual, potential or suspected activity or personal interest that creates or appears to create a conflict between the interests of the Company and the interests of their executive officers, directors or employees. In cases involving executive officers, directors or senior-level management, the Company’s General Counsel will investigate the proposed transaction for potential conflicts of interest and then refer the matter to the Company’s Audit Committee to make a full review and determination. In cases involving other employees, the Company’s General Counsel, in conjunction with the employee’s regional supervisor and the Company’s Vice President of Internal Audit, will review the proposed transaction. If they determine that no conflict of interest will result from engaging in the proposed transaction, then they will refer the matter to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer for final approval.
 
The Company’s Audit Committee is required to consider all questions of possible conflicts of interest involving executive officers, directors and senior-level management and to review and approve certain transactions, including all (i) transactions in which a director, executive officer or an immediate family member of a director or executive officer has an interest, (ii) proposed business relationships between the Company and a director, executive officer or other member of senior management, (iii) investments by an executive officer in a company that competes with the Company or an interest in a company that does business with the Company, and (iv) situations where a director or executive officer proposes to be a customer of the Company, be employed by, serve as a director of or otherwise represent a customer of the Company.
 
The Company’s legal department and financial accounting department monitor transactions for an evaluation and determination of potential related person transactions that would need to be disclosed in the Company’s periodic reports or proxy materials under generally accepted accounting principles and applicable SEC rules and regulations.
 
Transactions with Related Persons
 
Merger Agreement and Exchange Agreement
 
On June 16, 2010 (the “Closing Date”), Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (“SB Holdings”) completed a business combination transaction pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Mergers”), dated as of February 9, 2010, as amended on March 1, 2010, March 26, 2010 and April 30, 2010, by and among SB Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Inc. (“Russell Hobbs”), Spectrum Brands, Inc. (“Spectrum Brands”), Battery Merger Corp., and Grill Merger Corp. (the “Merger Agreement”). As a result of the Mergers, each of Spectrum and Russell Hobbs became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB Holdings. At the effective time of the Mergers, (i) the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock were canceled and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common stock, and (ii) the outstanding shares of Russell Hobbs common stock and preferred stock were canceled and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common stock.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on February 9, 2010, Spectrum Brands entered into support agreements with Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (“Harbinger Master Fund”), Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (collectively, the “Harbinger Parties”) and Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its affiliates (the “Avenue Parties”),


E-1


Table of Contents

in which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties agreed to vote their shares of Spectrum Brands common stock acquired before the date of the Merger Agreement in favor of the Mergers and against any alternative proposal that would impede the Mergers.
 
Immediately following the consummation of the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands (other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock. On January 7, 2011, pursuant to the terms of a Contribution and Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”), by and between the Harbinger Parties and Harbinger Group Inc. (“HRG”), the Harbinger Parties contributed 27,756,905 shares of SB Holdings common stock to HRG and received in exchange for such shares an aggregate of 119,909,829 shares of HRG common stock (the “Share Exchange”). Immediately following the consummation of the Share Exchange, (i) HRG owned 27,756,905 shares of SB Holdings common stock and the Harbinger Parties owned 6,500,000 shares of SB Holdings common stock, approximately 54.4% and 12.7% of the outstanding shares of SB Holdings common stock, respectively, and (ii) the Harbinger Parties owned 129,859,890 shares of HRG common stock, or approximately 93.3% of the outstanding HRG common stock.
 
In connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties and SB Holdings entered into a stockholder agreement, dated February 9, 2010 (the “Stockholder Agreement”), which provides for certain protective provisions in favor of minority stockholders and provides certain rights and imposes certain obligations on the Harbinger Parties, including:
 
  •  for so long as the Harbinger Parties own 40% or more of the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, the Harbinger Parties and HRG will vote their shares of SB Holdings common stock to effect the structure of the SB Holdings board of directors as described in the Stockholder Agreement;
 
  •  the Harbinger Parties will not effect any transfer of equity securities of SB Holdings to any person that would result in such person and its affiliates owning 40% or more of the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, unless specified conditions are met; and
 
  •  the Harbinger Parties will be granted certain access and informational rights with respect to SB Holdings and its subsidiaries.
 
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG entered into a joinder to the Stockholder Agreement, pursuant to which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange, HRG became a party to the Stockholder Agreement, subject to all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Stockholder Agreement to the same extent as the Harbinger Parties were bound thereunder prior to giving effect to the Share Exchange.
 
Certain provisions of the Stockholder Agreement terminate on the date on which the Harbinger Parties or HRG no longer constitutes a Significant Stockholder (as defined in the Stockholder Agreement). The Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person (including the Harbinger Parties or HRG) acquires 90% or more of the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings.
 
Also in connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and SB Holdings entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties have, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, certain demand and so-called “piggy back” registration rights with respect to their shares of SB Holdings common stock. On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG entered into a joinder to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange, HRG became a party to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a holder thereunder.
 
Other Agreements
 
On August 28, 2009, in connection with Spectrum Brands’ emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization proceedings, Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights agreement with the Harbinger Parties, the


E-2


Table of Contents

Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw Laminar Portfolios, L.L.C. (“D.E. Shaw”), pursuant to which the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw have, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, certain demand and so-called “piggy back” registration rights with respect to their Spectrum Brands’ 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019.
 
In connection with the Mergers, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger Master Fund entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “Indemnification Agreement”), by which Harbinger Master Fund agreed, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to guarantee the obligations of Russell Hobbs to pay (i) a reverse termination fee to Spectrum Brands under the merger agreement and (ii) monetary damages awarded to Spectrum Brands in connection with any willful and material breach by Russell Hobbs of the Merger Agreement. The maximum amount payable by Harbinger Master Fund under the Indemnification Agreement is $50 million less any amounts paid by Russell Hobbs or the Harbinger Parties, or any of their respective affiliates as damages under any documents related to the Mergers. Harbinger Master Fund also agreed to indemnify Russell Hobbs, SB Holdings and their subsidiaries for out-of-pocket costs and expenses above $3 million in the aggregate that become payable after the consummation of the Mergers and that relate to the litigation arising out of Russell Hobbs’ business combination transaction with Applica Incorporated.
 
Certain of the Avenue Parties were lenders under Spectrum Brands’ senior credit facility, dated March 30, 2007, originally loaning $75,000,000 as part of Spectrum Brands’ $1 billion U.S. Dollar Term B Loan facility (the “US Dollar Term B Loan”) and €15,000,000 as part of Spectrum Brands’ €262 million Term Loan facility (the “Euro Facility”). Subsequently, Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P., along with several other Avenue Parties, increased their participation in the US Dollar Term B Loan and the Euro Facility. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, those Avenue Parties received payments of interest on the same terms as the other lenders. In connection with the Mergers, on June 16, 2010, Spectrum Brands repaid all of its outstanding indebtedness under the U.S. Dollar Term B Loan and the Euro Facility.


E-3


Table of Contents

 
 
Harbinger Group Inc.
 
$350,000,000 10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
 
 
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus, and, if given or made, any information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to which it relates or an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any circumstances in which this offer or solicitation is unlawful. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made under this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Harbinger Group Inc. since the date of this prospectus.
 


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20.   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
Certificate of Incorporation
 
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers, as well as employees and agents, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, that are actually and reasonably incurred in connection with various actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, known as a derivative action, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such actions, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification if the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not excluding other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.
 
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the personal liability of the directors of HGI is eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation, paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 thereof, as the same may be amended or supplemented. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of HGI shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
 
The Certificate of Incorporation also contains an indemnification provision that provides that HGI shall have the power, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended or supplemented, to indemnify any person by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of HGI, or is or was serving at the request of HGI as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.
 
The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that neither any amendment nor repeal of the indemnification or the exculpation provision thereof, nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the indemnification or the exculpation provision thereof, whether by amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, reorganization, recapitalization or other corporate transaction having the effect of amending the Certificate of Incorporation, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of the indemnification or the exculpation provision in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for the indemnification or the exculpation provision, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
 
Bylaws
 
The Bylaws provide that each person who is or was a director of HGI shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by HGI to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by the DGCL as it existed on the date of the adoption of the Bylaws or as it may thereafter be amended (but, if permitted by applicable law, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits HGI to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted HGI to provide prior to such amendment) or any other applicable laws as


II-1


Table of Contents

presently or hereafter in effect. HGI may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification and advance expenses to officers, employees and agents (other than directors) of HGI, to directors, officers, employees or agents of a subsidiary, and to each person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the request of HGI (each of the foregoing, a “Covered Person”), with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors of HGI. HGI shall be required to indemnify any person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by HGI’s board of directors or is a proceeding to enforce such person’s claim to indemnification pursuant to the rights granted by the Bylaws or otherwise by HGI. Without limiting the generality or the effect of the foregoing, HGI may enter into one or more agreements with any person which provide for indemnification or advancement of expenses greater or different than that provided in the Bylaws.
 
The Bylaws also contain a provision that provides that any right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Covered Person arising pursuant to the Bylaws shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal of the Bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.
 
To the extent and in the manner permitted by law, HGI also has the right to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.
 
Indemnification Agreements
 
HGI enters into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers which may, in certain cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. The indemnification agreements may require HGI, among other things, to indemnify such officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees of HGI and to advance the expenses incurred by such parties as a result of any threatened claims or proceedings brought against them as to which they could be indemnified.
 
Liability Insurance
 
In addition, HGI maintains liability insurance for its directors and officers. This insurance provides for coverage, subject to certain exceptions, against loss from claims made against directors and officers in their capacity as such, including claims under the federal securities laws.
 
ITEM 21.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description of Exhibits
 
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2009, by and between, Zapata Corporation (“Zapata”), a Nevada corporation, and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  2 .2†   Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  2 .3   Amendment, dated as of November 5, 2010, to the Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed November 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).


II-2


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description of Exhibits
 
  3 .1   Certificate of Incorporation of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  3 .2   Bylaws of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  4 .1*   Indenture governing the 10.625% Senior Secured Noted due 2015, dates as of November 15, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
  4 .2*   Form of Exchange Note (Included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of this Registration Statement).
  4 .3*   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2010, between HGI and certain initial purchasers names therein.
  4 .4*   Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
  4 .5*   Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
  4 .6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  5 .1   Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to the validity of the exchange notes (To be filed by amendment to this Registration Statement).
  8 .1   Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to certain tax matters (To be filed by amendment to this Registration Statement).
  10 .1   Zapata Supplemental Pension Plan effective as of April 1, 1992 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .2   Zapata Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 3, 2007 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .3   Investment and Distribution Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to Zap.Com’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
  10 .4   Services Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to Zap.Com’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
  10 .5   Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3 to Zap.Com’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7, 2008 (File No. 333-76135)).
  10 .6   Registration Rights Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4 to Zap.Com’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
  10 .7   Form of February 28, 2003 Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the directors and officers of the Company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26, 2003 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .8   Form of March 1, 2002 Director Stock Option Agreement by and among Zapata and the non-employee directors of the Company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26, 2003 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .9   Summary of Zapata Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health Care Benefit Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(u) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed March 13, 2007 (File No. 1-4219)).

II-3


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description of Exhibits
 
  10 .10   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and Zap.Com Corporation and the Directors or Officers of Zapata and Zap.Com Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed November 4, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .11   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the Directors or Officers of Zapata only. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed November 4, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .12   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Harbinger Group Inc. and its Directors or Officers (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed March 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .13   Employment Agreement, dated as of the 24th day of December, 2009, by and between Francis T. McCarron and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .14   Retention and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010 by and between Harbinger Group Inc. and Leonard DiSalvo. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .15   Management and Advisory Services Agreement, entered into as of March 1, 2010, by and between Harbinger Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 5, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .16   Form of lock-up letter to be delivered to Harbinger Group Inc. by Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. to Harbinger Group Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .17   Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, between Harbinger Group Inc. and certain initial purchasers named therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed November 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .18   Temporary Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, by and between Richard Hagerup and Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 10, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .19   Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situation Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .20   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P., Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  16 .1   Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated as of January 7, 2011, regarding change in certifying accountant (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
  21 .1*   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .1*   Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23 .2*   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  24 .1*   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this Part II).

II-4


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description of Exhibits
 
  25 .1*   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
  99 .1*   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99 .2*   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
 
Exhibits and schedules to the Contribution and Exchange Agreement and other documents referenced therein have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b) (2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
 
* Filed herewith
 
ITEM 22.   UNDERTAKINGS.
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
 
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.
 
(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on January 28, 2011.
 
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Francis T. McCarron
Name:     Francis T. McCarron
  Title:  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Francis T. McCarron or Peter A. Jenson or either of them his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the following capacities and on this 28th day of January, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Philip A. Falcone

Philip A. Falcone
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
/s/  Francis T. McCarron

Francis T. McCarron
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
     
/s/  Richard H. Hagerup

Richard H. Hagerup
  Interim Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
     
/s/  Lap Wai Chan

Lap Wai Chan
  Director


II-6


Table of Contents

         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.

Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
  Director
     
/s/  Keith M. Hladek

Keith M. Hladek
  Director
     
/s/  Thomas Hudgins

Thomas Hudgins
  Director
     
/s/  Peter A. Jenson

Peter A. Jenson
  Director
     
/s/  Robert V. Leffler, Jr.

Robert V. Leffler, Jr.
  Director


II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description of Exhibits
 
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2009, by and between, Zapata Corporation (“Zapata”), a Nevada corporation, and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  2 .2†   Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  2 .3   Amendment, dated as of November 5, 2010, to the Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed November 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  3 .1   Certificate of Incorporation of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  3 .2   Bylaws of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  4 .1*   Indenture governing the 10.625% Senior Secured Noted due 2015, dates as of November 15, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
  4 .2*   Form of Exchange Note (Included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of this Registration Statement).
  4 .3*   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2010, between HGI and certain initial purchasers names therein.
  4 .4*   Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
  4 .5*   Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
  4 .6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  5 .1   Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to the validity of the exchange notes (To be filed by amendment to this Registration Statement).
  8 .1   Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to certain tax matters (To be filed by amendment to this Registration Statement).
  10 .1   Zapata Supplemental Pension Plan effective as of April 1, 1992 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .2   Zapata Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 3, 2007 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .3   Investment and Distribution Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to Zap.Com’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
  10 .4   Services Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to Zap.Com’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
  10 .5   Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3 to Zap.Com’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7, 2008 (File No. 333-76135)).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description of Exhibits
 
  10 .6   Registration Rights Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4 to Zap.Com’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
  10 .7   Form of February 28, 2003 Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the directors and officers of the Company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26, 2003 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .8   Form of March 1, 2002 Director Stock Option Agreement by and among Zapata and the non-employee directors of the Company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26, 2003 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .9   Summary of Zapata Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health Care Benefit Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(u) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed March 13, 2007 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .10   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and Zap.Com Corporation and the Directors or Officers of Zapata and Zap.Com Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed November 4, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .11   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the Directors or Officers of Zapata only. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed November 4, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .12   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Harbinger Group Inc. and its Directors or Officers (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed March 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .13   Employment Agreement, dated as of the 24th day of December, 2009, by and between Francis T. McCarron and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .14   Retention and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010 by and between Harbinger Group Inc. and Leonard DiSalvo. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .15   Management and Advisory Services Agreement, entered into as of March 1, 2010, by and between Harbinger Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 5, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .16   Form of lock-up letter to be delivered to Harbinger Group Inc. by Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. to Harbinger Group Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .17   Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, between Harbinger Group Inc. and certain initial purchasers named therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed November 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .18   Temporary Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, by and between Richard Hagerup and Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 10, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
  10 .19   Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situation Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description of Exhibits
 
  10 .20   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P., Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
  16 .1   Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated as of January 7, 2011, regarding change in certifying accountant (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
  21 .1*   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .1*   Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23 .2*   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  24 .1*   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this Part II).
  25 .1*   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
  99 .1*   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99 .2*   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
 
Exhibits and schedules to the Contribution and Exchange Agreement and other documents referenced therein have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b) (2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
 
* Filed herewith

exv4w1
Exhibit 4.1
 
 
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
as Issuer
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
 
Indenture
Dated as of November 15, 2010
 
10.625%
Senior Secured Notes
Due November 15, 2015
 
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
           
TIA Sections   Indenture Sections  
§ 310  (a)     7.10  
  (b)      7.08  
§ 311     7.03  
§ 312     13.02  
§ 313     7.06  
§ 314 (a)       4, 4.02  
  (b)      11.02  
  (c)      13.04  
  (d)      11.02  
  (e)      13.05  
§ 315 (a)     7.01, 7.02  
  (b)      7.02, 7.05  
  (c)      7.01  
  (d)      7.02  
  (e)      6.12, 7.02  
§ 316 (a)     2.05, 6.02, 6.04, 6.05  
  (b)      6.06, 6.07  
  (c)      13.02  
§ 317 (a) (1)     6.08  
  (a) (2)      6.09  
  (b)      2.03  
§ 318       13.01  

2


 

         
RECITALS
       
 
       
ARTICLE 1
Definitions And Incorporation By Reference
 
       
Section 1.01. Definitions
    2  
 
       
ARTICLE 2
The Notes
 
       
Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends
    27  
Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Exchange Notes; Additional Notes
    29  
Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    30  
Section 2.04. Replacement Notes
    31  
Section 2.05. Outstanding Notes
    31  
Section 2.06. Temporary Notes
    32  
Section 2.07. Cancellation
    32  
Section 2.08. CUSIP and CINS Numbers
    32  
Section 2.09. Registration, Transfer and Exchange
    33  
Section 2.10. Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange
    36  
Section 2.11. Temporary Offshore Global Notes
    38  
 
       
ARTICLE 3
Redemption; Offer to Purchase
 
       
Section 3.01. Optional Redemption
    39  
Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offering
    39  
Section 3.03. Special Redemption
    40  
Section 3.04. Method and Effect of Redemption
    40  
Section 3.05. Offer to Purchase
    41  
 
       
ARTICLE 4
Covenants
 
       
Section 4.01. Payment Of Notes
    43  
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
    44  
Section 4.03. Existence
    44  
Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes and other Claims
    45  
Section 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance
    45  
Section 4.06. Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock
    45  
Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments
    49  
Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens
    53  
Section 4.09. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
    53  

3


 

         
Section 4.10. Limitation on Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
    53  
Section 4.11. Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control
    55  
Section 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales
    57  
Section 4.13. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
    59  
Section 4.14. Financial Reports
    61  
Section 4.15. Reports to Trustee
    62  
Section 4.16. No Investment Company Registration
    63  
Section 4.17. Maintenance of Liquidity
    63  
Section 4.18. Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
    63  
Section 4.19. Impairment of Security Interest; Further Assurances
    63  
Section 4.20. Guaranties by Subsidiaries
    64  
 
       
ARTICLE 5
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets
 
       
Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Company; No Lease of All or Substantially All Assets
    64  
Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor
    66  
 
       
ARTICLE 6
Default and Remedies
 
       
Section 6.01. Events of Default
    66  
Section 6.02. Acceleration
    68  
Section 6.03. Other Remedies
    69  
Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
    69  
Section 6.05. Control by Majority
    69  
Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits
    69  
Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
    70  
Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
    70  
Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    70  
Section 6.10. Priorities
    71  
Section 6.11. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    71  
Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs
    71  
Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    72  
Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    72  
Section 6.15. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
    72  
 
       
ARTICLE 7
The Trustee
 
       
Section 7.01. General
    72  
Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee
    73  
Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
    74  
Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
    75  

4


 

         
Section 7.05. Notice of Default
    75  
Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders
    75  
Section 7.07. Compensation And Indemnity
    75  
Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
    76  
Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger
    77  
Section 7.10. Eligibility
    77  
Section 7.11. Money Held in Trust
    78  
 
       
ARTICLE 8
Defeasance and Discharge
 
       
Section 8.01. Discharge of Company’s Obligations
    78  
Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance
    79  
Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance
    80  
Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money
    80  
Section 8.05. Repayment to Company
    81  
Section 8.06. Reinstatement
    81  
 
       
ARTICLE 9
Amendments, Supplements and Waivers
 
       
Section 9.01. Amendments Without Consent of Holders
    81  
Section 9.02. Amendments With Consent of Holders
    82  
Section 9.03. Effect of Consent
    84  
Section 9.04. Trustee’s Rights and Obligations
    84  
Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act
    85  
 
       
ARTICLE 10
Guaranties
 
       
Section 10.01. The Guaranties
    85  
Section 10.02. Guaranty Unconditional
    85  
Section 10.03. Discharge; Reinstatement
    86  
Section 10.04. Waiver by the Guarantors
    86  
Section 10.05. Subrogation and Contribution
    86  
Section 10.06. Stay of Acceleration
    86  
Section 10.07. Limitation on Amount of Guaranty
    87  
Section 10.08. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty
    87  
Section 10.09. Release of Guaranty
    87  
 
       
ARTICLE 11
Security Arrangements
 
       
Section 11.01. Collateral Agent
    88  
Section 11.02. Security
    88  
Section 11.03. Authorization of Actions to be Taken
    90  

5


 

         
Section 11.04. Determinations Relating To Collateral
    90  
Section 11.05. Release of Liens
    91  
Section 11.06. Permitted Ordinary Course Activities with Respect to Collateral
    92  
 
       
ARTICLE 12
Escrow Arrangements
 
       
Section 12.01. Escrow Account
    93  
Section 12.02. Special Redemption
    94  
Section 12.03. Release of Escrow Property
    94  
 
       
ARTICLE 13
Miscellaneous
 
       
Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939
    94  
Section 13.02. Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions
    94  
Section 13.03. Notices
    95  
Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    96  
Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    96  
Section 13.06. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day
    97  
Section 13.07. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
    97  
Section 13.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    97  
Section 13.09. Successors
    98  
Section 13.10. Duplicate Originals
    98  
Section 13.11. Separability
    98  
Section 13.12. Table of Contents and Headings
    98  
Section 13.13. No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders
    98  
Section 13.14. U.S.A. Patriot Act
    98  
Section 13.15. Force Majeure
    98  
Section 13.16. Benefits of Indenture
    99  
Section 13.17. Rules by Trustee and Agents
    99  

6


 

         
EXHIBITS  
EXHIBIT A  
Form of Note
EXHIBIT B  
Form of Supplemental Indenture
EXHIBIT C  
Restricted Legend
EXHIBIT D  
DTC Legend
EXHIBIT E  
Regulation S Certificate
EXHIBIT F  
Rule 144A Certificate
EXHIBIT G  
Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate
EXHIBIT H  
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
EXHIBIT I  
Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend
EXHIBIT J  
Form of Security and Pledge Agreement
EXHIBIT K  
Form of Collateral Trust Agreement

7


 

     INDENTURE, dated as of November 15, 2010, between Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee.
RECITALS
     The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of the Indenture to provide for the issuance of up to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015, and, if and when issued, any Additional Notes, together with any Exchange Notes issued therefor as provided herein (the “Notes”). All things necessary to make the Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company has done all things necessary to make the Notes (in the case of the Additional Notes, when duly authorized), when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and duly issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company as hereinafter provided.
     This Indenture is subject to, and will be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be a part of and govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.
THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH
     For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

 


 

ARTICLE 1
Definitions And Incorporation By Reference
     Section 1.01. Definitions.
     “Accrued Yield” means an amount in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes that, together with the accrued interest to be paid in a Special Redemption, will provide the Holder thereof with the Yield to Maturity on such Note, calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and payable for the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date. “Yield to Maturity” means the annual yield to maturity of the Notes, calculated based on market convention and as reflected in the pricing term sheet for the offering of the Initial Notes.
     “Additional Interest” means additional interest owed to the Holders pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.
     “Additional Notes” means any Notes issued under the Indenture in addition to the Original Notes, including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Additional Notes, having the same terms in all respects as the Original Notes, or in all respects except with respect to issue price and interest paid or payable on or prior to the first interest payment date after the issuance of such Additional Notes.
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent.
     “Agent Member” means a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary.
     “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; or (2) the excess of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at May 15, 2013 (as stated in the table in Section 3.01), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through May 15, 2013 excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of the Note.

2


 

     “Asset Sale” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets by the Company or any Guarantor, including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction and including any sale by the Company or any Guarantor of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (each of the above referred to as a “disposition”), provided that the following are not included in the definition of “Asset Sale”:
     (1) a disposition to the Company or a Guarantor, including the sale or issuance by the Company or any Guarantor of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the Company or any Guarantor;
     (2) the disposition by the Company or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of business of (i) Cash Equivalents and cash management investments, (ii) damaged, worn out or obsolete assets, (iii) rights granted to others pursuant to leases or licenses, or (iv) inventory and other assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business (it being understood that any Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor and the assets of an operating business, unit, division or line of business shall not constitute inventory or other assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business);
     (3) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business;
     (4) a transaction covered by Article 5;
     (5) a Restricted Payment permitted under Section 4.07;
     (6) the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to Section 4.06;
     (7) any disposition in a transaction or series of related transactions of assets with a fair market value of less than $5,000,000;
     (8) any disposition of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person from whom such Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;
     (9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights pursuant to a settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;
     (10) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

3


 

     (11) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; and
     (12) dispositions of marketable securities, other than shares of Spectrum common stock, constituting less than 5% of the Total Assets; provided that such disposition is at fair market value and the consideration consists of Cash Equivalents.
     “Attributable Debt” means, in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, at the time of determination, the present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction determined in accordance with GAAP, of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction.
     “Authenticating Agent” refers to a Person engaged to authenticate the Notes in the stead of the Trustee.
     “Authorized Representatives” means the Trustee and the agent or other representative of the holders of any series of future Debt.
     “Average Life” means, with respect to any Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or such redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Equity Interests and (y) the amount of such principal, or redemption or similar payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal, or redemption or similar payments.
     “bankruptcy default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.
     “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.
     “Board of Directors” means:
     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except with respect to the definition of Change of Control, any duly authorized committee thereof having the authority of the full board with respect to the determination to be made;

4


 

     (2) with respect to a limited liability company, any managing member thereof or, if managed by managers, the board of managers thereof, or any duly authorized committee thereof having the authority of the full board with respect to the determination to be made;
     (3) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
     (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
     “Board Resolution” means a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors which is certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and remains in full force and effect as of the date of its certification.
     “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or in the city where the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located are authorized by law to close.
     “Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property which, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.
     “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.
     “Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio” means, on any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the Notes are secured by a first-priority Lien pursuant to the Security Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no prior Liens) consisting of Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such date.
     “Cash Equivalents” means
     (1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business,
     (2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition,
     (3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition,

5


 

(iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s,
     (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above,
     (5) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six months after the date of acquisition, and
     (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1) through (5) above.
     “Certificate of Beneficial Ownership” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H.
     “Certificated Note” means a Note in registered individual form without interest coupons.
     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
     (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;
     (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
     (3) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than a Permitted Holder; provided that such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as one or more Permitted Holders shall Beneficially Own more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company than such person or group; or
     (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.

6


 

     For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect holding company of the Company shall not itself be considered a Person for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above or a “person” or “group” for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above, provided that no “person” or “group” (other than the Permitted Holders or another such holding company) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such company, and a majority of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following it becoming the holding company of the Company is Beneficially Owned by the Persons who Beneficially Owned the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to it becoming such holding company and (ii) a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.
     “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.
     “Change of Control Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.
     “Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
     “Collateral” means all of the assets (other than Excluded Property) that are owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or by any Guarantor to the extent pledged or required to be pledged to secure the Notes.
     “Collateral Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as the Collateral Agent, or any collateral agent or trustee appointed pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Collateral Coverage Ratio” means, at the date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the Notes are secured by a first-priority Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the Security Agreements that is subject to no prior Lien) to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such date.
     “Collateral Requirement” means the requirement that all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, control agreements and mortgages, required by law to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents and perfect or record such Liens as valid Liens with priority set forth in the Security Documents free of any other Liens except for Permitted Collateral Liens, shall have been

7


 

filed, registered or recorded and any Collateral for which perfection may be obtained through control or possession, such control or possession is provided.
     “Collateral Trust Agreement” means the collateral trust agreement (substantially in the form attached as Exhibit K hereto) dated the Completion Date among the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, as amended from time to time.
     “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of the Indenture or any successor obligor under the Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.
     “Completion Date” means the date all Escrow Conditions are satisfied.
     “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income:
     (1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Guarantor, except that net income shall be included to the extent of the dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to the Company or any of the Guarantors by such Person during such period;
     (2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;
     (3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to or associated with the extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Agreements;
     (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
     (5) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights;
     (6) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days),

8


 

expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption;
     (7) any expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of Debt (including amortization or write offs of debt issuance or deferred financing costs, premiums and prepayment penalties), in each case, whether or not successful, including any such expenses or charges attributable to the issuance and sale of the Notes and the consummation of the exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; and
     (8) any expenses or reserves for liabilities to the extent that the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company is entitled to indemnification therefor under binding agreements; provided that any liabilities for which the Company or such Subsidiary is not actually indemnified shall reduce Consolidated Net Income in the period in which it is determined that the Company or such Subsidiary will not be indemnified.
     “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:
     (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or
     (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.
     “Contribution Debt” means Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests of the Company or any Guarantor with a Stated Maturity after the Stated Maturity of the Notes in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference not greater than (i) half (in the case of Debt referred to in clause (1) below) and (ii) twice ( in the case of unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests), the aggregate amount of cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or a capital contribution to the common equity of the Company; provided that:
     (1) Contribution Debt may be secured by Liens on the Collateral (provided that no such Contribution Debt may be so secured unless, on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding and incurred under this clause (1), together with other Pari-Passu Obligations (including the Notes) does not exceed $500,000,000 and (y) the Company would be in compliance with the

9


 

covenants under Section 4.17 and Section 4.18 (calculated as if the Incurrence date was a date on which such covenant is required to be tested under Section 4.18)),
     (2) such cash has not been used to make a Restricted Payment and shall thereafter be excluded from any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Section 4.07 (it being understood that if any such Debt or Disqualified Stock Incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated as Incurred under any provision other than paragraph (b)(13) of Section 4.06, the related issuance of Equity Interests may be included in any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Section 4.07) and
     (3) such Contribution Debt (a) is Incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.
     Any cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or a capital contribution to the common equity of the Company may only be applied to incur secured Debt pursuant to clause (i) of the first paragraph above or unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to clause (ii) of such paragraph. For example, if the Company issues Qualified Equity Interests and receives $100 of cash proceeds, the Company may either incur $50 of secured Debt (subject to the conditions set forth in such clause (i)) or $200 of unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests, but may not incur $50 of secured Debt and $150 of unsecured Debt.
     “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee is principally administered, which at the date of the Indenture is located at 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, MN 55470.
     “Date of Determination” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.02.
     “Debt” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
     (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
     (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
     (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments, excluding obligations in respect of trade letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables;

10


 

     (4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services which would have been recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business;
     (5) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases (other than the interest component thereof);
     (6) all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent so Guaranteed;
     (7) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person;
     (8) all obligations of such Person under Hedging Agreements; and
     (9) all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt shall be deemed not to include (1) deferred or prepaid revenues or (2) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental entity.
The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be:
     (A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;
     (B) with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and (y) the amount of such Debt;
     (C) with respect to any Debt issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt;
     (D) with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the net amount payable if such Hedging Agreement terminated at that time due to default by such Person; and
     (E) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.
     “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

11


 

     “Depositary” means the depositary of each Global Note, which will initially be DTC.
     “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Guarantor in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor at the time of such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be considered Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale when received).
     “Disqualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests that by their terms or upon the happening of any event are:
     (1) required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of the holder prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes for consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests, or
     (2) convertible at the option of the holder into Disqualified Equity Interests or exchangeable for Debt;
provided that (i) only the portion of the Equity Interests which is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests, (ii) if such Equity Interests are issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability and (iii) Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes if those provisions:
     (A) are no more favorable to the holders than Section 4.11 and Section 4.12, and
     (B) specifically state that repurchase or redemption pursuant thereto will not be required prior to the Company’s repurchase of the Notes as required by the Indenture.
     “Disqualified Stock” means Capital Stock constituting Disqualified Equity Interests.

12


 

     “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof.
     “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, and its successors.
     “DTC Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit D.
     “Equity Interests” means all Capital Stock and all warrants or options with respect to, or other rights to purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into equity.
     “Equity Offering” means a primary offering, whether by way of private placement or registered offering, after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of the Company other than an issuance registered on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor thereto or any issuance pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees.
     “Escrow Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.01.
     “Escrow Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
     “Escrow Agreement” means the escrow and security agreement, dated on or about the Issue Date, between the Company, the Trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Financial Institution (as defined therein) and the Escrow Agent.
     “Escrow Conditions” means the conditions set forth in Section 1.04(b) of the Escrow Agreement.
     “Escrow Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.01.
     “Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.
     “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.12.
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     “Exchange Notes” means the Notes of the Company issued pursuant to the Indenture in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes in compliance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement and containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes

13


 

will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or bear the Restricted Legend, and (ii) the provisions relating to Additional Interest will be eliminated).
     “Exchange Offer” means an offer by the Company to the Holders of the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes to exchange outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes, as provided for in a Registration Rights Agreement.
     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as defined in a Registration Rights Agreement.
     “Excluded Property” means
     (i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded from the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction;
     (ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent (but only to the extent) required to prevent the Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;
     (iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the attachments of security interest created therein would violate any joint venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture or Subsidiary;
     (iv) any rights of the Company or any Guarantor in any contract or license if under the terms thereof, or any applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable law, such prohibition cannot be waived;
     (v) certain deposit accounts, the balance of which consists exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal, state, local and foreign employment taxes in such amounts as are required to be paid to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of the Company or any Guarantor;
     (vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine from time to time that the cost of obtaining a Lien thereon exceeds the benefits

14


 

of obtaining such a Lien (it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to make any such determination);
     (vii) any intent-to-use U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such application under applicable law;
     (viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such time as the Company determines that such Equity Interests should be pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be irrevocable) to be made by an Officers’ Certificate delivered by the Company to the Collateral Agent; and
     (ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed $1,000,000 deposited for the purpose of securing, leases of office space, furniture or equipment;
provided however that “Excluded Property” shall not (i) apply to any contract or license to the extent the applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the Uniform Commercial Code (including Sections 9-406 through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit, impair or otherwise affect Collateral Agent’s unconditional continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or interests of the Company or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to become due under any such contract or license (including any accounts).
     “Fair Market Value” means:
     (i) in the case of any Collateral that (a) is listed on a national securities exchange or (b) is actively traded in the over-the-counter-market and represents equity in a Person with a market capitalization of at least $500,000,000 on each trading day in the preceding 60 day period prior to such date, the product of (a) (i) the sum of the volume weighted average prices of a unit of such Collateral for each of the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to such date, divided by (ii) 20, multiplied by (b) the number of units pledged as Collateral;
     (ii) in the case of any Collateral that is not so listed or actively traded (other than Cash Equivalents), the fair market value thereof (defined as the price that would be negotiated in an arms’-length transaction for cash between a willing buyer and willing seller, neither of which is acting under compulsion), as determined by a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal, accounting or valuation firm that is not an Affiliate of the Company; provided that (i) such written opinion may be based on a desktop appraisal conducted by

15


 

such banking, appraisal, accounting or valuation firm for any date of determination that is not the end of the fiscal year for the Company and (ii) the fair market value thereof determined by such written opinion may be determined as of a date as early as 30 days prior to the end of the applicable fiscal period on which a covenant under this Indenture is required to be tested (the end of such period being referred to as the “Test Date”); and
     (iii) in the case of Cash Equivalents, the face value thereof.
     The “volume weighted average price” means the per share of common stock (or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than common stock) volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page for the “<equity> AQR” page corresponding to the “ticker” for such common stock or unit (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such trading day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of such common stock (or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than common stock) on such trading day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the trustee). The “volume weighted average price” will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.
     In the case of any assets referenced in clause (ii) above tested on a date of determination other than in connection with a Test Date, for purposes of calculating compliance with a covenant under this Indenture, the Company will be permitted to rely on the value as determined by the written opinion given for the most recently completed Test Date.
     For the avoidance of doubt:
     (i) if the Company will be in compliance with an applicable covenant at a Test Date even if an asset constituting Collateral had no value, it shall not be required to obtain an appraisal of such Collateral (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to have no value for such purpose); and
     (ii) if the Company will be in compliance with an applicable covenant at a Test Date if an asset constituting Collateral has a minimum specified value, an appraisal establishing that such Collateral is worth at least such minimum specified value shall be sufficient (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to have such minimum specified value for such purpose).

16


 

     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date.
     “Global Note” means a Note in registered global form without interest coupons.
     “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided that the term “Guarantee” does not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
     “Guarantor” means each Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for the guaranty of the payment of the Notes, or any successor obligor under its Note Guaranty pursuant to Article 5, in each case unless and until such Guarantor is released from its Note Guaranty pursuant to the Indenture.
     “Hedging Agreement” means (i) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in interest rates or (ii) any foreign exchange forward contract, currency swap agreement or other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
     “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered holder of any Note.
     “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note resold to Institutional Accredited Investors bearing the Restricted Legend.
     “Incur” and “Incurrence” means, with respect to any Debt or Capital Stock, to incur, create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt or Capital Stock. If any Person becomes a Guarantor on any date after the date of the Indenture, the Debt and Capital Stock of such Person outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of Section 4.06, but

17


 

will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of Section 4.12. The accrual of interest, accretion of original issue discount or payment of interest in kind or the accretion or payment in kind, accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests will not be considered an Incurrence of Debt.
     “Indenture” means this indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
     “Initial Additional Notes” means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act and any Notes issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.
     “Initial Notes” means the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Notes issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.
     “Initial Purchasers” means the initial purchasers party to a purchase agreement with the Company relating to the sale of the Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes by the Company.
     “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined) in Rule 501(a), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
     “Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.
     “interest”, in respect of the Notes, unless the context otherwise requires, refers to interest and Additional Interest, if any.
     “Interest Payment Date” means each May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2011.
     “Investment” means
     (1) any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit to another Person,
     (2) any capital contribution to another Person, by means of any transfer of cash or other property or in any other form,
     (3) any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds, notes or other Debt, or other instruments or securities issued by another Person, including the receipt of any of the above as consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of services, or
     (4) any Guarantee of any obligation of another Person.

18


 

     “Issue Date” means the date on which the Original Notes are originally issued under the Indenture.
     “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease).
     “LightSquared” means LightSquared Inc.
     “Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the Notes are secured by a first-priority Lien pursuant to the Security Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no prior Lien) consisting of (a) shares of common stock of Spectrum and (b) Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such date.
     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
     “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash (including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment obligations to the extent corresponding to principal, but not interest, when received in the form of cash, and (ii) proceeds from the conversion of other consideration received when converted to cash), net of
     (1) brokerage commissions, underwriting commissions and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, consultants and investment bankers;
     (2) provisions for taxes as a result of such Asset Sale taking into account the consolidated results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (3) payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale or (except in the case of Collateral) to repay Debt outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold;
     (4) appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction of the reserve other than by payments made and charged against the reserved amount to be deemed a receipt of cash; and

19


 

     (5) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Debt) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or within 30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale.
     “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals.
     “Note Guaranty” means the guaranty of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture.
     “Obligations” means, with respect to any Debt, all obligations (whether in existence on the Issue Date or arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect) for or in respect of principal (when due, upon acceleration, upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase pursuant to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursement and other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt, including all interest accrued or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding.
     “Offer to Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05.
     “Offering Circular” means the offering circular, dated November 5, 2010, relating to the sale of the Notes.
     “Officer” means the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or chief executive officer, any vice president, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or any assistant treasurer, or the secretary or any assistant secretary, of the Company.
     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed in the name of the Company (i) by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or a vice president and (ii) by the chief financial officer, the treasurer or any assistant treasurer or the secretary or any assistant secretary and delivered to the Trustee.
     “Offshore Global Note” means a Global Note representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to Regulation S.
     “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, satisfactory to the Trustee.

20


 

     “Original Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.
     “Pari-Passu Obligations” means any Debt secured equally and ratably by Liens on the Collateral; provided that an Authorized Representative in respect thereof has executed a joinder to the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Paying Agent” refers to a Person engaged to perform the obligations of the Trustee in respect of payments made or funds held hereunder in respect of the Notes.
     “Permanent Offshore Global Note” means an Offshore Global Note that does not bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.
     “Permitted Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06.
     “Permitted Collateral Liens” means: (1) Liens on the Collateral to secure Obligations in respect of the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes); (2) Liens on the Collateral that rank pari passu with or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the Notes and that secure Obligations in respect of Debt (including any Additional Notes) Incurred pursuant to clause (1) or (13) of the definition of Permitted Debt; (3) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Debt (or successive Permitted Refinancing Debt) as a whole, or in part, of any Obligations secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (1) or (2) of this definition; and (4) Liens on the Collateral of the types described in clauses (4), (5), (6), (13), (14) and (15) of the definition of Permitted Liens.
     “Permitted Holders” means
     (1) each of Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd;
     (2) any Affiliate of any Person specified in clause (1), other than another portfolio company thereof (which means a company actively engaged in providing goods and services to unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a “portfolio company”; or
     (3) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in clauses (1) or (2).
     “Permitted Liens” means
     (1) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise permitted;
     (2) Permitted Collateral Liens;

21


 

     (3) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and not securing Debt;
     (4) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, vendors’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
     (5) Liens in respect of taxes and other governmental assessments and charges which are not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
     (6) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business not securing Debt and not in the aggregate materially detracting from the value of the properties or their use in the operation of the business of the Company and the Guarantors;
     (7) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Guarantor, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of the Company or any other Guarantor;
     (8) Liens on property or the Equity Interests of any Person at the time the Company or any Guarantor acquires such property or Person, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or a Guarantor of such Person, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of the Company or any Guarantor;
     (9) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of the Company or a Guarantor to the Company or a Guarantor;
     (10) Liens securing Hedging Agreements so long as such Hedging Agreements relate to Debt for borrowed money that is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Agreements;
     (11) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses (1), (7) or (8) in connection with the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property and, except as contemplated by the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Debt”, the amount secured by such Lien is not increased;

22


 

     (12) other Liens (not on the Collateral) securing obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding $5,000,000;
     (13) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or sublessor of any of its property, including intellectual property, in the ordinary course of business;
     (14) Liens securing office leases and office furniture and equipment in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000; and
     (15) Liens on property securing Debt permitted pursuant to Section 4.06(14).
     “Permitted Refinancing Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06.
     “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
     “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all Capital Stock which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or otherwise, over another class of Capital Stock of such Person.
     “principal” of any Debt means the principal amount of such Debt (or if such Debt was issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt), together with, unless the context otherwise indicates, any premium then payable on such Debt.
     “Qualified Equity Interests” means all Equity Interests of a Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests.
     “Qualified Stock” means all Capital Stock of a Person other than Disqualified Stock.
     “refinance” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06(b)(5).
     “Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.09.
     “Registrar” means a Person engaged to maintain the Register.
     “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated on or about the Issue Date between the Company and the Initial Purchasers party thereto with respect to the Initial Notes, and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreements between the Company and the Initial Purchasers party thereto relating to rights given by the Company to

23


 

the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes or exchange them for Notes registered under the Securities Act.
     “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the May 1 or November 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
     “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
     “Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.
     “Replacement Assets” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.12.
     “Restricted Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit C.
     “Restricted Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.07.
     “Restricted Period” means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
     “Rule 144A Certificate” means (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto or (ii) a written certification addressed to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that the Person making such certification (x) is acquiring such Note (or beneficial interest) for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A, (y) is aware that the transfer to it or exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A, and (z) acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or has determined not to request such information.
     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its successors.
     “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement whereby such Person enters into a lease of property previously transferred by such Person to the lessor.
     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

24


 

     “Security and Pledge Agreement” means the security and pledge agreement (substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J hereto) dated the Completion Date among the Company and the Collateral Agent, as amended from time to time.
     “Security Documents” means (i) the Security and Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Collateral Trust Agreement and (iii) the security documents granting a security interest in any assets of any Person to secure the Obligations under the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in a Registration Rights Agreement.
     “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries, that would, taken together, be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 (w)(1) or (2) of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
     “Special Redemption” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.03.
     “Special Redemption Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.03.
     “Special Redemption Price” means a redemption price equal to 100% of the original issue amount of the Notes, plus Accrued Yield and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes through the Special Redemption Date.
     “Spectrum” means Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P.
     “Spectrum Stockholder Agreement” means that certain Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
     “Stated Maturity” means (i) with respect to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such Debt is due

25


 

and payable or (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable as set forth in the documentation governing such Debt, not including any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior to the regularly scheduled date for payment.
     “Subordinated Debt” means any Debt of the Company or any Guarantor which (i) is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guaranty, as applicable, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect or (ii) is unsecured.
     “Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof). Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company.
     “Temporary Offshore Global Note” means an Offshore Global Note that bears the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.
     “Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit I.
     “Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.
     “Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2013; provided that if the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
     “Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of the Indenture or any successor trustee under the Indenture pursuant to Article 7.
     “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
     “U.S. Global Note” means a Global Note that bears the Restricted Legend representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to Rule 144A.

26


 

     “U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.
     “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.
     “Wholly Owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares) is owned by the Company and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (or a combination thereof).
     Section 1.02. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires or except as otherwise expressly provided,
     (1) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to the Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section, Article or other subdivision;
     (3) all references to Sections or Articles or Exhibits refer to Sections or Articles or Exhibits of or to the Indenture unless otherwise indicated;
     (4) references to agreements or instruments, or to statutes or regulations, are to such agreements or instruments, or statutes or regulations, as amended from time to time (or to successor statutes and regulations); and
     (5) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions the Company may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines.
ARTICLE 2
The Notes
     Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends. (a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A. The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed as Exhibit A constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of the Indenture. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with

27


 

the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules of or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Company is subject, or customarily uses. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be issuable in denominations of $2,000 in principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
     (b) (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c), Section 2.10(b)(3), (b)(5), or (c) or Section 2.09(b)(4), each Initial Note or Initial Additional Note (other than a Permanent Offshore Note) will bear the Restricted Legend.
     (2) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note or Additional Note, will bear the DTC Legend.
     (3) Each Temporary Offshore Global Note will bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.
     (4) Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued as provided in Section 2.11(a).
     (5) Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on any exception under the Securities Act other than Regulation S and Rule 144A will be issued, and upon the request of the Company to the Trustee, Initial Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A may be issued, in the form of Certificated Notes.
     (6) Initial Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors will be in the form of an IAI Global Note.
     (7) Exchange Notes will be issued, subject to Section 2.09(b), in the form of one or more Global Notes.
(c) (1) If the Company determines (upon the advice of counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require) that a Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) without the need for current public information and that the Restricted Legend is no longer necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Note (or a beneficial interest therein) are effected in compliance with the Securities Act, or
     (2) after an Initial Note or any Initial Additional Note is
     (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to the Registration Rights

28


 

Agreement or otherwise, or (y) is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Note pursuant to an Exchange Offer
the Company may instruct the Trustee in writing to cancel the Note and issue to the Holder thereof (or to its transferee) a new Note of like tenor and amount, registered in the name of the Holder thereof (or its transferee), that does not bear the Restricted Legend, and the Trustee will comply with such instruction.
     (d) By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Legend (or any beneficial interest in such a Note), each Holder thereof and each owner of a beneficial interest therein acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note (and any such beneficial interest) set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note (and any such beneficial interest) only in accordance with the Indenture and such legend.
     Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Exchange Notes; Additional Notes. (a) An Officer shall execute the Notes for the Company by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Company. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note will still be valid.
     (b) A Note will not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note, with the signature conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under the Indenture.
     (c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of the Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication. The Trustee will authenticate and deliver
     (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $350,000,000,
     (ii) Initial Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Company, and
     (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes
after the following conditions have been met:
     (1) Receipt by the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate specifying
     (A) the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated,
     (B) whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes,

29


 

     (C) in the case of Initial Additional Notes, that the issuance of such Notes does not contravene any provision of Article 4
     (D) whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Certificated Notes, and
     (E) other information the Company may determine to include or the Trustee may reasonably request.
     (2) Additional Notes that are for U.S. federal income tax purposes issued with more than de minimis original issue discount and are not fungible with other Notes shall be issued under a separate CUSIP number and shall be treated as a separate class for purposes of transfer and exchange.
     (3) In the case of Exchange Notes, effectiveness of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement and consummation of the exchange offer thereunder (and receipt by the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to that effect). Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes exchanged for Exchange Notes will be cancelled by the Trustee.
     (d) The Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, other than as specified in clause (2) of Section 2.02(c), and shall vote together as one class on all matters with respect to the Notes.
     Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. (a) The Company may appoint one or more Registrars and one or more Paying Agents, and the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent, in which case each reference in the Indenture to the Trustee in respect of the obligations of the Trustee to be performed by that Agent will be deemed to be references to the Agent. The Company may act as Registrar or (except for purposes of Article 8) Paying Agent. In each case the Company and the Trustee will enter into an appropriate agreement with the Agent implementing the provisions of the Indenture relating to the obligations of the Trustee to be performed by the Agent and the related rights. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent.
     (b) The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time

30


 

during the continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require the Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent will have no further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee.
     Section 2.04. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if a Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the Company receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and loss, mutilation or destruction of such Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee will authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. An indemnity must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company and the Trustee from any loss, liability or expense they may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Company and the Trustee in replacing a Note (including attorneys’ fees and expenses). In case the mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay the Note instead of issuing a replacement Note.
     Section 2.05. Outstanding Notes. (a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for
     (1) Notes cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to it for cancellation;
     (2) any Note which has been replaced pursuant to Section 2.04 unless and until the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser; and
     (3) on or after the maturity date or any redemption date or date for purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, those Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date for which the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds money sufficient to pay all amounts then due.
     (b) A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding (it being understood that in determining whether the Trustee is protected in conclusively relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows to be so

31


 

owned will be so disregarded). Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any Affiliate of the Company. Notes that are to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an exchange offer, Offer to Purchase, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes or a security entitlement in respect thereof passes to such entity.
     Section 2.06. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and other variations determined to be appropriate by the Officer executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced by the execution of the temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes will be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for the purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any temporary Notes the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes will be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as definitive Notes.
     Section 2.07. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold. Any Registrar or the Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to it for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee will cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of them in accordance with its normal procedures or the written instructions of the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid in full or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
     Section 2.08. CUSIP and CINS Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “CINS” numbers, and the Trustee will use CUSIP numbers or CINS numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders, the notice to state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or CINS numbers.

32


 

     Section 2.09. Registration, Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Notes will be issued in registered form only, without coupons, and the Company shall cause the Trustee to maintain a register (the “Register”) of the Notes, for registering the record ownership of the Notes by the Holders and transfers and exchanges of the Notes.
   (b) (1) Each Global Note will be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and, so long as DTC is serving as the Depositary thereof, will bear the DTC Legend.
     (2) Each Global Note will be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees, except (1) as set forth in Section 2.09(b)(4) and (2) transfers of portions thereof in the form of Certificated Notes may be made upon request of an Agent Member (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures of the Depositary and in compliance with this Section and Section 2.10.
     (3) Agent Members will have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person (including any Agent Member and any Person that holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through an Agent Member) to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes, and nothing herein will impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any security.
     (4) If (x) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for a Global Note and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of the notice or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Trustee has received a request from the Depositary, the Trustee will promptly exchange each beneficial interest in the Global Note for one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount registered in the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified to the Trustee by the Depositary, and thereupon the Global Note will be deemed canceled. If such Note does not bear the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will not bear the Restricted Legend. If such Note bears

33


 

the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will bear the Restricted Legend, provided that any Holder of any such Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note will have the right upon presentation to the Trustee of a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership after the Restricted Period to exchange such Certificated Note for a Certificated Note of like tenor and amount that does not bear the Restricted Legend, registered in the name of such Holder.
     (c) Each Certificated Note will be registered in the name of the holder thereof or its nominee.
     (d) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by Section 2.10. The Trustee will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section by noting the same in the register maintained by the Trustee for the purpose; provided that
     (x) no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such register and
     (y) the Trustee will not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of any Note not being redeemed or purchased, or (iii) if a redemption or a purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase is to occur after a Regular Record Date but on or before the corresponding Interest Payment Date, to register the transfer of or exchange any Note on or after the Regular Record Date and before the date of redemption or purchase. Prior to the registration of any transfer, the Company, the Trustee and their agents will treat the Person in whose name the Note is registered as the owner and Holder thereof for all purposes (whether or not the Note is overdue), and will not be affected by notice to the contrary.
     From time to time the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate additional Notes as necessary in order to permit the registration of a transfer or exchange in accordance with this Section.
     No service charge will be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient

34


 

to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than a transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to subsection (b)(4)).
   (e) (1) Global Note to Global Note. If, a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.
     (2) Global Note to Certificated Note. If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or owner, as applicable.
     (3) Certificated Note to Global Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Certificated Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
     (4) Certificated Note to Certificated Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or exchanged for another Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel the Certificated Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the

35


 

Holder of the canceled Certificated Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
     Section 2.10. Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange. (a) The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section and Section 2.09 and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with the preceding sentence.
     (b) Subject to paragraph (c), the transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth in column A below for a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth opposite in column B below may only be made in compliance with the certification requirements (if any) described in the clause of this paragraph set forth opposite in column C below.
         
A   B   C
U.S. Global Note
  U.S. Global Note   (1)
U.S. Global Note
  Offshore Global Note   (2)
U.S. Global Note
  Certificated Note   (3)
Offshore Global Note
  U.S. Global Note   (4)
Offshore Global Note
  Offshore Global Note   (1)
Offshore Global Note
  Certificated Note   (5)
Certificated Note
  U.S. Global Note   (4)
Certificated Note
  Offshore Global Note   (2)
Certificated Note
  Certificated Note   (3)
     (1) No certification is required.
     (2) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Regulation S Certificate; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required.
     (3) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate, (y) a duly completed Regulation S Certificate or (z) a duly completed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate, and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer or

36


 

exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required. In the event that (i) the requested transfer or exchange takes place after the Restricted Period and a duly completed Regulation S Certificate is delivered to the Trustee or (ii) a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend is surrendered for transfer or exchange, upon transfer or exchange the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend.
     (4) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate.
     (5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such exchange is permitted if the requested exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note. If the requested transfer involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note, the Person requesting the transfer must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate or (y) a duly completed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. If the requested transfer or exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, no certification is required and the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend.
     (c) No certification is required in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein)
(1) after such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) without the need for current public information; provided that the Company has provided the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate to that effect, and the Company may require from any Person requesting a transfer or exchange in reliance upon this clause (1) an opinion of counsel and any other reasonable certifications and evidence in order to support such certificate; or
     (2)(x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or (y) which is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Note pursuant to an Exchange Offer.

37


 

     Any Certificated Note delivered in reliance upon this paragraph will not bear the Restricted Legend.
     (d) The Trustee will retain copies of all certificates, opinions and other documents received in connection with the transfer or exchange of a Note (or a beneficial interest therein), and the Company will have the right to inspect and make copies thereof at any reasonable time upon written notice to the Trustee.
     (e) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
     (f) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.
     Section 2.11. Temporary Offshore Global Notes. (a) Each Note originally sold by the Initial Purchasers in reliance upon Regulation S will be evidenced by one or more Offshore Global Notes that bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.
     (b) An owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note (or a Person acting on behalf of such an owner) may provide to the Trustee (and the Trustee will accept) a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership at any time after the Restricted Period (it being understood that the Trustee will not accept any such certificate during the Restricted Period). Promptly after acceptance of a Certificate of Beneficial Ownership with respect to such a beneficial interest, the Trustee will cause such beneficial interest to be exchanged for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest.
     (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b), if after the Restricted Period any Initial Purchaser owns a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note, such Initial Purchaser may, upon written request to the Trustee accompanied by a certification as to its status as an Initial Purchaser, exchange such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, and the Trustee will comply with such request and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of

38


 

such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note shall not be entitled to receive payment of principal or interest on such beneficial interest or other amounts in respect of such beneficial interest until such beneficial interest is exchanged for an interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note or transferred for an interest in another Global Note or a Certificated Note.
ARTICLE 3
Redemption; Offer to Purchase
     Section 3.01. Optional Redemption. (a) At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2013, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
         
Date   Percentage  
May 15, 2013
    105.313 %
November 15, 2013
    102.656 %
November 15, 2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     (b) At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2013, the Company may redeem at its option some or all of the Notes at a price of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.
     Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offering. At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2013, the Company may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 110.625% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes including Additional Notes, provided that
     (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 90 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering, and
     (2) not less than 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes including Additional Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter.

39


 

     Section 3.03. Special Redemption. (a) In the event that the Completion Date has not occurred on or prior to the Date of Determination, the Company will be required to redeem the Notes, on the date that is five business days after the Date of Determination (the “Special Redemption Date”), at a cash redemption price equal to 100% of the issue price of the Notes, plus the Accrued Yield and accrued interest to the date of redemption (the “Special Redemption”).
     (b) Upon the receipt of written instruction from the Company, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee will send a notice of the Special Redemption on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes of the Special Redemption on the Date of Determination if the Completion Date has not occurred on or prior to such Date of Determination.
     Section 3.04. Method and Effect of Redemption. (a) If the Company elects to redeem Notes, it must notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed by delivering an Officers’ Certificate at least 45 days before the redemption date (unless a shorter period is satisfactory to the Trustee). If fewer than all of the Notes are being redeemed, the Officers’ Certificate must also specify a record date not less than 15 days after the date of the notice of redemption is given to the Trustee, and the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by any other method the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate, in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and higher integral multiples of $1,000. The notice to the Trustee under this clause (a) may be revoked prior to the mailing of notice of such redemption to the Holders. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be called for redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with the defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
     (b) The notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will include or state the following:
     (1) the redemption date;
     (2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued interest;
     (3) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;
     (4) Notes called for redemption must be so surrendered in order to collect the redemption price;

40


 

     (5) on the redemption date the redemption price will become due and payable on Notes called for redemption, and interest on Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue on and after the redemption date;
     (6) if any Note is redeemed in part, on and after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion will be issued; and
     (7) if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the notice of redemption and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.
     (c) Once notice of redemption is sent to the Holders, Notes called for redemption become due and payable at the redemption price on the redemption date, and upon surrender of the Notes called for redemption, the Company shall redeem such Notes at the redemption price. Commencing on the redemption date, Notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note redeemed in part, the Holder will receive a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the surrendered Note.
     Section 3.05. Offer to Purchase. (a) An “Offer to Purchase” means an offer by the Company to purchase Notes as required by the Indenture. An Offer to Purchase must be made by written offer (the “offer”) sent to the Holders. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to sending the offer to Holders of its obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the offer will be sent by the Company or, at the Company’s written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
     (b) The offer must include or state the following as to the terms of the Offer to Purchase:
     (1) the provision of the Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;
     (2) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to the Indenture) (the “purchase amount”);
     (3) the purchase price, including the portion thereof representing accrued interest;

41


 

     (4) an expiration date (the “expiration date”) not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of the offer, and a settlement date for purchase (the “purchase date”) not more than five Business Days after the expiration date;
     (5) a Holder may tender all or any portion of its Notes, subject to the requirement that any portion of a Note tendered must be in a multiple of $1,000 principal amount;
     (6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;
     (7) each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the offer will be required to surrender such Note at the place or places specified in the offer prior to the close of business on the expiration date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer);
     (8) interest on any Note not tendered, or tendered but not purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, will continue to accrue;
     (9) on the purchase date the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date;
     (10) Holders are entitled to withdraw Notes tendered by giving notice, which must be received by the Company or the Trustee not later than the close of business on the expiration date, setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the tendered Notes, the certificate number of the tendered Notes and a statement that the Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of the tender;
     (11) (i) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the purchase amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company will purchase all such Notes, and (ii) if the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of the outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis, with adjustments so that only Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount will be purchased;
     (12) if any Note is purchased in part, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Note will be issued; and

42


 

     (13) if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the offer and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.
     (c) Prior to or on the purchase date, the Company will accept tendered Notes for purchase as required by the Offer to Purchase and deliver to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying which Notes have been accepted for purchase. On the purchase date the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date. The Trustee will promptly return to Holders any Notes not accepted for purchase and send to Holders new Notes equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes accepted for purchase in part.
     (d) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with any Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Offer to Purchase provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
ARTICLE 4
Covenants
     Section 4.01. Payment Of Notes. (a) The Company agrees to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and the Indenture. Not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the due date of any principal of or interest on any Notes, or any redemption or purchase price of the Notes, the Company will deposit with the Trustee (or Paying Agent) money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such amounts, provided that if the Company or any Affiliate of the Company is acting as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such amounts until paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in the Indenture. In each case the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its compliance with this paragraph.
     (b) An installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as

43


 

Paying Agent, an installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the due date only if paid to the Holders.
     (c) The Company agrees to pay interest on overdue principal, and , to the extent lawful, overdue installments of interest at the rate per annum specified in the Notes.
     (d) Payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes are to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Global Notes. With respect to Certificated Notes, the Company will make all payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each Holder’s registered address.
     Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the United States of America, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served. The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office of the Company. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served to the Trustee.
     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be surrendered or presented for any of such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
     Section 4.03. Existence. The Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and the existence of each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with their respective organizational documents, and the material rights, licenses and franchises of the Company and each Subsidiary, provided that the Company is not required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Subsidiary, if (i) the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) where the failure to so preserve such right, license, franchise or existence would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided further that this Section does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 4.12 or Article 5.

44


 

     Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes and other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or discharge before the same become delinquent (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or its income or profits or property, and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary, other than any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established or where failure to pay would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
     Section 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. (a) The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section prevents the Company or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
     (b) The Company will provide or cause to be provided, for itself and its Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties, such as products liability insurance and public liability insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as are customary for corporations similarly situated in the industry in which the Company and its Subsidiaries are then conducting business.
     Section 4.06. Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock. (a) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will Incur any Debt.
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and, to the extent provided below, any Guarantor may Incur the following (“Permitted Debt”):
     (1) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor constituting Pari-Passu Obligations for which the Authorized Representative of such Debt holders has executed a joinder to the Collateral Trust Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement; provided that, on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (i) the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding Incurred under this clause (1), together with Debt Incurred under clause (4) (and any Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to

45


 

refinance Debt incurred pursuant to such clauses that is a Pari-Passu Obligation), does not exceed $400,000,000 and (ii) the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.25 to 1.0 or, to the extent that the Collateral Coverage Ratio is then required to be not less than 2.5 to 1.0 (including as a result of such incurrence of Debt) pursuant to the proviso set forth under Section 4.18(a), 2.5 to 1.0;
     (2) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor owed to the Company or any Guarantor so long as such Debt continues to be owed to the Company or any Guarantor;
     (3) Subordinated Debt of the Company or any Guarantor; provided that (a) such Debt has a Stated Maturity after the Stated Maturity of the Notes and (b) on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.0 to 1.0, calculated as if all Debt of the Company and the Guarantors outstanding at such time was included in clause (ii) of the definition of “Collateral Coverage Ratio”;
     (4) Debt of the Company pursuant to the Notes (other than Additional Notes) and Debt of any Guarantor pursuant to a Note Guaranty of the Notes (including Additional Notes);
     (5) Debt (“Permitted Refinancing Debt”) constituting an extension or renewal of, replacement of, or substitution for, or issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to repay, redeem, repurchase, refinance or refund, including by way of defeasance (all of the foregoing, for purposes of this clause, “refinance”) then outstanding Debt in an amount not to exceed the principal amount of the Debt so refinanced, plus premiums, fees and expenses; provided that
     (A) in case the Debt to be refinanced is Subordinated Debt, the new Debt, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which it is outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Notes at least to the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the Notes,
     (B) the new Debt does not have a Stated Maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced, and the Average Life of the new Debt is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced, and
     (C) Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11), (12) and (13) of this Section 4.06 may not be refinanced pursuant to this clause;

46


 

     (6) Hedging Agreements of the Company or any Guarantor entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of managing risks associated with the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries and not for speculation;
     (7) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor with respect to (A) letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued in the ordinary course of business and not supporting other Debt, including letters of credit supporting performance, surety or appeal bonds, workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other Debt with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims and (B) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets;
     (8) Debt of the Company outstanding on the Issue Date (and, for purposes of clause (5)(C), not otherwise constituting Permitted Debt);
     (9) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor consisting of Guarantees of Debt of the Company or any Guarantor Incurred under any other clause of this Section 4.06;
     (10) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor Incurred on or after the Issue Date not otherwise permitted in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000;
     (11) Debt arising from endorsing instruments of deposit and from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Debt is extinguished within five business days of Incurrence;
     (12) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor consisting of the financing of insurance premiums;
     (13) Contribution Debt; and
     (14) Debt, which may include Capital Leases, Incurred on or after the Issue Date no later than 180 days after the date of purchase or completion of construction or improvement of property, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement; provided that the principal amount of any Debt Incurred

47


 

pursuant to this clause may not exceed (a) $1,000,000 less (b) the aggregate outstanding amount of Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause.
     (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum amount that the Company or a Guarantor may Incur under this covenant. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt was Incurred; provided that if such Debt is Incurred to refinance other Debt denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of such Debt being refinanced. The principal amount of any Debt Incurred to refinance other Debt, if Incurred in a different currency from the Debt being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Debt is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
     (d) In the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described in this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify items of Debt and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Debt in one of such clauses and the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Debt in more than one of the types of Debt described in this covenant, and may, at any time after such Incurrence (based on circumstances existing at such time), change the classification of an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) to any other type of Debt described in this covenant at any time. If any Contribution Debt is redesignated as Incurred under any provision other than clause (13) of paragraph (b) above, the related issuance of Equity Interests may be included in any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Section 4.07.
     (e) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor may Incur any Debt that is subordinated in right of payment to other Debt of the Company or the Guarantor unless such Debt is also subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the relevant Note Guaranty on substantially identical terms. This does not apply to distinctions between categories of Debt that exist

48


 

by reason of any Liens or Guarantees securing or in favor of some but not all of such Debt.
     Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company will not, and, to the extent within the Company’s control, will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (including any Guarantor) to, directly or indirectly (the payments and other actions described in the following clauses being collectively “Restricted Payments”):
     (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions paid in the Company’s Qualified Equity Interests) held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (iii) repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or make any payment on or with respect to, any Subordinated Debt of the Company or any Guarantor except a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or
     (iv) make any Investment in any direct or indirect parent of the Company;
unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:
     (1) no Default has occurred and is continuing,
     (2) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under paragraph (b)(1) of Section 4.06, and
     (3) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted Payments made on or after the Issue Date would not, subject to paragraph (c), exceed the sum of
     (A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of the loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period, taken as one accounting period, beginning with the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date and ending on the last day of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, plus

49


 

     (B) subject to paragraph (c), the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company (other than from a Subsidiary) after the Issue Date
     (i) from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity Interests, including by way of issuance of its Disqualified Equity Interests or Debt to the extent since converted into Qualified Equity Interests of the Company, or
     (ii) as a contribution to its common equity
     but excluding any issuance in exchange for, or equity contribution consisting of, Equity Interests of Spectrum or related assets contributed in connection with the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions.
     The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in cash, will be deemed to be the fair market value of the relevant non-cash assets, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution.
     (b) The foregoing will not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at the date of declaration, such payment would comply with paragraph (a);
     (2) dividends or distributions by a Subsidiary payable, on a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to the Company, to all holders of any class of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary a majority of the voting power of which is held, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, by the Company;
     (3) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Debt;
     (4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of (i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or (ii) a contribution to the common equity capital of the Company;

50


 

     (5) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of (i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or (ii) a contribution to the common equity capital of the Company;
     (6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or pursuant to any agreement under which the Equity Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid therefor in any twelve-month period after the Issue Date does not exceed an aggregate amount of $5,000,000;
     (7) the repurchase of any Subordinated Debt at a purchase price not greater than (x) 101% of the principal amount thereof in the event of a change of control pursuant to a provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than Section 4.11 or (y) 100% of the principal amount thereof in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than Section 4.12, provided that, in each case, prior to the repurchase the Company has made an Offer to Purchase and repurchased all Notes issued under the Indenture that were validly tendered for payment in connection with the Offer to Purchase;
     (8) Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted hereby in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000;
     (9) (a) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if the Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise price thereof (or related withholding taxes) and (b) Restricted Payments by the Company to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Equity Interests of the Company in an aggregate amount under this clause (b) not to exceed $1,000,000;
     (10) payment of dividends or distributions on Disqualified Equity Interests of the Company or any Guarantor and payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any Disqualified Equity Interest when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, to the extent that such Disqualified Equity Interest was permitted to be Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

51


 

     (11) in the case of any Subsidiary of the Company that, in the ordinary course of its business, makes Investments in private collective investment vehicles (including private collective investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted Holders), Investments by such Subsidiary in private collective investment vehicles owned or managed by Permitted Holders;
     (12) payments by the Company used to fund costs, expenses and fees related to (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as disclosed in the Offering Circular or (ii) future acquisitions if such costs, expenses and fees are reasonable and customary (as determined in good faith by the Company); and
     (13) the payment of dividends on Qualified Equity Interests of up to 8.0% per annum of the greater of the gross proceeds received by the Company from any offering or sale of such Qualified Equity Interests after the Issue Date or the accreted value of such Equity Interests (provided that the aggregate amount of dividends paid on such Qualified Equity Interests shall not exceed the proceeds therefrom received by the Company after the Issue Date);
provided that, in the case of clauses (6), (7), (10) and (13) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result thereof.
     (c) Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests will be included under clause (3) of paragraph (a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in clause (4) or (5) of paragraph (b). Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to clauses (2) through (9), (11) and (12) will not be included in making the calculations under clause (3) of paragraph (a).
     (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1) through (13) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.07, the Company will be entitled to classify or re-classify (based on circumstances existing at the time of such re-classification) such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07 and such Restricted Payment will be treated as having been made pursuant to only such clause or clauses or the paragraph (a) of this Section 4.07.
     (e) The Company and the Guarantors will not directly or indirectly make any Investment in
     (A) LightSquared; provided that the Company and any Guarantor may acquire Equity Interests in LightSquared (which Equity Interests in LightSquared shall be pledged as Collateral) (i) solely in exchange for

52


 

Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or solely as a contribution to the common equity of the Company; or (ii) if after giving effect to the Investment, the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0; or
     (B) any Persons, the Equity Interests of which constitute Excluded Property of a type described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof; provided that the Company may make Investments in such Persons in an aggregate amount under this clause (B) not to exceed $15,000,000.
     In the case of clause (B), such restriction shall no longer apply (and Investments made in such Person shall no longer count against the amount set forth in the proviso) if the Equity Interests of such Person cease to constitute Excluded Property and are pledged as Collateral.
     Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens or, in the case of the Collateral, other than Permitted Collateral Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired.
     Section 4.09. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property or asset unless the Company or such Guarantor would be entitled to
     (1) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.06, and
     (2) create a Lien on such property or asset securing such Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08,
     in which case, the corresponding Debt and Lien will be deemed Incurred pursuant to those provisions.
     Section 4.10. Limitation on Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), the Company will not, and, to the extent within the Company’s control, will not permit any Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary to:
     (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any Equity Interests of the Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Subsidiary,

53


 

     (2) pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary,
     (3) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Subsidiary, or
     (4) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary.
     (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to any encumbrances or restrictions
     (1) existing on the Issue Date, in the Indenture or in any other agreements in effect on the Issue Date, and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the foregoing; provided the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the Noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
     (2) existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule regulation or order;
     (3) existing with respect to any Person, or to the property or assets of any Person, at the time the Person is acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary, which encumbrances or restrictions (i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property or assets of any other Person (other than Subsidiaries of such Person) and (ii) do not materially adversely affect the ability to make interest, principal and redemption payments on the Notes and any extensions, renewals, replacements, or refinancings of any of the foregoing, provided the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the Noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
     (4) of the type described in clause (a)(4) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business (i) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or license or (ii) by virtue of any Lien on, or agreement to transfer, option or similar right (including any asset sale or stock sale agreement) with respect to any property or assets of, the Company or any Subsidiary;
     (5) with respect to a Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or

54


 

substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, the Subsidiary that is permitted by Section 4.12;
     (6) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any Subsidiary if the encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary for a financing of that type;
     (7) required pursuant to the Indenture;
     (8) existing pursuant to customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar Person;
     (9) consisting of restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (10) existing pursuant to purchase money and capital lease obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business; and
     (11) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or other agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance solely of the property or assets of the Company or such Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Subsidiary.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock or other Preferred Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Subsidiary to other Debt Incurred by the Company or any such Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.
     Section 4.11. Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or a higher multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase (the “Change of

55


 

Control Offer”). In such Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment (such payment, a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.
     (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by Section 3.05 and described in such notice.
     (c) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered; and
     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.
     (d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000.
     (e) This Section 4.11 shall be applicable regardless of whether any other Sections of this Indenture are applicable.
     (f) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described under Section 3.01, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

56


 

     (g) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
     (h) The Company’s obligations to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or modified with the written consent of Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes.
     Section 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will make any Asset Sale unless the following conditions are met:
     (1) The Asset Sale is for fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
     (2) At least 75% of the consideration consists of Cash Equivalents received at closing or Replacement Assets (provided such Replacement Assets or Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such Replacement Assets are pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents). For purposes of this clause (2):
     (A) the assumption by the purchaser of Debt or other obligations (other than Subordinated Debt) of the Company or a Guarantor pursuant to a customary novation agreement,
     (B) instruments or securities received from the purchaser that are promptly, but in any event within 120 days of the closing, converted by the Company to Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the Cash Equivalents actually so received, and
     (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any Guarantor in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $10,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) (provided such assets or Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such assets are pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents)
shall be considered Cash Equivalents received at closing.

57


 

     (3) Within 420 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds may be used
     (A) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of an operating business, a majority of the Voting Stock of another Person that thereupon becomes a Subsidiary engaged in an operating business or to make other Investments in Persons other than Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business (collectively, “Replacement Assets”), or
     (B) to make a capital contribution to a Subsidiary, the proceeds of which are used by such Subsidiary to purchase an operating business, to make capital expenditures or otherwise acquire long-term assets that are to be used in an operating business (which assets or Voting Stock shall be pledged as Collateral) or to make other Investments in Persons other than Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business.
     Following the entering into of a binding agreement with respect to an Asset Sale and prior to the consummation thereof, Cash Equivalents (whether or not actual Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale) used for the purposes described in this clause (3) that are designated as uses in accordance with this clause (3), and not previously or subsequently so designated in respect of any other Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds applied in accordance with this clause (3).
     (4) The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied pursuant to clause (3) within 420 days of the Asset Sale constitute “Excess Proceeds”. Excess Proceeds of less than $2,000,000 will be carried forward and accumulated; provided that until the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $20,000,000, all or any portion of such Excess Proceeds may be used or invested in the manner described in clause (3) above and such invested amount shall no longer be considered Excess Proceeds. When accumulated Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds such amount, the Company must, within 30 days, make an Offer to Purchase Notes having a principal amount equal to
     (A) accumulated Excess Proceeds, multiplied by
     (B) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and (y) the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and all Pari-Passu Obligations secured by Liens on the Collateral and owed to anyone other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or any Permitted Holder similarly required to be repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset Sale,

58


 

rounded down to the nearest $1,000. If the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of the outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis, by lot or any other method that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate with adjustments so that only Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount will be purchased. The purchase price for the Notes will be 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase, Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero, and any Excess Proceeds remaining after consummation of the Offer to Purchase may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.
     Section 4.13. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company will not, and, to the extent within the Company’s control, will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (a “Related Party Transaction”), involving payments or consideration in excess of $1,000,000 except upon fair and reasonable terms that taken as a whole are no less favorable to the Company or the Subsidiary than could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.
     (b) Any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $5,000,000 must first be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors who are disinterested in the subject matter of the transaction pursuant to a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee. Prior to entering into any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $15,000,000, the Company must in addition obtain and deliver to the Trustee a favorable written opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm as to the fairness of the transaction to the Company and its Subsidiaries from a financial point of view.
     (c) The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to
     (1) any transaction between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or between Subsidiaries of the Company;
     (2) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees and compensation to, and reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements and similar payments on behalf of, directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company;

59


 

     (3) any Restricted Payments if permitted under Section 4.07;
     (4) transactions or payments, including the award of securities, pursuant to any employee, officer or director compensation or benefit plans or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, or approved by the Company’s Board of Directors;
     (5) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in effect on the Issue Date, as amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as the terms of the amended, modified or new agreements, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Company and its Subsidiaries than those in effect on the date hereof;
     (6) the entering into of a customary agreement providing registration rights to the direct or indirect stockholders of the Company and the performance of such agreements;
     (7) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Company to any Person or any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by the Company or any Subsidiary is Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Company or any contribution to the capital of the Company;
     (8) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement or any other transactions undertaken in good faith for the sole purpose of improving the tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (9) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, (B) transactions with joint ventures entered into in ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm or (C) any management services or support agreement entered into on terms consistent with past practice and approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
     (10) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01, or any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with an Affiliate, solely for the purposes of reincorporating the Company in a new jurisdiction;
     (11) (a) transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more

60


 

of its directors is also a director of the Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company on any matter involving such other Person or (b) transactions entered into with any of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for shared services, facilities and/or employee arrangements entered into on commercially reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by the Company);
     (12) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(11) on commercially reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by the Company);
     (13) payments by the Company or any Subsidiary to any Affiliate for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are on arms’-length terms and are approved by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
     (14) any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder provides the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be purchased from third-party providers, such as legal and accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory, corporate governance, insurance coverage and other services, which transaction is approved by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
     (15) the contribution of Equity Interests of Spectrum to the Company or any Subsidiary by a Permitted Holder; and
     (16) the entering into of customary investment management contracts between a Permitted Holder and any Subsidiary of the Company that, in the ordinary course of its business, makes Investments in private collective investment vehicles (including private collective investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted Holders), which investment management contacts are entered into on commercially reasonable terms and approved by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith.
     Section 4.14. Financial Reports. (a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company must provide the Trustee and Noteholders with, or electronically file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in those sections
     (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were

61


 

required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants, and
     (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.
     In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will, if the Commission will accept the filing, file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. In addition, the Company will make the information and reports available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.
     (b) For so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
     (c) All obligors on the Notes will comply with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.
     (d) Delivery of these reports and information to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of them will not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
     Section 4.15. Reports to Trustee. (a) The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year a certificate from the principal executive, financial, operating or accounting officer of the Company stating that the officer has conducted or supervised a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their performance under the Indenture and that, based upon such review, the Company has fulfilled its obligations hereunder or, if there has been a Default, specifying the Default and its nature and status.
     (b) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, as soon as reasonably possible and in any event within 30 days after the Company becomes aware or should reasonably become aware of the occurrence of a Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

62


 

     (c) The Company will notify the Trustee in writing when any Notes are listed on any national securities exchange and of any delisting.
     Section 4.16. No Investment Company Registration. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will register, or be required to register, as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     Section 4.17. Maintenance of Liquidity. From the Issue Date and until the second semi-annual interest payment on the Original Notes is made, the Company and the Guarantors shall maintain an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other than Liens under the Security Documents) in an amount equal to the Company’s obligations to pay interest on the Notes and all other Debt of the Company and the Guarantors for the next twelve months. Thereafter, the Company and the Guarantors shall maintain an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other than Liens under the Security Documents) in an amount equal to the Company’s obligations to pay interest on the Notes and all other Debt of the Company and the Guarantors for the next six months. In the case any such Debt bears interest at a floating rate, the Company may assume that the reference interest rate in effect on the applicable date of determination will be in effect for the remainder of such period.
     Section 4.18. Maintenance of Collateral Coverage. (a) As of (i) the last day of each fiscal year and (ii) the last day of the second fiscal quarter of the Company, the Company shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.0 to 1.0; provided that, beginning at the time that the outstanding principal amount of Pari-Passu Obligations (including the principal amount of the Notes) equals or exceeds $400,000,000 and for so long as such amount equals or exceeds $400,000,000, the Company shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.5 to 1.0 as of such dates.
     (b) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company, the Company shall not permit the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.25 to 1.0.
     (c) From and after the date, if any, that the Company or any Guarantor makes any Investment in LightSquared pursuant to Section 4.07(e)(A)(ii) and so long as such Investment is still outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall not permit the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.0 to 1.0 at any time.
     Section 4.19. Impairment of Security Interest; Further Assurances. (a) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will take any action, or knowingly omit to take any action, which action or omission could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the perfection or priority of security interest

63


 

with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes.
     (b) Following the Completion Date, the Company and each Guarantor will make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file, record, register and/or deliver such agreements, documents, instruments, and further assurances (including, without limitation, Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, mortgages, deeds of trust, schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, transfer endorsements, certificates, real property surveys, reports, landlord waivers, bailee agreements and control agreements), and take such other actions, as may be required under applicable law or as necessary to cause the Collateral Requirement to be and remain satisfied and otherwise to create, perfect, preserve or protect the security interest in the Collateral of the secured parties under the Security Documents, all at the Company’s expense.
     Section 4.20. Guaranties by Subsidiaries. If and for so long as any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, Guarantees any Debt of the Company (other than the Notes), such Subsidiary shall provide a Note Guaranty. A Subsidiary required to provide a Note Guaranty shall execute a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B, and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee to the effect that the supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Subsidiary, enforceable against the Subsidiary in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions).
ARTICLE 5
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets
     Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Company; No Lease of All or Substantially All Assets. (a) The Company will not
     (i) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
     (ii) sell, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets as an entirety or substantially an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person or
     (iii) permit any Person to merge with or into the Company unless
     (1) either (x) the Company is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and expressly assumes by

64


 

supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing;
     (3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person would be in compliance with the covenants under Section 4.17 and Section 4.18 (calculated as if the date of the transaction was a date on which such covenant is required to be tested under Section 4.18); and
     (4) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture;
provided that clauses (2) and (3) do not apply (i) to the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary with or into the Company or (ii) if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination is evidenced by a Board Resolution, the sole purpose of the transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company.
     (b) The Company shall not lease all or substantially all of its assets, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions, to one or more other Persons.
     (c) The foregoing shall not apply to (i) any transfer of assets by the Company to any Guarantor, (ii) any transfer of assets among Guarantors or (iii) any transfer of assets by a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to (x) another Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor or (y) the Company or any Guarantor.
     (d) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with these provisions, if the Company is not the continuing Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company in the Indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a sale, conveyance, transfer or disposition of less than all its assets the Company will be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.

65


 

     Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor. (a) No Guarantor may
     (i) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person,
     (ii) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or
     (iii) permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor unless
     (A) the other Person is the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or
     (B) (1) either (x) the Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note Guaranty; and
     (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or
     (C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) otherwise permitted by the Indenture.
ARTICLE 6
Default and Remedies
     Section 6.01. Events of Default.An “Event of Default” occurs if
     (1) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to an Offer to Purchase);
     (2) the Company defaults in the payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

66


 

     (3) the Company fails to make an Offer to Purchase and thereafter accept and pay for Notes tendered when and as required pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12, or the Company or any Guarantor fails to comply with Article 5;
     (4) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches the covenants under Section 4.17 or Section 4.18 and such default or breach is not cured within (i) 45 days after the date of default under Section 4.18(a) or (ii) 15 days after the date of any default under Section 4.17, Section 4.18(b) or Section 4.18(c) (it being understood that the date of default in the case of covenants tested at the end of a fiscal period is the last day of such fiscal period);
     (5) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or under the Notes and the default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes;
     (6) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Debt by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $25,000,000;
     (7) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in the aggregate for all such Persons are rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and are not paid or discharged, and there is a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $25,000,000 (in excess of amounts which the Company’s insurance carriers have agreed to pay under applicable policies) during which a stay of enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;
     (7) an involuntary case or other proceeding is commenced against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding remains undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief is entered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;
     (8) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (i) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (ii) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or

67


 

similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors (an event of default specified in clause (7) or (8) a “bankruptcy default”);
     (9) any Note Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance the terms of the Indenture, or a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guaranty; or
     (10) (a) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any portion of the Collateral (with a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000) intended to be covered thereby (to the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation or possession is required by this Indenture or the Security Documents), (b) any of the Security Documents shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect (except for expiration in accordance with its terms or amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) or (c) the enforceability of the Liens created by the Security Documents shall be contested by the Company or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary.
     Section 6.02. Acceleration. (a) If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default with respect to the Company, occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if the notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the written request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal and interest will become immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
     (b) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if
     (1) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by the declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived, and

68


 

     (2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
     Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue, in its own name or as trustee of an express trust, any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or the Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.
     Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, by notice to the Trustee, waive an existing Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, the Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
     In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(6) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(6) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.
     Section 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes.
     Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture or the Notes, unless:

69


 

     (1) the Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
     (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of the Event of Default in its own name as Trustee under the Indenture;
     (3) Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such request;
     (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
     (5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with such written request.
     Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the right of a Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its Note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, may not be impaired or affected without the consent of that Holder.
     Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the Notes, and such further amount as is sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder.
     Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company or any Guarantor or their respective creditors or property, and is entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money, securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes or upon any such claims.

70


 

Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, if the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder. Nothing in the Indenture will be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
     Section 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article (including any distributions upon the exercise of remedies under the Security Documents), it shall pay out the money in the following order:
     First: to the Trustee for all amounts due to it hereunder;
     Second: to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest; and
     Third: to the Company or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
     The Trustee, upon written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section.
     Section 6.11. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted a proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture and the proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to the Holder, then, subject to any determination in the proceeding, the Company, any Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Company, any Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
     Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under the Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit (other than the Trustee) to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, against any party litigant (other than the Trustee) in the suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party

71


 

litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or a Holder to enforce payment of principal of or interest on any Note on the respective due dates, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
     Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy conferred or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under this Indenture is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and all such rights and remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or exercise of any other right or remedy.
     Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
     Section 6.15. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company and each Guarantor covenants, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company or the Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture. The Company and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE 7
The Trustee
     Section 7.01. General. (a) The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee are as provided by the Trust Indenture Act and as set forth herein. Whether or not expressly so provided, every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee is subject to this Article.

72


 

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in the Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into the Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise those rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
     (c) No provision of the Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct.
     Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to Trust Indenture Act Sections 315(a) through (d):
     (1) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, and will be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but, in the case of any document which is specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to any provision hereof, the Trustee shall examine the document to determine whether it conforms to the requirements of the Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). The Trustee, in its discretion, may make further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit.
     (2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel conforming to Section 13.05 and the Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in conclusive reliance on the certificate or opinion.
     (3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.
     (4) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee

73


 

reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
     (5) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers or for any action it takes or omits to take in accordance with the direction of the Holders in accordance with Section 6.05 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under the Indenture.
     (6) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in conclusive reliance thereon.
     (7) No provision of the Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or powers, unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
     (8) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
     (9) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
     (10) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
     Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(b) and 311. For purposes of Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b)(4) and (6):

74


 

     (a) “cash transaction” means any transaction in which full payment for goods or securities sold is made within seven days after delivery of the goods or securities in currency or in checks or other orders drawn upon banks or bankers and payable upon demand; and
     (b) “self-liquidating paper” means any draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or incurred for the purpose of financing the purchase, processing, manufacturing, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or merchandise and which is secured by documents evidencing title to, possession of, or a lien upon, the goods, wares or merchandise or the receivables or proceeds arising from the sale of the goods, wares or merchandise previously constituting the security, provided the security is received by the Trustee simultaneously with the creation of the creditor relationship arising from the making, drawing, negotiating or incurring of the draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation.
     Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee (i) makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of the Indenture or the Notes, (ii) is not accountable for the Company’s use or application of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) is not responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication.
     Section 7.05. Notice of Default. If any Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee will send notice of the Default to each Holder within 90 days after it occurs, unless the Default has been cured; provided that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders. Notice to Holders under this Section will be given in the manner and to the extent provided in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
     Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with May 15, 2011, the Trustee will mail to each Holder, as provided in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such May 15, if required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a), and file such reports with each stock exchange upon which its Notes are listed and with the Commission as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d).
     Section 7.07. Compensation And Indemnity. (a) The Company will pay the Trustee compensation as agreed upon in writing for its services. The compensation of the Trustee is not limited by any law on compensation of a Trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee, including the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

75


 

     (b) The Company will indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any loss or liability or expense incurred by it without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Indenture and its duties under the Indenture and the Notes, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Holder, or any other Person) or liability and of complying with any process served upon it or any of its officers in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under the Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of its agents for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents subject to the claim may have separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel if the Trustee concludes, upon advice of counsel, that there exists a conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee and its agents subject to the claim in connection with such defense. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
     (c) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee will have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal of, and interest on particular Notes.
     Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) (1) The Trustee may resign at any time by providing 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
     (2) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by written notice to the Trustee.
     (3) If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or in the circumstances described in Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b), any Holder that satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
     (4) The Company may remove the Trustee if: (i) the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

76


 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.
     (b) If the Trustee has been removed by the Holders, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the Company. Otherwise, if the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction at the expense of the Company for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
     (c) Upon delivery by the successor Trustee of a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company, (i) the retiring Trustee will transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07, (ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and (iii) the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under the Indenture. Upon request of any successor Trustee, the Company will execute any and all instruments for fully and vesting in and confirming to the successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts. The Company will give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders, and include in the notice the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
     (d) Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
     (e) The Trustee agrees to give the notices provided for in, and otherwise comply with, Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
     Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national banking association without any further act will be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee in the Indenture.
     Section 7.10. Eligibility. The Indenture must always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(a) and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

77


 

     Section 7.11. Money Held in Trust. The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as it may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for money held in trust under Article 8.
ARTICLE 8
Defeasance and Discharge
     Section 8.01. Discharge of Company’s Obligations. (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture, and each Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guaranty, will terminate if:
     (1) all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than (i) destroyed, lost or stolen Notes that have been replaced or (ii) Notes that are paid pursuant to Section 4.01 or (iii) Notes for whose payment money or U.S. Government Obligations have been held in trust and then repaid to the Company pursuant to Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable by it hereunder; or
     (2) (A) the Notes mature within one year, or all of them are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption,
          (B) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized valuation firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certificate delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder,
          (C) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit,
          (D) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, and
          (E) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all

78


 

conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with.
     (b) After satisfying the conditions in clause (1), only the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 will survive. After satisfying the conditions in clause (2), only the Company’s obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06 will survive. In either case, the Trustee upon request will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture other than the surviving obligations.
     Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance. Following the deposit referred to in clause (1), the Company will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from its obligations in respect of the Notes and the Indenture, other than its obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06, and each Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guaranty will terminate, provided the following conditions have been satisfied:
     (1) The Company has irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certificate thereof delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, provided that any redemption before maturity has been irrevocably provided for under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee.
     (2) No Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit.
     (3) The deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.
     (4) The Company has delivered to the Trustee
     (A) either (x) a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case or (y) an Opinion of Counsel, based on a change in law after the date of the Indenture, to the same effect as the ruling described in clause (x), and

79


 

     (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders have a valid first priority Note interest in the trust funds (subject to customary exceptions).
     (5) If the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the deposit and defeasance will not cause the Notes to be delisted.
     (6) The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance have been complied with.
     Prior to the deposit referred to in clause (1), none of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture will be discharged. Thereafter, the Trustee upon request will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture except for the surviving obligations specified above.
     Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. Following the deposit referred to in clause (1), the Company’s obligations set forth in Sections 4.04 through 4.20, and clause (3) of Section 5.01(a)(iii), and each Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guaranty, will terminate, the Company and the Guarantors will be released from their obligations under the Security Documents and clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), (9) and (10) of Section 6.01 will no longer constitute Events of Default, provided the following conditions have been satisfied:
     (1) The Company has complied with clauses (1), (2), (3), 4(B), (5) and (6) of Section 8.02; and
     (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case.
     Except as specifically stated above, none of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture will be discharged.
     Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money. Subject to Section 8.05, the Trustee will hold in trust the money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, and apply the deposited money and the proceeds from deposited U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the Notes and the

80


 

Indenture. Such money and U.S. Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     Section 8.05. Repayment to Company. Subject to Sections 7.07, 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03, the Trustee will promptly pay to the Company upon written request any excess money held by the Trustee at any time and thereupon be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee will pay to the Company upon written request any money held for payment with respect to the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, provided that before making such payment the Trustee shall at the expense of the Company publish once in a newspaper of general circulation in New York City, or send to each Holder entitled to such money, notice that the money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified in the notice (at least 30 days after the date of the publication or notice) any remaining unclaimed balance of money will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look solely to the Company for payment as unsecured creditors, unless applicable law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee with respect to such money will cease.
     Section 8.06. Reinstatement. If and for so long as the Trustee is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes will be reinstated as though no such deposit in trust had been made. If the Company makes any payment of principal of or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, it will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust.
ARTICLE 9
Amendments, Supplements and Waivers
     Section 9.01. Amendments Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes (and the Company, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may amend of supplement the Security Documents) without notice to or the consent of any Noteholder
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture or the Notes;
     (2) to comply with Article 5;

81


 

     (3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee;
     (5) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;
     (6) to provide for any Guarantee of the Notes, to secure the Notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the Indenture;
     (7) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes;
     (8) to make any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder;
     (9) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular, as certified by an Officers’ Certificate; or
     (10) to evidence the issuance of any Pari-Passu Obligations and secure such obligations with Liens on the Collateral.
     In addition, the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee may amend the Security Documents or execute or deliver such agreements, instruments or other documents (including the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement, the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement and any other agreement with respect to equityholders’ rights to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party) to permit, or in connection with, the accession of or succession of any parties to the Security and Pledge Agreement or the Collateral Trust Agreement or this Indenture to the extent necessary to effect the pledge of the related equity interests (including in respect of any incurrence of Pari-Passu Obligations).
     Section 9.02. Amendments With Consent of Holders. (a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.02, 6.04 and 6.07 or paragraph (b), the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company with any

82


 

provision of the Indenture or the Notes. In addition, the Trustee is authorized to permit the Collateral Agent to amend any Security Document with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
     (1) reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated Maturity of any installment of principal of any Note,
     (2) reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any interest payment on any Note,
     (3) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time of any mandatory redemption or, in respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any Note may be redeemed,
     (4) after the time an Offer to Purchase is required to have been made, reduce the purchase amount or purchase price, or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder,
     (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note,
     (6) impair the right of any Holder of Notes to receive any principal payment or interest payment on such Holder’s Notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment,
     (7) make any change in the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes required for amendments or waivers,
     (8) modify or change any provision of the Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guaranty in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes, or
     (9) make any change in any Note Guaranty that would adversely affect the Noteholders.
     (c) No amendment, supplement or waiver may release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of Notes.
     (d) It is not necessary for Noteholders to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but is sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof.

83


 

     (e) An amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section will become effective on receipt by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company will send to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company will send supplemental indentures to Holders upon request. Any failure of the Company to send such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.
     Section 9.03. Effect of Consent. (a) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it will bind every Holder unless it is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder affected. If the amendment, supplement or waiver is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder affected, the amendment, supplement or waiver will bind each Holder that has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder.
     (b) If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee so that the Trustee may place an appropriate notation of the changed terms on the Note and return it to the Holder, or exchange it for a new Note that reflects the changed terms. The Trustee may also place an appropriate notation on any Note thereafter authenticated. However, the effectiveness of the amendment, supplement or waiver is not affected by any failure to annotate or exchange Notes in this fashion. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a certificate of authentication, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
     Section 9.04. Trustee’s Rights and Obligations. The Trustee shall receive, and will be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article is authorized or permitted by the Indenture and is a legal, valid, and binding obligation enforceable against the Company in accordance with its own terms. If the Trustee has received such an Opinion of Counsel, it shall sign the amendment, supplement or waiver so long as the same does not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee. The Trustee may, but is not obligated to, execute any amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Indenture. The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture or Note authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Trustee shall, as authorized by this Article 9, direct the Collateral Agent in writing to execute and deliver (i) the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement and the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement on the date hereof (and any amendments or supplements thereto hereafter) and (ii) after the date hereof, any agreement with respect to

84


 

equityholders’ rights to which the Company or any Guarantor is or becomes a party from time to time after execution of this Indenture to the extent necessary to effect the pledge of the related equity interests. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver or issuing any of the instructions described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.
     Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.
ARTICLE 10
Guaranties
     Section 10.01. The Guaranties. Subject to the provisions of this Article, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, the full and punctual payment (whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase or acceleration, or otherwise) of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and all other amounts payable under, each Note, and the full and punctual payment of all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture. Upon failure by the Company to pay punctually any such amount, each Guarantor shall forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and in the manner specified in the Indenture.
     Section 10.02. Guaranty Unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, will not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by
     (1) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of any obligation of the Company under the Indenture or any Note, by operation of law or otherwise;
     (2) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Indenture or any Note;
     (3) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Company, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Company or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Company contained in the Indenture or any Note;
     (4) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the Guarantor may have at any time against the Company, the Trustee or any

85


 

other Person, whether in connection with the Indenture or any unrelated transactions, provided that nothing herein prevents the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;
     (5) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Company for any reason of the Indenture or any Note, or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Company of the principal of or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Company under the Indenture; or
     (6) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Company, the Trustee or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.
     Section 10.03. Discharge; Reinstatement. Each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder will remain in full force and effect until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture have been paid in full. If at any time any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Company under the Indenture is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder with respect to such payment will be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at such time.
     Section 10.04. Waiver by the Guarantors. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Company or any other Person.
     Section 10.05. Subrogation and Contribution. Upon making any payment with respect to any obligation of the Company under this Article, the Guarantor making such payment will be subrogated to the rights of the payee against the Company with respect to such obligation, provided that the Guarantor may not enforce either any right of subrogation, or any right to receive payment in the nature of contribution, or otherwise, from any other Guarantor, with respect to such payment so long as any amount payable by the Company hereunder or under the Notes remains unpaid.
     Section 10.06. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Company under the Indenture or the Notes is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of the Indenture

86


 

are nonetheless payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the Trustee or the Holders.
     Section 10.07. Limitation on Amount of Guaranty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guaranty of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law. To effectuate that intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guaranty are limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law.
     Section 10.08. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty. The execution by each Guarantor of a supplemental indenture (substantially in the form of Exhibit B) will evidence the Note Guaranty of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Note Guaranty set forth in the Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.
     Section 10.09. Release of Guaranty. The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate upon
     (1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the Indenture,
     (2) a Guarantor ceases to guarantee any Debt of the Company, or
     (3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in “Defeasance and Discharge”.
     Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the foregoing effect, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guaranty.

87


 

ARTICLE 11
Security Arrangements
     Section 11.01. Collateral Agent. (a) Upon the Completion Date, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association will be appointed as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and all other Pari-Passu Obligations, and shall initially act as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents. The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into the Collateral Trust Agreement to evidence such appointment.
     (b) Subject to the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement, the Collateral Agent will hold (directly or through co-trustees or agents), and will be entitled to enforce on behalf of the Holders of Notes and the holders of all other Pari-Passu Obligations, all Liens on the Collateral.
     (c) All of the rights, protections, benefits, privileges, indemnities and immunities granted to the Trustee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent acting hereunder and under the Security Documents.
     (d) The Collateral Agent may resign or may be removed in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     (e) This Article 11 and the provisions of each Security Document are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     Section 11.02. Security. (a) In order to secure the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee (1) the Escrow Agreement on the Issue Date and (2) on the Completion Date, each Security Document that is intended to be effective upon such date (forms of which are attached as Exhibits J and K hereto) which shall satisfy the applicable Escrow Conditions and in each case will create the Liens intended to be created thereunder, with the priority set forth therein and on the Collateral.
     (b) If (i) any Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, (ii) the Company or any Guarantor acquires any property (other than Excluded Property) that is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest under the Security Documents, or (iii) any Excluded Property ceases to fit within the definition thereof, the Company or such Guarantor shall notify the Collateral Agent in writing thereof and, in each case at the sole cost and expense of the Company or Guarantor and as soon as reasonably practicable after such entity becomes a Guarantor, such property’s acquisition or it no longer being Excluded Property, as the case may be, execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such mortgages, security agreement supplements and other documentation (in form and scope, and covering such Collateral on such terms, in each case consistent with the

88


 

mortgages, security agreements and other security documents in effect on the Completion Date), and take such additional actions (including any of the actions described in Section 4.19(b)), as are reasonably necessary to create and fully perfect (except to the extent perfection is not required thereunder) in favor of the secured parties under the Security Documents a valid and enforceable security interest in (and in the case of real property, mortgage lien on) such Collateral, which shall be free of any other Liens except for Permitted Collateral Liens. Any security interest provided pursuant to this Section 11.02(b) shall be accompanied by such Opinions of Counsel as to the validity and perfection of the Liens on such property to the Company as customarily given by counsel in the relevant jurisdiction, in form and substance customary for such jurisdiction. In addition, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the necessary measures have been taken to perfect the security interest in such property.
     (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all covenants and agreements contained in the Escrow Agreement and the Security Documents.
     (d) Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the Security Documents, as the same may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture and the Security Documents.
     (e) As among the Holders, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be held for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders without preference, priority or distinction of any thereof over any other by reason of differences in time of issuance, sale or otherwise, as security for the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
     (f) To the extent applicable, the Company will be required to comply with Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to reports, and, unless the Notes are qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, the Company will not be required to comply with Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property and to the substitution therefor of any property to be pledged as Collateral for the Notes, except to the extent required by law. To the extent applicable, any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer of the Company except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert. The most recent appraisals required pursuant to the definition of “Fair Market Value” shall be deemed sufficient for such purposes to the maximum extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company and the Guarantors will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based on advice of outside counsel, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission and its staff, including “no action”

89


 

letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released Collateral.
     Section 11.03. Authorization of Actions to be Taken. (a) The Collateral Agent and the Trustee are authorized and empowered to enter into the Security Documents and to receive on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, any funds collected or distributed under the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture. Additionally, the Trustee is authorized and empowered to enter into the Escrow Agreement and to receive on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, any funds collected or distributed under the Escrow Agreement and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture
     (b) Subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement and Article 7, unless inconsistent with applicable law, the Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as are necessary to protect or enforce the Liens on the Collateral or the other rights under the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of such Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as are necessary to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Liens or other rights under such Security Documents or hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders or the Collateral Agent.
     Section 11.04. Determinations Relating To Collateral. Except for any consent, approval or action by the Collateral Agent in the ordinary course of the performance of the Collateral Agent’s duties under the Indenture or the Security Documents, in the event (i) the Collateral Agent shall receive any written request from the Company, a Guarantor or the Trustee under any Security Document for consent or approval with respect to any matter or thing relating to any Collateral or the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (ii) there shall be due to or from the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under the provisions of any Security Document any material performance or the delivery of any material instrument or (iii) the Collateral Agent shall become aware of any nonperformance by the Company or a Guarantor of any covenant or any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company or such Guarantor set forth in any Security Document, then, in each such event, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to hire experts, consultants, agents and attorneys to advise the Collateral Agent on the manner in which the Collateral Agent should respond to such request or render any requested performance or respond to such nonperformance or breach. The Collateral Agent shall be fully protected in the taking of any

90


 

action recommended or approved by any such expert, consultant, agent or attorney or agreed to by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
     Section 11.05. Release of Liens. (a) The Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes may be released pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement:
          (i) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other Obligations on the Notes issued under the Indenture or satisfaction and discharge (in accordance with Article 8) or defeasance (including pursuant to Section 8.03);
          (ii) upon release of a Note Guarantee (with respect to the Liens securing such Note Guarantee granted by such Guarantor);
          (iii) in connection with any disposition of Collateral to any Person other than the Company or any Guarantor (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5 where the successor will become the Company or a Guarantor) that is permitted by the Indenture (with respect to the Lien on such Collateral); provided that except in the case of any disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business, upon such disposition and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and the Company would be in compliance with the covenants under Section 4.17 and Section 4.18 (calculated as if the disposition date was a date on which such covenant is required to be tested under Section 4.18);
          (iv) in whole or in part, with the consent of the Holders of the requisite percentage of Notes in accordance with the provisions described under Section 9.02, including the release of all or substantially all of the Collateral if approved by Holders of at least 75% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes; or
          (v) with respect to assets that become Excluded Property.
          Each of the releases described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) above may be effected by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of appropriate notice of instruction, to the extent required, without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee.
     (b) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent of an Officers’ Certificate requesting execution of an instrument confirming the release or subordination of the Liens pursuant to Section 11.05(a), as applicable, accompanied by:
          (1) an Opinion of Counsel confirming such release or subordination is permitted by Section 11.05(a), as applicable;
          (2) all instruments requested by the Company to effectuate or confirm such release or subordination; and

91


 

          (3) such other certificates and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to confirm the matters set forth in Section 11.05(a) or (c), as applicable,
     the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to, and shall, if such instruments and confirmation are reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, promptly execute and deliver such instruments.
          (c) All instruments effectuating or confirming any release of any Liens will have the effect solely of releasing such Liens as to the Collateral described therein, on customary terms and without any recourse, representation, warranty or liability whatsoever.
          (d) The Company will bear and pay all costs and expenses associated with any release or subordination of Liens pursuant to this Section 11.05, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of any attorneys or representatives acting for the Trustee or for the Collateral Agent.
          (e) Any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture, and any engineer or appraiser may rely on this Section 11.05(e) in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other provisions of this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act with respect to such release have been complied with.
     Section 11.06. Permitted Ordinary Course Activities with Respect to Collateral. (a) So long as no Default or Event of Default under this Indenture would result therefrom (and so long as the activities below otherwise do not violate the provisions set forth in Article 4 or Article 11) and such transaction would not violate the Trust Indenture Act, the Company and the Guarantors may, without any release or consent by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, conduct ordinary course activities with respect to Collateral, including, without limitation:
     (i) selling or otherwise disposing of, in any transaction or series of related transactions, any property subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents which has become worn out, defective or obsolete or not used or useful in the business;
     (ii) abandoning, terminating, canceling, releasing or making alterations in or substitutions of any leases or contracts subject to the Lien of this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents;
     (iii) surrendering or modifying any franchise, license or permit subject to the Lien of this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents which it may own or under which it may be operating;

92


 

     (iv) altering, repairing, replacing, changing the location or position of and adding to its structures, machinery, systems, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances;
     (v) granting a license of any intellectual property;
     (vi) selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
     (vii) selling, collecting, liquidating, factoring or otherwise disposing of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business;
     (viii) making cash payments (including for the scheduled repayment of Indebtedness) from cash that is at any time part of the Collateral in the ordinary course of business that are not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
     (ix) abandoning any intellectual property which is no longer used or useful in the Company’s business; and
     (x) engage in any other release of any Collateral as to which release any Commission regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the Commission or exemption order issued by the Commission or pursuant to its delegated authority, whether issued to the Company or any other Person) provides that delivery of such opinions or certificates need not be made.
     (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to comply with the requirement to deliver certificates pursuant to Section 11.02(f) in respect of the release of Collateral or Liens as described in paragraph (a) of this Section and Section 11.05(a) (to the extent such release may be effected without action on the part of the Trustee); provided that the Company shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, within 30 calendar days following the end of each six-month period beginning on January 1 and July 1 of any year, an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that all releases and withdrawals during the preceding six-month period (or since the Issue Date, in the case of the first such certificate) in which no release or consent of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent was obtained were in the ordinary course of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ business and were not prohibited by this Indenture.
ARTICLE 12
Escrow Arrangements
     Section 12.01. Escrow Account. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture, on the Issue Date simultaneously with the issuance of the Notes, the Company will, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, deposit into an

93


 

account pledged to the Trustee (the “Escrow Account”) the proceeds of the offering of the Notes, together with an additional amount in cash or in the form of a letter of credit (collectively with any other property from time to time held by the Escrow Agent, the “Escrow Property”), sufficient to redeem the Notes at the Special Redemption Price. Funds held in the Escrow Account shall, pending release to fund the Special Redemption as set forth in Section 3.03 or as a result of the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions as set forth in Section 12.03 may be invested at the direction of the Company in Cash Equivalents maturing prior to the Date of Determination (as defined below) as more fully set forth in the Escrow Agreement.
     Section 12.02. Special Redemption. If the Escrow Conditions have not been satisfied on or prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the determination by the Board of Directors in its good faith judgment that the Completion Date will not occur by March 31, 2011, or (ii) March 31, 2011 (such earlier date, the “Date of Determination”), the Escrow Agent will, on or before the Business Day immediately prior to the Special Redemption Date, cause the liquidation of all investments of Escrow Property then held by it and cause the release of all of the Escrow Property and the payment to the Holders of the Special Redemption Price pursuant to Section 3.04.
     Section 12.03. Release of Escrow Property. Upon the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions, the Escrow Property will be released to the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement, but shall be pledged to secure the Notes pursuant to the Security Documents.
ARTICLE 13
Miscellaneous
     Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The Indenture shall incorporate and be governed by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.
     Section 13.02. Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions. (a) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to the Indenture or the Notes are as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and the Company and the Trustee shall comply with the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 312(a) and 312(b). Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.
     (b) (1) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent to amendment, supplement or waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by a Holder (an “act”) may be

94


 

evidenced by an instrument signed by the Holder delivered to the Trustee. The fact and date of the execution of the instrument, or the authority of the person executing it, may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
     (2) The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders, which will be binding on all the Holders.
     (c) Any act by the Holder of any Note binds that Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the acting Holder, even if no notation thereof appears on the Note. Subject to paragraph (d), a Holder may revoke an act as to its Notes, but only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver or other consequence of the act becomes effective.
     (d) The Company may, but is not obligated to, fix a record date (which need not be within the time limits otherwise prescribed by Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c)) for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to act with respect to any amendment or waiver or in any other regard, except that during the continuance of an Event of Default, only the Trustee may set a record date as to notices of default, any declaration or acceleration or any other remedies or other consequences of the Event of Default. If a record date is fixed, those Persons that were Holders at such record date and only those Persons will be entitled to act, or to revoke any previous act, whether or not those Persons continue to be Holders after the record date. No act will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date.
     Section 13.03. Notices. (a) Any notice or communication to the Company will be deemed given if in writing (i) when delivered in person or (ii) five days after mailing when mailed by first class mail, or (iii) when sent by facsimile transmission, with transmission confirmed. Notices or communications to a Guarantor will be deemed given if given to the Company. Any notice to the Trustee will be effective only upon receipt. In each case the notice or communication should be addressed as follows:
     if to the Company:
Harbinger Group Inc.
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022
Attention: Francis T. McCarron
Facsimile: (212) 339-5801

95


 

     if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor
MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55470
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile: (612) 667-9825
The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
     (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided with respect to published notices, any notice or communication to a Holder will be deemed given when mailed to the Holder at its address as it appears on the Register by first class mail or, as to any Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, as agreed by the Company, the Trustee and DTC. Copies of any notice or communication to a Holder, if given by the Company, will be mailed to the Trustee at the same time. Defect in mailing a notice or communication to any particular Holder will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
     (c) Where the Indenture provides for notice, the notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and the waiver will be the equivalent of the notice. Waivers of notice by Holders must be filed with the Trustee, but such filing is not a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waivers.
     Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under the Indenture, the Company will furnish to the Trustee:
     (1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in the Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
     (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
     Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture must include:
     (1) a statement that each person signing the certificate or opinion has read the covenant or condition and the related definitions;

96


 

     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in the certificate or opinion is based;
     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, that person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable the person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with, provided that an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact.
     Section 13.06. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day. If any payment with respect to a payment of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including any payment to be made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day which is not a Business Day, then the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.
     Section 13.07. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. The Indenture, including any Note Guaranties, and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws, principles thereof. Each of the Company and any Guarantor irrevocably (i) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding against the Company or any Guarantor brought by any Holder arising out of or based upon this Indenture may be instituted in any United States federal court or New York State court located in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (a “New York Court”), (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding and (iii) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a New York Court in any such suit, action or proceeding. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     Section 13.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. The Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture or loan or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, and no such indenture or loan or debt agreement may be used to interpret the Indenture.

97


 

     Section 13.09. Successors. All agreements of the Company or any Guarantor in the Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture will bind its successor.
     Section 13.10. Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of the Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
     Section 13.11. Separability. In case any provision in the Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
     Section 13.12. Table of Contents and Headings. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of the Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of the Indenture and in no way modify or restrict any of the terms and provisions of the Indenture.
     Section 13.13. No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, stockholder or controlling person of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, any Note Guaranty, the Indenture or the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
     Section 13.14. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.
     Section 13.15. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its

98


 

control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
     Section 13.16. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors thereunder, any Paying Agent and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
     Section 13.17. Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its function.

99


 

SIGNATURES
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
         
  HARBINGER GROUP INC.
as Issuer
 
 
  By:   /s/ Francis T. McCarron    
    Name:   Francis T. McCarron   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch   
    Title:   Vice President   

100


 

         
EXHIBIT A
[FACE OF NOTE]
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
10.625% Senior Secured Note Due 2015
[CUSIP] [CINS] _______________
No.   $_______________
     Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to ____________________, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ DOLLARS ($______) [or such other amount as indicated on the Schedule of Exchange of Notes attached hereto] on November 15, 2015.
     [Initial]1 Interest Rate: 10.625% per annum.
     Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2011.
     Regular Record Dates: May 1 and November 1.
     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
 
1   For Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes only.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
         
Date:  HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
(Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication)
     This is one of the 10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 described in the Indenture referred to in this Note.
         
Dated:   WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
       ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       

 


 

         
[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
10.625% Senior Secured Note Due 2015
1. Principal and Interest.
     The Company promises to pay the principal of this Note on November 15, 2015.
     The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each interest payment date, as set forth on the face of this Note, at the rate of 10.625% per annum [(subject to adjustment as provided below)]. 1
     Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record of the Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each interest payment date, commencing May 15, 2011.
     [The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 15, 2010, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).]2
     Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Note [or the Note surrendered in exchange for this Note]3 (or, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a regular record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest has been paid, from [the Issue Date].4 Interest will be computed in the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
     The Company will pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent lawful, interest at a rate per annum that is 1.0% in excess of 10.625%. Interest not paid when due and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons that are Holders on a special
 
1   Include only for Initial Note or Initial Additional Note.
 
2   Include only for Initial Note or Initial Additional Note; conform to Registration Rights Agreement.
 
3   Include only for Exchange Note.
 
4   For Additional Notes, should be the date of their original issue.

 


 

record date, which will be the 15th day preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of such interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days before a special record date, the Company will send to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that sets forth the special record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid.
2. Indentures; Security
     This is one of the Notes issued under an Indenture dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended from time to time, the “Indenture”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control.
     The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company, secured by Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, and following the Completion Date, the Security Documents. The Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes to $350,000,000, but Additional Notes may be issued pursuant to the Indenture, and the originally issued Notes and all such Additional Notes vote together for all purposes as a single class.
3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.
     This Note is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. There is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to this Note.
     If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, the Company may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under certain provisions of the Indenture.
4. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.
     The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by

 


 

the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note or certain portions of a Note.
5. Defaults and Remedies.
     If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of remedies.
6. Amendment and Waiver.
     Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents may be amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee (and, in the case of the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent) may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency if such amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect.
7. Authentication.
     This Note is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
8. Governing Law.
     This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.
9. Abbreviations.
     Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A/ (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
     The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and without charge.

 


 

[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
 
 
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
 
the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
 
attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 


 

[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]
     In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to ______________, the undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising and further as follows:
Check One
o (1) This Note is being transferred to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.
o (2) This Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.
or
o (3) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.
     If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.
Date:                      
         
  Seller
 
 
  By      
     
 
  NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

 


 

Signature Guarantee:5                     
         
     
  By      
    To be executed by an executive officer   
       
 
 
5   Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you wish to have all of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the box: 9
     If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount (in original principal amount) below:
$____________________.
Date:  ____________
Your Signature:  __________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:1 _____________________________
 
1   Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Trustee, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Trustee in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES1
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Certificated Notes or a part of another Global Note have been made:
                 
            Principal amount of    
            this Global Note   Signature of
    Amount of decrease   Amount of increase   following such   authorized
    in principal amount   in principal amount   decrease (or   signatory of
Date of Exchange   of this Global Note   of this Global Note   increase)   Trustee
                 
 
1   For Global Notes

 


 

EXHIBIT B
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
dated as of __________, ____
among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
 
10.625%
Senior Secured Notes due
2015

 


 

     THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of __________, ____, among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), [insert each Guarantor executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of incorporation] (each an “Undersigned”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010 (the “Indenture”), relating to the Company’s 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”);
     WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause its Subsidiaries to provide Guaranties in certain circumstances.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
     Section 1. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.
     Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof.
     Section 3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to applicable conflicts of laws principles thereof.
     Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
     Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
  HARBINGER GROUP INC., as Issuer
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
         
  [GUARANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
        ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
EXHIBIT C
RESTRICTED LEGEND
     THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER
     (1) REPRESENTS THAT
     (A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT,
     (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) OR
     (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND
     (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY
     (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES,
     (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
     (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
     (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
     (E) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $250,000 TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT,

 


 

PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, OR
     (F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 


 

EXHIBIT D
DTC LEGEND
     UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.
     [TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.]

 


 

EXHIBIT E
Regulation S Certificate
_________, ____
Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.
MAC N9303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
             
 
  Re:   Harbinger Group Inc.    
 
      10.625% Senior Secured    
 
      Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)    
 
      Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated    
 
      as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes    
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Terms are used in this Certificate as used in Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except as otherwise stated herein.
          [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
  o    A.   This Certificate relates to our proposed transfer of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture. We hereby certify as follows:
  1.   The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not be made to a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3)) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.
 
  2.   Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably

 


 

      believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.
 
  3.   Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person acting on our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Notes.
 
  4.   The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
 
  5.   If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S.
  o     B.   This Certificate relates to our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us. We hereby certify as follows:
  1.   At the time the offer and sale of the Notes was made to us, either (i) we were not in the United States or (ii) we were excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by us for which we were acting was excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3); and we were not a member of an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.
 
  2.   Unless the circumstances described in paragraph 1(ii) above are applicable, either (a) at the time our buy order was originated, we were outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and we did not pre-arrange the transaction in the United States.
 
  3.   The proposed exchange of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 


 

     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
         
  Very truly yours,

[NAME OF SELLER (FOR TRANSFERS)
       OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
    Address:      
 
Date: _________________

 


 

EXHIBIT F
Rule 144A Certificate
_________, ____
Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.
MAC N9303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
             
 
  Re:   Harbinger Group Inc.    
 
      10.625% Senior Secured    
 
      Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)    
 
      Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated    
 
      as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes    
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
          This Certificate relates to:
          [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
  o   A.   Our proposed purchase of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture.
 
  o   B.   Our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us.
          We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting in the aggregate owned and invested more than $100,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with us (or such accounts, if applicable), as of _________, 20__, which is a date on or since close of our most recent fiscal year. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Notes to us, or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate we

 


 

have received such information regarding the Company as we have requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information.
     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
         
  Very truly yours,

[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS)
       OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
    Address:      
 
Date: _________________

 


 

EXHIBIT G
Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate
Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.
MAC N9303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
             
 
  Re:   Harbinger Group Inc.    
 
      10.625% Senior Secured    
 
      Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)    
 
      Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated    
 
      as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes    
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          This Certificate relates to:
          [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
  o   A.   Our proposed purchase of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture.
 
  o   B.   Our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us.
          We hereby confirm that:
  1.   We are an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (an “Institutional Accredited Investor”).
 
  2.   Any acquisition of Notes by us will be for our own account or for the account of one or more other Institutional Accredited Investors as to which we exercise sole investment discretion.
 
  3.   We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Notes and we and any accounts for which we are acting are able to bear the economic risks of and an entire loss of our or their investment in the Notes.

 


 

  4.   We are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of any State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; provided that the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary will remain at all times within our and their control.
 
  5.   We acknowledge that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Notes may not be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons except as set forth below.
 
  6.   The principal amount of Notes to which this Certificate relates is at least equal to $250,000.
     We agree for the benefit of the Company, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for which we are acting, that such Notes may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States and only (a) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act, (c) to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (d) in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) in a principal amount of not less than $250,000, to an Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, delivers to the Trustee a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes or (f) pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
     Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (c) or (d) above, we acknowledge that a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) must be delivered to the Trustee. Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (e) or (f) above, we acknowledge that the Company reserves the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We acknowledge that no representation is made as to the availability of any Rule 144 exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
     We understand that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any Notes acquired by us, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand that the Notes acquired by us will be in the form of definitive physical certificates and that such certificates will bear a legend reflecting the substance of the preceding

 


 

paragraph. We further agree to provide to any person acquiring any of the Notes from us a notice advising such person that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and that certificates representing the Notes will bear a legend to that effect.
     We agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our acknowledgments, representations or agreements herein ceases to be accurate and complete.
     We represent to you that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on our own behalf and on behalf of any account for which we are acting.
     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
         
  Very truly yours,

[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS)
       OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
    Address:      
 
Date: _________________

 


 

     Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:
By: _____________________________
Date: ____________________________
Taxpayer ID number: _______________

 


 

EXHIBIT H
[COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.]
[FORM I]
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
     
To: Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.
 
  MACN 9303-121
 
  608 2nd Avenue South
 
  Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
  Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
 
  Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
 
  Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com OR

 
  [Name of DTC Participant]]
             
 
  Re:   Harbinger Group Inc.    
 
      10.625% Senior Secured    
 
      Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)    
 
      Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated    
 
      as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes    
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We are the beneficial owner of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture and represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Note (as defined in the Indenture).
          We hereby certify as follows:
          [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
  o   A.   We are a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).
 
  o   B.   We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 


 

         
  Very truly yours,

[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
    Address:      
 
Date: _________________
[FORM II]
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
     
To:
  Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.
 
  MAC N9303-121
 
  608 2nd Avenue South
 
  Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
  Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
 
  Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
 
  Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
 
   
Re:
  Harbinger Group Inc.
 
  10.625% Senior Secured
 
  Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)
 
  Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated
 
  as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from Institutions appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Notes represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Note issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $____ principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Offshore Global Note being submitted herewith for exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) non-U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Note excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any

 


 

Institution to the effect that the statements made by such Institution with respect to any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Note submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.
     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

  Yours faithfully,

  [Name of DTC Participant]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
    Address:      
 
Date: _________________

 


 

     EXHIBIT I
THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNTIL SUCH BENEFICIAL INTEREST IS EXCHANGED OR TRANSFERRED FOR AN INTEREST IN ANOTHER NOTE

 


 

EXHIBIT J
SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
dated as of
[DATE], 2010
among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
THE OTHER GRANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
      Page  
SECTION 1. Definitions
    2  
SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens
    12  
SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties
    13  
SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants
    17  
SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property
    19  
SECTION 6. Investment Property
    20  
SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts
    23  
SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts
    23  
SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims
    24  
SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership
    24  
SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities
    24  
SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions
    25  
SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default
    25  
SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds
    27  
SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    28  
SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral
    29  
SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral
    30  
SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent
    30  
SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral
    32  
SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors
    32  
SECTION 21. New Obligations
    32  
SECTION 22. Notices
    32  
SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive
    32  
SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns
    32  
SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers
    33  
SECTION 26. Choice of Law
    33  
SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial
    33  
SECTION 28. Severability
    33  
SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery
    33  
SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders
    34  

 


 

SCHEDULES:
         
 
  Schedule 1   Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates Owned by Original Grantors
 
       
 
  Schedule 2   Other Investment Property Owned by Original Grantors
 
       
 
  Schedule 3   Commercial Tort Claims
EXHIBITS:
         
 
  Exhibit A   Form of Security Agreement Supplement
 
       
 
  Exhibit B   Form of Perfection Certificate
 
       
 
  Exhibit C   Form of Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement

ii


 

SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     This SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [DATE], 2010 by and among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (with its successors under the Indenture, the “Issuer”, and collectively with any other Person that becomes a Grantor hereunder from time to time pursuant to Section 20, the “Grantors”), in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”).
     WHEREAS, the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) have entered into that certain indenture dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Issuer is issuing $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”);
     WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee are parties to that certain Collateral Trust Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Trust Agreement”);
     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, each Guarantor from time to time party hereto will unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations under the Indenture and the Notes;
     WHEREAS, the Trustee has appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to serve as Collateral Agent under the Collateral Trust Agreement and, in such capacity, to enter into this Agreement;
     WHEREAS, following the date hereof, if not prohibited by the Indenture, the Grantors may incur New Obligations (including Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture)) which are secured equally and ratably with the Grantors’ obligations in respect of the Notes in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement;
     WHEREAS, the Issuer and the other Grantors will receive substantial benefits from the execution, delivery and performance of the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and any New Document, and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement; and

 


 

     WHEREAS, to secure the payment and performance of all of its Secured Obligations, each Grantor has agreed (i) to pledge to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Collateral and (ii) to execute and deliver this Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, each other Grantor and the Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:
     SECTION 1. Definitions.
     (a) Terms Defined in Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not otherwise defined in subsection (b) or (c) of this Section have, as used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereto), the respective meanings provided for therein. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.02 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement.
     (b) Terms Defined in UCC. As used herein, each of the following terms has the meaning specified in the UCC:
     
Term   UCC
Account
  9-102
Authenticate
  9-102
Certificated Security
  8-102
Chattel Paper
  9-102
Commercial Tort Claim
  9-102
Commodity Account
  9-102
Commodity Customer
  9-102
Deposit Account
  9-102
Document
  9-102
Entitlement Holder
  8-102
Equipment
  9-102
Financial Asset
  8-102 & 103
General Intangibles
  9-102
Instrument
  9-102
Inventory
  9-102
Investment Property
  9-102
Letter-of-Credit Right
  9-102
Record
  9-102
Proceeds
  9-102
Securities Account
  8-501
Securities Intermediary
  8-102

2


 

     
Term   UCC
Security
  8-102 & 103
Security Entitlement
  8-102
Supporting Obligations
  9-102
Uncertificated Security
  8-102
     (c) Additional Definitions. The following additional terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:
     “Actionable Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Available Portion” means, at any time when an Actionable Default exists, such portion of the Collateral (which may be all or any part of the Collateral) with respect to which the Collateral Agent shall have determined, in its reasonable discretion except as limited by mandatory provisions of applicable law, to exercise rights to vote the same or to dispose of the same pursuant to Section 11 or 13 of this Agreement. The Available Portion may be altered by the Collateral Agent from time to time without limitation except as otherwise provided by mandatory provisions of applicable law and shall be evidenced by such business records as the Collateral Agent may maintain to its satisfaction with respect thereto.
     “Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
     “Cash Collateral Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8 hereto.
     “Cash Distributions” means dividends, interest and other distributions and payments (including proceeds of liquidation, sale or other disposition) made or received in cash upon or with respect to any Collateral.
     “Collateral” means all property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, on which a Lien is granted or purports to be granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents. When used with respect to a specific Grantor, the term “Collateral” means all its property on which such a Lien is granted or purports to be granted.
     “Collateral Accounts” means the Cash Collateral Accounts, the Controlled Deposit Accounts and the Controlled Securities Accounts.
     “Collateral Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

3


 

     “Collateral Documents” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Collateral Trust Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
     “Control” has the meaning specified in UCC Section 8-106, 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107, as may be applicable to the relevant Collateral.
     “Controlled Deposit Account” means a Deposit Account (i) that is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement or (ii) as to which the Collateral Agent is the Depositary Bank’s “customer” (as defined in UCC Section 4-104).
     “Controlled Securities Account” means a Securities Account that (i) is maintained in the name of a Grantor at an office of a Securities Intermediary located in the United States and (ii) together with all Financial Assets credited thereto and all related Security Entitlements, is subject to a Securities Account Control Agreement.
     “Copyright License” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor, or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use, copy, reproduce, distribute, prepare derivative works, display or publish any records or other materials on which a Copyright is in existence or may come into existence, including any exclusive Copyright license agreement identified in Schedule 1 to any Copyright Security Agreement.
     “Copyrights” means all the following: (i) all copyrights under the laws of the United States or any other country (whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published), all registrations and recordings thereof, all copyrightable works of authorship (whether or not published), and all applications for copyrights under the laws of the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Copyright Security Agreement, (ii) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing, and (iv) all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
     “Copyright Security Agreement” means a Copyright Security Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

4


 

     “Deposit Account Control Agreement” means, with respect to any Deposit Account of any Grantor that is not an Excluded Account, a Deposit Account Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent among such Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the relevant Depositary Bank.
     “Depositary Bank” means a bank at which a Controlled Deposit Account is maintained.
     “Equity Interest” means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock, (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof, (v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.
     “Excluded Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excluded Property”.
     “Excluded Property” means, collectively,
     (i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded from the UCC in the relevant jurisdiction;
     (ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent (but only to the extent) required to prevent the Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;
     (iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the attachments of security interest created hereby herein would violate any joint venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture or Subsidiary;
     (iv) any rights of Issuer or any Guarantor in any contract or license if under the terms thereof, or any applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable law, such prohibition cannot be waived;

5


 

     (v) certain deposit accounts (such deposit accounts being “Excluded Accounts”), the balance of which consists exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal, state, local and foreign employment taxes in such amounts as are required to be paid to the IRS or any other applicable governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine from time to time that the cost of obtaining a Lien thereon exceeds the benefits of obtaining such a Lien;
     (vii) any intent-to-use U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such application under applicable law;
     (viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such time as Issuer determines that such Equity Interests should be pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be irrevocable) to be made by an officer’s certificate delivered by Issuer to the Collateral Agent; and
     (ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed $1,000,000 deposited for the purpose of security leases of office space, furniture or equipment;
provided, however, that “Excluded Property” shall not (i) apply to any contract or license to the extent the applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the UCC (including Sections 9-406 through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit, impair or otherwise affect Collateral Agent’s unconditional continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or interests of Issuer or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to become due under any such contract or license (including any Accounts).
     “Existing Transfer Restrictions” means Transfer Restrictions existing with respect to any Pledged Securities (a) by virtue of the fact that the Grantor is an “affiliate”, within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, of any issuer thereof, or that any Pledged Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (b) under the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement.
     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     “Grantors” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

6


 

     “Holders” means the holders from time of the Notes (or any Additional Notes).
     “Indenture” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
     “Issuer” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
     “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual and similar property of any Grantor of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing.
     “Intellectual Property Filing” means (i) with respect to any Patent, Patent License recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Trademark or Trademark License recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the filing of the applicable Patent Security Agreement or Trademark Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, together with an appropriately completed recordation form, and (ii) with respect to any Copyright or exclusive Copyright License, the filing of the applicable Copyright Security Agreement with the United States Copyright Office, together with an appropriately completed recordation form, in each case sufficient to record the Transaction Lien granted to the Collateral Agent in such Recordable Intellectual Property.
     “Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means a Copyright Security Agreement, a Patent Security Agreement or a Trademark Security Agreement.
     “Issuer Control Agreement” means an Issuer Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved).
     “License” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party.
     “Majority Holders” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

7


 

     “Mortgage” means a mortgage or deed of trust in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in each case creating a Lien on real property in favor of the Collateral Agent (or a sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 18(b)) for the benefit of the Secured Parties and with such changes in the form thereof as the Collateral Agent shall request for the purpose of conforming to local practice for similar instruments in the jurisdiction where such real property is located.
     “New Document” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “New Obligations” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “New Representative” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
     “Original Grantor” means any Grantor that grants a Lien on any of its assets hereunder on the date hereof.
     “own” refers to the possession of sufficient rights in property to grant a security interest therein as contemplated by UCC Section 9-203, and “acquire” refers to the acquisition of any such rights.
     “Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
     “Patent License” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor, or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right with respect to any Patent or any invention now or hereafter in existence, whether patentable or not, whether a patent or application for patent is in existence on such invention or not, and whether a patent or application for patent on such invention may come into existence or not, including any exclusive Patent license agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule 1 to any Patent Security Agreement.
     “Patents” means (i) all letters patent and design letters patent of the United States or any other country and all applications for letters patent or design letters patent of the United States or any other country, including applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Patent Security Agreement, (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in

8


 

part, revisions and extensions of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (iv) all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
     “Patent Security Agreement” means a Patent Security Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     “Perfection Certificate” means, with respect to any Grantor, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved), completed and supplemented with the schedules contemplated thereby, and signed by an officer of such Grantor.
     “Personal Property Collateral” means all property included in the Collateral except Real Property Collateral.
     “Pledged”, when used in conjunction with any type of asset, means at any time an asset of such type that is included (or that creates rights that are included) in the Collateral at such time. For example, “Pledged Equity Interest” means an Equity Interest that is included in the Collateral at such time.
     “Post-Petition Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Real Property Collateral” means all real property (excluding leasehold interests in real property) included in the Collateral.
     “Recordable Intellectual Property” means (i) any Patent registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and any Patent License recorded in the U.S. with respect to a Patent so registered, (ii) any Trademark registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and any Trademark License recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office with respect to a Trademark so registered, (iii) any Copyright registered with the United States Copyright Office and any exclusive Copyright License with respect to a Copyright so registered, and all rights in or under any of the foregoing.
     “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer and the Initial Purchaser.
     “Rule 144” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
     “Rule 145” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).

9


 

     “Rule 144/145 Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
     “Secured Document” has the meaning assigned to the term “Document” as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Secured Guarantee” means, with respect to each Guarantor, its guarantee of the Secured Obligations.
     “Secured Obligations” means any and all “Obligations” as such term is defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Securities Account Control Agreement” means, when used with respect to a Securities Account, a Securities Account Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved) among the relevant Securities Intermediary, the relevant Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
     “Security Agreement Supplement” means a Security Agreement Supplement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, signed and delivered to the Collateral Agent for the purpose of adding a Grantor as a party hereto pursuant to Section 20 and/or adding additional property to the Collateral.
     “Spectrum” means Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
     “Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Spectrum Stockholder Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Trademark License” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor, or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use any Trademark, including any agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule 1 to any Trademark Security Agreement.
     “Trademarks” means: (i) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, brand names, trade dress, prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, package and other designs, and all other source or business identifiers, and all general intangibles of like nature, and the

10


 

rights in any of the foregoing which arise under applicable law, (ii) the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby or associated with each of them, (iii) all registrations and applications in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Trademark Security Agreement, (iv) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (v) all claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (vi) all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
     “Trademark Security Agreement” means a Trademark Security Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved), executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     “Transaction Liens” means the Liens granted by the Grantors under the Collateral Documents.
     “Transfer Restriction” means, with respect to any Pledged Securities, any condition to or restriction on the ability of the owner thereof to sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Pledged Securities or enforce the provisions thereof or of any document related thereto whether set forth in the any Pledged Security itself or in any document related thereto, including, without limitation, (i) any requirement that any sale, assignment or other transfer or enforcement for such Pledged Security be consented to or approved by any Person (including, without limitation, by the issuer thereof or any other obligor thereon or pursuant to any trust or similar agreement or arrangement), (ii) any limitations on the type or status, financial or otherwise, of any purchaser, Collateral Agent, assignee or transferee of such Pledged Security, (iii) any requirement for the delivery of any certificate, consent, agreement, opinion of counsel, notice or any other document of any Person to the issuer of, any other obligor on or any registrar or transfer agent for, such item of collateral, prior to the sale, pledge, assignment or other transfer or enforcement of such item of collateral and (iv) any registration or qualification requirement or prospectus delivery requirement for such item of collateral pursuant to any federal, state or foreign securities law (including, without limitation, any such requirement arising under Section 5 of the Securities Act as a result of such security being a “restricted security” or any of the Grantors being an “affiliate” of the issuer of such security, as such terms are defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or as a result of the sale of such security being subject to paragraph (c) of Rule 145 under the Securities Act).

11


 

     “Trustee” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
     “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Transaction Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
     SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens.
     (a) The Issuer, in order to secure the Secured Obligations, and each other Grantor listed on the signature pages hereof, in order to secure its Secured Guarantee, grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all the following property of the Issuer or such other Grantor, as the case may be, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located:
     (i) all Accounts;
     (ii) all Chattel Paper;
     (iii) all cash and Deposit Accounts;
     (iv) all Documents;
     (v) all Equipment;
     (vi) all General Intangibles (including, without limitation, (w) any Equity Interests in other Persons that do not constitute Investment Property, (x) any Intellectual Property and (y) any rights under contracts (including the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement) that the Issuer has with Spectrum);
     (vii) all Instruments;
     (viii) all Inventory;
     (ix) all Investment Property (including, without limitation, all Equity Interests in Spectrum);
     (x) the Commercial Tort Claims described in Schedule 3;

12


 

     (xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;
     (xii) all books and records (including customer lists, credit files, computer programs, printouts and other computer materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining to any of its Collateral;
     (xiii) such Grantor’s ownership interest in (1) its Collateral Accounts, (2) all Financial Assets credited to its Collateral Accounts from time to time and all Security Entitlements in respect thereof, (3) all cash held in its Collateral Accounts from time to time and (4) all other money in the possession of the Collateral Agent; and
     (xiv) all Proceeds of the Collateral described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (xi);
provided that the Excluded Property shall be excluded from the foregoing security interests.
     (b) With respect to each right to payment or performance included in the Collateral from time to time, the Transaction Lien granted therein includes a continuing security interest in (i) any Supporting Obligation that supports such payment or performance and (ii) any Lien that (x) secures such right to payment or performance or (y) secures any such Supporting Obligation.
     (c) The Transaction Liens are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to any of the Collateral or any transaction in connection therewith.
     SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties. Each Grantor represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof:
     (a) Such Grantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction identified as its jurisdiction of organization in its Perfection Certificate.
     (b) With respect to each Original Grantor, Schedule 1 lists all Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof. Such Grantor holds all such Equity Interests directly (i.e., not through a Subsidiary, a Securities Intermediary or any other Person).
     (c) (i) With respect to each Original Grantor, (A) Part 1 of Schedule 2 lists, as of the date hereof, all Securities owned by such Grantor (except Securities evidencing Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates) and (B) Part 2 of

13


 

Schedule 2 lists, as of the date hereof, all Securities Accounts to which Financial Assets are credited in respect of which such Grantor owns Security Entitlements.
     (ii) Except for the Existing Transfer Restrictions, the Collateral is not subject to any Transfer Restriction, and the Grantor will not cause or suffer to exist any Transfer Restriction other than the Existing Transfer Restrictions with respect to any of the Collateral.
     (iii) The Equity Interests listed on Part 3 of Schedule 2 hereto (the “Rule 144/145 Securities”) are or may be deemed restricted or control securities (as indicated on Part 3 of Schedule 2) for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Grantor has indicated on Part 3 of Schedule whether the securities are or are not subject to any restrictions pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act (“Rule 145”).
     (iv) The Grantor has held such Rule 144/145 Securities and borne the full economic risk thereof from or prior to the date(s) indicated on Part 3 of Schedule 2.
     (v) The Grantor will cooperate fully with the Collateral Agent with respect to any sale by the Collateral Agent of any of the Rule 144/145 Securities, including full and complete compliance with all requirements of Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 and will give to the Collateral Agent all information and will do all things necessary, including the execution of all documents, forms, instruments and other items, to comply with Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 for the complete and unrestricted sale and/or transfer of the Rule 144/145 Securities and will exercise its commercially reasonable efforts to have the issuer of any Rule 144/145 Securities, upon the request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction of the Majority Holders, take all such action as may be required to satisfy the public information requirements of Rule 144(c).
     (vi) The Grantor will use its commercially reasonable efforts, upon the Collateral Agent’s written request, to obtain and publish all information necessary to satisfy Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 in the event any issuer of the Rule 144/145 Securities is not current in its filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 at the time of a foreclosure sale by the Collateral Agent.
     (d) Grantor owns no Commodity Account in respect of which such Grantor is the Commodity Customer.

14


 

     (e) All Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor are owned by it free and clear of any Lien other than the Permitted Collateral Liens. All shares of capital stock included in such Pledged Equity Interests (including shares of capital stock in respect of which such Grantor owns a Security Entitlement) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of such Pledged Equity Interests is subject to any option to purchase or similar right of any Person. Such Grantor is not and will not become a party to or otherwise bound by any agreement (except the Secured Documents) which restricts in any manner the rights of any present or future holder of any Pledged Equity Interest with respect thereto.
     (f) Such Grantor has good and marketable title to all its Collateral (subject to exceptions that are, in the aggregate, not material), free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Collateral Liens.
     (g) Such Grantor has not performed any acts that might prevent the Collateral Agent from enforcing any of the provisions of the Collateral Documents or that would in any material respect limit the Collateral Agent in any such enforcement. No financing statement, security agreement, mortgage or similar or equivalent document or instrument covering all or part of the Collateral owned by such Grantor is on file or of record in any jurisdiction in which such filing or recording would be effective to perfect or record a Lien on such Collateral, except financing statements, mortgages or other similar or equivalent documents with respect to Permitted Collateral Liens. After the date hereof, no Collateral owned by such Grantor will be in the possession or under the Control of any other Person having a claim thereto or security interest therein, other than a Permitted Collateral Lien.
     (h) The Transaction Liens on all Personal Property Collateral owned by such Grantor (i) have been validly created, (ii) will attach to each item of such Collateral on the date hereof (or, if such Grantor first obtains rights thereto on a later date, on such later date) and (iii) when so attached, will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantor’s Secured Guarantee, as the case may be.
     (i) When the relevant Mortgages have been duly executed and delivered, the Transaction Liens on all Real Property Collateral owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof will have been validly created and will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantor’s Secured Guarantee, as the case may be. When such Mortgages have been duly recorded, such Transaction Liens will rank prior to all other Liens (except Permitted Collateral Liens) on such Real Property Collateral.
     (j) Such Grantor has delivered a Perfection Certificate to the Collateral Agent. With respect to each Original Grantor, information set forth therein is

15


 

correct and complete as of the date hereof. Within 60 days after the date hereof, such Original Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent a file search report from each UCC filing office listed in its Perfection Certificate, showing the filing made at such filing office to perfect the Transaction Liens on its Collateral.
     (k) When UCC financing statements describing the Collateral as “all personal property” have been filed in the offices specified in such Perfection Certificate, the Transaction Liens will constitute perfected security interests in the Personal Property Collateral owned by such Grantor to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to the UCC, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens. When, in addition to the filing of such UCC financing statements, the applicable Intellectual Property Filings have been made with respect to such Grantor’s Recordable Intellectual Property (including any future filings required pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 5(a)), the Transaction Liens will constitute perfected security interests in all right, title and interest of such Grantor in its Recordable Intellectual Property to the extent that security interests therein may be perfected by such filings, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens. Except for (i) the filing of such UCC financing statements, (ii) such Intellectual Property Filings and (iii) the due recordation of the Mortgages, no registration, recordation or filing with any governmental body, agency or official is required in connection with the execution or delivery of the Collateral Documents or is necessary for the validity or enforceability thereof or for the perfection or due recordation of the Transaction Liens or for the enforcement of the Transaction Liens.
     (l) Such Grantor has taken, and will continue to take, all actions necessary under the UCC to perfect its interest in any Accounts or Chattel Paper purchased or otherwise acquired by it, as against its assignors and creditors of its assignors.
     (m) Such Grantor’s Collateral is insured as required by the Indenture.
     (n) To the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, all of such Grantor’s Inventory has or will have been produced in compliance in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended.
     (o) The execution and delivery by such Grantor of, and the performance by such Grantor of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (A) any provision of applicable law, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational documents in the case of a non-corporate Grantor) of such Grantor, (C) any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Grantor or any of its subsidiaries or (D) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, except, in the cases of (C) and (D), for contraventions that would not

16


 

have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Transaction Liens.
     (p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by such Grantor and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Grantor, enforceable against such Grantor in accordance with its terms, except as (i) the enforceability hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally (regardless of whether considered in an action at law or in equity) and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability.
     SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants. Each Grantor covenants as follows:
     (a) Such Grantor will, from time to time, at the Issuer’s expense, execute, deliver, file and record any statement, assignment, instrument, document, agreement or other paper and take any other action (including any Intellectual Property Filing) that from time to time may be necessary or desirable, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to:
     (i) create, preserve, perfect, confirm or validate the Transaction Liens on such Grantor’s Collateral;
     (ii) in the case of Pledged Deposit Accounts, Pledged Investment Property and Pledged Letter-of-Credit Rights, cause the Collateral Agent to have Control thereof;
     (iii) enable the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties to obtain the full benefits of the Collateral Documents; or
     (iv) enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce any of its rights, powers and remedies with respect to any of such Grantor’s Collateral.
Such Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute and file such financing statements or continuation statements in such jurisdictions with such descriptions of collateral (including “all assets” or “all personal property” or other words to that effect) and other information set forth therein as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable for the purposes set forth in the preceding sentence. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any such jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States

17


 

Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interests granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party. The Issuer will pay the costs of, or incidental to, any Intellectual Property Filings and any recording or filing of any financing or continuation statements or other documents recorded or filed pursuant hereto.
     (b) Such Grantor will not (i) change its name or organizational form or structure, (ii) change its location (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-307) or (iii) become bound, as provided in UCC Section 9-203(d) or otherwise, by a security agreement entered into by another Person, unless it shall have given the Collateral Agent at least 10 days’ prior written notice thereof and taken all steps necessary to maintain the Transaction Liens in the Collateral of such Grantor.
     (c) [Reserved.]
     (d) If any of its (A) Collateral (other than Collateral constituting Inventory) with a value exceeding $1,000,000 or (B) Collateral constituting Inventory with a value exceeding $10,000,000), individually or in the aggregate at any time outstanding, is in the possession or control of a warehouseman, bailee or agent at any time, such Grantor will (i) notify such warehouseman, bailee or agent of the relevant Transaction Liens, (ii) instruct such warehouseman, bailee or agent to hold all such Collateral for the Collateral Agent’s account subject to the Collateral Agent’s instructions (which shall permit such Collateral to be removed by such Grantor in the ordinary course of business until the Collateral Agent notifies such warehouseman, bailee or agent that an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing), (iii) cause such warehouseman, bailee or agent to Authenticate a Record acknowledging that it holds possession of such Collateral for the Collateral Agent’s benefit and (iv)make such Authenticated Record available to the Collateral Agent.
     (e) Such Grantor will not sell, lease, exchange, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of its Collateral; provided that such Grantor may do any of the foregoing unless (i) doing so would violate a covenant in the Indenture or (ii) an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either (A) the Collateral Agent shall have notified such Grantor that its right to do so is terminated, suspended or otherwise limited or (B) the maturity of any or all of the Secured Obligations shall have been accelerated. Concurrently with any sale, lease or other disposition (except a sale or disposition to another Grantor or a lease) permitted by the foregoing proviso, the Transaction Liens on the assets sold or disposed of (but not in any Proceeds arising from such

18


 

sale or disposition) will cease immediately without any action by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party. The Collateral Agent will, at the Issuer’s expense, execute and deliver to the relevant Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the fact that any asset so sold or disposed of is no longer subject to a Transaction Lien.
     (f) Such Grantor will, promptly upon request, provide to the Collateral Agent all information and evidence concerning such Grantor’s Collateral that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to enable it to enforce the provisions of the Collateral Documents.
     (g) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate executed by an executive officer of the Issuer certifying that all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations, including all refilings or continuations thereof, have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4 to the extent necessary to protect and perfect the security interests granted hereunder for a period of not less than 18 months after the date of such certificate (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation statements to be filed within such period).
     SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property. Each Grantor covenants as follows:
     (a) With respect to Intellectual Property, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent Intellectual Property Security Agreements with respect to all Recordable Intellectual Property then owned by it. Thereafter, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent an appropriate Intellectual Property Security Agreement covering any Recordable Intellectual Property owned by it that is not covered by any previous Intellectual Property Security Agreement so signed and delivered by it. In each case, it will promptly make all Intellectual Property Filings necessary to record the Transaction Liens on such Recordable Intellectual Property.
     (b) Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows that any application or registration relating to any material Recordable Intellectual Property owned or licensed by it may become abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any material adverse determination or development in, any

19


 

proceeding in the United States Copyright Office, the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any court) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of such Recordable Intellectual Property, its right to register or patent the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same. If any of such Grantor’s rights to any material Recordable Intellectual Property are materially infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent within 30 days after it learns thereof and will, unless such Grantor shall reasonably determine that such action would be of negligible value, economic or otherwise, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Recordable Intellectual Property.
     (c) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction of the Majority Holders, each Grantor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each Copyright License, Patent License or Trademark License that is material to such Grantor’s business and under which such Grantor is a licensee to effect the assignment of all such Grantor’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, or its designee.
     SECTION 6. Investment Property. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
     (a) Certificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will deliver to the Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder all certificates representing Pledged Certificated Securities then owned by such Grantor. Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other certificate representing a Pledged Certificated Security, such Grantor will promptly (and in any case, within 10 Business Days) deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder. The provisions of this subsection are subject to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary.
     (b) Uncertificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter into) an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security

20


 

then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is not a Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other Pledged Uncertificated Security, such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter into) an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of such Pledged Uncertificated Security, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is not a Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). The provisions of this subsection are subject to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary.
     (c) Security Entitlements. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will, with respect to each Security Entitlement then owned by it, enter into (and cause the relevant Securities Intermediary to enter into) a Securities Account Control Agreement in respect of such Security Entitlement and the Securities Account to which the underlying Financial Asset is credited and will deliver such Securities Account Control Agreement to the Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other Security Entitlement, such Grantor will, as promptly as practicable, cause the underlying Financial Asset to be credited to a Controlled Securities Account.
     (d) Perfection as to Certificated Securities. When such Grantor delivers the certificate representing any Pledged Certificated Security owned by it to the Collateral Agent and complies with Section 6(h) in connection with such delivery, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Pledged Certificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others, (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Certificated Security and (iii) the Collateral Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.
     (e) Perfection as to Uncertificated Securities. When such Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the issuer of any Pledged Uncertificated Security owned by such Grantor enter into an Issuer Control Agreement with respect thereto, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Pledged Uncertificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others, (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Uncertificated Security and (iii) the Collateral Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.

21


 

     (f) Perfection as to Security Entitlements. So long as the Financial Asset underlying any Security Entitlement owned by such Grantor is credited to a Controlled Securities Account, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Security Entitlement will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others (except Liens and rights of the relevant Securities Intermediary that are Permitted Collateral Liens), (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Security Entitlement and (iii) no action based on an adverse claim to such Security Entitlement or such Financial Asset, whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien or other theory, may be asserted against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.
     (g) Agreement as to Applicable Jurisdiction. In respect of all Security Entitlements owned by such Grantor, and all Securities Accounts to which the related Financial Assets are credited, the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC Section 8-110(e)) will at all times be located in the United States.
     (h) Delivery of Pledged Certificates. All certificates representing Pledged Certificated Securities, when delivered to the Collateral Agent, will be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, with signatures appropriately guaranteed, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
     (i) Communications. Each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any notices and other communications received by it with respect to (i) Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor or its nominee and (ii) Pledged Security Entitlements as to which such Grantor is the Entitlement Holder.
     (j) Foreign Subsidiaries. A Grantor will not be obligated to comply with the provisions of this Section at any time with respect to any voting Equity Interest in a Foreign Subsidiary if and to the extent (but only to the extent) that such voting Equity Interest is excluded from the Transaction Liens at such time pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of “Excluded Property” and/or the comparable provisions of one or more Security Agreement Supplements.
     (k) Compliance with Applicable Foreign Laws. If and so long as the Collateral includes (i) any Equity Interest in, or other Investment Property issued by, a legal entity organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States or (ii) any Security Entitlement in respect of a Financial Asset issued by such a foreign legal entity, the relevant Grantor will upon request of the Collateral Agent, use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all such action as may be required under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction to ensure that the Transaction

22


 

Lien on such Collateral ranks prior to all Liens and rights of others therein to the extent permitted by such law.
     (l) Certification of Limited Liability Company and Partnership Interests. Any limited liability company and any partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited liability company or such partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or such partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged hereunder is certificated or becomes certificated, each such certificate shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 6(a) and such Grantor shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 6 applicable in respect thereof.
     SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
     (a) All cash other than cash held in any Excluded Account owned by such Grantor will be deposited, upon or promptly after the receipt thereof, in one or more Controlled Deposit Accounts.
     (b) In respect of each Controlled Deposit Account, the Depositary Bank’s jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-304) will at all times be a jurisdiction in which Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code is in effect.
     (c) So long as the Collateral Agent has Control of a Controlled Deposit Account, the Transaction Lien on such Controlled Deposit Account will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others (except (x) the Depositary Bank’s right to deduct its normal operating charges and any uncollected funds previously credited thereto and (y) nonconsensual Permitted Collateral Liens).
     SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts. If and when required for purposes hereof or of any Secured Document, the Collateral Agent will establish with respect to each Grantor an account (its “Cash Collateral Account”), in the name and under the exclusive control of the Collateral Agent, into which all amounts owned by such Grantor that are to be deposited therein pursuant to the applicable Secured Document shall be deposited from time to time. Funds held in any Cash Collateral Account may, until withdrawn, be invested and reinvested in such Cash Equivalents as the relevant Grantor shall request in writing from time to time; provided that if an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may select such Cash Equivalents. Subject to Section 14, withdrawal of funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall

23


 

be permitted if, as and when expressly so provided in or in respect of the applicable provision of the Secured Document pursuant to which such Cash Collateral Account was required to be established.
     SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
     (a) In the case of an Original Grantor, Schedule 3 accurately describes, with the specificity required to satisfy Official Comment 5 to UCC Section 9-108, each Commercial Tort Claim with respect to which such Original Grantor is the claimant as of the date hereof other than any Commercial Tort Claim with a value of less than $5,000,000. In the case of any other Grantor, Schedule 3 to its first Security Agreement Supplement will accurately describe, with the specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5, each Commercial Tort Claim with respect to which such Grantor is the claimant as of the date on which it signs and delivers such Security Agreement Supplement.
     (b) If any Grantor acquires a Commercial Tort Claim with a value of $5,000,000 or more after the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will promptly sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement granting a security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim (which shall be described therein with the specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5) to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership. At any time when an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may (and to the extent that action by it is required, the relevant Grantor, if directed to do so by the Collateral Agent, will as promptly as practicable) cause each of the Pledged Securities (or any portion thereof specified in such direction) to be transferred of record into the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee. Each Grantor will take any and all actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to facilitate compliance with this Section. If the provisions of this Section are implemented, Section 6(b) shall not thereafter apply to any Pledged Security that is registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee. The Collateral Agent will promptly give to the relevant Grantor copies of any notices and other communications received by the Collateral Agent with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee.
     SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities. (a) Unless an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing (and the Collateral Agent has given written notice as provided in Section 11(b)), each Grantor will have the right, from time to time, to vote and to give consents, ratifications and waivers with respect to any

24


 

Pledged Security owned by it and the Financial Asset underlying any Pledged Security Entitlement owned by it, and the Collateral Agent will, upon receiving a written request from such Grantor, deliver to such Grantor or as specified in such request such proxies, powers of attorney, consents, ratifications and waivers in respect of any such Pledged Security that is registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee or any such Pledged Security Entitlement as to which the Collateral Agent or its nominee is the Entitlement Holder, in each case as shall be specified in such request and be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
     (b) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent has received written instruction from the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent will, upon giving written notice to the applicable Grantor of its intention to exercise such rights, have the exclusive right to the extent permitted by law to vote, to give consents, ratifications and waivers and to take any other action with respect to the Available Portion of Collateral, with the same force and effect as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute and sole owner thereof, and each Grantor will take all such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to give effect to such right. For the avoidance of doubt, each Grantor shall retain the right to vote, give consents, ratifications and waivers and to take any other action with respect to such Available Portion of Collateral in the event that (i) the Collateral Agent does not give written notice referred to above of its intention to exercise such rights or (ii) all Actionable Defaults shall no longer be continuing, in each case so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of the Indenture or hereof.
     SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions. Cash Distributions with respect to assets held in a Collateral Account shall be deposited and held therein, or withdrawn therefrom, as provided in Section 8. Cash Distributions with respect to any Pledged Equity Interest or Pledged Debt that is not held in a Collateral Account (whether held in the name of a Grantor or in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee) shall be deposited, promptly upon receipt thereof, in a Controlled Deposit Account of the relevant Grantor; provided that, if an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may deposit, or direct the recipient thereof to deposit, each such Cash Distribution in the relevant Grantor’s Cash Collateral Account.
     SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise (or cause its sub-agents to exercise) any or all of the remedies available to it (or to such sub-agents) under the Collateral Documents with respect to the Available Portion of the Collateral.

25


 

     (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise on behalf of the Secured Parties all the rights of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the jurisdiction where such rights are exercised) with respect to any Personal Property Collateral and, in addition, the Collateral Agent may, without being required to give any notice, except as herein provided or as may be required by mandatory provisions of law, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable, irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price of the Collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any Secured Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and (with the consent of the Collateral Agent, which may be withheld in its discretion) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply all of any part of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable at such sale. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against any Secured Party arising because the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. The Collateral Agent may disclaim any warranty, as to title or as to any other matter, in connection with such sale or other disposition, and its doing so shall not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of such sale or other disposition.

26


 

     (c) If the Collateral Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, the Grantors will be credited only with payment actually made by the purchaser, received by the Collateral Agent and applied in accordance with Section 14 hereof. In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, the Collateral Agent may resell the same, subject to the same rights and duties set forth herein.
     (d) Notice of any such sale or other disposition shall be given to the relevant Grantor(s) as (and if) required by Section 16.
     (e) For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an irrevocable license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Actionable Default; provided, however, that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Actionable Default.
     (f) The foregoing provisions of this Section shall apply to Real Property Collateral only to the extent permitted by applicable law and the provisions of any applicable Mortgage or other document.
     (g) Each Grantor hereby covenants that on the earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of a default under any Secured Document, (ii) such time as Spectrum becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under the Securities Act rules and regulations, and (iii) at any time that the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1, the Issuer will be required to exercise all of its contractual rights and use its commercially reasonable efforts to, as promptly as possible, cause Spectrum to file and become effective a shelf registration that shall be in form suitable for use by the Collateral Agent in connection with any disposition of Spectrum Equity Interests constituting part of the Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies, and to keep such shelf registration statement effective at all times until the earlier of the time (i) the Secured Obligations are repaid in full or (ii) all Spectrum Equity Interests pledged as Collateral hereunder have been disposed of by the Collateral Agent.
     SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may apply (i) any

27


 

cash held in the Collateral Accounts and (ii) the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral, in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     (b) In making the payments and allocations required by this Section, the Collateral Agent may rely upon information supplied to it pursuant to Section 18(c). All distributions made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section shall be final (except in the event of manifest error) and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by any Secured Party of any amount distributed to it.
     SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Issuer will forthwith upon demand pay to the Collateral Agent:
     (i) the amount of any taxes that the Collateral Agent may have been required to pay by reason of the Transaction Liens or to free any Collateral from any other Lien thereon;
     (ii) the amount of any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including transfer taxes and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other experts, that the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with (x) the administration or enforcement of the Collateral Documents, including such expenses as are incurred to preserve the value of the Collateral or the validity, perfection, rank or value of any Transaction Lien, (y) the collection, sale or other disposition of any Collateral or (z) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights or powers under the Collateral Documents;
     (iii) the amount of any fees that the Issuer shall have agreed in writing to pay to the Collateral Agent and that shall have become due and payable in accordance with such written agreement; and
     (iv) the amount required to indemnify the Collateral Agent for, or hold it harmless and defend it against, any loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of its counsel and any experts or sub-agents appointed by it hereunder) incurred or suffered by the Collateral Agent in connection with the Collateral Documents, except to the extent that such loss, liability or expense arises from the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or a breach of any duty that the Collateral Agent has under this Agreement (after giving effect to Sections 17 and 18).
     (b) If any transfer tax, documentary stamp tax or other tax is payable in connection with any transfer or other transaction provided for in the Collateral

28


 

Documents, the Issuer will pay such tax and provide any required tax stamps to the Collateral Agent or as otherwise required by law.
     (c) The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Secured Parties, their respective affiliates and the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of the foregoing (each an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses of any kind (including reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) arising out of, or in connection with any and all environmental liabilities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor waives all rights for contribution and all other rights of recovery with respect to liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses arising under or related to environmental laws that it might have by statute or otherwise against any Indemnitee.
     SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral. Each Grantor irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, in the name of such Grantor, any Secured Party or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Secured Parties, but at the Borrower’s expense, to the extent permitted by law to exercise, at any time and from time to time while an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any of the following powers with respect to all or any of such Grantor’s Collateral:
     (a) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof,
     (b) to settle, compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or proceeding with respect thereto,
     (c) to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of the same or the proceeds or avails thereof, as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof, and
     (d) to extend the time of payment of any or all thereof and to make any allowance or other adjustment with reference thereto;
provided that, except in the case of Personal Property Collateral that is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Collateral Agent will give the relevant Grantor at least ten days’ prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof will be made. Any such notice shall (i) contain the information specified in UCC Section

29


 

9-613, (ii) be Authenticated and (iii) be sent to the parties required to be notified pursuant to UCC Section 9-611(c); provided that, if the Collateral Agent fails to comply with this sentence in any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any) imposed on it as a matter of law under the UCC.
     SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral. Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody and preservation thereof, the Collateral Agent will have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any sub-agent or bailee selected by it in good faith or any income therefrom or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. The Collateral Agent will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or control if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property, and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of any act or omission of any sub-agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability arises from the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent.
     (a) The provisions of Article 7 of the Indenture shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent, and shall be binding upon all Grantors and all Secured Parties, in connection with this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Collateral Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Collateral Documents that the Collateral Agent is required to exercise in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement, and (iii) except as expressly set forth in the Indenture, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for any failure to disclose, any information relating to any Grantor that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Transaction Lien, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part under the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Actionable Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Collateral Agent by any Grantor or a Secured Party.

30


 

     (b) Sub-Agents and Related Parties. The Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through one or more sub-agents appointed by it. The Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through its Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of Section 17 and this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent.
     (c) Information as to Secured Obligations and Actions by Secured Parties. For all purposes of the Collateral Documents, including determining the amounts of the Secured Obligations, or whether any action has been taken under any Secured Document, the Collateral Agent will be entitled to rely on information from (i) its own records for information as to the Secured Parties, their Secured Obligations and actions taken by them, (ii) any Secured Party (or any trustee, agent or similar representative designated pursuant to Section 21 to supply such information) for information as to its Secured Obligations and actions taken by it, to the extent that the Collateral Agent has not obtained such information from its own records, and (iii) the Issuer, to the extent that the Collateral Agent has not obtained information from the foregoing sources.
     (d) Refusal to Act. The Collateral Agent may refuse to act on any notice, consent, direction or instruction from any Secured Parties or any agent, trustee or similar representative thereof that, in the Collateral Agent’s opinion, (i) is contrary to law or the provisions of any Collateral Document, (ii) may expose the Collateral Agent to liability (unless the Collateral Agent shall have been indemnified, to its reasonable satisfaction, for such liability by the Secured Parties that gave such notice, consent, direction or instruction) or (iii) is unduly prejudicial to Secured Parties not joining in such notice, consent, direction or instruction.
     (e) The provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Indenture relating to the Collateral Agent including, without limitation, the provisions relating to resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent, reimbursement of expenses, exculpatory rights, rights to indemnification and the powers and duties and immunities of the Collateral Agent are incorporated herein by this reference and shall survive any termination of the Collateral Trust Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable.
     (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, to the extent the provisions hereunder provide for the Collateral Agent to make any request to any Grantor to take or refrain from taking any action, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to make any such request, unless instructed in writing to do so by the Majority Holders.

31


 

     SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral. (a) The Transaction Liens on the Collateral will be released as provided in Section 7.01 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     (b) Upon any termination of a Transaction Lien or release of Collateral, the Collateral Agent will, at the expense of the relevant Grantor, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of such Transaction Lien or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.
     SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors. Any Subsidiary may become a party hereto by signing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement, whereupon such Subsidiary shall become a “Guarantor” and a “Grantor” as defined herein. The rights and obligations of each Grantor shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
     SECTION 21. New Obligations. On or after the date of this Agreement, the Issuer may from time to time designate additional obligations as New Obligations by delivering to the Collateral Agent a fully executed Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement (except in the case of Additional Notes) and otherwise complying with Section 2.02 of the Collateral Agreement.
     SECTION 22. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be delivered as provided in Section 8.03 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive. No failure by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect to, any right or remedy under any Collateral Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any right or remedy under any Secured Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies specified in the Secured Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
     SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties. If all or any part of any Secured Party’s interest in any Secured Obligation is assigned or otherwise transferred, the transferor’s rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the obligation so transferred, shall be automatically transferred with such obligation. This Agreement shall be binding on the Grantors and their respective successors and assigns.

32


 

     SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent (acting pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Collateral Trust Agreement) and, with respect to any amendment, the Issuer on behalf of the Grantors (to the extent required by the Collateral Trust Agreement), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given..
     SECTION 26. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law and except to the extent that remedies provided by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York are governed by the laws of such jurisdiction.
     SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
     SECTION 28. Severability. If any provision of any Collateral Document is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other provisions of the Collateral Documents shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties in order to carry out the intentions of the parties thereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction.
     SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed signature

33


 

page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic means in PDF format shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
     SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders. No Holder or holder of any New Obligations shall have any independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to individual Holders pursuant to Section [6.07] of the Indenture or comparable provision for holders of New Obligations under any New Document; provided that nothing in this subsection shall limit any rights granted to the Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture or any New Representative under any New Document.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

34


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
   ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

EXHIBIT K
COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
Dated as of [DATE], 2010
by and among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
THE OTHER TRUSTORS PARTY HERETO
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee under the Indenture,
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
      Page  
ARTICLE 1
Definitions And Other Matters
       
 
Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation
    2  
Section 1.02. Defined Terms
    2  
 
ARTICLE 2
The Trust Estate
       
 
Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust
    8  
Section 2.02. New Facilities
    9  
Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests
    10  
 
ARTICLE 3
Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property
       
 
Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions
    11  
Section 3.02. Remedies
    11  
Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property
    11  
Section 3.04. Power of Attorney
    12  
Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc.
    13  
Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver
    13  
Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers
    13  
Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders
    14  
Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive
    14  
Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights
    15  
Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agent’s Duties in Respect of Collateral
    15  
Section 3.12. Limitation by Law
    15  
Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties
    16  
 
ARTICLE 4
Trust Account, Application of Moneys
       
 
Section 4.01. The Trust Account
    16  
Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account
    16  
Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account
    16  
Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account
    17  
Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties
    18  

 


 

         
      Page  
ARTICLE 5
Agreements with the Collateral Agent
       
 
Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents
    18  
Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties
    18  
Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses
    19  
Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes
    19  
Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc.
    20  
Section 5.06. Indemnification
    20  
Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements
    20  
 
ARTICLE 6
The Collateral Agent
       
 
Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent
    20  
Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions
    21  
Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties
    22  
Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent
    22  
Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent
    23  
Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust
    23  
Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent
    24  
Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent
    25  
Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent
    25  
Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee
    25  
 
ARTICLE 7
Release of Collateral
       
 
Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure
    27  
 
ARTICLE 8
Miscellaneous
       
 
Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers
    29  
Section 8.02. Voting
    31  
Section 8.03. Notices
    32  
Section 8.04. Headings
    33  
Section 8.05. Severability
    33  
Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent
    33  
Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors
    33  
Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent
    33  
Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns
    33  
Section 8.10. Governing Law
    34  
Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction
    34  
Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial
    34  

ii


 

         
      Page  
Section 8.13. Force Majeure
    35  
Section 8.14. Consequential Damages
    35  
Section 8.15. Counterparts
    35  
Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference
    35  
Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act
    35  
Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders
    36  
Exhibit A — Form of Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement
Exhibit B — Form of Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement

iii


 

     This COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of [DATE], 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the “Company”), the Additional Trustors (as defined in Section 5.07(b)) (and together with the Company, the “Trustors”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns from time to time, the “Indenture Trustee”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns from time to time, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties, and each New Representative party hereto from time to time.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
     WHEREAS, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors, the other Trustors party thereto from time to time, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, the Company intends to issue an aggregate original principal amount of $350,000,000 of its 10.625% senior secured notes due 2015 (together with any Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) issued pursuant to and in compliance with the Indenture, the “Notes”);
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors may, from time to time, incur additional indebtedness permitted to be secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations under the Note Documents (as defined below), which indebtedness the Company shall designate as having a first priority security interest in the Collateral and shall be incurred under a credit facility, indenture or similar debt facility (each, a “New Facility”), in each case in accordance with this Agreement and the then-extant Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, only additional indebtedness for which each of the requirements specified in Section 2.02 hereof have been satisfied shall constitute a New Facility for any purpose of this Agreement;
     WHEREAS, the Liens securing the obligations of the applicable Trustors in respect of any New Facility shall be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents (as defined below);
     WHEREAS, the Collateral Agent has agreed to act on behalf of all Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral; and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the issuance of the Notes that the Company and the Collateral Agent enter into this Agreement and the Collateral Documents in order to secure the payment and performance of the Obligations (as defined below).
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

 


 

ARTICLE 1
Definitions And Other Matters
     Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation. (a) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
     (b) The use in this Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents of the word “include” or “including,” when following any general statement, term or matter, will not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but will be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”
     (c) References to “Sections,” “clauses,” “recitals” and the “preamble” will be to Sections, clauses, recitals and the preamble, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. References to “Articles” will be to Articles of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. References to “Exhibits” and “Schedules” will be to Exhibits and Schedules, respectively, to this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.
     (d) This Agreement and the Collateral Documents will be construed without regard to the identity of the party who drafted it and as though the parties participated equally in drafting it. Consequently, each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that any rule of construction that a document is to be construed against the drafting party will not be applicable either to this Agreement or the other Collateral Documents.
     Section 1.02. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of the terms defined):
     “Actionable Default” means the occurrence of any of the following:
     (a) an “Event of Default” under and as defined in the Indenture; or
     (b) any event or condition which, under the terms of any New Facility, causes, or permits holders of the New Obligations with respect to such New Facility to cause, such New Obligations to become immediately due and payable;
provided that, upon delivery of a Notice of Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent may assume that an Actionable Default shall be continuing unless the Notice of Actionable Default delivered with respect thereto shall have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the Representative with respect to such Series of Obligations, prior to the

2


 

first date on which the Collateral Agent commences the exercise of any remedy with respect to the Collateral following the receipt of such Notice of Actionable Default.
     “Additional Trustor” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.07(b).
     “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
     “Bankruptcy Proceeding” means that the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or there shall be an assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, whether or not voluntary; or any case shall be commenced by or against the Company, any Additional Trustor, if any under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, whether or not voluntary; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and assets, whether or not voluntary; or any event or action analogous to or having a substantially similar effect to any of the events or actions set forth above in this definition (other than a solvent reorganization) shall occur under the law of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any; or the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, shall take any corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other similar action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this definition.
     “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized by law to close.
     “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.
     “Collateral” means all of the assets or property of the Company or any Additional Trustor, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted as security for any Obligations.
     “Collateral Agent” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “Collateral Agent’s Fees” means all fees, costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent (or any co-trustee or agent thereof) of the type described in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06 of this Agreement.

3


 

     “Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “Collateral Trust Joinder” means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
     “Company” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “Distribution Dates” means the dates fixed by the Collateral Agent (the first of which shall occur within 90 days after receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default that has not theretofore been withdrawn and the balance of which shall be monthly thereafter) for the distribution of all moneys held by the Collateral Agent in the Trust Account.
     “Documents” means, collectively, the Note Documents and the New Documents.
     “Equity Interests” means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock, (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof, (v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.
     “Guarantor” means each “Guarantor” as defined in the Indenture.
     “Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
     “Indenture Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “Lien” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
     “Majority Holders” means, as of any date, (a) at any time when no New Facility is outstanding, Secured Parties owed or holding more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness constituting Note Obligations, or such other requisite percentage or number of holders of Note Obligations (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of Note Obligations) as is permitted by, and in accordance with, the Indenture; or (b) otherwise, Secured Parties owed or holding more than 50% of the aggregate of the sum of, without duplication: (i) the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness constituting Note Obligations, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the loans and other advances outstanding under each New Facility and (iii) other than in connection with the exercise of remedies, the aggregate amount of all outstanding unexpired or uncanceled commitments to extend credit (if any) under each New Facility outstanding at such time that, when funded, would constitute New Obligations; provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, if any New Secured Party shall be a “defaulting

4


 

lender” (howsoever defined in the relevant New Document at such time), there shall be excluded from the determination of Majority Holders: (A) the aggregate principal amount of loans and other advances owing to such New Secured Party under such New Document at such time, and (B) such New Secured Party’s pro rata share of the outstanding commitments to extend credit (if any) under such New Document at such time unless another lender has or is obligated to assume the defaulting lender’s rights and obligations under the applicable New Documents. For purposes of this definition, (x) votes will be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.02 and (y) any Obligations registered in the name of, or owned or held by the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor or any of their respective affiliates shall be disregarded.
     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
     “New Documents” means, collectively, with respect to any New Facility, the agreements, documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any related New Obligations, including the definitive documentation in respect of such New Facility, the Collateral Documents, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
     “New Facility” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
     “New Obligations” means all obligations of any of the Trustors from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including any Post-Petition Interest) on the indebtedness for borrowed money outstanding under each New Facility, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to any Trustor, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Trustors under the New Documents owing to the New Secured Parties (in their capacity as such). For the avoidance of doubt, as of the date hereof, there are no New Obligations outstanding.
     “New Representative” means (a) any agent or trustee for or other representative of the lenders or holders of obligations, as applicable, under a New Facility, together with its successors and permitted assigns, or (b) any New Secured Party, solely to the extent that such New Secured Party (i) is the sole lender or other holder of obligations under a particular New Facility and (ii) is not represented by an agent, trustee or other representative.
     “New Secured Parties” means, at any relevant time, subject to Section 2.02, the holders of any New Obligations at that time, including each applicable New Representative.

5


 

     “Note Documents” means, collectively, the Indenture, the Notes, each Note Guaranty, the Collateral Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any Note Obligation, any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Note Obligation, including pursuant to the Collateral Documents, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
     “Note Guaranty” means each “Note Guaranty” as defined in the Indenture.
     “Note Obligations” means all “Obligations” (as defined in the Indenture) in respect of indebtedness incurred under the Indenture and all other obligations of the Company, the Guarantors and the other Additional Trustors, if any, from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including any Post-Petition Interest) on the Notes, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (b) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional Trustors, if any, under the Indenture and the other Note Documents owing to the Note Secured Parties (in their capacity as such).
     “Note Secured Parties” means, at any relevant time, the holders of Note Obligations at that time, including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the holders of Notes.
     “Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
     “Notice of Actionable Default” means a written notice delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series (or by the Representative with respect to such Series with the written consent of the requisite holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series) stating that an Actionable Default with respect to such Series has occurred.
     “Obligations” means (a) the Note Obligations and (b) subject to Section 2.02, the New Obligations.
     “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Agreement, signed on behalf of the Company by the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, chief operating officer or treasurer, including:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate has read such covenant or condition;

6


 

     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate are based;
     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
     “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
     “Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses that accrues after the commencement of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to any Trustor, whether or not allowed or allowable in any such Bankruptcy Proceeding.
     “Representative” means (a) with respect to the Note Obligations, the Indenture Trustee and (b) with respect to each Series of New Obligations, the New Representative with respect thereto.
     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its successors.
     “Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Note Secured Parties and any New Secured Parties.
     “Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interests or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences or indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.
     “Security Agreement” means the Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2010, and any successor or replacement thereof, among the Company, the Collateral Agent (or any successor or replacement agent) and the other grantors from time to time party thereto.
     “Series”, when used with respect to any Obligations, refers to whether such Obligations are Note Obligations or New Obligations (and, if such Obligations are New Obligations, “Series” refers to the New Facility pursuant to which such New Obligations have been incurred).

7


 

     “Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P.
     “Spectrum Stockholder Agreement” means that certain Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
     “Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof).
     “Trust Estate” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.01(a).
     “Trustors” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.
     “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.
ARTICLE 2
The Trust Estate
     Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust. (a) To secure the payment and performance of the Obligations and in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, each of the Trustors hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent hereby accepts and agrees to hold, in trust under this Agreement for the benefit of all present and future Secured Parties, all of such Trustor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral for the benefit of all present and future Secured Parties, together with all of the Collateral Agent’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral Documents, and all interests, rights, powers and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder or in respect thereof and all cash and non-cash proceeds thereof constituting Collateral (collectively, the “Trust Estate”).

8


 

     (b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will hold the Trust Estate in trust for the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured Parties as security for the payment of all present and future Obligations; provided, however, that if at any time the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional Trustors, if any, and their successors or assigns, shall satisfy all of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 in connection with the release of all Collateral, then this Agreement, and the estates and rights assigned in the Collateral Documents, shall cease, terminate and be void; otherwise they shall remain and be in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms; provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, all provisions set forth in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06 that are enforceable by the Collateral Agent or any of its co-trustees or agents (whether in an individual or representative capacity) will remain enforceable in accordance with their terms.
     (c) The parties to this Agreement further covenant and declare that the Trust Estate will be held and distributed by the Collateral Agent, subject to the further covenants, conditions and agreements hereinafter set forth.
     Section 2.02. New Facilities. (a) The Collateral Agent will act as agent hereunder for, and perform its duties set forth in this Agreement on behalf of, each holder of Obligations in respect of indebtedness that is issued or incurred after the date hereof that:
     (i) holds New Obligations that are identified as such in accordance with the procedures set forth in clause (b) of this Section 2.02; and
     (ii) signs, through its designated New Representative identified pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 2.02, a Collateral Trust Joinder and delivers the same to the Collateral Agent.
     (b) The Company or any other Trustor will be permitted to incur indebtedness in respect of a New Facility and to designate as an additional holder of Obligations hereunder the lenders, agents and each New Representative, as applicable, under such New Facility, in each case only to the extent such indebtedness is designated by the Company in accordance with this Section 2.02(b) and only to the extent such incurrence is permitted under the terms of the Documents. The Company may only effect such designation by delivering to the Collateral Agent (with copies to the Indenture Trustee and to each previously identified New Representative), each of the following:
     (i) on or prior to the date on which such New Facility is incurred, an Officer’s Certificate stating that each applicable Trustor intends to incur additional indebtedness under such New Facility, and certifying that (A) such incurrence is permitted and does not violate or result in any default under the Note Documents or any then existing New Documents (other than any incurrence of Obligations that would simultaneously repay all Obligations under the applicable Documents, under which such default would arise), (B) the definitive documentation associated with such New Facility contains a written agreement of the holders of such indebtedness, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of existing and future Obligations, each existing and future Indenture Trustee and each existing and future New Representative substantially as follows: (x) that all

9


 

Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Liens at any time granted by any Trustor to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure any Obligations, whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral to such Obligations and that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be enforceable by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and ratably as contemplated by this Agreement (provided, that if provided by the terms thereof or with the consent of the holders thereof, a Series of New Obligations may be secured by Liens (which shall be equal and ratable with the Liens securing the Note Obligations) on assets and properties comprising less (but not more) than all of the assets and properties upon which Liens have been granted to secure the Note Obligations), and (y) consenting to and directing the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and (C) the Company and each other Trustor has duly authorized, executed (if applicable) and recorded (or caused to be recorded), or intends to authorize, execute and record (if applicable), in each appropriate governmental office all relevant filings and recordations, if any, reasonably necessary to ensure that the New Obligations in respect of such New Facility are secured by the Collateral to the extent set forth in and required by the New Documents and in accordance with this Agreement and the Collateral Documents;
     (ii) a written notice specifying the name and address of the New Representative in respect of such New Facility for purposes of Section 8.03; and
     (iii) a copy of the executed Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (a) above, executed by the applicable New Representative (on behalf of each New Secured Party represented by it).
     (c) Although the Grantors shall be required to deliver a copy of each of the foregoing documents described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 2.02(b) to the Indenture Trustee and each then existing New Representative, the failure to so deliver a copy of any such document to the Indenture Trustee and any such New Representative (other than the certification described in clause (i) of Section 2.02(b) and the Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (iii) of Section 2.02(b), which shall in all cases be required and which shall be delivered to each of the Indenture Trustee and each then existing New Representative on or prior to the incurrence of indebtedness under the applicable New Facility) shall not affect the status of such New Facility as New Obligations or Obligations entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents if the other requirements of this Section 2.02 are satisfied.
     Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests. (a) Each of the Indenture Trustee (for itself and on behalf of each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf of each New Secured Party represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, each of the Trustors has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all such Trustor’s rights, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral to secure the payment and performance of all present and future Obligations. Each of the Indenture Trustee (for itself and on behalf of each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf of each New Secured Party

10


 

represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, the aforementioned security interest granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall (subject to Section 7.01) for all purposes and at all times secure the Note Obligations and the New Obligations (if any) on an equal and ratable basis, except as is otherwise contemplated in the first proviso contained in Section 2.02(b)(i).
     (b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will act for the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured Parties and will hold the Collateral and the Liens thereon as security for the payment and performance of all present and future Obligations, in each case, under terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
ARTICLE 3
Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property
     Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions. (a) Upon receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent shall, within five days thereafter, notify the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative that an Actionable Default exists.
     (b) Upon receipt of any written directions pursuant to Section 3.08(a), the Collateral Agent shall, within five days thereafter, send a copy thereof to the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative.
     Section 3.02. Remedies. (a) Upon the receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default and so long as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the Representative with respect to such Series, the Collateral Agent may exercise the rights and remedies provided in this Agreement and in the Collateral Documents.
     (b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustors hereby waive presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral or any Collateral Document.
     Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property. (a) Each Secured Party (acting through the Indenture Trustee or its New Representative, as applicable) hereby appoints the Collateral Agent to serve as collateral trustee and agent hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Subject to, and in accordance with, this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will serve as collateral trustee and agent hereunder, for the benefit solely and exclusively of the present and future Secured Parties, and will:
     (i) accept, enter into, hold, maintain, administer and enforce all Collateral Documents, including all Collateral subject thereto, and all Liens created thereunder, perform its obligations under the Collateral Documents and

11


 

protect, exercise and enforce the interests, rights, powers and remedies granted or available to it under, pursuant to or in connection with the Collateral Documents;
     (ii) take all lawful and commercially reasonable actions permitted under the Collateral Documents that it may deem necessary or advisable to protect or preserve its interest in the Collateral subject thereto and such interests, rights, powers and remedies;
     (iii) deliver and receive notices pursuant to the Collateral Documents;
     (iv) sell, assign, collect, assemble, foreclose on, institute legal proceedings with respect to, or otherwise exercise or enforce the rights and remedies of a secured party (including a mortgagee, trust deed beneficiary and insurance beneficiary or loss payee) with respect to the Collateral under the Collateral Documents and its other interests, rights, powers and remedies;
     (v) remit as provided in Section 4.04 all cash proceeds received by the Collateral Agent from the collection, foreclosure or enforcement of its interest in the Collateral under the Collateral Documents or any of its other interests, rights, powers or remedies;
     (vi) execute and deliver amendments to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents as from time to time authorized pursuant to Section 8.01 accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the amendment was permitted under Section 8.01; and
     (vii) release or subordinate any Lien granted to it by any Collateral Document upon any Collateral if and as required by Section 7.01.
     (b) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and consents to the undertaking of the Collateral Agent set forth in Section 3.03(a) and agrees to each of the other provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Collateral Agent.
     Section 3.04. Power of Attorney. Each Trustor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as their true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in the name of such Trustor, or in its own name, from time to time acting at the written direction of the Trustors upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Actionable Default, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes hereof and thereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right on behalf of such Trustor, without notice to or assent by any Trustor to do the following:
     (a) to ask for, demand, sue for, collect, receive, recover, compromise and give acquittance and receipts for any and all moneys due or to become due upon or by virtue hereof and thereof;

12


 

     (b) to receive, take, endorse, assign and deliver any and all checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, documents and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments and chattel paper taken or received by the Collateral Agent in connection herewith and therewith;
     (c) to commence, file, institute, prosecute, defend, settle, compromise or adjust any claim, suit, action or proceeding with respect hereto and thereto or in connection herewith and therewith;
     (d) to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal in or with the Collateral or any part thereof as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof; and
     (e) to do, at its option and at the expense and for the account of such Trustor, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect or preserve the Collateral or the Trust Estate and to realize upon the Collateral.
     Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc. Upon the receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default and so long as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series) or by the Representative with respect to such Series:
     (a) the Collateral Agent shall have the right and power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Agreement and each Collateral Document to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; and
     (b) the Collateral Agent may, either after entry or without entry, proceed by suit or suits at law or in equity to enforce such rights and to foreclose upon the Collateral and to sell all or, from time to time, any of the Trust Estate under the judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
     Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver. If a receiver of the Trust Estate shall be appointed in judicial proceedings, the Collateral Agent may be appointed as such receiver. Notwithstanding the appointment of a receiver, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to retain possession and control of all cash held by or deposited with it or its agents pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document.
     Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers. All of the powers, remedies and rights of the Collateral Agent as set forth in this Agreement may be exercised by the Collateral Agent in respect of any Collateral Document as though set forth at length therein and all the powers, remedies and rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties as set forth in any Collateral Document may be exercised from time to time as herein and therein provided.

13


 

     Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders. (a) Subject to Section 3.08(b), if an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and if the Collateral Agent shall have received a Notice of Actionable Default with respect thereto, the Majority Holders shall have the right, by an instrument in writing executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent, to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any right or remedy available to the Collateral Agent, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Collateral Agent, or for the appointment of a receiver, or for the taking of any action authorized by Article 3 of this Agreement.
     (b) The Collateral Agent shall not follow any written directions received pursuant to Section 3.08(a) to the extent such written directions are known by the Collateral Agent to be in conflict with any provisions of law or if the Collateral Agent shall have received from independent counsel an unqualified opinion to the effect that following such written directions would result in a breach of a provision or covenant contained in the Indenture or impose individual liability on the Collateral Agent.
     (c) Nothing in this Section 3.08 shall impair the right of the Collateral Agent in its discretion to take or omit to take any action deemed proper by the Collateral Agent and which action or omission is not inconsistent with the direction of the Secured Parties entitled to direct the Collateral Agent with respect to such action as provided for in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions of this Agreement or under any Collateral Document.
     (d) For the avoidance of doubt, the Majority Holders when taking, or in directing the Collateral Agent to take, any action with respect of the Collateral, the Majority Holders may elect to take such action (or to direct the Collateral Agent to take such action) with respect to all or any part of the Collateral, except as limited by mandatory provisions of applicable law.
     Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive. (a) No remedy conferred upon or reserved to the Collateral Agent in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy or remedies, but every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy conferred in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute.
     (b) No delay or omission of the Collateral Agent to exercise any right, remedy or power accruing upon any Actionable Default shall impair any such right, remedy or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Actionable Default or an acquiescence therein; and every right, power and remedy given by this Agreement or any Collateral Document to the Collateral Agent may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Collateral Agent.
     (c) In case the Collateral Agent shall have proceeded to enforce any right, remedy or power under this Agreement or any Collateral Document and the proceeding for the enforcement thereof shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case the Trustors, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, severally and respectively be restored to their former

14


 

positions and rights, under this Agreement and under such Collateral Document with respect to the Trust Estate and in all other respects, and thereafter all rights, remedies and powers of the Collateral Agent shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.
     (d) All rights of action and rights to assert claims upon or under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents may be enforced by the Collateral Agent without the possession of any Document or the production thereof in any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Collateral Agent shall be brought in its name as Collateral Agent and any recovery of judgment shall be held as part of the Trust Estate.
     Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights. The Trustors, to the extent they may lawfully do so, on behalf of themselves and all who may claim through or under them, including, without limitation, any and all subsequent creditors, vendees, assignees and lienors, expressly waive and release any, every and all rights to demand or to have any marshaling of the Trust Estate upon any sale, whether made under any power of sale herein granted or pursuant to judicial proceedings or upon any foreclosure or any enforcement of this Agreement and consents and agrees that all the Trust Estate may at any such sale be offered and sold as an entirety.
     Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agent’s Duties in Respect of Collateral. Beyond its duties set forth in this Agreement as to the custody thereof and the accounting to the Trustors and the Secured Parties for moneys received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to the Trustors and the Secured Parties as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or nominee of it or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. To the extent, however, that the Collateral Agent or any agent or nominee thereof maintains possession or control of any of the Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall, and shall instruct such agent or nominee to, grant the Trustors access to and use of such Collateral that the Trustors require for the normal conduct of their business; provided that such rights may be limited as provided in this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents after the Collateral Agent shall have received a Notice of Actionable Default.
     Section 3.12. Limitation by Law. All rights, remedies and powers provided by this Article 3 may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of law in the premises, and all the provisions of this Article 3 are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling in the premises and to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Agreement invalid, unenforceable in whole or in part or not entitled to be recorded, registered, or filed under the provisions of any applicable law.
     Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 3.02) or any provision of any Collateral Document, the right of each Secured Party, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payments of the Obligations held by such Secured Party on or after the due date thereof as therein expressed, to seek adequate protection in respect of its interest in this Agreement and the Collateral, to institute suit for the enforcement of such payment on or

15


 

after such due date, or to assert its position and views as a secured creditor in a Bankruptcy Proceeding, or the obligation of the Trustors, which is also absolute and unconditional, to pay in full and otherwise perform all Obligations at the time and place expressed therein shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Secured Party.
ARTICLE 4
Trust Account, Application of Moneys
     Section 4.01. The Trust Account. On the date hereof there shall be established and, at all times thereafter until the trusts created by this Agreement shall have terminated, there shall be maintained with the Collateral Agent an account that shall be entitled the “[ACCOUNT NAME]” (the “Trust Account”). The Trust Account shall be established and maintained by the Collateral Agent at its designated corporate trust offices. All moneys that are received by the Collateral Agent after the occurrence of an Actionable Default in connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral shall be deposited in the Trust Account and thereafter shall be held and applied by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. To the extent necessary, appropriate or desirable, the Collateral Agent from time to time may establish sub-accounts as part of the Trust Account for the purpose of better identifying and maintaining proceeds of Collateral, all of which sub-accounts shall be treated as and be deemed equivalent to, the Trust Account for all purposes hereof.
     Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account. All right, title and interest in and to the Trust Account shall vest in the Collateral Agent, and funds on deposit in the Trust Account shall constitute part of the Trust Estate. The Trust Account shall be subject to the exclusive dominion and control of the Collateral Agent.
     Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account. At the written direction of the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent shall invest and reinvest moneys on deposit in the Trust Account at any time in:
     (a) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government;
     (b) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s;
     (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above;

16


 

     (d) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and
     (e) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above;
provided that the Majority Holders shall not be entitled to direct the making of any such investment or reinvestment to the extent that the Trustors would not be permitted to hold such investment under the terms of any Documents. All such investments and the interest and income received thereon and therefrom and the net proceeds realized on the sale thereof shall be held in the Trust Account, as applicable, as part of the Trust Estate.
     Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account. All moneys held by the Collateral Agent in the Trust Account shall, to the extent available for distribution, be distributed (or deposited in a separate account for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative pursuant to Section 4.05) by the Collateral Agent as follows:
     First: To the Collateral Agent in an amount equal to the Collateral Agent’s Fees that are unpaid as of the relevant Distribution Date and to any Secured Party that has theretofore advanced or paid any Collateral Agent’s Fees in an amount equal to the amount thereof so advanced or paid by such Secured Party prior to such Distribution Date;
     Second: to the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) equally and ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations on the relevant Distribution Date) for application to the payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than Obligations paid pursuant to clause first above) that are then due and payable to the Secured Parties (which shall then be applied or held by the Indenture Trustee and each such New Representative in such order as may be provided in the applicable Documents); provided that any moneys held in the Trust Account that were received in connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any assets or properties that do not constitute Collateral with respect to one or more Series of New Obligations shall be distributed pursuant to this clause Second to the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative with respect to each Series of New Obligations that is secured by such assets or properties, equally and ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations secured by such assets or properties on the relevant Distribution Date); and
     Third: Any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the respective Trustor, its successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
     In connection with the application of proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.04, except as otherwise directed in writing by the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent may sell any non-cash proceeds for cash prior to the application of the proceeds thereof.
     Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties. If at any time any moneys collected or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral Document are distributable pursuant to Section 4.04 to the

17


 

Indenture Trustee or any New Representative, and if the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall notify the Collateral Agent that no provision is made under the Note Documents or New Documents, as applicable, (a) for the application by the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts so distributable (whether by virtue of the Note Obligations or the applicable New Obligations not having become due and payable or otherwise) or (b) for the receipt and the holding by the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts pending the application thereof, then the Collateral Agent shall invest, at the written direction of the Majority Holders, all such amounts applicable to the Note Obligations or the New Obligations in obligations of the kinds referred to in Section 4.03, with the specific investment specified in writing and shall hold all such amounts so distributable, and all such investments and the proceeds thereof, in trust solely for the Indenture Trustee and/or such New Representative and for no other purpose until such time as the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall request the delivery thereof by the Collateral Agent to the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, for application by it pursuant to the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable.
     This Article 4 is intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Obligations, each present and future Indenture Trustee, each present and future New Representative and the Collateral Agent as a Secured Party.
ARTICLE 5
Agreements with the Collateral Agent
     Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement on the date hereof, the Company will deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of each of the Documents then in effect. The Company agrees that, promptly upon the execution thereof, Company will, or cause the applicable Trustor to, deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of (a) any and all amendments, modifications or supplements to any Document, and (b) any Documents, entered into subsequent to the date hereof. Unless and until the Collateral Agent actually receives such copies it shall not be deemed to have knowledge of them.
     Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties. The Company agrees that it shall deliver to the Collateral Agent from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, a list setting forth, by each Document then in effect:
     (i) the aggregate amount outstanding thereunder;
     (ii) the interest rates then in effect thereunder;
     (iii) to the extent known to the Company, the names of the holders of the Notes outstanding thereunder and the unpaid principal amount owing to each such holder of Notes; and

18


 

     (iv) the names of such other Secured Parties under any other Series of Obligations and the unpaid aggregate amounts owing to each such Secured Party.
     The Company will furnish to the Collateral Agent within 30 days after the date hereof, and periodically if notice addresses and/or addresses change, a list setting forth the name and address of each party to whom notices must be sent under the Documents. At all times the Collateral Agent may assume without inquiry that the most recent list it has received remains current.
     Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay to the Collateral Agent from time to time following receipt of an invoice therefrom:
     (i) compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to compensation of a trustee of an express trust), as agreed by the Trustors and the Collateral Agent, for Collateral Agent’s services hereunder and under the Collateral Documents and for administering the Trust Estate; and
     (ii) all of the fees, reasonable costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of their counsel and such special counsel, auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers or other professional advisors and agents as the Collateral Agent elect to retain) (A) arising in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, modification and termination of, or consent or waiver to, this Agreement and each Collateral Document or the enforcement of any of the provisions hereof or thereof, or (B) incurred or required to be advanced in connection with the administration of the Trust Estate, the sale or other disposition of Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document and the preservation, protection or defense of the Collateral Agent’s rights under this Agreement and in and to the Collateral and the Trust Estate, and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent and its agents in creating, perfecting, preserving, releasing or enforcing the Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral.
     The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.03 shall survive the termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.
     Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party (and their respective agents) from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp or other similar tax and any penalties or interest with respect thereto that may be assessed, levied or collected by any jurisdiction in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral Document, the Trust Estate or any Collateral. The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.04 shall survive the termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.
     Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc.. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay or to reimburse the Collateral Agent and its agents for any and all amounts

19


 

in respect of all search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Agreement and each Collateral Document. The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.05 shall survive the termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.
     Section 5.06. Indemnification. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay, indemnify, and hold the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (including, but not limited to, actions by the Collateral Agent to enforce its rights with respect to the Collateral), unless arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (in either case, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) of the Collateral Agent or such of the agents as are seeking indemnification. The foregoing indemnities in this Section 5.06 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent or the termination of this Agreement.
     Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements. (a) At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent, and, at the sole expense of the Trustors, the Trustors will promptly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary or desirable in obtaining the full benefits of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the other Documents and of the rights and powers herein and therein granted. To the extent required by law, the Trustors shall, in all of their financial statements, indicate by footnote or otherwise that the Obligations are secured pursuant to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
     (b) Pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Agreement, from time to time, additional direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company are required to become parties to the Security Agreement. In connection with any such subsidiary becoming party to the Security Agreement, such subsidiary (an “Additional Trustor”) shall execute a Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto and upon such execution shall become a Trustor hereunder with all applicable rights and responsibilities.
ARTICLE 6
The Collateral Agent
     Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent, for itself and its successors, hereby accepts the trusts created by this Agreement upon the terms and conditions hereof, including those contained in this Article 6.
     (b) The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to enter into and perform its obligations and protect, perfect, exercise and enforce its interests, rights, powers and remedies under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and applicable

20


 

law and in equity and to act as set forth in this Agreement or as requested in any lawful directions given to it from time to time in respect of any matter by a written notice of the Majority Holders.
     (c) Neither the Indenture Trustee nor any New Representative or any other holder of Obligations will have any liability whatsoever for any act or omission of the Collateral Agent.
     (d) The Collateral Agent will accept, hold, administer and enforce all Liens on the Collateral at any time transferred or delivered to it and all other interests, rights, powers and remedies at any time granted to or enforceable by the Collateral Agent and all other property of the Trust Estates solely and exclusively for the benefit of all present and future holders of Obligations, and will distribute all proceeds received by it in realization thereon or from enforcement thereof solely and exclusively pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.04.
     (e) Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Agreement shall require the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.
     Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions. (a) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for the correctness of any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document, all of which are made solely by the Trustors. The Collateral Agent makes no representations as to the value or condition of the Trust Estate or any part thereof, or as to the title of the Trustors thereto or as to the security afforded by any Collateral Document or this Agreement, or as to the validity, execution (except its own execution), enforceability, legality or sufficiency of this Agreement, any Collateral Document or the Obligations secured hereby and thereby, and the Collateral Agent shall incur no liability or responsibility in respect of any such matters. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for insuring the Trust Estate or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or liens upon the Trust Estate or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Trust Estate, except that in the event the Collateral Agent enters into possession of a part or all of the Trust Estate, the Collateral Agent shall preserve the part in its possession.
     (b) The Collateral Agent shall not be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance by the Trustors of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, in any Collateral Document or in any other Document. Whenever it is necessary, or in the opinion of the Collateral Agent advisable, for the Collateral Agent to ascertain the amount of Obligations then held by a Secured Party, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on a certificate of such Secured Party or its representative (including the Indenture Trustee or any applicable New Representative) as to such amount, and if any such Secured Party or representative shall not give such information to the Collateral Agent, such Secured Party shall not be entitled to receive distributions hereunder (in which case such distributions shall be held in trust for such Secured Party) until it has given such information to the Collateral Agent.

21


 

     (c) The Collateral Agent shall not be personally liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with this Agreement or any Collateral Document except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     (d) The Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for the preparation, filing or recording of any instrument, document or financing statement or for the maintenance of any security interest intended to be perfected thereby.
     Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties. The Collateral Agent may execute any of the trusts or powers hereof and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact, which may include officers and employees of the Trustors. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to advice of counsel, at the expense of the Trustors, concerning all matters pertaining to such trusts, powers and duties. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it without gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent. (a) Whenever in the administration of the trusts of this Agreement the Collateral Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established in connection with the taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder by the Collateral Agent, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively provided or established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Collateral Agent, and such certificate shall be full warranty to the Collateral Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted in reliance thereon, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 6.05.
     (b) The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection, and any opinion of such counsel who is not an employee of the Collateral Agent shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered by it hereunder in accordance therewith. The Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of the Trust Estate from any court of competent jurisdiction.
     (c) The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting, upon any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables, telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Collateral Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement or any Collateral Document. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent may rely as provided in this Section 6.04 on any Officer’s Certificate provided by the Company pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof, and may deem such information correct until such time as it receives any written modification of any such certificate from Company in respect thereof.

22


 

     (d) The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in the Collateral Agent by this Agreement at the request or direction of the Majority Holders pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral Document, unless the Collateral Agent shall have been provided adequate security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Collateral Agent.
     Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent shall be obliged to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or any Collateral Document against the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted by it in accordance with the direction of the Majority Holders pursuant to Section 3.08.
     (b) Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions hereof or any Collateral Document except upon the written request of the Majority Holders pursuant to Section 3.08. The Collateral Agent shall make available for inspection and copying by the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative, each certificate or other paper furnished to the Collateral Agent by the Company under or in respect of this Agreement, any Collateral Document or any of the Trust Estate.
     (c) Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to any action by, consent, designation, specification, requirement of approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by the Collateral Agent, it is understood that in all cases the Collateral Agent shall, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, be acting, giving, withholding, suffering, omitting, taking or otherwise undertaking and exercising the same (or shall not be undertaking and exercising the same) as directed by the Secured Parties. This provision is intended solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any rights or benefits on any party hereto.
     Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust. All moneys received by the Collateral Agent under or pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document shall be held in trust for the purposes for which they were paid or are held.
     Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent may at any time, by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any), resign and be discharged of the responsibilities hereby created, such resignation to become effective upon the earlier of: (i) 30 days from the date of such notice and (ii) the appointment of a successor trustee or trustees by the Company, the acceptance of such appointment by such successor

23


 

trustee or trustees, and the approval of such successor trustee or trustees by the Majority Holders; provided that no resignation shall become effective unless and until a successor trustee has been appointed as provided herein. The Collateral Agent may be removed at any time and a successor trustee or trustees appointed by the affirmative vote of the Majority Holders; provided that the Collateral Agent shall be paid its fees and reasonable expenses to the date of removal. If no successor trustee or trustees shall be appointed and approved within 30 days from the date of the giving of the aforesaid notice of resignation, the Collateral Agent shall, or the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any other Secured Party may, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor trustee or trustees (which may be an individual or individuals) to act until such time, if any, as a successor trustee or trustees shall have been appointed as above provided. Any successor trustee or trustees so appointed by such court shall immediately and without further act be superseded by any successor trustee or trustees approved by the Majority Holders as above provided.
     (b) If at any time the Collateral Agent shall resign or be removed or otherwise become incapable of acting, or if at any time, a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Collateral Agent for any other cause, a successor trustee or trustees may be appointed by the Majority Holders, and the powers, duties, authority and title of the predecessor trustee or trustees terminated and canceled without procuring the resignation of such predecessor trustee or trustees, and without any other formality (except as may be required by applicable law) than appointment and designation of a successor trustee or trustees in writing, duly acknowledged, delivered to the predecessor trustee or trustees and Company, and filed for record in each public office, if any, in which this Agreement is required to be filed.
     (c) The appointment and designation referred to in Section 6.07(b) shall, after any required filing, be full evidence of the right and authority to make the same and of all the facts therein recited, and this Agreement shall vest in such successor trustee or trustees, without any further act, deed or conveyance, all of the estate and title of its predecessor, and upon such filing for record the successor trustee or trustees shall become fully vested with all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of its predecessor; but such predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of the Majority Holders, the Company or the successor trustee or trustees, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor or successors all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of such predecessor or predecessors hereunder and shall deliver all Securities and moneys held by it to such successor trustee or trustees. Should any deed, conveyance or other instrument in writing from any Trustor be required by any successor trustee or trustees for more fully and certainly vesting in such successor trustee or trustees the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title vested or intended to be vested in the predecessor trustee or trustees, any and all such deeds, conveyances and other instruments in writing shall, on request of such successor trustee or trustees, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by such Trustor.
     (d) Any required filing for record of the instrument appointing a successor trustee or trustees as hereinabove provided shall be at the sole expense of the Trustors. The resignation of any trustee or trustees and the instrument or instruments removing any trustee or trustees, together with all other instruments, deeds and conveyances provided

24


 

for in this Article 6 shall, if permitted by law, be forthwith recorded, registered and filed by and at the expense of the Trustors, wherever this Agreement is recorded, registered and filed.
     Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent. Except as permitted by Section 6.07, every successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.07 shall be a bank or trust company in good standing and having power so to act, incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having its principal corporate trust office within the 48 contiguous States, and shall also have (together with its corporate affiliates) capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $100,000,000, if there be such an institution with such capital, surplus and undivided profits willing, qualified and able to accept the trust upon reasonable or customary terms.
     Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent. Any corporation into which the Collateral Agent may be merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Collateral Agent shall be a party, or any corporation to which the Collateral Agent shall transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business (including the administration of this trust) shall be Collateral Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.
     Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee. (a) If at any time or times it shall be necessary or prudent in order to conform to any law of any jurisdiction in which any of the Collateral shall be located, or the Collateral Agent shall be advised by counsel, satisfactory to it, that it is so necessary or advisable in the interest of the Secured Parties, or the Majority Holders shall in writing so request the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, or the Collateral Agent shall deem it desirable for its own protection in the performance of its duties hereunder, the Collateral Agent and the Trustors shall, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, execute and deliver all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to constitute another bank or trust company, or one or more persons approved by the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, either to act as co-trustee or co-trustees of all or any of the Collateral, jointly with the Collateral Agent originally named herein or any successor or successors, or to act as separate trustee or trustees of any such property. In the event the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of such instruments and agreements within 30 days after the receipt of a written request from the Collateral Agent so to do, or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may act under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 without the concurrence of the Trustors, and the Trustors hereby appoint the Collateral Agent as its agent and attorney to act for it under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 in either of such contingencies.
     (b) Every separate trustee and every co-trustee, other than any trustee that may be appointed as successor to the Collateral Agent, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act and be such, subject to the following provisions and conditions, namely:
     (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred upon the Collateral Agent in respect of the custody, control and management of moneys,

25


 

papers or Securities shall be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, or its successors hereunder;
     (ii) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be conferred or imposed and exercised or performed by the Collateral Agent and such separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees, jointly, as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Collateral Agent shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees;
     (iii) no power given hereby to, or that it is provided hereby may be exercised by, any such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate trustees, shall be exercised hereunder by such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate trustees, except jointly with, or with the consent in writing of, the Collateral Agent, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding;
     (iv) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and
     (v) the Trustors and the Collateral Agent, at any time by an instrument in writing, executed by them, may accept the resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or co-trustee, and in that case, by an instrument in writing executed by the Trustors and the Collateral Agent jointly, may appoint a successor to such separate trustee or co-trustee, as the case may be, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding. In the event that the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of any such instrument within ten days after the receipt of a written request from the Collateral Agent so to do, or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall have the power to accept the resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or co-trustee and to appoint a successor without the concurrence of the Trustors, the Trustors hereby appointing the Collateral Agent its agent and attorney to act for it in such connection in either of such contingencies. In the event that the Collateral Agent shall have appointed a separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees as above provided, it may at any time, by an instrument in writing, accept the resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or co-trustee, the successor to any such separate trustee or co-trustee to be appointed by the Trustors and the Collateral Agent, or by the Collateral Agent alone, as provided in this Section 6.10.

26


 

ARTICLE 7
Release of Collateral
     Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure. (a) Subject to Section 7.01(c), the Collateral Agent’s Liens upon the Collateral will be released:
     (i) in whole, upon (A) payment in full and discharge of all outstanding Notes (or upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the Indenture) and all outstanding indebtedness in respect of each New Facility (if any) (or upon a defeasance or discharge of each such New Facility in accordance with the applicable New Documents) and all other Obligations (in each case other than any indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made) and (B) termination or expiration of all commitments to extend credit under all Documents; provided that the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this clause (i) have been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;
     (ii) as to any Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Trustor to a Person that is not (either before or after such sale, transfer or disposition) the Company or any other Trustor in a transaction or other circumstance that is permitted by all of the Documents, automatically at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5 of the Indenture where the recipient is required to become the obligor on the Notes or a Guarantor or any similar provision contained in any other Document) to the extent of the interest sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of; provided that, to the extent provided in the Collateral Documents, the Collateral Agent’s Liens will attach to the proceeds received in respect of any such sale, transfer or other disposition, subject to the priorities set forth in Section 4.04;
     (iii) as to a release of any portion of the Collateral (which may include all or substantially all of the Collateral), with respect to such Collateral, if (A) consent to the release of such Liens of the Collateral Agent on such Collateral has been given by (i) the requisite holders of Notes (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the requisite holders of Notes) and (ii) the requisite holders of indebtedness in respect of each other Series of Obligations, in each case as permitted by, and in accordance with, the applicable Documents and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this clause (iii) have been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document; provided that the Collateral Agent’s Liens on any such Collateral solely securing a particular Series of New Obligations shall be released with respect to such Series if (A) consent to the release of such Liens has been given by the requisite holders of such Series of New Obligations (determined under the New Documents governing such Series) and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this proviso to clause (iii) have been met and that such

27


 

release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document; and
     (iv) if any part of the Collateral is subject to any Permitted Lien (as defined in the Security Agreement) that is senior to the Liens securing the Collateral as a matter of law, the Collateral Agent will execute any document reasonably requested in writing by the Company to evidence such subordination.
     (b) Subject to Section 7.01(c), the Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral securing the Note Obligations only (and not any other Obligations) will be released upon payment in full and discharge of all outstanding Notes (or upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the Indenture) and all other Note Obligations (other than any indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made), and thereafter the rights of the holders of the Notes and the Note Obligations to the benefit and proceeds of the Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged; provided that the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this clause (b) have been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;
     (c) All of the Collateral shall not be released pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(i), 7.01(a)(iii) or 7.01(b) unless and until all Collateral Agent’s Fees (other than any indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made) shall have been paid in full.
     (d) The Collateral of a Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the release of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guaranty as provided in Section 10.09 of the Indenture and the comparable provision of each other Document.
     (e) Upon the release of the Collateral, or any portion thereof, in each case in accordance with the provisions hereof (other than any Collateral that is released with respect to less than all of the Obligations), all right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent in, to and under the Trust Estate in respect of the Collateral or portion thereof so released, and the Collateral Documents in respect of such Collateral, shall terminate and shall revert to the respective Trustors, their successors and assigns, and the estate, right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent therein shall thereupon cease, determine and become void; and in such case (including a release with respect to less than all of the Obligations), upon the written request of the respective Trustors, their successors or assigns, and at the cost and expense of the Trustors, their successors or assigns, the Collateral Agent shall execute in respect of the Collateral so released, a satisfaction of the Collateral Documents with respect to such Collateral and such instruments as are necessary or desirable to terminate and remove of record any documents constituting public notice of the Collateral Documents and the security interests and assignments granted thereunder, in each case with respect to such Collateral, and shall assign and transfer, or cause to be assigned and transferred, and shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustors, in respect of the Collateral so released, all property, including all moneys, instruments and Securities (if any), of the Trustors then held by the Collateral Agent. The cancellation and satisfaction of the Collateral Documents shall be without prejudice

28


 

to the rights of the Collateral Agent or any successor trustee to charge and be reimbursed for any expenditures that it may thereafter incur in connection therewith.
ARTICLE 8
Miscellaneous
     Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers. (a) With the written consent of the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) (in each case given in accordance with the requirements (including the amendment provisions) of the Documents with respect to the applicable Series of Obligations), the Collateral Agent and the Trustors may, from time to time, enter into written supplements, amendments, restatements, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement or any Collateral Document for the purpose of adding to, amending, waiving or otherwise modifying any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document or changing the rights of the Collateral Agent, the Secured Parties or the Trustors hereunder or thereunder; provided, however, that:
     (i) no such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall, without the written consent of the Collateral Agent, (x) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article 6 or alter the duties or obligations of the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any Collateral Document or (y) amend or modify the definition of “Majority Holders” set forth in Section 1.02;
     (ii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that would only adversely affect the Obligations of a particular Series shall require only the written consent of the Representative with respect to such Series (given in accordance with the requirements (including the amendment provisions if applicable) of the Documents with respect to such Series); and
     (iii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that has the effect of releasing Collateral from the Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents other than as provided for in Section 7.01 shall be effective only if made in accordance with the requirements of, and the amendment provisions set forth in, each of the Documents;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Trustor shall have any right to consent to or approve any supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement that is solely and exclusively an intercreditor matter that affects the Secured Parties and does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of any Trustor (including, without limitation, Sections 2.03 and 4.04), but the Collateral Agent shall promptly provide a copy of any such executed amendment, restatement, supplement, modification or waiver to the Trustors and (y) without the consent of any Secured Party, any Collateral Document may be supplemented, amended, restated, waived or otherwise modified (A) to the extent (and only to the extent) required to allow for any release of Collateral that is expressly permitted by Section 7.01 and (B) in the following circumstances:

29


 

          (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed;
          (2) to comply with (i) Article 5 of the Indenture or (ii) the comparable provisions of any New Documents; provided, in the case of clause (ii), that the applicable supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification does not adversely affect the Note Obligations;
          (3) to comply with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of (i) the Indenture or (ii) any New Documents; provided, in the case of clause (ii), that the applicable supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification does not adversely affect the Note Obligations;
          (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Indenture Trustee or Collateral Agent;
          (5) to conform the text of this Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the offering memorandum dated November 5, 2010 relating to the offering by the Company of the Notes, as certified in an Officer’s Certificate; or
          (6) to make any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Secured Party.
     Any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall be binding upon the Trustors, the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent and their respective successors. The Collateral Agent shall not enter into any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification unless it shall have received (x) written authorization from the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative to enter into same, which authorization shall include a statement to the effect that the requisite holders of the applicable Series of Obligations (determined under the Documents governing such Series) have authorized the entry into same and (y) an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification will not result in a breach of any provision or covenant contained in the Indenture, any other Document or this Agreement.

30


 

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Secured Party, the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, at any time and from time to time, may enter into additional pledge or Collateral Documents or one or more agreements supplemental hereto or to any Collateral Document, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that any supplement in the form of Exhibits A and B shall be deemed to be satisfactory to the Collateral Agent):
     (i) to add to the covenants of the Trustors, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Trustors;
     (ii) to pledge or grant a security interest in any property or assets that are required to be pledged, or in which a security interest is required to be granted, to the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Collateral Document or any other applicable Document;
     (iii) to cure any ambiguity or omission, to correct or to supplement any provision herein or in any Collateral Document that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein or therein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising hereunder or under any Collateral Document that shall not be inconsistent with any provision hereof or of any Collateral Document;
     (iv) to add an Additional Trustor; and
     (v) to add New Representative.
     (c) In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or waiver hereto or to any other Collateral Document, permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral Document, the Collateral Agent shall receive and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an opinion of counsel or an Officer’s Certificate stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral Document. The Collateral Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any amendment, supplement or waiver, which adversely affects the Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement, such Collateral Document or otherwise.
     (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the written instruction of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement, the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement and other agreements with respect to equityholders’ rights to which any Trustor is a party or becomes a party from time to time after execution of this Agreement.
     Section 8.02. Voting. (a) In connection with any matter under this Agreement requiring a vote of holders of Obligations at any time, each Series of Obligations will cast its votes in accordance with the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable, governing such Series of Obligations and as contemplated by the definition of Majority Holders hereunder.

31


 

     (b) For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of determining at any time whether the “Majority Holders” have given any instruction or taken any action hereunder (or consented to the taking of any action hereunder), the following rules shall apply: (i) the Representative with respect to each Series of Obligations shall be deemed to hold the principal amount of indebtedness constituting Obligations then outstanding under such Series of Obligations, (ii) each Representative shall, with respect to the principal amount of indebtedness constituting Obligations deemed held by such Representative pursuant to the preceding clause (i), provide any such instruction to, or shall instruct the Collateral Agent to take such action, in accordance with voting provisions set forth in the Documents with respect to the applicable Series of Obligations and subject to the proviso at the end of the definition of “Majority Holders” and to the last sentence of such definition and (iii) based on the foregoing procedures, the Collateral Agent shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), whether the Secured Parties that have given such instruction or taken such action (or consented to the taking of such action) constitute the “Majority Holders” as defined in the definition thereof.
     (c) Any direction in writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by or with the written consent of the Majority Holders (a) shall set forth the aggregate amount of Obligations owed by the Trustors to the Secured Parties represented by the Indenture Trustee and by each New Representative under the Note Documents or the applicable New Documents, as the case may be, calculated as of the date of determination and in accordance with the definition of Majority Holders hereunder, and (b) shall be binding upon all of the Secured Parties, unless the matter which is the subject of the applicable vote requires pursuant to the terms hereof the consent of all Secured Parties.
     Section 8.03. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by mail, overnight courier or hand delivery:
     (a) If to any Trustor, to it at the address of the Company at: Harbinger Group Inc., 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Francis T. McCarron (facsimile: (212) 339-5801), or at such other address as shall be designated by it in a written notice to the Collateral Agent.
     (b) If to the Collateral Agent, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall be designated by it in a written notice to the Company.
     (c) If to the Indenture Trustee, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall be designated by it in writing to the Collateral Agent.
     (d) If to any New Representative, to it at its address as designated in the Collateral Trust Joinder to which it is a party, or at such other address as shall be designated by it in writing to the Collateral Agent.

32


 

     All such notices, requests, demands and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given or made, when delivered by hand, the Business Day following deposit with an overnight courier, or five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or when telecopied or electronically transmitted, receipt acknowledged; provided, however, that any notice, request, demand or other communication to the Collateral Agent shall not be effective until received.
     Section 8.04. Headings. Article, Section, subsection and other headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
     Section 8.05. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent may treat the registered holder of any registered note, and the payee or indorsee of any note or debenture that is not registered, as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes hereunder and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, whether such promissory note or debenture shall be past due or not.
     (b) Any person, firm, corporation or other entity that shall be designated as the duly authorized representative of one or more Secured Parties to act as such in connection with any matters pertaining to this Agreement or any Collateral Document or the Collateral shall present to the Collateral Agent such documents, including, without limitation, opinions of counsel, as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require, in order to demonstrate to the Collateral Agent the authority of such person, firm, corporation or other entity to act as the representative of such Secured Parties.
     Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors. (a) Upon any application or demand by any Trustor to the Collateral Agent to take or permit any action under any of the provisions of this Agreement, such Trustor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to the proposed action have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Agreement relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
     (b) Any opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon an Officer’s Certificate filed with the Collateral Agent.
     Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent. Any claims or causes of action that the holders of any Obligations, the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any Trustor shall have against the Collateral Agent shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the release of the Collateral hereunder.
     Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the Secured Parties, and their respective

33


 

successors and assigns, and nothing herein or in any Collateral Document is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement, any Collateral Document, the Collateral or the Trust Estate. All obligations of the Trustors hereunder will inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee, each New Representative and each present and future holder of Obligations, each of whom will be entitled to enforce this Agreement as a third-party beneficiary hereof, and all of their respective successors and assigns.
     Section 8.10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and any action alleging any breach by the Collateral Agent of its duties hereunder, whether by act or omission or anticipatory, shall be prosecuted only in the federal or state courts of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York.
     Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction. All judicial proceedings brought against any party hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Collateral Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York. By executing and delivering this Agreement, each Trustor, for itself and in connection with its properties, irrevocably:
     (a) accepts generally and unconditionally the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts;
     (b) waives any defense of forum non conveniens;
     (c) agrees that service of all process in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with Section 8.03;
     (d) agrees that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such proceeding in any such court and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect; and
     (e) agrees each party hereto retains the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to bring proceedings against any party in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
     Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party to this Agreement waives its rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising under this Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents or any dealings between them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or the intents and purposes of the Collateral Documents. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each party hereto has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each party hereto will continue to rely on this waiver in its

34


 

related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified either orally or in writing (other than by a mutual written waiver specifically referring to this Section 8.12 and executed by each of the parties hereto), and this waiver will apply to any subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements or modifications of or to this Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents or to any other documents or agreements relating thereto. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.
     Section 8.13. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
     Section 8.14. Consequential Damages. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Collateral Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
     Section 8.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
     Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference. In connection with its execution and acting as agent or trustee (as applicable) hereunder, each of the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and any New Representative are entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, immunities, benefits and indemnities provided to them under the Collateral Documents and any other applicable Documents.
     Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Collateral Agent. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Collateral Agent with such information as it may request in order for the Collateral Agent to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

35


 

     Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders. No holder of any Note Obligations or holder of any New Obligations shall have any independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to individual holders of Note Obligations pursuant to Section [6.07] of the Indenture or comparable provision for holders of New Obligations under any New Document; provided that nothing in this subsection shall limit any rights granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture or any New Representative under any New Document.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

36


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
       as Trustee under the Indenture
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
       as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Collateral Trust Agreement
 
 
     
     
     

 


 

         
Exhibit A to
Collateral Trust Agreement
[FORM OF] SUPPLEMENT TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
     Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Trust Agreement”), among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”), the Additional Trustors from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of __________, 20__ (this “Supplement to Trust Agreement”), is being delivered pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     The undersigned, _________, a ___________ (the “Additional Trustor”) hereby agrees to become a party to the Collateral Trust Agreement as a Trustor thereunder, for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement as fully as if the Additional Trustor had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust Agreement as of the date thereof.
     This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one contract.
     This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
[Signature Pages Follow]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Trustor has caused this Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized representative as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [ADDITIONAL TRUSTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
     The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement and agrees to act as Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral pledged by the Additional Trustor, as of the day and year first above written.
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,        as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
Exhibit B to
Collateral Trust Agreement
[FORM OF] JOINDER TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
     Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Trust Agreement”), among Harbinger Group Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “Company”), the Additional Trustors from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     This Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of ________, 20__ (this “Collateral Trust Joinder”), is being delivered pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement as a condition precedent to the incurrence of the indebtedness for which the undersigned is acting as agent being entitled to the benefits of being Obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     1. Joinder. The undersigned, _________________, a ___________, (the “New Representative”) as [trustee, administrative agent] under that certain [describe New Facility] (the “New Facility”) hereby agrees to become party as an New Representative and a Secured Party under the Collateral Trust Agreement for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement as fully as if the undersigned had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust Agreement as of the date thereof.
     2. Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation. The undersigned New Representative, on behalf of itself and each holder of obligations in respect of the New Facility (together with the New Representative, the “New Secured Parties”), hereby agrees, for the enforceable benefit of all existing and future New Representative, each existing and future Representative and each existing and future Secured Party, and as a condition to being treated as Obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement that:
     (a) all Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Liens granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which are at any time granted by any Trustor to secure any Obligations whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral for such New Facility, and that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be enforceable by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and ratably as contemplated by the Collateral Trust Agreement;
     (b) the New Representative and each other New Secured Party is bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking of Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Liens; and

 


 

     (c) the New Representative shall perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
     3. Appointment of Collateral Agent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and the New Secured Parties, hereby (a) irrevocably appoints [Wells Fargo Bank, National Association]1 as Collateral Agent for purposes of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents, (b) irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute any Collateral Documents on behalf of all Secured Parties and to take such other actions to maintain and preserve the security interests granted pursuant to any Collateral Documents, and (c) acknowledges that it has received and reviewed the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof. The New Representative, on behalf of the New Secured Parties, and the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the existing Secured Parties, each hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such shall be agent on behalf of the New Representative and on behalf of all other Secured Parties.
     4. Consent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and the New Secured Parties, consents to and directs the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
     5. Authority as Agent. The New Representative represents, warrants and acknowledges that it has the authority to bind each of the New Secured Parties to the Collateral Trust Agreement and such New Secured Parties are hereby bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking of Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Liens.
     6. New Representative. The New Representative in respect of the New Facility is [NEW REPRESENTATIVE]. The address of the New Representative in respect of the New Facility for purposes of all notices and other communications hereunder and under the Collateral Trust Agreement is __________, __________, Attention of __________ (Facsimile No. __________, electronic mail address: ____________).
     7. Officer’s Certificate. Each of the Trustors hereby certifies that the Trustors have previously delivered the Officer’s Certificate contemplated by Section 2.02(b)(i)) of the Collateral Trust Agreement and all other information, evidence and documentation required by Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
 
1   If a successor Collateral Agent has been appointed, the name of such successor should be filled in instead.

42


 

     8. Reaffirmation of Security Interest. By acknowledging and agreeing to this Collateral Trust Joinder, each of the Trustors hereby (a) confirms and reaffirms the security interests pledged and granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents and grants a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents), whether now owned or hereafter acquired to secure the Obligations, and agrees that such pledges and grants of security interests shall continue to be in full force and effect, (b) confirms and reaffirms all of its obligations under its guarantees pursuant to the applicable Note Documents and the New Documents and agrees that such guarantees shall continue to be in full force and effect, and (c) authorizes the filing of any financing statements describing the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents) in the same manner as described in the applicable Collateral Documents or in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interests in the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents) granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder or under the applicable Collateral Documents.
     9. Counterparts. This Collateral Trust Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Collateral Trust Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Collateral Trust Joinder by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Collateral Trust Joinder. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
     10. Governing Law. THIS COLLATERAL TRUST JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     11. Miscellaneous. The provisions of Article 8 of the Collateral Trust Agreement shall apply with like effect to this Collateral Trust Joinder.
[Signature Pages Follow]

43


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative has caused this Collateral Trust Joinder to be duly executed by its authorized representative, and each Trustor party hereto have caused the same to be accepted by their respective authorized representatives, as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NEW REPRESENTATIVE]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
         
  Acknowledged and agreed:
       HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  [OTHER TRUSTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
     The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Collateral Trust Joinder and agrees to act as Collateral Agent with respect to the New Facility in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
       as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

exv4w3
Exhibit 4.3
$350,000,000
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
November 15, 2010
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
   As Representatives of the Several Purchasers (the “Representatives”),
c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue,
New York, N.Y. 10010-3629
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
200 West Street,
New York, N.Y. 10282-2198
Dear Sirs:
     Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (collectively, the “Purchasers”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”), U.S.$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Offered Securities”). The Offered Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010 (the “Indenture”) among the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Trustee”). As an inducement to the Purchasers, the Company agrees with the Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Offered Securities (including, without limitation, the Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined below) (collectively the “Holders”), as follows:
     1. Registered Exchange Offer. Unless not permitted by applicable law, the Company shall, at its own cost, prepare and, not later than 150 days (or if the 150th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after the date of original issue of the Offered Securities (the “Issue Date”), file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “Registered Exchange Offer”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6(d) hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Offered Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “Exchange Securities”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Offered Securities (except for the removal of transfer restrictions relating to the Offered Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) that would be registered under the Securities Act. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act within 270 days (or if the 270th day is

 


 

not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after the Issue Date, an “effectiveness deadline”) of the Offered Securities and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the “Exchange Offer Registration Period”).
     If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company (i) will be entitled to close the Registered Exchange Offer 30 days after such commencement provided that the Company has accepted all the Offered Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer no later than 40 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective (or if the 40th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) (such 40th day (or first business day thereafter) being the “Consummation Deadline”).
     Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities electing to exchange the Offered Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, is not a broker-dealer tendering Offered Securities acquired directly from the Company for its own account and is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States.
     The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Offered Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) a Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Offered Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale.
     The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or a Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.

2


 

     If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Purchaser holds Offered Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Purchaser upon the written request of such Purchaser, in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for the Offered Securities held by such Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the Offered Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”). The Offered Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “Securities”.
     In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
     (a) mail or otherwise furnish to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
     (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders;
     (c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;
     (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and
     (e) otherwise comply with all applicable laws in all material respects.
     As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:
     (x) accept for exchange all the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;
     (y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Offered Securities so accepted for exchange; and
     (z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Offered Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Offered Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
     The Indenture provides that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.
     Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on

3


 

which interest was paid on the Offered Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Offered Securities, from the date of original issue of the Offered Securities.
     Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Offered Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or a broker-dealer tendering Offered Securities acquired directly from the Company for its own account and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Offered Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it acknowledges its obligations to deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
     Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     2. Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 310 days after the Issue Date (or if the 310th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter), (iii) any Purchaser so requests with respect to the Offered Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such Holder so requests, the Company shall take the following actions:
     (a) The Company shall, at its cost, within 60 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2) file with the Commission and thereafter shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) no later than 150 days after such requirement or request pursuant to this Section 2 (such 150th day (or first business day thereafter), an “effectiveness deadline”) a registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6(d) hereof) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “Shelf Registration”); provided, however, that no Holder (other than a Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; provided, further, that in no event shall the Company be required to file the Shelf Registration

4


 

Statement or have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective prior to the applicable deadlines for the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
     (b) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which all Offered Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith and (ii) the time when the Offered Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement are no longer restricted securities (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereof (“Rule 144”)) or may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation (the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Company shall be deemed not to have used its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless such action is required by applicable law.
     (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its respective effective date, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     3. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:
     (a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that a Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such Purchaser reasonably may propose in a timely manner; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by a Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission Rule 430B(b), in a prospectus supplement that

5


 

becomes a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f)) that is delivered to any Holder pursuant to Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling security holders; provided that such Holders have provided the Company with such information in a timely manner prior to the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus supplement, as applicable.
     (b) The Company shall give written notice to the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):
     (i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
     (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;
     (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405;
     (iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
     (v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
     (c) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.
     (d) If not otherwise available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”), upon the written request of a Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, the Company shall furnish, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Purchasers, make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 405. Each Purchaser, Holder of Securities and Participating Broker Dealer shall not take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Purchaser, Holder of Securities or Participating Broker Dealer that otherwise

6


 

would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of such Purchaser, Holder of Securities or Participating Broker Dealer.
     (e) If not otherwise available on EDGAR, upon the written request of any Holder of Securities, Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, the Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).
     (f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.
     (g) The Company shall deliver to each Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
     (h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities, pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
     (i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
     (j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities,

7


 

the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus (and shall keep confidential the cause of such notice for so long as the cause is not otherwise publicly known), and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). Each Holder receiving a notice pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) hereby agrees that (unless prohibited by applicable law or applicable document retention policy) it will either (i) destroy all prospectuses, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession which have been replaced by the Company with more recently dated prospectuses or (ii) deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice.
     (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Offered Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Offered Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
     (l) The Company will comply in all material respects with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.
     (m) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
     (n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
     (o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of

8


 

the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.
     (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof; provided, further, that the conduct of the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be subject to the execution by all persons party to such inspection and information gathering of a reasonable confidentiality undertaking in customary form with respect to confidential and proprietary information of the Company.
     (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by any Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include, without limitation, the due incorporation and good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries; the qualification of the Company and its subsidiaries to transact business as foreign corporations; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the applicable Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the Company and its subsidiaries; the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the offering and sale of the applicable Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the compliance in all material respects as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, respectively; as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto or most recent prospectus supplement thereto that is deemed to establish a new effective date, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus and any prospectus supplement included therein, as then amended or supplemented and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of an applicable time identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, the absence from the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented at such applicable time and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, taken together with any other documents identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which

9


 

financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.
     (r) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Offered Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the Offered Securities so exchanged that such Offered Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Offered Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
     (s) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) if the Offered Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Offered Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Offered Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, in each case, if so requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or by the managing underwriters, if any.
     (t) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Rules”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”)) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 2720) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules.
     (u) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.
     (v) Each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by acquisition of Offered Securities or Exchange Securities that, upon the Company providing notice to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (x) of the happening of any event of the kind described in paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) hereof, or (y) that the Board of Directors of the Company has resolved that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for doing so, then, upon providing such notice (which shall refer to this Section 3(w)), the Company may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (if not then filed or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement, in all cases, for a period (a “Delay Period”) expiring upon the earlier to occur of (i) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (x), such Holder’s or

10


 

Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(g) hereof or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto or (ii) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (y), the date which is the earlier of (A) the date on which such business purpose ceases to interfere with the Company’s obligations to file or maintain the effectiveness of any such Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement or (B) 60 days after the Company notifies the Holders of such good faith determination. There shall not be more than 60 days of Delay Periods during any 12-month period. The Shelf Registration Period provided for in Section 2(b) above shall each be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during any Delay Period. Any Delay Period will not alter the obligations of the Company to pay Additional Interest under the circumstances set forth in Section 6 hereof.
     4. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof (including the reasonable fees and expenses, if any, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Purchasers, incurred in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer), whether or not the Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Offered Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Offered Securities in connection therewith.
     5. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of the Securities, any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 433 (“Issuer FWP”), relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.
     (b) Each Holder of the Securities and each Participating Broker Dealer, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and against any losses, claims, damages or

11


 

liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder or Participating Broker Dealer and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder or Participating Broker Dealer specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder or Participating Broker Dealer may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons.
     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. In the event, however, such indemnified party reasonably determines in its judgment based on the advice of counsel that having common counsel would present such counsel with a conflict of interest or if the defendants in or targets of any such action or proceeding include both an indemnified party and the indemnifying party and such indemnified party reasonably concludes that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or if the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of the action or proceeding or to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party in a timely manner, then such indemnified party may employ separate counsel to represent or defend it in any such action or proceeding and the indemnifying party will pay the reasonable and customary fees and disbursements of such counsel. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions arising in the same jurisdiction out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the party of judgment with respect to, any such action or claim effected without its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

12


 

     (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
     (e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) Additional interest (the “Additional Interest”) with respect to the Offered Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (iv) below a “Registration Default”):
     (i) the Company fails to file any Registration Statement required by this Agreement on or prior to the applicable deadline;
     (ii) any Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the applicable effectiveness deadline;
     (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the Consummation Deadline; or
     (iv) If after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective by the Commission but (A) such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective; or (B) such Registration

13


 

Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable (except as permitted in paragraph (b)) in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, except, in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to all Securities tendered in connection therewith, because either (1) any event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus forming part of such Registration Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, (2) it shall be necessary to amend such Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder, or (3) such Registration Statement is a Shelf Registration Statement that has expired before a replacement Shelf Registration Statement has become effective.
Additional Interest shall accrue on the Transfer Restricted Securities affected by a Registration Default over and above the interest otherwise payable on the Transfer Restricted Securities from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, to be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 0.50% per annum. In no event shall the Company be obligated to pay Additional Interest for more than one Registration Default under this Section 6(a) at any one time.
     (b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iv)(B) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 60 days, Additional Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from and after the 60th day after such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured.
     (c) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360.
     (d) “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which such Transfer Restricted Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of a Offered Security for an Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iii) the date on which such Offered Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement.

14


 

     7. Rules 144 and 144A. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Offered Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Offered Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Offered Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Offered Securities identified to the Company by the Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Offered Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.
     8. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“Managing Underwriters”) will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering, subject to the prior approval by the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
     9. Miscellaneous.
     (a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents.
     (b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:
          (1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company.
          (2) if to the Purchasers;
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010-3629
Fax No.: (212) 325-4296
Attention: LCD-IBD Group
and
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
200 West Street
New York, NY 10010-3629
Attention: Registration Department

15


 

     with a copy to:
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Michael Kaplan
          (3) if to the Company, at its address as follows:
Harbinger Group Inc.
450 Park Avenue, 27th floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Francis T. McCarron
     with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Raphael M. Russo
     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
     (c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
     (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
     (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     (f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     (g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

16


 

     (h) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
     (i) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
     (j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
     (k) Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate on the date, if any, that the Company notifies the Escrow Agent (as defined in the Indenture) in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement (as defined in the Indenture) that the conditions to the release of the Collateral (as defined in the Indenture) from escrow will not be satisfied and sends notice of a Special Redemption (as defined in the Indenture).

17


 

If the foregoing is in accordance with the Purchasers’ understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms.
         
  Very truly yours,

HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Francis T. McCarron    
    Name:   Francis T. McCarron   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
 
[Signature Page — Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

The foregoing Registration
Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written.
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
         
By:   /s/ Ali R. Mehdi    
  Name:   Ali R. Mehdi   
  Title:   Managing Director   
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
         
  By:   /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
  (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)   
     
[Signature Page — Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

ANNEX A
     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Offered Securities where such Offered Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 


 

ANNEX B
     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Offered Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 


 

ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Offered Securities where such Offered Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until         , 20 all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.(1)
     The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
(1)   In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus.

 


 

ANNEX D
o CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
             
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
  Address:        
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
   
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Offered Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

exv4w4
Exhibit 4.4
EXECUTION VERSION
SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
dated as of
January 7, 2011
among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
THE OTHER GRANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
SECTION 1. Definitions
    2  
SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens
    12  
SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties
    13  
SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants
    17  
SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property
    19  
SECTION 6. Investment Property
    20  
SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts
    23  
SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts
    23  
SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims
    24  
SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership
    24  
SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities
    24  
SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions
    25  
SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default
    25  
SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds
    28  
SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    28  
SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral
    29  
SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral
    30  
SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent
    30  
SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral
    32  
SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors
    32  
SECTION 21. New Obligations
    32  
SECTION 22. Notices
    32  
SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive
    32  
SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns
    33  
SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers
    33  
SECTION 26. Choice of Law
    33  
SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial
    33  
SECTION 28. Severability
    34  
SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery
    34  
SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders
    34  

 


 

 
SCHEDULES:
 
Schedule 1 Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates Owned by Original Grantors
 
Schedule 2 Other Investment Property Owned by Original Grantors
 
Schedule 3 Commercial Tort Claims
 
EXHIBITS:
 
Exhibit A Form of Security Agreement Supplement
 
Exhibit B Form of Perfection Certificate
 
Exhibit C Form of Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement

ii


 

SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     This SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 7, 2011 by and among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (with its successors under the Indenture, the “Issuer”, and collectively with any other Person that becomes a Grantor hereunder from time to time pursuant to Section 20, the “Grantors”), in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”).
     WHEREAS, the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) have entered into that certain indenture dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Issuer is issuing $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”);
     WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee are parties to that certain Collateral Trust Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Trust Agreement”);
     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, each Guarantor from time to time party hereto will unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations under the Indenture and the Notes;
     WHEREAS, the Trustee has appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to serve as Collateral Agent under the Collateral Trust Agreement and, in such capacity, to enter into this Agreement;
     WHEREAS, following the date hereof, if not prohibited by the Indenture, the Grantors may incur New Obligations (including Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture)) which are secured equally and ratably with the Grantors’ obligations in respect of the Notes in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement;
     WHEREAS, the Issuer and the other Grantors will receive substantial benefits from the execution, delivery and performance of the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and any New Document, and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement; and

 


 

     WHEREAS, to secure the payment and performance of all of its Secured Obligations, each Grantor has agreed (i) to pledge to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Collateral and (ii) to execute and deliver this Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, each other Grantor and the Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:
     SECTION 1. Definitions.
     (a) Terms Defined in Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not otherwise defined in subsection (b) or (c) of this Section have, as used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereto), the respective meanings provided for therein. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.02 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement.
     (b) Terms Defined in UCC. As used herein, each of the following terms has the meaning specified in the UCC:
         
Term     UCC  
Account
    9-102  
Authenticate
    9-102  
Certificated Security
    8-102  
Chattel Paper
    9-102  
Commercial Tort Claim
    9-102  
Commodity Account
    9-102  
Commodity Customer
    9-102  
Deposit Account
    9-102  
Document
    9-102  
Entitlement Holder
    8-102  
Equipment
    9-102  
Financial Asset
    8-102 & 103  
General Intangibles
    9-102  
Instrument
    9-102  
Inventory
    9-102  
Investment Property
    9-102  
Letter-of-Credit Right
    9-102  
Record
    9-102  
Proceeds
    9-102  
Securities Account
    8-501  
Securities Intermediary
    8-102  

2


 

         
Term   UCC  
Security
    8-102 & 103  
Security Entitlement
    8-102  
Supporting Obligations
    9-102  
Uncertificated Security
    8-102  
     (c) Additional Definitions. The following additional terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:
     “Actionable Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Available Portion” means, at any time when an Actionable Default exists, such portion of the Collateral (which may be all or any part of the Collateral) with respect to which the Collateral Agent shall have determined, in its reasonable discretion except as limited by mandatory provisions of applicable law, to exercise rights to vote the same or to dispose of the same pursuant to Section 11 or 13 of this Agreement. The Available Portion may be altered by the Collateral Agent from time to time without limitation except as otherwise provided by mandatory provisions of applicable law and shall be evidenced by such business records as the Collateral Agent may maintain to its satisfaction with respect thereto.
     “Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
     “Cash Collateral Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8 hereto.
     “Cash Distributions” means dividends, interest and other distributions and payments (including proceeds of liquidation, sale or other disposition) made or received in cash upon or with respect to any Collateral.
     “Collateral” means all property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, on which a Lien is granted or purports to be granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents. When used with respect to a specific Grantor, the term “Collateral” means all its property on which such a Lien is granted or purports to be granted.
     “Collateral Accounts” means the Cash Collateral Accounts, the Controlled Deposit Accounts and the Controlled Securities Accounts.
     “Collateral Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

3


 

     “Collateral Documents” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Collateral Trust Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
     “Control” has the meaning specified in UCC Section 8-106, 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107, as may be applicable to the relevant Collateral.
     “Controlled Deposit Account” means a Deposit Account (i) that is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement or (ii) as to which the Collateral Agent is the Depositary Bank’s “customer” (as defined in UCC Section 4-104).
     “Controlled Securities Account” means a Securities Account that (i) is maintained in the name of a Grantor at an office of a Securities Intermediary located in the United States and (ii) together with all Financial Assets credited thereto and all related Security Entitlements, is subject to a Securities Account Control Agreement.
     “Copyright License” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor, or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use, copy, reproduce, distribute, prepare derivative works, display or publish any records or other materials on which a Copyright is in existence or may come into existence, including any exclusive Copyright license agreement identified in Schedule 1 to any Copyright Security Agreement.
     “Copyrights” means all the following: (i) all copyrights under the laws of the United States or any other country (whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published), all registrations and recordings thereof, all copyrightable works of authorship (whether or not published), and all applications for copyrights under the laws of the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Copyright Security Agreement, (ii) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing, and (iv) all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
     “Copyright Security Agreement” means a Copyright Security Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

4


 

     “Deposit Account Control Agreement” means, with respect to any Deposit Account of any Grantor that is not an Excluded Account, a Deposit Account Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent among such Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the relevant Depositary Bank.
     “Depositary Bank” means a bank at which a Controlled Deposit Account is maintained.
     “Equity Interest” means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock, (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof, (v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.
     “Excluded Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excluded Property”.
     “Excluded Property” means, collectively,
     (i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded from the UCC in the relevant jurisdiction;
     (ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent (but only to the extent) required to prevent the Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;
     (iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the attachments of security interest created hereby herein would violate any joint venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture or Subsidiary;
     (iv) any rights of Issuer or any Guarantor in any contract or license if under the terms thereof, or any applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable law, such prohibition cannot be waived;

5


 

     (v) certain deposit accounts (such deposit accounts being “Excluded Accounts”), the balance of which consists exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal, state, local and foreign employment taxes in such amounts as are required to be paid to the IRS or any other applicable governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine from time to time that the cost of obtaining a Lien thereon exceeds the benefits of obtaining such a Lien;
     (vii) any intent-to-use U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such application under applicable law;
     (viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such time as Issuer determines that such Equity Interests should be pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be irrevocable) to be made by an officer’s certificate delivered by Issuer to the Collateral Agent; and
     (ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed $1,000,000 deposited for the purpose of security leases of office space, furniture or equipment;
provided, however, that “Excluded Property” shall not (i) apply to any contract or license to the extent the applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the UCC (including Sections 9-406 through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit, impair or otherwise affect Collateral Agent’s unconditional continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or interests of Issuer or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to become due under any such contract or license (including any Accounts).
     “Existing Transfer Restrictions” means Transfer Restrictions existing with respect to any Pledged Securities (a) by virtue of the fact that the Grantor is an “affiliate”, within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, of any issuer thereof, or that any Pledged Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (b) under the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement.
     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     “Grantors” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

6


 

     “Holders” means the holders from time of the Notes (or any Additional Notes).
     “Indenture” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
     “Issuer” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
     “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual and similar property of any Grantor of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing.
     “Intellectual Property Filing” means (i) with respect to any Patent, Patent License recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Trademark or Trademark License recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the filing of the applicable Patent Security Agreement or Trademark Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, together with an appropriately completed recordation form, and (ii) with respect to any Copyright or exclusive Copyright License, the filing of the applicable Copyright Security Agreement with the United States Copyright Office, together with an appropriately completed recordation form, in each case sufficient to record the Transaction Lien granted to the Collateral Agent in such Recordable Intellectual Property.
     “Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means a Copyright Security Agreement, a Patent Security Agreement or a Trademark Security Agreement.
     “Issuer Control Agreement” means an Issuer Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved).
     “License” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party.
     “Majority Holders” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

7


 

     “Mortgage” means a mortgage or deed of trust in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in each case creating a Lien on real property in favor of the Collateral Agent (or a sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 18(b)) for the benefit of the Secured Parties and with such changes in the form thereof as the Collateral Agent shall request for the purpose of conforming to local practice for similar instruments in the jurisdiction where such real property is located.
     “New Document” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “New Obligations” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “New Representative” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
     “Original Grantor” means any Grantor that grants a Lien on any of its assets hereunder on the date hereof.
     “own” refers to the possession of sufficient rights in property to grant a security interest therein as contemplated by UCC Section 9-203, and “acquire” refers to the acquisition of any such rights.
     “Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
     “Patent License” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor, or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right with respect to any Patent or any invention now or hereafter in existence, whether patentable or not, whether a patent or application for patent is in existence on such invention or not, and whether a patent or application for patent on such invention may come into existence or not, including any exclusive Patent license agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule 1 to any Patent Security Agreement.
     “Patents” means (i) all letters patent and design letters patent of the United States or any other country and all applications for letters patent or design letters patent of the United States or any other country, including applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Patent Security Agreement, (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in

8


 

part, revisions and extensions of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (iv) all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
     “Patent Security Agreement” means a Patent Security Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     “Perfection Certificate” means, with respect to any Grantor, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved), completed and supplemented with the schedules contemplated thereby, and signed by an officer of such Grantor.
     “Personal Property Collateral” means all property included in the Collateral except Real Property Collateral.
     “Pledged”, when used in conjunction with any type of asset, means at any time an asset of such type that is included (or that creates rights that are included) in the Collateral at such time. For example, “Pledged Equity Interest” means an Equity Interest that is included in the Collateral at such time.
     “Post-Petition Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Real Property Collateral” means all real property (excluding leasehold interests in real property) included in the Collateral.
     “Recordable Intellectual Property” means (i) any Patent registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and any Patent License recorded in the U.S. with respect to a Patent so registered, (ii) any Trademark registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and any Trademark License recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office with respect to a Trademark so registered, (iii) any Copyright registered with the United States Copyright Office and any exclusive Copyright License with respect to a Copyright so registered, and all rights in or under any of the foregoing.
     “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer and the Initial Purchaser.
     “Rule 144” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
     “Rule 145” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).

9


 

     “Rule 144/145 Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
     “Secured Document” has the meaning assigned to the term “Document” as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Secured Guarantee” means, with respect to each Guarantor, its guarantee of the Secured Obligations.
     “Secured Obligations” means any and all “Obligations” as such term is defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Securities Account Control Agreement” means, when used with respect to a Securities Account, a Securities Account Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved) among the relevant Securities Intermediary, the relevant Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
     “Security Agreement Supplement” means a Security Agreement Supplement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, signed and delivered to the Collateral Agent for the purpose of adding a Grantor as a party hereto pursuant to Section 20 and/or adding additional property to the Collateral.
     “Spectrum” means Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
     “Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Spectrum Stockholder Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     “Trademark License” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor, or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use any Trademark, including any agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule 1 to any Trademark Security Agreement.
     “Trademarks” means: (i) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, brand names, trade dress, prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, package and other designs, and all other source or business identifiers, and all general intangibles of like nature, and the

10


 

rights in any of the foregoing which arise under applicable law, (ii) the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby or associated with each of them, (iii) all registrations and applications in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Trademark Security Agreement, (iv) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (v) all claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (vi) all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
     “Trademark Security Agreement” means a Trademark Security Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved), executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     “Transaction Liens” means the Liens granted by the Grantors under the Collateral Documents.
     “Transfer Restriction” means, with respect to any Pledged Securities, any condition to or restriction on the ability of the owner thereof to sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Pledged Securities or enforce the provisions thereof or of any document related thereto whether set forth in the any Pledged Security itself or in any document related thereto, including, without limitation, (i) any requirement that any sale, assignment or other transfer or enforcement for such Pledged Security be consented to or approved by any Person (including, without limitation, by the issuer thereof or any other obligor thereon or pursuant to any trust or similar agreement or arrangement), (ii) any limitations on the type or status, financial or otherwise, of any purchaser, Collateral Agent, assignee or transferee of such Pledged Security, (iii) any requirement for the delivery of any certificate, consent, agreement, opinion of counsel, notice or any other document of any Person to the issuer of, any other obligor on or any registrar or transfer agent for, such item of collateral, prior to the sale, pledge, assignment or other transfer or enforcement of such item of collateral and (iv) any registration or qualification requirement or prospectus delivery requirement for such item of collateral pursuant to any federal, state or foreign securities law (including, without limitation, any such requirement arising under Section 5 of the Securities Act as a result of such security being a “restricted security” or any of the Grantors being an “affiliate” of the issuer of such security, as such terms are defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or as a result of the sale of such security being subject to paragraph (c) of Rule 145 under the Securities Act).

11


 

     “Trustee” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
     “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Transaction Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
     SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens.
     (a) The Issuer, in order to secure the Secured Obligations, and each other Grantor listed on the signature pages hereof, in order to secure its Secured Guarantee, grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all the following property of the Issuer or such other Grantor, as the case may be, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located:
     (i) all Accounts;
     (ii) all Chattel Paper;
     (iii) all cash and Deposit Accounts;
     (iv) all Documents;
     (v) all Equipment;
     (vi) all General Intangibles (including, without limitation, (w) any Equity Interests in other Persons that do not constitute Investment Property, (x) any Intellectual Property and (y) any rights under contracts (including the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement) that the Issuer has with Spectrum);
     (vii) all Instruments;
     (viii) all Inventory;
     (ix) all Investment Property (including, without limitation, all Equity Interests in Spectrum);
     (x) the Commercial Tort Claims described in Schedule 3;

12


 

     (xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;
     (xii) all books and records (including customer lists, credit files, computer programs, printouts and other computer materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining to any of its Collateral;
     (xiii) such Grantor’s ownership interest in (1) its Collateral Accounts, (2) all Financial Assets credited to its Collateral Accounts from time to time and all Security Entitlements in respect thereof, (3) all cash held in its Collateral Accounts from time to time and (4) all other money in the possession of the Collateral Agent; and
     (xiv) all Proceeds of the Collateral described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (xi);
provided that the Excluded Property shall be excluded from the foregoing security interests.
     (b) With respect to each right to payment or performance included in the Collateral from time to time, the Transaction Lien granted therein includes a continuing security interest in (i) any Supporting Obligation that supports such payment or performance and (ii) any Lien that (x) secures such right to payment or performance or (y) secures any such Supporting Obligation.
     (c) The Transaction Liens are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to any of the Collateral or any transaction in connection therewith.
     SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties. Each Grantor represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof:
     (a) Such Grantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction identified as its jurisdiction of organization in its Perfection Certificate.
     (b) With respect to each Original Grantor, Schedule 1 lists all Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof. Such Grantor holds all such Equity Interests directly (i.e., not through a Subsidiary, a Securities Intermediary or any other Person).
     (c) (i) With respect to each Original Grantor, (A) Part 1 of Schedule 2 lists, as of the date hereof, all Securities owned by such Grantor (except Securities evidencing Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates) and (B) Part 2 of

13


 

Schedule 2 lists, as of the date hereof, all Securities Accounts to which Financial Assets are credited in respect of which such Grantor owns Security Entitlements.
     (ii) Except for the Existing Transfer Restrictions, the Collateral is not subject to any Transfer Restriction, and the Grantor will not cause or suffer to exist any Transfer Restriction other than the Existing Transfer Restrictions with respect to any of the Collateral.
     (iii) The Equity Interests listed on Part 3 of Schedule 2 hereto (the “Rule 144/145 Securities”) are or may be deemed restricted or control securities (as indicated on Part 3 of Schedule 2) for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Grantor has indicated on Part 3 of Schedule whether the securities are or are not subject to any restrictions pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act (“Rule 145”).
     (iv) The Grantor has held such Rule 144/145 Securities and borne the full economic risk thereof from or prior to the date(s) indicated on Part 3 of Schedule 2.
     (v) The Grantor will cooperate fully with the Collateral Agent with respect to any sale by the Collateral Agent of any of the Rule 144/145 Securities, including full and complete compliance with all requirements of Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 and will give to the Collateral Agent all information and will do all things necessary, including the execution of all documents, forms, instruments and other items, to comply with Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 for the complete and unrestricted sale and/or transfer of the Rule 144/145 Securities and will exercise its commercially reasonable efforts to have the issuer of any Rule 144/145 Securities, upon the request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction of the Majority Holders, take all such action as may be required to satisfy the public information requirements of Rule 144(c).
     (vi) The Grantor will use its commercially reasonable efforts, upon the Collateral Agent’s written request, to obtain and publish all information necessary to satisfy Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 in the event any issuer of the Rule 144/145 Securities is not current in its filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 at the time of a foreclosure sale by the Collateral Agent.
     (d) Grantor owns no Commodity Account in respect of which such Grantor is the Commodity Customer.

14


 

     (e) All Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor are owned by it free and clear of any Lien other than the Permitted Collateral Liens. All shares of capital stock included in such Pledged Equity Interests (including shares of capital stock in respect of which such Grantor owns a Security Entitlement) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of such Pledged Equity Interests is subject to any option to purchase or similar right of any Person. Such Grantor is not and will not become a party to or otherwise bound by any agreement (except the Secured Documents) which restricts in any manner the rights of any present or future holder of any Pledged Equity Interest with respect thereto.
     (f) Such Grantor has good and marketable title to all its Collateral (subject to exceptions that are, in the aggregate, not material), free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Collateral Liens.
     (g) Such Grantor has not performed any acts that might prevent the Collateral Agent from enforcing any of the provisions of the Collateral Documents or that would in any material respect limit the Collateral Agent in any such enforcement. No financing statement, security agreement, mortgage or similar or equivalent document or instrument covering all or part of the Collateral owned by such Grantor is on file or of record in any jurisdiction in which such filing or recording would be effective to perfect or record a Lien on such Collateral, except financing statements, mortgages or other similar or equivalent documents with respect to Permitted Collateral Liens. After the date hereof, no Collateral owned by such Grantor will be in the possession or under the Control of any other Person having a claim thereto or security interest therein, other than a Permitted Collateral Lien.
     (h) The Transaction Liens on all Personal Property Collateral owned by such Grantor (i) have been validly created, (ii) will attach to each item of such Collateral on the date hereof (or, if such Grantor first obtains rights thereto on a later date, on such later date) and (iii) when so attached, will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantor’s Secured Guarantee, as the case may be.
     (i) When the relevant Mortgages have been duly executed and delivered, the Transaction Liens on all Real Property Collateral owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof will have been validly created and will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantor’s Secured Guarantee, as the case may be. When such Mortgages have been duly recorded, such Transaction Liens will rank prior to all other Liens (except Permitted Collateral Liens) on such Real Property Collateral.
     (j) Such Grantor has delivered a Perfection Certificate to the Collateral Agent. With respect to each Original Grantor, information set forth therein is

15


 

correct and complete as of the date hereof. Within 60 days after the date hereof, such Original Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent a file search report from each UCC filing office listed in its Perfection Certificate, showing the filing made at such filing office to perfect the Transaction Liens on its Collateral.
     (k) When UCC financing statements describing the Collateral as “all personal property” have been filed in the offices specified in such Perfection Certificate, the Transaction Liens will constitute perfected security interests in the Personal Property Collateral owned by such Grantor to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to the UCC, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens. When, in addition to the filing of such UCC financing statements, the applicable Intellectual Property Filings have been made with respect to such Grantor’s Recordable Intellectual Property (including any future filings required pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 5(a)), the Transaction Liens will constitute perfected security interests in all right, title and interest of such Grantor in its Recordable Intellectual Property to the extent that security interests therein may be perfected by such filings, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens. Except for (i) the filing of such UCC financing statements, (ii) such Intellectual Property Filings and (iii) the due recordation of the Mortgages, no registration, recordation or filing with any governmental body, agency or official is required in connection with the execution or delivery of the Collateral Documents or is necessary for the validity or enforceability thereof or for the perfection or due recordation of the Transaction Liens or for the enforcement of the Transaction Liens.
     (l) Such Grantor has taken, and will continue to take, all actions necessary under the UCC to perfect its interest in any Accounts or Chattel Paper purchased or otherwise acquired by it, as against its assignors and creditors of its assignors.
     (m) Such Grantor’s Collateral is insured as required by the Indenture.
     (n) To the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, all of such Grantor’s Inventory has or will have been produced in compliance in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended.
     (o) The execution and delivery by such Grantor of, and the performance by such Grantor of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (A) any provision of applicable law, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational documents in the case of a non-corporate Grantor) of such Grantor, (C) any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Grantor or any of its subsidiaries or (D) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, except, in the cases of (C) and (D), for contraventions that would not

16


 

have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Transaction Liens.
     (p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by such Grantor and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Grantor, enforceable against such Grantor in accordance with its terms, except as (i) the enforceability hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally (regardless of whether considered in an action at law or in equity) and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability.
     SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants. Each Grantor covenants as follows:
     (a) Such Grantor will, from time to time, at the Issuer’s expense, execute, deliver, file and record any statement, assignment, instrument, document, agreement or other paper and take any other action (including any Intellectual Property Filing) that from time to time may be necessary or desirable, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to:
     (i) create, preserve, perfect, confirm or validate the Transaction Liens on such Grantor’s Collateral;
     (ii) in the case of Pledged Deposit Accounts, Pledged Investment Property and Pledged Letter-of-Credit Rights, cause the Collateral Agent to have Control thereof;
     (iii) enable the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties to obtain the full benefits of the Collateral Documents; or
     (iv) enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce any of its rights, powers and remedies with respect to any of such Grantor’s Collateral.
Such Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute and file such financing statements or continuation statements in such jurisdictions with such descriptions of collateral (including “all assets” or “all personal property” or other words to that effect) and other information set forth therein as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable for the purposes set forth in the preceding sentence. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any such jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States

17


 

Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interests granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party. The Issuer will pay the costs of, or incidental to, any Intellectual Property Filings and any recording or filing of any financing or continuation statements or other documents recorded or filed pursuant hereto.
     (b) Such Grantor will not (i) change its name or organizational form or structure, (ii) change its location (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-307) or (iii) become bound, as provided in UCC Section 9-203(d) or otherwise, by a security agreement entered into by another Person, unless it shall have given the Collateral Agent at least 10 days’ prior written notice thereof and taken all steps necessary to maintain the Transaction Liens in the Collateral of such Grantor.
     (c) [Reserved.]
     (d) If any of its (A) Collateral (other than Collateral constituting Inventory) with a value exceeding $1,000,000 or (B) Collateral constituting Inventory with a value exceeding $10,000,000), individually or in the aggregate at any time outstanding, is in the possession or control of a warehouseman, bailee or agent at any time, such Grantor will (i) notify such warehouseman, bailee or agent of the relevant Transaction Liens, (ii) instruct such warehouseman, bailee or agent to hold all such Collateral for the Collateral Agent’s account subject to the Collateral Agent’s instructions (which shall permit such Collateral to be removed by such Grantor in the ordinary course of business until the Collateral Agent notifies such warehouseman, bailee or agent that an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing), (iii) cause such warehouseman, bailee or agent to Authenticate a Record acknowledging that it holds possession of such Collateral for the Collateral Agent’s benefit and (iv)make such Authenticated Record available to the Collateral Agent.
     (e) Such Grantor will not sell, lease, exchange, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of its Collateral; provided that such Grantor may do any of the foregoing unless (i) doing so would violate a covenant in the Indenture or (ii) an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either (A) the Collateral Agent shall have notified such Grantor that its right to do so is terminated, suspended or otherwise limited or (B) the maturity of any or all of the Secured Obligations shall have been accelerated. Concurrently with any sale, lease or other disposition (except a sale or disposition to another Grantor or a lease) permitted by the foregoing proviso, the Transaction Liens on the assets sold or disposed of (but not in any Proceeds arising from such

18


 

sale or disposition) will cease immediately without any action by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party. The Collateral Agent will, at the Issuer’s expense, execute and deliver to the relevant Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the fact that any asset so sold or disposed of is no longer subject to a Transaction Lien.
     (f) Such Grantor will, promptly upon request, provide to the Collateral Agent all information and evidence concerning such Grantor’s Collateral that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to enable it to enforce the provisions of the Collateral Documents.
     (g) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate executed by an executive officer of the Issuer certifying that all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations, including all refilings or continuations thereof, have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4 to the extent necessary to protect and perfect the security interests granted hereunder for a period of not less than 18 months after the date of such certificate (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation statements to be filed within such period).
     SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property. Each Grantor covenants as follows:
     (a) With respect to Intellectual Property, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent Intellectual Property Security Agreements with respect to all Recordable Intellectual Property then owned by it. Thereafter, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent an appropriate Intellectual Property Security Agreement covering any Recordable Intellectual Property owned by it that is not covered by any previous Intellectual Property Security Agreement so signed and delivered by it. In each case, it will promptly make all Intellectual Property Filings necessary to record the Transaction Liens on such Recordable Intellectual Property.
     (b) Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows that any application or registration relating to any material Recordable Intellectual Property owned or licensed by it may become abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any material adverse determination or development in, any

19


 

proceeding in the United States Copyright Office, the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any court) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of such Recordable Intellectual Property, its right to register or patent the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same. If any of such Grantor’s rights to any material Recordable Intellectual Property are materially infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent within 30 days after it learns thereof and will, unless such Grantor shall reasonably determine that such action would be of negligible value, economic or otherwise, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Recordable Intellectual Property.
     (c) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction of the Majority Holders, each Grantor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each Copyright License, Patent License or Trademark License that is material to such Grantor’s business and under which such Grantor is a licensee to effect the assignment of all such Grantor’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, or its designee.
     SECTION 6. Investment Property. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
     (a) Certificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will deliver to the Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder all certificates representing Pledged Certificated Securities then owned by such Grantor. Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other certificate representing a Pledged Certificated Security, such Grantor will promptly (and in any case, within 10 Business Days) deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder. The provisions of this subsection are subject to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary.
     (b) Uncertificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter into) an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security

20


 

then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is not a Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other Pledged Uncertificated Security, such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter into) an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of such Pledged Uncertificated Security, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is not a Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). The provisions of this subsection are subject to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary.
     (c) Security Entitlements. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will, with respect to each Security Entitlement then owned by it, enter into (and cause the relevant Securities Intermediary to enter into) a Securities Account Control Agreement in respect of such Security Entitlement and the Securities Account to which the underlying Financial Asset is credited and will deliver such Securities Account Control Agreement to the Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other Security Entitlement, such Grantor will, as promptly as practicable, cause the underlying Financial Asset to be credited to a Controlled Securities Account.
     (d) Perfection as to Certificated Securities. When such Grantor delivers the certificate representing any Pledged Certificated Security owned by it to the Collateral Agent and complies with Section 6(h) in connection with such delivery, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Pledged Certificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others, (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Certificated Security and (iii) the Collateral Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.
     (e) Perfection as to Uncertificated Securities. When such Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the issuer of any Pledged Uncertificated Security owned by such Grantor enter into an Issuer Control Agreement with respect thereto, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Pledged Uncertificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others, (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Uncertificated Security and (iii) the Collateral Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.

21


 

     (f) Perfection as to Security Entitlements. So long as the Financial Asset underlying any Security Entitlement owned by such Grantor is credited to a Controlled Securities Account, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Security Entitlement will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others (except Liens and rights of the relevant Securities Intermediary that are Permitted Collateral Liens), (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Security Entitlement and (iii) no action based on an adverse claim to such Security Entitlement or such Financial Asset, whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien or other theory, may be asserted against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.
     (g) Agreement as to Applicable Jurisdiction. In respect of all Security Entitlements owned by such Grantor, and all Securities Accounts to which the related Financial Assets are credited, the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC Section 8-110(e)) will at all times be located in the United States.
     (h) Delivery of Pledged Certificates. All certificates representing Pledged Certificated Securities, when delivered to the Collateral Agent, will be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, with signatures appropriately guaranteed, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
     (i) Communications. Each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any notices and other communications received by it with respect to (i) Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor or its nominee and (ii) Pledged Security Entitlements as to which such Grantor is the Entitlement Holder.
     (j) Foreign Subsidiaries. A Grantor will not be obligated to comply with the provisions of this Section at any time with respect to any voting Equity Interest in a Foreign Subsidiary if and to the extent (but only to the extent) that such voting Equity Interest is excluded from the Transaction Liens at such time pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of “Excluded Property” and/or the comparable provisions of one or more Security Agreement Supplements.
     (k) Compliance with Applicable Foreign Laws. If and so long as the Collateral includes (i) any Equity Interest in, or other Investment Property issued by, a legal entity organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States or (ii) any Security Entitlement in respect of a Financial Asset issued by such a foreign legal entity, the relevant Grantor will upon request of the Collateral Agent, use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all such action as may be required under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction to ensure that the Transaction

22


 

Lien on such Collateral ranks prior to all Liens and rights of others therein to the extent permitted by such law.
     (l) Certification of Limited Liability Company and Partnership Interests. Any limited liability company and any partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited liability company or such partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or such partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged hereunder is certificated or becomes certificated, each such certificate shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 6(a) and such Grantor shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 6 applicable in respect thereof.
     SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
     (a) All cash other than cash held in any Excluded Account owned by such Grantor will be deposited, upon or promptly after the receipt thereof, in one or more Controlled Deposit Accounts.
     (b) In respect of each Controlled Deposit Account, the Depositary Bank’s jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-304) will at all times be a jurisdiction in which Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code is in effect.
     (c) So long as the Collateral Agent has Control of a Controlled Deposit Account, the Transaction Lien on such Controlled Deposit Account will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others (except (x) the Depositary Bank’s right to deduct its normal operating charges and any uncollected funds previously credited thereto and (y) nonconsensual Permitted Collateral Liens).
     SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts. If and when required for purposes hereof or of any Secured Document, the Collateral Agent will establish with respect to each Grantor an account (its “Cash Collateral Account”), in the name and under the exclusive control of the Collateral Agent, into which all amounts owned by such Grantor that are to be deposited therein pursuant to the applicable Secured Document shall be deposited from time to time. Funds held in any Cash Collateral Account may, until withdrawn, be invested and reinvested in such Cash Equivalents as the relevant Grantor shall request in writing from time to time; provided that if an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may select such Cash Equivalents. Subject to Section 14, withdrawal of funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall

23


 

be permitted if, as and when expressly so provided in or in respect of the applicable provision of the Secured Document pursuant to which such Cash Collateral Account was required to be established.
     SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
     (a) In the case of an Original Grantor, Schedule 3 accurately describes, with the specificity required to satisfy Official Comment 5 to UCC Section 9-108, each Commercial Tort Claim with respect to which such Original Grantor is the claimant as of the date hereof other than any Commercial Tort Claim with a value of less than $5,000,000. In the case of any other Grantor, Schedule 3 to its first Security Agreement Supplement will accurately describe, with the specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5, each Commercial Tort Claim with respect to which such Grantor is the claimant as of the date on which it signs and delivers such Security Agreement Supplement.
     (b) If any Grantor acquires a Commercial Tort Claim with a value of $5,000,000 or more after the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will promptly sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement granting a security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim (which shall be described therein with the specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5) to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership. At any time when an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may (and to the extent that action by it is required, the relevant Grantor, if directed to do so by the Collateral Agent, will as promptly as practicable) cause each of the Pledged Securities (or any portion thereof specified in such direction) to be transferred of record into the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee. Each Grantor will take any and all actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to facilitate compliance with this Section. If the provisions of this Section are implemented, Section 6(b) shall not thereafter apply to any Pledged Security that is registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee. The Collateral Agent will promptly give to the relevant Grantor copies of any notices and other communications received by the Collateral Agent with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee.
     SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities. (a) Unless an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing (and the Collateral Agent has given written notice as provided in Section 11(b)), each Grantor will have the right, from time to time, to vote and to give consents, ratifications and waivers with respect to any

24


 

Pledged Security owned by it and the Financial Asset underlying any Pledged Security Entitlement owned by it, including in each case, shares issued by Spectrum that are recorded at Bank of New York Mellon in the name of the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent will, upon receiving a written request from such Grantor, deliver to such Grantor or as specified in such request such proxies, powers of attorney, consents, ratifications and waivers in respect of any such Pledged Security that is registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee or any such Pledged Security Entitlement as to which the Collateral Agent or its nominee is the Entitlement Holder, in each case as shall be specified in such request and be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
     (b) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent has received written instruction from the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent will, upon giving written notice to the applicable Grantor of its intention to exercise such rights, have the exclusive right to the extent permitted by law to vote, to give consents, ratifications and waivers and to take any other action with respect to the Available Portion of Collateral, with the same force and effect as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute and sole owner thereof, and each Grantor will take all such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to give effect to such right. For the avoidance of doubt, each Grantor shall retain the right to vote, give consents, ratifications and waivers and to take any other action with respect to such Available Portion of Collateral (including, when applicable, shares issued by Spectrum that are recorded at Bank of New York Mellon in the name of the Collateral Agent) in the event that (i) the Collateral Agent does not give written notice referred to above of its intention to exercise such rights or (ii) all Actionable Defaults shall no longer be continuing, in each case so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of the Indenture or hereof.
     SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions. Cash Distributions with respect to assets held in a Collateral Account shall be deposited and held therein, or withdrawn therefrom, as provided in Section 8. Cash Distributions with respect to any Pledged Equity Interest or Pledged Debt that is not held in a Collateral Account (whether held in the name of a Grantor or in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee) shall be deposited, promptly upon receipt thereof, in a Controlled Deposit Account of the relevant Grantor; provided that, if an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may deposit, or direct the recipient thereof to deposit, each such Cash Distribution in the relevant Grantor’s Cash Collateral Account.
     SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise

25


 

(or cause its sub-agents to exercise) any or all of the remedies available to it (or to such sub-agents) under the Collateral Documents with respect to the Available Portion of the Collateral.
     (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise on behalf of the Secured Parties all the rights of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the jurisdiction where such rights are exercised) with respect to any Personal Property Collateral and, in addition, the Collateral Agent may, without being required to give any notice, except as herein provided or as may be required by mandatory provisions of law, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable, irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price of the Collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any Secured Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and (with the consent of the Collateral Agent, which may be withheld in its discretion) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply all of any part of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable at such sale. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against any Secured Party arising because the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such

26


 

Collateral to more than one offeree. The Collateral Agent may disclaim any warranty, as to title or as to any other matter, in connection with such sale or other disposition, and its doing so shall not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of such sale or other disposition.
     (c) If the Collateral Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, the Grantors will be credited only with payment actually made by the purchaser, received by the Collateral Agent and applied in accordance with Section 14 hereof. In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, the Collateral Agent may resell the same, subject to the same rights and duties set forth herein.
     (d) Notice of any such sale or other disposition shall be given to the relevant Grantor(s) as (and if) required by Section 16.
     (e) For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an irrevocable license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Actionable Default; provided, however, that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Actionable Default.
     (f) The foregoing provisions of this Section shall apply to Real Property Collateral only to the extent permitted by applicable law and the provisions of any applicable Mortgage or other document.
     (g) Each Grantor hereby covenants that on the earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of a default under any Secured Document, (ii) such time as Spectrum becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under the Securities Act rules and regulations, and (iii) at any time that the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1, the Issuer will be required to exercise all of its contractual rights and use its commercially reasonable efforts to, as promptly as possible, cause Spectrum to file and become effective a shelf registration that shall be in form suitable for use by the Collateral Agent in connection with any disposition of Spectrum Equity Interests constituting part of the Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies, and to keep such shelf registration statement effective at all times until the earlier of the time (i) the Secured Obligations are repaid in full

27


 

or (ii) all Spectrum Equity Interests pledged as Collateral hereunder have been disposed of by the Collateral Agent.
     (h) After all Actionable Defaults have been cured or waived, at the direction of the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent shall enter into an amendment to any Deposit Account Control Agreement that requires such Deposit Account Control Agreement be amended for the purpose of terminating the Collateral Agent’s exclusive control as a result of an Actionable Default over the related Deposit Account in the instance the Collateral Agent exercised remedies over the related Deposit Account (but otherwise such amendment will ensure the Collateral Agent retains Control of such Deposit Account).
     SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may apply (i) any cash held in the Collateral Accounts and (ii) the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral, in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     (b) In making the payments and allocations required by this Section, the Collateral Agent may rely upon information supplied to it pursuant to Section 18(c). All distributions made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section shall be final (except in the event of manifest error) and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by any Secured Party of any amount distributed to it.
     SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Issuer will forthwith upon demand pay to the Collateral Agent:
     (i) the amount of any taxes that the Collateral Agent may have been required to pay by reason of the Transaction Liens or to free any Collateral from any other Lien thereon;
     (ii) the amount of any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including transfer taxes and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other experts, that the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with (x) the administration or enforcement of the Collateral Documents, including such expenses as are incurred to preserve the value of the Collateral or the validity, perfection, rank or value of any Transaction Lien, (y) the collection, sale or other disposition of any Collateral or (z) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights or powers under the Collateral Documents;

28


 

     (iii) the amount of any fees that the Issuer shall have agreed in writing to pay to the Collateral Agent and that shall have become due and payable in accordance with such written agreement; and
     (iv) the amount required to indemnify the Collateral Agent for, or hold it harmless and defend it against, any loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of its counsel and any experts or sub-agents appointed by it hereunder) incurred or suffered by the Collateral Agent in connection with the Collateral Documents, except to the extent that such loss, liability or expense arises from the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or a breach of any duty that the Collateral Agent has under this Agreement (after giving effect to Sections 17 and 18).
     (b) If any transfer tax, documentary stamp tax or other tax is payable in connection with any transfer or other transaction provided for in the Collateral Documents, the Issuer will pay such tax and provide any required tax stamps to the Collateral Agent or as otherwise required by law.
     (c) The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Secured Parties, their respective affiliates and the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of the foregoing (each an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses of any kind (including reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) arising out of, or in connection with any and all environmental liabilities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor waives all rights for contribution and all other rights of recovery with respect to liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses arising under or related to environmental laws that it might have by statute or otherwise against any Indemnitee.
     SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral. Each Grantor irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, in the name of such Grantor, any Secured Party or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Secured Parties, but at the Borrower’s expense, to the extent permitted by law to exercise, at any time and from time to time while an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any of the following powers with respect to all or any of such Grantor’s Collateral:
     (a) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof,

29


 

     (b) to settle, compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or proceeding with respect thereto,
     (c) to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of the same or the proceeds or avails thereof, as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof, and
     (d) to extend the time of payment of any or all thereof and to make any allowance or other adjustment with reference thereto;
provided that, except in the case of Personal Property Collateral that is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Collateral Agent will give the relevant Grantor at least ten days’ prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof will be made. Any such notice shall (i) contain the information specified in UCC Section 9-613, (ii) be Authenticated and (iii) be sent to the parties required to be notified pursuant to UCC Section 9-611(c); provided that, if the Collateral Agent fails to comply with this sentence in any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any) imposed on it as a matter of law under the UCC.
     SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral. Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody and preservation thereof, the Collateral Agent will have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any sub-agent or bailee selected by it in good faith or any income therefrom or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. The Collateral Agent will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or control if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property, and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of any act or omission of any sub-agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability arises from the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent.
     (a) The provisions of Article 7 of the Indenture shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent, and shall be binding upon all Grantors and all Secured Parties, in connection with this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Collateral Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary

30


 

powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Collateral Documents that the Collateral Agent is required to exercise in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement, and (iii) except as expressly set forth in the Indenture, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for any failure to disclose, any information relating to any Grantor that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Transaction Lien, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part under the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Actionable Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Collateral Agent by any Grantor or a Secured Party.
     (b) Sub-Agents and Related Parties. The Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through one or more sub-agents appointed by it. The Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through its Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of Section 17 and this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent.
     (c) Information as to Secured Obligations and Actions by Secured Parties. For all purposes of the Collateral Documents, including determining the amounts of the Secured Obligations, or whether any action has been taken under any Secured Document, the Collateral Agent will be entitled to rely on information from (i) its own records for information as to the Secured Parties, their Secured Obligations and actions taken by them, (ii) any Secured Party (or any trustee, agent or similar representative designated pursuant to Section 21 to supply such information) for information as to its Secured Obligations and actions taken by it, to the extent that the Collateral Agent has not obtained such information from its own records, and (iii) the Issuer, to the extent that the Collateral Agent has not obtained information from the foregoing sources.
     (d) Refusal to Act. The Collateral Agent may refuse to act on any notice, consent, direction or instruction from any Secured Parties or any agent, trustee or similar representative thereof that, in the Collateral Agent’s opinion, (i) is contrary to law or the provisions of any Collateral Document, (ii) may expose the Collateral Agent to liability (unless the Collateral Agent shall have been indemnified, to its reasonable satisfaction, for such liability by the Secured Parties that gave such notice, consent, direction or instruction) or (iii) is unduly prejudicial to Secured Parties not joining in such notice, consent, direction or instruction.

31


 

     (e) The provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Indenture relating to the Collateral Agent including, without limitation, the provisions relating to resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent, reimbursement of expenses, exculpatory rights, rights to indemnification and the powers and duties and immunities of the Collateral Agent are incorporated herein by this reference and shall survive any termination of the Collateral Trust Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable.
     (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, to the extent the provisions hereunder provide for the Collateral Agent to make any request to any Grantor to take or refrain from taking any action, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to make any such request, unless instructed in writing to do so by the Majority Holders.
     SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral. (a) The Transaction Liens on the Collateral will be released as provided in Section 7.01 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     (b) Upon any termination of a Transaction Lien or release of Collateral, the Collateral Agent will, at the expense of the relevant Grantor, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of such Transaction Lien or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.
     SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors. Any Subsidiary may become a party hereto by signing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement, whereupon such Subsidiary shall become a “Guarantor” and a “Grantor” as defined herein. The rights and obligations of each Grantor shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
     SECTION 21. New Obligations. On or after the date of this Agreement, the Issuer may from time to time designate additional obligations as New Obligations by delivering to the Collateral Agent a fully executed Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement (except in the case of Additional Notes) and otherwise complying with Section 2.02 of the Collateral Agreement.
     SECTION 22. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be delivered as provided in Section 8.03 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive. No failure by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect to, any right or remedy under any

32


 

Collateral Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any right or remedy under any Secured Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies specified in the Secured Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
     SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties. If all or any part of any Secured Party’s interest in any Secured Obligation is assigned or otherwise transferred, the transferor’s rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the obligation so transferred, shall be automatically transferred with such obligation. This Agreement shall be binding on the Grantors and their respective successors and assigns.
     SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent (acting pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Collateral Trust Agreement) and, with respect to any amendment, the Issuer on behalf of the Grantors (to the extent required by the Collateral Trust Agreement), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given..
     SECTION 26. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law and except to the extent that remedies provided by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York are governed by the laws of such jurisdiction.
     SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG

33


 

OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
     SECTION 28. Severability. If any provision of any Collateral Document is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other provisions of the Collateral Documents shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties in order to carry out the intentions of the parties thereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction.
     SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic means in PDF format shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
     SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders. No Holder or holder of any New Obligations shall have any independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to individual Holders pursuant to Section 6.07 of the Indenture or comparable provision for holders of New Obligations under any New Document; provided that nothing in this subsection shall limit any rights granted to the Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture or any New Representative under any New Document.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

34


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Francis T. McCarron    
    Name:   Francis T. McCarron   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 

 


 

         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
     as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch   
    Title:   Vice President   
 

 


 

SCHEDULE 1
EQUITY INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES
OWNED BY ORIGINAL GRANTORS
                     
    Jurisdiction               Number of
    of   Owner of     Percentage   Shares or
Issuer   Organization   Equity Interest     Owned   Units
Zap.Com Corporation
  Nevada   Harbinger Group Inc.     98 %   48,972,258 shares of common stock
Charged Productions, Inc.*
  Nevada   Harbinger Group Inc.     100 %   5,000,000 class B voting stock
Zapata Corporation of America*
  Delaware   Harbinger Group Inc.     100 %   1000 shares of common stock
NCZ I, Inc.*
  Delaware   Harbinger Group Inc.     100 %   105 shares of common stock
NCZ II, Inc.*
  Delaware   Harbinger Group Inc.     100 %   101 shares of common stock
Zapata Investments Corporation*
  New York   Harbinger Group Inc.     100 %   50 shares of common stock
Zapata North America Corporation*
  New York   Harbinger Group Inc.     100 %   50 shares of common stock
Zapata America Corporation*
  New York   Harbinger Group Inc.     100 %   50 shares of common stock
Zapata Transamerica Corporation*
  New York   Harbinger Group Inc.     100 %   50 shares of common stock
Zapata Worldwide Corporation*
  New York   Harbinger Group Inc.     100 %   50 shares of common stock
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware   Harbinger Group Inc.     54.4 %   27,756,905 shares of common stock
 
*   Certificated shares will be delivered

S-2-1


 

SCHEDULE 2
INVESTMENT PROPERTY
(other than Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates)
OWNED BY ORIGINAL GRANTORS
PART 1 — Securities
                 
    Jurisdiction            
    of       Amount   Type of
Issuer   Organization   Owner of Securities   Owned   Security
None                
PART 2 — Securities Accounts
The Original Grantors own Security Entitlements with respect to Financial Assets credited to the following Securities Accounts:
         
Owner   Securities Intermediary   Account Number
Harbinger Group Inc.
  Bank of America, N.A.   601511.1 
PART 3 — Restricted/ Control Securities
             
Description of   Indicate Restricted,   Subject to Rule 145    
Securities   Control or Both   (Yes or No)   Date Fully Paid
 
   
18,119,073 shares of common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
           
9,637,832 shares of common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
  Control   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
   
48,722,258 shares of common stock of Zap.Com Corporation
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
 
          purchased)

S-2-2


 

             
Description of   Indicate Restricted,   Subject to Rule 145    
Securities   Control or Both   (Yes or No)   Date Fully Paid
 
   
250,000 shares of common stock of Zap.Com Corporation
  Control   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
           
5,000,000 shares of class B common stock of Charged Productions, Inc.
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
           
1,000 shares of common stock of Zapata Corporation of America
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
           
105 shares of common stock of NCZ I, Inc.
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
           
101 shares of common stock of NCZ II, Inc.
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
           
50 shares of common stock of Zapata Investments Corporation
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
           
50 shares of common stock of Zapata North America Corporation
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
           
50 shares of common stock of Zapata America Corporation
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)
 
           
50 shares of common stock of Zapata Transamerica Corporation
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)

S-2-3


 

             
Description of   Indicate Restricted,   Subject to Rule 145    
Securities   Control or Both   (Yes or No)   Date Fully Paid
 
           
 
           
50 shares of common stock of Zapata Worldwide Corporation
  Both   No   Not applicable
(shares not
purchased)

S-2-4


 

SCHEDULE 3
COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS
Describe each existing Commercial Tort Claim with the specificity required to satisfy Official Comment 5 to UCC Section 9-108.
None.

S-3-1


 

     EXHIBIT A
to Security and Pledge Agreement
[FORM OF] SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT
     SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT dated as of _______, ____, between [NAME OF GRANTOR] (the “Grantor”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent.
     WHEREAS, Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, are parties to a Security and Pledge Agreement dated as of January 7, 2011 (as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, the “Security Agreement”) under which Harbinger Group Inc. secures its Secured Obligations and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto secure their respective guarantees thereof;
     WHEREAS, [NAME OF GRANTOR] desires to become [is] a party to the Security Agreement as a Grantor thereunder;1 and
     WHEREAS, terms defined in the Security Agreement (or whose definitions are incorporated by reference in Section 1 of the Security Agreement) and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for therein;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1. Secured Guarantee.2 The Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed the full and punctual payment of the Secured Obligations when due (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise). The Guarantor acknowledges that, by signing this Security Agreement Supplement and delivering it to the Collateral Agent, the Guarantor is deemed a “Grantor” for all purposes of the Security Agreement and that its obligations under its Secured Guarantee are subject to all the provisions of the Security Agreement.
 
1   If the Grantor is the Issuer, delete this recital.
 
2   Delete this Section if the Grantor is the Issuer or a Guarantor that is already a party to the Security Agreement.

A-1


 

     2. Grant of Transaction Liens. (a) In order to secure [its guarantee of]3 the Secured Obligations, the Grantor grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all the following property of the Grantor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located (the “New Collateral”):
     [describe property being added to the Collateral]4
     (b) With respect to each right to payment or performance included in the Collateral from time to time, the Transaction Lien granted therein includes a continuing security interest in (i) any Supporting Obligation that supports such payment or performance and (ii) any Lien that (x) secures such right to payment or performance or (y) secures any such Supporting Obligation.
     (c) The foregoing Transaction Liens are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any obligation or liability of the Grantor with respect to any of the New Collateral or any transaction in connection therewith.
     3. Delivery of Collateral. Concurrently with delivering this Security Agreement Supplement to the Collateral Agent, the Grantor is complying with the provisions of Section 6 of the Security Agreement with respect to Investment Property, in each case if and to the extent included in the New Collateral at such time.
     4. Party to Security Agreement. Upon delivering this Security Agreement Supplement to the Collateral Agent, the Grantor will become a party to the Security Agreement and will thereafter have all the rights and obligations of a Grantor thereunder and be bound by all the provisions thereof as fully as if the Grantor were one of the original parties thereto.5
     5. Representations and Warranties. (a) The Grantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of [JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION].
 
3   Delete bracketed words if the Grantor is the Issuer.
 
4   If the Grantor is not already a party to the Security Agreement, clauses (i) through (xiv) of, and the proviso to, Section 2(a) of the Security Agreement may be appropriate.
 
5   Delete Section 4 if the Grantor is already a party to the Security Agreement.

A-2


 

     (b) The Grantor has delivered a Perfection Certificate to the Collateral Agent. The information set forth therein is correct and complete as of the date hereof. Within 60 days after the date hereof, the Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent a file search report from each UCC filing office listed in such Perfection Certificate, showing the filing made at such filing office to perfect the Transaction Liens on the New Collateral.
     (c) The execution and delivery of this Security Agreement Supplement by the Grantor and the performance by it of its obligations under the Security Agreement as supplemented hereby are within its corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official and do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or of its organizational documents, or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon it or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (except a Transaction Lien) on any of its assets.
     (d) The Security Agreement as supplemented hereby constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Grantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity.
     (e) Each of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3 through 10 of the Security Agreement is true as applied to the Grantor and the New Collateral. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, references in said Sections to a “Grantor” shall be deemed to refer to the Grantor, references to Schedules to the Security Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the corresponding Schedules to this Security Agreement Supplement, references to “Collateral” shall be deemed to refer to the New Collateral, and references to the “Effective Date” shall be deemed to refer to the date on which the Grantor signs and delivers this Security Agreement Supplement.
     6. [Compliance with Foreign Law. The Grantor represents that it has taken, and agrees that it will continue to take, all actions required under the laws (including the conflict of laws rules) of its jurisdiction of organization to ensure

A-3


 

that the Transaction Liens on the New Collateral rank prior to all Liens and rights of others therein.6]
     7. Governing Law. This Security Agreement Supplement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Security Agreement Supplement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NAME OF GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
       ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:   
 
 
6   Include Section 6 if the Grantor is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States.

A-4


 

Schedule 1
to Security Agreement
Supplement
EQUITY INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES
OWNED BY GRANTOR
             
    Jurisdiction        
    of   Percentage   Number of
Issuer   Organization   Owned   Shares or Units
             

A-5


 

Schedule 2
to Security Agreement
Supplement
INVESTMENT PROPERTY
(other than Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates)
OWNED BY GRANTOR
PART 1 — Securities
             
    Jurisdiction        
    of   Amount   Type of
Issuer   Organization   Owned   Security
             
PART 2 — Securities Accounts
The Grantor owns Security Entitlements with respect to Financial Assets credited to the following Securities Accounts:
     
Securities Intermediary   Account Number
     
PART 3 — Restricted/ Control Securities
             
Description of   Indicate Restricted,   Subject to Rule 145    
Securities   Control or Both   (Yes or No)   Date Fully Paid
             

A-6


 

EXHIBIT B
to Security Agreement
[Delivered Separately]

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C
to Security Agreement
[FORM OF] PARI PASSU JOINDER AGREEMENT
     The undersigned (the “Representative”) is the trustee, agent or representative for Persons wishing to become “Secured Parties” (the “New Secured Parties”) under the Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement” (terms used without definition herein have the meanings assigned to such terms by the Security Agreement)) among Grantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”) and the other Collateral Documents.
     In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby:
     (i) represents that the Representative has been authorized by the New Secured Parties to become a party to the Security Agreement on behalf of the New Secured Parties under that [DESCRIBE OPERATIVE AGREEMENT] (the “New Document”) and to act as the Representative for the New Secured Parties hereunder and under the Security Agreement, the other Collateral Documents;
     (ii) acknowledges that the New Secured Parties have had made available to it a copy of the Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents;
     (iii) irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties and to exercise such powers under the Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;
     (iv) accepts and acknowledges the terms of the Security Agreement applicable to it and the New Secured Parties and agrees to serve as Representative for the New Secured Parties with respect to the Secured Obligations under the New Document and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the terms of the Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents applicable to holders of Secured Obligations, with all the rights and obligations of a Secured Party thereunder and bound by all the provisions thereof as fully

C-1


 

as if it had been a Secured Party on the effective date of the Security Agreement; and
     (vi) accepts and acknowledges that the Collateral Agent will also be acting as agent on behalf of the other Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents.
     The name and address of the representative for purposes of Section 22 of the Security Agreement are as follows:
[name and address of Representative]

C-2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Pari Passu Joinder Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the _____ day of ______20_.
         
  [REPRESENTATIVE]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Acknowledged and Agreed to:    
 
       
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL    
     ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

C-3

exv4w5
Exhibit 4.5
EXECUTION VERSION
COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
Dated as of January 7, 2011
by and among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
THE OTHER TRUSTORS PARTY HERETO
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee under the Indenture,
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1  
Definitions And Other Matters  
 
       
Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation
    2  
Section 1.02. Defined Terms
    2  
 
       
ARTICLE 2  
The Trust Estate  
 
       
Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust
    8  
Section 2.02. New Facilities
    9  
Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE 3  
Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property  
 
       
Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions
    11  
Section 3.02. Remedies
    11  
Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property
    11  
Section 3.04. Power of Attorney
    12  
Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc.
    13  
Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver
    13  
Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers
    13  
Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders
    14  
Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive
    14  
Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights
    15  
Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agent’s Duties in Respect of Collateral
    15  
Section 3.12. Limitation by Law
    15  
Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE 4  
Trust Account, Application of Moneys  
 
       
Section 4.01. The Trust Account
    16  
Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account
    16  
Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account
    16  
Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account
    17  
Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties
    18  

 


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE 5  
Agreements with the Collateral Agent  
Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents
    18  
Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties
    18  
Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses
    19  
Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes
    19  
Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc.
    20  
Section 5.06. Indemnification
    20  
Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements
    20  
 
       
ARTICLE 6  
The Collateral Agent  
 
       
Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent
    20  
Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions
    21  
Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties
    22  
Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent
    22  
Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent
    23  
Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust
    23  
Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent
    24  
Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent
    25  
Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent
    25  
Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee
    25  
 
       
ARTICLE 7  
Release of Collateral  
 
       
Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE 8  
Miscellaneous  
 
       
Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers
    29  
Section 8.02. Voting
    31  
Section 8.03. Notices
    32  
Section 8.04. Headings
    33  
Section 8.05. Severability
    33  
Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent
    33  
Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors
    33  
Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent
    33  
Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns
    33  
Section 8.10. Governing Law
    34  
Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction
    34  
Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial
    34  

ii 


 

         
    Page  
Section 8.13. Force Majeure
    35  
Section 8.14. Consequential Damages
    35  
Section 8.15. Counterparts
    35  
Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference
    35  
Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act
    35  
Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders
    36  
         
Exhibit A   —
    Form of Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement
Exhibit B   —
    Form of Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement

iii


 

     This COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of January 7, 2011 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the “Company”), the Additional Trustors (as defined in Section 5.07(b)) (and together with the Company, the “Trustors”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns from time to time, the “Indenture Trustee”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns from time to time, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties, and each New Representative party hereto from time to time.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
     WHEREAS, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors, the other Trustors party thereto from time to time, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, the Company intends to issue an aggregate original principal amount of $350,000,000 of its 10.625% senior secured notes due 2015 (together with any Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) issued pursuant to and in compliance with the Indenture, the “Notes”);
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors may, from time to time, incur additional indebtedness permitted to be secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations under the Note Documents (as defined below), which indebtedness the Company shall designate as having a first priority security interest in the Collateral and shall be incurred under a credit facility, indenture or similar debt facility (each, a “New Facility”), in each case in accordance with this Agreement and the then-extant Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, only additional indebtedness for which each of the requirements specified in Section 2.02 hereof have been satisfied shall constitute a New Facility for any purpose of this Agreement;
     WHEREAS, the Liens securing the obligations of the applicable Trustors in respect of any New Facility shall be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents (as defined below);
     WHEREAS, the Collateral Agent has agreed to act on behalf of all Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral; and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the issuance of the Notes that the Company and the Collateral Agent enter into this Agreement and the Collateral Documents in order to secure the payment and performance of the Obligations (as defined below).
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

 


 

ARTICLE 1
Definitions And Other Matters
     Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation. (a) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
     (b) The use in this Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents of the word “include” or “including,” when following any general statement, term or matter, will not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but will be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”
     (c) References to “Sections,” “clauses,” “recitals” and the “preamble” will be to Sections, clauses, recitals and the preamble, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. References to “Articles” will be to Articles of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. References to “Exhibits” and “Schedules” will be to Exhibits and Schedules, respectively, to this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.
     (d) This Agreement and the Collateral Documents will be construed without regard to the identity of the party who drafted it and as though the parties participated equally in drafting it. Consequently, each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that any rule of construction that a document is to be construed against the drafting party will not be applicable either to this Agreement or the other Collateral Documents.
     Section 1.02. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of the terms defined):
     “Actionable Default” means the occurrence of any of the following:
     (a) an “Event of Default” under and as defined in the Indenture; or
     (b) any event or condition which, under the terms of any New Facility, causes, or permits holders of the New Obligations with respect to such New Facility to cause, such New Obligations to become immediately due and payable;
provided that, upon delivery of a Notice of Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent may assume that an Actionable Default shall be continuing unless the Notice of Actionable Default delivered with respect thereto shall have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the Representative with respect to such Series of Obligations, prior to the

2


 

first date on which the Collateral Agent commences the exercise of any remedy with respect to the Collateral following the receipt of such Notice of Actionable Default.
     “Additional Trustor” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.07(b).
     “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
     “Bankruptcy Proceeding” means that the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or there shall be an assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, whether or not voluntary; or any case shall be commenced by or against the Company, any Additional Trustor, if any under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, whether or not voluntary; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and assets, whether or not voluntary; or any event or action analogous to or having a substantially similar effect to any of the events or actions set forth above in this definition (other than a solvent reorganization) shall occur under the law of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any; or the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, shall take any corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other similar action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this definition.
     “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized by law to close.
     “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.
     “Collateral” means all of the assets or property of the Company or any Additional Trustor, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted as security for any Obligations.
     “Collateral Agent” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “Collateral Agent’s Fees” means all fees, costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent (or any co-trustee or agent thereof) of the type described in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06 of this Agreement.

3


 

     “Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “Collateral Trust Joinder” means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
     “Company” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “Distribution Dates” means the dates fixed by the Collateral Agent (the first of which shall occur within 90 days after receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default that has not theretofore been withdrawn and the balance of which shall be monthly thereafter) for the distribution of all moneys held by the Collateral Agent in the Trust Account.
     “Documents” means, collectively, the Note Documents and the New Documents.
     “Equity Interests” means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock, (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof, (v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.
     “Guarantor” means each “Guarantor” as defined in the Indenture.
     “Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
     “Indenture Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “Lien” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
     “Majority Holders” means, as of any date, (a) at any time when no New Facility is outstanding, Secured Parties owed or holding more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness constituting Note Obligations, or such other requisite percentage or number of holders of Note Obligations (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of Note Obligations) as is permitted by, and in accordance with, the Indenture; or (b) otherwise, Secured Parties owed or holding more than 50% of the aggregate of the sum of, without duplication: (i) the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness constituting Note Obligations, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the loans and other advances outstanding under each New Facility and (iii) other than in connection with the exercise of remedies, the aggregate amount of all outstanding unexpired or uncanceled commitments to extend credit (if any) under each New Facility outstanding at such time that, when funded, would constitute New Obligations; provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, if any New Secured Party shall be a “defaulting

4


 

lender” (howsoever defined in the relevant New Document at such time), there shall be excluded from the determination of Majority Holders: (A) the aggregate principal amount of loans and other advances owing to such New Secured Party under such New Document at such time, and (B) such New Secured Party’s pro rata share of the outstanding commitments to extend credit (if any) under such New Document at such time unless another lender has or is obligated to assume the defaulting lender’s rights and obligations under the applicable New Documents. For purposes of this definition, (x) votes will be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.02 and (y) any Obligations registered in the name of, or owned or held by the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor or any of their respective affiliates shall be disregarded.
     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
     “New Documents” means, collectively, with respect to any New Facility, the agreements, documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any related New Obligations, including the definitive documentation in respect of such New Facility, the Collateral Documents, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
     “New Facility” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
     “New Obligations” means all obligations of any of the Trustors from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including any Post-Petition Interest) on the indebtedness for borrowed money outstanding under each New Facility, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to any Trustor, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Trustors under the New Documents owing to the New Secured Parties (in their capacity as such). For the avoidance of doubt, as of the date hereof, there are no New Obligations outstanding.
     “New Representative” means (a) any agent or trustee for or other representative of the lenders or holders of obligations, as applicable, under a New Facility, together with its successors and permitted assigns, or (b) any New Secured Party, solely to the extent that such New Secured Party (i) is the sole lender or other holder of obligations under a particular New Facility and (ii) is not represented by an agent, trustee or other representative.
     “New Secured Parties” means, at any relevant time, subject to Section 2.02, the holders of any New Obligations at that time, including each applicable New Representative.

5


 

     “Note Documents” means, collectively, the Indenture, the Notes, each Note Guaranty, the Collateral Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any Note Obligation, any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Note Obligation, including pursuant to the Collateral Documents, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
     “Note Guaranty” means each “Note Guaranty” as defined in the Indenture.
     “Note Obligations” means all “Obligations” (as defined in the Indenture) in respect of indebtedness incurred under the Indenture and all other obligations of the Company, the Guarantors and the other Additional Trustors, if any, from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including any Post-Petition Interest) on the Notes, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (b) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional Trustors, if any, under the Indenture and the other Note Documents owing to the Note Secured Parties (in their capacity as such).
     “Note Secured Parties” means, at any relevant time, the holders of Note Obligations at that time, including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the holders of Notes.
     “Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
     “Notice of Actionable Default” means a written notice delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series (or by the Representative with respect to such Series with the written consent of the requisite holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series) stating that an Actionable Default with respect to such Series has occurred.
     “Obligations” means (a) the Note Obligations and (b) subject to Section 2.02, the New Obligations.
     “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Agreement, signed on behalf of the Company by the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, chief operating officer or treasurer, including:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate has read such covenant or condition;

6


 

     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate are based;
     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
     “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
     “Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses that accrues after the commencement of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to any Trustor, whether or not allowed or allowable in any such Bankruptcy Proceeding.
     “Representative” means (a) with respect to the Note Obligations, the Indenture Trustee and (b) with respect to each Series of New Obligations, the New Representative with respect thereto.
     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its successors.
     “Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Note Secured Parties and any New Secured Parties.
     “Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interests or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences or indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.
     “Security Agreement” means the Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, and any successor or replacement thereof, among the Company, the Collateral Agent (or any successor or replacement agent) and the other grantors from time to time party thereto.
     “Series”, when used with respect to any Obligations, refers to whether such Obligations are Note Obligations or New Obligations (and, if such Obligations are New Obligations, “Series” refers to the New Facility pursuant to which such New Obligations have been incurred).

7


 

     “Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P.
     “Spectrum Stockholder Agreement” means that certain Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
     “Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof).
     “Trust Estate” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.01(a).
     “Trustors” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
     “U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.
     “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.
ARTICLE 2
The Trust Estate
     Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust. (a) To secure the payment and performance of the Obligations and in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, each of the Trustors hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent hereby accepts and agrees to hold, in trust under this Agreement for the benefit of all present and future Secured Parties, all of such Trustor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral for the benefit of all present and future Secured Parties, together with all of the Collateral Agent’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral Documents, and all interests, rights, powers and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder or in respect thereof and all cash and non-cash proceeds thereof constituting Collateral (collectively, the “Trust Estate”).

8


 

     (b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will hold the Trust Estate in trust for the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured Parties as security for the payment of all present and future Obligations; provided, however, that if at any time the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional Trustors, if any, and their successors or assigns, shall satisfy all of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 in connection with the release of all Collateral, then this Agreement, and the estates and rights assigned in the Collateral Documents, shall cease, terminate and be void; otherwise they shall remain and be in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms; provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, all provisions set forth in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06 that are enforceable by the Collateral Agent or any of its co-trustees or agents (whether in an individual or representative capacity) will remain enforceable in accordance with their terms.
     (c) The parties to this Agreement further covenant and declare that the Trust Estate will be held and distributed by the Collateral Agent, subject to the further covenants, conditions and agreements hereinafter set forth.
     Section 2.02. New Facilities. (a) The Collateral Agent will act as agent hereunder for, and perform its duties set forth in this Agreement on behalf of, each holder of Obligations in respect of indebtedness that is issued or incurred after the date hereof that:
     (i) holds New Obligations that are identified as such in accordance with the procedures set forth in clause (b) of this Section 2.02; and
     (ii) signs, through its designated New Representative identified pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 2.02, a Collateral Trust Joinder and delivers the same to the Collateral Agent.
     (b) The Company or any other Trustor will be permitted to incur indebtedness in respect of a New Facility and to designate as an additional holder of Obligations hereunder the lenders, agents and each New Representative, as applicable, under such New Facility, in each case only to the extent such indebtedness is designated by the Company in accordance with this Section 2.02(b) and only to the extent such incurrence is permitted under the terms of the Documents. The Company may only effect such designation by delivering to the Collateral Agent (with copies to the Indenture Trustee and to each previously identified New Representative), each of the following:
     (i) on or prior to the date on which such New Facility is incurred, an Officer’s Certificate stating that each applicable Trustor intends to incur additional indebtedness under such New Facility, and certifying that (A) such incurrence is permitted and does not violate or result in any default under the Note Documents or any then existing New Documents (other than any incurrence of Obligations that would simultaneously repay all Obligations under the applicable Documents, under which such default would arise), (B) the definitive documentation associated with such New Facility contains a written agreement of the holders of such indebtedness, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of existing and future Obligations, each existing and future Indenture Trustee and each existing and future New Representative substantially as follows: (x) that all

9


 

Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Liens at any time granted by any Trustor to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure any Obligations, whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral to such Obligations and that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be enforceable by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and ratably as contemplated by this Agreement (provided, that if provided by the terms thereof or with the consent of the holders thereof, a Series of New Obligations may be secured by Liens (which shall be equal and ratable with the Liens securing the Note Obligations) on assets and properties comprising less (but not more) than all of the assets and properties upon which Liens have been granted to secure the Note Obligations), and (y) consenting to and directing the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and (C) the Company and each other Trustor has duly authorized, executed (if applicable) and recorded (or caused to be recorded), or intends to authorize, execute and record (if applicable), in each appropriate governmental office all relevant filings and recordations, if any, reasonably necessary to ensure that the New Obligations in respect of such New Facility are secured by the Collateral to the extent set forth in and required by the New Documents and in accordance with this Agreement and the Collateral Documents;
     (ii) a written notice specifying the name and address of the New Representative in respect of such New Facility for purposes of Section 8.03; and
     (iii) a copy of the executed Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (a) above, executed by the applicable New Representative (on behalf of each New Secured Party represented by it).
     (c) Although the Grantors shall be required to deliver a copy of each of the foregoing documents described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 2.02(b) to the Indenture Trustee and each then existing New Representative, the failure to so deliver a copy of any such document to the Indenture Trustee and any such New Representative (other than the certification described in clause (i) of Section 2.02(b) and the Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (iii) of Section 2.02(b), which shall in all cases be required and which shall be delivered to each of the Indenture Trustee and each then existing New Representative on or prior to the incurrence of indebtedness under the applicable New Facility) shall not affect the status of such New Facility as New Obligations or Obligations entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents if the other requirements of this Section 2.02 are satisfied.
     Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests. (a) Each of the Indenture Trustee (for itself and on behalf of each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf of each New Secured Party represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, each of the Trustors has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all such Trustor’s rights, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral to secure the payment and performance of all present and future Obligations. Each of the Indenture Trustee (for itself and on behalf of each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf of each New Secured Party

10


 

represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, the aforementioned security interest granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall (subject to Section 7.01) for all purposes and at all times secure the Note Obligations and the New Obligations (if any) on an equal and ratable basis, except as is otherwise contemplated in the first proviso contained in Section 2.02(b)(i).
     (b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will act for the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured Parties and will hold the Collateral and the Liens thereon as security for the payment and performance of all present and future Obligations, in each case, under terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
ARTICLE 3
Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property
     Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions. (a) Upon receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent shall, within five days thereafter, notify the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative that an Actionable Default exists.
     (b) Upon receipt of any written directions pursuant to Section 3.08(a), the Collateral Agent shall, within five days thereafter, send a copy thereof to the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative.
     Section 3.02. Remedies. (a) Upon the receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default and so long as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the Representative with respect to such Series, the Collateral Agent may exercise the rights and remedies provided in this Agreement and in the Collateral Documents.
     (b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustors hereby waive presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral or any Collateral Document.
     Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property. (a) Each Secured Party (acting through the Indenture Trustee or its New Representative, as applicable) hereby appoints the Collateral Agent to serve as collateral trustee and agent hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Subject to, and in accordance with, this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will serve as collateral trustee and agent hereunder, for the benefit solely and exclusively of the present and future Secured Parties, and will:
     (i) accept, enter into, hold, maintain, administer and enforce all Collateral Documents, including all Collateral subject thereto, and all Liens created thereunder, perform its obligations under the Collateral Documents and

11


 

protect, exercise and enforce the interests, rights, powers and remedies granted or available to it under, pursuant to or in connection with the Collateral Documents;
     (ii) take all lawful and commercially reasonable actions permitted under the Collateral Documents that it may deem necessary or advisable to protect or preserve its interest in the Collateral subject thereto and such interests, rights, powers and remedies;
     (iii) deliver and receive notices pursuant to the Collateral Documents;
     (iv) sell, assign, collect, assemble, foreclose on, institute legal proceedings with respect to, or otherwise exercise or enforce the rights and remedies of a secured party (including a mortgagee, trust deed beneficiary and insurance beneficiary or loss payee) with respect to the Collateral under the Collateral Documents and its other interests, rights, powers and remedies;
     (v) remit as provided in Section 4.04 all cash proceeds received by the Collateral Agent from the collection, foreclosure or enforcement of its interest in the Collateral under the Collateral Documents or any of its other interests, rights, powers or remedies;
     (vi) execute and deliver amendments to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents as from time to time authorized pursuant to Section 8.01 accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the amendment was permitted under Section 8.01; and
     (vii) release or subordinate any Lien granted to it by any Collateral Document upon any Collateral if and as required by Section 7.01.
     (b) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and consents to the undertaking of the Collateral Agent set forth in Section 3.03(a) and agrees to each of the other provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Collateral Agent.
     Section 3.04. Power of Attorney. Each Trustor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as their true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in the name of such Trustor, or in its own name, from time to time acting at the written direction of the Trustors upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Actionable Default, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes hereof and thereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right on behalf of such Trustor, without notice to or assent by any Trustor to do the following:
     (a) to ask for, demand, sue for, collect, receive, recover, compromise and give acquittance and receipts for any and all moneys due or to become due upon or by virtue hereof and thereof;

12


 

     (b) to receive, take, endorse, assign and deliver any and all checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, documents and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments and chattel paper taken or received by the Collateral Agent in connection herewith and therewith;
     (c) to commence, file, institute, prosecute, defend, settle, compromise or adjust any claim, suit, action or proceeding with respect hereto and thereto or in connection herewith and therewith;
     (d) to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal in or with the Collateral or any part thereof as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof; and
     (e) to do, at its option and at the expense and for the account of such Trustor, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect or preserve the Collateral or the Trust Estate and to realize upon the Collateral.
     Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc. Upon the receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default and so long as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series) or by the Representative with respect to such Series:
     (a) the Collateral Agent shall have the right and power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Agreement and each Collateral Document to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; and
     (b) the Collateral Agent may, either after entry or without entry, proceed by suit or suits at law or in equity to enforce such rights and to foreclose upon the Collateral and to sell all or, from time to time, any of the Trust Estate under the judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
     Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver. If a receiver of the Trust Estate shall be appointed in judicial proceedings, the Collateral Agent may be appointed as such receiver. Notwithstanding the appointment of a receiver, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to retain possession and control of all cash held by or deposited with it or its agents pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document.
     Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers. All of the powers, remedies and rights of the Collateral Agent as set forth in this Agreement may be exercised by the Collateral Agent in respect of any Collateral Document as though set forth at length therein and all the powers, remedies and rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties as set forth in any Collateral Document may be exercised from time to time as herein and therein provided.

13


 

     Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders. (a) Subject to Section 3.08(b), if an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and if the Collateral Agent shall have received a Notice of Actionable Default with respect thereto, the Majority Holders shall have the right, by an instrument in writing executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent, to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any right or remedy available to the Collateral Agent, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Collateral Agent, or for the appointment of a receiver, or for the taking of any action authorized by Article 3 of this Agreement.
     (b) The Collateral Agent shall not follow any written directions received pursuant to Section 3.08(a) to the extent such written directions are known by the Collateral Agent to be in conflict with any provisions of law or if the Collateral Agent shall have received from independent counsel an unqualified opinion to the effect that following such written directions would result in a breach of a provision or covenant contained in the Indenture or impose individual liability on the Collateral Agent.
     (c) Nothing in this Section 3.08 shall impair the right of the Collateral Agent in its discretion to take or omit to take any action deemed proper by the Collateral Agent and which action or omission is not inconsistent with the direction of the Secured Parties entitled to direct the Collateral Agent with respect to such action as provided for in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions of this Agreement or under any Collateral Document.
     (d) For the avoidance of doubt, the Majority Holders when taking, or in directing the Collateral Agent to take, any action with respect of the Collateral, the Majority Holders may elect to take such action (or to direct the Collateral Agent to take such action) with respect to all or any part of the Collateral, except as limited by mandatory provisions of applicable law.
     Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive. (a) No remedy conferred upon or reserved to the Collateral Agent in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy or remedies, but every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy conferred in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute.
     (b) No delay or omission of the Collateral Agent to exercise any right, remedy or power accruing upon any Actionable Default shall impair any such right, remedy or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Actionable Default or an acquiescence therein; and every right, power and remedy given by this Agreement or any Collateral Document to the Collateral Agent may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Collateral Agent.
     (c) In case the Collateral Agent shall have proceeded to enforce any right, remedy or power under this Agreement or any Collateral Document and the proceeding for the enforcement thereof shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case the Trustors, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, severally and respectively be restored to their former

14


 

positions and rights, under this Agreement and under such Collateral Document with respect to the Trust Estate and in all other respects, and thereafter all rights, remedies and powers of the Collateral Agent shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.
     (d) All rights of action and rights to assert claims upon or under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents may be enforced by the Collateral Agent without the possession of any Document or the production thereof in any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Collateral Agent shall be brought in its name as Collateral Agent and any recovery of judgment shall be held as part of the Trust Estate.
     Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights. The Trustors, to the extent they may lawfully do so, on behalf of themselves and all who may claim through or under them, including, without limitation, any and all subsequent creditors, vendees, assignees and lienors, expressly waive and release any, every and all rights to demand or to have any marshaling of the Trust Estate upon any sale, whether made under any power of sale herein granted or pursuant to judicial proceedings or upon any foreclosure or any enforcement of this Agreement and consents and agrees that all the Trust Estate may at any such sale be offered and sold as an entirety.
     Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agent’s Duties in Respect of Collateral. Beyond its duties set forth in this Agreement as to the custody thereof and the accounting to the Trustors and the Secured Parties for moneys received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to the Trustors and the Secured Parties as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or nominee of it or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. To the extent, however, that the Collateral Agent or any agent or nominee thereof maintains possession or control of any of the Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall, and shall instruct such agent or nominee to, grant the Trustors access to and use of such Collateral that the Trustors require for the normal conduct of their business; provided that such rights may be limited as provided in this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents after the Collateral Agent shall have received a Notice of Actionable Default.
     Section 3.12. Limitation by Law. All rights, remedies and powers provided by this Article 3 may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of law in the premises, and all the provisions of this Article 3 are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling in the premises and to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Agreement invalid, unenforceable in whole or in part or not entitled to be recorded, registered, or filed under the provisions of any applicable law.
     Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 3.02) or any provision of any Collateral Document, the right of each Secured Party, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payments of the Obligations held by such Secured Party on or after the due date thereof as therein expressed, to seek adequate protection in respect of its interest in this Agreement and the Collateral, to institute suit for the enforcement of such payment on or

15


 

after such due date, or to assert its position and views as a secured creditor in a Bankruptcy Proceeding, or the obligation of the Trustors, which is also absolute and unconditional, to pay in full and otherwise perform all Obligations at the time and place expressed therein shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Secured Party.
ARTICLE 4
Trust Account, Application of Moneys
     Section 4.01. The Trust Account. On the date hereof there shall be established and, at all times thereafter until the trusts created by this Agreement shall have terminated, there shall be maintained with the Collateral Agent an account that shall be entitled the “Trust Account”. The Trust Account shall be established and maintained by the Collateral Agent at its designated corporate trust offices. All moneys that are received by the Collateral Agent after the occurrence of an Actionable Default in connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral shall be deposited in the Trust Account and thereafter shall be held and applied by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. To the extent necessary, appropriate or desirable, the Collateral Agent from time to time may establish sub-accounts as part of the Trust Account for the purpose of better identifying and maintaining proceeds of Collateral, all of which sub-accounts shall be treated as and be deemed equivalent to, the Trust Account for all purposes hereof.
     Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account. All right, title and interest in and to the Trust Account shall vest in the Collateral Agent, and funds on deposit in the Trust Account shall constitute part of the Trust Estate. The Trust Account shall be subject to the exclusive dominion and control of the Collateral Agent.
     Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account. At the written direction of the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent shall invest and reinvest moneys on deposit in the Trust Account at any time in:
     (a) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government;
     (b) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s;
     (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above;

16


 

     (d) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and
     (e) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above;
provided that the Majority Holders shall not be entitled to direct the making of any such investment or reinvestment to the extent that the Trustors would not be permitted to hold such investment under the terms of any Documents. All such investments and the interest and income received thereon and therefrom and the net proceeds realized on the sale thereof shall be held in the Trust Account, as applicable, as part of the Trust Estate.
     Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account. All moneys held by the Collateral Agent in the Trust Account shall, to the extent available for distribution, be distributed (or deposited in a separate account for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative pursuant to Section 4.05) by the Collateral Agent as follows:
     First: To the Collateral Agent in an amount equal to the Collateral Agent’s Fees that are unpaid as of the relevant Distribution Date and to any Secured Party that has theretofore advanced or paid any Collateral Agent’s Fees in an amount equal to the amount thereof so advanced or paid by such Secured Party prior to such Distribution Date;
     Second: to the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) equally and ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations on the relevant Distribution Date) for application to the payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than Obligations paid pursuant to clause first above) that are then due and payable to the Secured Parties (which shall then be applied or held by the Indenture Trustee and each such New Representative in such order as may be provided in the applicable Documents); provided that any moneys held in the Trust Account that were received in connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any assets or properties that do not constitute Collateral with respect to one or more Series of New Obligations shall be distributed pursuant to this clause Second to the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative with respect to each Series of New Obligations that is secured by such assets or properties, equally and ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations secured by such assets or properties on the relevant Distribution Date); and
     Third: Any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the respective Trustor, its successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
     In connection with the application of proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.04, except as otherwise directed in writing by the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent may sell any non-cash proceeds for cash prior to the application of the proceeds thereof.
     Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties. If at any time any moneys collected or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral Document are distributable pursuant to Section 4.04 to the

17


 

Indenture Trustee or any New Representative, and if the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall notify the Collateral Agent that no provision is made under the Note Documents or New Documents, as applicable, (a) for the application by the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts so distributable (whether by virtue of the Note Obligations or the applicable New Obligations not having become due and payable or otherwise) or (b) for the receipt and the holding by the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts pending the application thereof, then the Collateral Agent shall invest, at the written direction of the Majority Holders, all such amounts applicable to the Note Obligations or the New Obligations in obligations of the kinds referred to in Section 4.03, with the specific investment specified in writing and shall hold all such amounts so distributable, and all such investments and the proceeds thereof, in trust solely for the Indenture Trustee and/or such New Representative and for no other purpose until such time as the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall request the delivery thereof by the Collateral Agent to the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, for application by it pursuant to the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable.
     This Article 4 is intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Obligations, each present and future Indenture Trustee, each present and future New Representative and the Collateral Agent as a Secured Party.
ARTICLE 5
Agreements with the Collateral Agent
     Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement on the date hereof, the Company will deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of each of the Documents then in effect. The Company agrees that, promptly upon the execution thereof, Company will, or cause the applicable Trustor to, deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of (a) any and all amendments, modifications or supplements to any Document, and (b) any Documents, entered into subsequent to the date hereof. Unless and until the Collateral Agent actually receives such copies it shall not be deemed to have knowledge of them.
     Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties. The Company agrees that it shall deliver to the Collateral Agent from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, a list setting forth, by each Document then in effect:
     (i) the aggregate amount outstanding thereunder;
     (ii) the interest rates then in effect thereunder;
     (iii) to the extent known to the Company, the names of the holders of the Notes outstanding thereunder and the unpaid principal amount owing to each such holder of Notes; and

18


 

     (iv) the names of such other Secured Parties under any other Series of Obligations and the unpaid aggregate amounts owing to each such Secured Party.
     The Company will furnish to the Collateral Agent within 30 days after the date hereof, and periodically if notice addresses and/or addresses change, a list setting forth the name and address of each party to whom notices must be sent under the Documents. At all times the Collateral Agent may assume without inquiry that the most recent list it has received remains current.
     Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay to the Collateral Agent from time to time following receipt of an invoice therefrom:
     (i) compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to compensation of a trustee of an express trust), as agreed by the Trustors and the Collateral Agent, for Collateral Agent’s services hereunder and under the Collateral Documents and for administering the Trust Estate; and
     (ii) all of the fees, reasonable costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of their counsel and such special counsel, auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers or other professional advisors and agents as the Collateral Agent elect to retain) (A) arising in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, modification and termination of, or consent or waiver to, this Agreement and each Collateral Document or the enforcement of any of the provisions hereof or thereof, or (B) incurred or required to be advanced in connection with the administration of the Trust Estate, the sale or other disposition of Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document and the preservation, protection or defense of the Collateral Agent’s rights under this Agreement and in and to the Collateral and the Trust Estate, and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent and its agents in creating, perfecting, preserving, releasing or enforcing the Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral.
     The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.03 shall survive the termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.
     Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party (and their respective agents) from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp or other similar tax and any penalties or interest with respect thereto that may be assessed, levied or collected by any jurisdiction in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral Document, the Trust Estate or any Collateral. The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.04 shall survive the termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.
     Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc.. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay or to reimburse the Collateral Agent and its agents for any and all amounts

19


 

in respect of all search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Agreement and each Collateral Document. The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.05 shall survive the termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.
     Section 5.06. Indemnification. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay, indemnify, and hold the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (including, but not limited to, actions by the Collateral Agent to enforce its rights with respect to the Collateral), unless arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (in either case, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) of the Collateral Agent or such of the agents as are seeking indemnification. The foregoing indemnities in this Section 5.06 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent or the termination of this Agreement.
     Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements. (a) At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent, and, at the sole expense of the Trustors, the Trustors will promptly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary or desirable in obtaining the full benefits of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the other Documents and of the rights and powers herein and therein granted. To the extent required by law, the Trustors shall, in all of their financial statements, indicate by footnote or otherwise that the Obligations are secured pursuant to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
     (b) Pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Agreement, from time to time, additional direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company are required to become parties to the Security Agreement. In connection with any such subsidiary becoming party to the Security Agreement, such subsidiary (an “Additional Trustor”) shall execute a Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto and upon such execution shall become a Trustor hereunder with all applicable rights and responsibilities.
ARTICLE 6
The Collateral Agent
     Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent, for itself and its successors, hereby accepts the trusts created by this Agreement upon the terms and conditions hereof, including those contained in this Article 6.
     (b) The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to enter into and perform its obligations and protect, perfect, exercise and enforce its interests, rights, powers and remedies under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and applicable

20


 

law and in equity and to act as set forth in this Agreement or as requested in any lawful directions given to it from time to time in respect of any matter by a written notice of the Majority Holders.
     (c) Neither the Indenture Trustee nor any New Representative or any other holder of Obligations will have any liability whatsoever for any act or omission of the Collateral Agent.
     (d) The Collateral Agent will accept, hold, administer and enforce all Liens on the Collateral at any time transferred or delivered to it and all other interests, rights, powers and remedies at any time granted to or enforceable by the Collateral Agent and all other property of the Trust Estates solely and exclusively for the benefit of all present and future holders of Obligations, and will distribute all proceeds received by it in realization thereon or from enforcement thereof solely and exclusively pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.04.
     (e) Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Agreement shall require the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.
     Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions. (a) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for the correctness of any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document, all of which are made solely by the Trustors. The Collateral Agent makes no representations as to the value or condition of the Trust Estate or any part thereof, or as to the title of the Trustors thereto or as to the security afforded by any Collateral Document or this Agreement, or as to the validity, execution (except its own execution), enforceability, legality or sufficiency of this Agreement, any Collateral Document or the Obligations secured hereby and thereby, and the Collateral Agent shall incur no liability or responsibility in respect of any such matters. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for insuring the Trust Estate or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or liens upon the Trust Estate or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Trust Estate, except that in the event the Collateral Agent enters into possession of a part or all of the Trust Estate, the Collateral Agent shall preserve the part in its possession.
     (b) The Collateral Agent shall not be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance by the Trustors of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, in any Collateral Document or in any other Document. Whenever it is necessary, or in the opinion of the Collateral Agent advisable, for the Collateral Agent to ascertain the amount of Obligations then held by a Secured Party, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on a certificate of such Secured Party or its representative (including the Indenture Trustee or any applicable New Representative) as to such amount, and if any such Secured Party or representative shall not give such information to the Collateral Agent, such Secured Party shall not be entitled to receive distributions hereunder (in which case such distributions shall be held in trust for such Secured Party) until it has given such information to the Collateral Agent.

21


 

     (c) The Collateral Agent shall not be personally liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with this Agreement or any Collateral Document except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     (d) The Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for the preparation, filing or recording of any instrument, document or financing statement or for the maintenance of any security interest intended to be perfected thereby.
     Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties. The Collateral Agent may execute any of the trusts or powers hereof and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact, which may include officers and employees of the Trustors. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to advice of counsel, at the expense of the Trustors, concerning all matters pertaining to such trusts, powers and duties. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it without gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent. (a) Whenever in the administration of the trusts of this Agreement the Collateral Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established in connection with the taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder by the Collateral Agent, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively provided or established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Collateral Agent, and such certificate shall be full warranty to the Collateral Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted in reliance thereon, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 6.05.
     (b) The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection, and any opinion of such counsel who is not an employee of the Collateral Agent shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered by it hereunder in accordance therewith. The Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of the Trust Estate from any court of competent jurisdiction.
     (c) The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting, upon any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables, telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Collateral Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement or any Collateral Document. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent may rely as provided in this Section 6.04 on any Officer’s Certificate provided by the Company pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof, and may deem such information correct until such time as it receives any written modification of any such certificate from Company in respect thereof.

22


 

     (d) The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in the Collateral Agent by this Agreement at the request or direction of the Majority Holders pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral Document, unless the Collateral Agent shall have been provided adequate security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Collateral Agent.
     Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent shall be obliged to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or any Collateral Document against the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted by it in accordance with the direction of the Majority Holders pursuant to Section 3.08.
     (b) Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions hereof or any Collateral Document except upon the written request of the Majority Holders pursuant to Section 3.08. The Collateral Agent shall make available for inspection and copying by the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative, each certificate or other paper furnished to the Collateral Agent by the Company under or in respect of this Agreement, any Collateral Document or any of the Trust Estate.
     (c) Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to any action by, consent, designation, specification, requirement of approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by the Collateral Agent, it is understood that in all cases the Collateral Agent shall, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, be acting, giving, withholding, suffering, omitting, taking or otherwise undertaking and exercising the same (or shall not be undertaking and exercising the same) as directed by the Secured Parties. This provision is intended solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any rights or benefits on any party hereto.
     Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust. All moneys received by the Collateral Agent under or pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document shall be held in trust for the purposes for which they were paid or are held.
     Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent may at any time, by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any), resign and be discharged of the responsibilities hereby created, such resignation to become effective upon the earlier of: (i) 30 days from the date of such notice and (ii) the appointment of a successor trustee or trustees by the Company, the acceptance of such appointment by such successor

23


 

trustee or trustees, and the approval of such successor trustee or trustees by the Majority Holders; provided that no resignation shall become effective unless and until a successor trustee has been appointed as provided herein. The Collateral Agent may be removed at any time and a successor trustee or trustees appointed by the affirmative vote of the Majority Holders; provided that the Collateral Agent shall be paid its fees and reasonable expenses to the date of removal. If no successor trustee or trustees shall be appointed and approved within 30 days from the date of the giving of the aforesaid notice of resignation, the Collateral Agent shall, or the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any other Secured Party may, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor trustee or trustees (which may be an individual or individuals) to act until such time, if any, as a successor trustee or trustees shall have been appointed as above provided. Any successor trustee or trustees so appointed by such court shall immediately and without further act be superseded by any successor trustee or trustees approved by the Majority Holders as above provided.
     (b) If at any time the Collateral Agent shall resign or be removed or otherwise become incapable of acting, or if at any time, a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Collateral Agent for any other cause, a successor trustee or trustees may be appointed by the Majority Holders, and the powers, duties, authority and title of the predecessor trustee or trustees terminated and canceled without procuring the resignation of such predecessor trustee or trustees, and without any other formality (except as may be required by applicable law) than appointment and designation of a successor trustee or trustees in writing, duly acknowledged, delivered to the predecessor trustee or trustees and Company, and filed for record in each public office, if any, in which this Agreement is required to be filed.
     (c) The appointment and designation referred to in Section 6.07 (b) shall, after any required filing, be full evidence of the right and authority to make the same and of all the facts therein recited, and this Agreement shall vest in such successor trustee or trustees, without any further act, deed or conveyance, all of the estate and title of its predecessor, and upon such filing for record the successor trustee or trustees shall become fully vested with all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of its predecessor; but such predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of the Majority Holders, the Company or the successor trustee or trustees, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor or successors all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of such predecessor or predecessors hereunder and shall deliver all Securities and moneys held by it to such successor trustee or trustees. Should any deed, conveyance or other instrument in writing from any Trustor be required by any successor trustee or trustees for more fully and certainly vesting in such successor trustee or trustees the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title vested or intended to be vested in the predecessor trustee or trustees, any and all such deeds, conveyances and other instruments in writing shall, on request of such successor trustee or trustees, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by such Trustor.
     (d) Any required filing for record of the instrument appointing a successor trustee or trustees as hereinabove provided shall be at the sole expense of the Trustors. The resignation of any trustee or trustees and the instrument or instruments removing any trustee or trustees, together with all other instruments, deeds and conveyances provided

24


 

for in this Article 6 shall, if permitted by law, be forthwith recorded, registered and filed by and at the expense of the Trustors, wherever this Agreement is recorded, registered and filed.
     Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent. Except as permitted by Section 6.07, every successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.07 shall be a bank or trust company in good standing and having power so to act, incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having its principal corporate trust office within the 48 contiguous States, and shall also have (together with its corporate affiliates) capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $100,000,000, if there be such an institution with such capital, surplus and undivided profits willing, qualified and able to accept the trust upon reasonable or customary terms.
     Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent. Any corporation into which the Collateral Agent may be merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Collateral Agent shall be a party, or any corporation to which the Collateral Agent shall transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business (including the administration of this trust) shall be Collateral Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.
     Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee. (a) If at any time or times it shall be necessary or prudent in order to conform to any law of any jurisdiction in which any of the Collateral shall be located, or the Collateral Agent shall be advised by counsel, satisfactory to it, that it is so necessary or advisable in the interest of the Secured Parties, or the Majority Holders shall in writing so request the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, or the Collateral Agent shall deem it desirable for its own protection in the performance of its duties hereunder, the Collateral Agent and the Trustors shall, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, execute and deliver all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to constitute another bank or trust company, or one or more persons approved by the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, either to act as co-trustee or co-trustees of all or any of the Collateral, jointly with the Collateral Agent originally named herein or any successor or successors, or to act as separate trustee or trustees of any such property. In the event the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of such instruments and agreements within 30 days after the receipt of a written request from the Collateral Agent so to do, or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may act under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 without the concurrence of the Trustors, and the Trustors hereby appoint the Collateral Agent as its agent and attorney to act for it under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 in either of such contingencies.
     (b) Every separate trustee and every co-trustee, other than any trustee that may be appointed as successor to the Collateral Agent, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act and be such, subject to the following provisions and conditions, namely:
     (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred upon the Collateral Agent in respect of the custody, control and management of moneys,

25


 

papers or Securities shall be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, or its successors hereunder;
     (ii) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be conferred or imposed and exercised or performed by the Collateral Agent and such separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees, jointly, as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Collateral Agent shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees;
     (iii) no power given hereby to, or that it is provided hereby may be exercised by, any such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate trustees, shall be exercised hereunder by such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate trustees, except jointly with, or with the consent in writing of, the Collateral Agent, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding;
     (iv) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and
     (v) the Trustors and the Collateral Agent, at any time by an instrument in writing, executed by them, may accept the resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or co-trustee, and in that case, by an instrument in writing executed by the Trustors and the Collateral Agent jointly, may appoint a successor to such separate trustee or co-trustee, as the case may be, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding. In the event that the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of any such instrument within ten days after the receipt of a written request from the Collateral Agent so to do, or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall have the power to accept the resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or co-trustee and to appoint a successor without the concurrence of the Trustors, the Trustors hereby appointing the Collateral Agent its agent and attorney to act for it in such connection in either of such contingencies. In the event that the Collateral Agent shall have appointed a separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees as above provided, it may at any time, by an instrument in writing, accept the resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or co-trustee, the successor to any such separate trustee or co-trustee to be appointed by the Trustors and the Collateral Agent, or by the Collateral Agent alone, as provided in this Section 6.10.

26


 

ARTICLE 7
Release of Collateral
     Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure. (a) Subject to Section 7.01(c), the Collateral Agent’s Liens upon the Collateral will be released:
     (i) in whole, upon (A) payment in full and discharge of all outstanding Notes (or upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the Indenture) and all outstanding indebtedness in respect of each New Facility (if any) (or upon a defeasance or discharge of each such New Facility in accordance with the applicable New Documents) and all other Obligations (in each case other than any indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made) and (B) termination or expiration of all commitments to extend credit under all Documents; provided that the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this clause (i) have been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;
     (ii) as to any Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Trustor to a Person that is not (either before or after such sale, transfer or disposition) the Company or any other Trustor in a transaction or other circumstance that is permitted by all of the Documents, automatically at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5 of the Indenture where the recipient is required to become the obligor on the Notes or a Guarantor or any similar provision contained in any other Document) to the extent of the interest sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of; provided that, to the extent provided in the Collateral Documents, the Collateral Agent’s Liens will attach to the proceeds received in respect of any such sale, transfer or other disposition, subject to the priorities set forth in Section 4.04;
     (iii) as to a release of any portion of the Collateral (which may include all or substantially all of the Collateral), with respect to such Collateral, if (A) consent to the release of such Liens of the Collateral Agent on such Collateral has been given by (i) the requisite holders of Notes (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the requisite holders of Notes) and (ii) the requisite holders of indebtedness in respect of each other Series of Obligations, in each case as permitted by, and in accordance with, the applicable Documents and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this clause (iii) have been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document; provided that the Collateral Agent’s Liens on any such Collateral solely securing a particular Series of New Obligations shall be released with respect to such Series if (A) consent to the release of such Liens has been given by the requisite holders of such Series of New Obligations (determined under the New Documents governing such Series) and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this proviso to clause (iii) have been met and that such

27


 

release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document; and
     (iv) if any part of the Collateral is subject to any Permitted Lien (as defined in the Security Agreement) that is senior to the Liens securing the Collateral as a matter of law, the Collateral Agent will execute any document reasonably requested in writing by the Company to evidence such subordination.
     (b) Subject to Section 7.01(c), the Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral securing the Note Obligations only (and not any other Obligations) will be released upon payment in full and discharge of all outstanding Notes (or upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the Indenture) and all other Note Obligations (other than any indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made), and thereafter the rights of the holders of the Notes and the Note Obligations to the benefit and proceeds of the Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged; provided that the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this clause (b) have been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;
     (c) All of the Collateral shall not be released pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(i), 7.01(a)(iii) or 7.01(b) unless and until all Collateral Agent’s Fees (other than any indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made) shall have been paid in full.
     (d) The Collateral of a Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the release of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guaranty as provided in Section 10.09 of the Indenture and the comparable provision of each other Document.
     (e) Upon the release of the Collateral, or any portion thereof, in each case in accordance with the provisions hereof (other than any Collateral that is released with respect to less than all of the Obligations), all right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent in, to and under the Trust Estate in respect of the Collateral or portion thereof so released, and the Collateral Documents in respect of such Collateral, shall terminate and shall revert to the respective Trustors, their successors and assigns, and the estate, right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent therein shall thereupon cease, determine and become void; and in such case (including a release with respect to less than all of the Obligations), upon the written request of the respective Trustors, their successors or assigns, and at the cost and expense of the Trustors, their successors or assigns, the Collateral Agent shall execute in respect of the Collateral so released, a satisfaction of the Collateral Documents with respect to such Collateral and such instruments as are necessary or desirable to terminate and remove of record any documents constituting public notice of the Collateral Documents and the security interests and assignments granted thereunder, in each case with respect to such Collateral, and shall assign and transfer, or cause to be assigned and transferred, and shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustors, in respect of the Collateral so released, all property, including all moneys, instruments and Securities (if any), of the Trustors then held by the Collateral Agent. The cancellation and satisfaction of the Collateral Documents shall be without prejudice

28


 

to the rights of the Collateral Agent or any successor trustee to charge and be reimbursed for any expenditures that it may thereafter incur in connection therewith.
ARTICLE 8
Miscellaneous
     Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers. (a) With the written consent of the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) (in each case given in accordance with the requirements (including the amendment provisions) of the Documents with respect to the applicable Series of Obligations), the Collateral Agent and the Trustors may, from time to time, enter into written supplements, amendments, restatements, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement or any Collateral Document for the purpose of adding to, amending, waiving or otherwise modifying any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document or changing the rights of the Collateral Agent, the Secured Parties or the Trustors hereunder or thereunder; provided, however, that:
     (i) no such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall, without the written consent of the Collateral Agent, (x) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article 6 or alter the duties or obligations of the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any Collateral Document or (y) amend or modify the definition of “Majority Holders” set forth in Section 1.02;
     (ii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that would only adversely affect the Obligations of a particular Series shall require only the written consent of the Representative with respect to such Series (given in accordance with the requirements (including the amendment provisions if applicable) of the Documents with respect to such Series); and
     (iii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that has the effect of releasing Collateral from the Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents other than as provided for in Section 7.01 shall be effective only if made in accordance with the requirements of, and the amendment provisions set forth in, each of the Documents;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Trustor shall have any right to consent to or approve any supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement that is solely and exclusively an intercreditor matter that affects the Secured Parties and does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of any Trustor (including, without limitation, Sections 2.03 and 4.04), but the Collateral Agent shall promptly provide a copy of any such executed amendment, restatement, supplement, modification or waiver to the Trustors and (y) without the consent of any Secured Party, any Collateral Document may be supplemented, amended, restated, waived or otherwise modified (A) to the extent (and only to the extent) required to allow for any release of Collateral that is expressly permitted by Section 7.01 and (B) in the following circumstances:

29


 

     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed;
     (2) to comply with (i) Article 5 of the Indenture or (ii) the comparable provisions of any New Documents; provided, in the case of clause (ii), that the applicable supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification does not adversely affect the Note Obligations;
     (3) to comply with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of (i) the Indenture or (ii) any New Documents; provided, in the case of clause (ii), that the applicable supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification does not adversely affect the Note Obligations;
     (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Indenture Trustee or Collateral Agent;
     (5) to conform the text of this Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the offering memorandum dated November 5, 2010 relating to the offering by the Company of the Notes, as certified in an Officer’s Certificate; or
     (6) to make any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Secured Party.
     Any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall be binding upon the Trustors, the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent and their respective successors. The Collateral Agent shall not enter into any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification unless it shall have received (x) written authorization from the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative to enter into same, which authorization shall include a statement to the effect that the requisite holders of the applicable Series of Obligations (determined under the Documents governing such Series) have authorized the entry into same and (y) an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification will not result in a breach of any provision or covenant contained in the Indenture, any other Document or this Agreement.

30


 

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Secured Party, the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, at any time and from time to time, may enter into additional pledge or Collateral Documents or one or more agreements supplemental hereto or to any Collateral Document, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that any supplement in the form of Exhibits A and B shall be deemed to be satisfactory to the Collateral Agent):
     (i) to add to the covenants of the Trustors, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Trustors;
     (ii) to pledge or grant a security interest in any property or assets that are required to be pledged, or in which a security interest is required to be granted, to the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Collateral Document or any other applicable Document;
     (iii) to cure any ambiguity or omission, to correct or to supplement any provision herein or in any Collateral Document that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein or therein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising hereunder or under any Collateral Document that shall not be inconsistent with any provision hereof or of any Collateral Document;
     (iv) to add an Additional Trustor; and
     (v) to add New Representative.
     (c) In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or waiver hereto or to any other Collateral Document, permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral Document, the Collateral Agent shall receive and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an opinion of counsel or an Officer’s Certificate stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral Document. The Collateral Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any amendment, supplement or waiver, which adversely affects the Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement, such Collateral Document or otherwise.
     (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the written instruction of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement, the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement and other agreements with respect to equityholders’ rights to which any Trustor is a party or becomes a party from time to time after execution of this Agreement.
     Section 8.02. Voting. (a) In connection with any matter under this Agreement requiring a vote of holders of Obligations at any time, each Series of Obligations will cast its votes in accordance with the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable, governing such Series of Obligations and as contemplated by the definition of Majority Holders hereunder.

31


 

     (b) For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of determining at any time whether the “Majority Holders” have given any instruction or taken any action hereunder (or consented to the taking of any action hereunder), the following rules shall apply: (i) the Representative with respect to each Series of Obligations shall be deemed to hold the principal amount of indebtedness constituting Obligations then outstanding under such Series of Obligations, (ii) each Representative shall, with respect to the principal amount of indebtedness constituting Obligations deemed held by such Representative pursuant to the preceding clause (i), provide any such instruction to, or shall instruct the Collateral Agent to take such action, in accordance with voting provisions set forth in the Documents with respect to the applicable Series of Obligations and subject to the proviso at the end of the definition of “Majority Holders” and to the last sentence of such definition and (iii) based on the foregoing procedures, the Collateral Agent shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), whether the Secured Parties that have given such instruction or taken such action (or consented to the taking of such action) constitute the “Majority Holders” as defined in the definition thereof.
     (c) Any direction in writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by or with the written consent of the Majority Holders (a) shall set forth the aggregate amount of Obligations owed by the Trustors to the Secured Parties represented by the Indenture Trustee and by each New Representative under the Note Documents or the applicable New Documents, as the case may be, calculated as of the date of determination and in accordance with the definition of Majority Holders hereunder, and (b) shall be binding upon all of the Secured Parties, unless the matter which is the subject of the applicable vote requires pursuant to the terms hereof the consent of all Secured Parties.
     Section 8.03. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by mail, overnight courier or hand delivery:
     (a) If to any Trustor, to it at the address of the Company at: Harbinger Group Inc., 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Francis T. McCarron (facsimile: (212) 339-5801), or at such other address as shall be designated by it in a written notice to the Collateral Agent.
     (b) If to the Collateral Agent, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall be designated by it in a written notice to the Company.
     (c) If to the Indenture Trustee, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall be designated by it in writing to the Collateral Agent.
     (d) If to any New Representative, to it at its address as designated in the Collateral Trust Joinder to which it is a party, or at such other address as shall be designated by it in writing to the Collateral Agent.

32


 

     All such notices, requests, demands and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given or made, when delivered by hand, the Business Day following deposit with an overnight courier, or five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or when telecopied or electronically transmitted, receipt acknowledged; provided, however, that any notice, request, demand or other communication to the Collateral Agent shall not be effective until received.
     Section 8.04. Headings. Article, Section, subsection and other headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
     Section 8.05. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent may treat the registered holder of any registered note, and the payee or indorsee of any note or debenture that is not registered, as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes hereunder and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, whether such promissory note or debenture shall be past due or not.
     (b) Any person, firm, corporation or other entity that shall be designated as the duly authorized representative of one or more Secured Parties to act as such in connection with any matters pertaining to this Agreement or any Collateral Document or the Collateral shall present to the Collateral Agent such documents, including, without limitation, opinions of counsel, as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require, in order to demonstrate to the Collateral Agent the authority of such person, firm, corporation or other entity to act as the representative of such Secured Parties.
     Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors. (a) Upon any application or demand by any Trustor to the Collateral Agent to take or permit any action under any of the provisions of this Agreement, such Trustor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to the proposed action have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Agreement relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
     (b) Any opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon an Officer’s Certificate filed with the Collateral Agent.
     Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent. Any claims or causes of action that the holders of any Obligations, the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any Trustor shall have against the Collateral Agent shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the release of the Collateral hereunder.
     Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the Secured Parties, and their respective

33


 

successors and assigns, and nothing herein or in any Collateral Document is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement, any Collateral Document, the Collateral or the Trust Estate. All obligations of the Trustors hereunder will inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee, each New Representative and each present and future holder of Obligations, each of whom will be entitled to enforce this Agreement as a third-party beneficiary hereof, and all of their respective successors and assigns.
     Section 8.10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and any action alleging any breach by the Collateral Agent of its duties hereunder, whether by act or omission or anticipatory, shall be prosecuted only in the federal or state courts of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York.
     Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction. All judicial proceedings brought against any party hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Collateral Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York. By executing and delivering this Agreement, each Trustor, for itself and in connection with its properties, irrevocably:
     (a) accepts generally and unconditionally the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts;
     (b) waives any defense of forum non conveniens;
     (c) agrees that service of all process in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with Section 8.03;
     (d) agrees that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such proceeding in any such court and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect; and
     (e) agrees each party hereto retains the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to bring proceedings against any party in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
     Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party to this Agreement waives its rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising under this Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents or any dealings between them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or the intents and purposes of the Collateral Documents. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each party hereto has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each party hereto will continue to rely on this waiver in its

34


 

related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified either orally or in writing (other than by a mutual written waiver specifically referring to this Section 8.12 and executed by each of the parties hereto), and this waiver will apply to any subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements or modifications of or to this Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents or to any other documents or agreements relating thereto. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.
     Section 8.13. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
     Section 8.14. Consequential Damages. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Collateral Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
     Section 8.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
     Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference. In connection with its execution and acting as agent or trustee (as applicable) hereunder, each of the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and any New Representative are entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, immunities, benefits and indemnities provided to them under the Collateral Documents and any other applicable Documents.
     Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Collateral Agent. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Collateral Agent with such information as it may request in order for the Collateral Agent to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

35


 

     Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders. No holder of any Note Obligations or holder of any New Obligations shall have any independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to individual holders of Note Obligations pursuant to Section 6.07 of the Indenture or comparable provision for holders of New Obligations under any New Document; provided that nothing in this subsection shall limit any rights granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture or any New Representative under any New Document.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

36


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee under the Indenture
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Francis T. McCarron    
    Name:   Francis T. McCarron   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Collateral Trust Agreement 
 
 

 


 

Exhibit A to
Collateral Trust Agreement
[FORM OF] SUPPLEMENT TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
     Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Trust Agreement”), among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”), the Additional Trustors from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of                     , 20__ (this “Supplement to Trust Agreement”), is being delivered pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     The undersigned,                     , a                      (the “Additional Trustor”) hereby agrees to become a party to the Collateral Trust Agreement as a Trustor thereunder, for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement as fully as if the Additional Trustor had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust Agreement as of the date thereof.
     This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one contract.
     This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
[Signature Pages Follow]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Trustor has caused this Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized representative as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [ADDITIONAL TRUSTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

     The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement and agrees to act as Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral pledged by the Additional Trustor, as of the day and year first above written.
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

Exhibit B to
Collateral Trust Agreement
[FORM OF] JOINDER TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
     Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Trust Agreement”), among Harbinger Group Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “Company”), the Additional Trustors from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     This Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of                     , 20__ (this “Collateral Trust Joinder”), is being delivered pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement as a condition precedent to the incurrence of the indebtedness for which the undersigned is acting as agent being entitled to the benefits of being Obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement.
     1. Joinder. The undersigned,                          , a                     , (the “New Representative”) as [trustee, administrative agent] under that certain [describe New Facility] (the “New Facility”) hereby agrees to become party as an New Representative and a Secured Party under the Collateral Trust Agreement for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement as fully as if the undersigned had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust Agreement as of the date thereof.
     2. Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation. The undersigned New Representative, on behalf of itself and each holder of obligations in respect of the New Facility (together with the New Representative, the “New Secured Parties”), hereby agrees, for the enforceable benefit of all existing and future New Representative, each existing and future Representative and each existing and future Secured Party, and as a condition to being treated as Obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement that:
     (a) all Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Liens granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which are at any time granted by any Trustor to secure any Obligations whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral for such New Facility, and that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be enforceable by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and ratably as contemplated by the Collateral Trust Agreement;
     (b) the New Representative and each other New Secured Party is bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking of Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Liens; and

 


 

     (c) the New Representative shall perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
     3. Appointment of Collateral Agent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and the New Secured Parties, hereby (a) irrevocably appoints [Wells Fargo Bank, National Association]1 as Collateral Agent for purposes of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents, (b) irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute any Collateral Documents on behalf of all Secured Parties and to take such other actions to maintain and preserve the security interests granted pursuant to any Collateral Documents, and (c) acknowledges that it has received and reviewed the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof. The New Representative, on behalf of the New Secured Parties, and the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the existing Secured Parties, each hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such shall be agent on behalf of the New Representative and on behalf of all other Secured Parties.
     4. Consent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and the New Secured Parties, consents to and directs the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
     5. Authority as Agent. The New Representative represents, warrants and acknowledges that it has the authority to bind each of the New Secured Parties to the Collateral Trust Agreement and such New Secured Parties are hereby bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking of Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Liens.
     6. New Representative. The New Representative in respect of the New Facility is [NEW REPRESENTATIVE]. The address of the New Representative in respect of the New Facility for purposes of all notices and other communications hereunder and under the Collateral Trust Agreement is                     ,                     , Attention of                      (Facsimile No.                     , electronic mail address:                     ).
     7. Officer’s Certificate. Each of the Trustors hereby certifies that the Trustors have previously delivered the Officer’s Certificate contemplated by Section 2.02(b)(i)) of the Collateral Trust Agreement and all other information, evidence and documentation required by Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
 
1   If a successor Collateral Agent has been appointed, the name of such successor should be filled in instead.

42


 

     8. Reaffirmation of Security Interest. By acknowledging and agreeing to this Collateral Trust Joinder, each of the Trustors hereby (a) confirms and reaffirms the security interests pledged and granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents and grants a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents), whether now owned or hereafter acquired to secure the Obligations, and agrees that such pledges and grants of security interests shall continue to be in full force and effect, (b) confirms and reaffirms all of its obligations under its guarantees pursuant to the applicable Note Documents and the New Documents and agrees that such guarantees shall continue to be in full force and effect, and (c) authorizes the filing of any financing statements describing the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents) in the same manner as described in the applicable Collateral Documents or in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interests in the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents) granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder or under the applicable Collateral Documents.
     9. Counterparts. This Collateral Trust Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Collateral Trust Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Collateral Trust Joinder by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Collateral Trust Joinder. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
     10. Governing Law. THIS COLLATERAL TRUST JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     11. Miscellaneous. The provisions of Article 8 of the Collateral Trust Agreement shall apply with like effect to this Collateral Trust Joinder.
[Signature Pages Follow]

43


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative has caused this Collateral Trust Joinder to be duly executed by its authorized representative, and each Trustor party hereto have caused the same to be accepted by their respective authorized representatives, as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NEW REPRESENTATIVE]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

         
  Acknowledged and agreed:
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  [OTHER TRUSTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

     The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Collateral Trust Joinder and agrees to act as Collateral Agent with respect to the New Facility in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
(excluding Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries)
     
Name   Place of Incorporation
HGI Funding LLC
  USA (Delaware)
Zap.Com Corporation
  USA (Nevada)
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
     The foregoing does not constitute a complete list of all subsidiaries of the registrant. The subsidiaries that have been omitted (other than Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries) do not, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a “Significant Subsidiary” as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
Anabasis Handelsgesellschaft GmbH
  Germany
APN Holdings Company, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
Applica Americas, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
Applica Asia Limited
  USA (Delaware)
Applica Canada Corporation
  Canada
Applica Consumer Products, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
Applica de Colombia Limitada
  Colombia
Applica Manufacturing, S. de R.I. de C.V.
  Mexico
Applica Mexico Holdings, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
Applica Servicios de Mexico, S. De R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Best Products Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Best Way Distribuadora de Bens da Consumo Ltda.
  Brazil
Carmen Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Corporacion Applica de Centro America, Ltda.
  Costa Rica
DB Online, LLC
  USA (Hawaii)
DH Haden Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Distribuidora Rayovac Guatemala, S.A.
  Guatemala
Distribuidora Rayovac Honduras, S.A.
  Honduras
Distribuidora Ray-O-Vac/VARTA, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
8 in 1 Pet Products GmbH
  Germany
Home Creations Direct, Ltd.
  USA (Delaware)
Household Products Chile Comercial Limitada
  Chile
HP Delaware, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
HPG LLC
  USA (Delaware)
Ipojuca Empreendimentos e Participações S.A.
  Brazil
Maanring Holding B.V.
  Netherlands
Microlite S.A.
  Brazil
Minera Vidaluz, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Mountain Breeze, Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Ningbo Baowang Battery Co., Ltd.
  China
Paula Grund. mbH & Co. Vermietungs-KG
  Germany
Pifco Canada Ltd.
  Canada
Pifco Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Pifco Overseas Ltd.
  Hong Kong
Pile D’Alsace S.A.S.
  France
PPC Industrues Ltd.
  BVI

 


 

     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
Rayovac (UK) Limited
  United Kingdom
Rayovac Argentina S.R.L.
  Argentina
Rayovac Brasil Participações Ltda.
  Brazil
Rayovac Chile Sociedad Comercial Ltda.
  Chile
Rayovac Costa Rica, S.A.
  Costa Rica
Ray-O-Vac de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Rayovac Dominican Republic, S.A.
  Dominican Republic
Rayovac El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.
  El Salvador
Rayovac Europe GmbH
  Germany
Rayovac Europe Limited
  United Kingdom
Rayovac Far East Limited
  Hong Kong
Rayovac Foreign Sales Corporation
  Barbados
Rayovac Guatemala, S.A.
  Guatemala
Rayovac Honduras, S.A.
  Honduras
Rayovac Overseas Corp.
  Cayman Islands
Rayovac PRC
  Cayman Islands
Rayovac Venezuela, S.A.
  Venezuela
Rayovac-VARTA S.A.
  Colombia
Remdale Investments Limited
  BVI
Remington Asia
  BWI
Remington Consumer Products
  United Kingdom
Remington Consumer Products (Ireland) Ltd.
  Ireland
Remington Products Australia Pty. Ltd.
  Australia
Remington Products New Zealand Ltd.
  New Zealand
ROV German General Partner GmbH
  Germany
ROV German Limited GmbH
  Germany
ROV Holding, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
ROV International Finance Company
  Cayman Islands
ROVCAL, INC.
  USA (California)
Russell Hobbs Deutschland GmbH
  Germany
Russell Hobbs France S.A.S.
  France
Russell Hobbs Holdings Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Russell Hobbs Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Russell Hobbs Towers Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Russell Hobbs, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
Salton Australia Pty. Ltd.
  Australia
Salton Brasil Comércio, Importação e Exportação de Produtos Eletro-Eletrônicos Ltda.
  Brazil
Salton Holdings, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
Salton Hong Kong Ltd.
  Hong Kong
Salton International CV
  Netherlands
Salton Italia Srl.
  Italy
Salton Nominees Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Salton NZ Ltd.
  Australia

 


 

     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
Salton Productos Espana SA
  Spain
Salton S.a.r.l.
  Luxembourg
Salton UK
  United Kingdom
Salton UK Holdings
  United Kingdom
SB/RH Holdings, LLC
  USA (Delaware)
Schultz Company
  USA (Missouri)
Seed Resources, L.L.C.
  USA (Michigan)
Spectrum Brands (Hong Kong) Limited
  Hong Kong
Spectrum Brands (Shenzhen) Ltd.
  China
Spectrum Brands Asia
  Cayman Islands
Spectrum Brands Canada Inc.
  Canada (Federal)
Spectrum Brands Europe GmbH
  Germany
Spectrum Brands HK1 Limited
  Hong Kong
Spectrum Brands HK2 Limited
  Hong Kong
Spectrum Brands Holding B.V.
  Netherlands
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
Spectrum Brands Lux SarL
  Luxembourg
Spectrum Brands Mauritius Limited
  Mauritius
Spectrum Brands Schweiz GmbH
  Switzerland
Spectrum Brands, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
Spectrum China Business Trust
  China
Spectrum Jungle Labs Corporation
  USA (Texas)
Spectrum Neptune CA Holdco Corporation
  Canada (Nova Scotia)
Spectrum Neptune Holding Company GP, Ltd.
  Canada (Nova Scotia)
Spectrum Neptune Holding Company, LP
  Canada (Ontario)
Spectrum Neptune US Holdco Corporation
  USA (Delaware)
Tetra (UK) Limited
  United Kingdom
Tetra Aquatic Asia Pacific Private Limited
  Singapore
Tetra France S.A.S.
  France
Tetra GmbH
  Germany
Tetra Holding (US), Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
Tetra Holding GmbH
  Germany
Tetra Italia S.r.L.
  Italy
Tetra Japan K.K.
  Japan
Toastmaster de Mexico S.A.
  Mexico
Toastmaster Inc.
  USA (Missouri)
Tofino Investment Limited
  BVI
United Industries Corporation
  USA (Delaware)
United Pet Group, Inc.
  USA (Delaware)
United Pet Polska Sp.Z.o.o.
  Poland
VARTA B.V.
  Netherlands
VARTA Baterie Sp. Z.o.o
  Poland
VARTA Baterie spol.s r.o.
  Czech Republic
VARTA Baterie spol.s r.o.
  Slovakia
VARTA Batterie Ges.m.b.H
  Austria

 


 

     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
VARTA Batterie S.r.L.
  Italy
VARTA Consumer Batteries A/S
  Denmark
VARTA Consumer Batteries GmbH & Co. KGaA
  Germany
VARTA Ltd.
  United Kingdom
VARTA Pilleri Ticaret Ltd. Sirketi
  Turkey
VARTA Rayovac Remington S.r.L.
  Romania
VARTA Remington Rayovac d.o.o.
  Croatia
VARTA Remington Rayovac Finland OY
  Finland
VARTA Remington Rayovac Norway AS
  Norway
VARTA Remington Rayovac Spain S.L.
  Spain
VARTA Remington Rayovac Sweden AB
  Sweden
VARTA Remington Rayovac Trgovina d.o.o.
  Slovenia
VARTA Remington Rayovac Unipessoal Lda.
  Portugal
VARTA S.A.S
  France
VARTA-Hungaria Kereskedelmi es Szolgaltato KFT
  Hungary
VRR Bulgaria EOOD
  Bulgaria
ZAO “Spectrum Brands” Russia
  Russia
Zoephos International N.V.
  Netherlands Antilles

 

exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Harbinger Group, Inc.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
We consent to the inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-4 and prospectus of Harbinger Group, Inc. of our reports dated December 14, 2010, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2010, the period August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009, and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company), the related financial statement schedule II, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, which reports appear in the annual report on Form 10-K of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the registration statement and prospectus.
Our reports refer to explanatory paragraphs that describe the Successor Company’s adoption of the provisions of ASC Topic 852, “Reorganization” formerly American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code” in 2009, and the adoption of the measurement date provision in conformity with ASC Topic 715, “Compensation — Retirement Benefits” formerly SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and other Postretirement Plans” in 2009.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
January 28, 2011

 

exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated February 26, 2010 relating to the financial statements of Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
January 28, 2011

 

exv25w1
Exhibit 25.1
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
 
      CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b) (2)
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
         
A National Banking Association
    94-1347393  
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization if not a U.S. national bank)
    (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)  
 
       
101 North Phillips Avenue
       
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
    57104  
(Address of principal executive offices)
    (Zip code)  
Wells Fargo & Company
Law Department, Trust Section
MAC N9305-175
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17
th Floor
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479
(612) 667-4608

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
 
Harbinger Group Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware
    74-1339132  
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
    (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)  
 
       
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor
       
New York, New York
    10022  
(Address of principal executive offices)
    (Zip code)  
 
10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
(Title of the indenture securities)
 

 


 

Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
  (a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
 
      Comptroller of the Currency
 
      Treasury Department
 
      Washington, D.C.
 
      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
      Washington, D.C.
 
      Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco
 
      San Francisco, California 94120
 
  (b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
 
      The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
      None with respect to the trustee.
No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.
Item 15. Foreign Trustee. Not applicable.
Item 16. List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.
         
 
  Exhibit 1.   A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.*
 
       
 
  Exhibit 2.   A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated February 4, 2004.**
 
       
 
  Exhibit 3.   See Exhibit 2
 
       
 
  Exhibit 4.   Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.***
 
       
 
  Exhibit 5.   Not applicable.
 
       
 
  Exhibit 6.   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
 
       
 
  Exhibit 7.   A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
 
       
 
  Exhibit 8.   Not applicable.
 
       
 
  Exhibit 9.   Not applicable.

 


 

 
*   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of file number 333-130784-06.
 
**   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of file number 022-28721.
 
***   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of file number 333-125274.

 


 

SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 25th day of January, 2011.
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
  /s/ Richard Prokosch    
  Richard Prokosch   
  Vice President   
 

 


 

EXHIBIT 6
January 25, 2011
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Gentlemen:
In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.
         
 
  Very truly yours,    
 
       
 
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION    
 
       
 
  /s/ Richard Prokosch
 
Richard Prokosch
   
 
             Vice President    

 


 

EXHIBIT 7
Consolidated Report of Condition of
Wells Fargo Bank National Association
of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,
at the close of business September 30, 2010, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.
                 
            Dollar Amounts  
            In Millions  
ASSETS
               
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
               
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin
          $ 16,933  
Interest-bearing balances
            39,916  
Securities:
               
Held-to-maturity securities
            0  
Available-for-sale securities
            154,552  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:
               
Federal funds sold in domestic offices
            3,839  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
            10,627  
Loans and lease financing receivables:
               
Loans and leases held for sale
            31,749  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    686,595          
LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses
    20,431          
Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance
            666,164  
Trading Assets
            32,145  
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)
            8,147  
Other real estate owned
            5,794  
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies
            557  
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures
            115  
Intangible assets
               
Goodwill
            21,005  
Other intangible assets
            24,549  
Other assets
            54,397  
 
             
 
               
Total assets
          $ 1,070,489  
 
             
 
               
LIABILITIES
               
Deposits:
               
In domestic offices
          $ 726,238  
Noninterest-bearing
    158,737          
Interest-bearing
    567,501          
In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs
            84,789  
Noninterest-bearing
    1,834          
Interest-bearing
    82,955          
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
               
Federal funds purchased in domestic offices
            5,726  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
            15,280  

 


 

                 
            Dollar Amounts  
            In Millions  
Trading liabilities
            15,098  
Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)
            43,063  
Subordinated notes and debentures
            20,643  
Other liabilities
            35,682  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities
          $ 946,519  
 
               
EQUITY CAPITAL
               
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus
            0  
Common stock
            519  
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)
            98,774  
Retained earnings
            17,543  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
            5,827  
Other equity capital components
            0  
 
             
 
               
Total bank equity capital
            122,663  
Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries
            1,307  
 
             
 
               
Total equity capital
            123,970  
 
             
 
               
Total liabilities, and equity capital
          $ 1,070,489  
 
             
I, Howard I. Atkins, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Howard I. Atkins
    EVP & CFO
We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.
     
John Stumpf
Dave Hoyt
Michael Loughlin
  Directors

 

exv99w1
 
Exhibit 99.1
 
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

HARBINGER GROUP INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$350,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR
10.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015 (CUSIP NUMBER 41146AAB2),
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR A LIKE AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR
10.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015
(CUSIP NUMBERS 41146AAA4/U24520AA3)
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON     , 2011, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS OF INITIAL NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
Delivery to: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
 
             
By Registered or Certified
Mail:

Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
PO Box 1517
Minneapolis, MN 55480
 
By Regular Mail or
Overnight Courier:

Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust
Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
In Person by Hand:


Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
12th Floor — Northstar
East Building
Corporate Trust
Operations
680 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
By Facsimile:


For Eligible
Institutions
only
(612) 667-6282

Confirm by Telephone:
(800) 344-5128
 
For information, call:
(800) 344-5128
 
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX BELOW.
 
The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the prospectus, dated          , 2011 (the “Prospectus”), of Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”) and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter”), which together constitute an offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to issue $350,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (CUSIP Number 41146AAB2) (the “Exchange Notes”) in exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (CUSIP Numbers 41146AAA4 /


 

U24520AA3) (the “Initial Notes”) that were issued and sold in reliance upon an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
 
For each Initial Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Initial Note will receive an Exchange Note having an aggregate principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Initial Note.
 
This Letter is to be completed by a holder of Initial Notes either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender of certificates for Initial Notes, if available, is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes — Book-Entry Delivery Procedure” section of the Prospectus and an Agent’s Message (as defined herein) is not delivered. Delivery of this Letter and any other required documents should be made to the Exchange Agent. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
 
Holders of Initial Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates (or cannot obtain a confirmation of the book-entry tender of their Initial Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”) on a timely basis) and all other documents required by this Letter to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Initial Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes — Guaranteed Delivery Procedure” section of the Prospectus. See Instruction 1.
 
The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer. Holders who wish to exchange their Initial Notes must complete this Letter in its entirety.
 
The instructions included with this Letter must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter may be directed to the Exchange Agent.
 
List below the Initial Notes to which this Letter relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of Initial Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed to this Letter.
 
                   
DESCRIPTION OF INITIAL NOTES
(See Instruction 2)
            Aggregate
     
            Principal
    Principal
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)
          Amount
    Amount
Exactly as Name(s) appear(s) on Initial Notes
    Certificate
    Represented
    Tendered (if
(Please fill in, if blank)     Number(s)*     by Certificate     less than all)**
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
      Total            
                   
* Need not be completed if Initial Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.
** Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Initial Notes. See Instruction 2. Initial Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. See Instruction 1.
                   


2


 

o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED INITIAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
 
Name of Tendering Institution: 
 
 
Account Number: 
­ ­  Transaction Code Number: ­ ­
 
By crediting Initial Notes to the Exchange Agent’s Account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) and by complying with applicable ATOP procedures with respect to the Exchange Offer, including transmitting an Agent’s Message to the Exchange Agent in which the holder of Initial Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of this Letter, the participant in ATOP confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Initial Notes all provisions of this Letter applicable to it and such beneficial owners as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter to the Exchange Agent.
 
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED INITIAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT
TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
 
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s): 
 
 
Window Ticket Number (if any): 
 
 
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
 
Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, Complete the Following:
 
Account Number: ­ ­  Transaction Code Number: ­ ­
 
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER.
 
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
 
 
Name: 
 
 
Address: 
 


3


 

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer for exchange the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Initial Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer all right, title and interest in and to such Initial Notes as are being tendered hereby.
 
The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the attorney-in-fact and proxy of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Initial Notes with full power of substitution and resubstitution to the full extent of the rights of the undersigned on the Initial Notes tendered. The Exchange Agent is empowered to exercise all voting and other rights of the holders as it may deem proper at any meeting of note holders or otherwise. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.
 
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Initial Notes tendered hereby and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Initial Notes, and that the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by the Issuer.
 
The undersigned acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than (i) any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or (ii) any broker-dealer that purchases Initial Notes from the Issuer to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) or any other available exemption), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes and are not participating in, and do not intend to participate in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes. The undersigned acknowledges that the Issuer does not intend to request the SEC to consider, and the SEC has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances. The undersigned acknowledges that any holder that is an affiliate of the Issuer, or is participating in or intends to participate in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, (i) cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
 
The undersigned hereby further represents that (i) any Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder; (ii) such holder or other person has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act and is not participating in, and does not intend to participate in, the distribution of such Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act and (iii) such holder or such other person is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuer or, if such holder or such other person is an affiliate, such holder or such other person will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.
 
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaging in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Initial Notes, it represents that the Initial Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.


4


 

 
The undersigned also warrants that acceptance of any tendered Initial Notes by the Issuer and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuer of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Initial Notes, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement in connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Initial Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Letter.
 
The undersigned understands that tenders of the Initial Notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described under “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes” in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.
 
The undersigned recognizes that, under certain circumstances set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer” the Issuer may not be required to accept for exchange any of the Initial Notes tendered. Initial Notes not accepted for exchange or withdrawn will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth below unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions” below.
 
Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, please deliver the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Initial Notes for any Initial Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Initial Notes, please credit the account indicated above maintained at the Book Entry Transfer Facility. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Initial Notes for any Initial Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signature(s). In the event that both “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, please issue the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes accepted for exchange (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Initial Notes for any Initial Notes not exchanged) in the names of the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Issuer have no obligation pursuant to the “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any Initial Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Issuer do not accept for exchange any of the Initial Notes so tendered for exchange.
 
The Book-Entry Transfer Facility, as the holder of record of certain Initial Notes, has granted authority to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility participants whose names appear on a security position listing with respect to such Initial Notes as of the date of tender of such Initial Notes to execute and deliver this Letter as if they were the holders of record. Accordingly, for purposes of this Letter, the term “holder” shall be deemed to include such Book-Entry Transfer Facility participants.
 
THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF INITIAL NOTES” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER AND DELIVERING SUCH NOTES AND THIS LETTER TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE INITIAL NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.


5


 

 
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3, 4 and 5)
 
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Initial Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange, or Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes accepted for exchange, are to be issued in the name of and sent to someone other than the undersigned, or if Initial Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.
 
Issue (certificates) to:
 
Name(s): 
(Please Type or Print)
 
(Please Type or Print)
 
Address: 
 
(Include Zip Code)
 
(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number)
 
(Complete IRS Form W-9)
 
•  Credit unexchanged Initial Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth below.
 
(Book-Entry Transfer Facility
Account Number, if applicable)
 
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3, 4 and 5)
 
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Initial Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange, or Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes accepted for exchange, are to be sent to someone other than the undersigned or to the undersigned at an address other than shown in the box entitled “Description of Initial Notes” above.
 
Mail to:
 
Name(s): 
(Please Type or Print)
 
(Please Type or Print)
 
Address: 
 
(Include Zip Code)
 
(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number)
 
(Complete IRS Form W-9)
 
 
 
IMPORTANT:  UNLESS GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES ARE COMPLIED WITH, THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF OR AN AGENT’S MESSAGE IN LIEU HEREOF (IN EACH CASE, TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATE(S) FOR INITIAL NOTES OR A CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE.


6


 

PLEASE SIGN HERE
 
(TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS WHETHER OR NOT
INITIAL NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY)
 
(Please Also Complete and Return the Accompanying IRS Form W-9)
 
     
­ ­
 
     
­ ­
 
Signature(s) of Owner(s)
  Date
 
Area Code and Telephone Number: 
 
If a holder is tendering any Initial Notes, this Letter must be signed by the registered holder(s) exactly as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for the Initial Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of Initial Notes by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by a properly completed bond power from the registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with this Letter. If Initial Notes to which this Letter relates are held of record by two or more joint holders, then all such holders must sign this Letter. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then such person must (i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Issuer, submit evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of such person’s authority to so act. See Instruction 3.
 
Name(s): 
(Please Type or Print)
 
(Please Type or Print)
 
Capacity: 
 
Address: 
 
(Including Zip Code)
 
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION
(If required by Instruction 3)
 
Signature(s) Guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution: 
(Authorized Signature)
 
(Title)
 
(Name of Firm)
 
(Address, Include Zip Code)
 
(Area Code and Telephone Number)
 
Dated: 
 


7


 

 
INSTRUCTIONS
 
Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer
 
1.   Delivery of this Letter and Initial Notes; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.
 
This Letter is to be completed by noteholders either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes — Book-Entry Delivery Procedure” section of the Prospectus and an Agent’s Message is not delivered. Certificates for all physically tendered Initial Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or manually signed facsimile hereof) and any other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Initial Notes tendered hereby must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, transmitted by The Depository Trust Company and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering Initial Notes which are subject to the Book-Entry Confirmation and that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by this Letter and that the Issuer may enforce this Letter against such participant.
 
Noteholders who wish to tender their Initial Notes and (a) whose certificates for Initial Notes are not immediately available, or (b) who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or (c) who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Initial Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes — Guaranteed Delivery Procedure” section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures,
 
(i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution (as defined in Instruction 3 below),
 
(ii) on or before the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Issuer, with the name and address of the holder of Initial Notes and the amount of Initial Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) trading days after the Expiration Date, the certificates for all the Initial Notes tendered, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation with an Agent’s message, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the Letter will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and
 
(iii) the certificates for all tendered Initial Notes, in proper form for transfer, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter, are received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading days after the Expiration Date.
 
The method of delivery of the Initial Notes, this Letter and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. If Initial Notes are sent by mail, it is suggested that the mailing be made by registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date to permit delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
See “The Exchange Offer” section of the Prospectus.
 
2.   Partial Tenders (not applicable to noteholders who tender by book-entry transfer).
 
Initial Notes tendered hereby must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of any Initial Notes is tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the principal amount of Initial Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled “Description of Initial Notes.” The entire principal amount of the Initial Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of Initial Notes is not tendered, then Initial Notes for the principal amount of Initial Notes not tendered and Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Initial Notes accepted will


8


 

be sent to the holder at his or her registered address, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter, promptly after the Initial Notes are accepted for exchange.
 
3.   Signatures on this Letter; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.
 
If this Letter is signed by the registered holder of the Initial Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates representing such Initial Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
 
If this Letter is signed by a participant in the Depository Trust Company, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of the Initial Notes.
 
If any tendered Initial Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all of such owners must sign this Letter.
 
If any tendered Initial Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are different registrations of certificates.
 
When this Letter is signed by the registered holder or holders of the Initial Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Initial Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder, then endorsements of any certificates transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificate(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered holder or holders of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, and a proxy that authorize this person to tender the Initial Notes on behalf of the registered holder, in satisfactory form to the Issuer as determined in its sole discretion, in each case, as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the Initial Notes.
 
If this Letter or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuer, evidence satisfactory to the Issuer, as determined in its sole discretion, of such person’s authority to so act must be submitted with the Letter.
 
Endorsements on certificates for Initial Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (each an “Eligible Institution”).
 
Signatures on this Letter need not be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution if the Initial Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder of Initial Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility system whose name appears on a security position listing as the holder of such Initial Notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.
 
4.   Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.
 
Tendering holders of Initial Notes should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address (or account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility) to which Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or substitute Initial Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange, are to be issued or sent, if different from the name or address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Initial Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Initial Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such noteholder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Initial Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name or address of the person signing this Letter.


9


 

 
5.   IRS Form W-9.
 
Under U.S. federal income tax law, payments made in respect of Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be subject to backup withholding at the rate, currently 28%, specified in Section 3406(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code,” and such rate, the “Specified Rate”). In order to avoid such backup withholding, each tendering holder (or other payee) that is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien) should complete and sign the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 included with this Letter, on which form such holder must provide the correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and certify, under penalties of perjury, that (a) the TIN provided is correct or that such holder is awaiting a TIN; (b) the holder is not subject to backup withholding because (i) the holder has not been notified by the IRS that the holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report interest or dividends, (ii) the IRS has notified the holder that the holder is no longer subject to backup withholding, or (iii) the holder is exempt from backup withholding; and (c) the holder is a “U.S. person” (which term includes a U.S. resident alien). If a holder has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding, it must follow the applicable instructions included with the IRS Form W-9.
 
The holder (other than an exempt or foreign holder subject to the requirements described below) is required to give the TIN (in general, if an individual, the holder’s Social Security number, otherwise, the holder’s employer identification number) of the record holder of the Initial Notes. If the tendering holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for one or intends to apply for one in the near future, such holder should follow the applicable instructions included with the IRS Form W-9. If the Exchange Agent or the Issuer are not provided with the correct TIN, the holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Code in addition to backup withholding at the Specified Rate on payments to such holder.
 
Certain holders (including all corporations and certain holders that are neither U.S. persons nor U.S. resident aliens (“foreign holders”)) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Such an exempt holder, other than a foreign holder, should enter the holder’s name, address, status and TIN on the IRS Form W-9 and check the “Exempt Payee” box on the IRS Form W-9, and sign, date and return the IRS Form W-9 to the Paying Agent and should follow the additional instructions included with the IRS Form W-9. A foreign holder should not complete the IRS Form W-9. In order for a foreign holder to qualify as an exempt recipient, such holder must submit a statement (generally, the IRS Form W-8BEN), signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that person’s exempt status. Such statements can be obtained from the Exchange Agent or online from the IRS at www.irs.gov. For further information concerning backup withholding and instructions for completing the IRS Form W-9 (including how to obtain a TIN if you do not have one and how to complete the IRS Form W-9 if Initial Notes are registered in more than one name), consult the instructions included with the IRS Form W-9.
 
Failure to complete the IRS Form W-9 will not, by itself, cause Initial Notes to be deemed invalidly tendered, but may require the Issuer (or the Paying Agent) to withhold at the Specified Rate on payments made in respect of Exchange Notes. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, if the required information is furnished to the IRS, the federal income tax liability of a person subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
 
6.   Transfer Taxes.
 
The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Initial Notes in accordance with the Exchange Offer. If, however, Exchange Notes or substitute Initial Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Initial Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Initial Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is payable for any reason other than the exchange of Initial Notes in the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be paid by the tendering holder.
 
If the tendering holder does not submit satisfactory evidence of the payment of any of these taxes or of any exemption from this payment with this Letter, the Issuer will bill the tendering holder directly the amount of these transfer taxes.


10


 

 
Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Initial Notes specified in this Letter or for funds to cover such stamps to be provided with the Initial Notes specified in this Letter.
 
7.   Waiver of Conditions.
 
The Issuer reserves the absolute right to amend, waive or modify, in whole or in part, any or all conditions to the Exchange Offer.
 
8.   No Conditional Tenders.
 
No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Initial Notes, by execution of this Letter, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Initial Notes for exchange.
 
Neither the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Initial Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.
 
9.   Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Initial Notes.
 
Any holder whose Initial Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions. This Letter and related documents cannot be processed until the Initial Notes have been replaced.
 
10.   Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.
 
Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.
 
11.   Incorporation of Letter of Transmittal.
 
This Letter shall be deemed to be incorporated in and acknowledged and accepted by any tender through the Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s ATOP procedures by any participant on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of any Initial Notes so tendered.
 
12.   Withdrawals.
 
Tenders of Initial Notes may be withdrawn only pursuant to the limited withdrawal rights set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal of Tenders” in the Prospectus.


11


 

 
Print or type
See Specific Instructions on page 2.

           


Form W-9
(Rev. October 2007)
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
    Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number and Certification
  Give form to the
requestor. Do not
send to the IRS.
 
 
         
         
      Name (as shown on your income tax return)    
   
      Business name, if different from above    
   
 
      Check appropriate box:  o  Individual/Sole proprietor      o  Corporation     o  Partnership    
      o  Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (D=disregarded entity, C=corporation, P=partnership) ►      -----
  o  Other (see instructions) ►
 
        o  Exempt
payee
         
   
         
         
           
      Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.)     Requester’s name and address (optional)
   
   
      City, state, and ZIP code    
     
   
 
      List account number(s) here (optional)    
 
 
 Part I     Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)
 
     
Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on Line 1 to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the Part I instructions on page 3. For other entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN on page 3.

Note. If the account is in more than one name, see the chart on page 4 for guidelines on whose number to enter.
 
Social security number 


                          

or

Employer identification number 

        
 Part II     Certification
 
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
1   The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and
2   I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and
3   I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below).
Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the Certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See the instructions on page 4.
 
           
Sign
    Signature of    
Here
    U.S. person ►   Date ►
 
General Instructions
Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise noted.
Purpose of Form
A person who is required to file an information return with the IRS must obtain your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) to report, for example, income paid to you, real estate transactions, mortgage interest you paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA.
Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien), to provide your correct TIN to the person requesting it (the requester) and, when applicable, to:
  1. Certify that the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a number to be issued),
  2. Certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, or
  3. Claim exemption from backup withholding if you are a U.S. exempt payee. If applicable, you are also certifying that as a U.S. person, your allocable share of any partnership income from a U.S. trade or business is not subject to the withholding tax on foreign partners’ share of effectively connected income.
Note. If a requester gives you a form other than Form W-9 to request your TIN, you must use the requester’s form if it is substantially similar to this Form W-9.
Definition of a U.S. person. For federal tax purposes, you are considered a U.S. person if you are:
• An individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien,
•  A partnership, corporation, company, or association created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States,
• An estate (other than a foreign estate), or
• A domestic trust (as defined in Regulations section 301.7701-7).
Special rules for partnerships. Partnerships that conduct a trade or business in the United States are generally required to pay a withholding tax on any foreign partners’ share of income from such business. Further, in certain cases where a Form W-9 has not been received, a partnership is required to presume that a partner is a foreign person, and pay the withholding tax. Therefore, if you are a U.S. person that is a partner in a partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States, provide Form W-9 to the partnership to establish your U.S. status and avoid withholding on your share of partnership income.
The person who gives Form W-9 to the partnership for purposes of establishing its U.S. status and avoiding withholding on its allocable share of net income from the partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States is in the following cases:
• The U.S. owner of a disregarded entity and not the entity,
Cat. No. 10231X
Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007)    


 

Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007) Page 2
 
•  The U.S. grantor or other owner of a grantor trust and not the trust, and
 
•  The U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust) and not the beneficiaries of the trust.
Foreign person. If you are a foreign person, do not use Form W-9. Instead, use the appropriate Form W-8 (see Publication 515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities).
Nonresident alien who becomes a resident alien. Generally, only a nonresident alien individual may use the terms of a tax treaty to reduce or eliminate U.S. tax on certain types of income. However, most tax treaties contain a provision known as a “saving clause.” Exceptions specified in the saving clause may permit an exemption from tax to continue for certain types of income even after the payee has otherwise become a U.S. resident alien for tax purposes.  If you are a U.S. resident alien who is relying on an exception contained in the saving clause of a tax treaty to claim an exemption from U.S. tax on certain types of income, you must attach a statement to Form W-9 that specifies the following five items:
  1. The treaty country. Generally, this must be the same treaty under which you claimed exemption from tax as a nonresident alien.
  2. The treaty article addressing the income.
  3. The article number (or location) in the tax treaty that contains the saving clause and its exceptions.
  4. The type and amount of income that qualifies for the exemption from tax.
  5. Sufficient facts to justify the exemption from tax under the terms of the treaty article.
  Example. Article 20 of the U.S.-China income tax treaty allows an exemption from tax for scholarship income received by a Chinese student temporarily present in the United States. Under U.S. law, this student will become a resident alien for tax purposes if his or her stay in the United States exceeds 5 calendar years. However, paragraph 2 of the first Protocol to the U.S.-China treaty (dated April 30, 1984) allows the provisions of Article 20 to continue to apply even after the Chinese student becomes a resident alien of the United States. A Chinese student who qualifies for this exception (under paragraph 2 of the first protocol) and is relying on this exception to claim an exemption from tax on his or her scholarship or fellowship income would attach to Form W-9 a statement that includes the information described above to support that exemption.
  If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, give the requester the appropriate completed Form W-8.
What is backup withholding? Persons making certain payments to you must under certain conditions withhold and pay to the IRS 28% of such payments. This is called “backup withholding.” Payments that may be subject to backup withholding include interest, tax-exempt interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, and certain payments from fishing boat operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup withholding.
You will not be subject to backup withholding on payments you receive if you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper certifications, and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax return.
Payments you receive will be subject to backup withholding if:
 
  1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester,
  2. You do not certify your TIN when required (see the Part II instructions on page 3 for details),
  3. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN,
  4. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding because you did not report all your interest and dividends on your tax return (for reportable interest and dividends only), or
  5. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup withholding under 4 above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts opened after 1983 only).
  Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding. See the instructions below and the separate Instructions for the Requester of Form W-9.
  Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1.
Penalties
 
Failure to furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
Civil penalty for false information with respect to withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.
Criminal penalty for falsifying information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
Misuse of TINs. If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.
Specific Instructions
Name
 
If you are an individual, you must generally enter the name shown on your income tax return. However, if you have changed your last name, for instance, due to marriage without informing the Social Security Administration of the name change, enter your first name, the last name shown on your social security card, and your new last name.
  If the account is in joint names, list first, and then circle, the name of the person or entity whose number you entered in Part I of the form.
Sole proprietor. Enter your individual name as shown on your income tax return on the “Name” line. You may enter your business, trade, or “doing business as (DBA)” name on the “Business name” line.
Limited liability company (LLC). Check the “Limited liability company” box only and enter the appropriate code for the tax classification (“D” for disregarded entity, “C” for corporation, “P” for partnership) in the space provided.
  For a single-member LLC (including a foreign LLC with a domestic owner) that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner under Regulations section 301.7701-3, enter the owner’s name on the “Name” line. Enter the LLC’s name on the “Business name” line.
  For an LLC classified as a partnership or a corporation, enter the LLC’s name on the “Name” line and any business, trade, or DBA name on the “Business name” line.
Other entities. Enter your business name as shown on required federal tax documents on the “Name” line. This name should match the name shown on the charter or other legal document creating the entity. You may enter any business, trade, or DBA name on the “Business name” line.
Note. You are requested to check the appropriate box for your status (individual/sole proprietor, corporation, etc.).
 
Exempt Payee
 
If you are exempt from backup withholding, enter your name as described above and check the appropriate box for your status, then check the “Exempt payee” box in the line following the business name, sign and date the form.


 

 
Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007) Page 3
 
Generally, individuals (including sole proprietors) are not exempt from backup withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, such as interest and dividends.
Note. If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete this form to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding.
  The following payees are exempt from backup withholding:
  1. An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2),
  2. The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities,
  3. A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities,
  4. A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities, or
  5. An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
  Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:
  6. A corporation,
  7. A foreign central bank of issue,
  8. A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States,
  9. A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission,
  10. A real estate investment trust,
  11. An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
  12. A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a),
  13. A financial institution,
  14. A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian, or
  15. A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947.
  The chart below shows types of payments that may be exempt from backup withholding. The chart applies to the exempt payees listed above, 1 through 15.
 
       
IF the payment is for. . .
    THEN the payment is exempt for . . .
Interest and dividend payments
    All exempt payees except for 9
Broker transactions
    Exempt payees 1 through 13. Also, a person registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker
Barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends     Exempt payees 1 through 5
Payments over $600 required to be reported and direct sales over $5,0001     Generally, exempt payees 1 through 72
 
1See Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income, and its instructions.
 
2 However, the following payments made to a corporation (including gross proceeds paid to an attorney under section 6045(f), even if the attorney is a corporation) and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from backup withholding: medical and health care payments, attorneys’ fees, and payments for services paid by a federal executive agency.
 
Part I. Taxpayer Identification
Number (TIN)
 
Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a resident alien and you do not have and are not eligible to get an SSN, your TIN is your IRS individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN). Enter it in the social security number box. If you do not have an ITIN, see How to get a TIN below.
 
  If you are a sole proprietor and you have an EIN, you may enter either your SSN or EIN. However, the IRS prefers that you use your SSN.
 
  If you are a single-member LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner (see Limited liability company (LLC) on page 2), enter the owner’s SSN (or EIN, if the owner has one). Do not enter the disregarded entity’s EIN. If the LLC is classified as a corporation or partnership, enter the entity’s EIN.
 
Note. See the chart on page 4 for further clarification of name and TIN combinations.
 
How to get a TIN. If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local Social Security Administration office or get this form online at www.ssa.gov. You may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer Identification Number (EIN) under Starting a Business. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting www.irs.gov or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).
 
  If you are asked to complete Form W-9 but do not have a TIN, write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. For interest and dividend payments, and certain payments made with respect to readily tradable instruments, generally you will have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the requester before you are subject to backup withholding on payments. The 60-day rule does not apply to other types of payments. You will be subject to backup withholding on all such payments until you provide your TIN to the requester.
 
Note. Entering “Applied For” means that you have already applied for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon.
 
Caution: A disregarded domestic entity that has a foreign owner must use the appropriate Form W-8.
Part II. Certification
 
To establish to the withholding agent that you are a U.S. person, or resident alien, sign Form W-9. You may be requested to sign by the withholding agent even if items 1, 4, and 5 below indicate otherwise.
  For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I should sign (when required). Exempt payees, see Exempt Payee on page 2.
Signature requirements. Complete the certification as indicated in 1 through 5 below.
  1. Interest, dividend, and barter exchange accounts opened before 1984 and broker accounts considered active during 1983. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.
  2. Interest, dividend, broker, and barter exchange accounts opened after 1983 and broker accounts considered inactive during 1983. You must sign the certification or backup withholding will apply. If you are subject to backup withholding and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the requester, you must cross out item 2 in the certification before signing the form.


 

 
Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007) Page 4
  3. Real estate transactions. You must sign the certification. You may cross out item 2 of the certification.
  4. Other payments. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification unless you have been notified that you have previously given an incorrect TIN. “Other payments” include payments made in the course of the requester’s trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for merchandise), medical and health care services (including payments to corporations), payments to a nonemployee for services, payments to certain fishing boat crew members and fishermen, and gross proceeds paid to attorneys (including payments to corporations).
  5. Mortgage interest paid by you, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, qualified tuition program payments (under section 529), IRA, Coverdell ESA, Archer MSA or HSA contributions or distributions, and pension distributions. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.
What Name and Number To Give the Requester
 
     
For this type of account:   Give name and SSN of:
 
1. Individual
  The individual
2. Two or more individuals (joint account)
  The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account1
3. Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)
  The minor 2
4. a. The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is also trustee)
  The grantor-trustee1
 b. So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law
  The actual owner 1
5. Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an individual
  The owner 3
For this type of account:
  Give name and EIN of:
6. Disregarded entity not owned by an individual
  The owner
7. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust
  Legal entity 4
8. Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832
  The corporation
9. Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization
  The organization
10. Partnership or multi-member LLC
  The partnership
11. A broker or registered nominee
  The broker or nominee
12. Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments
  The public entity
     
 
 
1 List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.
 
2 Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.
 
3 You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or “DBA” name on the second name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one), but the IRS encourages you to use your SSN.
 
4 List first and circle the name of the trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1.
 
Note. If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.
 
Secure Your Tax Records from Identity Theft
 
Identity theft occurs when someone uses your personal information such as your name, social security number (SSN), or other identifying information, without your permission, to commit fraud or other crimes. An identity thief may use your SSN to get a job or may file a tax return using your SSN to receive a refund.
  To reduce your risk:
•  Protect your SSN,
•  Ensure your employer is protecting your SSN, and
•  Be careful when choosing a tax preparer.
  Call the IRS at 1-800-829-1040 if you think your identity has been used inappropriately for tax purposes.
  Victims of identity theft who are experiencing economic harm or a system problem, or are seeking help in resolving tax problems that have not been resolved through normal channels, may be eligible for Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) assistance. You can reach TAS by calling the TAS toll-free case intake line at 1-877-777-4778 or TTY/TDD 1-800-829-4059.
Protect yourself from suspicious emails or phishing schemes. Phishing is the creation and use of email and websites designed to mimic legitimate business emails and websites. The most common act is sending an email to a user falsely claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into surrendering private information that will be used for identity theft.
  The IRS does not initiate contacts with taxpayers via emails. Also, the IRS does not request personal detailed information through email or ask taxpayers for the PIN numbers, passwords, or similar secret access information for their credit card, bank, or other financial accounts.
  If you receive an unsolicited email claiming to be from the IRS, forward this message to phishing@irs.gov. You may also report misuse of the IRS name, logo, or other IRS personal property to the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration at 1-800-366-4484. You can forward suspicious emails to the Federal Trade Commission at: spam@uce.gov or contact them at www.consumer.gov/idtheft or 1-877-IDTHEFT(438-4338).
  Visit the IRS website at www.irs.gov to learn more about identity theft and how to reduce your risk.
Privacy Act Notice
 
Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA, or Archer MSA or HSA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The IRS may also provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation, and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws. We may also disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce federal nontax criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism.
 
  You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

exv99w2
 
Exhibit 99.2
 
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
 
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
 
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$350,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR
10.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015 (CUSIP NUMBER 41146AAB2),
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR A LIKE AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR
10.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015
(CUSIP NUMBERS 41146AAA4 / U24520AA3)
 
This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Exchange Offer of Harbinger Group Inc. (the “Company” or the “Issuer”) made pursuant to the prospectus dated , 2011 (the “Prospectus”), if certificates for the outstanding $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (CUSIP Numbers 41146AAA4 / U24520AA3) (the “Initial Notes”) are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Company prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Such form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Exchange Agent”) as set forth below. In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery, a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Certificates for all tendered Initial Notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date. Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the Prospectus.
 
Delivery to:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Exchange Agent
 
             
By Registered or Certified
Mail:

Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
PO Box 1517
Minneapolis, MN 55480
 
By Regular Mail or
Overnight Courier:

Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
In Person by Hand:


Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
12th Floor — Northstar East
Building
Corporate Trust Operations
680 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
By Facsimile:


For Eligible
Institutions only
(612) 667-6282

Confirm by telephone:
(800) 344-5128
 
For information, call:
(800) 344-5128


 

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer the principal amount of Initial Notes set forth below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes” section of the Prospectus.
 
Principal Amount of Initial Notes
Tendered9
 
     
     
­ ­
   
     
Certificate Nos. (if available):
   
     
     
   
     
Total Principal Amount Represented by Initial Notes Certificate(s):   If Initial Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company, provide account number.
     
­ ­
 
Account Number ­ ­
 
 
ANY AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.
 
PLEASE SIGN HERE
 
     
­ ­
 
     
­ ­
 
Signature(s) of Owner(s) or Authorized Signatory
  Date
     
Area Code and Telephone Number: ­ ­
   
 
Must be signed by the holder(s) of Initial Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Initial Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.
 
 
9 Must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.


2


 

PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)
 
Name(s): 
 
 
Capacity: 
 
Address(es): 
 
 
 
 
GUARANTEE
 
The undersigned, a member of a registered national securities exchange, or a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, hereby guarantees that the certificates representing the principal amount of Initial Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Initial Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes” section of the Prospectus, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantee and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth above, no later than three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution hereof.
 
     
 
Name of Firm
  Authorized Signature
     
     
 
Address
  Title
     
     
 
Name: ­ ­
Zip Code
  (Please Type or Print)
     
Area Code and Tel. No. ­ ­
 
Dated: ­ ­
 
NOTE:   DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR INITIAL NOTES WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES FOR INITIAL NOTES SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.


3